Table of Contents

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 12, 2017

REGISTRATION NO. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   4832   23-1701044

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania

(610) 660-5610

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Andrew P. Sutor, IV

Entercom Communications Corp.

401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, PA

(610) 660-5610

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Zachary A. Judd

Roderick O. Branch

Mark D. Gerstein

Latham & Watkins LLP

330 North Wabash Avenue, Suite 2800 Chicago, IL 60611

(312) 876-7700 (Telephone)

 

Andrew P. Sutor, IV

Entercom Communications Corp.

401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004

610-660-5610 (Telephone)

 

Lawrence P. Tu

CBS Corporation

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

(212) 975-4321 (Telephone)

 

David E. Shapiro

Marshall P. Shaffer

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

(212) 403-1000 (Telephone)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as possible following the effective date of the registration statement and satisfaction or waiver of all other conditions to the consummation of the exchange offer.

If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☐  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

  Amount
to be
registered (1)
  Proposed
maximum
offering price
per unit (2)
  Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price (2)
  Amount of
registration fee (2)

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  101,407,494   $13.500   $1,369,001,169.00   $158,667.24

 

 

(1) Represents an estimate of the maximum number of shares of Entercom Communications Corp. Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, estimated to be issuable upon completion of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among CBS Corporation, CBS Radio Inc., Entercom Communications Corp. and Constitution Merger Sub Corp. dated as of February 2, 2017, as described in this registration statement. Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement also covers an indeterminate number of additional shares of Entercom Communications Corp. common stock as may be issuable as a result of stock splits, stock dividends or the like.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(c) and Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on the average of the high and low prices of shares of Class A common stock of Entercom Communications Corp., into which shares of common stock of CBS Radio Inc. will be converted, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on April 10, 2017.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Entercom Communications Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation (“Entercom”), is filing this registration statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333- [    ]) to register shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share, which will be issued in connection with the merger (the “Merger”) of Constitution Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom, with and into CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CBS Radio”), which is currently an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Corporation (“CBS”), whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. Prior to the Merger, CBS and its subsidiaries will complete an internal reorganization such that CBS Radio will be a direct wholly owned subsidiary of CBS. CBS Radio will then complete the Stock Split (as defined below) and consummate a split-off followed, if necessary, by a spin-off (as further described below).

In the split-off, CBS will offer the holders of its Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “CBS Class B Common Stock”), the option to exchange their shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock (as defined below), which shares will immediately be exchanged for shares of Entercom Class A common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Entercom Class A Common Stock”), in the Merger, resulting in a reduction in CBS’s outstanding shares. In the exchange offer, CBS is offering 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock, which are all of the shares of Radio Common Stock it will hold on the date of consummation of the exchange offer. If the exchange offer is undertaken and consummated but the exchange offer is not fully subscribed because less than all shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS are exchanged, the remaining shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS will be distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock and CBS Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “CBS Class A Common Stock” and, together with the CBS Class B Common Stock, the “CBS Common Stock”), whose shares of CBS Common Stock remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer (the “spin-off”). Any holder of CBS Class B Common Stock who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed.

In the Merger, shares of Radio Common Stock will be immediately converted into shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. Entercom will file a proxy statement that relates to the special meeting of shareholders of Entercom to approve the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection with the Merger (the “Special Meeting”). In addition, CBS Radio will file a registration statement on Form S-4 and Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-[    ]) to register the shares of Radio Common Stock that will be distributed to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the split-off and, if necessary, the spin-off.


Table of Contents

The information in this document may change. The exchange offer and issuance of securities being registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this document forms a part may not be completed until the registration statement is effective. This document is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED APRIL 12, 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS—OFFER TO EXCHANGE

CBS CORPORATION

Offer to Exchange All Shares of Common Stock of

CBS RADIO INC.

which are owned by CBS Corporation

and will be converted into

Shares of Class A Common Stock of

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

for

Outstanding Shares of Class B Common Stock of CBS Corporation

 

 

CBS Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“CBS”), is offering to exchange all shares of common stock, par value $0.01 (“Radio Common Stock”), of CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CBS Radio”), that are owned by CBS for outstanding shares of class B common stock of CBS, par value $0.001 (“CBS Class B Common Stock”), that are validly tendered and not properly withdrawn. In the exchange offer, CBS is offering 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock, which are all of the shares of Radio Common Stock it will hold on the date of consummation of the exchange offer. The number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that will be accepted if the exchange offer is completed will depend on the final exchange ratio and the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered. The terms and conditions of the exchange offer are described in this document, which you should read carefully. None of CBS, CBS Radio, any of their respective directors or officers or any of their respective representatives makes any recommendation as to whether you should participate in the exchange offer. You must make your own decision after reading this document and consulting with your advisors.

Immediately following consummation of the exchange offer, a special purpose merger subsidiary of Entercom Communications Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation (“Entercom”) named Constitution Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), will be merged with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom (the “Merger”). In the Merger, each share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive one share of Class A common stock of Entercom, par value $0.01 per share (“Entercom Class A Common Stock”). Entercom expects to issue 101,407,494 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. In addition, the parties estimate that up to 4,004,451 shares will be eligible for issuance in respect of equity awards held by employees of CBS Radio in consideration of the replacement of their restricted stock units and stock options in CBS with those of Entercom. Accordingly, shares of Radio Common Stock will not be transferred to participants in the exchange offer; such participants will instead receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. No trading market currently exists or will ever exist for shares of Radio Common Stock. You will not be able to trade the shares of Radio Common Stock before they are exchanged for shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. There can be no assurance that shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock when issued in the Merger will trade at the same prices as shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock are traded prior to the Merger.

The value of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock will be determined by CBS by reference to the simple arithmetic average of the daily volume–weighted average prices (“VWAP”) on each of the Valuation Dates (as defined below) of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) during a period of three consecutive trading days (the “Valuation Dates”) ending on and including the second trading day preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer period. Based on an expiration date of [            ], 2017, the Valuation Dates are expected to be [            ], 2017, [            ], 2017 and [            ], 2017. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

For each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $[            ] of Radio Common Stock, subject to an upper limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock per share of CBS Class B Common Stock. The exchange offer does not provide for a minimum exchange ratio. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.” If the upper limit is in effect, then the exchange ratio will be fixed at that limit. IF THE UPPER LIMIT IS IN EFFECT, AND UNLESS YOU PROPERLY WITHDRAW YOUR SHARES, YOU WILL RECEIVE LESS THAN $[            ] OF RADIO COMMON STOCK FOR EACH $1.00 OF CBS CLASS B COMMON STOCK THAT YOU TENDER, AND YOU COULD RECEIVE MUCH LESS.

The indicative exchange ratio that would have been in effect following the official close of trading on the NYSE on [            ], 2017 (the last trading day before the date of this document), based on the daily VWAPs of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on [            ], 2017, [            ], 2017 and [            ], 2017, would have provided for [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock to be exchanged for every share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted. The value of Radio Common Stock received and, following the Merger, the value of Entercom Class A Common Stock received may not remain above the value of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered following the expiration date of the exchange offer on [            ].

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [            ], 2017, UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED OR TERMINATED. SHARES OF CBS CLASS B COMMON STOCK TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

 

 

In reviewing this document, you should carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page 47 of this document.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange is [            ], 2017


Table of Contents

The final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares of Radio Common Stock that you will receive for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer (as well as whether the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered will be in effect) will be announced by press release and be available on the website www.[            ].com by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [            ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [            ], 2017), unless the exchange offer is extended or terminated. At such time, the final exchange ratio will also be available from the information agent at the toll-free number provided on the back cover of this document. For each day during the exchange offer prior to the Valuation Dates, indicative exchange ratios (calculated in the manner described in this document) will also be available through www.[            ].com and from the information agent at the toll-free number provided on the back cover of this document.

This document provides information regarding CBS, CBS Radio, Entercom, the exchange offer and the Merger in which shares of CBS Class B Common Stock may be exchanged for shares of Radio Common Stock which will then be immediately exchanged for shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and distributed to participating CBS stockholders as described herein. CBS Class B Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “CBS.” Entercom Class A Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ETM.” On [            ], 2017, the last reported sale price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the NYSE was $[            ], and the last reported sale price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE was $[            ]. The market prices of CBS Class B Common Stock and of Entercom Class A Common Stock will fluctuate prior to the completion of the exchange offer and thereafter and may be higher or lower at the expiration date than the prices set forth above. No trading market currently exists for shares of Radio Common Stock, and no such market will exist in the future. CBS Radio has not applied for listing of its common stock on any exchange.

If the exchange offer is consummated but the exchange offer is not fully subscribed because less than all of the shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS are exchanged, the remaining shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS will be distributed to CBS stockholders whose shares of CBS Common Stock remain outstanding after the consummation of the exchange offer pursuant to a pro rata distribution that would also be consummated on the closing date of the Merger. Any holder of CBS Class B Common Stock holder who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to CBS stockholders in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed. This document covers all shares of Radio Common Stock offered by CBS in the exchange offer and all shares of Radio Common Stock that may be distributed by CBS as a pro rata distribution to holders of CBS Common Stock. See “The Exchange Offer—Distribution of Any Shares of Radio Common Stock Remaining After the Exchange Offer.”

Immediately following consummation of the exchange offer, in the Merger, Merger Sub will be merged with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. Each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted in the merger into the right to receive one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock. Immediately after the Merger, approximately 72% of the shares of Entercom Common Stock (as defined herein) are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of CBS Class B Common Stock or CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, and no more than approximately 28% of the shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of Entercom Common Stock or pre-Merger Entercom employees who held certain Entercom stock-based compensation rights on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate.

CBS’s obligation to exchange shares of Radio Common Stock for CBS Class B Common Stock is subject to the conditions listed under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer,” including the satisfaction of conditions to the Merger, which include the approval by Entercom’s shareholders of the issuance of Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection with the Merger, an amendment to Entercom’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation in order to provide that the Entercom board of directors will be classified after the Merger and other conditions.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE TRANSACTIONS

     1  

Questions and Answers About the Exchange Offer

     1  

Questions and Answers About the Transactions

     14  

SUMMARY

     20  

The Companies

     20  

The Transactions

     21  

CBS’s Reasons for the Transactions

     25  

Entercom’s Reasons for the Transactions

     25  

Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors

     26  

Number of Shares of Radio Common Stock to Be Distributed to Holders of CBS Class B Common Stock

     27  

Terms of the Exchange Offer

     27  

Debt Financing

     34  

Board of Directors and Management of Entercom Following the Transactions

     34  

Entercom Shareholder Vote

     35  

Accounting Treatment and Considerations

     35  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger

     36  

Comparison of Stockholder Rights

     37  

The Exchange Offer Agent

     37  

The Information Agent

     37  

The Dealer Managers

     37  

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

     38  

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS Radio

     38  

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS

     40  

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data of Entercom

     41  

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data of CBS

     43  

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information of Entercom and CBS Radio

     44  

Summary Comparative Historical and Pro Forma Per Share Data

     45  

RISK FACTORS

     47  

Risks Related to the Transactions

     47  

Risks Related to Entercom and the Combined Company

     54  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     60  

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     62  

Terms of the Exchange Offer

     62  

Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer

     76  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger

     78  

Treatment of Specified CBS Compensatory Equity-Based Awards Held by Current CBS Radio Employees

     82  

Fees and Expenses

     83  

Legal Limitations; Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

     83  

Distribution of Any Shares of Radio Common Stock Remaining After the Exchange Offer

     83  

INFORMATION ON CBS

     85  

INFORMATION ON CBS RADIO

     86  

Content and Programming

     86  

Radio Stations

     87  

Digital Properties

     87  

Events

     88  

 

i


Table of Contents

Sources of Revenue

     88  

The Radio Industry

     89  

Business Strengths

     89  

Operating Strategy

     91  

Legal Proceedings

     92  

Employees

     92  

INFORMATION ON ENTERCOM

     93  

Overview

     93  

Strategy

     93  

Source of Revenue

     93  

Competition

     93  

HD Radio

     93  

Legal Proceedings

     94  

Employees

     94  

Entercom’s Business After the Consummation of the Transactions

     94  

Entercom’s Liquidity and Capital Resources After the Consummation of the Transactions

     95  

Directors and Officers of Entercom Before and After the Consummation of the Transactions

     96  

FEDERAL REGULATION OF RADIO BROADCASTING

     99  

Transfer or Assignment of Licenses

     99  

Ownership Regulation

     99  

Local Radio Ownership

     99  

Radio-Television Cross-Ownership Rule

     99  

Newspaper-Broadcast Cross-Ownership

     100  

Ownership Attribution

     100  

Foreign Ownership

     100  

Programming And Operation

     101  

License Renewal

     101  

Technical Rules

     102  

Enforcement Authority

     102  

Proposed Changes

     102  

Federal Antitrust Laws

     102  

Laws Affecting Intellectual Property

     102  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR CBS RADIO

     104  

Overview

     104  

Results of Operations—2016 versus 2015

     107  

Results of Operations—2015 versus 2014

     112  

Capital Structure

     117  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     119  

Guarantees

     120  

Critical Accounting Policies

     120  

Legal Matters

     123  

Market Risk

     123  

Related Parties

     123  

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

     125  

Recent Pronouncements

     126  

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

     128  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS Radio

     128  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS

     130  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of Entercom

     131  

CBS CORPORATION UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     133  

 

ii


Table of Contents

ENTERCOM AND CBS RADIO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     138  

HISTORICAL PER SHARE DATA, MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND DATA

     147  

Comparative Historical and Pro Forma Per Share Data

     147  

Historical Common Stock Market Price and Dividend Data

     147  

Entercom Dividend Policy

     148  

CBS Dividend Policy

     148  

THE TRANSACTIONS

     149  

Determination of Number of Shares of Radio Common Stock to be Distributed to Holders of CBS Class B Common Stock

     153  

Background of the Transactions

     153  

Entercom’s Reasons for the Transactions

     164  

Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors

     168  

Certain Financial Projections Prepared by Entercom

     186  

Entercom’s Shareholders Meeting

     190  

CBS’s Reasons for the Transactions

     191  

Interests of CBS’s and CBS Radio’s Directors and Executive Officers in the Transactions

     194  

Interests of Entercom’s Directors and Executive Officers in the Transactions

     196  

Accounting Treatment and Considerations

     197  

Regulatory Approvals

     198  

Federal Securities Law Consequences; Resale Restrictions

     198  

No Appraisal or Dissenters’ Rights

     198  

THE MERGER AGREEMENT

     199  

The Merger

     199  

Closing; Effective Time

     199  

Merger Consideration

     199  

Exchange of Per Share Merger Consideration

     200  

Treatment of Specified CBS Compensatory Equity-Based Awards Held by Current CBS Radio Employees

     201  

Distributions With Respect to Shares of Entercom Class  A Common Stock After the Effective Time of the Merger

     201  

Termination of the Exchange Fund

     202  

Determination of Net Adjustment

     202  

Representations and Warranties

     204  

Conduct of Business Pending Closing

     206  

Tax Matters

     211  

SEC Filings

     211  

Shareholders Meeting

     212  

Regulatory Matters; Efforts

     212  

No Solicitation

     214  

Financing

     217  

Employment and Benefits Matters

     218  

CBS Brands License Agreements

     219  

Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation of Employees

     220  

Certain Other Covenants and Agreements

     220  

Conditions to the Merger

     221  

Termination

     223  

Effect of Termination

     224  

Termination Fee Payable in Certain Circumstances

     224  

Specific Performance

     225  

 

iii


Table of Contents

Additional Obligations

     225  

Expenses

     225  

THE SEPARATION AGREEMENT

     227  

Overview

     227  

Radio Reorganization

     227  

The Final Distribution

     227  

Covenants

     230  

Release; Indemnification

     235  

Matters Relating to Employees

     237  

OTHER AGREEMENTS AND OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     239  

Tax Matters Agreement

     239  

Transition Services Agreement

     240  

Joint Digital Services Agreement

     241  

Voting Agreement

     242  

Field Family Side Letter Agreement

     243  

Advertising Side Letter Agreement

     244  

CBS Brands License Agreements

     244  

Other Related Party Transactions

     246  

DESCRIPTION OF ENTERCOM CAPITAL STOCK

     248  

Common Stock

     248  

Preferred Stock

     249  

Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Entercom Articles and the Entercom Bylaws

     249  

Listing

     251  

Transfer Agent

     251  

OWNERSHIP OF ENTERCOM COMMON STOCK

     252  

COMPARISON OF RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF CBS COMMON STOCK AND ENTERCOM COMMON STOCK

     254  

Authorized Capital Stock

     254  

Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Entercom Articles, the Entercom Bylaws and Pennsylvania Law

     264  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     265  

LEGAL MATTERS

     265  

EXPERTS

     265  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     266  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

Annex A-1: Fairness Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     A-1-1  

Annex A-2: Fairness Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC

     A-2-1  

 

iv


Table of Contents

This document incorporates by reference important business and financial information about CBS and Entercom from documents filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that have not been included in or delivered with this document. This information is available at the website that the SEC maintains at www.sec.gov, as well as from other sources. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.” In addition, copies of these materials (when they become available) may be obtained free of charge by accessing CBS’s website at www.cbscorporation.com, or from Entercom by accessing Entercom’s website at www.entercom.com.

All information contained or incorporated by reference in this document with respect to Entercom and Merger Sub and their respective subsidiaries, as well as information on Entercom after the consummation of the Transactions, has been provided by Entercom. All other information contained or incorporated by reference in this document with respect to CBS, CBS Radio or their respective subsidiaries, and with respect to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer has been provided by CBS.

This prospectus is not an offer to sell or exchange and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy any shares of CBS Common Stock, Radio Common Stock or Entercom Common Stock in any jurisdiction in which the offer, sale or exchange is not permitted. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their advisors in considering whether they may participate in the exchange offer in accordance with the laws of their home countries and, if they do participate, whether there are any restrictions or limitations on transactions in the shares of CBS Common Stock, Radio Common Stock or Entercom Common Stock that may apply in their home countries. CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom cannot provide any assurance about whether such limitations may exist. See “The Exchange Offer—Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions” for additional information about limitations on the exchange offer outside the United States.

 

v


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE TRANSACTIONS

Questions and Answers About the Exchange Offer

The following are answers to some of the questions that stockholders of CBS Corporation may have relating to the exchange offer and the Transactions (as defined below). These questions and answers, as well as the following summary, are not meant to be a substitute for the information contained in the remainder of this document, and this information is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed descriptions and explanations contained elsewhere in this document. You are urged to read this document in its entirety prior to making any decision.

CBS Corporation (“CBS,” which includes, unless the context otherwise requires, its subsidiaries) is a Delaware corporation. As used in this document, “CBS Radio” refers to CBS Radio Inc., a subsidiary of CBS and a Delaware corporation, as it existed on February 2, 2017. As described in greater detail in the Master Separation Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2017, by and between CBS and CBS Radio (the “Separation Agreement”), CBS Radio will be separated from CBS as part of the Transactions.

 

Q: Why has CBS decided to separate CBS Radio from CBS through the exchange offer?

 

A: CBS has decided to pursue the exchange offer in order to facilitate the separation of CBS’s radio business from CBS’s other mass media businesses in a tax-efficient manner, thereby better positioning CBS to focus on its core remaining businesses.

CBS believes that the separation of the radio business from the other businesses of CBS pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement (the “Separation” and, together with the other transactions contemplated in the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the “Transactions”) and the exchange offer have the potential to, among other things, allow CBS’s radio business to become a major component in a publicly traded company, Entercom Communications Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation (“Entercom,” which includes, unless the context otherwise requires, its subsidiaries), which is in the same line of business as CBS Radio. CBS’s radio business will, along with the business of Entercom, be part of a company with a publicly traded equity security linked to the performance of the broadcast radio businesses of CBS Radio and Entercom and digital, events and other products and services related thereto, rather than CBS’s much larger mass media businesses, which can be used efficiently to attract, retain and incentivize employees of CBS Radio. See “The Transactions—CBS’s Reasons for the Transactions.”

 

Q: What are you being offered in the Transactions?

 

A. In the exchange offer, CBS will offer to you the right to exchange all or a portion of your shares of outstanding CBS Class B common stock, par value $0.001 (the “CBS Class B Common Stock”), for shares of Radio Common Stock (as defined below). If the exchange offer is consummated but is not fully subscribed, CBS will distribute the remaining outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock (as defined below) whose shares of CBS Common Stock remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer. Any holder of CBS Class B Common Stock who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed. In the Merger (as defined below), each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock as set forth in the Merger Agreement and as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.”

 

Q: What is the aggregate number of shares of Radio Common Stock being offered in the exchange offer?

 

A: In the exchange offer, CBS is offering 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock, which are all of the shares of Radio Common Stock it will hold on the date of consummation of the exchange offer.

 

Q: Why did CBS choose an exchange offer as the way to separate CBS Radio from CBS?

 

A:

CBS believes that the distribution by CBS of its shares of the common stock of CBS Radio to the holders of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, by way of an exchange offer, is a tax-efficient way to divest its

 

1


Table of Contents
  interest in CBS Radio. See “The Transactions—CBS’s Reasons for the Transactions.” CBS and CBS Radio also have different competitive strengths and operating strategies and operate in different industries. CBS believes that the exchange offer is an efficient way to allow holders of CBS Class B Common Stock to own an interest in a post-Merger Entercom that includes the business of CBS Radio. As used in this document, the term “Radio Common Stock” means (a) before CBS Radio has completed the Stock Split (as defined below), the Radio Existing Common Stock and (b) after CBS Radio has completed the Stock Split, the Radio New Common Stock (each term, as defined below). See “The Transactions.”

If holders of CBS Class B Common Stock subscribe for less than all of the shares of the Radio Common Stock owned by CBS in the exchange offer, CBS will distribute the remaining outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Class A common stock of CBS, par value $0.001 per share (the “CBS Class A Common Stock” and, together with the CBS Class B Common Stock, the “CBS Common Stock”), whose shares of CBS Common Stock remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer (the “Clean-Up Spin-Off” and, together with the exchange offer, the “Final Distribution”).

The Final Distribution is expected to qualify as a tax-free distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and will thus give CBS’s stockholders an opportunity to adjust their current CBS investment between CBS and the combined Entercom-CBS Radio, which is referred to as the “combined company,” after the merger of Merger Sub with and into CBS Radio (the “Merger”) in a tax-free manner for U.S. federal income tax purposes (except with respect to cash received in the Merger in lieu of a fractional share of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Entercom (the “Entercom Class A Common Stock”)). In the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom, as contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 2, 2017, by and among CBS, CBS Radio, Entercom and Merger Sub (the “Merger Agreement”).

 

Q: Who may participate in the exchange offer?

 

A: Any U.S. holders of CBS Class B Common Stock during the exchange offer period may participate in the exchange offer, including holders of shares held for the account of participants in the CBS 401(k) Plan and the CBS Radio 401(k) Plan (together, the “CBS Savings Plans”). Although CBS has mailed this prospectus to its stockholders to the extent required by U.S. law, including stockholders located outside the United States, this prospectus is not an offer to buy, sell or exchange, and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell, any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock or shares of Radio Common Stock in any jurisdiction in which such offer, sale or exchange is not permitted.

Countries outside the United States generally have their own legal requirements that govern securities offerings made to persons resident in those countries and often impose stringent requirements about the form and content of offers made to the general public. None of CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio has taken any action under non-U.S. regulations to facilitate a public offer to exchange the shares of CBS Common Stock, Entercom Common Stock (as defined below) or Radio Common Stock outside the United States. Accordingly, the ability of any non-U.S. person to tender shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer will depend on whether there is an exemption available under the laws of such person’s home country that would permit the person to participate in the exchange offer without the need for CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio to take any action to facilitate a public offering in that country or otherwise. For example, some countries exempt transactions from the rules governing public offerings if they involve persons who meet certain eligibility requirements relating to their status as sophisticated or professional investors.

Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their advisors in considering whether they may participate in the exchange offer in accordance with the laws of their home countries and, if they do participate, whether there are any restrictions or limitations on transactions in the shares of CBS Common Stock, Entercom Common Stock or Radio Common Stock that may apply in their home countries. None of CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio can provide any assurance about whether such limitations may exist. See “The Exchange

 

2


Table of Contents

Offer—Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions” for additional information about limitations on the exchange offer outside the United States.

Participants in the CBS Savings Plans should follow the special instructions that are being sent to them by the plan administrator. Such participants should not use the letter of transmittal to direct the tender of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock held in these plans. As described in the special instructions, such participants may direct the applicable plan trustee to tender all, some or none of the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock allocable to their CBS Savings Plan accounts, subject to certain limitations set forth in any instructions provided by the plan administrator. To allow sufficient time for the tender of shares by the trustee of the applicable CBS Savings Plan, tendering holders must provide the tabulator for the trustee of the applicable CBS Savings Plan with the requisite instructions so that such instructions can be received by or processed before, as applicable, [            ] p.m., New York City time, on [            ], 2017, unless the exchange offer is extended. If the exchange offer is extended, and if administratively feasible, the deadline for receipt of participants’ directions may also be extended.

 

Q: How will Entercom acquire the equity interests in CBS Radio?

 

A: Entercom will acquire the equity interests in CBS Radio through a “Reverse Morris Trust” acquisition structure. A Reverse Morris Trust transaction allows a parent company (in this case, CBS) to divest a subsidiary (in this case, CBS Radio) in a tax-efficient manner. The first step of such a transaction is a distribution of the subsidiary’s stock to the parent company stockholders in a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Code. A third party then acquires the distributed subsidiary (in this case, Entercom will acquire CBS Radio through a merger of Merger Sub with and into CBS Radio) in a reorganization that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 368 of the Code. Such a transaction can qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the parent company, its stockholders and the stockholders of the acquiring third party if the transaction structure meets all applicable requirements, including that the parent company stockholders own more than 50% of the combined entity (by vote and value) immediately after the merger. For information about the material tax consequences to CBS stockholders resulting from the Reverse Morris Trust structure of the Transactions, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger.” For information about the material risks that the Final Distribution, the Merger or both could be taxable to CBS stockholders or the Internal Distributions (as defined below) or Final Distribution could be taxable to CBS, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Transactions—If any of the Internal Distributions or the Final Distribution does not qualify as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Code or the Merger does not qualify as a tax-free “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code, including as a result of actions taken in connection with the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger or as a result of subsequent acquisitions of shares of CBS, Entercom, or CBS Radio, then CBS and/or holders of CBS Common Stock that received Radio Common Stock in the Final Distribution may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes, and, in certain circumstances, CBS Radio and Entercom may be required to indemnify CBS for any such tax liability.

 

Q: What are the main ways that the relationship between CBS Radio and CBS will change after the exchange offer is completed?

 

A: Following the completion of the exchange offer, assuming the exchange offer is fully subscribed, CBS Radio will be wholly independent from CBS, except that certain agreements between CBS and CBS Radio will remain in place. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions.” If the exchange offer is consummated but less than all shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS are exchanged because the exchange offer is not fully subscribed, the additional shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS will be distributed on a pro rata basis to the holders of shares of CBS Common Stock. See “The Exchange Offer—Distribution of Any Shares of Radio Common Stock Remaining After the Exchange Offer.”

 

3


Table of Contents
Q: Will National Amusements, Inc. participate in the exchange offer?

 

A: National Amusements, Inc. (“National Amusements”), the controlling stockholder of CBS, has represented that it will not participate in the exchange offer. As of March 24, 2017, National Amusements beneficially owned shares of CBS Class A Common Stock representing approximately 79.5% of the voting power of all classes of CBS Common Stock.

 

Q: How many shares of Radio Common Stock will I receive for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock that I tender?

 

A: The exchange offer is designed to permit you to exchange your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock. For each $1.00 of your CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $[            ] of Radio Common Stock. The value of the CBS Class B Common Stock will be based on the calculated per-share value for the CBS Class B Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) and the value of the Radio Common Stock will be based on the calculated per-share value for Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE, in each case determined by reference to the simple arithmetic average of the daily volume-weighted average prices (“VWAP”) of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE during a period of three consecutive trading days (the “Valuation Dates”) ending on and including the second trading day preceding the expiration date. Please note, however, that:

 

    The number of shares you can receive is subject to an upper limit of an aggregate of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer. The questions and answers below describe how this limit may impact the value you receive.

 

    The exchange offer does not provide for a minimum exchange ratio. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

    Because the exchange offer is subject to proration if it is over-subscribed, CBS may accept for exchange only a portion of the CBS Class B Common Stock tendered by you.

 

Q: Is there a limit on the number of shares of Radio Common Stock I can receive for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock that I tender?

 

A: The number of shares you can receive is subject to an upper limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer. If the upper limit is in effect, you will receive $[            ] of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock that you tender, and you could receive much less. For example, if the calculated per-share value of CBS Class B Common Stock was $[            ] (the highest closing price for CBS Class B Common Stock on the NYSE during the three-month period prior to commencement of the exchange offer) and the calculated per-share value of Radio Common Stock was $[            ] (the lowest closing price for Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE during that three-month period), the value of Radio Common Stock, based on the Entercom Class A Common Stock price, received for CBS Class B Common Stock accepted for exchange would be approximately $[            ] for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted for exchange.

 

Q: Why is there an upper limit on the number of shares of Radio Common Stock I can receive for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock that I tender?

 

A: CBS set the upper limit to ensure that an unusual or unexpected drop in the trading price of Entercom Class A Common Stock, relative to the trading price of CBS Class B Common Stock, would not result in an unduly high number of shares of Radio Common Stock being exchanged for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer.

 

Q: How and when will I know the final exchange ratio and whether the upper limit is in effect?

 

A:

CBS will announce the final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer by press release, and it will be

 

4


Table of Contents
  available on the website www.[            ].com by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [            ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [            ], 2017), unless the exchange offer is extended or terminated. At such time, the final exchange ratio will also be available from the information agent at the toll-free number provided on the back cover of this document. CBS will also announce at that time whether the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered will be in effect.

 

Q: How are the calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock determined for purposes of calculating the number of shares of Radio Common Stock to be received in the exchange offer?

 

A: The calculated per-share value of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock for purposes of the exchange offer will equal the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock, as the case may be, on the NYSE on each of the Valuation Dates. Based on the prices provided by Bloomberg L.P., CBS will determine such calculations of the per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock and such determinations will be final.

 

Q: What is the “daily volume-weighted average price” or “daily VWAP?”

 

A: The “daily volume-weighted average price” for CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock will be the volume-weighted average price of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE during the period beginning at 9:30 a.m., New York City time (or such other time as is the official open of trading on the NYSE), and ending at 4:00 p.m., New York City time (or such other time as is the official close of trading on the NYSE and in no event later than 4:10 p.m., New York City time), as reported to CBS by Bloomberg L.P. for the equity ticker pages CBS, in the case of CBS Class B Common Stock, and ETM, in the case of Entercom Class A Common Stock. The daily VWAPs of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock calculated by CBS based on data provided by Bloomberg L.P. may be different from other sources of volume-weighted average prices or investors’ or security holders’ own calculations of volume-weighted average prices.

 

Q: Where can I find the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock during the exchange offer period?

 

A: CBS will maintain a website at www.[            ].com that will provide the daily VWAP of both CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock, together with indicative exchange ratios, for each day during the exchange offer prior to the Valuation Dates. On the first two Valuation Dates, when the values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock are calculated for the purposes of the exchange offer, the website will show the indicative exchange ratios based on indicative calculated per-share values calculated by CBS, which will equal: (i) on the first Valuation Date, the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock for that day; and (ii) on the second Valuation Date, the simple arithmetic mean of the daily VWAPs of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock for the first and second Valuation Dates. The website will not provide an indicative exchange ratio on the third Valuation Date. The final exchange ratio (as well as whether the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered will be in effect) will be announced by press release and be available on the website by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [            ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [            ], 2017). CBS will determine the simple arithmetic average of the VWAPs based on data provided by Bloomberg L.P., and such determinations will be final.

 

5


Table of Contents
Q: Why is the calculated per-share value for Radio Common Stock based on the trading prices for Entercom Class A Common Stock?

 

A: There is currently no trading market for Radio Common Stock and no such trading market will be established in the future. CBS believes, however, that the trading prices for Entercom Class A Common Stock are an appropriate proxy for the trading prices of Radio Common Stock because (i) in the Merger, each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock; (ii) CBS Radio will authorize the issuance of a number of shares of Radio Common Stock such that the total number of shares of Radio Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger will be 101,407,494 and each share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger; and (iii) at the Valuation Dates, it is expected that all the material conditions to the consummation of the Merger will have been satisfied or, if permitted by the Merger Agreement, waived (except for those conditions that by their nature are satisfied at the closing of the Merger) and the Merger will be expected to be consummated shortly, such that investors should be expected to be valuing Entercom Class A Common Stock based on the expected value of such Entercom Class A Common Stock after the Merger. There can be no assurance, however, that Entercom Class A Common Stock after the Merger will trade on the same basis as Entercom Class A Common Stock trades prior to the Merger. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Transactions—The trading prices of Entercom Class A Common Stock may not be an appropriate proxy for the value of Radio Common Stock.”

 

Q: Will indicative exchange ratios be provided during the exchange offer period?

 

A: Yes. Indicative exchange ratios will be available online or by contacting the information agent at the toll-free number provided on the back cover of this prospectus on each day during the exchange offer period, calculated as though that day were the expiration date of the exchange offer. A website will be maintained at www.[            ].com that will provide the daily VWAPs of both CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock during the exchange offer prior to the third Valuation Date.

The indicative exchange ratio will also reflect whether the upper limit on the exchange ratio, described above, would have been in effect. You may also contact the information agent at its toll-free number to obtain these indicative exchange ratios. In addition, for purposes of illustration, a table that indicates the number of shares of Radio Common Stock that you would receive per share of CBS Class B Common Stock, calculated on the basis described above and taking into account the upper limit, assuming a range of averages of the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on the Valuation Dates is provided under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Q: What if the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock do not trade on any of the Valuation Dates?

 

A: If a market disruption event occurs with respect to the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock on any of the Valuation Dates, the calculated per-share value of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock will be determined using the daily VWAP of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock and shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the preceding trading day or days, as the case may be, on which no market disruption event occurred with respect to both CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock. If, however, a market disruption event occurs as specified above, CBS may terminate the exchange offer if, in its reasonable judgment, the market disruption event has impaired the benefits of the exchange offer. For specific information as to what would constitute a market disruption event, see “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Q: Are there circumstances under which I would receive fewer shares of Radio Common Stock than I would have received if the exchange ratio were determined using the closing prices of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer?

 

A:

Yes. For example, if the trading price of CBS Class B Common Stock were to increase during the period of the Valuation Dates, the calculated per-share value of CBS Class B Common Stock would likely be lower

 

6


Table of Contents
  than the closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer. As a result, you may receive fewer shares of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock than you would have if that per-share value were calculated on the basis of the closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the expiration date. Similarly, if the trading price of Entercom Class A Common Stock were to decrease during the period of the Valuation Dates, the calculated per-share value of Radio Common Stock would likely be higher than the closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the expiration date. This could also result in your receiving fewer shares of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock than you would otherwise receive if that per-share value were calculated on the basis of the closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Q: Will fractional shares of Radio Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock be distributed in the exchange offer or the Merger?

 

A: No fractional shares will be issued in the Merger, as described in this document. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Final Exchange Ratio.” Upon consummation of the exchange offer, the exchange offer agent will hold the shares of Radio Common Stock in trust for the holders of CBS Class B Common Stock who validly tendered their shares and, in case of a Clean-Up Spin Off, for the holders of record of CBS Common Stock for the pro rata distribution. Immediately following the consummation of the exchange offer and by means of the Merger, each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. In the Merger, no fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will be delivered to holders of Radio Common Stock. All fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that a holder of shares of Radio Common Stock would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the Merger will be aggregated by the transfer agent. The transfer agent will cause the whole shares obtained thereby to be sold on behalf of such holders of shares of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, in the open market or otherwise as reasonably directed by CBS, and in no case later than 10 business days after the Merger. The transfer agent will make available the net proceeds thereof, after deducting any required withholding taxes and brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes, on a pro rata basis, without interest, as soon as practicable to the holders of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Merger.

 

Q: What happens if not enough shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are tendered to allow CBS to exchange all of the shares of Radio Common Stock it holds?

 

A: Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, if the exchange offer is consummated but less than all shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS are exchanged because the exchange offer is not fully subscribed, the additional shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS will be distributed on a pro rata basis to the holders of shares of CBS Common Stock. Any holder of CBS Class B Common Stock who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock if the exchange offer is not fully subscribed.

Upon consummation of the exchange offer, CBS will deliver to the exchange offer agent a global certificate representing all of the Radio Common Stock being distributed in the exchange offer, with instructions to hold the shares of Radio Common Stock in trust for holders of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not withdrawn and holders of shares of CBS Common Stock as of the distribution date of a Clean-Up Spin-Off, if any, which distribution will be conducted subject to the terms of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement. If there is a Clean-Up Spin-Off, the exchange offer agent will calculate the exact number of shares of Radio Common Stock not exchanged in the exchange offer and to be distributed on a pro rata basis, and that number of shares of Radio Common Stock will be held in trust for the holders of shares of CBS Common Stock. See “The Exchange Offer—Distribution of Any Shares of Radio Common Stock Remaining After the Exchange Offer.”

 

7


Table of Contents
Q: Will all shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that I tender be accepted in the exchange offer?

 

A: Not necessarily. Depending on the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered in the exchange offer and not properly withdrawn, and the calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock determined as described above, CBS may have to limit the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that it accepts in the exchange offer through a proration process. Any proration of the number of shares accepted in the exchange offer will be determined on the basis of the proration mechanics described under “Summary—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock.”

Stockholders who directly or beneficially own less than 100 shares of CBS Class B Common Stock (“odd-lots”) and who validly tender all of their shares will not be subject to proration. For instance, if you directly or beneficially own 50 shares of CBS Class B Common Stock and tender all 50 shares, your odd-lot will not be subject to proration. If, however, you hold less than 100 shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, but do not tender all of your shares, you will be subject to proration to the same extent as holders of more than 100 shares if the exchange offer is oversubscribed. Direct or beneficial holders of 100 or more shares of CBS Class B Common Stock will be subject to proration. In addition, shares held on behalf of participants in the CBS Savings Plans (each of which plans holds more than 100 shares of CBS Class B Common Stock) will be subject to proration.

Proration for each tendering stockholder subject to proration will be based on (i) the proportion that the total number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock to be accepted bears to the total number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn and (ii) the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by that stockholder (and not on that stockholder’s aggregate ownership of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock). Any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock not accepted for exchange as a result of proration will be returned to tendering stockholders promptly after the final proration factor is determined.

CBS will announce its preliminary determination, if any, of the extent to which tenders will be prorated by press release by 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately following the expiration of the exchange offer. This preliminary determination is referred to as the “preliminary proration factor.” CBS will announce its final determination of the extent to which tenders will be prorated by press release promptly after this determination is made. This final determination is referred to as the “final proration factor.”

 

Q: Will I be able to sell my shares of Radio Common Stock after the exchange offer is completed?

 

A: No. There is currently no trading market for shares of Radio Common Stock and no such trading market is expected to be established in the future. In the Merger, each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will automatically be converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Q: How many shares of CBS Class B Common Stock will CBS accept if the exchange offer is completed?

 

A: The number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that will be accepted if the exchange offer is completed will depend on the final exchange ratio and the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered. Prior to the consummation of the exchange offer, CBS will directly hold 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock. CBS will offer the 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer. The maximum number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that will be accepted if the exchange offer is completed will be equal to the number of shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS ( i.e. , 101,407,494) divided by the final exchange ratio (which will be subject to the upper limit). For example, assuming that the final exchange ratio is [            ] (the upper limit for shares of Radio Common Stock that could be exchanged for one share of CBS Class B Common Stock), then CBS would accept up to [            ] shares of CBS Class B Common Stock.

 

8


Table of Contents
Q: Are there any conditions to CBS’s obligation to complete the exchange offer?

 

A: Yes. The exchange offer is subject to various conditions listed under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer.” If any of these conditions are not satisfied or waived prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, CBS will not be required to accept shares for exchange and may extend or terminate the exchange offer. Any Clean-Up Spin-Off that may be required after the exchange offer is also subject to the same conditions as the exchange offer.

CBS may waive any of the conditions to the exchange offer, but if CBS waives the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion (as defined below) from its counsel, then CBS may be required to extend the exchange offer and pay a penalty to Entercom no later than five business days after the closing of the Merger (the “Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty”). For a description of the material conditions precedent to the exchange offer, including satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Transactions, the receipt of Entercom shareholder approval for the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection with the Merger, an amendment to Entercom’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Entercom Articles”) in order to provide that the Entercom board of directors will be classified after the Merger and other conditions, see “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer.” Entercom has no right to waive any of the conditions to the exchange offer. For a description of the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty, see “The Separation Agreement—The Final Distribution.”

 

Q: When does the exchange offer expire?

 

A: The period during which you are permitted to tender your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on [            ], 2017, unless CBS extends the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Extension; Termination; Amendment.”

 

Q: Can the exchange offer be extended and under what circumstances?

 

A: Yes. CBS can, subject to the terms and conditions of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement, extend the exchange offer, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time. For instance, the exchange offer may be extended if any of the conditions for consummation of the exchange offer listed under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer” are not satisfied or waived prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. In case of an extension of the exchange offer, CBS will publicly announce the extension at www.[            ].com and separately by press release no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following the previously scheduled expiration date.

CBS’s right to extend the exchange offer is subject to the terms and conditions of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement. The Separation Agreement provides that the terms and conditions of the exchange offer must comply with all applicable legal requirements and with the rules and regulations of the NYSE. See “The Separation Agreement—The Final Distribution.” The Separation Agreement also provides that CBS is limited in its discretion to set the terms and conditions of the exchange offer by its obligations under the Merger Agreement’s provisions with respect to tax matters, its obligations to make certain filings at certain times with the SEC, the obligation of CBS to take certain actions to obtain approval of government authorities for the Merger, and the general obligations of CBS to consummate the Merger. See “Merger Agreement—Tax Matters,” “Merger Agreement—SEC Filings” and “Merger Agreement—Certain Other Covenants and Agreements.”

CBS’s right to extend the exchange offer is also limited by the termination date of the Merger Agreement, which is set at November 2, 2017 but may be extended to May 2, 2018 in certain circumstances by CBS or Entercom if the Merger is not consummated by that date. The exchange offer must be consummated before the termination date, as it may be extended, of the Merger Agreement. Each party has the right to extend the Merger Agreement’s termination date if the approval of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) has not been obtained or if the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”) has not occurred, in each case only if the failure to consummate the Merger is not due to a party’s failure to perform its obligations under the Merger Agreement. However, if as of November 3, 2017, the conditions to the closing of the

 

9


Table of Contents

Merger concerning the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act, the approval of the FCC, the approval of Entercom’s shareholders and the absence of any law or order restraining, enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the transaction have all been satisfied, CBS may not terminate the Merger Agreement due to the passing of the termination date of the Merger. See “Merger Agreement—Termination.”

 

Q: How do I decide whether to participate in the exchange offer?

 

A: Whether you should participate in the exchange offer depends on many factors. You should carefully examine your specific financial position, plans and needs before you decide whether to participate, as well as the relative risks associated with an investment in Entercom and CBS. In addition, you should consider all of the factors described in “Risk Factors.” None of CBS, Entercom, CBS Radio or any of their respective directors or officers or any of the dealer managers or any other person make any recommendation as to whether you should tender all, some or none of your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock. You must make your own decision after carefully reading this prospectus, and the documents incorporated by reference and consulting with your advisors in light of your own particular circumstances. You are strongly encouraged to read this prospectus in its entirety, including any documents referred to in this document, very carefully.

 

Q: Can I participate in the exchange offer if I hold CBS Class A Common Stock?

 

A: CBS is only offering to exchange shares of Radio Common Stock for outstanding shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that are validly tendered and not properly withdrawn. However, if you hold CBS Class A Common Stock, you can participate in the exchange offer, but only by either:

 

    converting your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into an equal number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in advance of the expiration date of the exchange offer and tendering such shares of CBS Class B Common Stock received upon conversion in advance of the expiration date; or

 

    conditionally converting your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into an equal number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the procedures set forth in this document by executing and delivering to the exchange offer agent for the exchange offer: (i) a conditional notice of conversion for all such shares of CBS Class A Common Stock submitted to be exchanged, accompanied by payment of documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any; and (ii) a letter of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock, properly complete and duly executed (including any signature guarantees that may be required) or, in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, an agent’s message, in each case with respect to which the shares of CBS Class A Common Stock have been submitted for exchange, noting that shares of CBS Class A Common Stock will be converted to the extent the CBS Class B Common Stock is accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. To the extent shares of CBS Class A Common Stock are not converted, the exchange offer agent will promptly return your payment of documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any.

If you elect to convert shares of CBS Class A Common Stock on a non-conditional basis, you may not withdraw such election of conversion and your conversion will be effective immediately upon receipt by the exchange offer agent. You may withdraw your tender in the exchange offer of the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock issued upon conversion by following the procedures set forth herein. If you elected to conditionally convert your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, to the extent the CBS Class B Common Stock is accepted for exchange in the exchange offer, you may withdraw your conditional notice of conversion by withdrawing your tender of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer, by following the procedures set forth herein.

Participants in the CBS 401(k) Plan that have assets in the CBS Class A Company Stock Fund and would like to participate in the exchange offer should follow the special instructions that are being sent to them by the plan administrator.

 

10


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, National Amusements has represented that it will not participate in the exchange offer. As of March 24, 2017, National Amusements beneficially owned shares of CBS Class A Common Stock representing approximately 79.5% of the voting power of all classes of CBS Common Stock.

 

Q: Will holders of CBS stock options or restricted stock units have the opportunity to exchange their CBS stock options or restricted stock units for Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer?

 

A: No, neither holders of vested or unvested stock options nor holders of restricted stock units (including performance-based restricted stock units and time-based restricted stock units) can tender the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock underlying such awards in the exchange offer. However, holders of vested and unexercised CBS stock options can exercise their vested stock options in accordance with the terms of the plans under which the options were issued and tender the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock received upon exercise in the exchange offer. The exercise of a CBS stock option cannot be revoked for any reason, including if the exchange offer is terminated for any reason or if shares of CBS Class B Common Stock received upon exercise are tendered and not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. Additionally, if you hold shares of CBS Class B Common Stock as a result of the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units, these shares can be tendered in the exchange offer.

If you are a holder of vested and unexercised CBS stock options and wish to exercise such stock options and tender shares of CBS Class B Common Stock received upon exercise in the exchange offer, you should be certain to initiate such exercise generally no later than 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the tenth trading day prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, so that the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are received in your account in enough time to tender the shares in accordance with the instructions for tendering available from your broker or account administrator. In the event that you choose to exercise such stock options and tender shares of CBS Class B Common Stock received upon exercise in the exchange offer, you will be required to satisfy the exercise price and any applicable tax withholding amounts in cash.

There are tax consequences associated with the exercise of a stock option, and individual tax circumstances may vary. You are urged to consult the prospectus provided to you in connection with your participation in the CBS Corporation 2004 Long-Term Management Incentive Plan (as amended and restated through May 25, 2006) and the CBS Corporation 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated May 23, 2013) and to consult your own tax advisor regarding the consequences to you of exercising your stock options. You are also urged to read carefully the discussion in “The Exchange Offer—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger” and to consult your own tax advisor regarding the consequences to you of the exchange offer.

 

Q: How do I participate in the exchange offer?

 

A: The procedures you must follow to participate in the exchange offer will depend on whether you hold your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in certificated form, through a bank or trust company or broker, as a participant in the CBS Savings Plans, or if your CBS Class B Common Stock is held in book-entry via the Direct Registration System (“DRS”). For specific instructions about how to participate, see “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.”

 

Q: How do I tender my shares of CBS Class B Common Stock after the final exchange ratio has been determined?

 

A:

CBS will announce the final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer by press release and be available on the website www.[    ].com by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [    ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [    ], 2017), unless the exchange offer is extended or terminated. If you wish to tender your shares after the final exchange ratio has been determined, you will generally need to do so by means of delivering a notice of guaranteed delivery and complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the section

 

11


Table of Contents
  entitled “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” If you hold shares of CBS Class B Common Stock through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution, that institution must tender your shares on your behalf.

If your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are held through an institution and you wish to tender your CBS Class B Common Stock after The Depository Trust Company has closed, the institution must deliver a notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange offer agent via facsimile prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

Q: Can I tender only a portion of my shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer?

 

A: Yes. You may tender all, some or none of your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock.

 

Q: What do I do if I want to retain all of my shares of CBS Class B Common Stock?

 

A: If you want to retain all of your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, you do not need to take any action. However, after the Transactions, CBS Radio will no longer be owned by CBS, and as a holder of CBS Class B Common Stock you will no longer hold shares in a company that owns CBS Radio unless the exchange offer is consummated but is not fully subscribed and the remaining shares of Radio Common Stock are distributed through the Clean-Up Spin-Off, which distribution will be conducted subject to the terms of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement.

 

Q: Can I change my mind after I tender my shares of CBS Class B Common Stock?

 

A: Yes. You may withdraw your tendered shares at any time before the exchange offer expires. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights.” If you change your mind again, you can re-tender your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock by following the tender procedures again prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

If you hold your shares through the CBS Savings Plans, you may withdraw or change your previously submitted instructions to the trustee by issuing a new instruction to the trustee which will cancel any prior instruction. Any new instructions must be received by the tabulator for the trustee of the applicable CBS Savings Plan on your behalf before [            ]:00 p.m., New York City time, on [            ], 2017. If the exchange offer is extended, and if administratively feasible, the deadline for receipt of instructions to withdraw or change your previously submitted instructions may also be extended.

 

Q: Will I be able to withdraw the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that I tender after the final exchange ratio has been determined?

 

A: Yes. The final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares of Radio Common Stock that you will receive for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer will be announced by press release and be available on the website www.[            ].com by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [            ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [            ], 2017), unless the exchange offer is extended or terminated. CBS will also announce at that time whether the upper limit on the number of shares of Radio Common Stock that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered is in effect. Subject to any extension or termination, you have the right to withdraw shares of CBS Class B Common Stock you have tendered at any time before 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date, which is [            ], 2017. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Q: How do I withdraw my tendered CBS Class B Common Stock after the final exchange ratio has been determined?

 

A:

If you are a registered stockholder of Class B Common Stock (which includes persons holding certificated shares and book-entry shares held through DRS) and you wish to withdraw your shares after the final exchange ratio has been determined, then you must deliver a written notice of withdrawal or a facsimile

 

12


Table of Contents
  transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange offer agent prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date. The information that must be included in that notice is specified under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights.”

If you hold your shares through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution, you should consult that institution on the procedures you must comply with and the time by which such procedures must be completed in order for that institution to provide a written notice of withdrawal or facsimile notice of withdrawal to the exchange offer agent on your behalf before 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date. If you hold your shares through such an institution, that institution must deliver the notice of withdrawal with respect to any shares you wish to withdraw. In such a case, as a beneficial owner and not a registered stockholder, you will not be able to provide a notice of withdrawal for such shares directly to the exchange offer agent.

If your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are held through an institution and you wish to withdraw your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock after The Depository Trust Company has closed, the institution must deliver a written notice of withdrawal to the exchange offer agent prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date, in the form of The Depository Trust Company’s notice of withdrawal and you must specify the name and number of the account at The Depository Trust Company to be credited with the withdrawn shares and must otherwise comply with The Depository Trust Company’s procedures. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights—Withdrawing Your Shares After the Final Exchange Ratio Has Been Determined.”

 

Q: Will I be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the shares of Radio Common Stock that I receive in the exchange offer or on the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that I receive in the Merger?

 

A: Stockholders of CBS generally will not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the exchange offer or the Merger, except for any gain or loss attributable to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock received in the Merger. CBS expects to receive an opinion from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, counsel to CBS, that each of the Internal Distributions and the Final Distribution will qualify as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code (the “Distribution Tax Opinion”).

The material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange offer and the Merger are described in more detail under “The Exchange Offer—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger.”

 

Q: Are there any material differences between the rights of holders of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock?

 

A: Yes. Entercom is a Pennsylvania corporation and CBS is a Delaware corporation, and each is subject to different organizational documents. Holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, whose rights are currently governed by CBS’s organizational documents and Delaware law, will, with respect to the shares validly tendered and exchanged immediately following the exchange offer, become shareholders of Entercom and their rights will be governed by Entercom’s organizational documents and Pennsylvania law. The material differences between the rights associated with CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock that may affect holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and who will obtain shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger, relate to, among other things, classification of the board of directors, removal of directors, advance notice procedures for shareholder proposals or director nominations, procedures for amending organizational documents and approval of certain business combinations. For a further discussion of the material differences between the rights of holders of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock, see the section entitled “Comparison of Rights of Holders of CBS Common Stock and Entercom Common Stock.”

 

13


Table of Contents
Q: Are there any appraisal rights for holders of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock?

 

A: There are no appraisal rights available to holders of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in connection with the Transactions.

 

Q: What will CBS do with the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that are tendered, and what is the impact of the exchange offer on CBS’s share count?

 

A: The shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that are tendered in the exchange offer will be held as treasury stock by CBS. Any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock acquired by CBS in the exchange offer will reduce the total number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock outstanding, although CBS’s actual number of shares outstanding on a given date reflects a variety of factors such as option exercises and release of restricted stock units.

 

Q: Whom do I contact for information regarding the exchange offer?

 

A: You may call the information agent, [            ], at [            ] (for banks and brokers) and [            ] (for all other callers), to ask any questions about the exchange offer or to request additional documents, including copies of this document and the letter of transmittal (including the instructions thereto).

Questions and Answers About the Transactions

 

Q: What are the key steps of the Transactions?

 

A: Below is a summary of the key steps of the Transactions. A step-by-step description of material events relating to the Transactions is set forth under “The Transactions.”

 

    CBS, certain of its subsidiaries and CBS Radio will complete the following distributions and stock split (which are together referred to in this document as the “Radio Reorganization”). At the time of the signing of the Merger Agreement on February 2, 2017, CBS Radio had two classes of common stock, the Radio Series 1 Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Radio Series 1 Common Stock”), and the Radio Series 2 Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Radio Series 2 Common Stock” and, together with the Radio Series 1 Common Stock, the “Radio Existing Common Stock”). As of February 2, 2017, CBS directly owned 100% of the equity of Westinghouse CBS Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Westinghouse”), Westinghouse directly owned 100% of the equity of CBS Broadcasting Inc., a New York corporation (“CBS Broadcasting”) and CBS Broadcasting directly owned 100% of the Radio Existing Common Stock. Prior to the consummation of the exchange offer, CBS Broadcasting will distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to Westinghouse, and Westinghouse will then distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to CBS. These distributions are referred to in this document as the “Internal Distributions.”

 

    Following completion of the Internal Distributions, CBS Radio will (a) take all necessary actions to ensure that the Radio Series 1 Common Stock and the Radio Series 2 Common Stock are combined into a single class of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Radio New Common Stock”), (b) authorize the issuance of at least 101,407,494 shares of Radio New Common Stock and (c) effect a stock split of the outstanding shares of Radio New Common Stock, as a result of which, as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Final Distribution, 101,407,494 shares of Radio New Common Stock will be issued and outstanding, all of which will be owned directly by CBS (collectively, (a) through (c), the “Stock Split”).

 

   

CBS will offer to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock the right to exchange all or a portion of their shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer. If the exchange offer is consummated but is not fully subscribed, CBS will distribute the remaining outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock whose shares remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer. Any holder of CBS Common Stock who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS

 

14


Table of Contents
 

Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed. If there is a pro rata distribution, the exchange offer agent will calculate the exact number of shares of Radio Common Stock not exchanged in the exchange offer and to be distributed on a pro rata basis, and the number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock into which the remaining shares of Radio Common Stock will be converted in the Merger will be transferred to holders of CBS Common Stock (after giving effect to the consummation of the exchange offer) as promptly as practicable thereafter.

 

    Immediately after the Final Distribution, and on the closing date of the Merger, Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. In the Merger, each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be automatically converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.”

 

    Immediately following the Merger, Entercom will contribute all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Entercom Radio, LLC to CBS Radio, such that Entercom Radio, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Radio (the “Contribution”). Entercom Radio, LLC is a subsidiary of Entercom and owns and operates the radio stations of Entercom. Entercom Radio, LLC will then repay or cause to be repaid all outstanding amounts under its credit agreement, dated as of November 1, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or modified prior to the closing of the Merger) (the “Entercom Credit Agreement”), terminate all commitments under the Entercom Credit Agreement and obtain a release of all security interests for the Entercom Credit Agreement. In connection with such Contribution and the Radio Financing, Entercom Radio, LLC will become a guarantor under a credit agreement among CBS Radio, the guarantors named therein, the lenders named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 3, 2017, the “Radio Credit Agreement”), and an indenture dated as of October 17, 2016 among CBS Radio, the guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “Radio Notes Indenture”), and will pledge certain of its assets to secure amounts outstanding under the Radio Credit Agreement.

 

    In connection with the entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into a commitment letter (the “Commitment Letter”) with Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (collectively, the “Initial Commitment Parties”) and a joinder thereto with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Citibank Global Markets, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, BNP Paribas, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, U.S. Bank National Association, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch and Societe Generale and the other lenders from time to time party thereto (collectively, together with the Initial Commitment Parties, the “Commitment Parties”), pursuant to which the Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche under the Radio Credit Agreement (the “Radio Financing”), the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom (as described above), to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock, and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

 

Q: What are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Entercom and holders of Entercom’s common stock resulting from the Final Distribution and the Merger?

 

A:

Entercom will not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Final Distribution or the Merger. Because holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock, the Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Entercom (the “Entercom Class B Common Stock”), and the Class C common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Entercom Class C Common Stock”), of Entercom

 

15


Table of Contents
  (collectively, the “Entercom Common Stock”) will not participate in the Final Distribution or the Merger, holders of Entercom Common Stock will not recognize gain or loss upon either the Final Distribution (including the exchange offer) or the Merger as a result of holding Entercom Common Stock.

 

Q: What will holders of Entercom Common Stock receive in the Merger?

 

A: Entercom shareholders will not directly receive any consideration in the Merger. All shares of Entercom Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately before the Merger will remain issued and outstanding after consummation of the Merger. Immediately after the Merger, holders of Entercom Common Stock will continue to own shares in Entercom, which will include CBS Radio.

 

Q: What are the possible effects on the value of Entercom Class A Common Stock to be received by holders of CBS Class B Common Stock who participate in the exchange offer?

 

A: Holders of CBS Class B Common Stock that participate in the exchange offer will be exchanging their shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock at a [            ] per-share value of Radio Common Stock. The existence of a discount, along with the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, may negatively affect the market price of Entercom Class A Common Stock. Entercom’s management will also be required to devote a significant amount of time and attention to the process of integrating the operations of Entercom and CBS Radio. If Entercom’s management is not able to effectively manage this process, Entercom’s business could suffer and its stock price may decline. See “Risk Factors” for a further discussion of the material risks associated with the Transactions.

Furthermore, on February 2, 2017, Joseph M. Field, Marie Field and David J. Field entered into a Side Letter Agreement with Entercom (the “Field Family Side Letter Agreement”), pursuant to which such shareholders agreed to certain restrictions on the transfer of their Entercom Common Stock (with exceptions for certain estate planning transfers) for nine months after closing of the Merger. Such shareholders also agreed to automatically convert certain of their shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock into shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock upon the occurrence of certain events, including the conversion of 3,152,333 shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock upon the closing of the Merger and the conversion of the remaining shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock held by such shareholders if a minimum ownership threshold by such shareholders and their estates is not met, subject in each case to the terms and conditions of the Field Family Side Letter Agreement. Should these conversions occur as described in the Field Family Side Letter Agreement, and as a result of the effect of the conversion of Radio Common Stock into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger, following the consummation of the Merger the aggregate voting power of holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock will increase in relation to the aggregate voting power of holders of Entercom Class B Common Stock.

 

Q: How will the Transactions impact the future liquidity and capital resources of Entercom?

 

A: In connection with entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into the Commitment Letter with the Commitment Parties, pursuant to which such Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche under the Radio Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock, and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

Entercom Radio, LLC will use the proceeds of the Radio Financing to repay or cause to be repaid all outstanding amounts under the Entercom Credit Agreement, terminate all commitments under the Entercom Credit Agreement and obtain a release of all security interests for the Entercom Credit Agreement. In connection with the Contribution and the Radio Financing, Entercom Radio, LLC will become a guarantor under the Radio Credit Agreement and the Radio Notes Indenture, and will pledge certain of its assets to secure amounts outstanding under the Radio Credit Agreement.

 

16


Table of Contents

Entercom anticipates that, following the consummation of the Merger, its primary sources of liquidity for working capital and operating activities, including any future acquisitions, will be cash from operations and borrowings under the Radio Credit Agreement. Entercom expects that these sources of liquidity will be sufficient to make required payments of interest on its outstanding debt and to fund working capital and capital expenditure requirements, including costs relating to the Transactions. See “Information on Entercom—Entercom’s Liquidity and Capital Resources After the Consummation of the Transactions” for a further discussion on Entercom’s future liquidity and capital resources.

 

Q: How do the Transactions impact Entercom’s dividend policy?

 

A: On each of May 25, 2016, August 15, 2016, November 7, 2016 and February 8, 2017, Entercom’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $0.075 per share. The dividends were paid on June 15, 2016, September 15, 2016, December 15, 2016 and March 15, 2017, respectively. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Entercom has agreed not to declare or pay any dividends or make other distributions in respect of any shares of its capital stock (whether in cash, securities or property), except for the declaration and payment of (a) regular quarterly cash dividends (i) not in excess of $0.125 per share of Entercom Common Stock and (ii) pursuant to the terms of the preferred stock of Entercom, par value $0.01 per share, and (b) cash dividends or distributions paid on or with respect to a class of capital stock all of which shares of capital stock of the applicable corporation are owned directly or indirectly by Entercom. There are certain exceptions to the restrictions on payment of dividends. Entercom will be permitted to declare and pay a special cash dividend in an amount not to exceed $0.20 per share of Entercom Common Stock. Entercom has the sole discretion to declare or pay such dividend, but only on a date prior to the later of (x) September 1, 2017 and (y) the date which is the eleventh day following Entercom’s receipt of notice from CBS of its intent to commence the exchange offer if such notice is received on or prior to August 20, 2017.

 

Q: Are there any conditions to the consummation of the Transactions?

 

A: Yes. Consummation of the Transactions is subject to a number of conditions, including the consent of the FCC and the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period (and any extension of any applicable waiting period) under the HSR Act.

The consummation of the Radio Reorganization is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth to effect the Merger Agreement (except for the condition that the Radio Reorganization has been consummated and the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the closing of the Merger (the “Closing”)—see “The Merger Agreement—Conditions to the Merger”);

 

    the receipt by CBS of the Distribution Tax Opinion (and, if CBS waives the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion, then CBS may be required to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty); and

 

    the receipt of all necessary permits and authorizations under state or federal securities laws.

The consummation of the Final Distribution (including the exchange offer and the Clean-Up Spin Off) is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    the consummation of the Radio Reorganization;

 

    the receipt by CBS of the Distribution Tax Opinion (and, if CBS waives the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion, then CBS may be required to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty);

 

    the receipt of all necessary permits and authorizations under state or federal securities laws;

 

    the preparation and delivery to the holders of record of CBS Common Stock of all information required to be provided by law concerning CBS Radio, its business, operations and management, the Final Distribution and other matters; and

 

17


Table of Contents
    the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth to effect the Merger Agreement (except for the condition that the Final Distribution has been consummated and the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing).

The consummation of the Merger is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    consummation of the Radio Reorganization and the Final Distribution in accordance with the Separation Agreement and the Distribution Tax Opinion;

 

    expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period (and any extension of any applicable waiting period) under the HSR Act;

 

    consent of the FCC for the Transactions without the imposition of certain burdensome restrictions;

 

    effectiveness of this registration statement and the other registration statements required for the Transactions;

 

    the obtaining by the parties of all necessary permits and authorizations under state securities or “blue sky” laws, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) relating to the issuance and trading of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock;

 

    the affirmative approval by a majority of the aggregate voting power represented by the Entercom Common Stock, voting as a single class, to approve the issuance of the Entercom Class A Common Stock;

 

    the affirmative approval by a majority of the aggregate voting power represented by the Entercom Common Stock, voting as a single class, to approve an amendment to the Entercom Articles in order to provide that the Entercom board of directors will be classified after the Merger;

 

    the absence of any law or order prohibiting any of the Transactions; and

 

    other customary conditions.

In addition to these closing conditions, a condition for Entercom to consummate the Merger is CBS Radio’s receipt of the Radio Financing. This document describes these conditions in more detail under “The Merger Agreement—Conditions to the Merger.”

 

Q: When will the Transactions be completed?

 

A: CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom expect to complete the Transactions in the second half of 2017. However, it is possible that the Transactions could be completed at a later time or not at all. For a discussion of the conditions to the Transactions, see “The Merger Agreement—Conditions to the Merger.”

 

Q: Are there risks associated with the Transactions?

 

A: Yes. The material risks associated with the Transactions are discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Those risks include the risk that sales of Entercom Class A Common Stock may negatively affect that security’s market price, the risk that the historical financial information of CBS Radio may not be a reliable indicator of its future results, the risk that Entercom may be unable to provide the same types and level of digital services and resources to CBS Radio that historically have been provided by CBS, the risk that Entercom’s business may be adversely affected by the Transactions and the risk that the Merger Agreement may be terminated and the exchange offer may not be consummated.

 

Q: What shareholder approvals are needed in connection with the Transactions?

 

A:

Entercom cannot complete the Transactions unless the proposal relating to the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger and the amendment of the Entercom Articles in order to

 

18


Table of Contents
  provide that the Entercom board of directors will be classified after the Merger is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Entercom Common Stock voting together as a single class represented and voting at the Special Meeting, either in person or by proxy. Concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Entercom and Joseph M. Field, who holds a controlling voting interest in Entercom, entered into a Voting Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2017 (the “Voting Agreement”). Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, Mr. Field committed to vote in favor of the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger, an amendment to the Entercom Articles to provide that the Entercom board of directors will be classified after the Merger and not to tender into or vote for any alternative proposal for one year after the termination of the Merger Agreement (but only through the termination provisions identified in the Voting Agreement). As a consequence, each of the approvals sought at the meeting required for the Merger can be approved based solely on the favorable vote of Joseph M. Field. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Voting Agreement.”

 

Q: Where will the Entercom Class A Common Stock shares to be issued in the Merger be listed?

 

A: Entercom Class A Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under “ETM.” After the consummation of the Transactions, all shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issued in the Merger, and all other outstanding shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, will continue to be listed on the NYSE.

 

Q: Where can I find out more information about CBS, Entercom and CBS Radio?

 

A: You can find out more information about CBS, Entercom and CBS Radio by reading this prospectus and, with respect to CBS, from various sources described in “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

 

Q: Do the statements on the cover page regarding this prospectus being subject to change and the registration statement filed with the SEC not yet being effective mean that the exchange offer has not commenced?

 

A: As permitted under SEC rules, CBS will commence the exchange offer without the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, having been declared effective by the SEC. CBS cannot, however, complete the exchange offer and accept for exchange any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered in the exchange offer until the registration statement is declared effective by the SEC and the other conditions to the exchange offer have been satisfied or, where permissible, waived. CBS intends that the exchange offer be consummated immediately prior to the Merger.

 

19


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary contains certain information described in more detail elsewhere in this document. It does not contain all the details concerning the Transactions, including information that may be important to you. To better understand the Transactions, you should carefully review this entire document and the documents it refers to. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

The Companies

CBS Corporation

CBS Corporation

51 W. 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Telephone: (212) 975-4321

CBS Corporation was incorporated in Delaware in 1986 and is referred to in this document as CBS. CBS operates businesses which span the media and entertainment industries, including the CBS Television Network, cable networks, content production and distribution, television and radio stations, Internet-based businesses and consumer publishing. CBS’s principal offices are located at 51 W. 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019.

CBS Radio Inc.

CBS Radio Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas, Fl. 44

New York, New York 10020

Telephone: (212) 649-9600

CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation referred to in this document as CBS Radio, is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS. CBS Radio is a large-market focused, multi-platform national media company with a local footprint of 117 radio stations and digital properties in 26 radio markets, including all of the top 10 radio markets and 19 of the top 25 radio markets. CBS Radio’s programming focuses on three areas of content, Sports, News and Music & Entertainment, and the company also distributes content through an integrated suite of digital properties, including market-focused local websites, Radio.com (a streaming service), Eventful (an event discovery platform) and Play.it (a podcast network). In addition, CBS Radio produces live events, including concerts, multi-day musical festivals, speaker series, trade shows and sports-related events.

Prior to February 2, 2017, CBS transferred, or caused its subsidiaries to transfer, substantially all of the assets and liabilities of CBS’s radio business to CBS Radio. CBS will retain all liabilities related to the operations of the business of CBS other than those related to CBS’s radio business, environmental liabilities arising out of or relating to the occurrence or existence of certain actions prior to the date of the Merger, costs incurred by CBS Radio and certain of its subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions and securities liabilities from CBS equity and debt holders (unless related to Entercom’s SEC filings or statements provided by Entercom).

Entercom Communications Corp.

Entercom Communications Corp.

401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004

Telephone: (610) 660-5610

 



 

20


Table of Contents

Entercom Communications Corp. is the fourth-largest radio broadcasting company in the United States with a portfolio of 125 radio stations in top markets across the country. Entercom is headquartered in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania metropolitan area and is and has been a Pennsylvania corporation since its organization in 1968.

Constitution Merger Sub Corp.

Constitution Merger Sub Corp.

c/o Entercom Communications Corp.

401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004

Telephone: (610) 660-5610

Constitution Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation referred to in this document as Merger Sub, is a newly formed, direct wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom that was organized specifically for the purpose of completing the Merger. Merger Sub has engaged in no business activities to date and it has no material assets or liabilities of any kind, other than those incident to its formation and in connection with the Transactions.

The Transactions

On February 2, 2017, CBS and Entercom, along with CBS Radio and Merger Sub, entered into the Merger Agreement, and CBS and CBS Radio entered into the Separation Agreement, which together provide for the combination of Entercom’s business and CBS’s radio business. Prior to February 2, 2017, CBS transferred, or caused its subsidiaries to transfer, to CBS Radio or one or more of its subsidiaries substantially all of the assets and liabilities of CBS’s radio business.

Prior to the Merger, CBS, certain of its subsidiaries and CBS Radio will complete the Radio Reorganization. In the Internal Distributions, CBS Broadcasting will distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to Westinghouse, and Westinghouse will then distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to CBS. Following the consummation of the Internal Distributions, CBS Radio will then effect the Stock Split.

Following the consummation of the Radio Reorganization, CBS will consummate an offer to exchange all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock for outstanding shares of CBS Class B Common Stock. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, in the event that holders of CBS Class B Common Stock subscribe for less than all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS in the exchange offer, CBS will distribute the remaining outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock whose shares of CBS Common Stock remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer in the Clean-Up Spin-Off, which, if necessary, and together with the exchange offer, is referred to in this document as the Final Distribution.

Immediately after the consummation of the Final Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio, with CBS Radio surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. In the Merger, all outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.” Immediately after the Merger:

 

    approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, and approximately 28% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of Entercom Common Stock, including Entercom employees who held Entercom stock-based compensation rights, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate; and

 

    Entercom will contribute all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Entercom Radio, LLC to CBS Radio, such that Entercom Radio, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Radio.

 



 

21


Table of Contents

Entercom Radio, LLC will then repay or cause to be repaid its debts under the Entercom Credit Agreement.

Entercom will issue up to 101,407,494 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. In addition, the parties estimate that up to 4,004,451 shares will be eligible for issuance in respect of equity awards held by employees of CBS Radio in consideration of the replacement of their restricted stock units and stock options in CBS with those of Entercom. With respect to such equity awards held by employees of CBS Radio, Entercom will convert outstanding options and restricted stock units in respect of CBS Class B Common Stock into options and restricted stock units, respectively, in respect of Entercom Class A Common Stock. For additional information, see “The Exchange Offer—Treatment of Specified CBS Compensatory Equity-Based Awards Held by Current CBS Radio Employees.”

In connection with the entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into the Commitment Letter with the Commitment Parties, pursuant to which the Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, the Radio Financing that consists of up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche under the Radio Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

After the Merger, Entercom will own and operate CBS’s radio business through CBS Radio, which will be Entercom’s wholly owned subsidiary, and will also continue to own and operate its current businesses. Entercom Class A Common Stock issued in the Merger will be listed on the NYSE under the current trading symbol for Entercom Class A Common Stock, “ETM.”

Below is a step-by-step description of the sequence of material events relating to the Transactions.

Step 1 CBS Radio Reorganization

At the time of the signing of the Merger Agreement on February 2, 2017, CBS directly owned 100% of the equity of Westinghouse, Westinghouse directly owned 100% of the equity of CBS Broadcasting and CBS Broadcasting directly owned 100% of the equity of CBS Radio. CBS Broadcasting will distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to Westinghouse. Westinghouse will then distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to CBS. CBS Radio will then complete the Stock Split by (a) taking all necessary actions to ensure that the Radio Series 1 Common Stock and Radio Series 2 Common Stock are combined into the Radio New Common Stock, (b) authorizing the issuance of at least 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock and (c) effecting a stock split of the outstanding shares of Radio New Common Stock, as a result of which, as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Final Distribution, 101,407,494 shares of Radio New Common Stock will be issued and outstanding, all of which will be owned directly by CBS.

Step 2 Final Distribution—Exchange Offer and, if necessary, Clean-Up Spin-Off

CBS will offer to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock the right to exchange all or a portion of their shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer. If the exchange offer is consummated but is not fully subscribed, CBS will distribute its remaining shares of Radio Common Stock on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock whose shares remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer, which distribution will be conducted subject to the terms of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement. Any holder of CBS Common Stock who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed. If there is a pro rata distribution, the exchange offer agent will calculate the exact number of shares of Radio Common Stock not

 



 

22


Table of Contents

exchanged in the exchange offer and to be distributed on a pro rata basis, and the number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock into which the remaining shares of Radio Common Stock will be converted in the Merger will be transferred to holders of CBS Common Stock (after giving effect to the consummation of the exchange offer) as promptly as practicable thereafter.

The exchange offer agent will hold, for the account of the relevant holders of CBS Common Stock, the global certificate(s) representing all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock, pending the consummation of the Merger. Shares of Radio Common Stock will not be able to be traded during this period.

Step 3 Merger

Immediately after the Final Distribution, and on the closing date of the Merger, Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. In the Merger, all outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.”

Immediately after consummation of the Merger, approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, and approximately 28% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of Entercom Common Stock, including Entercom employees who held Entercom stock-based compensation rights, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, subject to potential adjustment under limited circumstances as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.”

Step 4 Contribution of Entercom Radio, LLC to CBS Radio

Immediately following the Merger, Entercom will contribute all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Entercom Radio, LLC to CBS Radio, such that Entercom Radio, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Radio. Entercom Radio, LLC is a subsidiary of Entercom and owns and operates the radio stations of Entercom. Entercom Radio, LLC will then use proceeds of the Radio Financing, contributed to it by CBS Radio, to repay or cause to be repaid all outstanding amounts under the Entercom Credit Agreement, terminate all commitments under the Entercom Credit Agreement and obtain a release of all security interests for the Entercom Credit Agreement. In connection with such contribution, Entercom Radio, LLC will become a guarantor under the Radio Credit Agreement and the Radio Notes Indenture and will pledge certain of its assets to secure amounts outstanding under the Radio Credit Agreement.

Step 5 Incurrence of Debt

In connection with the entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into the Commitment Letter with the Commitment Parties, pursuant to which the Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, the Radio Financing, which consists of up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche under the Radio Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock and to pay

 



 

23


Table of Contents

fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

 

 

LOGO

After completion of all of the steps described above, CBS Radio will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom and will continue to hold CBS’s radio business. Immediately after consummation of the Merger, approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully

 



 

24


Table of Contents

diluted basis in the aggregate, and approximately 28% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of Entercom Common Stock, including Entercom employees who held Entercom stock-based compensation rights, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, subject to potential adjustment under limited circumstances as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.” In connection with the Transactions, Entercom, Merger Sub, CBS and/or CBS Radio, or their applicable subsidiaries, have entered into or will enter into the Ancillary Agreements (as defined below) relating to, among other things, certain tax matters, the provision of certain transition services and digital services during a transition period following the consummation of the Transactions and licensing of certain intellectual property. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions.”

CBS’s Reasons for the Transactions

In reaching its decision to approve the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements (as defined below) and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transactions, CBS considered a number of factors, including but not limited to the following. See “The Transactions—Background of the Transactions.”

 

    CBS’s knowledge of CBS’s, CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s businesses, financial conditions, results of operations, industries and competitive environments, taking into account the results of CBS’s due diligence review of Entercom;

 

    CBS’s expectation that, upon completion of the Transactions, former holders of CBS Common Stock will receive approximately 101 million shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, or approximately 72% of all outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock when also including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, which would allow such former holders of CBS Common Stock to participate in the potential benefits and synergies of the combined company after the consummation of the Transactions;

 

    CBS’s exploration of strategic options for CBS Radio and the belief of CBS, following such exploration, that the Transactions could provide more value to CBS and CBS’s stockholders than other potential strategic options for CBS Radio;

 

    CBS’s expectation that the Transactions generally would result in a tax-efficient disposition of CBS Radio by CBS;

 

    the ability of each of CBS’s and Entercom’s management teams to focus on their respective core businesses following the Transactions, allowing each management team to pursue the development of business strategies most appropriate to their respective operations; and

 

    other reasons, including those set forth in the section entitled “The Transactions—CBS’s Reasons for the Transactions.”

Entercom’s Reasons for the Transactions

In evaluating the Merger, the Entercom board of directors consulted with Entercom’s management and legal and financial advisors and carefully considered a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following significant factors which generally supported its decision to unanimously approve the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger, and recommend that the Entercom shareholders approve the issuance of the Entercom Class A Common Stock and the amendment to the Entercom Articles in connection therewith:

 

    the opportunity to create a leading local media and entertainment company with a preeminent radio platform covering 23 of the country’s top 25 markets, plus robust digital and events platforms, that will be better positioned to harness the strengths and advantages of the radio industry and more effectively compete with other media sources for advertising revenues;

 



 

25


Table of Contents
    the expectation that, as a result of its increased scale, the combined company will have the size, financial resources and capabilities to more successfully meet the needs of the largest advertising clients and agencies and compete more effectively with larger media companies;

 

    the possibility to create increased value for shareholders of the combined company as a result of scale efficiencies allowing for the consolidation and more efficient deployment of resources;

 

    the expectation that the combined company will have an attractive financial profile, robust cash flow generation and an attractive dividend;

 

    that the management team of the combined company following the consummation of the Merger will consist of proven executive officers and other employees of both Entercom and CBS Radio led by David Field as Chief Executive Officer, allowing the combined company to benefit from such individuals’ experience driving growth, innovation and shareholder value and strong record of successful integrations of various acquisitions; and

 

    other reasons, including those set forth in the section entitled “The Transactions—Entercom’s Reasons for the Transactions.”

Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors

Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Entercom retained Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (referred to in this document as “Morgan Stanley”) to act as its financial advisor and to provide a fairness opinion in connection with the Transactions, including the Merger. At the meeting of Entercom’s board of directors on February 1, 2017, Morgan Stanley rendered its oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing on February 2, 2017, that, as of such date, and based upon and subject to the various assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley as set forth in the written opinion, the exchange ratio pursuant to the Merger Agreement was fair from a financial point of view to Entercom.

The full text of the written opinion of Morgan Stanley, dated as of February 2, 2017, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley in rendering its opinion, is attached to this document as Annex A-1. Entercom shareholders are encouraged to read the opinion carefully and in its entirety. The Morgan Stanley opinion was rendered for the benefit of Entercom’s board of directors, in its capacity as such, and addressed only the fairness from a financial point of view to Entercom of the exchange ratio pursuant to the Merger Agreement as of the date of the opinion. Morgan Stanley’s opinion did not address any other aspect of the Transactions, including the Merger, including the prices at which Entercom Class A Common Stock will trade following consummation of the Merger or at any time, or the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of CBS’s or Entercom’s officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, whether relative to the exchange ratio or otherwise. The opinion was addressed to, and rendered for the benefit of, Entercom’s board of directors and was not intended to, and did not, constitute advice or a recommendation as to whether shareholders of Entercom entitled to vote on the Merger should vote to approve the Merger. The summary of the opinion of Morgan Stanley set forth in this document is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion.

Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC

Entercom retained Centerview Partners LLC, which is referred to in this document as “Centerview,” as financial advisor to the board of directors of Entercom in connection with the proposed Merger and the other

 



 

26


Table of Contents

transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the Radio Reorganization, the Exchange Offer, and the Distributions, each as defined in Centerview’s opinion), which are collectively referred to as the “Transaction” throughout this section and the summary of Centerview’s opinion below under the caption “Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC”. In connection with this engagement, the board of directors of Entercom requested that Centerview evaluate the fairness, from a financial point of view, to Entercom of the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement. On February 1, 2017, Centerview rendered to the board of directors of Entercom its oral opinion, which was subsequently confirmed by delivery of a written opinion dated February 2, 2017, that, as of such date and based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken by Centerview in preparing its opinion, the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement was fair, from a financial point of view, to Entercom.

The full text of Centerview’s written opinion, dated February 2, 2017, which describes the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken by Centerview in preparing its opinion, is attached as Annex A-2 and is incorporated herein by reference. Centerview’s financial advisory services and opinion were provided for the information and assistance of the board of directors of Entercom (in their capacity as directors and not in any other capacity) in connection with and for purposes of its consideration of the Transaction and Centerview’s opinion addressed only the fairness, from a financial point of view, as of the date thereof, to Entercom of the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement . Centerview’s opinion did not address any other term or aspect of the Agreement s (as defined in Centerview’s opinion) or the Transaction and does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder of Entercom or any other person as to how such stockholder or other person should vote with respect to the Merger or otherwise act with respect to the Transaction or any other matter.

The full text of Centerview’s written opinion should be read carefully in its entirety for a description of the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken by Centerview in preparing its opinion.

Number of Shares of Radio Common Stock to Be Distributed to Holders of CBS Class B Common Stock

CBS is offering to exchange all shares of Radio Common Stock for shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn. CBS Radio will authorize the issuance of a number of shares of Radio Common Stock such that there will be 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

CBS is offering holders of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock the opportunity to exchange their shares for shares of Radio Common Stock. You may tender all, some or none of your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock. This document and related documents are being sent to persons who directly held shares of CBS Class B Common Stock on [            ], 2017 and brokers, banks and similar persons whose names or the names of whose nominees appear on CBS’s stockholder list or, if applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency’s security position listing for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of CBS Class B Common Stock.

CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange at the exchange ratio determined as described under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer,” on the terms and conditions of the exchange offer and subject to the limitations described below, including the proration provisions. CBS will promptly return any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that are not accepted for exchange following the expiration of the exchange offer and the determination of the final proration factor, if any, described below.

 



 

27


Table of Contents

For the purposes of illustration, the table below indicates the number of shares of Radio Common Stock that you would receive per share of CBS Class B Common Stock you validly tender, calculated on the basis described under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer” and taking into account the upper limit, assuming a range of averages of the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on the Valuation Dates. The first row of the table below shows the indicative calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock and the indicative exchange ratio that would have been in effect following the official close of trading on the NYSE on [            ], 2017, based on the daily VWAPs of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on [            ], 2017, [            ], 2017 and [            ], 2017. The table also shows the effects of a 10% increase or decrease in either or both the calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock based on changes relative to the values as of [            ], 2017.

 

CBS Class B Common Stock

  Entercom Common Stock   Calculated
per-share value of
CBS Class B
Common Stock
    Calculated
per-share value of
Radio Common
Stock
    Shares of Radio
Common Stock
per CBS Class B
Common Stock
tendered
    Calculated
Value Ratio  (a)
 

As of [            ], 2017

  As of [            ], 2017        

(1) Down 10%

  Up 10%        

(2) Down 10%

  Unchanged        

(3) Down 10%

  Down 10%        

(4) Unchanged

  Up 10%        

(5) Unchanged

  Down 10%        

(6) Up 10%

  Up 10%        

(7) Up 10%

  Unchanged        

(8) Up 10%

  Down 10%  (b)        

 

(a) The Calculated Value Ratio equals (i) the calculated per-share value of Radio Common Stock multiplied by the exchange ratio, divided by (ii) the calculated per-share value of CBS Class B Common Stock.
(b) In this scenario, the upper limit is in effect. Absent the upper limit, the exchange ratio would have been [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock per share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered. In this scenario, CBS would announce that the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered is in effect when CBS announces the final exchange ratio at 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

During the three-month period of [            ], 2017 through [            ], 2017, the highest closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the NYSE was $[            ] and the lowest closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE was $[            ]. If the calculated per–share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock equaled these closing prices, you would have received only the limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered, and the value of such shares of Radio Common Stock, based on the Entercom Class A Common Stock price, would have been approximately $[            ] of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted for exchange.

Termination; Extension

The exchange offer, and your withdrawal rights, will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on [            ], 2017, unless the exchange offer is extended. You must tender your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock prior to this time if you want to participate in the exchange offer. CBS may extend or terminate the exchange offer as described in this document.

Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer

CBS’s obligation to exchange shares of Radio Common Stock for shares of CBS Class B Common Stock is subject to the conditions listed under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer,” including the satisfaction of conditions to the Transactions and other conditions. Consummation of the Transactions is subject to a number of conditions, including the consent of the FCC and the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period (and any extension of any applicable waiting period) under the HSR Act.

 



 

28


Table of Contents

The consummation of the Radio Reorganization is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth to effect the Merger Agreement (except for the condition that the Radio Reorganization has been consummated and the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing—see “The Merger Agreement—Conditions to the Merger”);

 

    the receipt by CBS of the Distribution Tax Opinion (and, if CBS waives the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion, then CBS may be required to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty); and

 

    the receipt of all necessary permits and authorizations under state or federal securities laws.

The consummation of the Final Distribution (including the exchange offer and the Clean-Up Spin Off) is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    the consummation of the Radio Reorganization;

 

    the receipt by CBS of the Distribution Tax Opinion (and, if CBS waives the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion, then CBS may be required to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty);

 

    the receipt of all necessary permits and authorizations under state or federal securities laws;

 

    the preparation and delivery to the holders of record of CBS Common Stock of all information required to be provided by law concerning CBS Radio, its business, operations and management, the Final Distribution and any other matters; and

 

    the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth to effect the Merger Agreement (except for the condition that the Final Distribution has been consummated and the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing).

For a description of the material conditions precedent to the Merger, see “The Merger Agreement—Conditions to the Merger.”

CBS may waive certain of the conditions to the exchange offer prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, but if CBS waives the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion, then CBS may be required to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty. Entercom has no right to waive any of the conditions to the exchange offer.

Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock

If, upon the expiration of the exchange offer, holders of CBS Class B Common Stock have validly tendered more shares of CBS Class B Common Stock than CBS is able to accept for exchange (taking into account the exchange ratio and the total number of shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS), CBS will accept for exchange the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by each tendering stockholder on a pro rata basis, based on the proportion that the total number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock to be accepted bears to the total number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn (rounded to the nearest whole number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, and subject to any adjustment necessary to ensure the exchange of all shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS), except for tenders of odd-lots, as described below.

If applicable, CBS will announce the proration factor at www.[            ].com and separately by press release promptly after the expiration date. Upon determining the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered for exchange and not properly withdrawn, CBS will announce the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, if any.

Beneficial holders (other than plan participants in the CBS Savings Plans) of odd-lots who validly tender all of their shares will not be subject to proration if the exchange offer is oversubscribed and if CBS completes the exchange offer (those who own less than 100 shares but do not tender all of their shares will be subject to proration). In addition, shares held on behalf of participants in the CBS Savings Plans (each of which plans holds more than 100 shares of CBS Class B Common Stock) will be subject to proration.

 



 

29


Table of Contents

Fractional Shares

Immediately following the consummation of the exchange offer, Merger Sub will be merged with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. Each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. In this conversion of shares of Radio Common Stock into the right to receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, no fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will be delivered to holders of Radio Common Stock in the Merger.

All fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that a holder of shares of Radio Common Stock would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the Merger will be aggregated by Entercom’s transfer agent. The transfer agent will cause the whole shares obtained thereby to be sold on behalf of such holders of shares of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger in the open market or otherwise as reasonably directed by CBS, and in no case later than 10 business days after the Merger. The transfer agent will make available the net proceeds thereof, after deducting any required withholding taxes and brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes, on a pro rata basis, without interest, as soon as practicable to the holders of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger.

Procedures for Tendering

For you to validly tender your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the exchange offer, prior to the expiration of the exchange offer:

 

    If you hold shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, you must deliver to the exchange offer agent at an address listed on the letter of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock you will receive, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, along with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, and in the case of shares held in certificated form, book-entry via DRS, the certificates representing the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered.

 

    If you hold shares of CBS Class B Common Stock through a broker, you should receive instructions from your broker on how to participate in the exchange offer. In this situation, do not complete a letter of transmittal to tender your CBS Class B Common Stock. Please contact your broker directly if you have not yet received instructions. Some financial institutions may also effect tenders by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company.

 

    Participants in the CBS Savings Plans should follow the special instructions that are being sent to them by the plan administrator. Such participants should not use the letter of transmittal to direct the tender of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock held in these plans. As described in the special instructions, such participants may direct the applicable plan trustee to tender all, some or none of the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock allocable to their CBS Savings Plan accounts, subject to certain limitations set forth in any instructions provided by the plan administrator. To allow sufficient time for the tender of shares by the trustee of the applicable CBS Savings Plan, tendering holders must provide the tabulator for the trustee of the applicable CBS Savings Plan with the requisite instructions so that such instructions can be received by or processed before, as applicable, [            ] p.m., New York City time, on [            ], 2017, unless the exchange offer is extended. If the exchange offer is extended, and if administratively feasible, the deadline for receipt of participants’ directions may also be extended.

Delivery of Shares of Radio Common Stock

Upon consummation of the exchange offer, CBS will irrevocably deliver to the exchange offer agent a global certificate representing all of the Radio Common Stock being exchanged in the exchange offer, with

 



 

30


Table of Contents

irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Radio Common Stock in trust for the holders of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn in the exchange offer and, in the case of a pro rata distribution, if any, holders of CBS Common Stock whose shares of CBS Class B Common Stock remain outstanding after the consummation of the exchange offer. Entercom will deposit with the transfer agent for the benefit of persons who received shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer certificates or book-entry authorizations representing shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in trust for the holders of Radio Common Stock. Shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will be delivered immediately following the expiration of the exchange offer, the acceptance of CBS Class B Common Stock for exchange, the determination of the final proration factor, if any, and the effectiveness of the Merger, pursuant to the procedures determined by the exchange offer agent and CBS’s transfer agent. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Exchange of Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock.”

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw your tendered CBS Class B Common Stock at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer by following the procedures described herein. If you change your mind again, you may re-tender your CBS Class B Common Stock by again following the exchange offer procedures prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

CBS Class A Common Stock

CBS is only offering to exchange shares of Radio Common Stock for outstanding shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that are validly tendered and not properly withdrawn. However, if you hold CBS Class A Common Stock, you can participate in the exchange offer, but only by either:

 

    converting your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into an equal number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in advance of the expiration of the exchange offer and tendering such shares of CBS Class B Common Stock received upon conversion in advance of the expiration date; or

 

    conditionally converting your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into an equal number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the procedures set forth herein by executing and delivering to the exchange offer agent for the exchange offer: (i) a conditional notice of conversion for all such shares of CBS Class A Common Stock submitted to be exchanged, accompanied by payment of documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any; and (ii) a letter of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock, properly completed and duly executed (including any signature guarantees that may be required) or, in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, an agent’s message, in each case with respect to which the shares of CBS Class A Common Stock that have been submitted for exchange, noting that shares of CBS Class A Common Stock will be converted to the extent the CBS Class B Common Stock is accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. To the extent shares of CBS Class A Common Stock are not converted, the exchange offer agent will promptly return your payment of documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any.

If you elect to convert shares of CBS Class A Common Stock on a non-conditional basis, you may not withdraw such election of conversion and your conversion will be effective immediately upon receipt by the exchange offer agent. You may withdraw your tender in the exchange offer of the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock issued upon conversion by following the procedures set forth herein. If you elected to conditionally convert your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into shares of CBS Class B Common Stock to the extent the CBS Class B Common Stock is accepted for exchange in the exchange offer, you may withdraw your conditional notice of conversion by withdrawing your tender of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer, by following the procedures set forth herein.

 



 

31


Table of Contents

Participants in the CBS Savings Plans that have assets in the CBS Class A Company Stock Fund and would like to participate in the exchange offer should follow the special instructions that are being sent to them by the plan administrator.

When Distributed and When Issued Markets

CBS will announce the preliminary proration factor, if applicable, by press release promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer. At the expiration of the guaranteed delivery period (three NYSE trading days following the expiration of the exchange offer), CBS will confirm the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, if applicable, with the exchange offer agent. Promptly after the final results are confirmed, CBS will issue a press release announcing the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, if applicable.

In the event proration is necessary, CBS expects that the NYSE will create a “when distributed” market for the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer if the NYSE determines that the creation of such a market would be useful to allow investors to facilitate transactions in those shares. CBS expects that the “when distributed” market would be created promptly following CBS’s announcement of the preliminary proration factor. In the “when distributed” market, CBS expects that holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares are not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be able to sell their rights to receive shares of CBS Class B Common Stock when those shares are returned by CBS as described above. CBS expects that such selling stockholders will, however, retain voting and dividend rights with respect to shares sold in the “when distributed” market accruing to stockholders of record as of any record date occurring prior to the date those shares are returned. Purchasers of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the “when distributed” market are expected to acquire the right to receive the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock when those shares are returned by CBS as described above but will not acquire voting or dividend rights with respect to those shares until those shares are received by the record holder and credited to the account of the purchaser. CBS expects that after the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer are returned, “when distributed” trading with respect to shares of CBS Class B Common Stock will end.

In addition, Entercom expects that the NYSE will create a “when issued” market for the new shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer promptly following CBS announcement of the preliminary proration factor, if applicable. Entercom expects that in the “when issued” market, holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be able to sell their rights to receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock when those shares are issued and delivered by Entercom’s transfer agent. Purchasers of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the “when issued” market are expected to acquire the right to receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock when those shares are issued and delivered by Entercom’s transfer agent. These rights are not actual shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and do not entitle holders to voting or dividend rights with respect to shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. After the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock are issued and delivered, Entercom expects that “when issued” trading with respect to shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will end.

Any trades made in the “when distributed” and “when issued” markets will be made contingent on the actual return of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock or the actual issuance and delivery of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, as the case may be. The creation of a “when distributed” or “when issued” market is outside the control of CBS and Entercom. The NYSE is not required to create a “when distributed” or “when issued” market, and there can be no assurances that either such market will develop or if they develop the prices at which shares will trade.

 



 

32


Table of Contents

No Appraisal or Dissenters’ Rights

None of Entercom, Merger Sub, CBS or CBS Radio stockholders will be entitled to exercise appraisal rights or to demand payment for their shares in connection with the Transactions.

Distribution of Any Shares of Radio Common Stock Remaining After the Exchange Offer

All outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS that are not exchanged in the exchange offer, if any, will be distributed on a pro rata basis to the holders of shares of CBS Common Stock immediately following the consummation of the exchange offer, with a record date, that will be no later than the date of the Merger, to be announced by CBS on such date. Any holder of CBS Common Stock who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed.

If the exchange offer is consummated, the exchange offer agent will calculate the exact number of shares of Radio Common Stock not exchanged in the exchange offer to be distributed on a pro rata basis, and that number of shares of Radio Common Stock will be held in trust for holders of CBS Common Stock entitled thereto.

If the exchange offer is terminated by CBS without the exchange of shares and the Merger Agreement is not concurrently terminated, but the conditions for consummation of the Transactions have otherwise been satisfied, CBS intends to distribute all shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS on a pro rata basis to the holders of CBS Common Stock, with a record date to be announced by CBS that will be no later than the date of the Merger.

Legal Limitations; Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

This document is not an offer to buy, sell or exchange, and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, Radio Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock in any jurisdiction in which the offer, sale or exchange is not permitted. Countries outside the United States generally have their own legal requirements that govern securities offerings made to persons resident in those countries and often impose stringent requirements about the form and content of offers made to the general public. None of CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio have taken any action under non-U.S. regulations to facilitate a public offer to exchange the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, Radio Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock outside the United States. Accordingly, the ability of any non-U.S. person to tender shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer will depend on whether there is an exemption available under the laws of such person’s home country that would permit the person to participate in the exchange offer without the need for CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio to take any action to facilitate a public offering in that country or otherwise. For example, some countries exempt transactions from the rules governing public offerings if they involve persons who meet certain eligibility requirements relating to their status as sophisticated or professional investors.

Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their advisors in considering whether they may participate in the exchange offer in accordance with the laws of their home countries and, if they do participate, whether there are any restrictions or limitations on transactions in the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, Radio Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock that may apply in their home countries. None of CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio can provide any assurance about whether such limitations may exist. See “The Exchange Offer—Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions” for additional information about limitations on the exchange offer outside the United States.

Risk Factors

In deciding whether to tender your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer, you should carefully consider the matters described in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” as well as other information included in this document and the other documents to which you have been referred.

 



 

33


Table of Contents

Debt Financing

In connection with the entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into the Commitment Letter with the Commitment Parties, pursuant to which the Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, the Radio Financing, which consists of up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche under the Radio Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

On March 3, 2017, CBS Radio entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Radio Credit Agreement, pursuant to which CBS Radio, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders and letter of credit (“L/C”) issuers party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, amended the Radio Credit Agreement to, among other things, create a tranche of Term B-1 Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500 million (the “Term B-1 Loans”). The Term B-1 Loans are expected to be funded on the closing date of the Merger, subject to customary conditions. Also, on March 2, 2017, CBS Radio announced that it established pricing terms for the Term B-1 Loans.

Board of Directors and Management of Entercom Following the Transactions

Following the consummation of the exchange offer, Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. In connection with the Merger, Entercom will increase the size of its board of directors by three members and one of its then-current directors will resign. In connection with the Merger, Entercom shareholders will be asked to approve at a Special Meeting an amendment to Entercom’s articles of incorporation to classify the Entercom board of directors. The classes of the Entercom board of directors will be determined by Entercom according to its governing documents and Pennsylvania law. Immediately following the Merger, in accordance with the Merger Agreement, nine persons will serve on the Entercom board of directors, five from Entercom’s current board of directors and four new directors agreed upon by CBS, two of whom are affiliated with CBS:

 

David J. Field

   Director; Chairman; Chief Executive Officer of Entercom

Joseph M. Field

   Director; Chairman Emeritus of Entercom

[            ]

  

[            ]

[            ]

  

[            ]

[            ]

  

[            ]

Leslie Moonves

   Director; Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of     CBS

Joseph R. Ianniello

   Director; Chief Operating Officer of CBS

[            ]

   [            ]

[            ]

   [            ]

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, Messrs. Moonves and Ianniello have agreed to execute and deliver an irrevocable letter of resignation from the Entercom Board of Directors effective upon the earlier of (a) six months after the closing of the Merger and (b) the day prior to the first annual meeting of Entercom following closing of the Merger. Following such resignations, the resulting vacancies on the Entercom board of directors will be addressed in accordance with Entercom’s bylaws. The executive officers of Entercom immediately following the consummation of the Merger will include David J. Field, who will continue as the Chief Executive Officer, and other officers who will be determined by Entercom after reasonable consultation with CBS prior to the closing of the Merger.

 



 

34


Table of Contents

Entercom Shareholder Vote

Entercom cannot complete the Transactions unless, among other things, the proposals relating to the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger and the amendment to the Entercom Articles in order to provide that the Entercom board of directors will be classified after the Merger are approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Entercom Common Stock, voting as a single class, represented and voting at the Special Meeting, either in person or by proxy. Concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Entercom and Joseph M. Field, who holds a controlling voting interest in Entercom, entered into the Voting Agreement. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, Mr. Field committed to vote in favor of the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger and the amendment to the Entercom Articles in order to provide that the Entercom board of directors will be classified after the Merger and not to tender into or vote for any alternative proposal for one year after the Merger Agreement is terminated (but only through the termination provisions identified in the Voting Agreement). As a consequence, each of the approvals sought at the meeting required for the Merger can be approved based solely on the favorable vote of Joseph M. Field. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Voting Agreement.”

Accounting Treatment and Considerations

Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations , requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. In applying the acquisition method, it is first necessary to identify the accounting acquiror. In a business combination effected through an exchange of equity interests, such as the Merger, the entity that issues the equity interests is generally the accounting acquiror. In this case Entercom is issuing the equity interests and will be the ongoing registrant of the combined entity. In identifying the accounting acquiror in a combination effected through an exchange of equity interests, however, all pertinent facts and circumstances must be considered. Based on an evaluation of all facts and circumstances, management has determined that Entercom is the accounting acquiror in the Merger. This is based primarily on the considerations outlined below and a detailed analysis of the relevant generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) guidance.

 

    The relative voting interests after the Transactions and the existence of a large minority voting interest in the combined entity if no other owner or organized group of owners has a significant voting interest. In this case, holders of CBS Common Stock participating in the exchange offer (and pro rata distribution, if any) are expected to receive approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, when including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, and approximately 58% of the voting interests in Entercom after the Transactions. However, this voting interest is expected to be widely dispersed, whereas Joseph M. Field and David J. Field are expected to have a large minority voting interest in the combined entity of approximately 25%. This is an indicator that Entercom is the accounting acquiror.

 



 

35


Table of Contents
    The composition of the governing body of Entercom after the Transactions . In this case, immediately following the Merger, in accordance with the Merger Agreement, nine persons will serve on the Entercom board of directors, five from Entercom’s current board of directors and four new directors agreed upon by CBS, two of whom are affiliated with CBS:

 

David J. Field

   Director; Chairman; Chief Executive Officer of Entercom

Joseph M. Field

   Director; Chairman Emeritus of Entercom

[            ]

  

[            ]

[            ]

  

[            ]

[            ]

  

[            ]

Leslie Moonves

  

Director; Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of CBS

Joseph R. Ianniello

   Director; Chief Operating Officer of CBS

[            ]

   [            ]

[            ]

   [            ]

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, Messrs. Moonves and Ianniello have agreed to execute and deliver an irrevocable letter of resignation from the Entercom board of Directors effective upon the earlier of (a) six months after the closing of the Merger and (b) the day prior to the first annual meeting of Entercom following closing of the Merger. Following such resignations, the resulting vacancies on the Entercom board of directors will be addressed in accordance with Entercom’s bylaws. This is an indicator that Entercom is the accounting acquiror.

 

    The composition of the senior management of Entercom after the Transactions . In this case, the executive officers of Entercom immediately following the consummation of the Merger will include David J. Field, who will continue as the Chief Executive Officer; Richard J. Schmaeling, who was recently appointed as Entercom’s Chief Financial Officer, effective April 18, 2017; and other officers who will be determined by Entercom. This is an indicator that Entercom is the accounting acquiror.

 

    Use of CBS Name and Trademarks . The Merger Agreement provides that Entercom may use the name “CBS Radio Inc.” until the date that is twelve months after the closing date (the “Name Change Date”), and after the Name Change Date, Entercom must remove “CBS” from the entity names of Entercom, CBS Radio and each of their respective subsidiaries subject to the CBS Brands License Agreements. Under the “CBS RADIO” Brands License Agreement, Entercom can use the name CBS RADIO as the name of the business, as part of entity names and use the eye design of CBS (the “CBS Eye Design”) for one year. This is an indicator that Entercom is the accounting acquiror. Management also considered that under another CBS Brands License Agreement, certain brands used by CBS for television stations may be used by Entercom for 20 years (i.e., WCBS and KCBS) and the remainder in perpetuity subject to the terms of the CBS Brands License Agreements. However, these are a small portion of the overall business and do not impact management’s accounting acquiror assessment.

Additionally, management considered the relative size of the combining entities. Although CBS Radio is larger than Entercom, management has concluded that the factors above outweigh the relative size of the combining entities and indicate that Entercom will control the combined entity.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger

It is a condition to the consummation of the Final Distribution (which includes the exchange offer) and related transactions that CBS receives the Distribution Tax Opinion. CBS may waive the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion from its counsel, in which case CBS may be required extend the exchange offer and to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty to Entercom no later than five business days after the closing of the Merger. For a description of the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty, see “The Separation Agreement—The Final Distribution.”

 



 

36


Table of Contents

If the Final Distribution qualifies as a transaction that is tax-free under Section 355 of the Code, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be included in the income of, U.S. holders (as defined in “The Exchange Offer—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger”) of CBS Class B Common Stock upon the receipt of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer or in any pro rata distribution of Radio Common Stock distributed to holders of CBS Common Stock if the exchange offer is undersubscribed.

It is intended that the Merger qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. It is a condition to Entercom’s obligation to complete the Merger that Entercom receive an opinion from Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to Entercom, to the effect that the Merger will be treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, and it is a condition to CBS and CBS Radio’s obligations to complete the Merger that CBS receive an opinion from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, counsel to CBS, to the effect that the Merger will be treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code (each such opinion, a “Merger Tax Opinion”). If the Merger so qualifies, then a U.S. holder (as defined in “The Exchange Offer—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger”) of Radio Common Stock generally will not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the receipt of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in exchange for Radio Common Stock in the Merger (other than gain or loss with respect to cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Entercom Class A Common Stock, if any).

Tax matters are complicated, and the tax consequences of the Transactions to you will depend on the facts of your own situation. You should read the summary in the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger” and consult your own tax advisor for a full understanding of the tax consequences to you of the Transactions.

Comparison of Stockholder Rights

CBS is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and Entercom is incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Differences in the rights of a stockholder of CBS from those of a shareholder of Entercom arise from differences in the laws of these jurisdictions as well as from provisions of the constitutive documents of each of CBS and Entercom. See “Comparison of the Rights of Holders of CBS Common Stock and Entercom Common Stock.”

The Exchange Offer Agent

The exchange offer agent for the exchange offer is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

The Information Agent

The information agent for the exchange offer is [            ].

The Dealer Managers

The dealer managers for the exchange offer are [            ] and [            ]. These firms are referred to as the “dealer managers.”

 



 

37


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial data of CBS Radio, CBS and Entercom are being provided to help you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Transactions. You should read this information in conjunction with the financial information included elsewhere and incorporated by reference into this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for CBS Radio,” “Information on CBS Radio,” “Information on CBS,” “Information on Entercom,” and “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data.”

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS Radio

The following table summarizes the historical consolidated financial data of CBS Radio for the periods presented. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the summary historical statements of operations and cash flow information for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of CBS Radio included elsewhere in this document. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2014 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of CBS Radio not included in this document. The historical consolidated financial statements of CBS Radio have been presented on a “carve-out” basis from CBS’s consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of CBS Radio and include allocations of expenses from CBS. The summary historical consolidated financial information set forth below and the financial statements included elsewhere in this document do not necessarily reflect what CBS Radio’s results of operations, financial condition or cash flows would have been if CBS Radio had operated as a stand-alone company during all periods presented, and, accordingly, such information should not be relied upon as an indicator of CBS Radio’s future performance, financial condition or liquidity. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for CBS Radio” and the financial statements of CBS Radio and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this document.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016  (a)     2015  (b)     2014  (c)  
     (in millions, except per share amounts)  

Statement of Operations data:

      

Revenues

   $ 1,221.6     $ 1,230.6     $ 1,303.0  

Operating income (loss)

   $ (561.0   $ (240.3   $ 299.3  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (552.4   $ (136.5   $ 176.5  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share (d)

   $ (7,891,429   $ (1,950,000   $ 2,521,429  

Balance Sheet data (at period end):

      

Total assets

   $ 4,331.2     $ 5,216.5     $ 5,771.6  

Current liabilities

   $ 159.3     $ 105.9     $ 102.3  

Total debt

   $ 1,345.3     $ —       $ —    

Stockholder’s equity/ invested equity

   $ 1,860.4     $ 3,994.1     $ 4,360.2  

Cash Flow data:

      

Cash flow provided by operating activities from continuing operations

   $ 282.5     $ 212.8     $ 276.9  

Non-GAAP financial data:

      

Adjusted OIBDA (e)

   $ 338.7     $ 321.8     $ 402.3  

 

(a) For the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio recorded noncash impairment charges of $852.8 million ($723.0 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of goodwill and FCC licenses to their fair value.
(b) For the year ended December 31, 2015, CBS Radio recorded a noncash impairment charge of $482.9 million ($292.5 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of FCC licenses to their fair value.

 



 

38


Table of Contents
(c) In 2014, CBS Radio completed a radio station swap with Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. In connection with the swap, CBS Radio recorded a noncash impairment charge of $48.6 million ($29.3 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of goodwill allocated to the disposed radio stations to its fair value.
(d) Basic and diluted net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share for all periods presented is calculated based on the 70 outstanding shares of CBS Radio common stock. Prior to the consummation of the Transactions, CBS Radio intends to conduct a stock split to increase the aggregate number of outstanding shares of CBS Radio common stock. Subsequent to the stock split, net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share will be restated to reflect the post-split shares for all periods presented.
(e) Adjusted OIBDA is a measure of performance not calculated in accordance with GAAP. CBS Radio defines Adjusted OIBDA as operating income (loss) before depreciation, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring charges and impairment charges. CBS Radio uses Adjusted OIBDA to evaluate its operating performance. Adjusted OIBDA is among the primary measures CBS Radio uses for planning and forecasting of future periods, and it is an important indicator of its operational strength and business performance. CBS Radio believes Adjusted OIBDA is relevant and useful for investors because it allows investors to view performance in a manner similar to the method used by CBS Radio’s management, helps improve investors’ understanding of CBS Radio’s operating performance and makes it easier for investors to compare CBS Radio’s results with other companies that have different financing and capital structures or tax rates. In addition, Adjusted OIBDA is among the primary measures used by investors, analysts and peers in CBS Radio’s industry for purposes of valuation and the comparison of CBS Radio’s operating performance to other companies in CBS Radio’s industry and to compare year-over-year results.

 

     Since Adjusted OIBDA is a measure not calculated in accordance with GAAP, it should not be considered in isolation of, or as a substitute for, net income (loss) or operating income (loss) as indicators of operating performance. Adjusted OIBDA, as CBS Radio calculates it, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies. Since Adjusted OIBDA excludes certain financial information that is included in net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, users of this information should consider the types of events and transactions that are excluded.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted OIBDA.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  
           (in millions)        

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (552.4   $ (136.5   $ 176.5  

Exclude:

      

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (25.4     (103.8     122.8  

Interest expense

     16.8       —         —    

Impairment charges

     852.8       482.9       48.6  

Restructuring charges

     8.6       36.5       7.0  

Depreciation

     26.1       28.5       30.8  

Stock-based compensation (a)

     12.2       14.2       16.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted OIBDA

   $ 338.7     $ 321.8     $ 402.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) For the year ended December 31, 2015, stock-based compensation of $2.9 million was reflected in restructuring charges.

 



 

39


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS

The following table summarizes the historical consolidated financial data of CBS for the periods presented. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the summary historical consolidated statements of operations information for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of CBS incorporated by reference in this document. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2014 has been derived from the consolidated financial statements of CBS not included in or incorporated by reference into this document. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of CBS and the notes thereto and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” section contained in CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

 

     Year Ended December 31, (a)  
     2016 (b) (c)     2015 (b) (d)     2014 (b) (e)  
     (in millions, except per share
amounts)
 

Statement of Operations data:

      

Revenues

   $ 13,166     $ 12,671     $ 12,519  

Operating income

   $ 2,621     $ 2,658     $ 2,590  

Net earnings from continuing operations

   $ 1,552     $ 1,554     $ 1,151  

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (291   $ (141   $ 1,808  

Net earnings

   $ 1,261     $ 1,413     $ 2,959  

Basic net earnings (loss) per common share:

      

Net earnings from continuing operations

   $ 3.50     $ 3.21     $ 2.09  

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (.66   $ (.29   $ 3.29  

Net earnings

   $ 2.84     $ 2.92     $ 5.38  

Diluted net earnings (loss) per common share:

      

Net earnings from continuing operations

   $ 3.46     $ 3.18     $ 2.05  

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (.65   $ (.29   $ 3.22  

Net earnings

   $ 2.81     $ 2.89     $ 5.27  

Dividends per common share

   $ .66     $ .60     $ .54  

Balance Sheet data (at year end):

      

Total assets:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 19,642     $ 18,695     $ 18,372  

Discontinued operations

     4,596       5,070       5,563  

Total assets

   $ 24,238     $ 23,765     $ 23,935  

Total debt:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 9,375     $ 8,448     $ 7,112  

Discontinued operations

     1,345       —         —    

Total debt

   $ 10,720     $ 8,448     $ 7,112  

Total Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 3,689     $ 5,563     $ 6,970  

 

(a) During the fourth quarter of 2016, CBS classified CBS Radio as held for sale and as a result, CBS Radio has been presented as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. Also included in CBS’s discontinued operations is CBS Outdoor Americas Inc., which was disposed of in 2014.
(b) Included in net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, are noncash impairment charges of $444 million ($427 million, net of tax), or $.95 per diluted share, in 2016, and $484 million ($297 million, net of tax), or $.61 per diluted share, in 2015, in each case to reduce the carrying value of CBS Radio’s intangible assets. For 2014, net earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, included a gain on the disposal of CBS Outdoor Americas Inc. of $1.56 billion, or $2.78 per diluted share.

 



 

40


Table of Contents
(c) In 2016, CBS recorded a one-time pension settlement charge of $211 million in operating income ($130 million, net of tax), or $.29 per diluted share, for the settlement of pension obligations resulting from the completion of CBS’s offer to eligible former employees to receive lump-sum distributions of their pension benefits.
(d) In 2015, CBS recorded gains from the sales of internet businesses in China of $139 million in operating income ($131 million, net of tax), or $.27 per diluted share.
(e) In 2014, in connection with the early redemption of $1.07 billion of its debt, CBS recorded a pretax loss on early extinguishment of debt of $352 million ($219 million, net of tax), or $.39 per diluted share.

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data of Entercom

The following table summarizes the historical consolidated financial data of Entercom for the periods presented. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the summary historical consolidated statements of operations and cash flow information for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 have been derived from Entercom’s audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this document. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2014 has been derived from the consolidated financial statements of Entercom not included in or incorporated by reference into this document. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of Entercom and the notes thereto and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section contained in Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

Entercom’s financial results are not comparable from year to year due to acquisitions and dispositions of radio stations, adoption of new accounting standards, and other significant events:

 

    In November 2016, Entercom commenced operations under a time brokerage agreement (“TBA”) for several radio stations in Charlotte, North Carolina.

 

    In November 2016, Entercom refinanced its outstanding senior credit facility and retired its Senior Notes outstanding. As a result of the refinancing, Entercom recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $10.9 million.

 

    In 2016, Entercom sold an AM station in Denver, Colorado, for $3.8 million and an AM station in Atlanta, Georgia for $.9 million. These two sales generated gains of $.3 million, and $.2 million, respectively.

 

    In 2016, Entercom settled a legal claim with British Petroleum and recovered $2.3 million on a net basis after deducting certain related expenses. This amount was included in other income and expense.

 

    In 2015, Entercom acquired multiple radio stations, net of certain dispositions. Related to these transactions, Entercom incurred: (1) merger and acquisition costs of $4.0 million in 2015 and $1.0 million in 2014; and (2) restructuring charges of $2.8 million in 2015 from the restructuring of operations.

 



 

41


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  
     (in thousands, except per share
amounts)
 

Operating Data:

      

Net revenues

   $ 460,245     $ 411,378     $ 379,789  

Operating income (loss)

   $ 98,057     $ 85,582     $ 85,576  

Net income (loss) attributable to Company

   $ 38,065     $ 29,184     $ 26,823  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 36,164     $ 28,432     $ 26,823  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per share—basic:

   $ .94     $ .75     $ .71  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per share—diluted:

   $ .91     $ .73     $ .69  

Weighted average shares—basic

     38,500       38,084       37,763  

Weighted average shares—diluted

     39,568       39,038       38,664  

Cash Flows Data:

      

Cash flows related to:

      

Operating activities

   $ 72,030     $ 64,790     $ 65,296  

Investing activities

   $ 495     $ (91,744   $ (7,055

Financing activities

   $ (34,851   $ 4,583     $ (38,932

Other Data:

      

Common stock dividends declared and paid

   $ 8,666     $ —       $ —    

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ .225     $ —       $ —    

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends declared and paid

   $ 1,788     $ 413     $ —    

 

     At December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents—including cash of VIE

   $ 46,843      $ 9,169      $ 31,540  

Total assets

   $ 1,076,233      $ 1,022,108      $ 926,615  

Senior secured debt and other, including current portion

   $ 480,087      $ 268,750      $ 262,000  

Senior unsecured notes, senior subordinated notes and other

   $ —        $ 218,269      $ 217,929  

Deferred tax liabilities and other long-term liabilities

   $ 119,759      $ 109,251      $ 89,904  

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock (mezzanine)

   $ 27,732      $ 27,619      $ —    

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 393,374      $ 361,450      $ 329,021  

 



 

42


Table of Contents

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data of CBS

The following summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information of CBS gives effect to the split-off of CBS Radio through an exchange offer, and CBS’s use of the proceeds of CBS Radio’s indebtedness incurred in connection with the disposition of CBS Radio (“the split-off and related events”). The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations information is presented as if the split-off and related events had been completed on January 1, 2016. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet information is presented as if the split-off and related events had been completed on December 31, 2016. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the information provided in “CBS Corporation Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” and the notes thereto. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been derived from the historical financial statements of CBS.

CBS Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations Information (in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016  

Revenues

   $ 13,166  

Operating income

   $ 2,621  

Net earnings from continuing operations

   $ 1,552  

Net earnings from continuing operations per common share—Basic

   $ [            

Net earnings from continuing operations per common share—Diluted

   $ [            

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

  

Basic

     [            

Diluted

     [            

CBS Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Information (in millions)

 

     At December 31,
2016
 

Total Assets

   $ 19,698  

Long-term debt from continuing operations, including capital lease obligations

   $ 8,925  

Stockholders’ equity

   $ [            

 



 

43


Table of Contents

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information of Entercom and CBS Radio

The following summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information gives effect to the Merger of Merger Sub, a wholly owned acquisition subsidiary of Entercom, with and into CBS Radio, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, and the associated refinancing of Entercom’s debt. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations information is presented as if these transactions occurred on January 1, 2016. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet information is presented as if these transactions occurred on December 31, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is derived from Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s respective audited historical consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily reflect the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the Merger had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. Accordingly, such information should not be relied upon as an indicator of future performance, financial condition or liquidity.

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations of Entercom and CBS Radio (in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 

Net revenues

   $ 1,681.8  

Operating loss

   $ (471.7

Net loss available to Common shareholders

   $ (538.2

Net loss available to Common shareholders per share:

  

Basic

   $ (3.85

Diluted

   $ (3.85

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

  

Basic

     139.9  

Diluted

     139.9  

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet of Entercom and CBS Radio (in millions)

 

     At December 31,
2016
 

Total assets

   $ 5,010.0  

Long-term debt

   $ 1,906.9  

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,817.2  

 



 

44


Table of Contents

Summary Comparative Historical and Pro Forma Per Share Data

The following tables set forth certain historical and pro forma per share data for Entercom and CBS. The Entercom historical data have been derived from and should be read together with Entercom’s audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto contained in Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document. The Entercom pro forma data have been derived from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of Entercom and CBS Radio included elsewhere in this document. The CBS historical data have been derived from and should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements of CBS and related notes thereto contained in CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document. The CBS pro forma data have been derived from the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of CBS included elsewhere in this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

This summary comparative historical and pro forma per share data is being presented for illustrative purposes only. CBS, Entercom and CBS Radio may have performed differently had the Transactions occurred prior to the periods or at the date presented. You should not rely on the pro forma per share data presented as being indicative of the results that would have been achieved had CBS Radio been separated from CBS and combined with Entercom during the periods or at the date presented or of the actual future results or financial condition of CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio to be achieved following the Transactions.

 

     As of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 
     Historical      Pro Forma  
     (shares in millions)  

Entercom

  

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per share—Basic

   $ .94      $ (3.85 ) (a)  

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per share—Diluted

   $ .91      $ (3.85 ) (a)  

Weighted average shares:

     

Basic

     38.5        139.9  

Diluted

     39.6        139.9  

Book value per share of common stock

   $ 9.66      $ 12.79  

Dividends declared per share of common stock

   $ .225      $ .225  

 

(a) The pro forma basic and diluted net loss available to common shareholders per share of Entercom for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes impairment losses of $853.0 million ($723.2 million, net of tax), or $5.17 per basic and diluted share.

 

     As of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 
     Historical      Pro Forma  
     (shares in millions)  

CBS

  

Net earnings from continuing operations per common share—Basic

   $ 3.50      $ [            

Net earnings from continuing operations per common share—Diluted

   $ 3.46      $ [            

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

     

Basic

     444        [            

Diluted

     448        [            

Book value per share of common stock

   $ 8.96      $ [            

Dividends declared per share of common stock

   $ .66      $ .66  

 

 



 

45


Table of Contents
     As of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 

Equivalent pro forma (a) :

  

Net income available to common shareholders per share—Basic

   $ [    

Net income available to common shareholders per share—Diluted

   $ [    

Book value per share of common stock

   $ [    

 

(a) Equivalent pro forma per share data is calculated by multiplying the Entercom pro forma per share amounts by the exchange ratio of [    ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered in the exchange offer, which represents the indicative exchange ratio that would have been in effect following the official close of trading on the NYSE on [    ] 2017, and is calculated as the average price of CBS Class B Common Stock of $[    ] per share divided by [    ]% of the average price of Entercom Class A Common Stock of $[    ] per share, reflecting a discount of [    ]%.

Historical Common Stock Market Price and Dividend Data

Historical market price data for CBS Radio has not been presented as it is currently operated by CBS and there is no established trading market for CBS Radio Common Stock separate from CBS Common Stock.

Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock currently trade on the NYSE under the symbol “CBS.” On February 1, 2017, the last trading day before the announcement of the Transactions, the last sale price of CBS Class B Common Stock reported by the NYSE was $64.60. On [            ], 2017, the last trading day prior to the date of this document, the last sale price of CBS Class B Common Stock reported by the NYSE was $[            ].

Shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock currently trade on the NYSE under the symbol “ETM.” On February 1, 2017, the last trading day before the announcement of the Transactions, the last sale price of Entercom Class A Common Stock reported by the NYSE was $14.15. On [            ], 2017, the last trading day prior to the date of this document, the last sale price of Entercom Class A Common Stock reported by the NYSE was $[            ].

The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of CBS Class B Common Stock according to the Wall Street Journal and Entercom Common Stock according to Bloomberg L.P. on the NYSE for the periods indicated as well as the dividends per share paid by CBS to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom to holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock for these periods. The quotations are as reported in CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 and Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which are incorporated by reference into this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

 

     CBS Per
Share
Dividends
     CBS Class B
Common Stock
     Entercom
Per Share
Dividends
     Entercom
Common Stock
 
        High      Low         High      Low  

Year Ended December 31, 2017

                 

Second Quarter (through April 11, 2017)

   $ [    ]      $ 70.10      $ 67.61      $ [    ]      $ 14.38      $ 13.25  

First Quarter

   $ .18      $ 69.60      $ 61.95      $ .075      $ 16.15      $ 13.75  

Year Ended December 31, 2016

                 

First Quarter

   $ .15      $ 55.38      $ 41.36      $ —        $ 12.09      $ 8.88  

Second Quarter

   $ .15      $ 57.89      $ 50.53      $ .075      $ 13.93      $ 10.34  

Third Quarter

   $ .18      $ 58.22      $ 48.88      $ .075      $ 14.94      $ 12.65  

Fourth Quarter

   $ .18      $ 65.09      $ 54.35      $ .075      $ 16.45      $ 12.45  

Year Ended December 31, 2015

                 

First Quarter

   $ .15      $ 63.71      $ 52.94      $ —        $ 13.09      $ 11.16  

Second Quarter

   $ .15      $ 63.95      $ 55.21      $ —        $ 13.33      $ 11.00  

Third Quarter

   $ .15      $ 56.39      $ 38.51      $ —        $ 11.99      $ 9.62  

Fourth Quarter

   $ .15      $ 52.18      $ 38.76      $ —        $ 12.45      $ 9.75  

 



 

46


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all of the other information contained and incorporated by reference in this document and the exhibits hereto, including especially the Risk Factors section of Entercom’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Risk Factors section of CBS’s Annual Report on Form 10-K relating to CBS Radio. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.” Some of the risks described below relate principally to the business and the industry in which Entercom, including CBS Radio, will operate after the Transactions, while others relate principally to the Transactions and participation in the exchange offer. The remaining risks relate principally to the securities markets generally and ownership of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. The risks described below are not the only risks that Entercom currently faces or will face after the consummation of the Transactions or to participating in the exchange offer.

Risks Related to the Transactions

Sales of Entercom Class A Common Stock after the Transactions may negatively affect the market price of Entercom Class A Common Stock.

The shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to be issued in the Transactions to holders of Radio Common Stock will generally be eligible for immediate resale. The market price of Entercom Class A Common Stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the market after the consummation of the Transactions or even the perception that these sales could occur.

Immediately after consummation of the Merger, approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, and approximately 28% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of Entercom Common Stock, including Entercom employees who held Entercom stock-based compensation rights, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, subject to potential adjustment under limited circumstances as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.” Currently, holders of CBS Common Stock may include index funds that have performance tied to the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index or other stock indices, and institutional investors subject to various investing guidelines. Because Entercom may not be included in these indices following the consummation of the Transactions or may not meet the investing guidelines of some of these institutional investors, these index funds and institutional investors may decide to or may be required to sell the Entercom Class A Common Stock that they receive in the Transactions. In addition, the investment fiduciaries of CBS’s defined contribution and defined benefit plans may decide to sell any Entercom Class A Common Stock that the trusts for these plans receive in the Transactions, or may decide not to participate in the exchange offer, in response to their fiduciary obligations under applicable law. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, may also make it more difficult for Entercom to obtain additional capital by selling equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that it deems appropriate.

The historical and pro forma financial information that is included in this document may not be representative of the results CBS Radio would have achieved as a stand-alone public company and may not be a reliable indicator of CBS Radio’s future results.

The historical consolidated financial statements and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements that are included in this document have been presented on a “carve-out” basis from CBS’s consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of CBS Radio and include allocations of expenses from CBS. As a result, CBS Radio’s historical and pro forma financial statements may not necessarily reflect what its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows

 

47


Table of Contents

would have been had CBS Radio been an independent, stand-alone entity during the periods presented or those that CBS Radio will achieve in the future. Therefore, CBS Radio’s consolidated historical financial statements that are included in this document may not necessarily be indicative of what CBS Radio’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will be in the future.

Entercom may be unable to provide the same types and level of services, digital services and resources to CBS Radio that historically have been provided by CBS, or may be unable to provide them at the same cost.

CBS Radio has been able to receive benefits and services from CBS and has been able to benefit from CBS’s financial strength and extensive business relationships. After the Transactions, CBS Radio will be owned by Entercom and will no longer benefit from CBS’s resources. In connection with the Merger, Entercom will enter into a Transition Services Agreement and a Joint Digital Services Agreement, pursuant to which CBS will agree to provide certain transition services for certain periods following the consummation of the Transactions (not to exceed twenty-four months following the consummation of the Transactions). It cannot be assured that Entercom will be able to adequately replace those resources or replace them at the same cost. If Entercom is not able to replace the resources provided by CBS or is unable to replace them at the same cost or is delayed in replacing the resources provided by CBS, Entercom’s results of operations may be materially adversely impacted.

Entercom’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected following the Transactions if Entercom cannot negotiate terms that are as favorable as those CBS and CBS Radio have received when Entercom replaces contracts after the closing of the Transactions.

Prior to consummation of the Transactions, certain functions (such as legal, financial, insurance, employment and other services) for CBS Radio are generally being performed under CBS’s centralized systems. While CBS, under the Transition Services Agreement, will agree to provide Entercom with certain services, there can be no assurance that Entercom will be able to obtain those consents or negotiate terms that are as favorable as those CBS received when and if Entercom replaces these services with its own agreements for similar services. Although Entercom believes that it will be able to obtain any such consents or enter into new agreements for similar services, it is possible that the failure to replace a significant number of these agreements for any of these services could have a material adverse impact on Entercom following the Transactions.

The Merger Agreement may be terminated in accordance with its terms, and the exchange offer may therefore not be consummated.

The Merger Agreement contains a number of conditions that must be fulfilled to consummate the Merger, in which case the exchange offer will not be consummated. Those conditions include: consummation of the Radio Reorganization and the Final Distribution in accordance with the Separation Agreement and the Distribution Tax Opinion; expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period (and any extension thereof) under the HSR Act; consent of the FCC for the Transactions; effectiveness of this registration statement and the other registration statements required for the Transactions; the obtaining by the parties of all necessary permits and authorizations under state securities or “blue sky” laws, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act relating to the issuance and trading of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock; approval by Entercom’s shareholders of the issuance of Entercom Class A Common Stock and the other approvals required by Entercom’s shareholders in the Merger Agreement; and the absence of any law or order prohibiting any of the Transactions. These conditions to the closing of the merger may not be fulfilled and, accordingly, the merger may not be consummated. In addition, if the merger is not consummated by November 2, 2017 (subject to extension to May 2, 2018 if the only conditions not satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the closing of the Merger, which conditions are capable of being satisfied) are conditions relating to required regulatory filings and clearances and the absence of certain legal impediments to the consummation of the Merger) either CBS or Entercom may choose not to proceed with the merger. In addition, CBS or Entercom may elect to terminate the Merger Agreement in certain other circumstances.

 

48


Table of Contents

If any of the Internal Distributions or the Final Distribution does not qualify as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Code or the Merger does not qualify as a tax-free “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code, including as a result of actions taken in connection with the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger or as a result of subsequent acquisitions of shares of CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio, then CBS and/or holders of CBS Common Stock that received Radio Common Stock in the Final Distribution may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes, and, in certain circumstances, CBS Radio and Entercom may be required to indemnify CBS for any such tax liability.

The consummation of the Transactions is conditioned on the receipt by CBS of the Distribution Tax Opinion and a Merger Tax Opinion and by Entercom of a Merger Tax Opinion and a copy of the Distribution Tax Opinion. CBS may waive the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion from its counsel, in which case CBS may be required extend the exchange offer and to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty to Entercom no later than five business days after the closing of the Merger. For a description of the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty, see “The Separation Agreement—The Final Distribution.”

The opinions of counsel will be based upon and rely on, among other things, current law, certain facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements, and undertakings of CBS, CBS Radio, Entercom, and Merger Sub, including those relating to the past and future conduct of CBS, CBS Radio, Entercom, and Merger Sub. If any of these representations, statements or undertakings are, or become, inaccurate or incomplete, or if CBS, CBS Radio, Entercom, or Merger Sub breaches any of its covenants in the Transaction Agreements, the opinions of counsel may be invalid and the conclusions reached therein could be jeopardized. Notwithstanding the opinions of counsel, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) could determine that the Final Distribution and/or the Merger should be treated as a taxable transaction if it determines that any of the facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings upon which the opinions of counsel were based are false or have been violated, or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinions of counsel. The opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert a contrary position.

If the Final Distribution fails to qualify as a transaction that is tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Section 355 of the Code, in general, CBS would recognize taxable gain as if it had sold the Radio Common Stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value, and holders of CBS Common Stock who receive shares of Radio Common Stock in the Final Distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares.

Even if the Final Distribution were to otherwise to qualify as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code, the Final Distribution or either Internal Distribution would be taxable to CBS (but not to CBS stockholders) pursuant to Section 355(e) of the Code if there is a 50% or greater change in ownership of either CBS or CBS Radio (including stock of Entercom after the Merger), directly or indirectly, as part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the Final Distribution or such Internal Distribution, as applicable. For this purpose, any acquisitions of CBS or CBS Radio stock (including stock of Entercom after the Merger) within the period beginning two years before the Final Distribution or such Internal Distribution, as applicable, and ending two years after the Final Distribution or such Internal Distribution, as applicable, are presumed to be part of such a plan, although CBS may be able to rebut that presumption. Further, for purposes of this test, the Merger will be treated as part of such a plan, but the Merger standing alone should not cause the Final Distribution or either Internal Distribution to be taxable to CBS under Section 355(e) of the Code because pre-Merger holders of Radio Common Stock will hold at least 50.25% of the aggregate value of Entercom Common Stock and at least 50.25% of the aggregate voting power of Entercom Common Stock, in each case, immediately following the Merger. However, if the IRS were to determine that other acquisitions of CBS or CBS Radio stock (including stock of Entercom after the Merger), either before or after the Final Distribution or either Internal Distribution, were part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Final Distribution or such Internal Distribution, as applicable, such determination could result in significant tax to CBS.

 

49


Table of Contents

Under the Tax Matters Agreement to be entered into by CBS, CBS Radio, and Entercom in connection with the Transactions, CBS Radio (and Entercom, if applicable) will be required to indemnify CBS against all or a portion of any taxes on the Internal Distributions and Final Distribution that arise as a result of certain actions or failures to act by Entercom or CBS Radio, certain events (or series of events) after the Transactions involving the stock or assets of CBS Radio or Entercom, or any breach by Entercom or, after the Transactions, CBS Radio of any representation or covenant made by them in the Tax Matters Agreement (a “disqualifying action”). If CBS were to recognize gain on either Internal Distribution or the Final Distribution for reasons not related to a disqualifying action by CBS Radio or Entercom, CBS would generally not be entitled to be indemnified under the Tax Matters Agreement and the resulting tax to CBS could have a material adverse effect on CBS. In addition, in certain circumstances, under the Tax Matters Agreement, CBS Radio (and Entercom) will be required to indemnify CBS against taxes on the Merger that arise as a result of a disqualifying action by CBS Radio or Entercom. If CBS were to recognize gain on the Merger for reasons not related to a disqualifying action by CBS Radio or Entercom, CBS would generally not be entitled to indemnification by CBS Radio (or Entercom) under the Tax Matters Agreement. If CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) is required to indemnify CBS if the Final Distribution or the Merger is taxable, this indemnification obligation could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on Entercom, including with respect to its financial condition and results of operations. In addition, even if Entercom and CBS Radio are not responsible for tax liabilities of CBS under the Tax Matters Agreement, CBS Radio nonetheless could be liable under applicable tax law for such liabilities if CBS were to fail to pay such taxes.

CBS Radio and Entercom may be affected by significant restrictions following the Transactions in order to avoid significant tax-related liabilities.

The Tax Matters Agreement generally will prohibit CBS Radio, Entercom and their affiliates from taking certain actions that could cause the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution and the Merger to fail to qualify as tax-free transactions. In particular, for a two-year period following the date of the Final Distribution (the “Final Distribution Date”), except as described below, neither CBS Radio nor Entercom may:

 

    enter into any transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement) as a result of which one or more persons would acquire (directly or indirectly) stock comprising 50% or more of the vote or value of CBS Radio or Entercom (taking into account the stock of CBS Radio acquired pursuant to the Merger);

 

    redeem or repurchase any stock or stock rights, other than in certain open-market transactions;

 

    amend its certificate of incorporation or take any other action affecting the relative voting rights of its capital stock;

 

    merge or consolidate with any other person (other than pursuant to the Merger or mergers or consolidations that do not result in CBS Radio ceasing to exist as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

    take any other action that would, when combined with any other direct or indirect changes in ownership of CBS Radio and Entercom capital stock (including pursuant to the Merger), have the effect of causing one or more persons to acquire stock comprising 50% or more of the vote or value of CBS Radio or Entercom, or would reasonably be expected to result in a failure to preserve the tax-free status of the Transactions;

 

    cause CBS Radio to liquidate;

 

    cause CBS Radio to discontinue the active conduct of certain of its businesses; or

 

    sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets (including stock of subsidiaries) of certain of CBS Radio’s business beyond certain thresholds (subject to exceptions for, among other things, ordinary course dispositions and repayments or prepayments of CBS Radio debt).

 

50


Table of Contents

If CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) intends to take any such restricted action, CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) will be required to cooperate with CBS in obtaining an IRS ruling or an unqualified tax opinion satisfactory to CBS in its reasonable discretion to the effect that such action will not affect the status of any of the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger as tax-free transactions, unless CBS waives such requirement. However, if CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) takes any of the actions above and such actions result in tax-related losses to CBS, then CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) generally will be required to indemnify CBS for such losses, without regard to whether CBS has given CBS Radio and/or Entercom prior consent. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.” In the event CBS does not receive a tax opinion from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz concluding at a comfort level of “should” or higher that each of the Internal Distributions and the Final Distribution qualifies as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code or takes or fails to take, or permits any of its affiliates to take or fail to take, any action solely as a result of which (together with other actions or failures to act by CBS and its affiliates) either of the Internal Distributions and/or the Final Distribution would reasonably be expected to fail to qualify as tax-free transactions, then the restrictions set forth above shall not apply.

Due to these restrictions and indemnification obligations under the Tax Matters Agreement, Entercom may be limited in its ability to pursue strategic transactions, equity or convertible debt financings or other transactions that may otherwise be in Entercom’s best interests. Also, Entercom’s potential indemnity obligation to CBS might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control during this two-year period that Entercom shareholders may consider favorable and its ability to pursue strategic transactions, equity or convertible debt financings, or other transactions that may otherwise be in Entercom’s best interests.

Tendering holders of CBS Class B Common Stock may receive a reduced premium or may not receive any premium in the exchange offer.

The exchange offer is designed to permit you to exchange your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock, calculated as set forth in this document. Stated another way, for each $1.00 of your CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $[            ] of Radio Common Stock. The value of the CBS Class B Common Stock will be based on the calculated per-share value for the CBS Class B Common Stock on the NYSE and the value of the Radio Common Stock will be based on the calculated per-share value of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE, in each case determined by reference to the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP on each of the Valuation Dates.

The number of shares you can receive is, however, subject to an upper limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer. As a result, you may receive less than $[            ] of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock, depending on the calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock at the expiration date. Because of the limit on the number of shares of Radio Common Stock you may receive in the exchange offer, if there is a drop of sufficient magnitude in the trading price of Entercom Class A Common Stock relative to the trading price of CBS Class B Common Stock, or if there is an increase of sufficient magnitude in the trading price of CBS Class B Common Stock relative to the trading price of Entercom Class A Common Stock, you may not receive $[            ] of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock, and could receive much less.

For example, if the calculated per-share value of CBS Class B Common Stock was $[            ] (the highest closing price for CBS Class B Common Stock on the NYSE during the three-month period prior to commencement of the exchange offer) and the calculated per-share value of Radio Common Stock was $[            ] (the lowest closing price for Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE during that three-month period), the value of Radio Common Stock, based on the Entercom Class A Common Stock price, received for CBS Class B Common Stock accepted for exchange would be approximately $[            ] for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted for exchange. The exchange offer does not provide for a minimum exchange ratio. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.” If the upper limit on the number of shares of

 

51


Table of Contents

Radio Common Stock that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered is in effect at the expiration of the exchange offer period, then the exchange ratio will be fixed at the upper limit.

For example, if the trading price of CBS Class B Common Stock were to increase during the last two trading days of the exchange offer, the average price of CBS Class B Common Stock used to calculate the exchange ratio would likely be lower than the closing price of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer. As a result, you may receive fewer shares of Radio Common Stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, for each $1.00 of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock than you would have if the average price of CBS Class B Common Stock were calculated on the basis of the closing price of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer or on the basis of an averaging period that includes the last two trading days prior to the expiration of the exchange offer period. Similarly, if the trading price of Entercom Class A Common Stock were to decrease during the last two trading days prior to the expiration of the exchange offer period, the average Entercom Class A Common Stock price used to calculate the exchange ratio would likely be higher than the closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the expiration date. This could also result in your receiving fewer shares of Radio Common Stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock than you would otherwise receive if the average Entercom Class A Common Stock price were calculated on the basis of the closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the expiration date or on the basis of an averaging period that included the last two trading days prior to the expiration of the exchange offer period.

In addition, there is no assurance that holders of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that are exchanged for Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will be able to sell the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock after receipt in the Merger at prices comparable to the calculated per-share value of Radio Common Stock at the expiration date.

The trading prices of Entercom Class A Common Stock may not be an appropriate proxy for the value of Radio Common Stock.

The calculated per-share value for Radio Common Stock is based on the trading prices for Entercom Class A Common Stock, which may not be an appropriate proxy for the value of Radio Common Stock. There is currently no trading market for Radio Common Stock and no such market will be established in the future. CBS believes, however, that the trading prices for Entercom Class A Common Stock are an appropriate proxy for the trading value of Radio Common Stock because immediately following the consummation of the exchange offer, Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. Each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be canceled and retired and will cease to exist and the holders of Radio Common Stock will receive the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. In addition, CBS Radio will authorize the issuance of a number of shares of Radio Common Stock such that the total number of shares of Radio Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger will be that number that results in the exchange ratio in the Merger equaling one and, as a result, each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock (except shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS Radio as treasury stock) will be converted into one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. There can be no assurance, however, that Entercom Class A Common Stock after the issuance of Radio Common Stock and the Merger will trade on the same basis as Entercom Class A Common Stock trades prior to the Transactions. In addition, it is possible that the trading prices of Entercom Class A Common Stock prior to consummation of the Merger will not fully reflect the anticipated value of Entercom Class A Common Stock after the Merger. For example, trading prices of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the Valuation Dates could reflect some uncertainty as to the timing or consummation of the Merger or could reflect trading activity by investors seeking to profit from market arbitrage.

 

52


Table of Contents

Following the exchange of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the Merger, the former holders of shares of Radio Common Stock may experience a delay prior to receiving their shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock or their cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any.

Following the exchange of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock, the former holders of Radio Common Stock will receive their shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock or their cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any, only upon surrender of all necessary documents, duly executed, to the transfer agent. Although Entercom expects that the NYSE will create a “when issued” market for the new shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are accepted in the exchange offer, the creation of a “when issued” market is outside the control of Entercom, and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop. Until the distribution of the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to the individual shareholder has been completed, the relevant holder of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will not be able to sell its shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. Consequently, in case the market price for Entercom Class A Common Stock should decrease during that period, the relevant shareholder would not be able to stop any losses by selling the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. Similarly, the former holders of Radio Common Stock who received cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be able to invest the cash until the distribution to the relevant shareholder has been completed, and they will not receive interest payments for this time period.

Ownership of Entercom Class A Common Stock will entitle holders to different rights than ownership of CBS Class B Common Stock.

Following completion of the exchange offer and subsequent Merger, former holders of CBS Class B Common Stock who have validly tendered and not properly withdrawn their shares of CBS Class B Common Stock will no longer be stockholders of CBS but will instead be stockholders of Entercom. There are material differences between the rights that holders of CBS Class B Common Stock have with respect to CBS compared to the rights that holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock have with respect to Entercom. See Description of Entercom Capital Stock.” The material differences relate to, among other things, rights with respect to the election and removal of directors, advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals or director nominations, procedures for amending organizational documents and approval rights for certain business combinations. For a further discussion, see the section entitled “Comparison of the Rights of Holders of CBS Common Stock and Entercom Common Stock.”

The concentration of Entercom’s capital stock ownership with its founders will limit the ability of holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock to influence corporate matters, and the interests of Entercom’s founders may differ from the interests of other stockholders.

As of March 10, 2017, Joseph M. Field, Entercom’s Chairman of the Board, beneficially owned 1,364,165 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and 6,148,282 shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock, representing approximately 61.1% of the total voting power of all of outstanding Entercom Common Stock. Collectively, Joseph M. Field, David J. Field, other members of the Field family or entities that they control beneficially own all outstanding shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock. Other members of the Field family and entities that they control also own shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. Joseph M. Field, David J. Field and their affiliates are expected to beneficially own or control 9,282,322 of the outstanding shares of the Entercom Common Stock of the combined company following the completion of the Merger. For additional information on the ownership of Entercom Common Stock and how it will change after the Merger, see the section entitled “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Field Family Side Letter Agreement.”

Additionally, the Entercom Articles provide that holders of Entercom Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes for each share held of record at such times as the shares are voted by a management shareholder (Joseph M. Field and David J. Field) in his own right in person or by proxy or pursuant to a qualified voting

 

53


Table of Contents

agreement; at all other times the holders of Entercom Class B Common Stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. See the section entitled “Description of Entercom Capital Stock.”

Accordingly, Joseph M. Field, David J. Field and each of their affiliates will have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, and their interests may differ from the interests of other shareholders. See the section entitled “The Transactions—Interests of Entercom’s Directors and Executive Officers in the Transactions.” The concentration of stock ownership will limit the ability of Entercom Class A Common Stockholders to influence corporate matters. As a result, Entercom may take actions that its shareholders do not view as beneficial or may give investors the perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise, which may adversely affect the market price of Entercom Class A Common Stock.

Risks Related to Entercom and the Combined Company

Entercom and CBS Radio will incur transaction- and merger-related costs in connection with the Transactions.

Entercom and CBS Radio have incurred and expect to incur a number of non-recurring direct and indirect costs associated with the Transactions. These costs and expenses include fees paid to financial, legal and accounting advisors, severance and other potential employment-related costs, including payments that may be made to certain Entercom and CBS Radio executives, filing fees, printing expenses and other related charges. Some of these costs are payable by Entercom and CBS Radio regardless of whether the Transactions are completed. There are also processes, policies, procedures, operations, technologies and systems that must be integrated in connection with the Transactions and the integration of the two companies’ businesses. While both Entercom and CBS Radio have assumed that a certain level of expenses would be incurred in connection with the Transactions and the other operations contemplated by the Merger Agreement and continue to assess the magnitude of these costs, there are many factors beyond their control that could affect the total amount or the timing of the integration and implementation expenses.

There may also be additional unanticipated costs in connection with the Transactions that Entercom and CBS Radio may not recoup. These costs and expenses could reduce the realization of efficiencies and strategic benefits Entercom and CBS Radio expect to achieve from the Transactions. Although Entercom and CBS Radio expect that these benefits will offset the transaction expenses and implementation costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term or at all.

Increases in or new royalties, including through legislation, could adversely impact CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s business, financial condition and results of operations following the consummation of the Merger.

CBS Radio and Entercom pay royalties to song composers and publishers through performance rights organizations (“PROs”), currently American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers (ASCAP), Broadcast Music, Inc. (BMI) and SESAC, Inc. for the performance of music on its radio stations and websites. The emergence of new PROs, such as Global Music Rights, could increase the royalties that they pay. Although CBS Radio and Entercom pay royalties to record labels and recording artists for distributing music content online, they do not pay royalties to record labels or recording artists for broadcasts of music on our radio stations. From time to time, the U.S. Congress considers legislation that could require that radio broadcasters pay performance royalties to record labels and recording artists. The proposed legislation has been the subject of considerable debate and activity by the radio broadcast industry and other parties that could be affected. Neither CBS Radio nor Entercom can predict whether any proposed legislation will become law. In addition, royalty rates are subject to adjustment and it is possible that CBS Radio’s or Entercom’s royalty rates associated with obtaining rights to use musical compositions and sound recordings in its programming content could increase as a result of private negotiations, regulatory rate-setting processes, or administrative and court decisions. Various independent record companies that claim to own the rights to several hundred sound recordings created prior to February 15, 1972

 

54


Table of Contents

(the “Pre-1972 Recordings”) have sued several radio broadcasters (including CBS Radio) for allegedly infringing their exclusive right of public performance in certain states. In August 2015, CBS Radio was named as a defendant in two separate putative class action lawsuits in a federal court in each of California and New York for common law copyright infringement as well as related state law claims. In May 2016, the California court dismissed the California case against CBS Radio. In June 2016, the plaintiff record companies appealed this judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. In March 2017, the New York federal court dismissed the New York suit with prejudice. CBS Radio intends to vigorously defend itself in the California case. An adverse decision in the California case could impede CBS Radio’s ability to broadcast or stream the Pre-1972 Recordings and/or increase its royalty payments. New or increased royalty payments could increase CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s expenses, which could adversely impact their businesses, financial conditions and results of operations.

The failure to protect CBS Radio’s intellectual property could adversely impact the business, financial condition and results of operations of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, following completion of the Merger.

Following the Separation, CBS Radio will have limited rights to use the trademarks “CBS Radio,” “CBS Sports Radio” and certain other trademarks owned by CBS, subject in each case to the CBS Brands License Agreements. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—CBS Brands License Agreements” for more information on CBS Radio’s rights and obligations under the license agreements. Any substantial failure to protect and enforce CBS Radio’s intellectual property rights during the period between the Separation and the expiration of CBS Radio’s rights to use Trademarks owned by CBS and its subsidiaries could adversely impact Entercom’s business, financial condition and results of operations following the consummation of the Merger. In addition, early termination of the trademark licenses could result in Entercom rebranding such trademarks before it is prepared to do so and could require that Entercom spend significant unanticipated resources.

CBS Radio’s ability to protect and enforce its intellectual property rights is important to the success of CBS Radio’s business. CBS Radio endeavors to protect its intellectual property under trade secret, trademark, copyright and patent law, and through a combination of employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements, other contractual restrictions, and other methods. CBS Radio has registered trademarks in state and federal trademark offices in the United States and enforces its rights through, among other things, filing oppositions with the United States Patent and Trademark Offices. There is a risk that unauthorized digital distribution of CBS Radio content could occur and competitors may adopt names similar to CBS Radio’s or use confusingly similar terms as keywords in internet search engine advertising programs, thereby impeding CBS Radio’s ability to build brand identity and leading to confusion among CBS Radio audience or advertisers. Moreover, maintaining and policing CBS Radio’s intellectual property rights may require CBS Radio to spend significant resources as litigation or proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, courts or other administrative bodies, is unpredictable, costly and may not always be cost effective. CBS Radio cannot assure you that it will have sufficient resources to adequately protect and enforce its intellectual property. The failure to protect and enforce CBS Radio’s intellectual property could adversely impact the business, financial condition and results of operations of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, following consummation of the Merger.

CBS Radio may be subject to claims and litigation from third parties claiming that its operations infringe on their intellectual property. Any intellectual property litigation could be costly and could divert the efforts and attention of CBS Radio’s management and technical personnel, which could have a material adverse effect on CBS Radio’s business, financial condition and results of operations. If any such actions are successful, in addition to any potential liability for damages, CBS Radio could be required to obtain a license in order to continue to operate its business.

CBS Radio could suffer losses due to asset impairment charges for FCC licenses and goodwill, which may adversely impact CBS Radio’s financial results.

As of December 31, 2016, CBS Radio’s FCC licenses and goodwill comprised 90% of the book value of its assets. CBS Radio tests goodwill and FCC licenses for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year and

 

55


Table of Contents

between annual tests if events or circumstances require an interim impairment assessment. FCC licenses are tested for impairment at the geographic market level and goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, which is one level below CBS Radio’s operating segment. As of December 31, 2016, CBS Radio had three reporting units. During 2016, CBS Radio recognized a pretax noncash impairment charge of $322.7 million to reduce the carrying values of FCC licenses in 23 of its markets to their fair value. Also during 2016, CBS Radio concluded that the estimated fair value of each of its three reporting units was below their respective carrying values, after the above-mentioned FCC licenses impairment charge, and as a result CBS Radio performed the second step of the goodwill impairment test for each reporting unit and recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $530.1 million to reduce the carrying value of its goodwill.

After the above-mentioned impairment charges, the fair values of each of CBS Radio’s three reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values by approximately 3%, the fair values of FCC licenses in 23 of its markets were the same as their carrying values, and the fair values of FCC licenses in two markets exceeded their respective carrying values by less than 5%. A downward revision to the estimated fair value of CBS Radio’s reporting units and/or FCC licenses could cause the estimated fair value to fall below their respective carrying values, which could result in a noncash impairment charge.

Entercom’s stock price is one indicator in management’s assessment of the fair value of CBS Radio. A decline in Entercom’s stock price could indicate that the fair value of CBS Radio is lower than its carrying value and could result in an impairment in a future period. Any impairment charge for goodwill and/or FCC licenses could have a material impact on CBS Radio’s financial results.

Following the consummation of the Merger, Entercom and CBS Radio will have substantial indebtedness, which could adversely impact the business, financial condition and results of operations of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio.

Entercom and its subsidiaries, and CBS Radio and its subsidiaries each have a significant amount of indebtedness and, following the consummation of the Transactions, will continue to have significant indebtedness and liabilities. As of December 31, 2016, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, Entercom would have had outstanding long-term debt, including the current portion, of $1,906.9 million, on a consolidated basis. Entercom and its subsidiaries, including, after the consummation of the Transactions, CBS Radio, have and will continue to have the ability to incur a significant amount of additional debt. After the consummation of the Transactions, the indebtedness of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, could have important consequences, including but not limited to:

 

    making it more difficult for Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, as applicable, to satisfy their obligations with respect to their debt;

 

    requiring Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, as applicable, to dedicate a substantial portion of their cash flow from operations to payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes;

 

    increasing the vulnerability of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, to and limiting the flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the business, the industries in which they operate, the economy and government regulations;

 

    restricting Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, from making strategic acquisitions or causing them to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

    placing Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, at a competitive disadvantage compared to their competitors that have less debt;

 

    exposing Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowings under the Radio Credit Agreement are subject to variable rates of interest; and

 

    limiting the ability of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, to borrow additional funds.

 

56


Table of Contents

The terms of the Radio Credit Agreement and the Radio Notes Indenture may restrict the current and future operations of CBS Radio and its subsidiaries, particularly the ability to incur additional debt.

The Radio Credit Agreement and the Radio Notes Indenture contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on CBS Radio and its subsidiaries and limit CBS Radio’s ability to engage in actions that may be in its long-term best interests, including restrictions on its and its subsidiaries’ abilities to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of CBS Radio’s stock;

 

    make investments or acquisitions;

 

    sell, transfer or otherwise convey certain assets;

 

    change its accounting methodology;

 

    incur liens;

 

    enter into sale/leaseback transactions;

 

    enter into agreements restricting the ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers;

 

    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of CBS Radio’s or CBS Radio’s subsidiaries’ assets;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

    prepay certain kinds of indebtedness;

 

    issue or sell stock of CBS Radio’s subsidiaries; and

 

    change the nature of CBS Radio’s business.

In addition, the Radio Credit Agreement has a financial covenant that requires CBS Radio to maintain a Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Radio Credit Agreement). CBS Radio’s ability to meet this financial covenant may be affected by events beyond Entercom’s or CBS Radio’s control.

As a result of all of these restrictions, after the Merger, Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, may be:

 

    limited in how they conduct their business;

 

    unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or

 

    unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

These restrictions could hinder the ability of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including, after the consummation of the Transactions, CBS Radio, to pursue their business strategy or inhibit the ability to adhere to their intended dividend policies.

A breach of the covenants under the Radio Notes Indenture or under the Radio Credit Agreement could result in an event of default under the applicable agreement. Such a default would allow the lenders under the Radio Credit Agreement and/or the holders of CBS Radio’s Senior Notes to accelerate the repayment of such debt and may result in the acceleration of the repayment of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the Radio Credit Agreement would also permit the lenders under the Radio Credit Agreement to terminate all other commitments to extend additional credit under the Radio Credit Agreement.

 

57


Table of Contents

Furthermore, if CBS Radio were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the Radio Credit Agreement, those lenders could proceed against the collateral that secures such indebtedness. In the event that CBS Radio’s creditors accelerate the repayment of its borrowings, CBS Radio and its subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.

Following completion of the Merger, Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, may still be able to incur substantial additional amounts of debt, including secured indebtedness, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with the indebtedness of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, and adversely impact the business, financial condition and results of operations of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio.

Following completion of the Merger, Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, may incur substantial additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with the indebtedness of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio. Although the terms of the agreements governing CBS Radio’s existing indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and additional liens, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Following completion of the Merger, these restrictions also will not prevent Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. If new debt is added to Entercom’s or CBS Radio’s existing debt levels, the related risks that Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, face following completion of the Merger would intensify, and Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, may not be able to meet all of their respective debt obligations. Following the completion of the Merger, Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s indebtedness may adversely impact the business, financial condition and results of operations of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio.

CBS Radio’s variable-rate indebtedness gives rise to interest rate risk, which could cause CBS Radio’s debt service obligations to increase following completion of the Merger. Any increase in CBS Radio’s debt service obligations could adversely impact the business, financial condition and results of operations of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, following completion of the Merger.

On October 17, 2016, CBS Radio entered into the Radio Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) and the Radio Term Loan (as defined below), both pursuant to the Radio Credit Agreement, and borrowed the full amount of the Radio Term Loan. On March 3, 2017, the Radio Credit Agreement was amended to create a tranche of Term B-1 Loans not to exceed $500 million, which are expected to be funded on the closing date of the Merger, subject to customary closing conditions. CBS Radio’s borrowings under the Radio Term Loan and the Radio Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at floating rates that expose CBS Radio to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, the debt service obligations following completion of the Merger relating to CBS Radio’s variable-rate indebtedness will increase, even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s net income and cash flows will correspondingly decrease. In the future, Entercom and CBS Radio may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce future interest rate volatility. However, Entercom and CBS Radio may not elect to maintain such interest rate swaps with respect to any variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps Entercom or CBS Radio enters into may not fully mitigate their interest rate risk. An increase in CBS Radio’s debt service obligations could adversely impact the business, financial condition and results of operations of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio following completion of the Merger.

To service CBS Radio’s indebtedness and other cash needs following completion of the Merger, Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, will require a significant amount of cash. Entercom and its subsidiaries’ ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond their control.

Entercom’s ability to satisfy CBS Radio’s debt obligations and to fund any planned capital expenditures, dividends and other cash needs will depend in part upon the future financial and operating performance of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, and upon its ability to renew or refinance borrowings.

 

58


Table of Contents

Entercom cannot assure you that it and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, will generate cash flow from operations, or that CBS Radio will be able to draw under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund its liquidity needs, including the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness. Prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond Entercom’s control, will affect its ability to make these payments.

If Entercom is unable to make payments on or refinance CBS Radio’s debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances following completion of the Merger, Entercom may consider other options, including:

 

    sales of assets;

 

    sales of equity;

 

    reduction or delay of capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances; or

 

    negotiations with lenders to restructure the applicable debt.

These alternative measures may not be successful and may not enable Entercom to meet CBS Radio’s scheduled debt service obligations. Entercom’s ability to restructure or refinance CBS Radio’s debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of CBS Radio’s debt could be at higher interest rates and may require Entercom and/or CBS Radio to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict Entercom’s and its subsidiaries’ business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict Entercom and/or CBS Radio from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of sufficient cash flow from operating results and other resources, Entercom could face substantial liquidity problems and could be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet CBS Radio’s debt service and other obligations. Entercom may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value, or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that Entercom could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet CBS Radio’s debt service obligations then due. Entercom’s inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy CBS Radio’s debt obligations, or to refinance such indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could adversely impact Entercom’s and its subsidiaries’ business, financial condition or results of operations following completion of the Merger. Any failure of CBS Radio to meet its scheduled debt service obligations could adversely impact Entercom’s business, financial condition and results of operations following completion of the Merger.

Any decline in the ratings of Entercom’s long-term debt could adversely affect its ability to access capital.

Any decline in the ratings of Entercom’s corporate credit or any indications from the rating agencies that their ratings on Entercom’s corporate credit are under surveillance or review with possible negative implications could adversely impact the ability of Entercom and its subsidiaries, including CBS Radio, to access capital which could adversely impact Entercom’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

59


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This document contains and incorporates by reference certain statements relating to future events and each of CBS’s, CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s intentions, beliefs, expectations, and predictions for the future. Any such statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Words or phrases such as “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “may,” “will,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “target,” “forecast,” “would” or “could” (including the negative variations thereof) or similar terminology used in connection with any discussion of future plans, actions or events, including with respect to the Transactions, generally identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding expected benefits of the Transactions, integration plans and expected synergies therefrom, the expected timing of consummation of the Transactions, and each of CBS’s, CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s anticipated future financial and operating performance and results, including its estimates for growth. These statements are based on the current expectations of management of each of CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom. There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause each company’s actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements included in this document. These risks and uncertainties include risks relating to:

 

    impact of stock sales on the market price of Entercom Class A Common Stock;

 

    reliability of historical and pro forma financial information that is included in this document as representative of the results CBS Radio would have achieved as a stand-alone public company and as an indicator of CBS Radio’s future results;

 

    inability of Entercom to provide the same types and level of services, digital services and resources to CBS Radio that historically have been provided by CBS, or inability to provide them at the same cost;

 

    inability of Entercom to negotiate terms that are as favorable as those CBS and CBS Radio have received when Entercom replaces contracts after the closing of the Transactions;

 

    potential termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, and thus failure to consummate the exchange offer;

 

    failure of the Internal Distributions or the Final Distribution to qualify as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Code or failure of the Merger to qualify as a tax-free “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code;

 

    subject to the terms and conditions of the Tax Matters Agreement, restrictions on CBS Radio and Entercom following the Transactions in order to avoid significant tax-related liabilities;

 

    possibility of a reduced premium or no premium for tendering holders of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer;

 

    reliability of the trading prices of Entercom Class A Common Stock as a proxy for the value of Radio Common Stock;

 

    potential delay for the former holders of shares of Radio Common Stock prior to receiving their shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock or their cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any, following the exchange of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the Merger;

 

    differences between the ownership rights for Entercom Class A Common stock and CBS Class B Common Stock;

 

    concentration of the ownership of Entercom capital stock with its founders and their affiliates;

 

    incurrence of costs related to the Transactions;

 

    increases in or new royalties to which CBS Radio or Entercom are subject;

 

60


Table of Contents
    the failure to protect CBS Radio’s intellectual property;

 

    the impact of asset impairment charges for FCC licenses and goodwill;

 

    impact of substantial existing and future indebtedness;

 

    restrictions on CBS Radio’s operations, including its ability to incur additional debt, pursuant to the Radio Credit Agreement and the Radio Notes Indenture;

 

    Entercom’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur substantial additional amounts of indebtedness after the Merger;

 

    impact of variable-rate indebtedness;

 

    requirements for a significant amount of cash to service existing indebtedness and other cash needs; and

 

    any decline in Entercom’s long-term debt rating.

In light of these risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors, the forward-looking statements discussed in this document may not occur. Other unknown or unpredictable factors could also have a material adverse effect on each of CBS’s, CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s actual future results, performance, or achievements. For a further discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties, see the section of this document entitled “Risk Factors.” As a result of the foregoing, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document. None of Entercom, CBS or CBS Radio undertakes, and each expressly disclaims, any duty to update any forward-looking statement whether as a result of new information, future events, or changes in its respective expectations, except as required by law.

 

61


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Terms of the Exchange Offer

General

CBS is offering to exchange all shares of Radio Common Stock that are owned by CBS for shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, at an exchange ratio to be calculated in the manner described below, on the terms and conditions and subject to the limitations described below and in the letter of transmittal (including the instructions thereto) filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this document forms a part, by 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on [            ], 2017, unless the exchange offer is extended or terminated. The last day on which tenders will be accepted, whether on [            ], 2017 or any later date to which the exchange offer is extended, is referred to in this document as the “expiration date.” You may tender all, some or none of your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock.

CBS Radio will issue 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock in the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, which provide for, among other things, the Transactions. CBS will then offer the 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer, and the largest possible number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that will be accepted would equal 101,407,494 divided by the final exchange ratio, subject to the upper limit. See “—Upper Limit.”

CBS’s obligation to complete the exchange offer is subject to important conditions that are described in the section entitled “—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer.”

For each share of CBS Class B Common Stock that you validly tender in the exchange offer and do not properly withdraw and that are accepted, you will receive a number of shares of Radio Common Stock at a [            ] discount to the per-share value of Entercom Class A Common Stock, calculated as set forth below, subject to an upper limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock per share of CBS Class B Common Stock. Stated another way, subject to the upper limit described below, for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $[            ] of Radio Common Stock.

The final calculated per-share values will be equal to:

(i) with respect to CBS Class B Common Stock, the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock on the NYSE for each of the Valuation Dates, calculated by CBS based on data provided by Bloomberg L.P. for the equity ticker CBS; and

(ii) with respect to Radio Common Stock, the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE for each of the Valuation Dates, calculated by CBS based on data provided by Bloomberg L.P. for the equity ticker ETM.

The daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock calculated by CBS based on data provided by Bloomberg L.P. may be different from other sources of volume-weighted average prices or investors’ or security holders’ own calculations of volume–weighted average prices. CBS will determine such calculations of the per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock, and such determinations will be final.

If the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered is in effect at the expiration of the exchange offer period, then the exchange ratio will be fixed at the limit. CBS will announce whether the upper limit is in effect when CBS announces the final exchange ratio.

 

62


Table of Contents

Upper Limit

The number of shares you can receive is subject to an upper limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer. If the upper limit is in effect, a stockholder will receive less than $[            ] of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock that the stockholder validly tenders, that is not properly withdrawn and that is accepted in the exchange offer, and the stockholder could receive much less. CBS set this limit to ensure that an unusual or unexpected drop in the trading price of Entercom Class A Common Stock, relative to the trading price of CBS Class B Common Stock, would not result in an unduly high number of shares of Radio Common Stock being exchanged for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer.

Pricing Mechanism

The terms of the exchange offer are designed to result in your receiving $[            ] of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered, not properly withdrawn and accepted in the exchange offer, based on the calculated per–share values described above. The exchange offer does not provide for a minimum exchange ratio because a minimum exchange ratio could result in the shares of Radio Common Stock exchanged for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock being valued higher than approximately $[            ]. Regardless of the final exchange ratio, the terms of the exchange offer would always result in your receiving approximately $[            ] of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock, so long as the upper limit is not in effect. See the table on page [            ] for purposes of illustration.

Subject to the upper limit described above, for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $[            ] of Radio Common Stock. The following formula will be used to calculate the number of shares of Radio Common Stock you will receive for shares of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer:

 

Number of shares of Radio Common Stock   =    Number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered and accepted, multiplied by the lesser of:   (a) [            ] and   (b) 100% of the calculated per–share value of CBS Class B Common divided by [            ]% of the calculated per–share value of Radio Common Stock (calculated as described below)

The calculated per-share value of a share of CBS Class B Common Stock for purposes of the exchange offer will equal the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock on the NYSE on each of the Valuation Dates. The calculated per-share value of a share of Radio Common Stock for purposes of the exchange offer will equal the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE on each of the Valuation Dates.

If the upper limit is in effect, the exchange ratio will be fixed and the calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock based on the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock will no longer affect the exchange ratio. To help illustrate the way this calculation works, below are two examples:

Example 1: Assuming that the average of the daily VWAP on the Valuation Dates is $[            ] per share of CBS Class B Common Stock and $[            ] per share of Entercom Class A Common Stock, you would receive [            ]shares ($[            ] divided by [            ]% of $[            ]) of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer. In this example, the upper limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock would not apply.

 

63


Table of Contents

Example 2: Assuming that the average of the daily VWAP on the Valuation Dates is $[            ] per share of CBS Class B Common Stock and $[            ] per share of Entercom Class A Common Stock, the upper limit would apply and you would only receive [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer because the upper limit is less than [            ] ($[            ] divided by [            ]% of $[            ]) of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock.

Indicative Per-Share Values

You will be able to review indicative exchange ratios on each day prior to the Valuation Dates and calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock and the final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares of Radio Common Stock to be exchanged per share of CBS Class B Common Stock. A website will be maintained at www.[            ].com that provides indicative exchange ratios for the days prior to the Valuation Dates and calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock.

From the commencement of the exchange offer until the first Valuation Date, the website will show the indicative calculated per-share values, calculated as though that day were the expiration date of the exchange offer, of (i) CBS Class B Common Stock, which will equal the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock, as calculated by CBS, on each of the three prior trading days and (ii) Radio Common Stock, which will equal the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of Entercom Class A Common Stock, as calculated by CBS, on each of the three prior trading days.

On the first two Valuation Dates, when the values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock are calculated for the purposes of the exchange offer, the website will show the indicative calculated per-share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock, as calculated by CBS, which will equal, with respect to each stock, (i) on the first Valuation Date, the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock for that day; and (ii) on the second Valuation Date, the simple arithmetic mean of the daily VWAPs of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock for the first and second Valuation Dates. The website will not provide an indicative exchange ratio on the third Valuation Date. The final exchange ratio will be announced by press release and be available on the website by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [            ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [            ], 2017). CBS will determine the simple arithmetic average of the VWAPs based on data provided by Bloomberg L.P., and such determinations will be final.

Final Exchange Ratio

The final exchange ratio that shows the number of shares of Radio Common Stock that you will receive for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted in the exchange offer will be announced by press release and be available on the website www.[            ].com by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [            ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [            ], 2017), unless the exchange offer is extended or terminated.

You may also contact the information agent to obtain these indicative exchange ratios and the final exchange ratio at its toll–free number provided on the back cover of this document.

Each of the daily VWAPs, calculated per-share values and the final exchange ratio will be rounded to four decimal places.

If a market disruption event occurs with respect to CBS Class B Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock on any of the Valuation Dates, the calculated per–share value of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock will be determined using the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and

 

64


Table of Contents

Entercom Class A Common Stock on the preceding trading day or days, as the case may be, on which no market disruption event occurred with respect to both CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock. See “—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer.”

A market disruption event with respect to either CBS Class B Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock means a suspension, absence or material limitation of trading of CBS Class B Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE for more than two hours of trading or a breakdown or failure in the price and trade reporting systems of the NYSE as a result of which the reported trading prices for CBS Class B Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE during any half-hour trading period during the principal trading session in the NYSE are materially inaccurate, as determined by CBS or the exchange offer agent in its sole discretion, on the day with respect to which such determination is being made. For purposes of such determination, a limitation on the hours or number of days of trading will not constitute a market disruption event if it results from an announced change in the regular business hours of the NYSE.

Since the exchange offer is scheduled to expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the last day of the exchange offer period, and the final exchange ratio will be announced by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [            ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [            ], 2017), unless the exchange offer is extended or terminated, you will be able to tender or withdraw your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock after the final exchange ratio is determined. For more information on validly tendering and properly withdrawing your shares, see “—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and “—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights.”

For the purposes of illustration, the table below indicates the number of shares of Radio Common Stock that you would receive per share of CBS Class B Common Stock, calculated on the basis described above and taking into account the limit described above, assuming a range of averages of the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on the Valuation Dates. The first row of the table below shows the indicative calculated per–share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock and the indicative exchange ratio that would have been in effect following the official close of trading on the NYSE on [            ], 2017, based on the daily VWAPs of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on [            ], 2017, [            ], 2017 and [            ], 2017. The table also shows the effects of a [            ]% increase or decrease in either or both the calculated per–share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock based on changes relative to the values of [            ], 2017.

 

CBS Class B Common
Stock

 

Entercom Common Stock

   Calculated 
per-share value of
CBS Class B
Common Stock
     Calculated
per-share value of
Radio Common
Stock
     Shares of Radio
Common Stock
per CBS Class B
Common Stock
tendered
     Calculated
Value Ratio  (a)
 

As of [            ], 2017

  As of [            ], 2017            

(1) Down 10%

  Up 10%            

(2) Down 10%

  Unchanged            

(3) Down 10%

  Down 10%            

(4) Unchanged

  Up 10%            

(5) Unchanged

  Down 10%            

(6) Up 10%

  Up 10%            

(7) Up 10%

  Unchanged            

(8) Up 10%

  Down 10%  (b)            

 

(a) The Calculated Value Ratio equals (i) the calculated per-share value of Radio Common Stock multiplied by the exchange ratio, divided by (ii) the calculated per-share value of CBS Class B Common Stock.

 

(b)

In this scenario, the upper limit is in effect. Absent the upper limit, the exchange ratio would have been [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock per share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered. In this scenario, CBS would announce that the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each

 

65


Table of Contents
  share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered is in effect when CBS announces the final exchange ratio at 8:00 a.m, New York City time, on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

During the three-month period of [            ], 2017 through [            ], 2017, the highest closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the NYSE was $[            ] and the lowest closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE was $[            ]. If the calculated per–share values of CBS Class B Common Stock and Radio Common Stock equaled these closing prices, you would have received only the upper limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered, and the value of such shares of Radio Common Stock, based on the Entercom Class A Common Stock price, would have been approximately $[            ] of Radio Common Stock for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted for exchange.

If the trading price of CBS Class B Common Stock were to increase during the last two trading days prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, the average CBS Class B Common Stock price used to calculate the exchange ratio would likely be lower than the closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer. As a result, you may receive fewer shares of Radio Common Stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock than you would have if that per–share value were calculated on the basis of the closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer. Similarly, if the trading price of Entercom Class A Common Stock were to decrease during the last two trading days prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, the average Radio Common Stock used to calculate the exchange ratio would likely be higher than the closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer, or on the basis of an averaging period that included the last two days of the exchange offer period. This could also result in your receiving fewer shares of Radio Common Stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, for each $1.00 of CBS Class B Common Stock than you would otherwise receive if that per–share value were calculated on the basis of the closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the expiration date of the exchange offer, or on the basis of an averaging period that included the last two days of the exchange offer period.

The number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that may be accepted in the exchange offer may be subject to proration. Depending on the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered, and not properly withdrawn in the exchange offer, and the final exchange ratio, determined as described above, CBS may have to limit the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that it accepts in the exchange offer through a proration process. Any proration of the number of shares accepted in the exchange offer will be determined on the basis of the proration mechanics described below under “—Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock.”

This document and related documents are being sent to persons who directly held shares of CBS Class B Common Stock on [            ], 2017 and brokers, banks and similar persons whose names or the names of whose nominees appear on CBS’s stockholder list or, if applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency’s security position listing for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of CBS Class B Common Stock.

Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock

If, upon the expiration of the exchange offer, holders of CBS Class B Common Stock have validly tendered and not properly withdrawn more shares of CBS Class B Common Stock than CBS is able to accept for exchange (taking into account the final exchange ratio, the upper limit and the total number of shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS), CBS will accept for exchange the CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by each tendering stockholder on a pro rata basis, based on the proportion that the total number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock to be accepted bears to the total number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn (rounded to the nearest whole number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock), and subject to any adjustment necessary to ensure the exchange of all shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS, except for tenders of odd–lots, as described below.

 

66


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise provided in this section, beneficial holders (other than plan participants in the CBS Savings Plans) of odd-lots who validly tender all of their shares will not be subject to proration if the exchange offer is oversubscribed and if CBS completes the exchange offer (those who own less than 100 shares but do not tender all of their shares will be subject to proration). In addition, shares held on behalf of participants in the CBS Savings Plans (each of which plans holds more than 100 shares of CBS Class B Common Stock) will be subject to proration.

Any beneficial holder of less than 100 shares of CBS Class B Common Stock who wishes to tender all of the shares must complete the box entitled “Odd–Lot Shares” on the letter of transmittal. If your odd-lot shares are held by a broker for your account, you can contact your broker and request the preferential treatment.

CBS will announce the preliminary proration factor, if applicable, by press release promptly after the expiration date. Upon determining the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered for exchange, CBS will announce the final results, including the final proration factor.

Any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer as a result of proration or otherwise will be returned to the tendering stockholder promptly after the final proration factor is determined. For a discussion of the “when distributed” market expected to be created by the NYSE, see “—When Distributed and When Issued Markets.”

For purposes of the exchange offer, a “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday and consists of the time period from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight, New York City time.

Fractional Shares

Immediately following the consummation of the exchange offer, Merger Sub will be merged with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. Each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. In this conversion of shares of Radio Common Stock into the right to receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, no fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will be delivered to holders of Radio Common Stock in the Merger.

All fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that a holder of shares of Radio Common Stock would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the Merger will be aggregated by Entercom’s transfer agent. The transfer agent will cause the whole shares obtained thereby to be sold on behalf of such holders of shares of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger, in the open market or otherwise as reasonably directed by CBS, and in no case later than 10 business days after the Merger. The transfer agent will make available the net proceeds thereof, after deducting any required withholding taxes and brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes, on a pro rata basis, without interest, as soon as practicable to the holders of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger.

Exchange of Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer (including, if the exchange offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of the extension or amendment), CBS will accept for exchange, and will exchange, for shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS, the CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered, and not properly withdrawn, prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, promptly after the expiration date.

The exchange of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange offer agent of (a)(i) certificates representing all

 

67


Table of Contents

physically tendered shares of CBS Class B Common Stock or (ii) in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, confirmation of a book-entry transfer of those shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, in each case pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section entitled “—Procedures for Tendering,” (b) the letter of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, or, in the case of a book–entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, an agent’s message and (c) any other required documents.

For purposes of the exchange offer, CBS will be deemed to have accepted for exchange, and thereby exchanged, CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn if and when CBS notifies the exchange offer agent of its acceptance of the tenders of those shares of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the exchange offer.

Upon the consummation of the exchange offer, CBS will deliver to the exchange offer agent a global certificate representing all of the Radio Common Stock being distributed in the exchange offer, with instructions to hold the shares of Radio Common Stock in trust for the holders of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not withdrawn as of the record date for a pro rata distribution and, to the extent necessary, dividend (as described below under “—Distribution of Any Shares of Radio Common Stock Remaining After the Exchange Offer”), if any. Entercom will deposit with the transfer agent for the benefit of persons who received shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer certificates or book-entry authorizations representing shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in trust for the holders of Radio Common Stock.

Upon surrender of the documents required by the transfer agent, duly executed, each former holder of Radio Common Stock will receive from the transfer agent in exchange therefor shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and/or cash in lieu of fractional shares, as the case may be. You will not receive any interest on any cash paid to you, even if there is a delay in making the payment.

If CBS does not accept for exchange any tendered CBS Class B Common Stock for any reason pursuant to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, the exchange offer agent will, (a) in the case of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock held in certificated form, return certificates representing such shares without expense to the tendering stockholder, or, (b) in the case of shares tendered by book-entry transfer pursuant to the procedures set forth below in the section entitled “—Procedures for Tendering,” credit such shares to an account maintained within The Depository Trust Company, in each case promptly following expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

CBS Class A Common Stock

CBS is only offering to exchange shares of Radio Common Stock for outstanding shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that are validly tendered and not properly withdrawn. However, if you hold CBS Class A Common Stock, you can participate in the exchange offer, but only by either:

 

    converting your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into an equal number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in advance of the expiration date of the exchange offer and tendering such shares of CBS Class B Common Stock received upon conversion in advance of the expiration date; or

 

   

conditionally converting your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into an equal number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the procedures set forth herein by executing and delivering to the exchange offer agent for the exchange offer: (i) a conditional notice of conversion for all such shares of CBS Class A Common Stock submitted to be exchanged, accompanied by payment of documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any; and (ii) a letter of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock, properly completed and duly executed (including any signature guarantees that may be required) or, in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository

 

68


Table of Contents
 

Trust Company, an agent’s message, in each case with respect to which the shares of CBS Class A Common Stock that have been submitted for exchange, noting that shares of CBS Class A Common Stock will be converted to the extent the CBS Class B Common Stock is accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. To the extent shares of CBS Class A Common Stock are not converted, the exchange offer agent will promptly return your payment of documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any.

If you elect to convert shares of CBS Class A Common Stock on a non-conditional basis, you may not withdraw such election of conversion and your conversion will be effective immediately upon receipt by the exchange offer agent. You may withdraw your tender in the exchange offer of the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock issued upon conversion by following the procedures set forth herein. If you elected to conditionally convert your shares of CBS Class A Common Stock into shares of CBS Class B Common Stock to the extent the CBS Class B Common Stock is accepted for exchange in the exchange offer, you may withdraw your conditional notice of conversion by withdrawing your tender of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer, by following the procedures set forth herein.

Participants in the CBS 401(k) Plan that have assets in the CBS Class A Company Stock Fund and would like to participate in the exchange offer should follow the special instructions that are being sent to them by the plan administrator.

National Amusements, the controlling stockholder of CBS, has represented that it will not participate in the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering

Shares Held in Certificated Form/Book-Entry DRS

If you hold certificates representing shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, or if your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are held in book-entry via DRS, you must deliver to the exchange offer agent at the address listed on the letter of transmittal a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, along with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, and the certificates representing the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered.

Shares Held Through a Broker, Dealer, Commercial Bank, Trust Company or Similar Institution

If you hold shares of CBS Class B Common Stock through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution and wish to tender your shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer, you should follow the instructions sent to you separately by that institution. In this case, you should not use a letter of transmittal to direct the tender of your CBS Class B Common Stock. If that institution holds shares of CBS Class B Common Stock through The Depository Trust Company, it must notify The Depository Trust Company and cause it to transfer the shares into the exchange offer agent’s account in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s procedures. The institution must also ensure that the exchange offer agent receives an agent’s message from The Depository Trust Company confirming the book–entry transfer of your CBS Class B Common Stock. A tender by book–entry transfer will be completed upon receipt by the exchange offer agent of an agent’s message, book–entry confirmation from The Depository Trust Company and any other required documents.

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by The Depository Trust Company to, and received by, the exchange offer agent and forming a part of a book–entry confirmation, which states that The Depository Trust Company has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in The Depository Trust Company tendering the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock which are the subject of the book–entry confirmation, that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal (including the instructions thereto) and that CBS may enforce that agreement against the participant.

 

69


Table of Contents

The exchange offer agent will establish an account with respect to the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock at The Depository Trust Company for purposes of the exchange offer, and any eligible institution that is a participant in

The Depository Trust Company may make book–entry delivery of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock by causing The Depository Trust Company to transfer such shares into the exchange offer agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s procedure for the transfer. Delivery of documents to The Depository Trust Company does not constitute delivery to the exchange offer agent.

Shares Held in the CBS 401(k) Plan and the CBS Radio 401(k) Plan

Participants in the CBS Savings Plans should follow the special instructions that are being sent to them by the plan administrator. Such participants should not use the letter of transmittal to direct the tender of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock held in these plans. As described in the special instructions, such participants may direct the applicable plan trustee to tender all, some or none of the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock allocable to their CBS Savings Plan accounts, subject to certain limitations set forth in any instructions provided by the plan administrator. To allow sufficient time for the tender of shares by the trustee of the applicable CBS Savings Plan, tendering holders must provide the tabulator for the trustee of the applicable CBS Savings Plan with the requisite instructions so that such instructions can be received by or processed before, as applicable, [            ] p.m., New York City time, on [            ], 2017, unless the exchange offer is extended. If the exchange offer is extended, and if administratively feasible, the deadline for receipt of participants’ directions may also be extended.

General Instructions

Do not send letters of transmittal and certificates representing CBS Class B Common Stock to CBS, Entercom, CBS Radio or the information agent. Letters of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock and certificates representing CBS Class B Common Stock should be sent to the exchange offer agent at an address listed on the letter of transmittal. Trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys–in–fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity who sign a letter of transmittal or any certificates or stock powers must indicate the capacity in which they are signing and must submit evidence of their power to act in that capacity unless waived by CBS.

Whether you tender your CBS Class B Common Stock by delivery of certificates or through your broker, the exchange offer agent must receive the letter of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock and the certificates representing your CBS Class B Common Stock at the address set forth on the back cover of this document prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Alternatively, in case of a book–entry transfer of CBS Class B Common Stock through The Depository Trust Company, the exchange offer agent must receive the agent’s message and a book–entry confirmation.

Letters of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock and certificates representing CBS Class B Common Stock must be received by the exchange offer agent. Please read carefully the instructions to the letter of transmittal you have been sent. You should contact the information agent if you have any questions regarding tendering your CBS Class B Common Stock.

Signature Guarantees

Signatures on all letters of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock must be guaranteed by a firm which is a member of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, or by any other “eligible guarantor institution,” as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad–15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) (each of the foregoing being a “U.S. eligible institution”), except in cases in which shares

 

70


Table of Contents

of CBS Class B Common Stock are tendered either (1) by a registered stockholder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” on the letter of transmittal or (2) for the account of a U.S. eligible institution.

If the certificates representing shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are registered in the name of a person other than the person who signs the letter of transmittal, the certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner or owners appear on the certificates, with the signature(s) on the certificates or stock powers guaranteed by an eligible institution.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender shares of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the exchange offer but (i) your certificates are not immediately available, (ii) you cannot deliver the shares or other required documents to the exchange offer agent on or before the expiration date of the exchange offer or (iii) you cannot comply with the procedures for book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company on a timely basis, you may still tender your CBS Class B Common Stock, so long as all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

    you must make your tender by or through a U.S. eligible institution;

 

    on or before the expiration date, the exchange offer agent must receive a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form made available by CBS, in the manner provided below; and

 

    within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of such notice of guaranteed delivery, the exchange offer agent must receive (i) (A) certificates representing all physically tendered shares of CBS Class B Common Stock and (B) in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, confirmation of a book-entry transfer of those shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company; (ii) a letter of transmittal for shares of CBS Class B Common Stock properly completed and duly executed (including any signature guarantees that may be required) or, in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, an agent’s message; and (iii) any other required documents.

Registered stockholders (including any participant in The Depository Trust Company whose name appears on a security position listing of The Depository Trust Company as the owner of CBS Class B Common Stock) may transmit the notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile transmission or mail it to the exchange offer agent. If you hold CBS Class B Common Stock through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution, that institution must submit any notice of guaranteed delivery on your behalf.

Effect of Tenders

A tender of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to any of the procedures described above will constitute your acceptance of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as well as your representation and warranty to CBS that (1) you have the full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the tendered shares (and any and all other shares of CBS Class B Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable in respect of such shares), (2) when the same are accepted for exchange, CBS will acquire good and unencumbered title to such shares, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims and (3) you own the shares being tendered within the meaning of Rule 14e–4 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

It is a violation of Rule 14e–4 under the Exchange Act for a person, directly or indirectly, to tender CBS Class B Common Stock for such person’s own account unless, at the time of tender, the person so tendering (1) has a net long position equal to or greater than the amount of (a) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered or (b) other securities immediately convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the shares of

 

71


Table of Contents

CBS Class B Common Stock tendered and such person will acquire such shares for tender by conversion, exchange or exercise and (2) will cause such shares to be delivered in accordance with the terms of this document. Rule 14e–4 provides a similar restriction applicable to the tender of guarantee of a tender on behalf of another person.

The exchange of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange offer agent of (a)(i) certificates representing all physically tendered shares of CBS Class B Common Stock or (ii) in the case of shares delivered by book–entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, confirmation of a book–entry transfer of those shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, (b) the letter of transmittal for CBS Class B Common Stock, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, or, in the case of a book–entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, an agent’s message and (c) any other required documents.

Appointment of Attorneys–in–Fact and Proxies

By executing a letter of transmittal as set forth above, you irrevocably appoint CBS’s designees as your attorneys–in–fact and proxies, each with full power of substitution, to the full extent of your rights with respect to your CBS Class B Common Stock tendered and accepted for exchange by CBS and with respect to any and all other CBS Class B Common Stock and other securities issued or issuable in respect of the CBS Class B Common Stock on or after the expiration of the exchange offer. That appointment is effective when and only to the extent that CBS deposits the shares of Radio Common Stock for the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that you have tendered with the exchange offer agent. All such proxies will be considered coupled with an interest in the tendered shares of CBS Class B Common Stock and therefore will not be revocable. Upon the effectiveness of such appointment, all prior proxies that you have given will be revoked and you may not give any subsequent proxies (and, if given, they will not be deemed effective). CBS’s designees will, with respect to the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for which the appointment is effective, be empowered, among other things, to exercise all of your voting and other rights as they, in their sole discretion, deem proper. CBS reserves the right to require that, in order for CBS Class B Common Stock to be deemed validly tendered, immediately upon CBS’s acceptance for exchange of those shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, CBS must be able to exercise full voting rights with respect to such shares.

Determination of Validity

CBS will determine questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of CBS Class B Common Stock, in CBS’s sole discretion, and its determination will be final and binding. CBS reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of CBS Class B Common Stock that it determines are not in proper form or the acceptance of or exchange for which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be unlawful. CBS also reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the exchange offer, or any defect or irregularity in the tender of any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock. No tender of CBS Class B Common Stock is valid until all defects and irregularities in tenders of CBS Class B Common Stock have been cured or waived. Neither CBS nor the exchange offer agent, the information agent or any other person is under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the tender of any CBS Class B Common Stock or will incur any liability for failure to give any such notification. CBS’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the letter of transmittal and instructions thereto) will be final and binding.

Binding Agreement

The tender of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to any of the procedures described above will constitute a binding agreement between CBS and you upon the terms of and subject to the conditions to the exchange offer.

 

72


Table of Contents

The method of delivery of share certificates of CBS Class B Common Stock and all other required documents, including delivery through The Depository Trust Company, is at your option and risk, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the exchange offer agent. If delivery is by mail, it is recommended that you use registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery.

Partial Tenders

If you tender fewer than all the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock evidenced by any share certificate you deliver to the exchange offer agent, then you will need to fill in the number of shares that you are tendering in the box entitled “Total Shares of Common Stock Tendered” under the heading “Description of Tendered Shares” in the table on the second page of the letter of transmittal. In those cases, as soon as practicable after the expiration date, the exchange offer agent will credit the remainder of the shares of common stock that were evidenced by the certificate(s) but not tendered to a DRS account in the name of the registered holder maintained by CBS’s transfer agent, unless otherwise provided in “Special Delivery Instructions” in the letter of transmittal. Unless you indicate otherwise in your letter of transmittal, all of the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock represented by share certificates you deliver to the exchange offer agent will be deemed to have been validly tendered. No share certificates are expected to be delivered to you, including in respect of any shares delivered to the exchange offer agent that were previously in certificated form, except for share certificates representing shares not accepted in the exchange offer.

Withdrawal Rights

Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time before 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date and, unless CBS has previously accepted such shares pursuant to the exchange offer, may also be withdrawn at any time after [            ] business days from the commencement of the exchange offer. Once CBS accepts CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the exchange offer, your tender is irrevocable.

For a withdrawal of CBS Class B Common Stock to be effective, the exchange offer agent must receive from you a written notice of withdrawal at one of its addresses set forth on the back cover of this document, and your notice must include your name and the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock to be withdrawn, as well as the name of the registered holder, if it is different from that of the person who tendered those shares.

If certificates have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange offer agent, the name of the registered holder and the serial numbers of the particular certificates evidencing the CBS Class B Common Stock must also be furnished to the exchange offer agent, as stated above, prior to the physical release of the certificates. If shares of CBS Class B Common Stock have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry tender discussed in the section entitled “—Procedures for Tendering,” any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at The Depository Trust Company to be credited with the withdrawn shares and must otherwise comply with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company.

CBS will decide all questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any notice of withdrawal, in its sole discretion, and its decision will be final and binding. Neither CBS nor the exchange offer agent, the information agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or will incur any liability for failure to give any notification.

Any CBS Class B Common Stock properly withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. However, you may re–tender withdrawn CBS Class B Common Stock by following one of the procedures discussed in the section entitled “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer (or pursuant to the instructions sent to you separately).

 

73


Table of Contents

If you hold your shares through the CBS Savings Plans, you may withdraw or change your previously submitted instructions to the trustee by issuing a new instruction to the trustee which will cancel any prior instruction. Any new instructions must be received by the tabulator for the trustee of the applicable CBS Savings Plan on your behalf before [            ]:00 p.m., New York City time, on [            ], 2017. If the exchange offer is extended, and if administratively feasible, the deadline for receipt of instructions to withdraw or change your previously submitted instructions may also be extended.

Except for the withdrawal rights described above, any tender made under the exchange offer is irrevocable.

Book–Entry Accounts

Certificates representing shares of Radio Common Stock will not be issued to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock pursuant to the exchange offer. Rather than issuing certificates representing such shares of Radio Common Stock to tendering holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, the exchange offer agent will cause shares of Radio Common Stock to be credited to records maintained by the exchange offer agent for the benefit of the respective holders. Immediately following the consummation of the exchange offer, Merger Sub will in the Merger be merged with and into CBS Radio in the Merger and each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares. In connection with the exchange offer, you will receive a letter of transmittal and instructions for use in effecting surrender of any certificates in exchange for Entercom Class A Common Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares. As promptly as practicable following the Merger and CBS’s notice and determination of the final proration factor, if any, Entercom’s transfer agent will credit the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Radio Common Stock have been converted to book-entry accounts maintained for the benefit of the holders of CBS Class B Common Stock who received shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer or as a pro rata distribution, if any, and will send these holders a statement evidencing their holdings of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock.

When Distributed and When Issued Markets

CBS will announce the preliminary proration factor, if applicable, by press release promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer. At the expiration of the guaranteed delivery period (three NYSE trading days following the expiration of the exchange offer), CBS will confirm the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, if applicable, with the exchange offer agent. Promptly after the final results are confirmed, CBS will issue a press release announcing the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, if applicable.

In the event proration is necessary, CBS expects that the NYSE will create a “when distributed” market for the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer if the NYSE determines that the creation of such a market would be useful to allow investors to facilitate transactions in those shares. CBS expects that the “when distributed” market would be created promptly following CBS’s announcement of the preliminary proration factor. In the “when distributed” market, CBS expects that holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares are not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be able to sell their rights to receive shares of CBS Class B Common Stock when those shares are returned by CBS as described above. CBS expects that such selling stockholders will, however, retain voting and dividend rights with respect to shares sold in the “when distributed” market accruing to stockholders of record as of any record date occurring prior to the date those shares are returned. Purchasers of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the “when distributed” market are expected to acquire the right to receive the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock when those shares are returned by CBS as described above but will not acquire voting or dividend rights with respect to those shares until those shares are received by the record holder and credited to the account of the purchaser. CBS expects that after the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer are returned, “when distributed” trading with respect to shares of CBS Class B Common Stock will end.

 

74


Table of Contents

In addition, Entercom expects that the NYSE will create a “when issued” market for the new shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer promptly following CBS announcement of the preliminary proration factor, if applicable. Entercom expects that in the “when issued” market, holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be able to sell their rights to receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock when those shares are issued and delivered by Entercom’s transfer agent. Purchasers of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the “when issued” market are expected to acquire the right to receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock when those shares are issued and delivered by Entercom’s transfer agent. These rights are not actual shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and do not entitle holders to voting or dividend rights with respect to shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. After the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock are issued and delivered, Entercom expects that “when issued” trading with respect to shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will end.

Any trades made in the “when distributed” and “when issued” markets will be made contingent on the actual return of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock or issuance and delivery of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, as the case may be. The creation of a “when distributed” or “when issued” market is outside the control of CBS and Entercom. The NYSE is not required to create a “when distributed” or “when issued” market, and there can be no assurances that either such market will develop or if they develop the prices at which shares will trade.

Extension; Termination; Amendment

Extension, Termination or Amendment by CBS

Subject to the terms of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement, CBS expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open and thereby delay acceptance for payment of, and the payment for, any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn in the exchange offer. For example, the exchange offer can be extended if any of the conditions for consummation of the exchange offer described in the next section entitled “—Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer” are not satisfied or waived prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

Subject to the terms of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement, CBS expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect prior to the expiration date, except that CBS does not intend to extend the exchange offer other than in the circumstances described above.

CBS’s right to extend the exchange offer is subject to the terms and conditions of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement. The Separation Agreement provides that the terms and conditions of the exchange offer must comply with all applicable legal requirements and with the rules and regulations of the NYSE. “The Separation Agreement—The Final Distribution.” The Separation Agreement also provides that CBS is limited in its discretion to set the terms and conditions of the exchange offer by its obligations under the Merger Agreement’s provisions with respect to tax matters, its obligations to make certain filings with the SEC and the obligations of CBS to take certain actions to obtain approval of government authorities for the Merger. “Merger Agreement—Tax Matters,” “Merger Agreement—SEC Filings” and “Merger Agreement—Certain Other Covenants and Agreements.”

CBS’s right to extend the exchange offer is also limited by the termination date of the Merger Agreement, which is set at November 2, 2017 but may be extended to May 2, 2018 in certain circumstances by CBS or Entercom if the Merger is not consummated by that date. The exchange offer must be consummated before the termination date, as it may be extended, of the Merger Agreement. Each party has the right to extend the Merger Agreement’s termination date if the approval of the FCC has not been obtained or if the expiration or termination

 

75


Table of Contents

of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act has not occurred, in each case only if the failure to consummate the Merger is not due to a party’s failure to perform its obligations under the Merger Agreement. However, if as of November 3, 2017, the conditions to the closing of the Merger concerning the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act, the approval of the FCC, the approval of Entercom’s shareholders and the absence of any law or order restraining, enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the transaction have all been satisfied, CBS may not terminate the Merger Agreement due to the passing of the termination date of the Merger. See “Merger Agreement—Termination.”

If CBS materially changes the terms of or information concerning the exchange offer or if CBS waives a material condition of the exchange offer, it will extend the exchange offer if required by law. The SEC has stated that, as a general rule, it believes that an offer should remain open for a minimum of five business days from the date that notice of the material change is first given or in the event there is a waiver of a material condition to the exchange offer. The length of time will depend on the particular facts and circumstances.

As required by law, the exchange offer will be extended so that it remains open for a minimum of ten business days following the announcement if:

 

    CBS changes the method for calculating the number of shares of Radio Common Stock offered in exchange for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock; and

 

    the exchange offer is scheduled to expire within ten business days of announcing any such change.

If CBS extends the exchange offer, is delayed in accepting for exchange any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock or is unable to accept for exchange any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock under the exchange offer for any reason, then, without affecting CBS’s rights under the exchange offer, the exchange offer agent may retain all shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered on CBS’s behalf. These shares of CBS Class B Common Stock may not be withdrawn except as provided in the section entitled “—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights.”

CBS’s reservation of the right to delay acceptance of any shares of CBS Class B Common Stock is subject to applicable law, which requires that CBS pay the consideration offered or return the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock deposited promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the exchange offer.

CBS will issue a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City Time, on the next business day following any extension, amendment, non–acceptance or termination of the previously scheduled expiration date.

Method of Public Announcement

Subject to applicable law (including Rules 13e–4(d), 13e–4(e)(3) and 14e–1 under the Exchange Act, which require that any material change in the information published, sent or given to stockholders in connection with the exchange offer be promptly disclosed to stockholders in a manner reasonably designed to inform them of the change) and without limiting the manner in which CBS may choose to make any public announcement, CBS assumes no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement other than by making a release to Business Wire.

Conditions for Consummation of the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is conditioned on the consummation of the other Transactions, as described in greater detail in this section. Consummation of the Transactions is subject to a number of conditions, including the consent of the FCC and the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period (and any extension of any applicable waiting period) under the HSR Act.

 

76


Table of Contents

The consummation of the Radio Reorganization is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth to effect the Merger Agreement (except for the condition that the Radio Reorganization has been consummated and the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing – see “The Merger Agreement—Conditions to the Merger”);

 

    the receipt by CBS of the Distribution Tax Opinion (and, if CBS waives the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion, then CBS may be required to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty); and

 

    the receipt of all necessary permits and authorizations under state or federal securities laws.

The consummation of the Final Distribution (including the exchange offer and the Clean-Up Spin Off) is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    the consummation of the Radio Reorganization;

 

    the receipt by CBS of the Distribution Tax Opinion (and, if CBS waives the condition that it receive the Distribution Tax Opinion, then CBS may be required to pay the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty);

 

    the receipt of all necessary permits and authorizations under state or federal securities laws;

 

    the preparation and delivery to the holders of record of CBS Common Stock of all information required to be provided by law concerning CBS Radio, its business, operations and management, the Final Distribution and other matters; and

 

    the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth to effect the Merger Agreement (except for the condition that the Final Distribution has been consummated and the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing).

The consummation of the Merger is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    consummation of the Radio Reorganization and the Final Distribution in accordance with the Separation Agreement and the Distribution Tax Opinion;

 

    expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period (and any extension of any applicable waiting period) under the HSR Act;

 

    consent of the FCC for the Transactions without the imposition of certain burdensome restrictions;

 

    effectiveness of this registration statement and the other registration statements required for the Transactions;

 

    the obtaining by the parties of all necessary permits and authorizations under state securities or “blue sky” laws, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act relating to the issuance and trading of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock;

 

    the affirmative approval by a majority of the aggregate voting power represented by the Entercom Common Stock, voting as a single class, to approve the issuance of the Entercom Class A Common Stock;

 

    the affirmative approval by a majority of the aggregate voting power represented by the Entercom Common Stock, voting as a single class, to approve an amendment to the Entercom Articles in order to provide that the Entercom board of directors will be classified after the Merger;

 

    the absence of any law or order prohibiting any of the Transactions; and

 

    other customary conditions.

In addition to these closing conditions, a condition for Entercom to consummate the Merger is CBS Radio’s receipt of the Radio Financing. Each of the foregoing conditions to the consummation of the exchange offer is independent of any other condition; the exclusion of any event from a particular condition above does not mean that such event may not be included in another condition.

 

77


Table of Contents

The Merger Agreement may be terminated if certain of the above conditions are not met, or for other reasons, in which case the exchange offer will not be consummated. See “The Merger Agreement—Termination.”

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger

The following discusses the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Final Distribution (which includes the exchange offer) and the Merger to “U.S. holders” (as defined below) of CBS Common Stock. The discussion that follows is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this document, and all of which are subject to differing interpretation and change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion applies only to U.S. holders of shares of CBS Common Stock who hold such shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based upon the assumption that the Final Distribution, the Merger and certain related transactions will be consummated in accordance with the Separation Agreement, the Merger Agreement, and the other Transaction Agreements and as further described in this document. This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. It does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their particular circumstances or to stockholders subject to special rules under the Code, including, for example, banks and certain other financial institutions, dealers or brokers in stocks and securities, commodities or currencies, traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, partnerships, S corporations or other pass-through entities (or investors in partnerships, S corporations or other pass-through entities), regulated investment companies, mutual funds, real estate investment trusts, individuals who received shares of CBS Common Stock, Radio Common Stock, or Entercom Class A Common Stock upon the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders who are liable for the alternative minimum tax, holders that are not U.S. holders, U.S. holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, U.S. expatriates, and holders who hold their shares of CBS Common Stock as part of a “hedge,” “straddle,” “conversion,” “synthetic security,” “integrated investment” or “constructive sale” transaction. This discussion also does not address any tax consequences arising under the unearned Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, nor does it address any tax considerations under state, local or foreign laws or U.S. federal laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of CBS Common Stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) such trust has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds CBS Common Stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such entity or arrangement generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds CBS Common Stock and any partners in such partnership should consult their independent tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger to their specific circumstances.

 

78


Table of Contents

The following discussion is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger under current law and is for general information only. Determining the actual tax consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger to a particular holder of CBS Common Stock may be complex and will depend on the holder’s specific situation and on factors that are not within CBS’s, CBS Radio’s or Entercom’s control. All holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences of the Final Distribution and the Merger to them, including the application and effect of U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign tax laws.

Neither CBS nor Entercom has sought and neither intends to seek a ruling from the IRS with respect to the treatment of the Final Distribution or the Merger for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that the Final Distribution and/or the Merger are taxable. It is a condition to the consummation of the Final Distribution (which includes the exchange offer) and related transactions that CBS receives the Distribution Tax Opinion. It is a condition to Entercom’s obligation to complete the Merger that Entercom receive a Merger Tax Opinion and a copy of the Distribution Tax Opinion, and it is a condition to CBS and CBS Radio’s obligations to complete the Merger that CBS receive a Merger Tax Opinion. The opinions of counsel will be based upon and rely on, among other things, current law, certain facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements, and undertakings of CBS, CBS Radio, Entercom, and Merger Sub, including those relating to the past and future conduct of CBS, CBS Radio, Entercom and Merger Sub. If any of these representations, statements or undertakings are, or become, inaccurate or incomplete, or if CBS, CBS Radio, Entercom or Merger Sub breaches any of its covenants in the Transaction Agreements, the opinions of counsel may be invalid and the conclusions reached therein could be jeopardized. An opinion of counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court.

Notwithstanding the receipt by CBS and Entercom of the opinions of counsel, the IRS could assert that the Final Distribution and/or the Merger do not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in taking this position, CBS, CBS Radio and CBS stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability.

The Final Distribution

If the Final Distribution qualifies as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Code, in general, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Final Distribution generally are as follows:

 

    no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be includable in the income of CBS, as a result of the Final Distribution, other than with respect to any “excess loss account” or “intercompany transaction” required to be taken into account by CBS under U.S. Treasury regulations relating to consolidated federal income tax returns;

 

    no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be includable in the income of, U.S. holders of CBS Common Stock upon the receipt of Radio Common Stock in the Final Distribution (including in the exchange offer or in any Clean-Up Spin-Off);

 

    in the exchange offer, the aggregate tax basis of the shares of Radio Common Stock (including fractional shares) issued to a holder of CBS Class B Common Stock will equal the aggregate tax basis of the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock exchanged therefor;

 

    the aggregate tax basis of any shares of Radio Common Stock (including fractional shares) issued as a pro rata distribution to holders of CBS Common Stock in a Clean-Up Spin-Off if the exchange offer is undersubscribed will be determined by allocating the aggregate tax basis of such holder in the shares of CBS Common Stock with respect to which the pro rata distribution is made immediately before such distribution between such CBS Common Stock and the Radio Common Stock in proportion to the relative fair market value of each immediately following such distribution; and

 

79


Table of Contents
    the holding period of the shares of Radio Common Stock received by each U.S. holder of CBS Common Stock in the Final Distribution will include the holding period at the time of the consummation of the exchange offer of the shares of CBS Common Stock with respect to which the shares of Radio Common Stock were received.

If a U.S. holder of CBS Common Stock holds different blocks of CBS Common Stock (generally shares of CBS Common Stock acquired on different dates or at different prices), such holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the determination of the basis and holding period of shares of Radio Common Stock received in the Final Distribution in respect of particular blocks of CBS Common Stock.

As discussed above, CBS has not sought and does not intend to seek a ruling from the IRS with respect to the treatment of Final Distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Notwithstanding receipt by CBS of the Distribution Tax Opinion, the IRS could assert that the Final Distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in taking this position, the consequences described above would not apply, and CBS, CBS Radio and CBS stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability. In addition, certain events that may or may not be within the control of CBS or CBS Radio could cause the Final Distribution to not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Depending on the circumstances, CBS Radio and Entercom may be required to indemnify CBS for taxes (and certain related losses) resulting from the Final Distribution not qualifying as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If the Final Distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in general, the exchange offer would be treated as a taxable exchange to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock who receive Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer and the Clean-Up Spin-Off, if any, would be treated as a taxable dividend to holders of CBS Common Stock who receive such distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Radio Common Stock received, to the extent of such CBS stockholder’s ratable share of CBS’s earnings and profits. In addition, if the Final Distribution does not qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in general, CBS would have taxable gain, which could result in significant tax to CBS.

Even if the Final Distribution were otherwise to qualify as tax-free under Section 355 of the Code, it could result in taxable gain to CBS under Section 355(e) of the Code if the Final Distribution were later deemed to be a part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquire, directly or indirectly, shares representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in CBS, or CBS Radio (including as a result of direct or indirect acquisitions of interests in Entercom after the Merger). For this purpose, any acquisitions of CBS or CBS Radio stock (including Entercom stock after the Merger) within the period beginning two years before the Final Distribution and ending two years after the Final Distribution are presumed to be part of such a plan, although CBS may be able to rebut that presumption. Further, for purposes of this test, the Merger will be treated as part of such a plan, but the Merger standing alone should not cause the Final Distribution to be taxable to CBS under Section 355(e) of the Code because pre-Merger holders of Radio Common Stock will own at least 50.25% of the aggregate value of Entercom Common Stock and at least 50.25% of the aggregate voting power of Entercom Common Stock, in each case, immediately following the Merger. However, if the IRS were to determine that other acquisitions of CBS or CBS Radio stock (including stock of Entercom after the Merger), either before or after the Final Distribution, were part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Final Distribution, such determination could result in the recognition of a substantial amount of gain by CBS under Section 355(e) of the Code, which could result in significant tax to CBS.

In certain circumstances, under the Tax Matters Agreement, CBS Radio (and Entercom, if applicable) will be required to indemnify CBS against all or a portion of any taxes on the Final Distribution that arise as a result of a certain disqualifying action by Entercom or CBS Radio. If CBS were to recognize gain on the Final Distribution for reasons not related to a disqualifying action by CBS Radio or Entercom, CBS would not generally be entitled to be indemnified under the Tax Matters Agreement and the resulting tax to CBS could have

 

80


Table of Contents

a material adverse effect on CBS. In addition, in certain circumstances, under the Tax Matters Agreement, CBS Radio (and Entercom) will be required to indemnify CBS against taxes on the Merger that arise as a result of a disqualifying action by CBS Radio or Entercom. If CBS were to recognize gain on the Merger for reasons not related to a disqualifying action by CBS Radio or Entercom, CBS would generally not be entitled to indemnification by CBS Radio (or Entercom) under the Tax Matters Agreement. If CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) is required to indemnify CBS if the Final Distribution or the Merger is taxable, this indemnification obligation could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on Entercom, including with respect to its financial condition and results of operations. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement” for a summary of the Tax Matters Agreement.

The Merger

CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom intend for the Merger to be treated as a “reorganization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

If the Merger qualifies as a “reorganization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, in general, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger to U.S. holders of Radio Common Stock generally are as follows:

 

    no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be included in the income of, U.S. holders of Radio Common Stock upon the receipt of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger, except for any gain or loss recognized with respect to cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Entercom Class A Common Stock;

 

    gain or loss will be recognized by U.S. holders of Radio Common Stock on any cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger equal to the difference between the amount of cash received in lieu of such fractional share and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in such fractional share of Entercom Class A Common Stock (determined in the manner described below); such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if, as of the effective time of the Merger, the U.S. holder’s holding period for such fractional share (determined in the manner described below) exceeds one year; and long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate taxpayers, including individuals, are generally eligible for reduced rates of taxation and the deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations;

 

    the aggregate tax basis of Entercom Class A Common Stock received by a U.S. holder of Radio Common Stock in the Merger, including any fractional share of Entercom Class A Common Stock deemed received and exchanged for cash, will equal the aggregate adjusted tax basis in the shares of Radio Common Stock deemed exchanged therefor; and

 

    the holding period of Entercom Class A Common Stock received by a U.S. holder of Radio Common Stock in the Merger, including any fractional shares deemed received and exchanged for cash, will include the holding period of the Radio Common Stock exchanged therefor.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

If the Final Distribution qualifies under Section 355 of the Code, current Treasury regulations require certain U.S. holders who are “significant distributees” (generally, a U.S. holder that owns at least 5% of the outstanding CBS stock immediately before the Final Distribution) and who receive Radio Common Stock pursuant to the Final Distribution to attach to their U.S. federal income tax returns for the taxable year in which the Final Distribution occurs a statement setting forth certain information with respect to the transaction. CBS will provide U.S. holders of CBS Common Stock with the information necessary to comply with this requirement. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether they are significant distributees required to provide the foregoing statement.

 

81


Table of Contents

If the Merger qualifies as a “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code, current Treasury regulations require certain U.S. holders who become “significant holders” of Radio Common Stock in the Final Distribution (generally, a U.S. holder that owns at least 1% of the outstanding Radio Common Stock immediately before the Merger) to comply with certain reporting requirements. Significant holders generally will be required to file a statement with their U.S. federal income tax returns for the taxable year in which the Merger occurs setting forth certain information with respect to the transaction. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether they are significant holders required to provide the foregoing statement.

Certain U.S. holders of Radio Common Stock may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax with respect to any cash received pursuant to the Merger. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder of Radio Common Stock that furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding on IRS Form W-9 or is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and provides proof of the applicable exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld will be allowed as a refund or credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that such U.S. holder timely furnishes the required information to the IRS.

THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE FINAL DISTRIBUTION AND THE MERGER UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OR DISCUSSION OF ALL THE POTENTIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE FINAL DISTRIBUTION AND THE MERGER. EACH HOLDER OF CBS COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE FINAL DISTRIBUTION AND THE MERGER TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND THE EFFECT OF POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAWS THAT MAY AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE.

Treatment of Specified CBS Compensatory Equity-Based Awards Held by Current CBS Radio Employees

Stock Options . Each option to purchase shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and is held by an individual employed by CBS Radio, as of the effective time of the Merger, will be canceled and converted into an option to purchase, on the same terms and conditions, a number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole share) of (a) the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock subject to such option as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger multiplied by (b) the equity award adjustment ratio (as defined below), at an exercise price per share equal to the quotient (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) of (x) the per share exercise price for the CBS Class B Common Stock subject to such option as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger divided by (y) the equity award adjustment ratio.

Restricted Stock Units . Each restricted stock unit in respect of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and is held by an individual employed by CBS Radio, as of the effective time of the Merger, will be canceled and converted into a restricted stock unit, on the same terms and conditions, in respect of a number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock equal to the product (rounded up to the nearest whole share) of (a) the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock subject to such restricted stock unit as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger multiplied by (b) the equity award adjustment ratio.

The “equity award adjustment ratio” is the quotient of (a) the volume-weighted average per-share closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the five trading days immediately prior to the date on which the effective time occurs, divided by (b) the volume-weighted average per-share closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the five trading days immediately following the date on which the effective time occurs.

 

82


Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

CBS has retained [            ] to act as the information agent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. to act as the exchange offer agent in connection with the exchange offer. The information agent may contact holders of CBS Class B Common Stock by mail, e-mail, telephone, facsimile transmission and personal interviews and may request brokers, dealers and other nominee stockholders to forward materials relating to the exchange offer to beneficial owners. The information agent and the exchange offer agent each will receive reasonable compensation for their respective services, will be reimbursed for reasonable out–of–pocket expenses and will be indemnified against specified liabilities in connection with their services, including liabilities under the federal securities laws.

None of the information agent or the exchange offer agent has been retained to make solicitations or recommendations with respect to the exchange offer. The fees they receive will not be based on the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered under the exchange offer.

CBS will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or any other person for soliciting tenders of CBS Class B Common Stock under the exchange offer. CBS will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding materials to their customers.

No broker, dealer, bank, trust company or fiduciary will be deemed to be CBS’s agent or the agent of CBS Radio, the information agent or the exchange offer agent for purposes of the exchange offer.

Legal Limitations; Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

This document is not an offer to buy, sell or exchange, and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any shares of Radio Common Stock, CBS Class B Common Stock or Entercom Class A Common Stock in any jurisdiction in which the offer, sale or exchange is not permitted. After the consummation of the exchange offer and prior to the Merger it will not be possible to trade the shares of Radio Common Stock.

Countries outside the United States generally have their own legal requirements that govern securities offerings made to persons resident in those countries and often impose stringent requirements about the form and content of offers made to the general public. None of CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio has taken any action under non-U.S. regulations to facilitate a public offer to exchange the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, Entercom Class A Common Stock or Radio Common Stock outside the United States. Accordingly, the ability of any non-U.S. person to tender shares of CBS Class B Common Stock in the exchange offer will depend on whether there is an exemption available under the laws of such person’s home country that would permit the person to participate in the exchange offer without the need for CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio to take any action to facilitate a public offering in that country or otherwise. For example, some countries exempt transactions from the rules governing public offerings if they involve persons who meet certain eligibility requirements relating to their status as sophisticated or professional investors.

Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their advisors in considering whether they may participate in the exchange offer in accordance with the laws of their home countries and, if they do participate, whether there are any restrictions or limitations on transactions in the shares of CBS Class B Common Stock, Entercom Class A Common Stock or Radio Common Stock that may apply in their home countries. None of CBS, Entercom or CBS Radio can provide any assurance about whether such limitations may exist.

Distribution of Any Shares of Radio Common Stock Remaining After the Exchange Offer

All outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS that are not exchanged in the exchange offer, if any, will be distributed as a pro rata distribution to holders of CBS Common Stock as of the distribution record date, which will be no later than the date of the Merger. Any holder of CBS Class B Common Stock who

 

83


Table of Contents

validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed.

Upon consummation of the exchange offer, CBS will irrevocably deliver to the exchange offer agent a global certificate representing all of the Radio Common Stock being exchanged in the exchange offer, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Radio Common Stock in trust for the holders of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn in the exchange offer and, in the case of a pro rata distribution, if any, holders of CBS Common Stock whose shares of CBS Class B Common Stock remain outstanding after the consummation of the exchange offer. Entercom will deposit with the transfer agent for the benefit of persons who received shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer certificates or book-entry authorizations representing Entercom Class A Common Stock, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in trust for the holders of Radio Common Stock. Shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will be delivered immediately following the expiration of the exchange offer, the acceptance of CBS Class B Common Stock for exchange, the determination of the final proration factor, if any, and the effectiveness of the Merger, pursuant to the procedures determined by the exchange offer agent and the transfer agent. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Exchange of Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock.”

If the exchange offer is terminated by CBS without the exchange of shares and the Merger Agreement is not concurrently terminated, but the conditions for consummation of the Transactions have otherwise been satisfied, CBS intends to distribute all shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock, with a record date to be announced by CBS that will be no later than the date of the Merger.

 

84


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ON CBS

CBS, incorporated in Delaware in 1986, is a mass media company with operations in the following segments:

Entertainment: The Entertainment segment (67%, 67% and 66% of CBS’s consolidated revenues in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and 53%, 51% and 50% of CBS’s total segment operating income in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively) is composed of the CBS ® Television Network; CBS Television Studios ® , CBS Studios International™ and CBS Television Distribution™, CBS’s television production and syndication operations; CBS Interactive™, CBS’s digital properties for information and entertainment; CBS Films ® , CBS’s producer and distributor of theatrical motion pictures; and CBS’s digital streaming services, CBS All Access ® and CBSN ® .

Cable Networks: The Cable Networks segment (16%, 18% and 17% of CBS’s consolidated revenues in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and 33%, 37% and 37% of the CBS’s total segment operating income in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively) is composed of Showtime Networks, which operates CBS’s premium subscription program services, Showtime ® , The Movie Channel ® , and Flix ® , including a digital streaming subscription offering; CBS Sports Network ® , CBS’s cable network focused on college athletics and other sports; and Smithsonian Networks™, a venture between Showtime Networks and Smithsonian Institution, which operates Smithsonian Channel™, a basic cable program service, and a digital streaming subscription service.

Publishing: The Publishing segment (6% of CBS’s consolidated revenues in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014, and 4% of CBS’s total segment operating income in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014) is composed of Simon & Schuster, which publishes and distributes consumer books in the U.S. and internationally under imprints such as Simon & Schuster ® , Pocket Books ® , Scribner ® , Gallery Books ® , Touchstone ® and Atria Books ® . Simon & Schuster publishes and distributes adult and children’s consumer books in printed, digital and audio formats in the U.S. and internationally. Its digital formats include electronic books and audio books.

Local Media: The Local Media segment (14%, 12% and 13% of CBS’s consolidated revenues in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and 22%, 19% and 20% of CBS’s total segment operating income in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively) is composed of CBS Television Stations, CBS’s 30 owned broadcast television stations and CBS Local Digital Media, which operates local websites including content from CBS’s television stations and news and sports radio stations.

CBS generated approximately 14% of its total revenues from international regions in 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately 54% and 14% of CBS’s total international revenues of approximately $1.85 billion were generated in Europe and Canada, respectively.

CBS’s revenues in 2016 totaled $13.17 billion and 2016 net earnings was $1.26 billion. CBS’s corporate headquarters is located in New York, New York. CBS’s internet address is http://www.cbscorporation.com. The information on CBS’s website is not incorporated by reference into or a part of this document.

 

85


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ON CBS RADIO

CBS Radio is a large-market focused, multi-platform national media company with a local footprint of 117 radio stations and digital properties in 26 radio markets, including all of the top 10 radio markets and 19 of the top 25 radio markets. CBS Radio focuses on three areas of content: Sports, News and Music & Entertainment. CBS Radio’s radio portfolio includes many of the leading radio stations in the United States, including the most listened-to Sports (WFAN ® in New York), News (1010 WINS ® in New York) and Classic Hits (WCBS-FM ® in New York) radio stations. CBS Radio owns the #1- or #2-rated local Sports radio station and the #1-rated All-News radio station in each of the markets in which CBS Radio programs these formats. CBS Radio’s radio stations reached an audience of more than 65 million people per week in 2016, making CBS Radio the second largest radio group in the United States as measured both by audience and by revenue. CBS Radio also distributes its content through an integrated suite of digital properties, including market-focused local websites, Radio.com™ (a streaming service), Eventful ® (an event discovery platform) and Play.it ® (a podcast network), which collectively reached an average of 63.4 million internet and mobile unique users per month in 2016. In addition, CBS Radio produces events across its markets, including concerts, multi-day musical festivals, speaker series, trade shows and sports-related events. CBS Radio produced, co-produced or co-promoted over 600 such events in 2016.

CBS Radio focuses primarily on large metropolitan markets through clusters of radio stations and digital properties. CBS Radio has the #1- or #2-ranked station clusters in approximately 64% of its markets as measured by revenue, as reported by the public accounting firm Miller Kaplan Arase, LLP. As of December 2016, CBS Radio employed approximately 1,000 sales personnel dedicated to local and national radio advertising, digital advertising and events, with a local presence in all of the markets in which CBS Radio operates.

Content and Programming

CBS Radio produces and distributes compelling content for multiple media platforms, including its radio stations and owned web, mobile, streaming and podcast properties, as well as on third party platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, TuneIn and YouTube. CBS Radio’s local on-air personalities create original programming that delivers the latest in Sports, News and Music & Entertainment tailored to specific markets and their target audiences:

 

    Sports. CBS Radio is a leading sports radio company in the United States with the two most listened-to sports radio stations in the United States (WFAN AM/FM in New York and WSCR-AM in Chicago). CBS Radio owns the #1-rated local Sports radio station in 13 of the 14 markets in which CBS Radio programs a local Sports format. For the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio broadcast over 3,000 live games for over 30 professional sports franchises, including the New York Yankees, the New England Patriots, the Chicago Cubs and the Detroit Red Wings, and for over 15 collegiate sports programs, including teams from the University of Michigan, the University of Pittsburgh, the University of Connecticut, the University of Maryland and the University of Texas. CBS Radio’s sports radio stations feature popular local personalities, who deliver sports-related news, opinion and debate and facilitate audience interaction on local sports. In addition, CBS Radio owns the CBS Sports Radio Network™, which provides national sports content that is syndicated by a third party to more than 300 affiliated radio stations (including 22 of CBS Radio’s radio stations) across the United States.

 

    News. CBS Radio provides its communities with trusted, live, up-to-the-minute news, traffic and weather information. CBS Radio owns the #1-rated All-News radio station in all of the markets in which CBS Radio programs an all-news format and the #1-rated News-Talk station in six markets where CBS Radio programs the format. CBS Radio also owns seven of the top eight most listened to All-News stations in the United States. CBS Radio’s award-winning All-News radio stations include 1010 WINS in New York, KNX (AM) ® in Los Angeles and WBBM (AM) ® in Chicago. CBS Radio’s News-Talk stations include KDKA (AM) ® in Pittsburgh, KMOX (AM) ® in St. Louis and WTIC (AM) ® in Hartford.

 

86


Table of Contents
    Music & Entertainment.  CBS Radio provides its audience with unique music and entertainment experiences through personality-driven local programming. CBS Radio’s programming includes a wide variety of music genres, including Rock, Adult Album Alternative, Classic Hits, Adult Contemporary, Top 40, Urban, Spanish and Country, each targeting a distinct demographic group. CBS Radio has the most listened-to station in the United States in numerous formats, including Classic Hits (WCBS-FM in New York), Adult Hits (KCBS-FM ® in Los Angeles), Rhythmic AC (94.7 The Wave in Los Angeles) and Adult Album Alternative (WXRT-FM ® in Chicago), according to Nielsen. CBS Radio also introduces new and emerging artists to its audiences through its over-the-air and digital platforms and develops exclusive content with artists, including interviews and live performances.

Radio Stations

As of December 31, 2016, CBS Radio owns and operates 117 radio stations in the United States, including stations in all of the top 10 radio markets and 19 of the top 25 radio markets. The following table summarizes CBS Radio’s radio stations, which are grouped by market size as defined by Nielsen.

 

     Format Type  
     Sports      News/
News-Talk
     Music &
Entertainment
     Total  

Top 25 radio markets  (1) (2)

     18        16        56        90  

Non-Top 25 radio markets

     4        3        20        27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22        19        76        117  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Market rankings based on Nielsen Audio Radio Market Survey, Fall 2016.
(2) Includes two Victor Valley, CA stations operated as part of the Riverside market: KRAK, a Sports station, and KVFG, a Music & Entertainment station.

Digital Properties

CBS Radio operates digital properties on multiple platforms, including websites, mobile apps, and social media, and through third-party distribution partners. CBS Radio streams its over-the-air radio station broadcasts and provides on-demand audio and video content and text, imagery and event information. CBS Radio’s digital properties complement its business and operations and positively impact its operating results.

 

    Music & Entertainment Station Websites. CBS Radio maintains an online presence for each of its Music & Entertainment stations, including KROQ.com in Los Angeles, B96.com in Chicago and V-103.com in Atlanta. CBS Radio distributes content that it broadcasts on its radio stations across its Music & Entertainment station websites, and CBS Radio drives traffic to these websites by using extensive and integrated on-air promotion. CBS Radio’s Music & Entertainment station websites, in turn, promote and drive traffic to CBS Radio’s radio stations.

 

    Market-Focused Local Websites.  All of CBS Radio’s local Sports and News/NewsTalk radio stations (the “Sports and News Stations”) have a digital presence on 23 market-focused local websites and mobile applications that CBS Local Digital Media operates for CBS Radio’s Sports and News Stations (“CBS Local Websites”) and for CBS’s owned and operated television stations (“CBS TV Stations”), including CBSNewYork.com, CBSBoston.com and CBSSanFrancisco.com. Each of these market-focused CBS Local Websites provides extensive locally focused news, sports and traffic and weather information utilizing the text, video and audio content produced by CBS Radio’s Sports and News Stations and the CBS TV Stations, where applicable, in that market.

 

    Radio.com. CBS Radio provides streaming services through its Radio.com platform, where users can listen live to stations online, including simulcasts of CBS Radio’s over-the-air radio stations. Radio.com generates approximately 23 million listening hours per month.

 

87


Table of Contents
    Eventful. CBS Radio’s local event discovery business, Eventful, provides its 26.6 million registered users and over 8.5 million monthly unique visitors with local event information ranging from concerts to movies to restaurants. Eventful’s services can also be accessed through CBS Radio’s music radio station websites and the CBS Local Websites in all of CBS Radio’s markets. Eventful also provides ticketing services to consumers and licenses its events data to third parties.

 

    Play.it. CBS Radio’s podcast network, Play.it, offers a portfolio of over 400 different podcast titles and delivers approximately 24 million streams and downloads per month. Examples include “Engage: The Official Star Trek Podcast™” focused on Star Trek ® and “Rap Radar ® ” focused on hip hop.

Events

CBS Radio creates, promotes and produces a diverse range of live events, ranging from concerts and multi-day music festivals to speaker series and sports-related events. CBS Radio’s events complement its business and operations and positively impact its operating results. In 2016, CBS Radio produced, co-produced or co-promoted over 600 live events. Live events offer unique, out-of-home experiences for CBS Radio’s audiences, as well as sponsorships, exhibit space and consumer engagement opportunities for CBS Radio’s advertisers. CBS Radio’s events in 2016 included:

 

    Tent-pole events with national appeal, such as “We Can Survive™” and “The Night Before™,” that pair marquee experiences with world-class performing artists.

 

    Heritage local live events, such as “B96 Summer Bash™” in Chicago and “Downtown Hoedown ® ” in Detroit.

 

    Events that showcase key station talent, such as “Wing Bowl ® ” in Philadelphia and “April Foolishness™” in Los Angeles.

Sources of Revenue

CBS Radio’s revenue is derived from Broadcasting and Digital, Events and Other sources. For the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio generated approximately 79% of its revenue from local advertisers and 21% from national advertisers.

Broadcasting Revenue. CBS Radio generates Broadcasting revenue from the sale of advertising time on its radio stations to a wide range of local and national advertisers in consumer-focused industries, including automotive, entertainment, retail and financial services. Local advertising is generated primarily in a station’s individual market and national advertising is generated across multiple markets. For the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio generated Broadcasting revenue of $982.3 million, representing approximately 80% of its total revenues for this period.

Digital, Events and Other Revenue. CBS Radio generates digital revenue primarily from the sale of display, audio and video advertising across its digital properties, which enables CBS Radio to further monetize the content produced by its radio stations. CBS Radio also generates digital revenue through content and data licensing, local offers, and affiliate commissions. Events revenue is generated primarily from advertising and sponsorships associated with various live events which CBS Radio produces, co-produces and co-promotes. Other revenues are generated primarily from the syndication of CBS Radio’s programming, sponsorships of programming features and naming rights of radio station assets. For the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio generated Digital, Events and Other revenues of $239.3 million, representing approximately 20% of its total revenues for this period.

 

88


Table of Contents

The Radio Industry

Radio is a proven and effective mass-marketing medium given its broad reach, resilient audience, low price-point and access to audience at key buying times. In particular:

 

  1. Radio has the highest and most stable reach of any media, reaching 93% of all adults aged 18+ across the United States, according to Nielsen.

 

  2. Radio listenership has remained resilient for the past 10 years, growing from 234 million listeners in 2008 to 247 million listeners in 2016, according to Nielsen.

 

  3. Time spent listening to radio has been relatively stable since 2014, based on Nielsen Total Audience Reports for the second quarters of 2014 through 2016.

 

  4. Radio listening predominantly occurs away from home, according to Nielsen, and it remains the primary in-car medium according to “The Infinite Dial 2016,” a report by Edison Research and Triton Digital. The report indicates that 84% of adults 18 years or older who had driven or ridden in their primary vehicle in the previous month reported listening to AM/FM radio, and 54% reported that they listened to AM/FM radio either exclusively or the most in their primary vehicle over other audio sources. According to Jacobs Media’s TechSurvey 12, in a survey of consumers planning to buy a new vehicle in 2016, nearly 9 out of 10 indicated that an AM/FM radio is an important feature and that of those who spend time in a car in an average week, 93% indicated that they listen to AM/FM radio in the car on an average weekday.

 

  5. Radio offers a cost-efficient and creatively simple way for advertisers to reach a broad diverse audience. According to 2016 data from Intermedia Dimensions, based on national coverage, the cost per thousand (“CPM”) for a local spot radio 30-second advertisement during the afternoon drive period is $10.97 versus $24.40 CPM for a 30-second network prime time television spot and $14.62 CPM for a one-third page black and white advertisement in a newspaper.

 

  6. In 2016, radio delivered a high return on investment across major listener categories, with payback per dollar spent as high as $23.21, according to Nielsen.

 

  7. According to SNL Kagan’s report titled “Radio/TV Station Annual Outlook, 2016 Edition,” from 2011 through 2015, the radio industry annually generated between approximately $13.2 billion and $14.2 billion in spot revenue; between approximately $1.5 billion and $2.0 billion in off-air revenue; approximately $1.1 billion in network revenue; and between approximately $709 million and $1.0 billion in digital/internet radio advertising revenue. According to SNL Kagan, the radio industry generated approximately $13.2 billion in spot revenue, compared to approximately $2.0 billion for total off-air revenue, approximately $1.0 billion for network revenue and approximately $1.0 billion for digital/internet radio advertising revenue in 2015. SNL Kagan estimates that spot revenue will account for approximately $13.1 billion to $13.2 billion annually from 2016 through 2018 while off-air revenue will account for approximately $2.2 billion to $2.6 billion annually, network revenue will account for approximately $1.1 billion annually and digital/internet radio revenue will account for approximately $1.1 billion to $1.2 billion annually during the same period.

Business Strengths

Large Market Focus and National Footprint. CBS Radio’s radio stations and digital properties are predominantly concentrated in large metropolitan markets, which account for a significant share of local advertising revenues. According to SNL Kagan’s report titled “Radio/TV Station Annual Outlook, 2016 Edition,” the 25 top radio markets generated approximately $5.77 billion, or approximately 40%, of spot and digital/internet radio advertising revenue, which comprises over 80% of total radio revenue, in the U.S. radio industry for the year ended December 31, 2015. CBS Radio’s radio stations are in all of the top 10 radio markets, and 19 of the top 25 radio markets by revenue. CBS Radio generates approximately 87% of its revenue from these 19 markets. CBS Radio’s share of revenue in the top 25 radio markets was 25.2% in 2016, based on Miller

 

89


Table of Contents

Kaplan Arase, LLP. In 2016, CBS Radio’s average revenue per station in these top 25 markets was 2.3 times CBS Radio’s average revenue per station in non-top 25 markets. CBS Radio’s portfolio of large market stations and digital properties, such as Radio.com, Eventful.com and Play.it, provides CBS Radio with a national footprint and the ability to create compelling local and national campaigns for its advertisers across its broadcast, digital and live event offerings.

Strong Radio Station Clusters and Local Market Scale. CBS Radio owns three or more radio stations in 24 of its 26 markets. Owning multiple stations and digital properties in a market allows CBS Radio to capture a greater share of audience and advertising dollars. Station clusters allow CBS Radio to gain scale in local markets, which increases its operating efficiency and profitability. CBS Radio carefully constructs its clusters and programs its stations to appeal to distinct demographic groups to maximize their collective in-market reach. For example, in New York, CBS Radio owns seven radio stations operating out of a single facility, including the popular WFAN sports radio simulcast on two frequencies, two All-News stations and three stations with music formats.

Powerful Local Brands. CBS Radio’s radio portfolio includes many of the leading national and local radio stations in the United States, including the most listened-to Sports (WFAN in New York), News (1010 WINS in New York), Classic Hits (WCBS-FM in New York), Adult Album Alternative (WXRT in Chicago) and Adult Hits (KCBS-FM in Los Angeles) radio stations in the United States. CBS Radio also owns the #1- or #2-rated Sports radio stations and the #1-rated All-News radio stations in each of the markets in which CBS Radio programs these formats. Among its powerful local brands are the “World Famous KROQ ® ” in Los Angeles and the unmistakable “teletype” sound of 1010 WINS in New York, as well as “Traffic and Weather Together ® ” in the New York market and elsewhere, “All News All The Time ® ” and “You Give Us 22 Minutes. We’ll Give You the World. ® ” in New York.

Compelling, Exclusive Content.  CBS Radio produces live radio and digital content with up-to-the-minute broadcasts of timely information such as sports, news, traffic and weather that drive listenership, loyalty and engagement from its audience. CBS Radio’s audience turns to CBS Radio for exclusive content, including news, live sports and sports talk. CBS Radio employs more than 900 on-air talent who inform and entertain their listeners and serve their local communities. For the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio broadcasted more than 3,000 live games for over 30 professional sports franchises in the National Football League (“NFL”), Major League Baseball (“MLB”), the National Basketball Association (“NBA”), the National Hockey League (“NHL”) and Major League Soccer (“MLS”) and for over 15 collegiate sports programs.

Extensive Digital Platform.  CBS Radio owns and operates digital properties in all 26 of its markets, each of which is integrated with CBS Radio’s in-market over-the-air radio stations, enabling its audience to consume its audio and video content across multiple platforms. CBS Radio’s digital properties expand its in-market reach, increase and broaden its audience and enhance audience engagement. CBS Radio’s extensive local digital properties allow it to better serve its audience and provide its advertisers with increasingly effective, targeted and measurable digital advertising solutions, including as part of integrated campaigns utilizing CBS Radio’s broadcast and live event platforms. Radio.com is CBS Radio’s national web destination and dedicated mobile app providing the streams for all CBS Radio stations, allowing for targeted demographic and geographic streaming audio sales opportunities. Play.it is CBS Radio’s podcast platform for both radio station shows and national talent, and is the sales brand for broad-based sponsorships of on-demand audio.

Attractive Financial Profile.  CBS Radio’s business requires low levels of capital expenditures and generates significant operating cash flow. CBS Radio also benefits from its national scale and the local clustering of its radio station and digital assets, which allows CBS Radio to generate significant cash flows from incremental revenues.

Sales-Oriented Organization Led by Experienced Management Team.  CBS Radio has a strong sales-oriented culture with extensive local relationships focused on growing revenue across its platform through

 

90


Table of Contents

innovative marketing campaigns for its diversified base of over 18,000 advertising clients. As of [            ] 2017, CBS Radio employed over [            ] sales personnel dedicated to local and national advertising, digital advertising and events, with a local presence in all of the markets in which [            ] operates. In the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio generated revenue share in excess of its audience share in every one of its 26 markets. CBS Radio is led by an experienced senior management team with strong sales and leadership capabilities and deep knowledge of the radio, digital and local media industries. CBS Radio’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Andre J. Fernandez, previously served as President of a publicly traded, diversified local media company and has a successful track record of delivering results. Further, CBS Radio benefits from highly experienced, sales-focused management teams in each of its local markets.

Operating Strategy

Continue to Develop Compelling Content. CBS Radio develops and invests in compelling local and national content, including exclusive live sports broadcasts and live sports, news, talk, music, and entertainment programming hosted by more than 900 trusted local personalities across CBS Radio’s integrated radio, digital and event offerings. CBS Radio focuses on news and sports content in particular because of the live, up-to-the-minute nature of news and its audience’s passion for local sports, which increases CBS Radio’s audience size and engagement with its radio stations and affiliated digital properties, providing attractive platforms for its advertisers. By continuing to seek, develop and invest in relevant audio, video and digital content, CBS Radio intends to build upon the longstanding and intimate relationship between CBS Radio’s local brands and on-air personalities and their audiences to sustain and increase listenership and provide effective advertising campaigns to CBS Radio’s marketing partners.

Expand Multi-Platform Distribution.  CBS Radio distributes its audio and video content across its owned sites and third-party digital and mobile platforms to maximize its reach, serve its audience and enhance its offerings. CBS Radio’s audience expects the flexibility to consume content across multiple platforms wherever, whenever and however they choose and expects the increasingly integrated, intuitive and personalized experiences that CBS Radio’s digital platforms deliver. CBS Radio believes that by increasing the availability and accessibility of its content across multiple platforms, including mobile and social media, CBS Radio will expand its audience, strengthen its local brands and increase its relevance among its audience and its advertisers.

Grow Digital, Events and Other Revenues. CBS Radio is focused on growing its digital and other non-broadcasting based revenues. CBS Radio’s large market footprint of strong radio station clusters and promotional capabilities provides it with a platform to expand its brands and content into digital platforms and develop new, complementary marketing products, including live local events. CBS Radio plans to expand its event offerings. Digital platforms provide CBS Radio opportunities to monetize its audio and video content through syndication, licensing and sponsorship arrangements. CBS Radio plans to launch new local, branded news and sports products while maintaining networked scale and operating efficiencies. These non-broadcast revenue sources enhance CBS Radio’s local brands and provide additional channels for CBS Radio and CBS Radio’s advertisers to engage audience via immersive and novel experiences.

Drive Enhanced Revenue Management. CBS Radio focuses on advertising rate discipline to improve revenue yield on its radio and digital properties. CBS Radio has combined certain management functions to reinvigorate market and station management, increased accountability and transparency and rebuilt station marketing strategies by better aligning its programming with consumer and market demand. By carefully managing the amount of advertising inventory sold through third-party networks and selling that inventory at higher local and national spot rates, CBS Radio seeks to improve revenue yield on spot advertising. In addition, CBS Radio collects and uses audience data to inform its programming and enhance the targeting and measurement capabilities of its advertisers’ marketing campaigns. This data allows CBS Radio to demonstrate to its advertisers the effectiveness of their campaigns, and helps CBS Radio to attract and retain new advertisers for radio and digital platforms. CBS Radio uses its national radio and digital footprints to enhance its appeal to national advertisers and grow its national revenues.

 

91


Table of Contents

Enhance Radio Clusters and Digital Assets via Selective Acquisitions. CBS Radio believes that its existing scale, digital capabilities, strong balance sheet and management experience positions it well to exploit opportunities to enhance and grow its business. CBS Radio will seek acquisition opportunities that optimize the performance of its existing clusters and expand its presence into new markets. CBS Radio will consider complementary acquisitions to enhance consumer experience and engagement with its offerings and improve the effectiveness of advertising on its platforms. CBS Radio will also evaluate digital properties and capabilities that can provide CBS Radio with the opportunity to enhance its local presence as well as broaden its national footprint.

Legal Proceedings

On an ongoing basis, CBS Radio vigorously defends itself in numerous lawsuits and proceedings and responds to various investigations and inquiries from federal, state and local authorities (collectively, “litigation”). Litigation may be brought against CBS Radio without merit, is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict. However, based on CBS Radio’s understanding and evaluation of the relevant facts and circumstances, CBS Radio believes that the litigation to which it is a party is not likely to have a material adverse effect on CBS Radio results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Employees

The number of persons employed by CBS Radio during 2016 was approximately 3,800. Certain of CBS Radio’s hourly workers are represented by collective bargaining agreements. These contracts expire at various times over the next several years. Management believes that its relationships with its employees and their representative organizations are good.

 

92


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ON ENTERCOM

Overview

Entercom Communications Corp. is the fourth-largest radio broadcasting company in the United States with a portfolio of 125 radio stations in 28 top markets across the country. Entercom reaches and engages more than 40 million people a week through its portfolio of highly rated stations. Entercom is headquartered in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania metropolitan area and is and has been a Pennsylvania corporation since its organization in 1968.

Strategy

Entercom’s strategy focuses on providing compelling content in the communities it serves to enable Entercom to offer its advertisers an effective marketing platform to reach a large targeted local audience. The principal components of Entercom’s strategy are to: (i) focus on creating effective integrated marketing solutions for its customers that incorporate its audio, digital and experiential assets; (ii) build strongly-branded radio stations with highly compelling content; (iii) develop market leading station clusters; and (iv) recruit, develop, motivate and retain superior employees.

Source of Revenue

The primary source of revenue for Entercom’s radio stations is the sale of advertising time to local, regional and national advertisers and national network advertisers who purchase spot commercials in varying lengths. A growing source of revenue is from station-related digital product suites, which allow for enhanced audience interaction and participation, and integrated digital advertising solutions. A station’s local sales staff generates the majority of its local and regional advertising sales through direct solicitations of local advertising agencies and businesses. Entercom retains a national representation firm to sell to advertisers outside of Entercom’s local markets.

Entercom’s stations are typically classified by their format, such as news, sports, talk, classic rock, adult contemporary, alternative and country, among others. A station’s format enables it to target specific segments of listeners sharing certain demographics. Advertisers and stations use data published by audience measuring services to estimate how many people within particular geographical markets and demographics listen to specific stations. Entercom’s geographically and demographically diverse portfolio of radio stations allows Entercom to deliver targeted messages to specific audiences for advertisers on a local, regional and national basis.

Competition

The radio broadcasting industry is highly competitive. Entercom’s stations compete for listeners and advertising revenue with other radio stations within their respective markets. In addition, Entercom’s stations compete for audiences and advertising revenues with other media including: digital audio streaming, satellite radio, broadcast television, digital, satellite and cable television, newspapers and magazines, outdoor advertising, direct mail, yellow pages, wireless media alternatives, cellular phones and other forms of audio entertainment and advertisement.

HD Radio

AM and FM radio stations may use the FCC selected In-Band On-Channel (“IBOC”) as the exclusive technology for terrestrial digital operations. IBOC, developed by DTS, Inc. (formerly iBiquity Digital Corporation), is also known as “HD Radio.”

HD Radio technology permits a station to transmit radio programming in digital format. Entercom currently uses HD Radio digital technology on most of its FM stations. The advantages of digital audio broadcasting over

 

93


Table of Contents

traditional analog broadcasting technology include improved sound quality, the availability of additional channels and the ability to offer a greater variety of auxiliary services.

Legal Proceedings

Entercom currently and from time to time is involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of its business. Entercom’s management anticipates that any potential liability of Entercom’s that may arise out of or with respect to these matters will not materially adversely affect its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Employees

As of January 31, 2017, Entercom had 1,683 full-time employees and 1,145 part-time employees. With respect to certain Entercom stations in Entercom’s Kansas City and San Francisco markets, Entercom is a party to collective bargaining agreements with the Screen Actors Guild—American Federation of Television and Radio Artists (known as SAG-AFTRA). Approximately 46 employees are represented by these collective bargaining agreements. Entercom believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Entercom’s Business After the Consummation of the Transactions

The combination of CBS Radio with Entercom’s existing business is intended to create a leading local media and entertainment company with strong, complementary assets on a national scale. Entercom expects the Transactions to have the following strategic benefits:

 

    Enhanced platform and geographical presence . As a result of the Transactions, Entercom expects the combined business to have a nationwide footprint of radio stations, including 23 of the top 25 U.S. markets, as well as robust digital capabilities and a growing events platform.

 

    Synergies . The combined company is expected to achieve estimated annual cost synergies of $25 million within 12-18 months after the consummation of the Transactions.

 

    Improved Financial Profile . The consummation of the Transactions is expected to increase Entercom’s revenues and earnings leading to enhanced cash flow generation. Equity market capitalization and liquidity will be enhanced by the issuance of over 100 million new shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection with the Merger.

To enable Entercom to manage an orderly transition in its operation of CBS Radio, CBS and Entercom will enter into the Transition Services Agreement, pursuant to which CBS will provide certain services to Entercom in support of CBS Radio and Entercom will provide certain limited services to CBS for a period not to exceed twenty-four months following the consummation of the Transactions. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Transition Services Agreement.”

In addition, CBS and Entercom will enter into the Joint Digital Services Agreement, pursuant to which CBS Local Digital Media will continue to operate the digital presences for CBS Radio’s Sports and News Stations and CBS TV Stations. The Joint Digital Services Agreement represents a collaborative arrangement between CBS and Entercom, providing for the sharing of revenues, costs and content, in connection with the operation of the CBS Local Websites, as described in “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Joint Digital Services Agreement.”

Entercom will be required to divest 14 FM radio stations in certain markets (some of which may be CBS Radio stations) in order to comply with the FCC’s local radio ownership rule. Such divestitures may be accomplished through cash sales or otherwise, and may materially impact the operating metrics and pro forma financials as presented herein. However, these divestitures will not diminish the number of markets in which Entercom will operate following consummation of the Merger. For more information, see ”Federal Regulation of

 

94


Table of Contents

Radio Broadcasting—Transfer or Assignment of Licenses” and “Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting—Ownership Regulation.”

Entercom’s Liquidity and Capital Resources After the Consummation of the Transactions

As of December 31, 2016, Entercom had current assets of $146.7 million, total assets of $1,076.2, total current liabilities of $67.7 million and long-term debt, net of current portion of $467.6 million. Following the consummation of the Transactions, Entercom’s total assets and liabilities will increase significantly.

As of December 31, 2016, on a pro forma basis (as described in “Entercom and CBS Radio Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements”), Entercom would have had current assets of $427.0 million, total assets of $5,010.0 million, total current liabilities of $221.8 million and long-term debt, net of current portion, of $1,886.5 million. Entercom expects its cash from operations to increase significantly as a result of the consummation of the Transactions and the integration of the CBS Radio Business.

Entercom believes that, within twelve to eighteen months of the consummation of the Transactions, the combination of the CBS Radio Business with Entercom’s existing business will result in annual cost savings of approximately $25 million, primarily related to the consolidation of corporate overhead costs and cost savings in local markets in which Entercom and CBS Radio overlap. Entercom expects to incur significant, one-time costs in connection with the Transactions estimated at approximately $[            ] million. No assurances of the timing or amount of synergies able to be captured, or the costs necessary to achieve those synergies, can be provided.

In connection with entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into the Commitment Letter with the Commitment Parties, pursuant to which such Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche under the Radio Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock, and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

Entercom Radio, LLC will use the proceeds of the Radio Financing to repay or cause to be repaid all outstanding amounts under the Entercom Credit Agreement, terminate all commitments under the Entercom Credit Agreement and obtain a release of all security interests for the Entercom Credit Agreement. In connection with the Contribution and the Radio Financing, Entercom Radio, LLC will become a guarantor under the Radio Credit Agreement and the Radio Notes Indenture, and will pledge certain of its assets to secure amounts outstanding under the Radio Credit Agreement.

Entercom anticipates that its primary sources of liquidity for working capital and operating activities, including any future acquisitions, will be cash from operations and borrowings under the Radio Credit Agreement. Entercom expects that, following the consummation of the Merger, these sources of liquidity will be sufficient to make required payments of interest on its outstanding debt and to fund working capital and capital expenditure requirements, including costs relating to the Transactions.

For more information on Entercom’s existing sources of liquidity, see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference in this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

 

95


Table of Contents

Directors and Officers of Entercom Before and After the Consummation of the Transactions

Board of Directors

The Entercom Board of Directors currently consists of six directors as follows:

 

    Joseph M. Field, Chairman and Director

 

    David J. Field, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of Entercom

 

    David J. Berkman, Director

 

    Joel Hollander, Director

 

    Mark R. LaNeve, Director

 

    David Levy, Director

Listed below is the biographical information for each person who is currently a member of the Entercom Board of Directors.

Joseph M. Field—Chairman & Director . Joseph M. Field (age 85) founded Entercom in 1968 and has served as Chairman of the Entercom Board of Directors since its inception. Mr. Field served as Entercom’s Chief Executive Officer from Entercom’s inception until 2002 and as Entercom’s President from its inception until 1998. Before entering the broadcasting business, he practiced law for 14 years in New York (including service as an Assistant United States Attorney) and Philadelphia. Mr. Field served on the board of directors of the National Association of Broadcasters for the years 1992 through 1996. Mr. Field currently serves on the boards of directors of the Broadcasters’ Foundation, Mediacast, LLC (d/b/a Specticast), the Philadelphia Orchestra Association, The Mary Louise Curtis Bok Foundation, the Settlement Music School, the National Liberty Museum and the Philadelphia Chamber Music Society. In addition, he serves on the Advisory Board of the University of Pennsylvania’s Field Center for Children’s Policy, Practice & Research. Mr. Field has a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania, an L.L.B. from Yale Law School and a D.M. from the Curtis Institute of Music. Mr. Field is the father of David J. Field.

David J. Field—Director, President and Chief Executive Officer . David J. Field (age 54) has served as Entercom’s Chief Executive Officer since 2002, its President since 1998, and one of its directors since 1995. Mr. Field is Entercom’s Principal Executive Officer. He also served as Entercom’s Chief Operating Officer from 1996 to 2002 and Chief Financial Officer from 1992 to 1998. Mr. Field served as Vice President-Operations and Chief Financial Officer of Entercom from 1992 to 1995 and Senior Vice-President-Operations and Chief Financial Officer from 1995 to 1996. Mr. Field served as Chairman of the Radio Board of the National Association of Broadcasters from 2005 to 2007. Mr. Field also currently serves on the boards of directors of the National Constitution Center and The Wilderness Society. He has a B.A. from Amherst College and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Field was named the 2006 Radio Executive of the Year by Radio Ink Magazine and was also recognized as one of the best CEOs in America by Institutional Investor Magazine in 2006, 2007 and 2008. Mr. Field is the son of Joseph M. Field.

David J. Berkman—Director . David J. Berkman (age 55) has served as one of Entercom’s directors since the consummation of its initial public offering in January 1999. Since January 2000, Mr. Berkman has served as the Managing Partner of Associated Partners, LP, a private equity firm primarily engaged in telecommunications infrastructure investments. He also serves on the boards of directors of Actua Corporation (formerly ICG Group, Inc.) and Franklin Square Holdings, LP. Civically, Mr. Berkman serves on the Board of Overseers of the University of Pennsylvania School of Engineering and Science. Mr. Berkman has a B.S. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Joel Hollander—Director . Joel Hollander (age 61) has served as one of Entercom’s directors since November 2013. Since May 2007, Mr. Hollander has been serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of

 

96


Table of Contents

264 Echo Place Partners, an investment advisory firm. Mr. Hollander previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of CBS Radio from 2002 until 2007. Prior to joining CBS Radio, Mr. Hollander was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Westwood One, a radio program syndication company. Mr. Hollander also currently serves on the Merrill Lynch Client Advisory Board, as well as on the boards of directors of The C. J. Foundation for SIDS, the Tomorrow’s Children Fund, RiverSpring Health Center and the Hackensack Medical Center. Mr. Hollander has a B.S. in Communication and Media Studies from Indiana State University.

Mark R. LaNeve—Director . Mark R. LaNeve (age 58) has served as one of Entercom’s directors since March 2014. Since January 2015, Mr. LaNeve has been serving as Vice President, U.S. Marketing, Sales and Service of the Ford Motor Company. From August 2012 through January 2014, Mr. LaNeve served as Chief Operating Officer of Global Team Ford, an agency that serves as the marketing and advertising agency for the Ford Motor Company and the Ford and Lincoln brands on a global basis. Global Team Ford is part of the WPP Group, a multinational advertising and public relations company. Mr. LaNeve was previously with Allstate Insurance Corporation where he served as Senior Executive Vice President (January 2011–February 2012) and Chief Marketing Officer (October 2009–February 2012). Prior to joining Allstate, Mr. LaNeve was Vice President of Sales, Service and Marketing at General Motors Corporation (September 2004–January 2009). Mr. LaNeve is involved with various organizations that assist people affected by autism and sits on the boards of Autism Speaks in New York City and Eton Academy for different learners in Birmingham, Michigan. He also serves on the board of Angel’s Place, a non-profit organization that provides people-centered services, including homes and professional support for adults with developmental disabilities. Mr. LaNeve has a B.A. in Marketing from the University of Virginia.

David Levy—Director . David Levy (age 54) has served as one of Entercom’s directors since May 2015. Since 2013, Mr. Levy has served as President of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. where he oversees all creative and business activity of the Turner signature entertainment networks TBS, TNT, Turner Classic Movies, truTV, Cartoon Network, Boomerang and Adult Swim, and their digital brand extensions, as well as Turner Sports. Additionally, Mr. Levy is responsible for overseeing domestic ad sales and distribution revenue for Turner’s portfolio of networks including TNT, TBS, CNN, HLN, TCM, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Boomerang, truTV and CNN Airport Network. Mr. Levy had previously served as President, Sales, Distribution and Sports for Turner since 2003. Mr. Levy also currently serves on the board of Duplication Services Inc., a privately owned company. Mr. Levy has a B.S. from Syracuse University – Martin J. Whitman School of Management.

The Entercom Board of Directors has determined that each of its non-employee directors (all directors other than Joseph M. Field and David J. Field) satisfy the listing standards for independence of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

In connection with the Merger, Entercom will increase the size of its board of directors by three members and one of its then-current directors will resign. Immediately following the Merger, in accordance with the Merger Agreement, nine persons will serve on the Entercom Board of Directors, five from Entercom’s current board of directors and four new directors agreed upon by CBS, two of whom are affiliated with CBS:

 

David J. Field

   Director; Chairman; Chief Executive Officer of Entercom

Joseph M. Field

   Director; Chairman Emeritus of Entercom

[            ]

   [            ]

[            ]

   [            ]

[            ]

   [            ]

Leslie Moonves

   Director; Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of CBS

Joseph R. Ianniello

   Director; Chief Operating Officer of CBS

[            ]

   [            ]

[            ]

   [            ]

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, Messrs. Moonves and Ianniello have agreed to execute and deliver an irrevocable letter of resignation from the Entercom Board of Directors effective upon the earlier of (a) six months after the closing of the Merger and (b) the day prior to the first annual meeting of Entercom following closing of the Merger. Following such resignations, the resulting vacancies on the Entercom Board of Directors will be addressed in accordance with Entercom’s bylaws.

 

97


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

The executive officers of Entercom immediately following the consummation of the Merger will include David J. Field, who will continue as the Chief Executive Officer of Entercom, Richard J. Schmaeling as Chief Financial Officer, and other officers that will be determined by Entercom. Listed below is the biographical information for each person who is expected to be an executive officer of Entercom following the consummation of the Merger. The biographical information for David J. Field is included above under the section entitled “—Board of Directors.”

Richard J. Schmaeling (age 52) has served as Chief Financial Officer of Travel Leaders Group, LLC, the largest travel agency company in the United States since July 2016. From August 2015 through June 2016, Mr. Schmaeling was Chief Financial Officer of MediaMath, Inc., a private equity controlled advertising technology company. From January 2015 through August 2015, Mr. Schmaeling provided integration consulting to Media General, Inc., a TV and digital media company which acquired LIN Media, LLC, a local TV and digital media provider serving 23 markets and approximately 10% of U.S. households, where Mr. Schmaeling was Chief Financial Officer from 2008 through December 2014. Mr. Schmaeling is a Certified Public Accountant and has a B.S. in Accounting from Rutgers University.

 

98


Table of Contents

FEDERAL REGULATION OF RADIO BROADCASTING

The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing regulation by the FCC and other federal agencies of ownership, programming, technical operations, employment and other business practices. The FCC regulates broadcast radio stations pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (“Communications Act”). The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and of certain specific FCC regulations and policies. This summary is not a comprehensive listing of all of the regulations and policies affecting radio stations. For further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of radio stations, you should refer to the Communications Act, FCC rules and FCC public notices and rulings.

The Communications Act permits the operation of a broadcast radio station only in accordance with a license issued by the FCC. A licensee’s failure to comply with the requirements of the Communications Act or FCC rules and policies may result in the imposition of sanctions, including admonishment, fines, the grant of a license renewal for less than a full eight-year term or with conditions, denial of a license renewal application, the revocation of an FCC license, and/or the denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties.

Transfer or Assignment of Licenses

The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of broadcast licenses or the transfer of control of a broadcast licensee without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to grant such approval, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the existing licensee and the proposed licensee, including:

 

    compliance with the FCC’s ownership rules;

 

    the “character” of the proposed licensee; and

 

    compliance with the Communications Act’s limitations on alien ownership as well as general compliance with FCC regulations and policies.

To obtain FCC consent for the assignment or transfer of control of a broadcast license, appropriate applications must be filed with the FCC. Interested parties may file objections or petitions to deny such applications.

Ownership Regulation

The FCC’s current ownership rules as applicable to CBS Radio and Entercom are briefly summarized below. Entercom is seeking approval from its shareholders at the Special Meeting to amend its Articles of Incorporation to help ensure its compliance with the FCC’s ownership rules.

Local Radio Ownership

The local radio ownership rule limits the number of radio stations that may be commonly owned or controlled in local markets, (i) as defined and rated by Nielsen Audio; and (ii) in areas outside of Nielsen Audio markets, as determined by overlap of specified signal contours. Under that rule, one party may own up to eight radio stations in the largest markets, no more than five of which may be either AM or FM. With a few exceptions, the rule permits the common ownership of eight radio stations in the top 50 radio markets, where CBS Radio and Entercom have significant holdings.

Radio-Television Cross-Ownership Rule

The FCC’s radio-television cross-ownership rule limits the common ownership of radio and television stations in the same market. The numeric limit varies according to the number of independent media voices in the market. In most markets where CBS Radio owns radio stations and CBS owns a television station, the rule limits CBS Radio to owning no more than six or seven radio stations.

 

99


Table of Contents

Newspaper-Broadcast Cross-Ownership

The newspaper-broadcast cross-ownership rule prohibits the common ownership of a radio or television station and daily newspaper in the same market absent a waiver by the FCC.

The FCC is required to periodically review certain of its media ownership rules, and it completed its most recent review in August 2016 when it affirmed, with minor changes, the rules summarized above. The FCC’s August 2016 decision is subject to review by the U.S. Court of Appeals. Certain unrelated third parties have separately petitioned the FCC to reconsider aspects of that decision including the decision to retain the radio-television and the newspaper-broadcast cross-ownership rules.

Ownership Attribution

In applying its ownership limitations, the FCC generally considers only “attributable” ownership interests. Attributable interests generally include: (i) equity and debt interests which when combined exceed 33% of a licensee’s or other media entity’s total asset value, if the interest holder supplies more than 15% of a station’s total weekly programming or has an attributable interest in any same-market media outlet (television, radio or newspaper), with a higher threshold in the case of investments in certain “eligible entities” acquiring broadcast stations; (ii) a 5% or greater direct or indirect voting stock interest, including certain interests held in trust, unless the holder is a qualified passive investor, in which case the threshold is a 20% or greater voting stock interest; (iii) any equity interest in a limited liability company or a partnership, including a limited partnership, unless properly “insulated” from management activities; and (iv) any position as an officer or director of a licensee or of its direct or indirect parent.

Under the current attribution rules, a minority stockholder is not attributed with an ownership interest even it directly or indirectly owns 5% or more of the voting stock of a licensee, if there is a single majority voting stockholder. National Amusements is the single majority voting stockholder of CBS, and Joseph Field is the single majority voting stockholder of Entercom. Following the Merger, however, Entercom will not have a single majority voting stockholder; therefore, any person or entity holding directly or indirectly 5% or more of the voting power in Entercom will be an attributable interest holder under the FCC’s ownership rules, which may limit direct or indirect purchases of Entercom’s stock. In addition, for a period of up to six months following the Merger, CBS and Entercom will have two common directors. During this period, the broadcast stations owned by each company will be attributable to the other, which may have the effect of limiting and affecting the activities, strategic business alternatives and business terms available to CBS and Entercom. In particular, so long as CBS and Entercom share common directors, Entercom will be treated for FCC purposes as commonly owned with CBS. Because CBS owns television stations in 16 of the markets where Entercom will own radio stations following the Merger, Entercom and CBS will continue to be subject to the limits of the radio-television cross-ownership rule in those markets (or in any other market where CBS may acquire a television station) until CBS and Entercom cease to share an attributable ownership or have common officers or directors. Entercom and CBS have requested a temporary waiver of the FCC’s radio-television cross ownership rule to enable them to continue to own radio and televisions stations in four markets during that period when Entercom and CBS will have common directors.

As a result of the Merger, Entercom would own radio stations in seven markets exceeding the limit under the FCC’s local radio ownership rule. In connection with the applications that CBS Radio and Entercom have filed with the FCC for consent to the Merger, Entercom and CBS Radio have committed to divesting 14 radio stations in the seven affected markets. To the extent that these stations have not been divested as of the closing of the Merger, CBS Radio and Entercom have proposed to transfer these stations to a divestiture trustee, who will be charged with operating and promptly divesting the stations.

Foreign Ownership

In general, the Communications Act prohibits foreign individuals or entities from owning more than 25% of the voting power or equity of CBS Radio. In November 2013, the FCC confirmed that it will consider on a case-

 

100


Table of Contents

by-case basis petitions for approval of foreign ownership of broadcast licenses that exceeds the 25% threshold and, in September 2016, the FCC adopted specific rules and procedures for the filing and review of such requests. In the September 2016 decision, the FCC confirmed that it will allow broadcast licensees to seek approval of up to 100% foreign ownership. The FCC also adopted a methodology for determining the citizenship of the beneficial owners of publicly held shares that companies may use to ascertain compliance with the foreign ownership rules.

Programming And Operation

The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the “public interest.” A licensee is required to present programming that is responsive to issues in the station’s community of license and to maintain records demonstrating this responsiveness. The FCC also regulates, among other things, political advertising; sponsorship identification; the advertisement of contests and lotteries; the conduct of station-run contests and obscene, indecent and profane broadcasts.

The FCC’s rules prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time and indecent or profane material between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m., local time. Broadcasters risk violating the prohibition against broadcasting indecent or profane material because the vagueness of the FCC’s indecency/profanity definition makes it difficult to apply, particularly with respect to spontaneous, live programming. The FCC’s maximum forfeiture penalty per radio station for broadcasting indecent or profane programming is $389,305 per indecent or profane utterance with a maximum forfeiture exposure of $3,593,585 for any continuing violation arising from a single act or failure to act. CBS Radio and Entercom have been involved in litigation and, from time to time, have received and may receive in the future letters of inquiry from the FCC prompted by complaints alleging that certain programming on its broadcast radio stations included indecent or profane material.

The FCC regulates the conduct of on-air station contests, requiring in general that the material rules and terms of the contest be broadcast periodically or posted online and that the contest be conducted substantially as announced.

License Renewal

Radio station licenses issued by the FCC are renewable ordinarily for an eight-year term. A station may continue to operate beyond the expiration date of its license if a timely filed license renewal application is pending.

Generally, the FCC renews radio broadcast licenses without a hearing upon a finding that:

 

    the radio station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;

 

    there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations; and

 

    there have been no other violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations which, taken together, indicate a pattern of abuse.

After considering these factors and any petitions to deny a license renewal application (which may lead to a hearing) that have been filed by third parties, the FCC may grant the license renewal application with or without conditions, including renewal for a term less than the maximum otherwise permitted. Historically, CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s licenses have been renewed for full eight-year terms without any conditions or sanctions imposed; however, there can be no assurance that the licenses of each of CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s radio stations will be renewed for a full term without conditions or sanctions. With one exception, as described below, all of the renewal applications filed by CBS Radio and Entercom during the most recent renewal windows have been granted.

 

101


Table of Contents

The FCC initiated an investigation in January 2007 related to a contest at one of Entercom’s stations. In October 2016, the FCC designated for a hearing whether Entercom operated this station in the public interest and whether such station’s license should be renewed. In February 2017, in order to facilitate the Merger, Entercom permanently discontinued operation of and relinquished the FCC license for this station, and in March 2017 an FCC administrative law judge terminated the renewal hearing. Although the license renewal application for that station may technically remain pending, the relinquishment of the license effectively moots that application.

Technical Rules

Numerous FCC rules govern the technical operating parameters of radio stations, including permissible operating frequency, power and antenna height and interference protections between stations. Changes to these rules could negatively affect the operation of radio stations owned by CBS Radio and Entercom. For example, in October 2015, the FCC proposed rules that, if adopted, could reduce the degree of interference protection afforded to certain of CBS Radio’s AM radio stations that serve wide areas.

Enforcement Authority

The FCC has the power to impose penalties for violations of its rules under the Communications Act, including the imposition of monetary fines, the issuance of short-term licenses, the imposition of a condition on the renewal of a license, the denial of authority to acquire new stations, and the revocation of operating authority. The maximum fine for a broadcast radio station for a single violation of the FCC’s rules (other than indecency rules—see discussion above) is $48,114 for a single violation and $481,147 for a continuing violation.

Proposed Changes

Congress, the FCC and other federal agencies are considering or may in the future consider and adopt new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could: (1) affect, directly or indirectly, the operation, ownership and profitability of Entercom’s radio stations; (2) result in the loss of audience share and advertising revenues for Entercom’s radio stations; and (3)  affect Entercom’s ability to acquire additional radio stations or to finance those acquisitions.

Federal Antitrust Laws

The federal agencies responsible for enforcing the federal antitrust laws, the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice, may investigate certain acquisitions. For an acquisition meeting certain size thresholds, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 requires the parties to file Notification and Report Forms with the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice and to observe specified waiting-period requirements before consummating the acquisition. The transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement will be subject to review by the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice. On February 7, 2017 Entercom and CBS Radio were advised that the Department of Justice has initiated an informal investigation regarding transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Laws Affecting Intellectual Property

Laws affecting intellectual property are of significant importance to CBS Radio and Entercom to protect brands and copyrights. Protection of brands requires the vigilance and action by the brand owner. CBS Radio and Entercom seek trademark registrations for significant brand assets and enforces its brand rights against infringing parties through legal actions, including actions in the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

 

102


Table of Contents

Unauthorized Distribution of Copyright Content and Piracy

Unauthorized distribution or reproduction of content, especially in digital formats such as unlicensed live simultaneous or stored streaming of audio recordings and peer-to-peer file “sharing,” are threats to any copyright owners’ ability to protect and exploit their property. CBS Radio and Entercom monitor legal changes that might impact the exclusive rights it has in broadcasts, streams and recorded content. CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s digital delivery services and commercial arrangements with digital content providers help reduce the risks associated with unauthorized access to CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s content. CBS Radio and Entercom are also engaged in enforcement and other activities to protect its intellectual property. Policing CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s intellectual property rights, or litigation or proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, courts or other administrative bodies, is unpredictable, costly and may not always be cost effective.

 

103


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR CBS RADIO

(Tabular dollars in millions)

You should read the following discussion and analysis of CBS Radio’s financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS Radio,” “Information on CBS Radio” and the historical consolidated financial statements of CBS Radio and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this document. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve numerous risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are subject to a number of important factors, including those factors discussed under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements,” that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described herein or implied by such forward-looking statements.

CBS Radio’s historical financial statements included in this document have been presented on a “carve-out” basis from CBS’s consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of CBS Radio and include allocations of corporate expenses from CBS. These allocations reflect significant assumptions, and the financial statements do not fully reflect what CBS Radio’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had it been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of CBS Radio’s future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Transactions—The historical and pro forma financial information that is included in this document may not be representative of the results CBS Radio would have achieved as a stand-alone public company and may not be a reliable indicator of CBS Radio’s future results.”

Set forth below is a discussion of CBS Radio’s historical operations. The effects of the Transactions are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of Entercom and CBS Radio included elsewhere in this document.

Overview

Business Overview and Strategy

CBS Radio is a large-market focused, multi-platform national media company with a local footprint of 117 radio stations and digital properties in 26 radio markets, including all of the top 10 radio markets and 19 of the top 25 radio markets. CBS Radio focuses on three areas of content: Sports, News and Music & Entertainment. CBS Radio’s radio portfolio includes many of the leading radio stations in the United States, including the most listened-to Sports (WFAN in New York), News (1010 WINS in New York) and Classic Hits (WCBS-FM in New York) radio stations. CBS Radio owns the #1- or #2-rated local Sports radio station and the #1-rated All-News radio station in each of the markets in which it programs these formats. CBS Radio’s radio stations reached an audience of more than 65 million people per week in 2016, making it the second largest radio group in the United States as measured both by audience and by revenue. CBS Radio also distributes its content through an integrated suite of digital properties, including market-focused local websites, Radio.com (a streaming service), Eventful (an event discovery platform) and Play.it (a podcast network), which collectively reached an average of 63.4 million internet and mobile unique users per month in 2016. In addition, CBS Radio produces events across its markets, including concerts, multi-day musical festivals, speaker series, trade shows and sports-related events. CBS Radio produced, co-produced or co-promoted approximately 600 such events in 2016.

CBS Radio focuses primarily on large metropolitan markets through clusters of radio stations and digital properties. CBS Radio has the #1- or #2-ranked station clusters in approximately 64% of its markets as measured

 

104


Table of Contents

by revenue, as reported by Miller Kaplan Arase, LLP. As of December 2016, CBS Radio employed approximately 1,000 sales personnel dedicated to local and national radio advertising, digital advertising and events, with a local presence in all of the markets in which it operates.

Since 2013, CBS Radio has experienced a declining trend in its traditional broadcast spot advertising revenues resulting from industry-wide challenges in local advertising, and a loss in market share primarily from increased competition in the programming formats it offers. The radio broadcasting industry is highly competitive and the radio advertising marketplace has been affected by competition from the proliferation of digital platforms. In an effort to mitigate these negative trends, CBS Radio has initiated several strategic changes to its business to regain market share in its traditional radio broadcast spot advertising business and reduce its cost structure. Such actions included appointing a new President as well as other members of its senior management team; realigning and enhancing its sales structure; combining certain station management functions to better align its programming with consumer and market demand; and initiating measures intended to improve its overall pricing discipline. CBS Radio believes that taken together, these actions will enable it to maintain and expand its operating margins and continue to generate significant levels of operating cash flow, therefore enhancing the overall value of its business. During 2016, CBS Radio began to see the benefit of these strategic initiatives. While revenues for the first seven months of 2016 were lower than revenues for the same prior-year period, CBS Radio had low-single-digit revenue increases for each month from August through December of 2016 compared with the same prior-year periods. In addition, profit for 2016 has increased compared with the profit for the prior year, benefiting primarily from the reduced cost structure resulting from the 2015 restructuring activities. CBS Radio continued to execute such changes during 2016 and implemented additional restructuring activities during the fourth quarter of 2016 to further reduce its cost structure.

In addition, CBS Radio continues to pursue opportunities for revenue growth beyond its broadcast advertising revenues, including from its digital platforms and non-traditional revenue sources such as events, programming sponsorships, and naming rights of radio station studios and performance spaces. CBS Radio also continues to develop and invest in compelling local and national content, and enhance its existing radio clusters and digital assets. CBS Radio believes this strategy will increase its relevance among its audiences and advertisers, strengthen its local brands and provide it with additional opportunities to monetize its content. See “Information on CBS Radio—Operating Strategy.”

All references to historical financial market performance and market share included herein have been obtained from information published by the public accounting firm Miller Kaplan Arase, LLP.

Revenues

CBS Radio derives its revenues from the following revenue streams:

Broadcasting Revenue . CBS Radio generates broadcasting revenue from the sale of advertising time on its radio stations to a wide range of local and national advertisers in consumer-focused industries, including automotive, entertainment, retail and financial services. Local advertising is generated primarily in a station’s individual market and national advertising is generated across multiple markets. Political advertising reflects advertising spending by political candidates and special interest groups relating to local and national elections. Revenue is recognized in the period during which the advertising spot is broadcast and is reported net of agency commissions, which are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue. CBS Radio also earns revenues from advertising spots sold across radio networks and from advertising time provided in exchange for goods and services in trade and barter transactions.

Digital, Events and Other Revenue . CBS Radio generates digital revenue primarily from the sale of display, audio and video advertising across its digital properties, which enables it to further monetize the content produced by its radio stations. Events revenue is generated primarily from advertising and sponsorships as well as ticket sales associated with various live events which CBS Radio produces, promotes, co-produces and co-

 

105


Table of Contents

promotes. Other revenues are generated primarily from the syndication of programming, sponsorships of programming features and naming rights of radio station assets. Digital advertising revenues are recognized in the period during which the advertising is displayed. Other revenues, including events, are recognized when the related service is provided and syndication revenue is recognized when the program is made available.

Expenses

Operating Expenses. CBS Radio’s operating expenses include costs relating to the production and acquisition of its radio programming, including on-air talent, acquired sports programming rights, music license fees and employee compensation costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . CBS Radio’s selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses include advertising and promotion costs, commissions, employee compensation, bad debt expense and other costs associated with administrative departments which support its operations.

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations reflect the results of several non-radio businesses which were historically included in the legal entity structure of CBS Radio Inc. During 2015, these businesses were distributed to another subsidiary of CBS.

Non-GAAP Measures

Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted net income from continuing operations are measures of performance not calculated in accordance with GAAP. “Adjusted OIBDA” is defined as operating income (loss) before depreciation, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring charges and impairment charges and “Adjusted net income from continuing operations” is defined as net income (loss) from continuing operations before restructuring charges and impairment charges. Management uses Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted net income from continuing operations to evaluate CBS Radio’s operating performance. Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted net income from continuing operations are relevant and useful for investors because they allow investors to view performance in a manner similar to the method used by CBS Radio’s management, help improve investors’ understanding of CBS Radio’s operating performance and make it easier for investors to compare CBS Radio’s results with other companies that have different financing and capital structures or tax rates. Adjusted OIBDA is among the primary measures used by management for planning and forecasting of future periods, and it is an important indicator of operational strength and business performance. In addition, Adjusted OIBDA is among the primary measures used by investors, analysts and peers in CBS Radio’s industry for purposes of valuation and the comparison of CBS Radio’s operating performance to other companies in CBS Radio’s industry and to compare year-over-year results. As Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted net income from continuing operations are non-GAAP financial measures, reconciliations of Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted net income from continuing operations to net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, are provided when Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted net income from continuing operations are presented.

 

106


Table of Contents

Results of Operations—2016 versus 2015

Operational Highlights 2016 versus 2015

 

                 Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,    2016     2015           $                  %        

Revenues

   $ 1,221.6     $ 1,230.6     $ (9.0      (1 )% 

Operating loss

   $ (561.0   $ (240.3   $ (320.7      n/m  

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (552.4   $ (136.5   $ (415.9      n/m  

Operating cash flow from continuing operations

   $ 282.5     $ 212.8     $ 69.7        33

Non-GAAP Measures:

         

Adjusted OIBDA (a)

   $ 338.7     $ 321.8     $ 16.9        5

Adjusted OIBDA margin (b)

     28     26     

Adjusted net income from continuing operations  (a)

   $ 175.8     $ 178.1     $ (2.3      (1 )% 

 

n/m—not meaningful

 

(a) See “—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” for reconciliations of adjusted results to the most directly comparable financial measures in accordance with GAAP.
(b) Adjusted OIBDA margin is defined as Adjusted OIBDA divided by revenues.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the 1% decrease in revenues was primarily driven by a decline in local broadcasting revenue, which was partially offset by higher political advertising sales and growth from non-traditional revenue sources such as events, programming sponsorships, and naming rights of radio station assets.

CBS Radio reported an operating loss of $561.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 versus an operating loss of $240.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Included in the operating losses were impairment charges of $852.8 million and $482.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and restructuring charges of $8.6 million and $36.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Adjusted OIBDA, which excludes these impairment and restructuring charges, increased 5%, with the Adjusted OIBDA margin expanding 2 percentage points to 28%, demonstrating improvement in profitability resulting from the strategic changes and restructuring activities implemented during 2015.

CBS Radio converts a significant amount of its revenues and earnings to operating cash flow. CBS Radio generated operating cash flow from continuing operations of $282.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $212.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to the higher Adjusted OIBDA, improved collection efforts, the collection of $13.3 million in 2016 relating to a past due receivable account, and the timing of payments.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted net income from continuing operations to net loss from continuing operations, the most directly comparable financial measure in accordance with GAAP.

 

                   Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,    2016      2015            $                  %        

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (552.4    $ (136.5    $ (415.9      n/m  

Exclude:

           

Benefit for income taxes

     (25.4      (103.8      

Interest expense

     16.8        —          

Impairment charges

     852.8        482.9        

Restructuring charges

     8.6        36.5        

Depreciation

     26.1        28.5        

Stock-based compensation (a)

     12.2        14.2        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted OIBDA

   $ 338.7      $ 321.8      $ 16.9        5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

n/m—not meaningful

 

(a) For the year ended December 31, 2015, stock-based compensation of $2.9 million was reflected in restructuring charges.

 

107


Table of Contents
                   Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,    2016      2015            $                  %        

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (552.4    $ (136.5    $ (415.9      n/m  

Exclude:

           

Impairment charges (net of tax benefit of $129.8 million in 2016 and $190.4 million in 2015)

     723.0        292.5        

Restructuring charges (net of tax benefit of $3.4 million in 2016 and $14.4 million in 2015)

     5.2        22.1        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net income from continuing operations

   $ 175.8      $ 178.1      $ (2.3      (1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

n/m—not meaningful

Revenues

 

Revenues by Type

Year Ended December 31,

   2016      % of Total
Revenues
    2015      % of Total
Revenues
    Increase/(Decrease)  
                   $                  %        

Broadcasting revenue

   $ 982.3        80   $ 1,001.1        81   $ (18.8      (2 )% 

Digital, events and other revenue

     239.3        20       229.5        19       9.8        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 1,221.6        100   $ 1,230.6        100   $ (9.0      (1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Broadcasting Revenue

 

                                 Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,                  2016      2015            $                  %        

Local

         $ 670.7      $ 707.4      $ (36.7      (5 )% 

National

           221.0        217.9        3.1        1  

Political

           19.4        4.1        15.3        n/m  

Network and other

           71.2        71.7        (.5      (1
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total broadcasting revenue

         $ 982.3      $ 1,001.1      $ (18.8      (2 )% 
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

n/m—not meaningful

Local Advertising

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the 5% decrease in local advertising revenue reflects decreased spending by advertisers primarily in the entertainment, financial services and healthcare industries, which was partially offset by increased spending from advertisers in the professional services industry. This decline reflects a loss in market share, primarily from increased competition in the programming formats offered by CBS Radio, as well as lower demand in the radio marketplace. CBS Radio’s revenue decrease on a market basis was primarily driven by the New York and Detroit markets, partially offset by growth in the Dallas market. To counteract the recent trend of declining local broadcast spot advertising, CBS Radio is focusing on enhancing and realigning its sales team and better aligning its programming with consumer and market demand. In addition, CBS Radio is pursuing opportunities for revenue growth beyond its broadcast advertising revenues, including digital offerings, events, programming sponsorships, and naming rights of radio station studios and performance spaces.

 

108


Table of Contents

National Advertising

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the 1% increase in national advertising revenue reflects increased spending by advertisers primarily in the restaurant, retail and professional services industries, which was partially offset by decreased spending from advertisers in the entertainment and automotive industries. This increase reflects a gain in market share, as CBS Radio outperformed the industry during 2016 in most of the markets where it operates. CBS Radio’s revenue increase on a market basis was primarily driven by the New York, Dallas and San Francisco markets.

Political Advertising

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the increase in political advertising was driven by higher political spending for the 2016 Presidential election as well as U.S. federal and state elections.

Digital, Events and Other Revenue

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the 4% increase in digital, events and other revenue was primarily driven by growth from naming rights of station assets, including radio station studios and performance spaces, sponsorships of programming features and additional live events, partially offset by lower syndication of CBS Radio’s programming.

Costs and Expenses

 

     2016      % of
Revenues
    2015      % of
Revenues
    Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,                    $                 %        

Operating

   $ 397.7        33   $ 421.6        34   $ (23.9     (6 )% 

Selling, general and administrative

     497.4        41       501.4        41     (4.0     (1 )% 

Depreciation

     26.1        2       28.5        2     (2.4     (8 )% 

Restructuring charges

     8.6        n/m       36.5        n/m       (27.9     n/m  

Impairment charges

     852.8        n/m       482.9        n/m       369.9       n/m  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

   $ 1,782.6        n/m     $ 1,470.9        n/m     $ 311.7       21
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

n/m—not meaningful

Operating Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the 6% decrease in operating expenses was principally driven by lower employee compensation and talent costs resulting from restructuring activities in connection with the strategic changes implemented during 2015. The decrease also reflects lower programming costs and lower music license fees resulting from the decline in revenues.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the 1% decrease in SG&A expenses was principally driven by lower employee compensation costs resulting from the restructuring activities in connection with the strategic changes implemented during 2015. The decrease also reflects the impact of a favorable contract renegotiation. These decreases were partially offset by higher sales promotion costs mainly as a result of additional live events in 2016.

Depreciation

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the 8% decrease in depreciation expense was the result of lower capital expenditure levels in recent years.

 

109


Table of Contents

Restructuring Charges

During the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio implemented restructuring activities in an effort to streamline its operations, create efficiencies and reduce its cost structure. As a result, CBS Radio recorded restructuring charges of $8.6 million, reflecting $5.2 million of severance costs and $3.4 million of costs associated with exiting contractual obligations. The restructuring activities are expected to reduce CBS Radio’s annual cost structure by approximately $9 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, CBS Radio implemented restructuring activities, which included appointing a new President as well as other members of senior management, realigning the structure of its sales team, and combining certain station management functions. As a result, CBS Radio recorded restructuring charges of $36.5 million in 2015, reflecting $24.7 million of severance costs and $11.8 million of costs associated with exiting contractual obligations.

Impairment Charges

During 2016, CBS Radio recorded pretax noncash impairment charges of $852.8 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $530.1 million and FCC licenses in 23 radio markets by $322.7 million to their fair value (see “Critical Accounting Policies”).

During 2015, CBS Radio recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $482.9 million to reduce the carrying value of FCC licenses in 18 radio markets to their fair value.

Benefit for Income Taxes

 

                  Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,    2016      2015           $                  %        

Benefit for income taxes

   $ 25.4      $ 103.8     $ (78.4      n/m  

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ (577.8    $ (240.3   $ (337.5      n/m  

Effective tax rate

     n/m        43     

 

n/m—not meaningful

The benefit for income taxes represents federal, and state and local taxes on loss from continuing operations before income taxes. CBS Radio’s income tax accounts are calculated on a separate tax return basis, even though its operating results are included in the consolidated federal, and certain state and local income tax returns of CBS. CBS manages its tax position for the benefit of the entire portfolio of its businesses and, as such, the assumptions, methodologies and calculations made for purposes of determining CBS Radio’s tax provision, taxes paid and related tax accounts in the consolidated financial statements may differ from those made by CBS and, in addition, are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that CBS Radio would have followed as a separate stand-alone company. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2016 included a tax benefit of $129.8 million associated with a noncash impairment charge of $852.8 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill and FCC licenses to their fair value. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2015 included a tax benefit of $190.4 million associated with a noncash impairment charge of $482.9 million to reduce the carrying value of FCC licenses to their fair value.

Interest Expense

In October 2016, CBS Radio incurred $1.46 billion of indebtedness through a $1.06 billion term loan and the issuance of $400 million of senior secured notes. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2016, CBS Radio borrowed amounts under its revolving credit facility. These borrowings resulted in interest expense of $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The weighted average interest rate on CBS Radio’s long-term debt was 5.3% as of December 31, 2016 (see “Capital Structure”).

 

110


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

CBS Radio historically participated in CBS’s centralized cash management system. Under this system, on a daily basis, any excess cash CBS Radio generated was automatically transferred to CBS and any additional daily cash flow needs were funded by CBS. As such, CBS benefited from the positive cash flow CBS Radio generated and CBS also provided CBS Radio with sufficient daily liquidity to fund its ongoing cash needs. As a result, CBS Radio has historically required minimal cash on hand. On October 17, 2016, at the time of CBS Radio’s debt borrowings, CBS Radio’s participation in CBS’s centralized cash management system ceased and as a result, transactions with CBS subsequent to October 17, 2016 are settled in cash. The changes in cash for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2016      2015      Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net cash flow provided by operating activities from:

        

Continuing operations

   $ 282.5      $ 212.8      $ 69.7  

Discontinued operations

     —          7.6        (7.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided by operating activities

     282.5        220.4        62.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities from:

        

Continuing operations

     (5.2      (21.4      16.2  

Discontinued operations

     —          (.2      .2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities

     (5.2      (21.6      16.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for financing activities

     (258.8      (199.0      (59.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   $ 18.5      $ (.2    $ 18.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the increase in cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was driven primarily by higher Adjusted OIBDA, improved collection efforts, the collection of $13.3 million in 2016 relating to a past due receivable account, and the timing of payments.

Investing Activities

 

Year Ended December 31,    2016      2015  

Capital expenditures

   $ (17.0    $ (21.5

Acquisitions

     —          (2.5

Proceeds from dispositions (a)

     8.0        2.6  

Proceeds from sale of investment (b)

     3.8        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities from continuing operations

     (5.2      (21.4

Net cash flow used for investing activities from discontinued operations

     —          (.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities

   $ (5.2    $ (21.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The year ended December 31, 2016 reflects the sale of KFWB (AM) ® in Los Angeles.
(b) Reflects the sale of CBS Radio’s investment in Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.

Financing Activities

 

Year Ended December 31,    2016      2015  

Proceeds from debt borrowings

   $ 1,451.9      $ —    

Distribution of net debt proceeds to CBS

     (1,425.9      —    

Repayment of debt borrowings

     (110.0      —    

Net cash distribution to CBS

     (174.8      (199.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for financing activities

   $ (258.8    $ (199.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

In October 2016, CBS Radio incurred indebtedness of $1.46 billion, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1.432 billion after deducting bank fees, discounts and commissions, and other expenses payable by CBS Radio incurred in connection therewith. CBS Radio distributed to CBS approximately $1.426 billion, which is an amount equal to the net proceeds of the debt borrowings, prior to deducting expenses payable by CBS Radio, less $10 million which remained with CBS Radio to use for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs. In December 2016, CBS Radio also borrowed $20 million under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). During the fourth quarter of 2016, CBS Radio prepaid $100 million of the Radio Term Loan (as defined below) and repaid $10 million of the borrowings under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility.

Results of Operations—2015 versus 2014

Operational Highlights 2015 versus 2014

 

                 Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,    2015     2014           $                  %        

Revenues

   $ 1,230.6     $ 1,303.0     $ (72.4      (6 )% 

Operating income (loss)

   $ (240.3   $ 299.3     $ (539.6      n/m  

Operating income margin (a)

     n/m       23     

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (136.5   $ 176.5     $ (313.0      n/m  

Operating cash flow from continuing operations

   $ 212.8     $ 276.9     $ (64.1      (23 )% 

Non-GAAP Measures:

         

Adjusted OIBDA (b)

   $ 321.8     $ 402.3     $ (80.5      (20 )% 

Adjusted OIBDA margin (a)

     26     31     

Adjusted net income from continuing operations  (b)

   $ 178.1     $ 210.0     $ (31.9      (15 )% 

 

n/m-not meaningful

 

(a) Margin is defined as operating income or Adjusted OIBDA divided by revenues.
(b) See “—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” for reconciliations of adjusted results to the most directly comparable financial measures in accordance with GAAP.

2015 represented a transitional year for CBS Radio. During this period CBS Radio’s sales performance was below the overall radio market. CBS Radio initiated several strategic changes to its business in an effort to streamline operations, create efficiencies, reduce its cost structure, and improve its overall pricing discipline. Such actions included appointing a new President, as well as other members of senior management, realigning the structure of its sales team and combining certain station management functions. These actions were implemented with the ultimate goal of improving long-term profitability and enhancing the overall value of its business. In an effort to regain market share in its traditional radio broadcast advertising business, CBS Radio is focusing on enhancing its sales team and better aligning its programming with consumer and market demand. The 6% decrease in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 also reflects lower political advertising, as 2014 benefited from midterm elections, and the impact of owning fewer radio stations in 2015, as a result of a radio station swap in December 2014.

CBS Radio reported an operating loss of $240.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 versus operating income of $299.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Included in operating income (loss) were impairment charges of $482.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $48.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and restructuring charges of $36.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted OIBDA, which excludes these impairment and restructuring charges, declined 20%, primarily as a result of the decline in revenues.

CBS Radio converts a significant amount of its revenues and earnings to operating cash flow. CBS Radio generated operating cash flow from continuing operations of $212.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $276.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This decrease was primarily due to the decline in revenues.

 

112


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted net income from continuing operations to net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most directly comparable financial measure in accordance with GAAP.

 

     2015      2014      Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,                $                  %        

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (136.5    $ 176.5      $ (313.0      n/m  

Exclude:

           

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (103.8      122.8        

Impairment charges

     482.9        48.6        

Restructuring charges

     36.5        7.0        

Depreciation

     28.5        30.8        

Stock-based compensation (a)

     14.2        16.6        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted OIBDA

   $ 321.8      $ 402.3      $ (80.5      (20 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

n/m-not meaningful

 

(a) For the year ended December 31, 2015, stock-based compensation of $2.9 million was reflected in restructuring charges.

 

                   Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,    2015      2014            $                  %        

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (136.5    $ 176.5      $ (313.0      n/m  

Exclude:

           

Impairment charges (net of tax benefit of $190.4 million in 2015 and $19.3 million in 2014)

     292.5        29.3        

Restructuring charges (net of tax benefit of $14.4 million in 2015 and $2.8 million in 2014)

     22.1        4.2        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net income from continuing operations

   $ 178.1      $ 210.0      $ (31.9      (15 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

n/m-not meaningful

Revenues

 

Revenues by Type

Year Ended December 31,

   2015      % of Total
Revenues
    2014      % of Total
Revenues
   

Increase/(Decrease)

 
             $     %  

Broadcasting revenue

   $ 1,001.1        81   $ 1,077.8        83   $ (76.7     (7 )% 

Digital, events and other revenue

     229.5        19       225.2        17       4.3       2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 1,230.6        100   $ 1,303.0        100   $ (72.4     (6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Broadcasting Revenue

 

                   Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,    2015      2014            $                  %        

Local

   $ 683.5      $ 712.7      $ (29.2      (4 )% 

National

     208.2        224.8        (16.6      (7

Political

     4.1        16.3        (12.2      (75

Network and other

     69.8        74.6        (4.8      (6

Advertising from noncomparable radio stations

     35.5        49.4        (13.9      (28
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total broadcasting revenue

   $ 1,001.1      $ 1,077.8      $ (76.7      (7 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Local Advertising

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the 4% decrease in local advertising revenue reflects lower spending from advertisers primarily in the entertainment, automotive and retail industries, while spending increased from the healthcare industry. This decline reflects a loss in market share, primarily from increased competition in the programming formats offered by CBS Radio, as well as lower demand in the radio marketplace. On a market basis, the revenue decrease was primarily driven by the New York, Los Angeles and Chicago markets, partially offset by revenue growth associated with new sports rights agreements for the Baltimore Orioles and Atlanta Falcons as well as improved ratings in the Boston market.

National Advertising

For the year ended December 31, 2015, national advertising revenue declined 7%. In connection with initiatives implemented by its new management, beginning in the second quarter of 2015 CBS Radio stopped entering into those national advertising sales contracts that resulted in significant discounts and which in management’s view did not preserve the long-term value of CBS Radio’s advertising spot pricing. This change resulted in 4 percentage points of the decline in national advertising revenues in 2015. Going forward, these contracts are not expected to have a material impact on CBS Radio’s national advertising revenue comparisons. CBS Radio believes that this and other measures intended to improve overall pricing discipline will benefit its operating margin over the longer term.

Political Advertising

The decline in political advertising revenue was driven by the benefit in 2014 from midterm elections.

Network and Other Advertising

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the 6% decrease in network and other advertising revenue was principally driven by lower sales from the CBS Sports Radio Network and a decrease in noncash barter advertising.

Advertising from Noncomparable Radio Stations

In December 2014, CBS Radio completed a radio station swap with Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. through which CBS Radio exchanged 13 of its radio stations in Tampa and Charlotte and one radio station in Philadelphia, for two radio stations in Philadelphia and three radio stations in Miami. The swap resulted in lower revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015. Advertising from noncomparable radio stations of $35.5 million and $49.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, reflect broadcasting revenues from the stations exchanged in the swap.

Digital, Events and Other Revenue

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the 2% increase in digital, events and other revenue was primarily driven by growth from live events and the syndication of CBS Radio’s sports programming. These increases were partially offset by the impact from owning fewer radio stations in 2015 as a result of the aforementioned radio station swap.

Costs and Expenses

 

     2015      % of
Revenues
    2014      % of
Revenues
   

Increase/(Decrease)

 
Year Ended December 31,              $     %  

Operating

   $ 421.6        34   $ 408.1        31   $ 13.5       3

Selling, general and administrative

     501.4        41     509.2        39     (7.8     (2 )% 

Depreciation

     28.5        2     30.8        2     (2.3     (7 )% 

Restructuring charges

     36.5        n/m       7.0        n/m       29.5       n/m  

Impairment charges

     482.9        n/m       48.6        n/m       434.3       n/m  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

   $ 1,470.9        n/m     $ 1,003.7        n/m     $ 467.2       47
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

n/m—not meaningful

 

114


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the 3% increase in operating expenses was principally driven by costs for new sports rights agreements, including the Chicago Cubs, Baltimore Orioles and Atlanta Falcons.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the 2% decrease in SG&A expenses was principally driven by lower employee compensation costs resulting from restructuring activities in connection with the strategic changes implemented during 2015 as well as the impact of owning fewer radio stations in 2015.

Depreciation

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the 7% decrease in depreciation expense was the result of lower capital expenditure levels.

Restructuring Charges

During the year ended December 31, 2015, CBS Radio implemented restructuring activities in an effort to streamline operations, create efficiencies and reduce its cost structure. Such actions included appointing a new President as well as other members of senior management, realigning the structure of its sales team, and combining certain station management functions. As a result, CBS Radio recorded restructuring charges of $36.5 million, reflecting $24.7 million of severance costs and $11.8 million of costs associated with exiting contractual obligations. These restructuring activities are expected to reduce CBS Radio’s annual cost structure by approximately $50 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, CBS Radio recorded restructuring charges of $7.0 million, reflecting $5.9 million of severance costs and $1.1 million of costs associated with exiting contractual obligations.

Impairment Charges

During 2015, CBS Radio recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $482.9 million to reduce the carrying value of FCC licenses in 18 radio markets to their fair value.

In December 2014, CBS Radio completed a radio station swap with Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. through which CBS Radio exchanged 13 of its radio stations in Tampa and Charlotte and one radio station in Philadelphia, for two radio stations in Philadelphia and three radio stations in Miami. In connection with the radio station swap, CBS Radio recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $48.6 million to reduce the carrying value of the allocated goodwill.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

 

                Increase/(Decrease)  
Year Ended December 31,   2015     2014           $                  %        

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

  $ 103.8     $ (122.8   $ 226.6        n/m  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ (240.3   $ 299.3     $ (539.6      n/m  

Effective tax rate

    43     41     

 

n/m—not meaningful

The benefit (provision) for income taxes represents federal, and state and local taxes on income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes. CBS Radio’s income tax accounts are calculated on a separate tax

 

115


Table of Contents

return basis, even though its operating results are included in the consolidated federal, and certain state and local income tax returns of CBS. CBS manages its tax position for the benefit of the entire portfolio of its businesses and, as such, the assumptions, methodologies and calculations made for purposes of determining CBS Radio’s tax provision, taxes paid and related tax accounts in the consolidated financial statements may differ from those made by CBS and, in addition, are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that CBS Radio would have followed as a separate stand-alone company. CBS Radio’s income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2015 included a tax benefit of $190.4 million associated with a noncash impairment charge of $482.9 million to reduce the carrying value of FCC licenses to their fair value.

Cash Flows

CBS Radio historically participated in CBS’s centralized cash management system. Under this system, on a daily basis, any excess cash CBS Radio generated was automatically transferred to CBS and any additional daily cash flow needs were funded by CBS. As such, CBS benefited from the positive cash flow CBS Radio generated and CBS also provided CBS Radio with sufficient daily liquidity to fund its ongoing cash needs. As a result, CBS Radio has historically required minimal cash on hand. On October 17, 2016, at the time of CBS Radio’s debt borrowings, CBS Radio’s participation in CBS’s centralized cash management system ceased and as a result, transactions with CBS subsequent to October 17, 2016 are settled in cash. The changes in cash for 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2015      2014      Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net cash flow provided by operating activities from:

        

Continuing operations

   $ 212.8      $ 276.9      $ (64.1

Discontinued operations

     7.6        4.2        3.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided by operating activities

     220.4        281.1        (60.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities from:

        

Continuing operations

     (21.4      (49.0      27.6  

Discontinued operations

     (.2      (.3      .1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities

     (21.6      (49.3      27.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for financing activities

     (199.0      (230.0      31.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

   $ (.2    $ 1.8      $ (2.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the decrease in cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was principally driven by the decrease in revenues and higher payments for restructuring activities. These decreases were partially offset by lower assumed payments for income taxes, which decreased $35.1 million to $74.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $109.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as a result of the decline in pre-tax income.

Investing Activities

 

Year Ended December 31,    2015      2014  

Capital expenditures

   $ (21.5    $ (26.7

Acquisitions (a)

     (2.5      (25.4

Proceeds from dispositions

     2.6        3.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities from continuing operations

     (21.4      (49.0

Net cash flow used for investing activities from discontinued operations

     (.2      (.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities

   $ (21.6    $ (49.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 2014 reflects the acquisition of Eventful, Inc., a leading digital media company in the events discovery, communication and personalization business.

 

116


Table of Contents

Financing Activities. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, cash used for financing activities reflects net cash distributions to CBS.

Capital Structure

The following table sets forth CBS Radio’s long-term debt at December 31, 2016. CBS Radio did not have any long-term debt at December 31, 2015.

 

     At
December 31, 2016
 

Term Loan due October 2023, net of discount

   $ 954.9  

7.250% Senior Notes due November 2024

     400.0  

Revolving Credit Facility

     10.0  

Deferred financing costs

     (19.6
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 1,345.3  
  

 

 

 

On October 17, 2016, CBS Radio entered into a five-year $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility due October 2021 (the “Radio Revolving Credit Facility”) and a $1.06 billion senior secured term loan credit facility due October 2023 (the “Radio Term Loan”) pursuant to the Radio Credit Agreement. On October 17, 2016, CBS Radio borrowed the full amount of the Radio Term Loan. The Radio Revolving Credit Facility is used for general corporate purposes, including the issuance of letters of credit, and ongoing cash needs. Also on October 17, 2016, CBS Radio issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 7.250% senior notes due November 2024 (the “Senior Notes”) pursuant to the Radio Notes Indenture. The Senior Notes were offered within the United States to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, with no registration rights, and outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

As a result of the borrowings in October 2016 under the Radio Term Loan and the issuance of the Senior Notes described above (collectively, the “CBS Radio Borrowing”), CBS Radio incurred indebtedness of $1.460 billion, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1.432 billion after deducting bank fees, discounts and commissions, and other expenses payable by CBS Radio incurred in connection therewith. CBS Radio distributed to its parent, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, approximately $1.426 billion, which is an amount equal to the net proceeds of the CBS Radio Borrowing, prior to deducting expenses payable by CBS Radio, less $10 million which remained with CBS Radio to use for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs. During the fourth quarter of 2016, CBS Radio prepaid $100 million of the Radio Term Loan, leaving $960 million outstanding at December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016, the total outstanding borrowing under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility was $10 million, and the remaining availability under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility, net of outstanding letters of credit, was approximately $239 million.

The Radio Term Loan requires CBS Radio to make quarterly principal payments at an annual rate of 1% of the initial principal amount of $1.06 billion. Subject to certain exceptions (including in certain cases, reinvestment rights), the Radio Term Loan also requires CBS Radio to prepay certain amounts outstanding thereunder with the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, certain casualty events and certain issuances of debt. Each fiscal year beginning in 2018 CBS Radio will be required to make a prepayment of the Radio Term Loan equal to 50% of its excess cash flow (as described below), subject to certain step-downs based on its consolidated net secured leverage ratio (which is defined in the Radio Credit Agreement and reflects the ratio of (i) its consolidated secured debt (less up to $150 million of cash and cash equivalents) to (ii) its consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Radio Credit Agreement)) (the “Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio”). Excess cash flow is defined in the Radio Credit Agreement and reflects net cash flow from operating activities, less payments for capital expenditures, investments (including acquisitions), the reduction of debt, and dividends and other restricted payments (“Excess Cash Flow”). CBS Radio may prepay additional amounts under the Radio Term

 

117


Table of Contents

Loan from time to time. If a prepayment of the Radio Term Loan is made on or prior to October 17, 2017, as a result of certain refinancing or repricing transactions, CBS Radio will be required to pay a fee equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the obligation so refinanced or repriced.

The Radio Term Loan bears interest at a per annum rate equal to 3.50% plus the greater of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and 1.00%. The interest rate on the Radio Term Loan was 4.50% per annum as of December 31, 2016. Borrowing rates under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility are based on LIBOR or a base rate plus a margin based on CBS Radio’s Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio. The interest rate on the $10 million borrowing under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility was 5.75% per annum at December 31, 2016. Interest on the Radio Term Loan and Radio Revolving Credit Facility is payable at the end of each interest period, but in no event less frequently than quarterly. A commitment fee will be paid based on the amount of unused commitments under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility. The Radio Credit Agreement contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods). The occurrence of an event of default under the Radio Credit Agreement could result in the termination of the commitments under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility and the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under the Radio Credit Agreement and could cause a cross-default that could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness, including the full principal amount of the Senior Notes. The terms of the Radio Revolving Credit Facility require CBS Radio to maintain a maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio of 4.00 to 1.00, with a temporary increase to 4.50 to 1.00 in connection with certain permitted acquisitions.

Interest on the Senior Notes is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on May 1, 2017. CBS Radio may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time, or from time to time, on or after November 1, 2019, at a premium that decreases over time, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Prior to such dates, CBS Radio may redeem some or all of such notes subject to payment of a customary make-whole premium. In addition, prior to November 1, 2019, CBS Radio may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings. In the event of a change of control accompanied by a rating decline (each as defined in the Radio Notes Indenture) with respect to the Senior Notes, the holders of the Senior Notes may require CBS Radio to repurchase all or a portion of their Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of such notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable repurchase date.

The Radio Notes Indenture contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods). The occurrence of an event of default under the Radio Notes Indenture could result in the acceleration of the full principal amount of the Senior Notes and could cause a cross-default that could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness, including all outstanding borrowings under the Radio Credit Agreement.

All obligations under the Radio Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by CBS Radio’s material existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. All obligations under the Radio Credit Agreement, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of CBS Radio’s assets and the assets of the guarantors under the Radio Credit Agreement, including all of the capital stock of the guarantors and certain other subsidiaries under the Radio Credit Agreement. The Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of CBS Radio’s direct and indirect subsidiaries that guarantees the Radio Credit Agreement.

Upon certain events of default, the collateral agent will be entitled to exercise the rights afforded to a secured party under, and subject to the limitations of, applicable law (including applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law), including, but not limited to, receiving dividends or other distributions on, exercising voting and consensual rights and powers with respect to, and/or registering in its own name as pledgee any pledged capital stock.

 

118


Table of Contents

In connection with the entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into the Commitment Letter with the Commitment Parties, pursuant to which the Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, the Radio Financing which consists of up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche of term loans under the Radio Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

In connection with the Radio Financing for the Merger, on March 3, 2017, CBS Radio entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Radio Credit Agreement, pursuant to which CBS Radio, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders and L/C issuers party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, amended the Radio Credit Agreement to, among other things, create a tranche of Term B-1 Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500 million. The Term B-1 Loans are expected to be funded on the closing date of the Merger, subject to customary conditions.

The Term B-1 Loans will be governed by the Radio Credit Agreement and will have terms substantially identical to the Radio Term Loan, except as described in this paragraph. The Term B-1 Loans will mature on the date that is seven years after the closing date of the Merger. The Term B-1 Loans will require CBS Radio to make quarterly principal payments at an annual rate of 1% of the initial principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans, beginning with the first full fiscal quarter ending after the closing of the Merger. If a prepayment of the Term B-1 Loans is made on or prior to the date that is six months following the closing date of the Merger as a result of certain refinancing or repricing transactions, CBS Radio will be required to pay a fee equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the obligation so refinanced or repriced. The Term B-1 Loans are expected to bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 2.75% plus LIBOR. Interest on the Term B-1 Loans will be payable at the end of each interest period, but in no event less frequently than quarterly.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

CBS Radio generated cash flows from operating activities from continuing operations of $282.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, $212.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $276.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Historically, CBS Radio participated in CBS’s centralized cash management system. Under this system, on a daily basis, any excess cash CBS Radio generated was automatically transferred to CBS and any additional daily cash flow needs were funded by CBS. As such, CBS benefited from the positive cash flow CBS Radio generated, and CBS also provided CBS Radio with sufficient daily liquidity to fund its ongoing cash needs. As a result, CBS Radio has historically required minimal cash on hand. On October 17, 2016 at the time of the CBS Radio Borrowing, CBS Radio’s participation in CBS’s centralized cash management system ceased and as a result, transactions with CBS subsequent to October 17, 2016 are settled in cash.

CBS Radio continually projects anticipated cash requirements for its operating, investing and financing needs and cash flows generated from operating activities available to meet these needs. CBS Radio’s short-term cash requirements primarily include payments for programming and talent commitments, operating leases, interest payments, capital expenditures and principal payments on the Radio Term Loan. CBS Radio believes that its cash on hand, operating cash flows and borrowing capacity under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility are sufficient to fund its short-term cash needs.

CBS Radio’s long-term cash needs primarily include principal payments on outstanding indebtedness. Funding for long-term cash needs will come from CBS Radio’s operating cash flows, its ability to issue debt, and borrowing capacity under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility.

 

119


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2016, CBS Radio’s significant contractual obligations and payments due by period were as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      2017      2018-2019      2020-2021      2022 and
thereafter
 

Programming commitments (a)

   $ 195.2      $ 34.7      $ 69.1      $ 57.7      $ 33.7  

Talent commitments

     52.0        26.7        24.8        .5        —    

Purchase obligations (b)

     5.9        2.4        2.4        1.1        —    

Operating leases (c)

     249.5        29.7        57.0        50.5        112.3  

Long-term debt obligations

     1,370.0        10.6        21.2        31.2        1,307.0  

Interest on long-term debt (d)

     520.1        73.5        143.7        141.7        161.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,392.7      $ 177.6      $ 318.2      $ 282.7      $ 1,614.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Programming commitments primarily reflect sports programming rights.
(b) Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including open purchase orders.
(c) Consists of long-term noncancellable operating lease commitments for office space and equipment.
(d) Interest on the Radio Term Loan is variable. For illustrative purposes, an interest rate of 4.50% is assumed for all periods, which reflects the interest rate at December 31, 2016. The principal and interest payments do not reflect estimates for the required Excess Cash Flow prepayment or optional prepayments. Based on the amount outstanding under the Radio Term Loan at December 31, 2016 of $960 million, an increase or decrease of 1/8% in the interest rate will change annual interest expense by approximately $1.2 million.

The above table excludes $3.8 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions and the related accrued interest and penalties, as CBS Radio cannot reasonably predict the amount of and timing of cash payments relating to this obligation.

Guarantees

CBS Radio uses letters of credit and surety bonds primarily as security against nonperformance in the normal course of business. The outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds approximated $6.2 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and were not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of CBS Radio’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, CBS Radio evaluates its estimates, which are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result of these evaluations forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions.

CBS Radio considers the following accounting policies to be the most critical as they are important to its financial condition and results of operations, and require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application. For a summary of CBS Radio’s significant accounting policies, see pages F-8 to F-10 of the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

120


Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill and FCC Licenses

CBS Radio tests goodwill and FCC licenses for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year, and on an interim date should factors or indicators become apparent that would require an interim test.

FCC Licenses —FCC licenses are tested for impairment at the geographic market level. CBS Radio considers each geographic market, which is comprised of all of its radio stations within that geographic market, to be a single unit of accounting because the FCC licenses at this level represent their highest and best use. At December 31, 2016, CBS Radio had FCC license book values for radio stations in 25 radio markets.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio performed a quantitative impairment test for all 25 radio markets. This impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the FCC licenses by geographic market with their respective carrying values. The estimated fair value of each FCC license is computed using the Greenfield Discounted Cash Flow Method (“Greenfield Method”), which attempts to isolate the income that is attributable to the license alone. The Greenfield Method is based upon modeling a hypothetical start-up radio station and building it up to a normalized operation that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose other assets have essentially been added as part of the build-up process. The Greenfield Method adds the present value of the estimated annual cash flows of the start-up radio station over a projection period to the residual value at the end of the projection period. The annual cash flows over the projection period include assumptions for overall advertising revenues in the relevant geographic market, the start-up radio station’s operating costs and capital expenditures and a three-year build-up period for the start-up radio station to reach a normalized state of operations, which reflects the point at which it achieves an average market share. The overall market advertising revenue in the subject market is estimated based on recent industry projections. Operating costs and capital expenditures are estimated based on both industry and internal data. The residual value is calculated using a perpetual nominal growth rate, which is based on projected long-range inflation in the United States and long-term industry projections. The discount rate is determined based on the average of the weighted average cost of capital of comparable entities. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the discount rate and perpetual nominal growth rate used for each market was 8.5% and 1.0%, respectively.

CBS Radio concluded that the estimated fair values of the FCC licenses in 23 radio markets were lower than their respective carrying values. Accordingly, CBS Radio recognized a pretax noncash impairment charge of $322.7 million related to FCC licenses in these markets. The remaining two radio markets, which had an aggregate carrying value of FCC licenses of $322.0 million, each had estimated fair values that exceeded their respective carrying values by less than 5%.

The estimated fair values of the FCC licenses are highly dependent on the assumptions of future economic conditions in the individual geographic markets in which CBS Radio owns and operates radio stations. Certain future events and circumstances, including deterioration of market conditions, higher cost of capital, or a decline in the local radio advertising marketplace could result in a downward revision to CBS Radio’s current assumptions and judgments. Various factors may contribute to a future decline in any local radio advertising marketplace, including declines in economic conditions; an other-than-temporary decrease in spending by advertisers in certain industries that have historically represented a significant portion of the local radio advertising revenues; a shift by advertisers to competing advertising platforms; changes in audience behavior; and/or a change in population size. A downward revision to the present value of future cash flows could result in further impairment and a noncash charge would be required. Such a charge could have a material effect on CBS Radio’s statement of operations and balance sheet.

Goodwill —Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. At December 31, 2016, CBS Radio had three reporting units, which are one level below its operating segment. For its 2016 annual impairment test, CBS Radio performed a quantitative goodwill impairment test for each of its three reporting units. The first step of the goodwill impairment test examines whether the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is computed based upon the present value of future cash flows (the “Discounted Cash Flow Method”), which is compared to the traded values of comparable businesses (the

 

121


Table of Contents

“Market Comparable Method”). The Discounted Cash Flow Method and the Market Comparable Method resulted in similar estimated fair values. The Discounted Cash Flow Method adds the present value of the estimated annual cash flows over a discrete projection period to the residual value of the business at the end of the projection period. This technique requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions such as growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures and discount rates. The estimated growth rates, operating margins and capital expenditures for the projection period are based on CBS Radio’s internal forecasts of future performance and historical trends. The residual value is estimated based on a perpetual nominal growth rate, which is based on projected long-range inflation and long-term industry projections. The discount rate is determined based on the average of the weighted average cost of capital of comparable entities. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the discount rate and perpetual nominal growth rate used for each reporting unit was 8.75% and 1.5%, respectively.

CBS Radio concluded that the estimated fair value of each of the three reporting units was below their respective carrying values, after the above-mentioned FCC licenses impairment charge, and as a result CBS Radio performed the second step of the goodwill impairment test for each reporting unit. Under step two of the goodwill impairment test, CBS Radio performed a hypothetical purchase price allocation for each reporting unit to determine the implied fair value of goodwill, which was then compared to the carrying amount of goodwill. For 2016, CBS Radio recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $530.1 million.

The impairments were the result of an increase in the discount rate caused by a change in the risk profile of CBS Radio, as it is expected to participate in a market transaction imminently. The 2016 discount rate included a higher small company stock premium than the rate used in 2015, reflecting the weighted average cost of capital profile of CBS Radio as a standalone entity, whereas the discount rate for 2015 was based on the weighted average cost of capital profile of CBS. The impairments were also caused by declines in the radio market resulting in lower cash flow projections, as well as management’s expectation of the transaction value of the Merger with Entercom. This estimated transaction value was derived by multiplying the historical trading multiples of Entercom and other similar companies by the total estimated earnings of the combined company. After the impairment charge, the fair values of each of CBS Radio’s three reporting units each exceeded their carrying values by approximately 3%.

Entercom’s stock price is one indicator in management’s assessment of the fair value of CBS Radio. A decline in Entercom’s stock price could indicate that the fair value of CBS Radio is lower than its carrying value and could result in an impairment in a future period.

Additionally, certain future events and circumstances, including deterioration of market conditions, higher cost of capital, a further decline in the advertising market in the markets in which CBS Radio owns and operates radio stations, a decrease in audience acceptance of programming, a shift by advertisers to competing advertising platforms; and/or changes in audience behavior could result in changes to these assumptions and judgments. A downward revision of these assumptions could cause the fair values of the reporting units to fall below their respective carrying values and an additional noncash impairment charge would be required. Such a charge could have a material effect on CBS Radio’s statement of operations and balance sheet.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

CBS Radio’s income taxes as presented herein, including the provision or benefit for income taxes, net deferred tax liabilities and income tax payments, are calculated on a separate tax return basis, even though CBS Radio’s operating results are included in the consolidated federal and certain state and local income tax returns

 

122


Table of Contents

filed by CBS. CBS manages its tax position for the benefit of the entire portfolio of its businesses and, as such, the assumptions, methodologies and calculations made for purposes of determining CBS Radio’s tax provision, taxes paid and related tax accounts in the consolidated financial statements herein may differ from those made by CBS and, in addition, are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that CBS Radio would have followed as a separate stand-alone company.

Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes. When recording the provision for income taxes, an estimated effective tax rate for the year is applied to interim operating results. In the event there is a significant or unusual item recognized in the interim operating results, the tax attributable to that item is separately calculated and recorded in the same interim period.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

CBS Radio’s allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on several factors, including historical bad debt experience, the aging of accounts receivable, industry trends and economic indicators, and recent payment history for specific customers. Judgment is required in assessing these factors and estimating the collectability of accounts receivable. CBS Radio believes its allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate; however, if circumstances change that affect a customer’s ability to make payments, CBS Radio may be required to record an additional allowance.

Legal Matters

On an ongoing basis, CBS Radio vigorously defends itself in numerous lawsuits and proceedings and responds to various investigations and inquiries from federal, state and local authorities (collectively, “litigation”). Litigation may be brought against CBS Radio without merit, is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict. However, based on management’s understanding and evaluation of the relevant facts and circumstances, CBS Radio believes that the litigation to which it is a party is not likely to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

CBS Radio is subject to interest rate risk to the extent it has variable-rate debt outstanding, including under the Radio Credit Agreement. At December 31, 2016, CBS Radio had $960 million outstanding on the Radio Term Loan due October 2023, at an interest rate of 4.5% per year. An increase or decrease of 1/8% in CBS Radio’s interest rate on the Radio Term Loan will change annualized interest expense by approximately $1.2 million. CBS Radio does not currently use derivatives or other financial instruments to mitigate interest rate risk, although it may do so in the future.

Credit Risk

In the opinion of management, credit risk is limited due to the large number of customers and advertising agencies utilized. CBS Radio performs credit evaluations on its customers and agencies and believes that the allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate. CBS Radio does not currently use derivatives or other financial instruments to mitigate credit risk.

Related Parties

CBS Corporation.  CBS Radio is indirectly wholly owned by CBS. CBS provides CBS Radio with certain services, such as insurance and support for technology systems, and also provides benefits to CBS Radio’s employees, including medical, dental, life and disability insurance, participation in a 401(k) savings plan and

 

123


Table of Contents

certain post-employment benefits. Charges for these services and benefits are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on the specific identification of costs, assets and liabilities. The consolidated financial statements also include allocations of centralized corporate expenses from CBS for services, such as tax, internal audit, cash management and other services. These expenses were determined based on various allocation methods, including factors such as headcount, time and effort spent on matters relating to CBS Radio, and the number of CBS operating entities benefiting from such services. Charges for these services and benefits provided by CBS have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and totaled $82.5 million, $84.1 million and $76.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used to allocate these expenses are reasonable. However, CBS Radio’s expenses as a stand-alone company may be different from those reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Effective January 1, 2017, CBS Radio employees began participating in employee plans maintained by CBS Radio, although certain employees continue to be entitled to benefits under certain CBS defined benefit pension and post-retirement health plans.

In addition, CBS Radio historically participated in CBS’s centralized cash management system. Under this system, on a daily basis, any excess cash CBS Radio generated was automatically transferred to CBS and any additional daily cash flow needs were funded by CBS. As such, CBS benefited from the positive cash flow CBS Radio generated and CBS also provided CBS Radio with sufficient daily liquidity to fund its ongoing cash needs. As a result, CBS Radio has historically required minimal cash on hand. On October 17, 2016, at the time of the CBS Radio Borrowing, CBS Radio’s participation in CBS’s centralized cash management system ceased and as a result, transactions with CBS subsequent to October 17, 2016 are settled in cash. At December 31, 2016, amounts due to CBS were $32.8 million. On March 31, 2017, CBS Radio paid to CBS a dividend of $30 million, representing CBS Radio’s excess cash on hand.

Prior to the consummation of the Transactions, CBS Radio expects to enter into various agreements to govern the relationships between CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom. For a description of these agreements and the other agreements that CBS Radio will enter into with CBS, see “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions.”

CBS manages its long-term debt obligations based on the needs of its entire portfolio of businesses. Long-term debt of CBS and related interest expense are not allocated to CBS Radio as none of CBS’s debt is directly attributable to CBS Radio.

In addition, in connection with the CBS Radio Borrowing, CBS Radio incurred $1.460 billion of indebtedness, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1.432 billion after deducting bank fees, discounts and commissions and other expenses payable by CBS Radio incurred in connection therewith. CBS Radio distributed to its parent, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, approximately $1.426 billion, which is an amount equal to the net proceeds of the CBS Radio Borrowing, prior to deducting expenses payable by CBS Radio, less $10 million which remained with CBS Radio to use for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs.

CBS Radio also generates revenues from sales to various subsidiaries and joint ventures of CBS. Total revenues from these transactions were $14.8 million, $8.4 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Collaborative Arrangement . CBS Local Digital Media operates the CBS Local Websites, which combine local radio and television content within markets where both CBS Radio and CBS TV Stations operate. In connection with this arrangement, advertisements displayed on these websites are sold by both CBS Radio employees and CBS TV Stations employees. CBS Radio earns revenues for advertising sales generated by its employees, and costs associated with the operation and maintenance of the CBS Local Websites are allocated between CBS Radio and CBS TV Stations in proportion to the respective earned revenue.

Other Related Parties. Viacom Inc. is controlled by National Amusements, the controlling stockholder of CBS. CBS Radio recognized revenues of $4.3 million, $2.9 million and $2.4 million for the years ended

 

124


Table of Contents

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the sale of advertising spots to subsidiaries of Viacom Inc. CBS Radio is involved in other transactions with related parties that have not been material in any of the periods presented.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

During the fourth quarter of 2016, CBS Radio adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance which requires management to evaluate, for each interim and annual reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued. If management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt, disclosures are required in the financial statements, including any plans that will alleviate the substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on CBS Radio’s consolidated financial statements.

Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement Period Adjustments

During the first quarter of 2016, CBS Radio adopted amended FASB guidance that eliminates the requirement to retrospectively account for adjustments to provisional amounts recognized in a business combination when new information is obtained during the measurement period about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. Under the amended guidance, the acquiror is required to recognize such adjustments in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are identified. Such adjustments also include the effect on earnings from any changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects resulting from the change to provisional amounts, as if the change occurred at the acquisition date. The amendment also requires disclosure or separate presentation on the face of the income statement of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on CBS Radio’s consolidated financial statements.

Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items

During the first quarter of 2016, CBS Radio adopted amended FASB guidance which eliminates the concept of extraordinary items. This guidance removes the requirement to assess whether an event or transaction is both unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence and to separately present any such items on the statement of operations after income from continuing operations. Rather, such items are required to be presented as a separate component of income from continuing operations or disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on CBS Radio’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved After the Requisite Service Period

During the first quarter of 2016, CBS Radio adopted FASB guidance on the accounting for stock-based compensation when the terms of an award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. Under this guidance, such performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. CBS Radio should begin recognizing compensation cost in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved, for the cumulative amount of compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on CBS Radio’s consolidated financial statements.

 

125


Table of Contents

Recent Pronouncements

Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB issued amended guidance to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment. This guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Under the amended guidance, a goodwill impairment charge will now be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. This guidance is effective for interim and annual period beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for any impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017.

Clarifying the Definition of a Business

In January 2017, the FASB issued amended guidance on the accounting for business combinations which clarifies the definition of a business and assists entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. Under this guidance, when substantially all of the fair value of gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single asset (or group of similar assets), the assets acquired would not represent a business. In addition, in order to be considered a business, an acquisition would have to include at a minimum an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create an output. The amended guidance also narrows the definition of outputs by more closely aligning it with how outputs are described in FASB guidance for revenue recognition. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted.

Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory

In October 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance on the accounting for income taxes, which eliminates the exception in existing guidance which defers the recognition of the tax effects of intra-entity asset transfers other than inventory until the transferred asset is sold to a third party. Rather, the amended guidance requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period. CBS Radio is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

In August 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance which clarifies how certain cash receipts and cash payments should be presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new guidance is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted.

Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

In March 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions. Under this amended guidance, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies will be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement in the period in which the awards vest or are exercised. In the statement of cash flows, excess tax benefits will be classified with other income tax cash flows in operating activities. The amended guidance also gives the option to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur and increases the threshold for awards that are partially settled in cash to qualify for equity classification. CBS Radio expects that the adoption of this guidance will introduce volatility into its income tax provision. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted.

 

126


Table of Contents

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance on the accounting for leases, which supersedes previous lease guidance. Under this guidance, for all leases with terms in excess of one year, including operating leases, CBS Radio will be required to recognize on its balance sheet a lease liability and a right-of-use asset representing CBS Radio’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The new guidance retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases and the classification criteria is substantially similar to previous guidance. Additionally, the recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee have not significantly changed. CBS Radio is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance, which is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance on the recognition of revenues which provides a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers and supersedes most existing revenue recognition guidance. The main principle under this guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue at the amount it expects to be entitled to in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers. CBS Radio is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance, which is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016.

 

127


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS Radio

The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data of CBS Radio. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations and cash flow information for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 have been derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations and cash flow information for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been derived from audited historical consolidated financial statements not included in or incorporated by reference into this document. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2012 and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations and cash flow information for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial information not included in or incorporated by reference into this document. The historical consolidated financial statements of CBS Radio for each of the years presented have been presented on a “carve-out” basis from CBS’s consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of CBS Radio and include allocations of expenses from CBS. The selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below and the financial statements included elsewhere in this document do not necessarily reflect what CBS Radio’s results of operations, financial condition or cash flows would have been if CBS Radio had operated as a stand-alone company during all periods presented, and, accordingly, such information should not be relied upon as an indicator of CBS Radio’s future performance, financial condition or liquidity. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for CBS Radio” and the financial statements of CBS Radio and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this document.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016  (a)     2015  (b)     2014  (c)      2013      2012  (d)  
     (in millions, except per share amounts)  

Statement of Operations data:

            

Revenues

   $ 1,221.6     $ 1,230.6     $ 1,303.0      $ 1,306.4      $ 1,313.4  

Operating income (loss)

   $ (561.0   $ (240.3   $ 299.3      $ 360.2      $ 362.2  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (552.4   $ (136.5   $ 176.5      $ 214.1      $ 207.4  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share  (e)

   $ (7,891,429   $ (1,950,000   $ 2,521,429      $ 3,058,571      $ 2,962,857  

Balance Sheet data (at period end):

            

Total assets

   $ 4,331.2     $ 5,216.5     $ 5,771.6      $ 5,790.2      $ 5,769.1  

Current liabilities

   $ 159.3     $ 105.9     $ 102.3      $ 112.4      $ 127.0  

Total debt

   $ 1,345.3     $ —       $ —        $ —        $ —    

Stockholder’s equity/ invested equity

   $ 1,860.4     $ 3,994.1     $ 4,360.2      $ 4,392.0      $ 4,401.7  

Cash Flow data:

            

Cash flow provided by operating activities from continuing operations

   $ 282.5     $ 212.8     $ 276.9      $ 264.3      $ 308.9  

Non-GAAP financial data:

            

Adjusted OIBDA (f)

   $ 338.7     $ 321.8     $ 402.3      $ 413.1      $ 425.5  

 

(a) For the year ended December 31, 2016, CBS Radio recorded noncash impairment charges of $852.8 million ($723.0 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of goodwill and FCC licenses to their fair value.
(b) For the year ended December 31, 2015, CBS Radio recorded a noncash impairment charge of $482.9 million ($292.5 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of FCC licenses to their fair value.

 

128


Table of Contents
(c) In 2014, CBS Radio completed a radio station swap with Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. In connection with the swap, CBS Radio recorded a noncash impairment charge of $48.6 million ($29.3 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of goodwill allocated to the disposed radio stations to its fair value.
(d) In 2012, in connection with the sale of five radio stations in West Palm Beach, CBS Radio recorded a noncash impairment charge of $11.4 million ($6.8 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of the goodwill allocated to the disposed radio stations to its fair value.
(e) Basic and diluted net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share for all periods presented is calculated based on the 70 outstanding shares of CBS Radio common stock. Prior to the consummation of this offering, CBS Radio intends to conduct a stock split to increase the aggregate number of outstanding shares of CBS Radio common stock. Subsequent to the stock split, net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share will be restated to reflect the post-split shares for all periods presented.
(f) The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted OIBDA.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014      2013      2012  
     (in millions)  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (552.4   $ (136.5   $ 176.5      $ 214.1      $ 207.4  

Exclude:

            

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (25.4     (103.8     122.8        146.1        154.8  

Interest expense

     16.8       —         —          —          —    

Impairment charges

     852.8       482.9       48.6        —          11.4  

Restructuring charges

     8.6       36.5       7.0        5.1        4.7  

Depreciation

     26.1       28.5       30.8        31.3        32.1  

Stock-based compensation (a)

     12.2       14.2       16.6        16.5        15.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted OIBDA

   $ 338.7     $ 321.8     $ 402.3      $ 413.1      $ 425.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) For the year ended December 31, 2015, stock-based compensation of $2.9 million was reflected in restructuring charges.

 

129


Table of Contents

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of CBS

The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data of CBS. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations information for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of CBS incorporated by reference into this document. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of CBS not included in or incorporated by reference into this document. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of CBS and the notes thereto and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” section contained in CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

 

     Year Ended December 31, (a)  
     2016 (b) (c)     2015 (b) (d)     2014 (b) (e)      2013      2012  
     (in millions, except per share amounts)  

Statement of Operations data:

  

Revenues

   $ 13,166     $ 12,671     $ 12,519      $ 12,713      $ 11,514  

Operating income

   $ 2,621     $ 2,658     $ 2,590      $ 2,663      $ 2,415  

Net earnings from continuing operations

   $ 1,552     $ 1,554     $ 1,151      $ 1,520      $ 1,288  

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (291   $ (141   $ 1,808      $ 359      $ 286  

Net earnings

   $ 1,261     $ 1,413     $ 2,959      $ 1,879      $ 1,574  

Basic net earnings (loss) per common share:

            

Net earnings from continuing operations

   $ 3.50     $ 3.21     $ 2.09      $ 2.50      $ 2.01  

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (.66   $ (.29   $ 3.29      $ .59      $ .45  

Net earnings

   $ 2.84     $ 2.92     $ 5.38      $ 3.09      $ 2.45  

Diluted net earnings (loss) per common share:

            

Net earnings from continuing operations

   $ 3.46     $ 3.18     $ 2.05      $ 2.44      $ 1.95  

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (.65   $ (.29   $ 3.22      $ .58      $ .43  

Net earnings

   $ 2.81     $ 2.89     $ 5.27      $ 3.01      $ 2.39  

Dividends per common share

   $ .66     $ .60     $ .54      $ .48      $ .44  

Balance Sheet data (at year end):

            

Total assets:

            

Continuing operations

   $ 19,642     $ 18,695     $ 18,372      $ 17,191      $ 17,072  

Discontinued operations

     4,596       5,070       5,563        9,014        9,121  

Total assets

   $ 24,238     $ 23,765     $ 23,935      $ 26,205      $ 26,193  

Total debt:

            

Continuing operations

   $ 9,375     $ 8,448     $ 7,112      $ 6,403      $ 5,886  

Discontinued operations

     1,345       —         —          14        14  

Total debt

   $ 10,720     $ 8,448     $ 7,112      $ 6,417      $ 5,900  

Total Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 3,689     $ 5,563     $ 6,970      $ 9,966      $ 10,213  

 

(a) During the fourth quarter of 2016, CBS classified CBS Radio as held for sale and as a result, CBS Radio has been presented as a discontinued operation in CBS’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Also included in discontinued operations is CBS Outdoor Americas Inc., which was disposed of in 2014, and Outdoor Europe, which was sold in 2013.
(b) Included in net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, are noncash impairment charges of $444 million ($427 million, net of tax), or $.95 per diluted share, in 2016, and $484 million ($297 million, net of tax), or $.61 per diluted share, in 2015, in each case to reduce the carrying value of CBS Radio’s intangible assets. For 2014, net earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, included a gain on the disposal of CBS Outdoor Americas Inc. of $1.56 billion, or $2.78 per diluted share.

 

130


Table of Contents
(c) In 2016, CBS recorded a one-time pension settlement charge of $211 million in operating income ($130 million, net of tax), or $.29 per diluted share, for the settlement of pension obligations resulting from the completion of CBS’s offer to eligible former employees to receive lump-sum distributions of their pension benefits.
(d) In 2015, CBS recorded gains from the sales of internet businesses in China of $139 million in operating income ($131 million, net of tax), or $.27 per diluted share.
(e) In 2014, in connection with the early redemption of $1.07 billion of its debt, CBS recorded a pretax loss on early extinguishment of debt of $352 million ($219 million, net of tax), or $.39 per diluted share.

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of Entercom

The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data of Entercom. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations and cash flow information for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements of Entercom incorporated by reference into this document. The selected historical balance sheet information as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations and cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of Entercom not included in or incorporated by reference into this document. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of Entercom and the notes thereto and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section contained in Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

Entercom’s financial results are not comparable from year to year due to acquisitions and dispositions of radio stations, impairments of broadcasting licenses and goodwill, adoption of new accounting standards, and other significant events:

 

    In November 2016, Entercom commenced operations under a time brokerage agreement (“TBA”) for several radio stations in Charlotte, North Carolina.

 

    In November 2016, Entercom refinanced its outstanding senior credit facility and retired its Senior Notes outstanding. As a result of the refinancing, Entercom recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $10.9 million.

 

    In 2016, Entercom sold an AM station in Denver, Colorado, for $3.8 million and an AM station in Atlanta, Georgia for $.9 million. These two sales generated gains of $.3 million, and $.2 million, respectively.

 

    In 2016, Entercom settled a legal claim with British Petroleum and recovered $2.3 million on a net basis after deducting certain related expenses. This amount was included in other income and expense.

 

    In 2015, Entercom acquired multiple radio stations, net of certain dispositions. Related to these transactions, Entercom incurred: (1) merger and acquisition costs of $4.0 million in 2015 and $1.0 million in 2014; and (2) restructuring charges of $2.8 million in 2015 from the restructuring of operations.

 

    In 2012, Entercom acquired one radio station.

 

    In 2012, Entercom incurred an impairment loss of $22.3 million in connection with its review of goodwill and broadcasting licenses.

 

    In the fourth quarters of 2012 and 2013, Entercom modified its debt which decreased its borrowing rate. In addition, Entercom incurred new deferred financing fees as part of the modifications that were higher than the previous deferred financing fees.

 

131


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Operating Data:

          

Net revenues

   $ 460,245     $ 411,378     $ 379,789     $ 377,618     $ 388,924  

Operating income (loss)

   $ 98,057     $ 85,582     $ 85,576     $ 92,567     $ 76,594  

Net income (loss) attributable to Company

   $ 38,065     $ 29,184     $ 26,823     $ 26,024     $ 11,268  

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

   $ 36,164     $ 28,432     $ 26,823     $ 26,024     $ 11,268  

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per share—basic:

   $ .94     $ .75     $ .71     $ .70     $ .31  

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per share—diluted:

   $ .91     $ .73     $ .69     $ .68     $ .30  

Weighted average shares—basic

     38,500       38,084       37,763       37,418       36,906  

Weighted average shares—diluted

     39,568       39,038       38,664       38,301       37,810  

Cash Flows Data:

          

Cash flows related to:

          

Operating activities

   $ 72,030     $ 64,790     $ 65,296     $ 63,349     $ 69,702  

Investing activities

   $ 495     $ (91,744   $ (7,055   $ (4,583   $ (29,359

Financing activities

   $ (34,851   $ 4,583     $ (38,932   $ (55,458   $ (35,045

Other Data:

          

Common stock dividends declared and paid

   $ 8,666     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ .225     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends declared and paid

   $ 1,788     $ 413     $ —       $ —       $ —    

 

     At December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash and cash equivalents—including cash of VIE

   $ 46,843      $ 9,169      $ 31,540      $ 12,231      $ 8,923  

Total assets

   $ 1,076,233      $ 1,022,108      $ 926,615      $ 912,688      $ 920,358  

Senior secured debt and other, including current portion

   $ 480,087      $ 268,750      $ 262,000      $ 299,500      $ 352,592  

Senior unsecured notes, senior subordinated notes and other

   $ —        $ 218,269      $ 217,929      $ 217,624      $ 229,959  

Deferred tax liabilities and other long-term liabilities

   $ 119,759      $ 109,251      $ 89,904      $ 70,519      $ 41,455  

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock (mezzanine)

   $ 27,732      $ 27,619      $ —        $ —        $ —    

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 393,374      $ 361,450      $ 329,021      $ 298,393      $ 269,494  

 

132


Table of Contents

CBS CORPORATION UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto give effect to the split-off of CBS Radio through an exchange offer, and CBS’s use of the proceeds of CBS Radio’s indebtedness incurred in connection with the disposal of CBS Radio (“the split-off and related events”).

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of CBS as of December 31, 2016 is presented as if the split-off and related events, as described further in the notes to these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, had occurred at December 31, 2016, assuming the exchange offer is completed and fully subscribed. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 is presented as if such events had occurred on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are based on the historical financial statements of CBS and CBS Radio for each period presented and in the opinion of CBS management, all adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of the pro forma data have been made.

These unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that would have been achieved had the split-off and related events been completed as of the dates indicated or the results that may be obtained in the future. These unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto should be read together with the following:

 

    CBS’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 and Management’s Discussion and Analysis included in CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document.

 

    CBS Radio’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, included in this document.

 

133


Table of Contents

CBS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AT DECEMBER 31, 2016

(In millions)

 

     CBS
Historical
    Deconsolidation  (1)     Effects of the
Exchange (2)
    CBS Pro
Forma
 
       CBS
Radio
    Adjustments      

Assets

          

Current Assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 598     $ —       $     —       $ —       $ 598  

Receivables, net

     3,314       —         —         —         3,314  

Programming and other inventory

     1,427       —         —         —         1,427  

Other current assets

     419       33       —         —         452  

Current assets of discontinued operations

     305       (305     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     6,063       (272     —         —         5,791  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     1,241       —         —         —         1,241  

Programming and other inventory

     2,439       —         —         —         2,439  

Goodwill

     4,864       —         —         —         4,864  

Intangible assets

     2,633       —         —         —         2,633  

Other assets

     2,707       —         —         —         2,707  

Assets of discontinued operations

     4,291       (4,268     —         —         23  

Investment in CBS Radio

     —         —         2,022       (2,022     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 24,238     $ (4,540   $ 2,022     $ (2,022   $ 19,698  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

          

Current Liabilities:

          

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,149     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,149  

Commercial paper

     450       —         —         —         450  

Current portion of long-term debt

     23       —         —         —         23  

Other current liabilities

     1,931       —         —         —         1,931  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     155       (135     —         30       50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,708       (135     —         30       3,603  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     8,902       —         —         —         8,902  

Other liabilities

     5,488       —         —         —         5,488  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     2,451       (2,383     —         —         68  

Stockholders’ equity:

          

Common stock

     1       —         —         —         1  

Additional paid-in-capital

     43,913       (12,518     12,518       —         43,913  

Accumulated deficit

     (19,257     10,496       (10,496     [    ]       [    ]  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (767     —         —         —         (767
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     23,890       (2,022     2,022       [    ]       [    ]  

Less treasury stock, at cost

     20,201       —         —         [    ]       [    ]  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     3,689       (2,022     2,022       [    ]       [    ]  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 24,238     $ (4,540   $ 2,022     $ [    ]     $ [    ]  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

134


Table of Contents

CBS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

     CBS
Historical
    Effects of the
Exchange (2)
     Effects of Debt
Issuance on
Share
Repurchases  (3)
    CBS Pro
Forma
 

Revenues

   $ 13,166     $ —        $ —       $ 13,166  

Costs and Expenses:

         

Operating

     7,956       —          —         7,956  

Selling, general and administrative

     2,124       —          —         2,124  

Depreciation and amortization

     225       —          —         225  

Pension settlement charge

     211       —          —         211  

Restructuring and merger and acquisition-related costs

     38       —          —         38  

Other operating items, net

     (9     —          —         (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     10,545       —          —         10,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,621       —          —         2,621  

Interest expense

     (411     —          —         (411

Interest income

     32       —          —         32  

Other items, net

     (12     —          —         (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in loss of investee companies

     2,230       —          —         2,230  

Provision for income taxes

     (628     —          —         (628

Equity in loss of investee companies, net of tax

     (50     —          —         (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings from continuing operations

   $ 1,552     $ —        $ —       $ 1,552  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings from continuing operations per common share:

         

Basic

   $ 3.50       [    ]          [    

Diluted

   $ 3.46       [    ]          [    

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

     444       [    ]        (19     [    

Diluted

     448       [    ]        (19     [    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

135


Table of Contents

CBS CORPORATION NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular dollars in millions)

 

  1) DECONSOLIDATION OF CBS RADIO

In connection with the exchange offer, CBS intends to dispose of all of the shares of Radio Common Stock that it indirectly owns by means of a tax-free split-off. The deconsolidation adjustments include (i) deconsolidating historical assets and liabilities of CBS Radio, including the related tax impact, which were included in assets and liabilities of discontinued operations at December 31, 2016 and (ii) the reversal of consolidation and elimination entries as a result of the completion of the split-off.

 

  2) EXCHANGE OFFER AND SPLIT-OFF OF CBS RADIO

These unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements assume an exchange ratio of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered, which represents the indicative exchange ratio that would have been in effect following the official close of trading on the NYSE on [            ] 2017, and is calculated as the average price of CBS Class B Common Stock of $[            ] per share divided by [            ]% of the average price of Entercom Class A Common Stock of $[            ] per share, reflecting a discount of [            ]%. The average prices reflect the simple arithmetic average of the daily volume-weighted average price of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE during the three consecutive trading days ended on and including [            ], the last trading day before the date of this document. The calculated per-share value for Radio Common Stock is based on the trading prices for Entercom Class A Common Stock because there is currently no trading market for Radio Common Stock and no such trading market will be established in the future. CBS believes, however, that the trading prices for Entercom Class A Common Stock are an appropriate proxy for the trading prices of Radio Common Stock because (i) in the Merger each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock; (ii) CBS Radio will authorize the issuance of a number of shares of Radio Common Stock such that the total number of shares of Radio Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger will be 101,407,494 and each such outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger; and (iii) at the Valuation Dates, it is expected that all the material conditions to the consummation of the Merger will have been satisfied or, if permitted by the Merger Agreement, waived (except for those conditions that by their nature are satisfied at the closing of the Merger) and the Merger will be expected to be consummated shortly, such that investors should be expected to be valuing Entercom Class A Common Stock based on the expected value of such Entercom Class A Common Stock after the Merger.

These unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements assume the exchange offer is fully subscribed, with [            ] shares of CBS Class B Common Stock being exchanged for 101,407,494 shares of CBS Radio common stock that are owned by CBS in the aggregate.

 

Shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS

     101,407,494  

Exchange ratio

     [            
  

 

 

 
  

Total shares of CBS Class B Common Stock accepted

     [            
  

 

 

 

The final exchange ratio will be determined based on the average price of CBS Class B Common Stock and the average price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE on each of the Valuation Dates, subject to the upper limit of [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered. If the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered is in effect, which CBS will announce when it announces the final exchange ratio, then the exchange ratio will be fixed at the limit. The actual number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that will be

 

136


Table of Contents

accepted if the exchange offer is completed will depend on the final exchange ratio and the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not validly withdrawn. For example, assuming the upper limit is in effect at the expiration of the exchange offer and the exchange offer is fully subscribed, CBS would acquire [            ] shares of CBS Class B Common Stock.

If the exchange offer is consummated and not fully subscribed because less than all shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS are exchanged, the remaining shares of Radio Common Stock owned by CBS will be distributed on a pro rata basis to CBS stockholders whose shares of CBS Class B Common Stock remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer.

The [            ] shares of CBS Class B Common Stock acquired in the exchange offer have been reflected as treasury stock on the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet. The net impact of the transaction will be recorded in discontinued operations in CBS’ consolidated statement of operations and as such it has not been reflected in the pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations. Such amount is calculated as follows:

 

Estimated fair value of CBS Corp. Class B Common Stock tendered ([            ] shares at $[            ] per share as of [            ])

   $ [            

CBS’s carrying value in CBS Radio at December 31, 2016

     (2,022

Estimated transaction costs

     (30
  

 

 

 

Net impact of split-off of CBS Radio

   $ [            
  

 

 

 

The split-off is accounted for as a tax-free transaction and therefore, there is no tax impact.

The actual impact from the transaction will be calculated as of the closing of the exchange offer and could differ from the current estimate based on several factors, including the final exchange ratio, the value of CBS Class B Common Stock and CBS’s carrying value of CBS Radio at the time the exchange offer is consummated. For example, assuming the upper limit is in effect at the expiration of the exchange offer (each share of CBS Class B Common Stock will be exchanged for [            ] shares of Radio Common Stock), the exchange offer is fully subscribed, the market value of CBS Class B Common Stock is $[            ] per share, and there is no change to any other assumptions presented in the calculation above, the fair value of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered would be $[            ] and the net amount recorded as a result of the split-off of CBS Radio from CBS would be approximately [            ].

 

  3) EFFECTS OF CBS RADIO’S DEBT ISSUANCE ON SHARE REPURCHASES

On October 17, 2016, in connection with its planned separation from CBS, CBS Radio incurred indebtedness of $1.460 billion, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1.432 billion after deducting bank fees, discounts and commissions, and other expenses payable by CBS Radio incurred in connection therewith. CBS Radio distributed to its parent, a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, approximately $1.426 billion, which is an amount equal to the net proceeds of the CBS Radio borrowing, prior to deducting expenses payable by CBS Radio, less $10 million which remained with CBS Radio to use for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs. CBS used the proceeds from the debt issuance to repurchase approximately 24 million shares of its Class B Common Stock. The pro forma adjustment to “weighted average number of common shares outstanding” assumes that the debt issuance occurred on January 1, 2016 and CBS repurchased these shares on such date.

 

137


Table of Contents

ENTERCOM AND CBS RADIO

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and notes thereto give effect to the Merger of Merger Sub, a wholly owned acquisition subsidiary of Entercom, with and into CBS Radio, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS. In the Merger, each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock. The transaction is being accounted for as a business combination with Entercom as the acquiror. See “The Transactions—Accounting Treatment and Considerations.” The purchase price will be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of CBS Radio based upon their estimated fair values at the date of consummation of the Merger.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements give effect to the completion of the Merger and the associated refinancing of Entercom’s debt. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations is presented as if these transactions occurred on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet is presented as if these transactions occurred on December 31, 2016. The pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not give effect to operating efficiencies and cost savings that may be achieved with respect to the combined entity. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are derived from Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s respective audited historical consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016. CBS Radio’s historical consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a “carve-out” basis from CBS’s consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations, assets and liabilities of CBS Radio and include allocations of expenses from CBS. As a result, CBS Radio’s historical financial statements may not necessarily reflect what its financial condition and results of operations would have been had CBS Radio been an independent, stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

These unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, including the preliminary purchase price allocation, are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the Merger had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. Accordingly, such information should not be relied upon as an indicator of future performance, financial condition or liquidity. The preliminary purchase price is based on the Entercom closing share price on April 6, 2017. The actual purchase price will be based on the Entercom closing share price on the closing date of the Merger, which could differ from the current estimate.

These unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the notes thereto should be read together with the following:

 

  (a) Entercom’s audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained in Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document, and

 

  (b) CBS Radio’s audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 included elsewhere in this document.

 

138


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016

(in millions)

 

     Historical     Pro Forma  
     Entercom     CBS
Radio
    Purchase
Price
Allocation
    Other
Adjustments
    Combined  

Assets:

          

Cash

   $ 46.8     $ 24.3     $ (12.2 )  (2c)    $ —       $ 46.8  
         (7.5 )  (2c)     
         (4.6 )  (2c)     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     92.2       244.2       —         —         336.4  

Prepaid expenses, deposits and other

     7.7       36.1       —         —         43.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     146.7       304.6       (24.3     —         427.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net property and equipment

     63.4       145.3       —         —         208.7  

Radio broadcasting licenses

     823.2       2,545.4       (2,545.4 )  (2g)      —         3,394.4  
         2,571.2   (2d)     

Advertiser relationships

     —         —         35.0   (2e)      —         35.0  

Goodwill

     32.7       1,331.8       (1,331.8 )  (2g)      —         933.4  
         900.7   (2h)     

Deferred charges and other assets, net of accumulated amortization

     10.2       4.1       (2.8 )  (2f)      —         11.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,076.2     $ 4,331.2     $ (397.4   $ —       $ 5,010.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

          

Accounts payable

   $ .5     $ 34.0     $ —       $ —       $ 34.5  

Accrued expenses

     18.8       57.9       (12.2 )  (2c)      10.0   (5)      67.0  
         (7.5 )  (2c)     

Other current liabilities

     19.6       56.8       (.5 )  (2g)      —         75.9  

Non-controlling interest—variable interest entity

     24.0       —         —         —         24.0  

Long-term debt, current portion

     4.8       10.6       —         5.0   (4)      20.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     67.7       159.3       (20.2     15.0       221.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     467.6       1,334.7       53.9   (2f)      (457.4 )  (4)      1,886.5  
           487.7   (4)   

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     92.9       918.2       10.4   (6)      —         1,021.5  

Other long-term liabilities

     26.9       58.6       (22.5 )  (2g)      —         63.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     587.4       2,311.5       41.8       30.3       2,971.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     655.1       2,470.8       21.6       45.3       3,192.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock

     27.7       —         —         (27.7 )  (4)      —    

Shareholders’ equity:

          

Preferred stock

     —         —         —         —         —    

Common stock

     .4       —         1.0   (2a)      —         1.4  

Additional paid-in capital

     605.6       2,543.0       (2,543.0 )  (2g)      —         2,046.0  
         1,428.7   (2a)     
         11.7   (2b)     

Accumulated deficit

     (212.6     (682.6     682.6   (2g)      (7.6 )  (4)      (230.2
           (10.0 )  (5)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     393.4       1,860.4       (419.0     (17.6     1,817.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,076.2     $ 4,331.2     $ (397.4   $ —       $ 5,010.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

139


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Historical     Pro Forma  
     Entercom     CBS Radio
After
Reclassification
(Note 3)
    Purchase
Accounting
Adjustments
    Other
Adjustments
    Combined  

Net Revenues

   $ 460.2     $ 1,221.6     $ —       $ —       $ 1,681.8  

Operating Expense:

          

Station operating expenses, including non-cash compensation expense

     318.7       850.5       —         —         1,169.2  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     9.8       26.1       8.8   (2e)      —         44.7  

Corporate general and administrative expenses, including non-cash compensation expense

     33.3       44.6       —         —         77.9  

Goodwill impairment loss

     —         530.1       —         —         530.1  

Impairment loss

     .2       322.7       —         —         322.9  

Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges

     .7       8.6       —         —         9.3  

Other expenses related to refinancing

     .6       —         —         —         .6  

Net time brokerage agreement expense

     .4       —         —         —         .4  

Net gain on sale or disposal of assets

     (1.6     —         —         —         (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     362.1       1,782.6       8.8       —         2,153.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     98.1       (561.0     (8.8     —         (471.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     36.6       16.8       49.4   (2f)      (36.6 )  (4)      83.5  
           17.3   (4)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss on extinguishment of debt

     10.9       —         —         —         10.9  

Net recovery of a claim

     (2.3     —         —         —         (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (income) expense

     8.6       —         —         —         8.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     52.9       (577.8     (58.2     19.3       (563.8

Income tax (benefit) provision

     14.8       (25.4     (22.4 )  (6)      7.4   (6)      (25.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to Company

     38.1       (552.4     (35.8     11.9       (538.2

Preferred stock dividend

     (1.9     —         —         1.9   (4)      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ 36.2     $ (552.4   $ (35.8   $ 13.8     $ (538.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per share—Basic

   $ .94           $ (3.85

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per share—Diluted

   $ .91           $ (3.85

Weighted average shares:

          

Basic

     38.5         101.4   (2a)        139.9  

Diluted

     39.6         (1.1 )  (2i)        139.9  
         101.4   (2a)     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

140


Table of Contents

ENTERCOM AND CBS RADIO

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular dollars in millions)

 

1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements give effect to the completion of the Merger and the associated refinancing of Entercom’s debt. The Merger is being accounted for as a business combination with Entercom as the acquiror. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations is presented as if these transactions occurred on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet is presented as if these transactions occurred on December 31, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are derived from Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s respective audited historical consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016. CBS Radio’s historical consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a “carve-out” basis from CBS’s consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations, assets and liabilities of CBS Radio and include allocations of expenses from CBS. As a result, CBS Radio’s historical financial statements may not necessarily reflect what its financial condition and results of operations would have been had CBS Radio been an independent, stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

The preparation of unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements requires Entercom and CBS Radio management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in such financial statements and the notes thereto. These unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, including the preliminary purchase price allocation, are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the Merger had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. Accordingly, such information should not be relied upon as an indicator of future performance, financial condition or liquidity. The final purchase price will be allocated to CBS Radio’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of consummation of the Merger based on a comprehensive final evaluation of such assets acquired and liabilities assumed by Entercom.

Based on a preliminary review of the accounting policies of Entercom and CBS Radio, Entercom is not aware of any differences that would have a material impact on the pro forma condensed combined financial statements. After the completion of the Merger, as more information becomes available, accounting policy differences may be identified. Certain expenses included in CBS Radio’s historical consolidated statement of operations have been reclassified to conform to Entercom’s basis of presentation (See Note 3).

 

2) PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION

In connection with the Merger, Entercom will issue approximately 101.4 million shares in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock. In addition, up to approximately 4.0 million shares will be eligible for issuance in respect of equity awards held by employees of CBS Radio. The actual number of shares that will be issued is subject to change based on the number of outstanding equity awards held by employees of CBS Radio at the time of the Merger. The purchase price is subject to adjustment based on CBS Radio working capital, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.

The preliminary purchase price presented below is based on the Entercom closing share price on April 6, 2017 of $14.10 per share and does not include an estimate for the potential working capital adjustment. The actual purchase price will be based on the Entercom share price on the closing date of the Merger, which could differ from the price presented below. A 10% increase or decrease to the Entercom share price would change the purchase price by $143.0 million.

 

141


Table of Contents

Estimated purchase price:

  

Estimated fair value of Entercom shares to be exchanged (101.4 million shares at $14.10 per share):

  

Common stock, $.01 par value

   $ 1.0   (2a) 

Additional paid-in capital

     1,428.7   (2a) 

Fair value of assumed equity awards attributable to precombination services

     11.7   (2b) 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,441.4  
  

 

 

 

The preliminary purchase price allocation presented below is based on management’s estimate of the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed using information that is currently available. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired will be allocated to goodwill. The final allocation of the purchase price will be determined upon the completion of the Merger and will be based on a comprehensive final evaluation of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed by Entercom.

 

Total purchase price

     $ 1,441.4  
    

 

 

 

Estimated fair value of assets acquired

    

Cash

     —     (2c)   

Other current assets

     280.3    

Net property and equipment

     145.3    

Indefinite lived intangible assets—Radio broadcasting licenses

     2,571.2   (2d)   

Amortizable intangible assets—Advertiser relationships

     35.0   (2e)   

Other assets

     1.3   (2f)   

Estimated fair value of liabilities assumed

    

Current liabilities (excluding current portion of long-term debt)

     128.5   (2c),  (2g)   

Long-term debt, including current portion of $10.6 million

     1,399.2   (2f)   

Deferred tax liabilities

     928.6   (Note 6)   

Other long-term liabilities

     36.1   (2g)   
  

 

 

   

Total identifiable net assets acquired

     540.7    
  

 

 

   

Excess of purchase price over net identifiable assets acquired

     $ 900.7   (2h) 
    

 

 

 

 

(2a) The adjustments to common stock of $1.0 million and additional paid-in capital of $1,428.7 million reflects the issuance of 101.4 million shares of Entercom Common Stock in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock, based on the Entercom closing stock price on April 6, 2017 of $14.10 per share.
(2b)

At the time of the Merger, each outstanding restricted stock unit (“RSU”) and stock option with respect to CBS Class B Common Stock held by employees of CBS Radio will be canceled and converted into equity awards for Entercom Class A Common Stock. The conversion will be based on the ratio of the volume-weighted average per share closing prices of CBS stock on the five trading days prior to the effective date of the Merger and Entercom stock on the five trading days following the effective date of the Merger. Based on the number of RSUs and stock options held by employees of CBS Radio as of December 31, 2016, as well as the conversion ratio using the closing stock prices on April 6, 2017, 509,934 RSUs and 132,764 stock options for CBS Class B Common Stock would be converted into 2,491,082 RSUs and 648,566 stock options for Entercom Class A Common Stock. The fair value of RSUs and stock options attributable to the employees’ precombination services of $11.7 million is reflected as part of the purchase price. The fair value of the post-combination portion of the awards totaling $25.6 million will be expensed over the vesting period remaining as

 

142


Table of Contents
  of the date of the Merger. The fair value of RSUs was determined based upon the market price of the CBS shares underlying the awards on April 6, 2017. The fair value of stock options was determined as of April 6, 2017 using the Black-Scholes options-pricing model. These RSUs and stock options are excluded from the calculation of weighted average diluted shares outstanding as their inclusion would have been antidilutive since the pro forma combined statement of operations reflected a loss for the year ended December 31, 2016.
(2c) The cash balance of zero reflects the following adjustments made to CBS Radio’s cash balance at December 31, 2016 in accordance with the merger agreement: (1) a $12.2 million cash payment from CBS Radio to CBS to settle intercompany liabilities, which were previously recorded in accrued expenses, prior to the completion of the Merger, (2) a $7.5 million cash payment to settle interest accrued on the debt of CBS Radio as of the closing date of the Merger, and (3) a cash dividend payment from CBS Radio to CBS of $4.6 million, reflecting CBS Radio’s remaining cash on hand.
(2d) Radio broadcasting licenses are intangible assets with indefinite lives and, as such, are not amortized but rather are subject to an annual fair value impairment test. The preliminary estimated fair value of each FCC license was computed using the Greenfield Discounted Cash Flow Method (“Greenfield Method”), which attempts to isolate the income that is attributable to the license alone. The Greenfield Method is based upon modeling a hypothetical start-up station and building it up to a normalized operation using inputs that include overall advertising revenues in the relevant market, average market share, operating costs and capital expenditures. The discount rate used to present value the estimated annual cash flows over the projection period was 8.5%, the perpetual nominal growth rate used to determine the residual value at the end of the projection period was 1.0%, and the gross profit margin range was between 31.0% and 35.0%.
(2e) For the purposes of the pro forma financial statements, advertiser relationships are assumed to be amortized on a straight-line basis over a useful life of four years. The pro forma statement of operations has been adjusted to include $8.8 million of amortization related to the advertiser relationships for the year ended December 31, 2016. The preliminary estimated fair value of advertiser relationships was determined using the excess earnings method, which deducts economic costs, including operating expenses and contributory asset charges, from revenue expected to be generated by the advertiser relationships. These estimated cash flows are then discounted to the present value equivalent, based on a discount rate of 9.75%.
(2f) At December 31, 2016, outstanding CBS Radio borrowings consisted of $10 million under a $250.0 million Revolving Credit Facility due 2021, $960 million on a senior secured Term Loan due 2023 (“CBS Radio Term Loan”), and $400 million of 7.250% Senior Notes due 2024 (collectively, “CBS Radio borrowings”). These CBS Radio borrowings will be assumed by Entercom at such time the Merger becomes effective. The pro forma adjustment to long-term debt of $53.9 million is the result of an increase in the fair value of the CBS Radio borrowings as of December 31, 2016, including the reversal of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount that were recorded when the debt was issued. The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices for similar liabilities. Additionally, $2.8 million of deferred financing costs on the Revolving Credit Facility have been removed from other assets on the pro forma combined balance sheet. A 5% increase or decrease to the fair-value of long-term debt would change annual interest expense by $9.8 million. The pro forma statement of operations has been adjusted by $49.4 million to present a full year of interest expense associated with the CBS Radio borrowings, which were originally issued in October 2016, as follows:

 

$960 million CBS Radio Term Loan

   $ 43.0  

$400 million 7.250% Senior Notes

     29.0  

$250 million Revolving Credit Facility

     1.5  

Amortization of fair value adjustment

     (7.3

Reversal of historical interest expense

     (16.8
  

 

 

 
   $ 49.4  
  

 

 

 

 

     The interest rates on the CBS Radio Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility are variable. For purposes of calculating the pro forma adjustment, the interest rates on the variable portion of the debt are assumed to be 4.5% on the CBS Radio Term Loan and 3.5% on the Revolving Credit Facility, which reflect the average rates that would have been in effect for the year ended December 31, 2016. A change of 1/8% in these interest rates will change annual interest expense by approximately $1.2 million.

 

143


Table of Contents
(2g) Adjustments reflect the reversal of historical CBS Radio goodwill of $1,331.8 million, radio broadcasting licenses of $2,545.4 million, additional paid in capital of $2,543.0 million and accumulated deficit of $682.6 million, as well as deferred rent, of which $.5 million was reversed from other current liabilities and $22.5 million was reversed from other long-term liabilities.
(2h) The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired will be allocated to goodwill.
(2i) For purposes of the pro forma combined statement of operations, the dilutive impact of Entercom’s outstanding equity awards of 1.1 million has been reversed from weighted average diluted shares outstanding as their inclusion would have been antidilutive since the pro forma combined statement of operations reflected a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

3) RECLASSIFICATION ADJUSTMENTS

The table below presents adjustments to reclassify certain expenses from the statement of operations of CBS Radio at December 31, 2016 to conform to Entercom’s basis of presentation.

 

     Historical CBS
Radio Before
Reclassification
     Reclassification      Historical CBS
Radio After
Reclassification
 

Operating expenses

   $ 397.7      $ (397.7    $ —    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     497.4        (497.4      —    

Station operating expenses, including non-cash compensation expense

     —          850.5        850.5  

Corporate general and administrative expenses, including non-cash compensation expense

     —          44.6        44.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net adjustments

   $ 895.1      $ —        $ 895.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Station operating expenses consist of direct costs of operating individual radio stations, primarily employee compensation, programming and promotional expenses. Corporate general and administrative expenses consist of corporate overhead costs and those costs not specifically allocable to the individual radio stations.

 

4) ENTERCOM DEBT REFINANCING

At December 31, 2016 Entercom’s outstanding debt consisted of the historical Term Loan.

In connection with the Merger, on March 3, 2017, CBS Radio amended its existing senior secured credit facility to create a tranche of Term B-1 Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500 million (the “Term B-1 Loans”). The Term B-1 Loans are expected to be funded on the closing date of the Merger, subject to customary closing conditions. Proceeds from the Term B-1 Loans of $492.7 million, which are net of debt issuance costs of $7.3 million, are expected to be used by Entercom as follows (collectively, “Entercom debt refinancing”):

 

Repayment of historical Term Loan

   $ 465.0  

Redemption of convertible preferred stock

     27.7  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 492.7  
  

 

 

 

The pro forma adjustments for the Term B-1 Loans include an addition to current portion of long-term debt of $5.0 million, reflecting required quarterly principal payments at an annual rate of 1% of the initial principal balance on the Term Loan, and an addition of $487.7 million for the remaining long-term portion.

The pro forma adjustment to reflect the repayment of the historical Term Loan includes the write-off of Entercom’s historical debt issuance costs of $7.6 million, resulting in a net adjustment of $457.4 million. At December 31, 2016, Entercom’s outstanding indebtedness included $15.0 million on the historical Term Loan, of

 

144


Table of Contents

which $4.8 million is included in current portion of long-term debt. These amounts are expected to be repaid by Entercom with future operating cash flows prior to the closing of the Merger. These debt repayments have not been reflected in the pro forma combined balance sheet.

The pro forma adjustments to interest expense reflect the removal of $36.6 million of historical interest expense associated with Entercom’s historical borrowings, and the addition of interest expense of $17.3 million on the $500 million Term B-1 Loans. The estimated interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs, is presented as if the Entercom debt refinancing occurred on January 1, 2016. The interest rate on the Term B-1 Loans is variable and for purposes of calculating the pro forma adjustment is assumed to be 3.2%, which reflects the average rate that would have been in effect for the year ended December 31, 2016. A change of 1/8% in the interest rate will change annual interest expense by approximately $.6 million.

The pro forma statement of operations also includes an adjustment to reverse $1.9 million of preferred stock dividends due to the redemption of the convertible preferred stock.

 

5) MERGER COSTS

Entercom expects to incur approximately $10 million of Merger-related costs after December 31, 2016 but prior to the closing of Merger. Such costs are reflected in the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as an adjustment to “Accrued expenses” and “Accumulated deficit.”

 

6) INCOME TAXES

Adjustments to deferred tax liabilities of $10.4 million reflect the impacts of the fair value adjustments described in Note 2. Net adjustments to income tax provision of $15.0 million reflect the aggregate pro forma income tax effects of the adjustments to the pro forma statement of operations. This estimate was determined based on an assumed tax rate of Entercom and CBS Radio of 38.5%, which reflects a pro forma marginal statutory tax rate.

 

7) ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not include pro forma adjustments for the following:

 

    Any operating efficiencies and cost savings that may be achieved with respect to the combined companies. Entercom currently estimates that such synergies will result in annual cost savings of approximately $25 million, primarily related to the consolidation of corporate overhead costs and cost savings in local markets in which Entercom and CBS Radio overlap.

 

    The Merger will result in Entercom owning radio stations in seven markets in excess of the limits set forth in the FCC’s local radio ownership rule. In order to comply with the FCC rule, Entercom has proposed to the FCC to divest 14 radio stations in such markets. Such stations will be divested through either sales to third parties or swaps for stations in another market. To the extent that any radio stations required to be divested are not divested as of the closing of the Merger, CBS and Entercom have proposed to transfer these stations to a divestiture trustee, who will be charged with operating and promptly divesting the radio stations following the closing of the Merger. Additional divestitures may be required in order to obtain clearance for the Merger from the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (“DOJ”). As the precise radio stations that will be divested (to comply with FCC or DOJ requirements), the manner in which they are divested, and any potential proceeds from such divestitures have not yet been determined, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the divestitures of such radio stations.

 

145


Table of Contents
    The CBS Radio Term Loan and Term B-1 Loans require annual prepayments based on 50% of the Excess Cash Flow generated during the prior fiscal year, subject to certain step-downs based on consolidated net secured leverage ratio. Excess cash flow is defined in the Credit Agreement and reflects net cash flow from operating activities, less payments for capital expenditures, investments (including acquisitions), the reduction of debt, and dividends and other restricted payments (“Excess Cash Flow”). The pro forma financial statements do not reflect estimates of required Excess Cash Flow prepayments or optional prepayments of the Term Loan.

 

146


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL PER SHARE DATA, MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND DATA

Comparative Historical and Pro Forma Per Share Data

The following table sets forth certain historical and pro forma per share data for Entercom. The historical data have been derived from and should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements of Entercom and related notes thereto contained in Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.” The pro forma data have been derived from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of Entercom and CBS Radio included elsewhere in this document.

This comparative historical and pro forma per share data is being provided for illustrative purposes only. Entercom may have performed differently had the Transactions occurred prior to the periods presented. You should not rely on the pro forma per share data presented as being indicative of the results that would have been achieved had Entercom and CBS Radio been combined during the periods presented or of the future results or financial condition of Entercom to be achieved following the Transactions.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 
         Historical              Pro Forma      
     (shares in millions)  

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per share—Basic

   $ .94      $ (3.85 ) (a)  

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per share—Diluted

   $ .91      $ (3.85 ) (a)  

Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic

     38.5        139.9  

Diluted

     39.6        139.9  

 

(a) The proforma basic and diluted net loss available to common shareholders per share of Entercom for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes impairment losses of $853.0 million ($723.2 million, net of tax), or $5.17 per basic and diluted share.

Historical Common Stock Market Price and Dividend Data

Historical market price data for CBS Radio has not been presented as it is currently operated by CBS and there is no established trading market for Radio Common Stock separate from CBS Common Stock.

Shares of CBS Class B Common Stock currently trade on the NYSE under the symbol “CBS.” On February 1, 2017, the last trading day before the announcement of the Transactions, the last sale price of CBS Class B Common Stock reported by the NYSE was $64.60. On [            ], 2017, the last trading day prior to the date of this document, the last sale price of CBS Class B Common Stock reported by the NYSE was $[            ].

Shares of Entercom Common Stock currently trade on the NYSE under the symbol “ETM.” On February 1, 2017, the last trading day before the announcement of the Transactions, the last sale price of Entercom Class A Common Stock reported by the NYSE was $14.15. On [            ], 2017, the last trading day prior to the date of this document, the last sale price of Entercom Common Stock reported by the NYSE was $[            ].

 

147


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of CBS Class B Common Stock according to the Wall Street Journal and Entercom Common Stock according to Bloomberg L.P. on the NYSE for the periods indicated as well as the dividends per share paid by CBS to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom to holders of Entercom Common Stock for these periods. The quotations are as reported in CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 and Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which are incorporated by reference into this document. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

 

     CBS Per
Share
Dividends
     CBS Class B
Common Stock
     Entercom
Per Share
Dividends
     Entercom
Common Stock
 
        High      Low         High      Low  

Year Ended December 31, 2017

                 

Second Quarter (through April 11, 2017)

   $ [    ]      $ 70.10      $ 67.61      $ [    ]      $ 14.38      $ 13.25  

First Quarter

   $ .18      $ 69.60      $ 61.95      $ .075      $ 16.15      $ 13.75  

Year Ended December 31, 2016

                 

First Quarter

   $ .15      $ 55.38      $ 41.36      $ —        $ 12.09      $ 8.88  

Second Quarter

   $ .15      $ 57.89      $ 50.53      $ .075      $ 13.93      $ 10.39  

Third Quarter

   $ .18      $ 58.22      $ 48.88      $ .075      $ 14.94      $ 12.65  

Fourth Quarter

   $ .18      $ 65.09      $ 54.35      $ .075      $ 16.45      $ 12.45  

Year Ended December 31, 2015

                 

First Quarter

   $ .15      $ 63.71      $ 52.94      $ —        $ 13.09      $ 11.16  

Second Quarter

   $ .15      $ 63.95      $ 55.21      $ —        $ 13.33      $ 11.00  

Third Quarter

   $ .15      $ 56.39      $ 38.51      $ —        $ 11.99      $ 9.62  

Fourth Quarter

   $ .15      $ 52.18      $ 38.76      $ —        $ 12.45      $ 9.75  

Year Ended December 31, 2014

                 

First Quarter

   $ .12      $ 68.10      $ 55.71      $ —        $ 11.47      $ 8.96  

Second Quarter

   $ .12      $ 63.96      $ 55.01      $ —        $ 11.11      $ 9.87  

Third Quarter

   $ .15      $ 65.24      $ 53.49      $ —        $ 11.33      $ 8.03  

Fourth Quarter

   $ .15      $ 56.67      $ 48.83      $ —        $ 12.77      $ 7.86  

Entercom Dividend Policy

On each of May 25, 2016, August 15, 2016, November 7, 2016 and February 8, 2017, Entercom’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $.075 per share. The dividends were paid on June 15, 2016, September 15, 2016, December 15, 2016 and March 15, 2017, respectively.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, until the earlier of the termination of the Merger Agreement or the consummation of the Merger, Entercom has agreed not to declare or pay any dividends or make other distributions in respect of any shares of its capital stock (whether in cash, securities or property), except for the declaration and payment of (a) regular quarterly cash dividends not in excess of (i) $.125 per share of Entercom Common Stock and (ii) pursuant to the terms of the preferred stock of Entercom, par value $0.01 per share; and (b) cash dividends or distributions paid on or with respect to a class of capital stock all of which shares of capital stock of the applicable corporation are owned directly or indirectly by Entercom. However, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, prior to the termination of the Merger Agreement or the consummation of the Merger, Entercom will be permitted to declare and pay a special cash dividend in an amount not to exceed $0.20 per share of Entercom Common Stock. Entercom can only declare and pay such dividend prior to the later of (x) September 1, 2017 and (y) the date which is the eleventh day following Entercom’s receipt of the notice from CBS of its intent to commence the exchange offer, if such notice is received on or prior to August 20, 2017.

CBS Dividend Policy

Under CBS’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended, the CBS board of directors has the authority to determine the quarterly dividend rate. CBS has paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends since October 1, 2003. A quarterly dividend of $.18 was paid on January 1, 2017 and April 1, 2017.

 

148


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTIONS

On February 2, 2017, CBS and Entercom, along with CBS Radio and Merger Sub, entered into the Merger Agreement, and CBS and CBS Radio entered into the Separation Agreement, which together provide for the combination of Entercom’s business and CBS’s radio business. Prior to February 2, 2017, CBS had transferred, or had caused its subsidiaries to transfer, to CBS Radio substantially all of the assets and liabilities of CBS’s radio business, as provided in the Separation Agreement.

Prior to the Merger, CBS, certain of its subsidiaries and CBS Radio will complete the Radio Reorganization. CBS Broadcasting, the owner of all of the Radio Existing Common Stock, will distribute all of the Radio Existing Common Stock to Westinghouse. Westinghouse will then distribute all of the Radio Existing Common Stock to CBS. Following the consummation of the Internal Distributions, CBS Radio will then effect the Stock Split.

Following the consummation of the Radio Reorganization, CBS will consummate an offer to exchange all of the outstanding shares of the Radio Common Stock for outstanding shares of CBS Class B Common Stock. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, in the event that holders of CBS Class B Common Stock subscribe for less than all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS in the exchange offer, CBS will distribute the remaining outstanding shares of the Radio Common Stock held by CBS in the Clean-Up Spin-Off, which, if necessary, and together with the exchange offer, is referred to in this document as the Final Distribution.

Immediately after the consummation of the Final Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio, with CBS Radio surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. Immediately after the Merger, all outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, as described in the section of this document entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.” Immediately after consummation of the Merger, approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, and approximately 28% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of Entercom Common Stock, including Entercom employees who held Entercom stock-based compensation rights, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, subject to potential adjustment under limited circumstances as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.” Immediately after the Merger, Entercom will contribute all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Entercom Radio, LLC to CBS Radio, such that Entercom Radio, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Radio. Entercom Radio, LLC will then repay its debts under the Entercom Credit Agreement.

Entercom will issue up to 101,407,494 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. In addition, the parties estimate that up to 4,004,451 shares will be eligible for issuance in respect of equity awards held by employees of CBS Radio in consideration of the replacement of their restricted stock units and stock options in CBS with those of Entercom. With respect to equity awards held by employees of CBS Radio, Entercom will convert outstanding options and restricted stock units in respect of CBS Class B Common Stock into options and restricted stock units, respectively, in respect of Entercom Class A Common Stock. For additional information, see “The Merger Agreement—Treatment of Specified CBS Compensatory Equity-Based Awards Held by Current CBS Radio Employees.”

In connection with the entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into the Commitment Letter with the Commitment Parties, pursuant to which the Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, the Radio Financing, which consists of up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche under the Radio Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock and to pay fees and expenses in

 

149


Table of Contents

connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

After the Merger, Entercom will own and operate CBS’s radio business through a wholly owned subsidiary, and will also continue to own and operate its current businesses. Entercom Class A Common Stock issued in the Merger will be listed on the NYSE under the current trading symbol for Entercom Class A Common Stock, “ETM.”

Below is a step-by-step description of the sequence of material events relating to the Transactions.

Step 1 Radio Reorganization

At the time of the signing of the Merger Agreement on February 2, 2017, CBS directly owned 100% of the equity of Westinghouse, Westinghouse directly owned 100% of the equity of CBS Broadcasting and CBS Broadcasting directly owned 100% of the equity of CBS Radio. CBS Broadcasting will distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to Westinghouse. Westinghouse will then distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to CBS. CBS Radio will then (a) take all necessary actions to ensure that the Radio Series 1 Common Stock and Radio Series 2 Common Stock are combined into a single class of Radio New Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, (b) authorize the issuance of at least 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock and (c) effect a stock split of the outstanding shares of Radio New Common Stock, as a result of which, as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Final Distribution, 101,407,494 shares of Radio New Common Stock will be issued and outstanding, all of which will be owned directly by CBS.

Step 2 Final Distribution—Exchange Offer and, if necessary, Clean-Up Spin-Off

CBS will offer to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock the right to exchange all or a portion of their shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer. If the exchange offer is consummated but is not fully subscribed, CBS will distribute the remaining outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock whose shares remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer, which distribution will be conducted subject to the terms of the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement. Any holder of CBS Common Stock who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will waive their rights with respect to such validly tendered shares to receive, and forfeit any rights to, shares of Radio Common Stock distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed. If there is a pro rata distribution, the exchange offer agent will calculate the exact number of shares of Radio Common Stock not exchanged in the exchange offer and to be distributed on a pro rata basis, and the number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock into which the remaining shares of Radio Common Stock will be converted in the Merger will be transferred to holders of CBS Common Stock (after giving effect to the consummation of the exchange offer) as promptly as practicable thereafter.

The exchange offer agent will hold, for the account of the relevant holders of CBS Common Stock, the global certificate(s) representing all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock, pending the consummation of the Merger. Shares of Radio Common Stock will not be able to be traded during this period.

Step 3 Merger

Immediately after the Final Distribution, and on the closing date of the Merger, Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving company and as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom. In the Merger, each outstanding share of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive one share of Entercom Class A Common Stock, as described in the section of this document entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.”

 

150


Table of Contents

Immediately after consummation of the Merger, approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, and approximately 28% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of Entercom Common Stock, including Entercom employees who held Entercom stock-based compensation rights, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, subject to potential adjustment under limited circumstances as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.”

Step 4 Contribution of Entercom Radio, LLC to CBS Radio

Contemporaneously with the Merger, Entercom will contribute all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Entercom Radio, LLC to CBS Radio, such that Entercom Radio, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Radio. Entercom Radio, LLC is a subsidiary of Entercom and owns and operates the radio stations of Entercom.

Step 5 Incurrence of Debt

In connection with the entry into the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio entered into the Commitment Letter with the Commitment Parties, pursuant to which the Commitment Parties committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, the Radio Financing, which consists of up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche under the Radio Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock and to pay

 

151


Table of Contents

fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. CBS Radio expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and the Contribution.

 

LOGO

After completion of all of the steps described above, Entercom’s wholly owned subsidiary, CBS Radio, will hold CBS’s radio business. Immediately after consummation of the Merger, approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of CBS Class B Common Stock, including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, and approximately 28% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger holders of Entercom Common Stock, including Entercom employees who held Entercom stock-based

 

152


Table of Contents

compensation rights, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, subject to potential adjustment under limited circumstances as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.” In connection with the Transactions, Entercom, Merger Sub, CBS and/or CBS Radio, or their applicable subsidiaries, have entered into or will enter into the Ancillary Agreements relating to, among other things, certain tax matters, the provision of certain transition services and digital services during a transition period following the consummation of the Transactions and licensing of certain intellectual property. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions.”

Determination of Number of Shares of Radio Common Stock to be Distributed to Holders of CBS Class B Common Stock

CBS is offering to exchange all shares of Radio Common Stock for shares of CBS Class B Common Stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn. CBS Radio will authorize the issuance of a number of shares of Radio Common Stock such that there will be 101,407,494 shares of Radio Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger.

No Fractional Shares; Exchange of Certificates

In the conversion of shares of Radio Common Stock into the right to receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, no fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will be delivered to holders of Radio Common Stock in the Merger. All fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that a holder of shares of Radio Common Stock would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the Merger will be aggregated by Entercom’s transfer agent. The transfer agent will cause the whole shares obtained thereby to be sold on behalf of such holders of shares of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger, in the open market or otherwise as reasonably directed by CBS, and in no case later than 10 business days after the Merger. The transfer agent will make available the net proceeds thereof, after deducting any required withholding taxes and brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes, on a pro rata basis, without interest, as soon as practicable to the holders of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger.

Upon consummation of the Merger, all shares of Radio Common Stock, other than the shares owned by Entercom as a result of the conversion of Merger Sub common stock, par value $0.01 per share, into Radio Common Stock at the effective time of the Merger, will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be cancelled and retired. See “Merger Agreement—Merger Consideration.” Prior to the Merger, Entercom will deposit with the transfer agent the certificates or book-entry authorizations representing the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable in the Merger.

Background of the Transactions

Each of the Entercom board of directors and the CBS board of directors, together with their senior management, regularly review and assess their various businesses, strategies and objectives and regularly evaluate pursuing various strategic and financial options, including potential dispositions of non-core businesses, in each case with the goal of enhancing stockholder value. From time to time, David Field, President and Chief Executive Officer of Entercom and Joseph Ianniello, Chief Operating Officer of CBS would have discussions regarding the radio industry, their respective businesses, and potential strategic transactions involving Entercom and the CBS Radio business, including a potential combination transaction involving all of CBS Radio as well as subsets of its radio station assets.

As part of these ongoing efforts, during late 2015 and early 2016, the CBS board of directors reviewed and discussed a number of potential strategic options for CBS Radio, including (i) retaining CBS Radio;

 

153


Table of Contents

(ii) consummating an initial public offering of up to 20% of the shares of CBS Radio, followed by the subsequent separation of CBS Radio, which could be effected through a tax-free split-off or other transaction; (iii) separating CBS Radio through a Reverse Morris Trust transaction; and (iv) selling CBS Radio for cash. Based on the expected strategic and financial benefits of separating CBS Radio from CBS’s other businesses, the CBS board of directors expressed support for CBS’s management to publicly announce that CBS was exploring strategic options for CBS Radio.

On March 15, 2016, as a result of such a review of these opportunities by the CBS board of directors, together with senior management, CBS publicly announced that it was exploring strategic options for CBS Radio (the “Exploration Announcement”). Following the Exploration Announcement, over the next several months, a number of third parties contacted representatives of CBS to express interest in a possible transaction involving CBS Radio.

On April 1, 2016, representatives of CBS met with representatives of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (“Wachtell”), CBS’s outside legal counsel, to begin preparing a registration statement for a potential initial public offering of CBS Radio. Thereafter until February 2, 2017, CBS’s management and outside advisors continued to engage in activities to prepare for the potential initial public offering of CBS Radio, while also continuing to explore other strategic options for CBS Radio on a parallel track, including potential third-party transactions.

On April 6, 2016, Andrew Sutor, Entercom’s Senior Vice President and General Counsel had telephonic discussions with representatives of Latham & Watkins LLP (“Latham”), Entercom’s outside legal counsel, regarding preliminary considerations in connection with separate potential business combination transactions involving CBS or another radio station operator, which we refer to as Party A.

On April 8, 2016, Mr. Field had telephonic discussions with a member of senior management of Party A regarding a potential business combination transaction between Entercom and Party A.

On April 20, 2016, Mr. Field, Stephen F. Fisher, Entercom’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Sutor and Pat Cunnane, Entercom’s Vice President – Finance, met with representatives of Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC (“Morgan Stanley”), Entercom’s financial advisor, to discuss possible options and strategies in connection with potential business combination transactions involving CBS or Party A.

On April 26, 2016, in response to the Exploration Announcement, Mr. Field contacted Mr. Ianniello to discuss a potential business combination transaction between CBS Radio and Entercom. Mr. Field proposed that representatives of CBS and Entercom meet in person to discuss the benefits of a possible transaction.

On May 9, 2016, Mr. Field met with a member of Party A’s senior management to continue discussions regarding the possibility of a business combination transaction between Entercom and Party A.

On May 11, 2016, Mr. Field and Mr. Ianniello had discussions to assess each party’s considerations regarding a possible strategic transaction between Entercom and CBS Radio.

On May 12, 2016, the Entercom board of directors held a regularly scheduled meeting at which Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Morgan Stanley were present and participated. At this meeting, Entercom’s senior management and the representatives of Morgan Stanley reviewed the potential business combination transactions with Party A and CBS Radio for the Entercom board of directors and discussed possible transaction structures and considerations. Following the initial high level discussions in April and May 2016 between Entercom and Party A, there were no further discussions between the two companies regarding a possible strategic transaction.

On May 24, 2016, Mr. Ianniello, Bryon Rubin, Executive Vice President of Corporate Development at CBS, Mr. Field and Mr. Fisher met in person and discussed each other’s respective businesses, their views on the U.S.

 

154


Table of Contents

radio broadcasting industry and the benefits of a possible transaction, including potential synergies. Representatives of Goldman Sachs, financial advisor to CBS, and Morgan Stanley also attended this meeting.

On May 26, 2016, the CBS board of directors met at a regularly scheduled meeting. At the meeting, representatives of CBS’s senior management updated the directors on the CBS Radio strategic exploration process. The directors discussed the strategic rationale for the proposed separation of CBS Radio, various options for effecting a separation of CBS Radio and the risks and benefits of each such option. Following discussion, the CBS board of directors formed a committee of directors, composed of Joseph A. Califano, Jr., Gary L. Countryman, Charles K. Gifford and Leslie Moonves (the “CBS Divestiture Committee”), to determine the form, structure, terms and conditions of any potential transaction involving CBS Radio.

On June 3, 2016, CBS and Entercom entered into a mutual confidentiality agreement to permit the provision of non-public information to one another. Following execution of the confidentiality agreement and until September 20, 2016, representatives of CBS and Entercom participated in a series of telephonic discussions in order to discuss, among other things, due diligence information on CBS Radio, possible transaction structures and the potential terms and benefits of a transaction.

On June 6, 2016, Mr. Field and Mr. Ianniello had discussions regarding Entercom and CBS Radio’s respective businesses and the benefits of a possible transaction.

During June and July 2016, at CBS’s direction, Goldman Sachs contacted other potential counterparties to determine their interest in a potential transaction involving CBS Radio. During this period, potential counterparties executed confidentiality agreements with CBS. Following execution of the confidentiality agreements, CBS participated in a series of telephonic discussions with representatives of these companies in order to discuss, among other things, due diligence information on CBS Radio, transaction structures and the potential terms and benefits of a transaction.

On July 8, 2016, CBS Radio filed with the SEC an initial draft of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with respect to the possible initial public offering of up to 20% of the outstanding common stock of CBS Radio (the “IPO Registration Statement”). Thereafter, until February 2, 2017, CBS’s management and outside advisors continued to engage in activities to prepare for the potential initial public offering of CBS Radio while also continuing to explore other strategic options for CBS Radio on a parallel track, including potential third-party transactions.

On July 12, 2016, CBS delivered a preliminary non-binding term sheet to Entercom that proposed a strategic combination between Entercom and CBS Radio to be effected through a Reverse Morris Trust transaction that would result in a pro forma relative share ownership of the combined company of approximately 80% for participating CBS holders and approximately 20% for Entercom holders on a fully diluted basis. CBS’s non-binding term sheet also proposed, among other things, that Entercom would collapse its existing dual-class stock structure and the board of directors of the combined company would consist of four directors selected by CBS and two directors selected by Entercom. Following delivery of the non-binding term sheet, representatives of Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs had a series of telephonic discussions regarding certain of the terms and conditions in the non-binding term sheet and the contemplated process in connection with Entercom’s response thereto.

On July 20, 2016, the Entercom board of directors held a regularly scheduled meeting at which Entercom’s senior management was present and participated. At this meeting Mr. Field discussed the possible strategic transaction with CBS, noting that, subsequent to the Entercom board of directors’ May 12 meeting, on May 24, 2016, representatives of Entercom met with CBS executives in New York to discuss a possible transaction. Mr. Field also reviewed the non-binding term sheet delivered by CBS on July 12, 2016 and the Entercom board of directors discussed certain material issues related thereto and proposed responses, including Joseph and David Field’s unwillingness to eliminate or modify Entercom’s existing dual-class stock structure. The Entercom board

 

155


Table of Contents

of directors provided guidance on the possible responses to the terms proposed by CBS and was supportive of Entercom’s management continuing a dialogue with CBS.

On July 22, 2016, Entercom delivered a revised non-binding term sheet to CBS. Entercom proposed that existing Entercom shareholders would own a greater proportion of the combined company than proposed by CBS’s non-binding term sheet. Entercom also proposed, among other things, that Entercom would maintain its existing dual-class stock structure with certain members of the Field family converting a sufficient number of shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in order to qualify the transaction as a Reverse Morris Trust transaction, that the board of directors of the combined company would consist of four directors selected by Entercom, two directors selected by CBS and one mutually selected director, that David Field would be CEO of the combined company, and that Entercom be permitted to pay a special dividend of up to $1.00 per share to its shareholders prior to the closing of any transaction. During the following week, representatives of Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs had a series of telephonic discussions regarding certain of the terms and conditions in the non-binding term sheet.

On July 26, 2016, the CBS board of directors met at a regularly scheduled meeting. At the meeting, CBS’s senior management updated the directors on the status of the CBS Radio strategic exploration process. The directors discussed the expected timeline for an initial public offering of up to 20% of the outstanding common stock of CBS Radio, as well as the status of other potential third-party transactions. In addition, the directors discussed the benefits of incurring indebtedness at a CBS Radio subsidiary in connection with the various strategic options being considered and then distributing the net proceeds of such indebtedness to a CBS subsidiary not involved in the radio business (collectively, the “CBS Radio Financing Transactions”). The directors discussed the financial profile of CBS Radio and the potential terms of the CBS Radio Financing Transactions.

During August and September 2016, potential counterparties submitted non-binding indications of interest regarding a transaction involving CBS Radio. Following receipt of these proposals, representatives of CBS and Goldman Sachs contacted these potential counterparties to discuss certain aspects of their proposals.

During August 2016, representatives of Entercom, CBS and their outside advisors held a number of discussions (including in person on August 8, 2016) to discuss the proposed terms of a potential transaction between CBS Radio and Entercom, including, among other things, the proposed pro forma relative share ownership of the combined company, the maintenance of Entercom’s existing dual-class stock structure and the composition of the board of directors of the combined company.

On August 16, 2016, representatives of Entercom, Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs had telephonic discussions regarding the contemplated due diligence review process and CBS’ views regarding the next steps in the transaction process, including the expectation that parties would submit indications of interest by September 19, 2016. Later in the day on August 16, 2016, CBS granted Entercom access to a virtual data room containing business, financial and legal due diligence information about CBS Radio, and on August 22, 2016, Entercom granted CBS access to a virtual data room containing business, financial and legal due diligence information about Entercom. Thereafter, CBS and Entercom, together with their respective legal, financial and accounting advisors, conducted ongoing due diligence on each other.

On August 23, 2016, CBS Radio filed with the SEC a first amendment to the IPO Registration Statement.

On August 26, 2016, representatives of Entercom and CBS and their respective outside regulatory counsel had telephonic discussions regarding certain considerations in connection with obtaining the required approvals from certain regulatory authorities that would be necessary to consummate a potential transaction.

During early September 2016, representatives of Entercom, CBS and their outside advisors continued to hold a number of discussions on the proposed terms of a potential transaction between CBS Radio and Entercom,

 

156


Table of Contents

the contemplated transaction process, including the expectation that parties submit indications of interest by September 19, 2016 that would include a proposed revised copy of a draft merger agreement, and the status of the parties’ ongoing due diligence reviews, including requests for additional due diligence information.

On September 8, 2016, the Entercom board of directors held a special telephonic meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Latham. Entercom’s management reviewed the business and strategic rationales for pursuing the proposed transaction with CBS Radio and provided an update regarding recent discussions with CBS and Entercom’s preliminary due diligence review, along with detail regarding certain regulatory considerations in connection with the proposed transaction. Mr. Field also confirmed that, despite indications from CBS that it would be unwilling to pursue a transaction unless Entercom’s existing dual-class stock structure was eliminated, neither he nor Joseph Field would support a transaction that would result in the elimination of Entercom’s existing dual-class stock structure. The Entercom board of directors provided guidance to Entercom’s management on the proposed transaction terms and the due diligence review and directed Entercom’s management and Entercom’s advisors to continue pursuing the proposed transaction.

On September 14, 2016, Entercom and Latham received an initial draft merger agreement from CBS and its representatives. On the same date, CBS and its representatives also sent an initial draft purchase agreement regarding CBS Radio to one other potential counterparty.

On September 16, 2016, Mr. Sutor and representatives of Latham had a telephonic meeting with the independent directors of Entercom’s board of directors (the “Independent Directors”). Representatives of Latham provided detail regarding the structure of the proposed transaction with CBS, CBS and Entercom’s respective positions relating to Entercom’s dual-class stock structure, and certain fiduciary considerations in connection therewith.

On September 19, 2016, the Entercom board of directors held a special telephonic meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Morgan Stanley and Latham. The Entercom management team reviewed the business and strategic rationales for the proposed transaction, as well as the results of their ongoing due diligence review of CBS Radio and requests for due diligence information. Representatives of Morgan Stanley discussed preliminary financial considerations of the proposed transaction and representatives of Latham reviewed the fiduciary duties of the Entercom board of directors in connection with the consideration of the proposed transaction. The Entercom board of directors authorized and directed Entercom’s management to deliver a preliminary, non-binding indication of interest to CBS on the terms discussed at the meeting, subject to Entercom’s ongoing due diligence review of CBS Radio.

On September 20, 2016, Entercom delivered a preliminary, non-binding indication of interest to CBS, as discussed at the September 19, 2016 meeting of the Entercom board of directors, that proposed a pro forma relative share ownership of approximately 66% for participating CBS holders and approximately 34% for Entercom holders on a fully diluted basis. Entercom’s proposal assumed that CBS Radio would have net indebtedness of $1.45 billion at the closing of the proposed transaction and that prior to the closing of the proposed transaction, CBS Radio would make a one-time cash dividend to CBS of $1.45 billion, subject to adjustment based on indebtedness, working capital and cash estimates. Entercom’s preliminary, non-binding indication of interest also contemplated that, among other things, (i) at the closing of the proposed transaction, Entercom would maintain its existing dual-class stock structure, but, in order to qualify as a Reverse Morris Trust transaction, certain members of the Field family would convert approximately 2.5 million shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to ensure that participating CBS stockholders would have greater than 50% voting control of the combined company after the closing of the transaction, (ii) David Field and Joseph Field would serve as directors of the combined company (with the remaining directors to be selected mutually), (iii) David Field would serve as CEO of the combined company, and (iv) CBS Radio would have a normalized level of working capital.

Later on September 20, 2016, CBS rejected Entercom’s proposal and terminated discussions with Entercom regarding a possible transaction. In making this decision, CBS believed that Entercom’s proposal undervalued

 

157


Table of Contents

CBS Radio, including compared to the value that CBS might receive through consummating an initial public offering of up to 20% of the shares of CBS Radio, followed by the subsequent separation of CBS Radio, which could be effected through a tax-free split-off or other transaction. During September 2016, CBS also terminated discussions with other potential counterparties for the same reason. As a result, until late December 2016, the CBS Radio exploration process was primarily focused on the potential initial public offering of CBS Radio and the potential CBS Radio Financing Transactions.

On September 28, 2016, the CBS Divestiture Committee met. At the meeting, representatives of CBS’s senior management updated the committee members on the status of the CBS Radio exploration process. The representatives of CBS’s senior management discussed with the committee members CBS Radio’s financial and operating profile. The representatives of CBS’s senior management discussed with the committee members their views on the potential terms of the CBS Radio Financing Transactions. Following discussion, the CBS Divestiture Committee authorized CBS to cause CBS Radio to effect the CBS Radio Financing Transactions, on the terms discussed at the meeting.

On October 7, 2016, the Entercom board of directors held a regularly scheduled meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management. Entercom’s management reported that discussions with CBS had effectively ended, noting that CBS appeared to be moving forward with its initial public offering for CBS Radio.

On October 17, 2016, CBS Radio consummated the CBS Radio Financing Transactions by entering into the Radio Revolving Credit Facility and the Radio Term Loan. Also on October 17, 2016, CBS Radio issued the Senior Notes. On October 17, 2016, CBS Radio borrowed the full amount of the Radio Term Loan. As a result of the borrowings under the Radio Term Loan and the issuance of the Senior Notes, CBS Radio incurred indebtedness of $1.460 billion, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1.432 billion after deducting bank fees, discounts and commissions and other expenses. CBS Radio distributed to its parent, a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, approximately $1.426 billion, which is an amount equal to the net proceeds of the CBS Radio Financing Transactions, prior to deducting expenses payable by CBS Radio, less $10 million which remained with CBS Radio to use for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs.

On November 10, 2016, the CBS Divestiture Committee met. At the meeting, representatives of CBS’s senior management updated the committee members on the status of the CBS Radio exploration process, including the completion of the CBS Radio Financing Transactions and the progress on the IPO Registration Statement. The representatives of CBS’s senior management discussed with the committee members a preliminary analysis of the potential valuation of CBS Radio in connection with an initial public offering. Following discussion, representatives of Goldman Sachs joined the meeting to present their preliminary views on CBS Radio’s positioning in the equity markets, comparing its strategic position, scale, profitability and capitalization with comparable companies. The representatives of Goldman Sachs also discussed their preliminary views on the valuation of CBS Radio in connection with an initial public offering. The representatives of Goldman Sachs also discussed their view on the state of the equity markets, including with respect to recent initial public offering activity.

On November 18, 2016, CBS Radio filed with the SEC a second amendment to the IPO Registration Statement.

On December 14, 2016, the CBS board of directors met. At the meeting, representatives of CBS’s senior management updated the directors on the status of the CBS Radio exploration process.

On December 20, 2016, Mr. Field contacted Mr. Ianniello to inquire whether CBS would be interested in resuming discussions regarding a potential transaction. Mr. Field and Mr. Ianniello reviewed the merits of the potential transaction and both parties reiterated interest in pursuing a potential transaction. Mr. Ianniello indicated that CBS had made substantial progress on the IPO Registration Statement and would only be interested in resuming discussions with Entercom regarding a transaction if Entercom were willing to agree to a

 

158


Table of Contents

higher level of ownership by participating CBS stockholders in the pro forma combined company than Entercom had previously proposed on September 20, 2016.

On December 23, 2016, after CBS Radio filed with the SEC a third amendment to the IPO Registration Statement, Mr. Field again contacted Mr. Ianniello, noting the merits of the transaction and why it would be compelling for CBS. Mr. Field noted that Entercom’s stock price had increased by approximately 20% since September 20, 2016, thus increasing the value of Entercom’s previous proposal to participating CBS stockholders.

On December 30, 2016, the Entercom board of directors held a special telephonic meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Morgan Stanley and Latham. Entercom’s management and representatives of Morgan Stanley (i) provided the Entercom board of directors with a summary of the preliminary indication of interest delivered to CBS on September 20, 2016 and subsequent developments related thereto; (ii) reviewed potential opportunities to reengage with CBS regarding a possible transaction and the rationale and benefits for pursuing such a transaction; (iii) reported on Entercom’s financial and stock performance; and (iv) detailed certain financial considerations related to a possible transaction with CBS. The Entercom board of directors directed management to continue to pursue further discussions with CBS representatives and expressed support for pursuing a transaction based upon a pro forma relative share ownership of up to approximately 71% for participating CBS holders and approximately 29% for Entercom holders on a fully diluted basis, subject to certain assumptions regarding CBS Radio net indebtedness and working capital.

On January 3, 2017, Mr. Field and Mr. Ianniello met in person and discussed at a high level the terms of a possible transaction. Mr. Ianniello again indicated that CBS had made substantial progress on the IPO Registration Statement and would only be interested in resuming substantive discussions with Entercom regarding a transaction if Entercom were willing to agree to a higher level of ownership by participating CBS stockholders in the pro forma combined company than Entercom had previously proposed on September 20, 2016. During these discussions, Mr. Field indicated that Entercom was interested in pursuing further discussions regarding a possible transaction on the basis of a pro forma relative share ownership of approximately 70% for participating CBS holders and approximately 30% for Entercom holders on a fully diluted basis and other terms substantially similar to those included in the preliminary indication of interest delivered to CBS on September 20, 2016. Mr. Ianniello indicated that CBS would be amenable to maintaining Entercom’s existing dual-class stock structure, subject to the parties agreeing on a mechanism to implement a limit on the aggregate percentage voting interest of certain members of the Field family in the combined company.

On January 5, 2017, Mr. Field and Mr. Ianniello had further telephonic discussions regarding certain material terms and conditions of a possible transaction, including the proposed pro forma relative share ownership of the CBS holders and the Entercom holders, the impact of the repayment of approximately $85 million of existing CBS Radio indebtedness and the resulting implied increase in the equity value of CBS Radio, and the willingness of certain members of the Field family to consider some form of CBS’ proposed limitation on their aggregate percentage voting interest in the combined company.

On January 6, 2017, Mr. Field and Mr. Ianniello had further telephonic discussions regarding certain material terms and conditions of a possible transaction, including the proposed pro forma relative share ownership of the CBS holders and the Entercom holders. Following these discussions, CBS and Entercom preliminarily agreed to move forward with substantive conversations about a potential transaction based on pro forma relative share ownership of approximately 72% for participating CBS stockholders and approximately 28% for Entercom shareholders on a fully diluted basis.

On January 6, 2017, representatives of Latham and the Independent Directors had telephonic discussions regarding the status of the proposed transaction and the discussions between representatives of Entercom and CBS since the meeting of the Entercom board of directors on December 30, 2016. Later on January 6, 2017, at

 

159


Table of Contents

the request of the Independent Directors, Entercom retained Dechert LLP (“Dechert”) as independent outside counsel to the Independent Directors.

On January 7, 2017, the Entercom board of directors held a special telephonic meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Morgan Stanley, Latham and Dechert. Immediately prior to this meeting, the Independent Directors had separate telephonic discussions with representatives of Dechert and Latham regarding the status of the proposed transaction. At the meeting of the Entercom board of directors, Entercom’s management detailed the terms of a proposed non-binding indication of interest to be submitted to CBS. In addition, Morgan Stanley provided the Entercom board of directors with a preliminary financial analysis of the proposed transaction based upon financial information received prior to January 7, 2017 from CBS and information and guidance provided by Entercom’s management. The Entercom board of directors directed Entercom management to deliver the proposed non-binding indication of interest to CBS.

Following these discussions, until February 2, 2017, representatives of CBS and Entercom participated in a series of meetings and telephonic discussions in order to discuss matters related to the proposed transaction, including, among other things, due diligence matters and the potential terms and benefits of a transaction, including the composition of the board of directors of the combined company, matters related to required regulatory approvals, matters related to the post-closing ownership of Entercom common stock by members of the Field family, operational matters, financing matters, termination fees and closing conditions.

On January 8, 2017, Entercom delivered the proposed non-binding indication of interest to CBS, as discussed at the January 7, 2017 meeting of the Entercom board of directors, that proposed pro forma relative share ownership of approximately 72% for participating CBS holders and approximately 28% for Entercom holders on a fully diluted basis. In addition, Entercom’s non-binding indication of interest proposed, among other things, that (i) CBS Radio would have a maximum of $1.37 billion in net indebtedness at the closing of the proposed transaction and deliver a normalized level of working capital; (ii) Entercom would control the process in connection with any governmentally-required divestitures; (iii) Entercom’s existing dual-class stock structure would remain in place, subject to certain members of the Field family agreeing to accept a limitation on their aggregate ownership of Entercom Common Stock such that, as of the consummation of the Merger, the aggregate voting power of the Entercom Class B Common Stock would be limited to 25% of the total voting power of the combined company on a pro forma basis; (iv) David Field and Joseph Field would serve as directors of the combined company, with the remaining directors to be selected mutually, and (v) David Field would serve as CEO of the combined company.

On January 11, 2017, CBS delivered a counterproposal to Entercom’s non-binding term sheet. CBS’s non-binding term sheet proposed, among other things, that (i) CBS would be permitted to remove all cash and cash equivalents from CBS Radio prior to closing, subject to leaving CBS Radio with a normalized level of working capital; (ii) Entercom’s existing dual-class stock structure would remain in place, subject to certain members of the Field family committing to take such actions such that, as of the closing of the proposed transaction, the Field family would in the aggregate hold no more than a 25% voting interest in the combined company and also agreeing to restrictions on the transfer of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock; (iii) the board of directors of the combined company would be classified and consist of four directors selected by CBS, Joseph Field, David Field and other directors to be selected mutually; (iv) David Field would serve as CEO of the combined company; and (v) Entercom and CBS would jointly control the process in connection with any government required divestitures. CBS’s non-binding term sheet also proposed that certain Field family members would be required to enter into voting agreements pursuant to which they would remain obligated to vote in support of the proposed transaction and against any alternative transaction for twelve months following the termination of the Merger Agreement. Furthermore, the revised term sheet proposed that CBS Radio would expand the Radio Term Loan in connection with the closing of the contemplated transaction to permit the refinancing of Entercom’s existing indebtedness.

On January 12, 2017, Messrs. Field, Fisher, Sutor and Cunnane and representatives of Morgan Stanley and Latham, had telephonic discussions with Mr. Rubin and other members of CBS’s senior management and

 

160


Table of Contents

representatives of Goldman Sachs and Wachtell regarding certain terms and conditions set forth in the non-binding term sheet delivered by CBS to Entercom on January 11, 2017.

On January 12, 2017, following consultation amongst Mr. Field and certain of the Independent Directors, Entercom determined that, in order to further assist in its assessment, consideration and evaluation of the proposed transaction, and in light of Morgan Stanley’s previous representation of a CBS related party in connection with a potential transaction with CBS and Morgan Stanley’s ongoing rights and obligations pursuant to its engagement with such CBS related party should any such potential transaction be consummated within a specified period, Entercom should engage an additional investment banking firm to provide financial advisory services. Entercom determined to engage Centerview Partners LLC (“Centerview”) to perform certain financial advisory services for Entercom.

On January 13, 2017, Wachtell sent an initial draft separation agreement to Latham.

On January 16, 2017, the Entercom board of directors held a special meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Latham and Dechert. Immediately prior to this meeting, the Independent Directors had separate telephonic discussions with representatives of Dechert and Latham regarding, among other things, the status of the proposed transaction and considerations in connection with proposed limitations on proposed post-closing voting power of the holders of Entercom’s Class B Common Stock. At the meeting of the Entercom board of directors, Entercom’s senior management provided detail regarding the negotiations with CBS and the status of certain material issues including, among other things, the proposed post-closing voting power of the holders of Entercom’s Class B Common Stock, the composition of the board of directors of the combined company and related governance matters and pre-closing limitations on the ability to remove cash.

On January 16, 2017, Latham sent an initial revised draft of the Merger Agreement to Wachtell. From January 16, 2017 through February 2, 2017, CBS, Entercom and their respective financial and legal advisors continued to negotiate the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement and other Ancillary Agreements and to finalize their respective due diligence reviews. Representatives of CBS and Entercom and their respective financial and legal advisors exchanged several drafts of the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement and related Ancillary Agreements and held several conference calls to discuss these drafts and the material terms and conditions thereof including, among other things, the composition of the board of directors of the combined company, covenants regarding efforts required to obtain certain regulatory approvals, provisions limiting Entercom’s ability to pursue alternative transactions and related terminations fees that could be payable by Entercom in certain situations, limitations on each party’s operations during the period between the date of the Merger Agreement and the closing of the proposed transaction including the ability of CBS to remove cash from CBS Radio and Entercom’s ability to declare and pay a special dividend to its shareholders, intellectual property licensing matters, tax matters, employee benefits matters, matters related to the allocation of liabilities and related indemnification obligations, and matters related to the Radio Financing.

During this period, CBS, Entercom and their respective financial and legal advisors also negotiated and exchanged drafts of a voting agreement between Joseph Field and Entercom, and held several conference calls to discuss this agreement and its material terms and conditions. Additionally, CBS, Entercom and their respective financial and legal advisors negotiated and exchanged drafts of a side letter agreement, and held several conference calls to discuss this agreement and its material terms and conditions, including the requirement that certain members of the Field family convert shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Merger such that, as of the consummation of the Merger, the aggregate voting power of such converted shares, together with the outstanding shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock and the outstanding shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held by Joseph Field and David Field, would be limited to 25% of the total voting power of the combined company on a pro forma basis, other limitations on the post-closing ownership of Entercom Common Stock by such members of the Field family and related restrictions on the transferability of Entercom Common Stock by such members of the Field family.

 

161


Table of Contents

On January 20, 2017, the Entercom board of directors held a special telephonic meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Latham. Entercom’s management provided a general update regarding discussions with representatives from CBS and their financial and legal advisors and the ongoing negotiation around certain open issues.

On January 23, 2017, Mr. Field, Mr. Fisher, Mr. Rubin and other representatives of Entercom, CBS and CBS Radio management, together with representatives of Morgan Stanley and Centerview, met in person to discuss a wide range of diligence topics, including, among other things, operational, organizational and financial diligence.

On January 25, 2017, Mr. Field and Mr. Rubin had discussions regarding certain material open terms and conditions, including, among other things, the post-closing ownership of Entercom Class B Common Stock by certain members of the Field family, the composition of the board of directors of the combined company, the antitrust regulatory obligations under the Merger Agreement, Entercom’s ability to declare and pay a special dividend to its shareholders prior to closing of the proposed transaction, the retention by CBS of certain liabilities related to the CBS Radio business and the contemplated financing to be obtained by CBS Radio in connection with the proposed transaction.

On January 26, 2017, the CBS Divestiture Committee met. At the meeting, CBS’s senior management reported on the status of discussions with Entercom. The members of CBS’s senior management discussed with the committee members the results of their due diligence review of Entercom. In addition, the members of CBS’s senior management discussed with the committee members the terms of the proposed Merger Agreement and related transaction documents. Following these discussions, the CBS Divestiture Committee determined that the proposed transaction with Entercom was advisable to and in the best interests of CBS and its stockholders and unanimously voted to approve the Merger Agreement and the related transaction documents.

On January 26, 2017, the CBS Radio board of directors met. At the meeting, CBS’s senior management reported on the status of discussions with Entercom. The members of CBS’s senior management discussed with the committee members the results of their due diligence review of Entercom. In addition, the members of CBS’s senior management discussed with the directors the terms of the proposed Merger Agreement and related transaction documents. Following these discussions, the CBS Radio board of directors determined that the proposed transaction with Entercom was advisable to and in the best interests of CBS Radio and its stockholders and unanimously voted to approve the Merger Agreement and the related transaction documents.

On January 27, 2017, the Entercom board of directors held a special telephonic meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Morgan Stanley, Centerview, Latham and Dechert. Entercom’s senior management provided an update on the negotiations with respect to the proposed transaction and the results of the due diligence investigation conducted by Entercom and its subject matter experts, noted key due diligence findings, and discussed key pre-signing milestones. Representatives of Latham reviewed with the Entercom board of directors the key terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and remaining material open issues therein. Representatives of Morgan Stanley and Centerview discussed preliminary financial aspects related to the proposed transaction. Entercom’s management then reviewed for the Entercom board of directors certain financial projections for (i) Entercom on a standalone basis; (ii) CBS Radio on a standalone basis; and (iii) the combined company. The Entercom board of directors authorized Morgan Stanley and Centerview to prepare further financial analyses for discussion with the Entercom board of directors using these financial projections. The Entercom board of directors and management further discussed the overall merits of the proposed transaction in view of the detailed information presented. Following the discussion, the Entercom board of directors authorized Entercom management to continue negotiation of definitive agreements to effectuate the proposed transaction, subject to the Entercom board of directors’ final consideration and approval. Immediately following the meeting of the Entercom board of directors, the Independent Directors had telephonic discussions with representatives of Dechert regarding the status of the proposed transaction.

 

162


Table of Contents

On January 29, 2017, Wachtell shared with Latham drafts of the Commitment Letter obtained by CBS for the borrowing contemplated by CBS in connection with the proposed transaction.

On January 31, 2017, the Entercom board of directors held a special in-person meeting, attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Morgan Stanley, Centerview, Latham and Dechert. Entercom’s management provided an update regarding previously open material terms of the proposed transaction and the anticipated process and timing to consider whether to proceed with the proposed terms reflected in the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Voting Agreement, the Field Family Side Letter Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and to finalize and announce the Merger. In advance of the meeting, then-current drafts of the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Voting Agreement, the Field Family Side Letter Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements were made available to the members of the Entercom board of directors. Mr. Field and senior members of the Entercom management team again presented their views on the strategic rationale for the proposed transaction and reported to the Entercom board of directors that management was fully supportive of the proposed transaction as currently contemplated. Representatives of Entercom’s management also explained that certain financial projections prepared by Entercom’s management and previously authorized by the Entercom board of directors for use by Morgan Stanley and Centerview had been revised to reflect updated corporate expense detail provided by CBS to Entercom.

At this meeting, representatives of Latham again reviewed the Entercom board of directors’ fiduciary duties when considering the proposed transaction and terms of the Merger Agreement and other Ancillary Agreements that affect the ability of the Entercom board of directors to consider and act upon alternative proposals, including discussion of matters concerning the Entercom board of directors’ recommendation that Entercom’s shareholders vote in favor of the proposed transaction, the ability to change such recommendation in certain situations, and the requirement for Entercom to pay a termination fee to CBS in the event the Merger Agreement was terminated in certain circumstances. The representatives of Latham also provided detail regarding Entercom’s obligations in connection with obtaining regulatory approval of the proposed transaction, including the obligation to divest certain assets as required by governmental authorities. The representatives of Latham also reviewed with the Entercom board of directors the other material terms and conditions reflected in the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Voting Agreement, the Field Family Side Letter Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements, including with respect to: (i) proposed purchase price adjustment mechanisms; (ii) the treatment of equity awards; (iii) indemnification obligations; (iv) the proposed transition services to be provided by CBS; (v) the terms of the various Ancillary Agreements, including the Tax Matters Agreement; and (vi) the proposed committed financing in connection with the potential transaction. Entercom’s financial advisors reviewed with the Entercom board of directors their respective preliminary financial analyses related to the proposed transaction. The Entercom board of directors discussed these material terms and provided guidance to Entercom’s management and Latham with respect to the remaining open points. Immediately following the meeting of the Entercom board of directors, the Independent Directors had telephonic discussions with representatives of Latham and Dechert regarding the proposed transactions.

From the evening of January 31, 2017 through the evening of February 1, 2017, representatives of Entercom and CBS, together with their respective legal advisors, continued to negotiate and finalize the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Voting Agreement, the Field Family Side Letter Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements, ultimately resolving the remaining open points on the evening of February 1, 2017.

On February 1, 2017, the Entercom board of directors held a special telephonic meeting attended by Entercom’s senior management and representatives of Morgan Stanley, Centerview, Latham and Dechert. Entercom management reported that the parties had reached agreement with respect to the remaining open deal points. Mr. Field and senior members of Entercom management again reviewed with the Entercom board of directors the rationales for the proposed transaction. Representatives of Latham again reviewed the Entercom board of directors’ fiduciary duties when considering the proposed transaction, as well as the changes that had

 

163


Table of Contents

been made to the proposed transaction documents since the drafts that had been distributed to the Entercom board of directors in advance of the January 31, 2017 meeting. Also at this meeting, representatives of each of Morgan Stanley and Centerview separately rendered to the Entercom board of directors an oral opinion, each of which was subsequently confirmed by delivery of a written opinion dated February 2, 2017, that, as of such date and based upon and subject to various assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken in preparing its opinion, the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement was fair, from a financial point of view, to Entercom. For a detailed discussion of Centerview’s opinion, please see the section of this document entitled “— Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC” and for a detailed discussion of Morgan Stanley’s opinion, please see the section of this document entitled —Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.”

In the course of its deliberations, the Entercom board of directors considered a number of factors, including those described more fully below under the section of this document entitled “— Entercom’s Reasons for the Transactions.” Following these discussions, representatives of Entercom management and Latham reviewed resolutions that previously had been distributed to the Entercom board of directors approving the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger and the issuance of the Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection therewith, and related matters. The Entercom board of directors, including each of the Independent Directors, unanimously determined that the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Merger and the issuance of the Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection therewith were advisable, fair to, and in the best interest of Entercom and its shareholders, and unanimously approved the Merger Agreement, the Merger and the issuance of the Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection therewith, and authorized the appropriate officers of Entercom to execute and deliver the Merger Agreement.

On the evening of February 1, 2017, CBS received the final Commitment Letter to provide financing for the proposed Transactions, executed by the Initial Commitment Parties.

On February 2, 2017, representatives of CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom executed the Merger Agreement and other Transaction Agreements. CBS and Entercom issued a joint press release announcing the Transactions prior to the opening of trading on February 2, 2017.

Entercom’s Reasons for the Transactions

The Entercom board of directors and Entercom senior management routinely review Entercom’s business and consider whether possible strategic transactions, including potential acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary businesses, might be advisable in order to maximize value for Entercom and its shareholders. In evaluating the Merger, the Entercom board of directors consulted with Entercom’s management and legal and financial advisors and carefully considered a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following significant factors which generally supported its decision to unanimously approve the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger, and recommend that the Entercom shareholders approve the issuance of the Entercom Class A Common Stock and the amendment to the Entercom Articles in connection therewith:

 

    the opportunity to create a leading local media and entertainment company with a preeminent radio platform covering 23 of the country’s top 25 markets, plus robust digital and events platforms, that will be better positioned to harness the strengths and advantages of the radio industry and more effectively compete with other media sources for advertising revenues;

 

    the expectation that, as a result of its increased scale, the combined company will have the size, financial resources and capabilities to more successfully meet the needs of the largest advertising clients and agencies and compete more effectively with larger media companies;

 

    the possibility to create increased value for shareholders of the combined company as a result of scale efficiencies allowing for the consolidation and more efficient deployment of resources;

 

164


Table of Contents
    the overall strategic and financial benefits that could be achieved by combining Entercom and the CBS Radio business relative to the future prospects of Entercom on a standalone basis, including, but not limited to: (i) the expectation that the combined company could achieve estimated annual cost synergies of $25 million within 12-18 months after the consummation of the Transactions and (ii) the belief that the scale efficiencies, financial stability and operating expertise of the combined company would enable Entercom to further accelerate growth, enhance its digital and events platforms, and further expand into key emerging verticals, including sports, news and talk, and entertainment;

 

    the expectation that the Merger will be accretive to Entercom’s financial results and increase Entercom’s revenues, earnings per share and fully-taxed free cash flow per share, creating a platform to drive EBITDA growth;

 

    the expectation that the combined company will have an attractive financial profile, robust cash flow generation and an attractive dividend;

 

    the relative valuations of the CBS Radio business and Entercom implied by the exchange ratio contemplated in the Merger Agreement;

 

    the expectation that Entercom will benefit from an improved public company profile, including increased liquidity in its stock, as a result of the issuance of shares of Entercom common stock in the transaction;

 

    the opinion of Morgan Stanley rendered to the board of directors of Entercom on February 1, 2017, which was subsequently confirmed by delivery of a written opinion dated February 2, 2017, that, as of such date and based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley in preparing its opinion, the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement was fair, from a financial point of view, to Entercom, as more fully described below under the caption “The Transactions—Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors—Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC;”

 

    the opinion of Centerview rendered to the board of directors of Entercom on February 1, 2017, which was subsequently confirmed by delivery of a written opinion dated February 2, 2017, that, as of such date and based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken by Centerview in preparing its opinion, the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement was fair, from a financial point of view, to Entercom, as more fully described below under the caption “The Transactions—Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors—Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC;”

 

    the management team of the combined company following the consummation of the Merger will consist of proven executive officers and other employees of both Entercom and CBS Radio led by David Field as Chief Executive Officer, allowing the combined company to benefit from such individuals’ experience driving growth, innovation and shareholder value and strong record of successful integrations of various acquisitions;

 

    the Entercom board of directors following the closing of the Transactions will be classified and consist of nine members, five from Entercom’s current board of directors and four new directors agreed upon by CBS, two of whom are affiliated with CBS and who will resign upon the earlier of six months following the consummation of the Merger or immediately prior to the first annual meeting of the combined company’s shareholders following the consummation of the Merger;

 

    Joseph Field, the owner of 85.4% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock and 4.1% of Entercom Class A Common Stock, which together represent approximately 61.1% of Entercom’s outstanding voting power, has agreed to vote in favor of the Transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

 

165


Table of Contents
    that, to enable the Transactions, certain members of the Field family have agreed to convert a specified number of shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock held by them to Entercom Class A Common Stock, such that the aggregate voting power of the shares of Entercom Common Stock held by such members of the Field Family will be reduced from a controlling vote to approximately 25% of the aggregate voting power of all classes of Entercom Common Stock as of the consummation of the Merger;

 

    that, to enable the Transactions, certain members of the Field family have agreed to convert all of the shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock held by them to Entercom Class A Common Stock at such time as the aggregate number of shares of Entercom Common Stock held by them is less than three million shares (subject to appropriate adjustments);

 

    the ability of Entercom to withdraw or change its recommendation that Entercom’s shareholder vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement in certain circumstances, subject to the right of CBS to terminate the Merger Agreement and receive a termination fee in certain circumstances; and

 

    the terms of the Merger Agreement, including the exchange ratio, were the result of extensive arms’-length negotiations between representatives of Entercom and CBS.

The Entercom board of directors also considered certain countervailing factors in its deliberations concerning the Merger and the other Transactions, including:

 

    the risk that the necessary regulatory approvals and clearances to complete the Merger are not received or that governmental authorities could attempt to condition their approval of the Merger on compliance with certain burdensome conditions or that regulatory approvals may be delayed, as more fully described under the caption “—Regulatory Approvals”;

 

    the fact that divestitures of certain assets are required to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals and clearances from governmental authorities to consummate the Merger;

 

    the fact that current Entercom shareholders as a group would control less than a majority of Entercom Common Stock after consummation of the Merger;

 

    the challenges and difficulties, foreseen and unforeseen, relating to the separation of the CBS Radio business from the other businesses of CBS;

 

    the challenges inherent in the combination and integration of two businesses of the size and complexity of Entercom and the CBS Radio business;

 

    the possibility that the increased revenues, earnings and efficiencies expected to result from the Transactions would fail to materialize;

 

    the risk that the Transactions and subsequent integration may divert Entercom management’s attention and resources away from other strategic opportunities and operational matters;

 

    the possibility that the public announcement of the Merger Agreement could have an adverse effect on Entercom, including effects on Entercom’s customers, operating results and share price, and Entercom’s ability to attract and retain key management and personnel;

 

    the significant one-time costs, including transaction-related expenses, expected to be incurred in connection with the Transactions;

 

    the limitation of Entercom’s ability to utilize existing net operating losses on a go-forward basis after the consummation of the Merger;

 

    the relative financial performance of the CBS Radio business and Entercom as compared to each other and other competitors in the radio industry;

 

166


Table of Contents
    the fact that integration of the CBS Radio business is dependent on ongoing transition services from CBS under the Transition Services Agreement;

 

    the challenges in coordinating the joint operation of the digital platforms to be used in both the combined company’s business and CBS’s business pursuant to the Joint Digital Services Agreement;

 

    the restrictions imposed on Entercom’s ability to take certain corporate actions under applicable federal income tax laws and the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement;

 

    the restrictions on the conduct of Entercom’s business during the period between the execution of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Merger;

 

    the fact that certain provisions of the Merger Agreement may dissuade third parties from seeking to acquire Entercom or otherwise increase the cost of any potential acquisition and that Entercom may be required to pay CBS a termination fee in certain circumstances under the Merger Agreement; and

 

    the possibility that the Transactions may not be consummated and the potential adverse consequences if the Transactions are not completed, including substantial costs incurred and potential shareholder and market reaction.

The Entercom board of directors considered all of the factors in support of and weighing against the Transactions as a whole, including the factors described above, and, on balance, concluded that those factors supported a determination to approve the Merger Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and to proceed with the Transactions.

This discussion of the information and factors considered by the Entercom board of directors is not exhaustive. In view of the wide variety and complexity of factors considered by the Entercom board of directors in connection with the evaluation of the Transactions, the Entercom board of directors did not consider it practical to, and did not attempt to, quantify, rank or assign relative weights to the factors that it considered in making its decision to approve the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, the Merger, the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and the amendment to the Entercom Articles in connection with the Merger and making its recommendation to the Entercom shareholders that they approve the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and the amendment to Entercom Articles in connection with the Merger. In considering the factors described above and any other factors, individual members of the Entercom board of directors may have viewed factors differently or given different weight, merit or consideration to different factors.

This explanation of the factors considered by the Entercom board of directors is in part forward-looking in nature and, therefore, should be read in light of the factors discussed in the sections of this proxy statement/prospectus-information statement entitled “Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

After consideration, on February 1, 2017, the Entercom board of directors unanimously (a) determined that the Merger and the Merger Agreement are advisable, fair to, and in the best interests of Entercom and its shareholders and approved the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger, and the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and the amendment to the Entercom Articles in connection with the Merger, and (b) recommended the approval by Entercom’s shareholders of the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and the amendment to the Entercom Articles in connection with the Merger.

 

167


Table of Contents

Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors

Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Entercom retained Morgan Stanley to act as its financial advisor and to provide a fairness opinion in connection with the Transactions, including the Merger. Entercom selected Morgan Stanley to act as its financial advisor based on Morgan Stanley’s qualifications, expertise and reputation, its knowledge of and experience in recent transactions in the media industry and its knowledge of Entercom’s business and affairs. At the meeting of Entercom’s board of directors on February 1, 2017, Morgan Stanley rendered its oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing on February 2, 2017, that, as of such date, and based upon and subject to the various assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley as set forth in the written opinion, the exchange ratio pursuant to the Merger Agreement was fair from a financial point of view to Entercom.

The full text of the written opinion of Morgan Stanley, dated as of February 2, 2017, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley in rendering its opinion, is attached to this document as Annex A-1. Entercom shareholders are encouraged to read the opinion carefully and in its entirety. The Morgan Stanley opinion was rendered for the benefit of Entercom’s board of directors, in its capacity as such, and addressed only the fairness from a financial point of view to Entercom of the exchange ratio pursuant to the Merger Agreement as of the date of the opinion. Morgan Stanley’s opinion did not address any other aspect of the Transactions, including the Merger, including the prices at which Entercom Class A Common Stock will trade following consummation of the Merger or at any time, or the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of CBS’s or Entercom’s officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, whether relative to the exchange ratio or otherwise. The opinion was addressed to, and rendered for the benefit of, Entercom’s board of directors and was not intended to, and did not, constitute advice or a recommendation as to whether shareholders of Entercom entitled to vote on the Merger should vote to approve the Merger. The summary of the opinion of Morgan Stanley set forth in this document is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion.

In connection with rendering its opinion, Morgan Stanley, among other things:

 

  1) Reviewed certain publicly available financial statements and other business and financial information of CBS Radio and Entercom, respectively;

 

  2) Reviewed certain internal financial statements and other financial and operating data concerning CBS Radio and Entercom, respectively;

 

  3) Reviewed certain financial projections prepared by the management of Entercom relating to CBS Radio and Entercom, respectively;

 

  4) Reviewed information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, prepared by the management of Entercom;

 

  5) Discussed the past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of Entercom, including information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, with senior executives of Entercom;

 

  6) Discussed the past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of CBS Radio with executives of CBS;

 

  7) Reviewed the pro forma impact of the Merger on Entercom’s Adjusted Net Income Per Share (which Morgan Stanley’s opinion refers to as “earnings per share”), cash flow, consolidated capitalization and certain financial ratios;

 

  8) Reviewed the reported prices and trading activity for Entercom Class A Common Stock;

 

168


Table of Contents
  9) Compared the financial performance of CBS Radio and Entercom and the prices and trading activity of Entercom Class A Common Stock with that of certain other publicly traded companies comparable with CBS Radio and Entercom, respectively, and their securities;

 

  10) Reviewed the financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of certain comparable acquisition transactions;

 

  11) Participated in certain discussions and negotiations among representatives of CBS and Entercom and their financial and legal advisors;

 

  12) Reviewed the draft Merger Agreement, the commitment letter from certain lenders dated February 2, 2017 (the “Commitment Letter”) and certain related documents; and

 

  13) Performed such other analyses, reviewed such other information and considered such other factors as Morgan Stanley deemed appropriate.

In arriving at its opinion, Morgan Stanley assumed and relied upon, without independent verification, the accuracy and completeness of the information that was publicly available or supplied or otherwise made available to Morgan Stanley by CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom, and formed a substantial basis for the opinion. With respect to the financial projections, including information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, Morgan Stanley assumed that they had been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best then-currently available estimates and judgments of the management of Entercom of the future financial performance of CBS Radio and Entercom. At Entercom’s direction, Morgan Stanley’s analysis relating to the business and financial prospects of CBS Radio and Entercom for purposes of the opinion were made on the basis of the financial projections. Morgan Stanley was advised by Entercom, and assumed, with Entercom’s consent, that the financial projections were reasonable bases upon which to evaluate the business and financial prospects of CBS Radio and Entercom, respectively. Morgan Stanley expressed no view as to the financial projections or the assumptions on which they were based. In addition, Morgan Stanley assumed that the Merger will be consummated in accordance with the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement without any waiver, amendment or delay of any terms or conditions, including, among other things, that the Merger will be treated as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to the Code, that Entercom and CBS Radio will obtain financing in accordance with the terms set forth in the Commitment Letter, and that the Merger Agreement did not differ in any material respect from the draft thereof furnished to Morgan Stanley on February 1, 2017. Morgan Stanley assumed that in connection with the receipt of all the necessary governmental, regulatory or other approvals and consents required for the proposed Merger, no delays, limitations, conditions or restrictions will be imposed that would have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits expected to be derived in the Merger. Morgan Stanley relied upon, without independent verification, the assessment by the managements of CBS Radio and Entercom of: (i) the strategic, financial and other benefits expected to result from the Merger; (ii) the timing and risks associated with the integration of CBS Radio and Entercom; (iii) their ability to retain key employees of CBS Radio and Entercom, respectively; and (iv) the validity of, and risks associated with, CBS Radio and Entercom’s existing and future technologies, intellectual property, products, services and business models. In arriving at its opinion, Morgan Stanley was not authorized to solicit, and did not solicit, interest from any party with respect to the acquisition, business combination or other extraordinary transaction, involving Entercom. Morgan Stanley’s opinion was limited to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the exchange ratio to Entercom and did not address the relative merits of the Merger as compared to any other alternative business transaction, or other alternatives, or whether or not such alternatives could be achieved or were available, nor did it address the underlying business decision of Entercom to enter into the Merger Agreement. Morgan Stanley did not express any view on, and its opinion did not address, any other term or aspect of the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or any term or aspect of any other agreement or instrument contemplated by the Merger Agreement or entered into or amended in connection therewith. Morgan Stanley did not express any opinion as to the relative fairness of any portion of the consideration to holders of any series of common or preferred stock of Entercom. Morgan Stanley is not a legal, tax or regulatory advisor. Morgan Stanley is a financial advisor only and relied upon, without independent verification, the assessment of Entercom, CBS and CBS Radio and their respective legal, tax or regulatory

 

169


Table of Contents

advisors with respect to legal, tax or regulatory matters. Morgan Stanley expressed no opinion with respect to the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of CBS’s or CBS Radio’s officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, whether relative to the exchange ratio or otherwise. Morgan Stanley did not make any independent valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities of CBS Radio or Entercom or any other entity or business, nor was it furnished with any such valuations or appraisals. Morgan Stanley’s opinion was necessarily based on financial, economic, market and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to it as of, February 2, 2017. Events occurring after February 2, 2017 may affect Morgan Stanley’s opinion and the assumptions used in preparing it, and Morgan Stanley did not assume any obligation to update, revise or reaffirm the opinion.

Summary of Financial Analyses

The following is a summary of the material financial analyses performed by Morgan Stanley in connection with its oral opinion and the preparation of its written opinion to Entercom’s board of directors dated February 2, 2017. The following summary is not a complete description of Morgan Stanley’s opinion or the financial analyses performed and factors considered by Morgan Stanley in connection with its opinion, nor does the order of analyses described represent the relative importance or weight given to those analyses. Except as otherwise noted, the following quantitative information, to the extent that it is based on market data, is based on market data as it existed on or before January 27, 2017, and is not necessarily indicative of current market conditions. The financial analyses summarized below include information presented in tabular format. In order to fully understand the financial analyses used by Morgan Stanley, the tables must be read together with the text of each summary. The tables alone do not constitute a complete description of the financial analyses. The analyses listed in the tables and described below must be considered as a whole; considering any portion of such analyses and of the factors considered, without considering all analyses and factors, could create a misleading or incomplete view of the process underlying Morgan Stanley’s opinion. Furthermore, mathematical analysis (such as determining the average or median) is not in itself a meaningful method of using the data referred to below.

In performing the financial analyses summarized below and in arriving at its opinion, Morgan Stanley utilized and relied upon certain financial forecasts, estimates and projections related to CBS Radio provided by the management of Entercom (referred to in this document as the CBS Radio Projections) and certain financial forecasts, estimates and projections related to Entercom provided by the management of Entercom (referred to in this document as the Entercom Projections), as well as analyses that illustrated the economic impact of including or excluding certain tax attributes provided by the management of Entercom. However, except where specifically identified to the contrary (and then only for illustrative purposes), all such analyses and its opinion are based solely upon the CBS Radio Projections and the Entercom Projections without regard to the sensitivity cases. In performing the financial analyses summarized below, Morgan Stanley assumed, among other things, that, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Entercom shareholders would own approximately 28% of the fully diluted shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock immediately following the consummation of the Merger. For further information regarding the financial projections, see the sections of this document entitled “The Transactions—Certain Financial Projections Prepared by Entercom”.

Discounted Cash Flow Analyses

Morgan Stanley performed discounted cash flow analyses, which are designed to provide an implied value of a company by calculating the present value of the estimated future unlevered after-tax free cash flows and terminal value of the company. In preparing its analyses, Morgan Stanley relied upon the CBS Radio Projections and the Entercom Projections.

Morgan Stanley calculated a range of implied aggregate values (“AV”) for CBS Radio based on estimates of the unlevered after-tax free cash flows that CBS Radio was forecasted to generate during calendar years 2017 through 2021 and a terminal value for CBS Radio. Morgan Stanley estimated a range of terminal values by

 

170


Table of Contents

extrapolating estimated unlevered after-tax free cash flow for year-end 2022 from the CBS Radio Projections and then applying exit multiples ranging from 8.0x to 9.0x (which implied a range of perpetual growth rates for unlevered after-tax free cash flow in the terminal year ranging from (0.5%) to 1.2%). Present values of free cash flows and terminal values were calculated using a range of discount rates between 6.4% and 7.4%, which range was selected based on Morgan Stanley’s professional judgment and taking into consideration, among other things, CBS Radio’s assumed cost of equity calculated utilizing a capital asset pricing model.

This analysis indicated a standalone reference range of implied CBS Radio AV of approximately $3,316 million to $3,770 million.

Morgan Stanley calculated a range of implied aggregate values for Entercom based on estimates of the unlevered after-tax free cash flows that Entercom was forecasted to generate during calendar years 2016 through 2021 and a terminal value for Entercom. Morgan Stanley estimated a range of terminal values by extrapolating estimated unlevered after-tax free cash flow for year-end 2022 from the Entercom Projections and then applying exit multiples ranging from 8.0x to 9.0x (which implied a range of perpetual growth rates for free cash flow in the terminal year ranging from (0.4%) to 1.3%). Present values of free cash flows and terminal values were calculated using a range of discount rates between 6.3% to 7.3%, which range was selected based on Morgan Stanley’s professional judgment and taking into consideration, among other things, Entercom’s assumed cost of equity calculated utilizing a capital asset pricing model.

This analysis indicated a standalone reference range of implied Entercom AV of approximately $1,321 million to $1,482 million (including certain tax attributes) or approximately $1,141 million to $1,298 million (excluding such tax attributes).

Morgan Stanley, at Entercom’s direction, assumed that Entercom’s shareholders would own approximately 28% of Entercom’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the acquisition of CBS Radio, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. Based on the foregoing analysis, Morgan Stanley determined the following ranges of implied fully diluted ownership by Entercom’s shareholders immediately following the consummation of the Merger:

 

     Implied Entercom
ownership percentage
 

Valuation Methodology

   Low     High  

DCF (excluding tax attributes)

     23     31

DCF (including tax attributes)

     27     35

Comparable Company Analysis

Morgan Stanley performed a comparable company analysis, which attempts to provide an implied value of a company by comparing it to similar companies that are publicly traded. In preparing its analyses, Morgan Stanley relied upon the CBS Radio Projections and the Entercom Projections.

Morgan Stanley reviewed and compared, using publicly available information, certain current, historical and projected financial information for each of Entercom and CBS Radio with corresponding current, historical and projected financial information, ratios and public market multiples for publicly traded companies in the radio and television broadcasting industries that shared certain similar business and operating characteristics to Entercom and CBS Radio. The following list sets forth the selected publicly traded comparable companies that were reviewed in connection with this analysis:

 

Radio Broadcasting

  

• Entercom

  

• Salem Media Group, Inc.

• Entravision Communications Corporation

  

• Townsquare Media Inc.

• Cumulus Media, Inc.

  

 

171


Table of Contents

Television Broadcasting

  

• Tribune Media Company

  

• Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.

• Tegna Inc.

  

• Nexstar Media Group, Inc.

• Gray Television, Inc.

  

• The E. W. Scripps Company

The above companies were chosen based on Morgan Stanley’s knowledge of the respective industries and because these companies have businesses that may be considered similar to Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s. Although none of such companies are identical or directly comparable to Entercom or CBS Radio, these companies are publicly traded companies with operations or other criteria, such as lines of business, markets, business risks, growth prospects, maturity of business and size and scale of business, that for purposes of its analysis Morgan Stanley considered similar or reasonably comparable to those of Entercom and CBS Radio. While there may have been other companies that operate in similar industries or have similar principal lines of business or financial or operating characteristics to Entercom or CBS Radio, Morgan Stanley did not specifically identify any other companies for purposes of this analysis.

For purposes of this comparative analysis, Morgan Stanley analyzed the ratio of AV to the estimated twelve-month earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense (“EBITDA”) (based on an average for 2017 and 2018, which is referred to in this summary of Morgan Stanley’s opinion as “Average 2017-18 EBITDA”) of each of these companies, based on closing share prices on January 27, 2017 and publicly available financial data.

 

Company

   AV / Average
2017-18 EBITDA
 

Radio Broadcasting

  

Entercom

     8.2x  

Entravision Communications Corporation

     9.2x  

Cumulus Media, Inc.

     N/A (1)  

Salem Media Group, Inc.

     N/A (1)  

Townsquare Media Inc.

     7.4x  

Television Broadcasting

  

Tribune Media Company

     7.4x  

Tegna Inc.

     7.6x  

Gray Television, Inc.

     7.7x  

Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.

     7.8x  

Nexstar Media Group, Inc.

     7.9x  

The E. W. Scripps Company

     11.4x  

 

(1) Estimated twelve-month EBITDA was not available for 2018, therefore, no ratio of AV to estimated Average 2017-18 EBITDA was available.

Based on the analysis of the ratio of AV to estimated Average 2017-18 EBITDA for each of the comparable companies, Morgan Stanley selected a representative range of multiples of the comparable companies and applied this range of multiples to the estimated Adjusted EBITDA (based on an average for 2017 and 2018) for Entercom and CBS Radio. Morgan Stanley determined as a result of this analysis that the reference ranges that it would use in its analysis were approximately 7.5x to 9.0x, which indicated an implied Entercom AV of approximately $952 million to $1,143 million and an implied CBS Radio AV of approximately $2,811 million to $3,373 million.

For purposes of this summary, “Adjusted EBITDA” refers to (i) with respect to Entercom, operating income (loss) before: depreciation and amortization; time brokerage agreement fees (income); non-cash compensation expense; impairment loss; merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges; other expense related to the

 

172


Table of Contents

refinancing of certain existing indebtedness of Entercom in November 2016; and gain or loss on sale or disposition of assets, and (ii) with respect to CBS Radio, operating income (loss) before depreciation, stock-based compensation expense; restructuring charges; and impairment charges and is adjusted to present a full year of savings associated with restructurings in the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016 and to exclude CBS Radio station KFWB-AM, which was sold in the first quarter of 2016, as well as certain CBS corporate expense allocations and other non-recurring items.

Morgan Stanley, at Entercom’s direction, assumed that Entercom’s shareholders would own approximately 28% of Entercom’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the acquisition of CBS Radio, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. Based on the foregoing analysis, Morgan Stanley determined a range of implied fully diluted ownership by Entercom’s shareholders immediately following the consummation of the Merger of between 20% and 33%.

No company utilized in the comparable company analysis is identical to Entercom or CBS Radio. In evaluating comparable companies, Morgan Stanley made judgments and assumptions with regard to industry performance, general business, economic, market and financial conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of Entercom and CBS Radio, such as the impact of competition on the businesses of Entercom and CBS Radio and the industry generally, industry growth and the absence of any adverse material change in the financial condition and prospects of Entercom or the industry or in the financial markets in general. Mathematical analysis (such as determining the average or median) is not in itself a meaningful method of using comparable company data.

Selected Precedent Transactions Analysis

In connection with its analysis, Morgan Stanley compared publicly available statistics for certain selected precedent radio and television broadcasting industry transactions. Morgan Stanley noted the ratio of the AV of the transaction to the target company’s LTM EBITDA based on publicly available information for the following publicly announced merger and acquisition transactions:

 

Announcement Date

   Acquiror    Target    AV / LTM EBITDA
March 2011    Cumulus Media Inc.    Citadel Broadcasting
Corporation
   9.8x
June 2013    Gannett Co., Inc.    Belo Corp.    9.4x
August 2013    Townsquare Media    Cumulus Media    7.3x
September 2014    Media General, Inc.    LIN Media LLC    11.2x
January 2016    Nexstar Broadcasting
Group, Inc.
   Media General, Inc.    9.1x

Morgan Stanley noted that the median ratio of estimated AV to LTM EBITDA for the selected precedent transactions was 9.4x. Based on its professional judgment and taking into consideration, among other things, the observed multiples for the selected transactions, Morgan Stanley applied multiples ranging from 8.0x-10.0x for the ratio of estimated AV to LTM Adjusted EBITDA, which indicated an implied Entercom AV of approximately $944 million to $1,180 million and an implied CBS Radio AV of approximately $2,810 million to $3,513 million.

Morgan Stanley, at Entercom’s direction, assumed that Entercom’s shareholders would own approximately 28% of Entercom’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the consummation of the Merger, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. Based on the foregoing analysis, Morgan Stanley determined a range of implied fully diluted ownership by Entercom’s shareholders immediately following the consummation of the Merger of between 19% and 34%.

 

173


Table of Contents

No company or transaction utilized in the selected precedent transaction analyses is identical to CBS Radio, Entercom or the Merger. In evaluating the selected precedent transactions, Morgan Stanley made judgments and assumptions with regard to general business, market and financial conditions and other matters, which are beyond the control of CBS Radio and Entercom, such as the impact of competition on the business of CBS Radio, Entercom or the industry generally, industry growth and the absence of any adverse material change in the financial condition of CBS Radio, Entercom or the industry or in the financial markets in general, which could affect the public trading value of the companies and the AV of the selected precedent transactions to which they are being compared.

Other Factors

Morgan Stanley noted for the board of directors of Entercom certain additional factors solely for informational purposes, including, among other things, the following.

Relative Contribution Analysis

Morgan Stanley also performed a contribution analysis which reviewed the pro forma contribution of each of CBS Radio and Entercom to the combined entity and implied contributions based on certain operational and financial metrics using Entercom management plans for both CBS Radio and Entercom. Such operational and financial metrics included Broadcast Cash Flow and Adjusted EBITDA.

For purposes of this summary, “Broadcast Cash Flow” refers to (i) with respect to Entercom, operating income (loss) before: depreciation and amortization; time brokerage agreement fees (income); corporate general and administrative expenses; non-cash compensation expense; impairment loss; merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges; other expense related to the refinancing of certain existing indebtedness of Entercom in November 2016; and gain or loss on sale or disposition of assets, and (ii) with respect to CBS Radio, operating income (loss) before depreciation, stock-based compensation expense; corporate expenses; restructuring charges; and impairment charges and is adjusted to present a full year of savings associated with restructurings in the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016 and to exclude KFWB-AM, which was sold in the first quarter of 2016 and to also exclude certain CBS corporate expense allocations and other non-recurring items.

Based on the relative contributions of each company, Morgan Stanley derived the implied equity contribution for CBS Radio and Entercom, excluding synergies and based on estimated net debt for CBS Radio of $1,370 million, estimated net debt for Entercom of $440 million, and assuming various values for certain Entercom tax attributes, as follows:

 

     Excluding
Tax Attributes
    50% Value for
Tax Attributes
    100% Value for
Tax Attributes
 
     Entercom     CBS     Entercom     CBS     Entercom     CBS  

Broadcast Cash Flow

     30.4     69.6     33.3     66.7     35.9     64.1

Adjusted EBITDA

     25.9     74.1     28.5     71.5     30.9     69.1

Pro Forma Merger Analysis

Morgan Stanley performed a pro forma analysis of the financial impact of the Merger on Entercom’s Adjusted Net Income Per Share, Free Cash Flow Per Share and Tax Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share for fiscal years 2018 and 2019, using the Entercom Projections and the CBS Radio Projections.

Adjusted Net Income consists of net income (loss) available to common shareholders adjusted to exclude: (i) income taxes (benefit) as reported; (ii) gain/loss on sale of assets, derivative instruments and investments; (iii) non-cash compensation expense; (iv) other income; (v) impairment loss; (vi) merger and acquisition costs, other expenses related to the refinancing, loss on extinguishment of debt and restructuring charges; and (vii) gain/loss on early extinguishment of debt. For purposes of comparability, income taxes were reflected at the expected statutory federal and state income tax rate of 40% without discrete items of tax.

 

174


Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow  consists of operating income: (i) plus depreciation and amortization, net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets, non-cash compensation expense (which is otherwise included in station operating expenses and corporate general and administrative expenses), impairment loss, merger and acquisition costs, other expenses related to the refinancing, loss on extinguishment of debt, other income and restructuring charges; and (ii) less net interest expense (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs), preferred stock dividends, taxes paid and capital expenditures.

Adjusted Net Income Per Share and Free Cash Flow Per Share include any dilutive equivalent shares when not anti-dilutive. Convertible Preferred Stock was treated as if never converted for the purposes of Adjusted Net Income Per Share and Free Cash Flow Per Share.

For purposes of comparability, Tax Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share is Free Cash Flow Per Share with income taxes reflected at the expected statutory federal and state income tax rate of 40% without discrete items of tax.

Based on this analysis, and assuming the Merger is consummated on September 30, 2017, the Merger would be:

 

    For fiscal year 2018, (i) accretive to Entercom’s Adjusted Net Income Per Share, dilutive to Entercom’s Free Cash Flow Per Share and accretive to Entercom’s Tax Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share, including cost synergies and transaction costs and (ii) accretive to Entercom’s Adjusted Net Income Per Share, dilutive to Entercom’s Free Cash Flow and accretive to Entercom’s tax adjusted free cash flow per share, including the cost synergies, transaction costs and growth from scale efficiencies; and

 

    For fiscal year 2019, (i) accretive to Entercom’s Adjusted Net Income Per Share, dilutive to Entercom’s Free Cash Flow Per Share and accretive to Entercom’s Tax Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share, including cost synergies and transaction costs and (ii) accretive to Entercom’s Adjusted Net Income Per Share, dilutive to Entercom’s Free Cash Flow Per Share and accretive to Entercom’s Tax Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share, including the cost synergies, transaction costs and growth from scale efficiencies.

Entercom Trading Range and Research Targets

To provide a historical perspective, Morgan Stanley reviewed the historical trading range of Entercom Class A Common Stock since January 2016 and share price targets for Entercom Class A Common Stock prepared and published by equity research analysts, which reflect each analyst’s estimate of the future public market trading price of Entercom Class A Common Stock and were not discounted to present value. Morgan Stanley discounted such share price targets to present value (as of January 27, 2017) by applying an illustrative one-year discount period at an equity discount rate of 9.2%, which was selected based on Morgan Stanley’s professional judgment and taking into consideration, among other things, Entercom’s assumed cost of equity calculated utilizing a capital asset pricing model, which is a financial valuation method that takes into account returns in equity markets generally, volatility in a company’s common stock and the risk free rate. Morgan Stanley noted that the low and high closing prices for shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock for the twelve months ending January 27, 2017, implied an Entercom AV of between $850 million and $1,146 million, respectively. Morgan Stanley also noted a range of share price targets for Entercom Class A Common Stock as of January 27, 2017, discounted as described above, of approximately $1,012 million to $1,237 million, and undiscounted of approximately $1,060 million to $1,306 million.

The public market trading price targets published by securities research analysts do not necessarily reflect current market trading prices for Entercom common stock and these estimates are subject to uncertainties, including the future financial performance of Entercom and future financial market conditions.

 

175


Table of Contents

General

Morgan Stanley performed a variety of financial and comparative analyses for purposes of rendering its opinion. The preparation of a financial opinion is a complex process and is not necessarily susceptible to a partial analysis or summary description. In arriving at its opinion, Morgan Stanley considered the results of all of its analyses as a whole and did not attribute any particular weight to any analysis or factor it considered. Morgan Stanley believes that selecting any portion of its analyses, without considering all analyses as a whole, would create an incomplete view of the process underlying its analyses and opinion. In addition, Morgan Stanley may have given various analyses and factors more or less weight than other analyses and factors, and may have deemed various assumptions more or less probable than other assumptions. As a result, the ranges of valuations resulting from any particular analysis described should not be taken to be Morgan Stanley’s view of the actual value of CBS Radio or Entercom. In performing its analyses, Morgan Stanley made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance, general business and economic conditions and other matters. Many of these assumptions are beyond the control of CBS Radio or Entercom. Any estimates contained in Morgan Stanley’s analyses are not necessarily indicative of future results of CBS Radio or Entercom or actual values, which may be significantly more or less favorable than those suggested by such estimates.

Morgan Stanley conducted the analyses described above solely as part of its analysis of the fairness of the exchange ratio pursuant to the merger agreement from a financial point of view to Entercom and in connection with the delivery of its oral opinion to Entercom’s board of directors subsequently confirmed in writing. These analyses do not purport to be appraisals or to reflect the prices at which shares of Entercom or CBS might actually trade.

The exchange ratio was determined through arm’s-length negotiations between Entercom and CBS and was approved by Entercom’s board of directors. Morgan Stanley provided advice to Entercom during these negotiations.

Morgan Stanley’s opinion and its presentation to Entercom’s board of directors was one of many factors taken into consideration by Entercom’s board of directors in deciding to approve the Merger Agreement. Consequently, the analyses described above should not be viewed as determinative of the view of Entercom’s board of directors with respect to the exchange ratio or of whether Entercom’s board of directors would have been willing to agree to a different exchange ratio. Morgan Stanley’s opinion was approved by a committee of Morgan Stanley investment banking and other professionals in accordance with its customary practice.

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm engaged in the securities, investment management and individual wealth management businesses. Morgan Stanley’s securities business is engaged in securities underwriting, trading and brokerage activities, foreign exchange, commodities and derivatives trading, prime brokerage, as well as providing investment banking, financing and financial advisory services. Morgan Stanley, its affiliates, directors and officers may at any time invest on a principal basis or manage funds that invest, hold long or short positions, finance positions, and may trade or otherwise structure and effect transactions, for their own account or the accounts of its customers, in debt or equity securities or loans of Entercom, CBS or any other company, or any currency or commodity, that may be involved in this transaction, or any related derivative instrument.

As compensation for its financial advisory services relating to the Merger, Entercom has agreed to pay Morgan Stanley (i) a fee of $2 million payable upon the rendering of Morgan Stanley’s opinion, and (ii) a fee of $11 million if the Merger is consummated (against which the fee related to the rendering of the opinion will be credited).

Entercom has also agreed to reimburse Morgan Stanley for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing its services. In addition, Entercom has agreed to indemnify Morgan Stanley and its affiliates, their respective directors, officers, agents and employees and each person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of its affiliates against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with Morgan Stanley’s engagement, including all related expenses.

 

176


Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley, has, as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, committed to provide financing to CBS Radio in connection with the Transactions and will receive approximately $1 million in relation to the financing provided.

Since June 30, 2014, Morgan Stanley has provided financial advisory and financing services for CBS and has received fees in connection with such services of between $4 and $5 million and has provided financing services for Entercom and has received fees in connection with such services of less than $1 million. Morgan Stanley may also seek to provide financial advisory and financing services to Entercom and CBS and their respective affiliates in the future and would expect to receive fees for the rendering of these services.

Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC

On February 1, 2017, Centerview rendered to the board of directors of Entercom its oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in a written opinion dated February 2, 2017, that, as of such date and based upon and subject to various assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken by Centerview in preparing its opinion, the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement was fair, from a financial point of view, to Entercom.

The full text of Centerview’s written opinion, dated February 2, 2017, which describes the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken by Centerview in preparing its opinion, is attached as Annex A-2 and is incorporated herein by reference. The summary of the written opinion of Centerview set forth below is qualified in its entirety to the full text of Centerview’s written opinion attached as Annex A-2. Centerview’s financial advisory services and opinion were provided for the information and assistance of the board of directors of Entercom (in their capacity as directors and not in any other capacity) in connection with and for purposes of its consideration of the Transaction and Centerview’s opinion only addressed the fairness, from a financial point of view, as of the date thereof, to Entercom of the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Centerview’s opinion did not address any other term or aspect of the Agreements (as defined in Centerview’s opinion) or the Transaction and does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder of Entercom or any other person as to how such stockholder or other person should vote with respect to the Merger or otherwise act with respect to the Transaction or any other matter.

The full text of Centerview’s written opinion should be read carefully in its entirety for a description of the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations upon the review undertaken by Centerview in preparing its opinion.

In connection with rendering the opinion described above and performing its related financial analyses, Centerview reviewed, among other things:

 

    drafts of the Agreements, each dated February 1, 2017, referred to in this summary of Centerview’s opinion as the “Draft Agreements”;

 

    annual reports on Form 10-K of Entercom for the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013 and annual reports on Form 10-K of CBS for the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013;

 

    Registration Statement on Form S-1 of CBS Radio and amendments thereto filed prior to the date of Centerview’s opinion;

 

    certain interim reports to stockholders and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q of Entercom and CBS;

 

    certain publicly available research analyst reports for Entercom and CBS;

 

    certain other communications from Entercom and CBS to their respective stockholders;

 

177


Table of Contents
    certain internal information relating to the business, operations, earnings, cash flow, assets, liabilities and prospects of Entercom, including certain financial forecasts, analyses and projections relating to Entercom prepared by management of Entercom and furnished to Centerview by Entercom for purposes of Centerview’s analysis, which are referred to in this summary of Centerview’s opinion as the “Entercom Projections,” and which are collectively referred to in this summary of Centerview’s opinion as the “Entercom Internal Data” (for further information regarding these financial projections, see the section of this document entitled “The Transactions—Certain Financial Projections Prepared by Entercom”);

 

    certain internal information relating to the business, operations, earnings, cash flow, assets, liabilities and prospects of CBS Radio prepared by management of CBS and CBS Radio and made available to Centerview by Entercom for purposes of Centerview’s analysis, which are collectively referred to in this summary of Centerview’s opinion as the “CBS Radio Internal Data”;

 

    certain financial forecasts, analyses and projections relating to CBS Radio prepared by management of Entercom and furnished to Centerview by Entercom for purposes of Centerview’s analysis, which are referred to in this summary of Centerview’s opinion as the “CBS Radio Projections” (for further information regarding these financial projections, see the section of this document entitled “The Transactions—Certain Financial Projections Prepared by Entercom”); and

 

    certain tax and other cost savings and operating synergies projected by the management of Entercom to result from the Transaction furnished to Centerview by Entercom for purposes of Centerview’s analysis, which are referred to in this summary of Centerview’s opinion as the “Synergies.”

Centerview also participated in discussions with members of the senior management and representatives of Entercom, CBS and CBS Radio regarding their assessment of the Entercom Internal Data, the CBS Radio Internal Data, the CBS Radio Projections and the Synergies, as appropriate, and the strategic rationale for the Transaction. In addition, Centerview reviewed publicly available financial and stock market data, including valuation multiples, for certain companies, the securities of which are publicly traded, in lines of business that Centerview deemed relevant, and compared that data with similar data for Entercom and CBS Radio. Centerview also compared certain of the proposed financial terms of the Transaction with the financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of certain other transactions that Centerview deemed relevant, and conducted such other financial studies and analyses and took into account such other information as Centerview deemed appropriate.

Centerview assumed, without independent verification or any responsibility therefor, the accuracy and completeness of the financial, legal, regulatory, tax, accounting and other information supplied to, discussed with, or reviewed by Centerview for purposes of its opinion and, with Entercom’s consent, Centerview relied upon such information as being complete and accurate. In that regard, Centerview assumed, at Entercom’s direction, that the Entercom Internal Data (including, without limitation, the Entercom Projections), the CBS Radio Projections, and the Synergies were reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments of the management of Entercom as to the matters covered thereby and that the CBS Radio Internal Data were reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments of the management of CBS and CBS Radio as to the matters covered thereby, and Centerview relied, at Entercom’s direction, on the Entercom Internal Data (including, without limitation, the Entercom Projections), the CBS Radio Internal Data, the CBS Radio Projections, and the Synergies for purposes of Centerview’s analysis and opinion. Centerview expressed no view or opinion as to the Entercom Internal Data (including, without limitation, the Entercom Projections), the CBS Radio Internal Data, the CBS Radio Projections, the Synergies, or the assumptions on which they were based. In addition, at Entercom’s direction, Centerview did not make any independent evaluation or appraisal of any of the assets or liabilities (contingent, derivative, off-balance-sheet or otherwise) of Entercom, CBS, CBS Radio, or any other person, nor was Centerview furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal, and was not asked to conduct, and did not conduct, a physical inspection of the properties or assets of Entercom, CBS, CBS Radio, or any other person. Centerview assumed, at Entercom’s direction, that (i) the final executed Agreements would not differ in any respect material to

 

178


Table of Contents

Centerview’s analysis or opinion from the Draft Agreements reviewed by Centerview, (ii) the representations and warranties made by the parties in the Agreements and related agreements were and will be true and correct in all respects material to Centerview’s analysis and opinion, (iii) there will be no exchange ratio, working capital or other adjustments or payments by any party pursuant to any indemnification or similar obligations under the Agreements, in each case that are material to Centerview’s analysis or opinion and (iv) the debt financing to be incurred by CBS Radio in connection with the Transaction will be obtained on terms no less favorable to Entercom and CBS Radio than the terms set forth in the January 29, 2017, draft Radio Commitment Letter (as defined in the Merger Agreement). Centerview also assumed, at Entercom’s direction, that the Transaction will be consummated on the terms set forth in the Agreements and in accordance with all applicable laws and other relevant documents or requirements, without delay or the waiver, modification or amendment of any term, condition or agreement, the effect of which would be material to Centerview’s analysis or Centerview’s opinion and that, in the course of obtaining the necessary governmental, regulatory and other approvals, consents, releases and waivers for the Transaction, no delay, limitation, restriction, condition or other change will be imposed, the effect of which would be material to Centerview’s analysis or Centerview’s opinion. Centerview further assumed, at Entercom’s direction, that the Merger will qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Centerview did not evaluate and did not express any opinion as to the solvency or fair value of Entercom, CBS, CBS Radio, or any other person, or the ability of Entercom, CBS, CBS Radio, or any other person to pay its respective obligations when they come due, or as to the impact of the Transaction on such matters, under any state, federal or other laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar matters. Centerview is not a legal, regulatory, tax or accounting advisor, and Centerview expressed no opinion as to any legal, regulatory, tax or accounting matters.

Centerview’s opinion expressed no view as to, and did not address, Entercom’s underlying business decision to proceed with or effect the Transaction, or the relative merits of the Transaction as compared to any alternative business strategies or transactions that might be available to Entercom or in which Entercom might engage. Centerview’s opinion was limited to and addressed only the fairness, from a financial point of view, as of the date of Centerview’s written opinion, to Entercom of the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement. For purposes of its opinion, Centerview was not asked to, and Centerview did not, express any view on, and its opinion did not address, any other term or aspect of the Agreements or the Transaction, including, without limitation, the structure or form of the Transaction, the Radio Reorganization, the Exchange Offer or the Distributions, or any other agreements or arrangements contemplated by the Agreements or entered into in connection with or otherwise contemplated by the Transaction, including, without limitation, the fairness of the Transaction or any other term or aspect of the Transaction to, or any consideration to be received in connection therewith by, or the impact of the Transaction on, the holders of any class of securities, creditors or other constituencies of Entercom or any other party. Centerview expressed no opinion as to the relative fairness of any portion of the consideration to holders of any series of common or preferred stock of Entercom. In addition, Centerview expressed no view or opinion as to the fairness (financial or otherwise) of the amount, nature or any other aspect of any compensation to be paid or payable to any of the officers, directors or employees of Entercom or any party, or class of such persons in connection with the Transaction, whether relative to the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement or otherwise. Centerview’s opinion, as expressed therein, related to the relative values of Entercom and CBS Radio. Centerview’s opinion was necessarily based on financial, economic, monetary, currency, market and other conditions and circumstances as in effect on, and the information made available to Centerview as of, the date of Centerview’s written opinion, and Centerview does not have any obligation or responsibility to update, revise or reaffirm its opinion based on circumstances, developments or events occurring after the date of Centerview’s written opinion. Centerview expressed no view or opinion as to what the value of the shares actually will be when issued pursuant to the Transaction or the prices at which Entercom Class A Common Stock (or other securities of CBS Radio, CBS, Entercom or any other entity) will trade or otherwise be transferable at any time, including following the announcement or consummation of the Transaction. Centerview’s opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder of Entercom or any other person as to how such stockholder or other person should vote with respect to the Merger or otherwise act with respect to the Transaction or any other matter.

 

179


Table of Contents

Centerview’s financial advisory services and its written opinion were provided for the information and assistance of the board of directors of Entercom (in their capacity as directors and not in any other capacity) in connection with and for purposes of its consideration of the Transaction. The issuance of Centerview’s opinion was approved by the Centerview Partners LLC Fairness Opinion Committee.

Summary of Centerview Financial Analysis

The following is a summary of the material financial analyses prepared and reviewed with the board of directors of Entercom in connection with Centerview’s opinion, dated February 2, 2017. The summary set forth below does not purport to be a complete description of the financial analyses performed or factors considered by, and underlying the opinion of, Centerview, nor does the order of the financial analyses described represent the relative importance or weight given to those financial analyses by Centerview. Centerview may have deemed various assumptions more or less probable than other assumptions, so the reference ranges resulting from any particular portion of the analyses summarized below should not be taken to be Centerview’s view of the actual value of Entercom or CBS Radio. Some of the summaries of the financial analyses set forth below include information presented in tabular format. In order to fully understand the financial analyses, the tables must be read together with the text of each summary, as the tables alone do not constitute a complete description of the financial analyses performed by Centerview. Considering the data in the tables below without considering all financial analyses or factors or the full narrative description of such analyses or factors, including the methodologies and assumptions underlying such analyses or factors, could create a misleading or incomplete view of the processes underlying Centerview’s financial analyses and its opinion. In performing its analyses, Centerview made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance, general business and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of Entercom, CBS, CBS Radio or any other parties to the Transaction. None of Entercom, CBS, CBS Radio, Merger Sub or Centerview or any other person assumes responsibility if future results are materially different from those discussed. Any estimates contained in these analyses are not necessarily indicative of actual values or predictive of future results or values, which may be significantly more or less favorable than as set forth below. In addition, analyses relating to the value of Entercom do not purport to be appraisals or reflect the prices at which Entercom may actually be sold. Accordingly, the assumptions and estimates used in, and the results derived from, the financial analyses are inherently subject to substantial uncertainty. Except as otherwise noted, the following quantitative information, to the extent that it is based on market data, is based on market data as it existed on or before January 31, 2017 (the last trading day before Centerview rendered its oral opinion) and is not necessarily indicative of current market conditions. For purposes of the financial analyses described below, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization was calculated excluding stock-based compensation expense and adjusted for certain one-time items, and is referred to in this summary of Centerview’s opinion as “Adjusted EBITDA.”

Selected Public Comparable Companies Analysis

Centerview reviewed and compared certain financial information for Entercom and CBS Radio to corresponding financial information for the following publicly traded companies with significant radio, radio/television or television broadcast businesses that Centerview, based on its experience and professional judgment, deemed relevant to consider in relation to Entercom and CBS Radio:

Selected Radio Companies

 

    Salem Media Group, Inc.

 

    Townsquare Media Inc.

 

    Cumulus Media, Inc.

Selected Radio/Television Companies

 

    The E. W. Scripps Company

 

    Entravision Communications Corporation

 

180


Table of Contents

Selected Television Broadcast Companies

 

    Nexstar Media Group, Inc.

 

    Gray Television, Inc.

 

    Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.

 

    Tribune Media Company

Although none of the selected companies is directly comparable to Entercom or CBS Radio, the companies listed above were chosen by Centerview, among other reasons, because they are publicly traded companies with significant radio, radio/television or television broadcast businesses that have certain operational, business and/or financial characteristics that, for purposes of Centerview’s analysis, may be considered similar to those of Entercom and CBS Radio. However, because none of the selected companies is exactly the same as Entercom or CBS Radio, Centerview believed that it was inappropriate to, and therefore did not, rely solely on the quantitative results of the selected company analysis. Accordingly, Centerview also made qualitative judgments, based on its experience and professional judgment, concerning differences between the business, financial and operating characteristics and prospects of Entercom, CBS Radio and the selected companies that could affect the public trading values of each in order to provide a context in which to consider the results of the quantitative analysis.

Using publicly available information obtained from SEC filings, FactSet (a data source containing historical and estimated financial data) and publicly available Wall Street research as of January 31, 2017, Centerview calculated, for each selected company, among other things, aggregate enterprise values (calculated as the market value of common equity (determined using the treasury stock method and taking into account outstanding in-the-money options, warrants and restricted stock units, as applicable) plus the book value of debt (or, in the case of Cumulus, the reported market value of total debt, which was trading at distressed prices), plus minority interests, less cash and cash equivalents and equity method investments) as a multiple of the average estimated Adjusted EBITDA. Where research estimates were not available for 2018, such estimates were calculated based on estimated 2017 Adjusted EBITDA, estimated net revenue growth from 2016 to 2017, and estimated 2017 Adjusted EBITDA margin.

The results of these analyses are summarized below:

 

Selected Radio Companies

   EV / Average
2017E/18E Adj.
EBITDA
 

Salem Media Group, Inc.

     8.7x  

Townsquare Media, Inc.

     7.5x  

Cumulus Media, Inc.

     5.6x  

Selected Radio/Television Companies

      

The E. W. Scripps Company

     10.3x  

Entravision Communications Corporation

     9.2x  

Selected Television Broadcast Companies

      

Nexstar Media Group, Inc.

     8.1x  

Gray Television, Inc.

     7.8x  

Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.

     7.6x  

Tribune Media Company

     7.1x  

 

     EV / Average 2017E/18E Adj. EBITDA  
     Min      Average      Median      Max  

Selected Radio Companies

     5.6x        7.3x        7.5x        8.7x  

Selected Radio/Television Companies

     9.2x        9.8x        9.8x        10.3x  

Selected Television Broadcast Companies

     7.1x        7.6x        7.7x        8.1x  

 

181


Table of Contents

Based on its experience and professional judgment, for purposes of its analysis Centerview selected an enterprise value to estimated average Adjusted EBITDA multiple reference range of 7.5x to 9.5x. Using this reference range and Entercom’s 2017-2018 average estimated Adjusted EBITDA reflected in the Entercom Projections and CBS Radio’s 2017-2018 average estimated Adjusted EBITDA reflected in the CBS Radio Projections, Centerview calculated a range of approximate implied enterprise values of between $950 million and $1,205 million for Entercom and between $2,810 million and $3,560 million for CBS Radio. Centerview then calculated the ratio of the highest implied enterprise value for Entercom to the lowest implied enterprise value for CBS Radio and the ratio of the lowest implied enterprise value for Entercom to the highest implied enterprise value for CBS Radio to derive an implied exchange ratio range of 0.732x to 1.666x. Centerview then compared this implied exchange ratio to the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement of 1.00x.

Selected Precedent Transactions Analysis

Centerview performed a selected precedent transactions analysis in which Centerview reviewed publicly available financial terms of the following selected transactions in the radio or television broadcast industries that Centerview in its professional judgment deemed relevant to consider in relation to Entercom, CBS Radio and the Transaction.

The selected transactions were:

 

Transaction
Announcement

  

Acquiror

  

Target

Television Broadcast      

January 2016

  

Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc.

  

Media General, Inc.

March 2014

  

Media General, Inc.

  

LIN Media LLC

June 2013

  

Gannett Co., Inc.

  

Belo Corp.

Radio      

August 2013

  

Townsquare Media

  

Cumulus Media (53 stations)

March 2011

  

Cumulus Media, Inc.

  

Citadel Broadcasting Corporation

No company or transaction used in this analysis is identical or directly comparable to Entercom, CBS Radio or the Transaction. The companies included in the selected transactions listed above were selected, among other reasons, because they have certain characteristics that, for the purposes of this analysis, may be considered similar to certain characteristics of Entercom and CBS Radio. The reasons for and the circumstances surrounding each of the selected transactions analyzed were diverse and there are inherent differences in the business, operations, financial conditions and prospects of Entercom, CBS Radio and the companies included in the selected transaction analysis. Accordingly, Centerview believed that it was inappropriate to, and therefore did not, rely solely on the quantitative results of the selected transaction analysis. This analysis involves complex considerations and qualitative judgments concerning differences in financial and operating characteristics and other factors that could affect the public trading, acquisition or other values of the selected target companies, Entercom and CBS Radio.

Financial data for the selected transactions was based solely on publicly available information at the time of the announcement of the relevant transactions that Centerview obtained from SEC filings, FactSet and other Wall Street research.

Using publicly available information, Centerview calculated, for each of the selected transactions set forth above, among other things, the enterprise value (calculated, to the extent publicly available, as the market value of common equity (determined using the treasury stock method and taking into account outstanding in-the-money options, other equity awards and other convertible securities) plus the book value of debt, preferred

 

182


Table of Contents

stock and noncontrolling interests less cash and cash equivalents) implied for the applicable target company based on the consideration payable in the applicable selected transaction as a multiple of the target company’s Adjusted EBITDA (generally based on the average Adjusted EBITDA of each target company for the preceding two years prior to the transaction announcement, except where such information was not available).

The results of this analysis were as follows:

 

Selected Precedent Transactions Analysis

 

Television Broadcast

   EV / Average
Two-Year
Trailing Adj.
EBITDA
 

Date

  

Acquiror

  

Target

      

Jan-16

  

Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc.

  

Media General, Inc.

     9.3x  

Mar-14

  

Media General, Inc.

  

LIN Media LLC

     11.3x  

Jun-13

  

Gannett Co., Inc.

  

Belo Corp.

     9.4x  

Radio

  

Date

  

Acquiror

  

Target

      

Aug-13

  

Townsquare Media

  

Cumulus Media (53 stations)

     7.3x  

Mar-11

  

Cumulus Media, Inc.

  

Citadel Broadcasting Corporation

     9.8x  

 

     EV / Average Two-Year Trailing Adj.
EBITDA
 
     Min      Mean      Median      Max  

Selected Transactions

     7.3x        9.4x        9.4x        11.3x  

Based on its experience and professional judgment, for purposes of its analysis Centerview selected an enterprise value to estimated average Adjusted EBITDA multiple reference range of 9.5x to 11.0x. Using this reference range and Entercom’s 2016 Adjusted EBITDA reflected in the Entercom Internal Data and CBS Radio’s 2016 Adjusted EBITDA reflected in the CBS Radio Internal Data, Centerview calculated a range of approximate implied enterprise values of between $1,125 million and $1,300 million for Entercom and between $3,340 million and $3,865 million for CBS Radio. Centerview then calculated the ratio of the highest implied enterprise value for Entercom to the lowest implied enterprise value for CBS Radio and the ratio of the lowest implied enterprise value for Entercom to the highest implied enterprise value for CBS Radio to derive an implied exchange ratio range of 0.890x to 1.421x. Centerview then compared this implied exchange ratio to the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement of 1.00x.

Discounted Cash Flow Analysis

Centerview performed a discounted cash flow analysis of Entercom based on the Entercom Projections and CBS Radio based on the CBS Radio Projections. A discounted cash flow analysis is a traditional valuation methodology used to derive a valuation of an asset by calculating the “present value” of estimated future cash flows of the asset. “Present value” refers to the current value of future cash flows and is obtained by discounting those future cash flows by a discount rate that takes into account macroeconomic assumptions and estimates of risk, the opportunity cost of capital, expected returns and other appropriate factors.

In performing these analyses, Centerview calculated the estimated present value of the standalone unlevered after-tax free cash flows that Entercom and CBS Radio were forecasted to generate during the year ending December 31, 2017 through the year ending December 31, 2021. Financial data of Entercom was based on the Entercom Projections, including the estimated value of certain Entercom tax attributes. Financial data of CBS Radio was based on the CBS Radio Projections. For purposes of this analysis, stock-based compensation was treated as a cash expense. The terminal value of each of Entercom and CBS Radio at the end of the forecast period was estimated, assuming normalized depreciation and amortization expense equal to capital expenditures

 

183


Table of Contents

in perpetuity, by using perpetuity growth rates ranging from 1.0% to 2.0%. The cash flows and terminal values were then discounted to present value (as of December 31, 2016) using discount rates ranging from 7.50% to 9.25% for Entercom and 7.25% to 9.00% for CBS Radio. These ranges of discount rates were determined based on Centerview’s analysis of Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s respective weighted average cost of capital. Based on these analyses, Centerview calculated a range of approximate implied enterprise values for Entercom and CBS Radio. Centerview then calculated the ratio of the highest implied enterprise value for Entercom to the lowest implied enterprise value for CBS Radio and the ratio of the lowest implied enterprise value for Entercom to the highest implied enterprise value for CBS Radio to derive an implied exchange ratio range. Centerview then compared this implied exchange ratio to the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement of 1.00x. The results of this analysis were as follows:

 

Implied Enterprise Value—Excluding Synergies ($mm)

 

Entercom Implied Enterprise Value Range—Excluding Synergies

     1,110 - 1,535  

CBS Radio Implied Enterprise Value Range—Excluding Synergies

     2,830 - 4,160  

Implied Exchange Ratio Range—Excluding Synergies ($mm)

 

Comparing High-to-Low Implied Enterprise Value of Entercom to CBS Radio

     0.520x  

Comparing Low-to-High Implied Enterprise Value of Entercom to CBS Radio

     1.617x  

In addition, Centerview performed a discounted cash flow analysis of the Synergies estimated by Entercom management to result from a combination. This analysis was based on a phasing of estimated cost and revenue Synergies, less the cost to achieve these Synergies, the cost of certain dis-synergies, and certain other potential one-time transaction costs, which are collectively referred to in this summary of Centerview’s opinion as the “Net Synergies.” The terminal value of the Net Synergies at the end of the forecast period was estimated by using perpetuity growth rates ranging from 1.0% to 2.0%. The cash flows and terminal values were then discounted to present value (as of December 31, 2016) using discount rates ranging from 7.625% to 9.125%. These ranges of discount rates were determined based on Centerview’s analysis of Entercom’s weighted average cost of capital. This analysis indicated a range of approximate discounted present values of such Net Synergies, based on the Entercom Projections, of between $481 million and $737 million, with a midpoint of $586 million. Centerview then added 28% (reflecting the pro forma ownership of Entercom by current Entercom shareholders contemplated by the Merger Agreement) of the foregoing midpoint value to each end of the implied enterprise value range for Entercom as described in the immediately preceding paragraph and 72% (reflecting the pro forma ownership of Entercom by former CBS Radio shareholders contemplated by the Merger Agreement) of the foregoing midpoint value to each end of the implied enterprise value range for CBS Radio as described in the immediately preceding paragraph. Centerview then calculated the ratio of the highest resulting implied enterprise value for Entercom to the lowest resulting implied enterprise value for CBS Radio and the ratio of the lowest resulting implied enterprise value for Entercom to the highest resulting implied enterprise value for CBS Radio to derive an implied exchange ratio range. Centerview then compared this implied exchange ratio to the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement of 1.00x. The results of this analysis were as follows:

 

Implied Exchange Ratio Range—Including Synergies ($mm)

 

Comparing High-to-Low Implied Enterprise Value of Entercom to CBS Radio

     0.582x  

Comparing Low-to-High Implied Enterprise Value of Entercom to CBS Radio

     1.496x  

Other Factors

Centerview noted for the board of directors of Entercom certain additional factors solely for informational purposes, including, among other things, the following:

 

   

Contribution Analysis . Centerview performed a contribution analysis of Entercom and CBS Radio in which Centerview reviewed the implied exchange ratio calculated based on relative contributions of Entercom and CBS Radio equity value, both including and excluding the impact of certain tax

 

184


Table of Contents
 

attributes, using the financial metrics contributed by Entercom and CBS Radio for estimated 2016 Adjusted EBITDA, estimated 2017 Adjusted EBITDA, and estimated 2017-2018 average Adjusted EBITDA of the pro forma combined company, along with certain other financial metrics of the pro forma combined company that Centerview deemed in its professional judgment to be relevant, in each case based on the Entercom Projections and the CBS Radio Projections and excluding the Synergies. The implied exchange ratios calculated by Centerview, excluding the Synergies, with respect to the equity value, equity value including the impact of certain tax attributes, estimated 2016 Adjusted EBITDA, estimated 2017 Adjusted EBITDA, and estimated 2017-2018 average Adjusted EBITDA, respectively, are outlined in the table below. Centerview compared these implied exchange ratios to the exchange ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement of 1.00x. Centerview noted that contribution analysis is not a valuation methodology and that such analysis was presented for reference purposes only and not as a component of Centerview’s fairness analyses.

 

Implied Exchange Ratio

 

Equity Value (Excl. Certain Tax Attributes)

     1.116x  

Equity Value (Incl. Certain Tax Attributes)

     0.863x  

2016 Adjusted EBITDA

     1.155x  

2017 Adjusted EBITDA

     1.161x  

2017-2018 Average Adjusted EBITDA

     1.148x  

 

    Illustrative Pro Forma Accretion/Dilution Analysis . Centerview performed illustrative pro forma accretion/dilution analyses of the potential financial effects of the Transaction on, among other things, Entercom’s estimated adjusted earnings per share (excluding stock based compensation expense and restructuring and integration charges) for calendar years 2018 through 2020 based on the Entercom Projections, the CBS Radio Projections and the Synergies. Centerview then compared the projected adjusted earnings per share of Entercom on a stand-alone basis to the projected pro forma adjusted earnings per share of the combined company. Centerview noted that, based on such analyses, the Transaction would be accretive to Entercom’s shareholders on an adjusted earnings per share basis for each of calendar years 2018 through 2020, but also noted that actual results achieved by the combined company may vary materially from forecasted results and that illustrative pro forma accretion/dilution analysis is not a valuation methodology and that such analysis was presented for reference purposes only and not as a component of Centerview’s fairness analyses.

General

The preparation of a financial opinion is a complex analytical process involving various determinations as to the most appropriate and relevant methods of financial analysis and the application of those methods to the particular circumstances and, therefore, a financial opinion is not readily susceptible to summary description. In arriving at its opinion, Centerview did not draw, in isolation, conclusions from or with regard to any factor or analysis that it considered. Rather, Centerview made its determination as to fairness on the basis of its experience and professional judgment after considering the results of all of the analyses.

Centerview’s financial analyses and opinion were only one of many factors taken into consideration by the board of directors of Entercom in its evaluation of the Transaction. Consequently, the analyses described above should not be viewed as determinative of the views of the board of directors or management of Entercom with respect to the Exchange Ratio or as to whether the board of directors of Entercom would have been willing to determine that a different form or amount of consideration was fair. The consideration for the Transaction was determined through arm’s-length negotiations between Entercom and CBS and was approved by the board of directors of Entercom. Centerview provided advice to Entercom during these negotiations. Centerview did not, however recommend any specific form or amount of consideration to Entercom or its board of directors or that any specific form or amount of consideration constituted the only appropriate consideration for the Transaction.

 

185


Table of Contents

Centerview is a securities firm engaged directly and through affiliates and related persons in a number of investment banking, financial advisory and merchant banking activities. In the two years prior to the date of its opinion, Centerview had not (except for its engagement in connection with the Transaction) been engaged to provide financial advisory or other services to Entercom, and had not received any compensation from Entercom during such period. In the two years prior to the date of its opinion, Centerview had not been engaged to provide financial advisory or other services to CBS or CBS Radio, and Centerview had not received any compensation from CBS or CBS Radio during such period. Centerview may provide financial advisory and other services to or with respect to Entercom, CBS or their respective affiliates in the future, for which Centerview may receive compensation. Certain (i) of Centerview’s and its affiliates’ directors, officers, members and employees, or family members of such persons, (ii) of Centerview’s affiliates or related investment funds and (iii) investment funds or other persons in which any of the foregoing may have financial interests or with which they may co-invest, may at any time acquire, hold, sell or trade, in debt, equity and other securities or financial instruments (including derivatives, bank loans or other obligations) of, or investments in, Entercom, CBS or any of their respective affiliates, or any other party that may be involved in the Transaction.

The board of directors of Entercom selected Centerview as its financial advisor in connection with the Transaction based on Centerview’s qualifications, expertise and reputation, its knowledge of and experience in recent transactions in the media industry and its knowledge of Entercom’s business and affairs. Centerview is an internationally recognized investment banking firm that has substantial experience in transactions similar to the Transaction.

In connection with Centerview’s services as the financial advisor to the board of directors of Entercom, Entercom has agreed to pay Centerview an aggregate fee of $2 million, all of which was payable upon the rendering of Centerview’s opinion. In addition, Entercom has agreed to reimburse certain of Centerview’s expenses arising, and to indemnify Centerview against certain liabilities that may arise, out of Centerview’s engagement.

Certain Financial Projections Prepared by Entercom

Neither CBS, CBS Radio nor Entercom, as a matter of course, make public any long-term projections as to future revenues, earnings or other results due to the inherent unpredictability and subjectivity of underlying assumptions and estimates. However, in connection with its evaluation of the Transactions, Entercom’s management prepared certain (i) non-public, internal pro forma financial estimates regarding Entercom’s operations as a standalone business for calendar year 2016 including the full year impact of stations it began operating in November 2016 and acquired in January 2017, and (ii) non-public, internal financial forecasts regarding Entercom’s anticipated future operations as a standalone business for calendar years 2017 through 2021, in each case, based on assumptions that Entercom’s management believed to be reasonable at the time. The internal financial estimates prepared by Entercom for calendar year 2016 and the internal financial forecasts prepared by Entercom for calendar years 2017 to 2021, collectively, are referred to in this document as the “Entercom Projections.” A summary of the Entercom Projections has been provided below.

In connection with Entercom’s due diligence process and evaluation of the Transactions, Entercom’s management prepared non-public, internal financial forecasts regarding CBS Radio’s anticipated future operations as a standalone business for calendar years 2017 through 2021, in each case, based on assumptions that Entercom’s management believed to be reasonable at the time. In preparing its financial forecasts for CBS Radio, Entercom’s management considered the historical financial information CBS management prepared for CBS Radio, non-public, internal estimates for the business of CBS Radio for calendar year 2016 prepared by CBS management, and oral guidance provided by CBS Radio’s senior management to Entercom and its financial advisors regarding an estimated revenue growth rate in calendar 2017 of 2% and estimated expense budget growth rate in calendar 2017 of 1%. The non historical financial information and oral guidance provided by CBS and CBS Radio, collectively, are referred to herein as the “CBS Radio Provided Financial Information.” A summary of the CBS Radio Provided Financial Information has been provided below.

 

186


Table of Contents

Entercom’s management, as it believed appropriate, made adjustments to the CBS Radio Provided Financial Information in a manner that Entercom’s management believed reflected the differing assumptions underlying forecasted performance, as well as potential business and financial risks that Entercom’s management believed could impact the future financial performance of the business of CBS Radio. The CBS Radio Provided Financial Information prepared by CBS for the business of CBS Radio for calendar year 2016 and the internal financial forecasts prepared by Entercom for CBS Radio for calendar years 2017 through 2021, collectively, are referred to herein as the “CBS Radio Projections.” A summary of the CBS Radio Projections has been provided below.

In connection with Entercom’s evaluation of the Transactions, Entercom’s management also prepared its own (i) non-public, internal financial estimates regarding the combined company’s operations for calendar year 2016, and (ii) non-public, internal financial forecasts for calendar years 2017 through 2021, in each case, based on assumptions that Entercom’s management believed to be reasonable at the time and in each case without consultation with CBS, CBS Radio or any of their respective affiliates, officers, directors, partners, advisors or representatives, other than CBS Radio’s provision of the CBS Radio Provided Financial Information and certain public historical financial information prepared by CBS management for CBS Radio. In preparing the financial projections for the combined company, Entercom’s management considered the CBS Radio Financial Information and, as it believed appropriate, made adjustments to the CBS Radio Financial Information in a manner that Entercom’s management believed reflected the differing assumptions underlying forecasted performance, as well as potential business and financial risks, cost savings opportunities and combination benefits that Entercom’s management believed could impact the future financial performance of the combined company. The internal financial estimates prepared by Entercom for the combined company for calendar year 2016, and the internal financial forecasts prepared by Entercom for the combined company for calendar years 2017 through 2021, collectively, are referred to herein as the “Combined Company Projections,” which, together with the Entercom Projections and the CBS Radio Projections, are referred to herein as the “Management Projections.” A summary of the Combined Company Projections has been provided below.

CBS Radio Provided Financial Information

In addition to the oral guidance provided by CBS Radio’s senior management to Entercom and its financial advisors consisting of an estimated revenue growth rate in calendar 2017 of 2% and estimated expense growth rate in calendar 2017 of 1%, CBS management provided Entercom with non-public, internal estimates for the business of CBS Radio for calendar year 2016 prepared by CBS management, as summarized below:

 

     Year Ending
December 31,
2016E
 
(in millions)   

Revenue

   $ 1,221  

Broadcast Cash Flow (1)

   $ 385  

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

   $ 351  

Unlevered Free Cash Flow (3)

   $ 334  

 

(1) Broadcast Cash Flow refers to operating income (loss) before depreciation, stock-based compensation expense; corporate expenses; restructuring charges; and impairment charges and is adjusted to present a full year of savings associated with restructurings in the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016 and to exclude KFWB-AM, which was sold in the first quarter of 2016. It also excludes certain CBS corporate expense allocations and other non-recurring items.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA refers to operating income (loss) before depreciation; stock-based compensation expense; restructuring charges; and impairment charges and is adjusted to present a full year of savings associated with restructurings in the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016 and to exclude KFWB-AM, which was sold in the first quarter of 2016. It also excludes certain CBS corporate expense allocations and other non-recurring items.
(3) Unlevered Free Cash Flow refers to Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures.

 

187


Table of Contents

Entercom Projections

 

     Year Ending December 31,  
(in millions)    2016E (1)      2017E      2018E      2019E      2020E      2021E  

Revenue

   $ 473      $ 485      $ 497      $ 505      $ 517      $ 525  

Broadcast Cash Flow (2)

   $ 146      $ 152      $ 160      $ 164      $ 173      $ 178  

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ 118      $ 123      $ 131      $ 135      $ 144      $ 148  

Unlevered Free Cash Flow (4)

   $ 111      $ 109      $ 123      $ 128      $ 137      $ 141  

 

(1) 2016E is adjusted to reflect a full year impact of radio stations which Entercom began operating in November 2016 and acquired in January 2017.
(2) Broadcast Cash Flow refers to operating income (loss) before: depreciation and amortization; time brokerage agreement fees (income); corporate general and administrative expenses; non-cash compensation expense; impairment loss; merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges; other expense related to the refinancing of certain existing indebtedness of Entercom in November 2016; and gain or loss on sale or disposition of assets.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA refers to operating income (loss) before: depreciation and amortization; time brokerage agreement fees (income); non-cash compensation expense; impairment loss; merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges; other expense related to the refinancing of certain existing indebtedness of Entercom in November 2016; and gain or loss on sale or disposition of assets.
(4) Unlevered Free Cash Flow refers to Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures.

CBS Radio Projections

 

     Year Ending December 31,  
(in millions)    2016E      2017E      2018E      2019E      2020E      2021E  

Revenue

   $ 1,221      $ 1,245      $ 1,270      $ 1,289      $ 1,321      $ 1,341  

Broadcast Cash Flow (1)

   $ 385      $ 404      $ 420      $ 431      $ 455      $ 466  

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

   $ 351      $ 367      $ 383      $ 393      $ 416      $ 427  

Unlevered Free Cash Flow (3)

   $ 326      $ 343      $ 359      $ 369      $ 392      $ 403  

 

(1) Broadcast Cash Flow refers to operating income (loss) before depreciation, stock-based compensation expense; corporate expenses; restructuring charges; and impairment charges and is adjusted to present a full year of savings associated with restructurings in the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016 and to exclude KFWB-AM, which was sold in the first quarter of 2016. It also excludes certain CBS corporate expense allocations and other non-recurring items.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA refers to operating income (loss) before depreciation; stock-based compensation expense; restructuring charges; and impairment charges and is adjusted to present a full year of savings associated with restructurings in the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016 and to exclude KFWB-AM, which was sold in the first quarter of 2016. It also excludes certain CBS corporate expense allocations and other non-recurring items.
(3) Unlevered Free Cash Flow refers to Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures.

Combined Company Projections (1)

 

     Year Ending December 31,  
(in millions)    2016E (2)      2017E      2018E      2019E      2020E      2021E  

Revenue

   $ 1,694      $ 1,732      $ 1,788      $ 1,833      $ 1,897      $ 1,944  

Broadcast Cash Flow (3)

   $ 531      $ 550      $ 595      $ 627      $ 677      $ 709  

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

   $ 469      $ 485      $ 542      $ 582      $ 631      $ 663  

 

(1) The Combined Company Projections include the impact of anticipated revenue and expense synergies, including costs to achieve such synergies, and potential dilution from required station divestitures.

 

188


Table of Contents
(2) 2016E is adjusted to reflect a full year impact of radio stations which Entercom began operating in November 2016 and acquired in January 2017.
(3) Broadcast Cash Flow refers to operating income (loss) before: depreciation and amortization; time brokerage agreement fees (income); corporate general and administrative expenses; non-cash compensation expense; impairment loss; merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges; other expense related to the refinancing of certain existing indebtedness of Entercom in November 2016; and gain or loss on sale or disposition of assets. It is adjusted to present a full year of savings associated with CBS Radio restructurings in the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016 and to exclude CBS Radio station KFWB-AM, which was sold in the first quarter of 2016. It also excludes certain CBS corporate expense allocations and other non-recurring items.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA refers to operating income (loss) before: depreciation and amortization; time brokerage agreement fees (income); non-cash compensation expense; impairment loss; merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges; other expense related to the Entercom refinancing and gain or loss on sale or disposition of assets. It is adjusted to present a full year of savings associated with CBS Radio restructurings in the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016 and to exclude CBS Radio station KFWB-AM, which was sold in the first quarter of 2016. It also excludes certain CBS corporate expense allocations and other non-recurring items.

The Management Projections were independently prepared by Entercom’s management based on assumptions that Entercom’s management believed to be reasonable at the time and were provided to the board of directors of Entercom in its evaluation of the Transactions and to Entercom’s financial advisors, Morgan Stanley and Centerview, for their use and reliance in connection with their financial analyses and opinions (see “The Transactions—Opinion of Morgan Stanley” and “The Transactions—Opinion of Centerview”). The above summaries of the Management Projections are being included to provide shareholders of CBS and Entercom with access to certain non-public information that was made available to and considered by the board of directors of Entercom for purposes of evaluating the Transactions and which was also provided to Entercom’s financial advisors. The Management Projections and all other financial projections provided or summarized in this section are not being included in this document in order to influence any shareholder to make any investment decision with respect to the Transactions or for any other purpose. The summary of the CBS Radio Provided Financial Information is being included in this document solely because Entercom’s management used (i) certain historical data and (ii) nonpublic financial projections included in the CBS Radio Provided Financial Information in connection with its preparation of the CBS Radio Projections and the Combined Company Projections.

The inclusion of the Management Projections should not be deemed to be a representation by Entercom, CBS, CBS Radio or any of their respective officers, directors, affiliates, advisors or other representatives with respect to the Management Projections. Although a summary of the Management Projections is presented with numerical specificity, they reflect numerous variables, assumptions and estimates as to future events made by Entercom’s management that Entercom’s management believed were reasonable at the time the Management Projections were prepared, taking into account the relevant information available to management at the time the Management Projections were prepared. However, this information should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of actual future results. The future financial results of Entercom, CBS Radio and the combined company may materially differ from those expressed in the Management Projections due to a number of factors that are beyond the control of Entercom’s management and the management of CBS Radio and CBS. Important factors that may affect actual results and cause the Management Projections to not be achieved include, but are not limited to, risks and uncertainties relating to the businesses of each of Entercom and CBS Radio (including each of Entercom’s and CBS Radio’s ability to achieve strategic goals, objectives and targets over applicable periods) and the integration of such businesses, overall industry performance, changes in the regulatory environment, the impact of divestitures that the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) or FCC may require from Entercom and/or CBS Radio in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, adverse economic conditions in general and adverse economic conditions specifically affecting the markets in which Entercom and CBS Radio operate. You are urged to review the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 47 of this document for a description of risk factors relating to the Transactions, including those risk

 

189


Table of Contents

factors incorporated by reference into this document, as well as the other factors described under the section entitled “Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements” beginning on page 60 of this document for additional information regarding the risks inherent in forward-looking information such as the Management Projections. The Management Projections also reflect assumptions as to certain business decisions that are subject to change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Management Projections will be realized and actual results may be materially better or worse than those contained in the Management Projections. Since the Management Projections cover multiple years, that information by its nature becomes less predictive with each successive year. You should also read the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” of this document for additional information regarding the risks inherent in forward-looking information such as the financial projections. The information from the Management Projections included above should be evaluated, if at all, in conjunction with the historical financial statements and other information regarding CBS Radio contained in this document and in Entercom’s public filings with the SEC. In light of the foregoing factors and the uncertainties inherent in the Management Projections, shareholders are cautioned not to place undue, if any, reliance on the Management Projections.

The Management Projections were not prepared with a view toward public disclosure and were not prepared with a view toward compliance with GAAP. The Management Projections were not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the SEC or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation, presentation of prospective financial information. The Management Projections have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, Entercom’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has neither audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor performed agreed-upon procedures with respect to the Management Projections and, accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP reports included or incorporated by reference in this document relate to CBS’s, CBS Radio’s and Entercom’s historical financial information, and do not extend to the Management Projections and should not be read to do so.

The inclusion of summaries of the Management Projections in this document should not be regarded as an indication that any of Entercom, CBS Radio, CBS or their respective affiliates, officers, directors, partners, advisors or representatives considered, or now considers, the Management Projections to be material information of Entercom or CBS Radio or to be necessarily predictive of actual future events, and the Management Projections should not be relied upon as such. None of Entercom, CBS Radio, CBS or their respective affiliates, officers, directors, partners, advisors or representatives can give any assurance that actual results will not differ materially from the Management Projections. Except to the extent required by applicable federal securities laws, none of Entercom, CBS Radio, CBS or any of their respective affiliates, officers, directors or partners intend, and expressly disclaim any responsibility, to update or otherwise revise the Management Projections to reflect circumstances existing after the date the Management Projections were generated or to reflect the occurrence of future events even if any or all of the assumptions underlying the Management Projections are not realized or are shown to be in error. Entercom does not intend to make publicly available any update or other revision to the Management Projections. None of Entercom, CBS Radio, CBS or any of their respective affiliates, officers, directors, partners, advisors or representatives has made, makes or is authorized in the future to make any representation to any stockholder or other person regarding Entercom’s or CBS Radio’s ultimate performance compared to the information contained in the Management Projections or that the estimated results will be achieved.

Certain of the measures included in the Management Projections are non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in compliance with GAAP, and non-GAAP financial measures as used by Entercom, CBS Radio or CBS may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts used by other companies.

Entercom’s Shareholders Meeting

Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Entercom is required to call a meeting of its shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger and the

 

190


Table of Contents

proposal to amend Entercom’s articles to provide for the classification of Entercom’s board of directors and related matters as promptly as practicable following the date on which the SEC has cleared Entercom’s proxy statement and, if required by the SEC as a condition to the mailing of Entercom’s proxy statement, the registration statement of Entercom has been declared effective. The Entercom board of directors will call a Special Meeting to be held on [            ], 2017, for shareholders of record on [            ], 2017, to approve the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger and to approve the classification of Entercom’s board of directors, as described in Entercom’s definitive proxy statement dated [            ], 2017. The definitive proxy statement will be mailed to holders of Entercom Common Stock on or about [            ], 2017.

As of March 27, 2017, Entercom’s directors and executive officers, together with their affiliates, held 73.0% of the voting interest represented by the shares entitled to vote at Entercom’s Special Meeting. Joseph M. Field, who as of March 27, 2017 held 61.1% of the voting interest in Entercom has, under the terms of the Voting Agreement, committed to vote in favor of the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger and to approve the classification of Entercom’s board of directors. As a consequence, each of the approvals required for the Merger sought at the meeting can be approved based solely on the favorable vote of Joseph M. Field. As of April 12, 2017, CBS Radio’s directors, executive officers and their affiliates did not hold shares entitled to vote at Entercom’s Special Meeting.

CBS’s Reasons for the Transactions

In reaching its decision to approve the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transactions, as described above in the section entitled “—Background of the Transactions,” CBS considered a number of factors. The various factors that CBS considered that weighed positively in favor of the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transactions, included, among others and not necessarily in order of relative importance:

 

    CBS’s knowledge of CBS’s and CBS Radio’s businesses, financial conditions, results of operations, industries and competitive environments;

 

    CBS’s knowledge of Entercom’s business, financial condition, results of operations, industry and competitive environment, taking into account the results of CBS’s due diligence review of Entercom;

 

    CBS’s expectation that, upon completion of the Transactions, former holders of CBS Common Stock will receive approximately 101 million shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, or approximately 72% of all outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock when also including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, which would allow such former holders of CBS Common Stock to participate in the potential benefits and synergies of the combined company after the consummation of the Transactions, including:

 

    its expectation that, following the Transactions, Entercom will be the second-largest U.S. radio company with 244 stations across 47 local markets, delivering leading local sports, news and entertainment content through its broadcast radio platform as well as offering a leading digital and events platform;

 

    its expectation that, following the Transactions, Entercom will have a large market focus and operate in all of the top 10 U.S. markets and 23 of the top 25 U.S. markets;

 

    its expectation that the Transactions will result in at least $25 million in annual cost synergies for Entercom, which are expected to be fully realized within 12 to 18 months after consummation of the Transactions;

 

    its belief that, following the Transactions, Entercom will be a well-capitalized company with a strong balance sheet, significant free cash flow generation and an attractive dividend, positioned to drive shareholder value;

 

191


Table of Contents
    its belief that, with its enhanced scale and reach, Entercom will be well positioned to provide high return on investment (ROI) for advertisers and be able to compete more effectively with other media platforms;

 

    its belief that the businesses of CBS Radio and Entercom are complementary and that the integration of the two companies can be completed in a timely and efficient manner with minimal disruption to employees; and

 

    that upon closing of the Transactions, Entercom’s board of directors will consist of nine members, including four new directors agreed-upon by CBS;

 

    CBS’s exploration of strategic options for CBS Radio and the belief of CBS, following such exploration, that the Transactions could provide more value to CBS and CBS’s stockholders than other potential strategic options for CBS Radio, including (1) retaining CBS Radio, (2) consummating an initial public offering of up to 20% of the shares of CBS Radio, followed by the subsequent separation of CBS Radio into an independent standalone public company, which could be effected through a tax-free split-off or other transaction and (3) separating CBS Radio through another transaction, including for cash. For more information on the CBS Radio strategic exploration process, see “—Background of the Transactions”;

 

    CBS’s expectation that the Transactions generally would result in a tax-efficient disposition of CBS Radio for CBS and CBS’s stockholders;

 

    CBS’s belief that the success of the business of CBS Radio would be maximized if it combined with Entercom (including because CBS Radio had no recent experience as a standalone independent public company) and that, without the business of CBS Radio, CBS could better concentrate on its remaining businesses;

 

    the ability of each of CBS’s and Entercom’s management teams to focus on their respective core businesses following the Transactions, allowing each management team to pursue the development of business strategies most appropriate to their respective operations;

 

    CBS’s belief that the characteristics of the CBS and CBS Radio businesses may appeal to different investor bases, and that, in the Transactions, CBS’s stockholders will have the opportunity to exchange all, some, or none of their shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock;

 

    that the exchange of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer will result in a reduction in CBS’s outstanding share count;

 

    that execution risk associated with Entercom shareholder approval is mitigated to some extent by the agreement of Entercom Chairman Joseph M. Field, who beneficially owns approximately 61.1% of the voting power of the Entercom Common Stock, to vote in favor of the Transactions, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Voting Agreement. As a consequence, each of the approvals required for the Merger sought at the meeting can be approved based solely on the favorable vote of Joseph M. Field. For more information, see “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Field Family Side Letter Agreement”;

 

    that Joseph M. Field, Marie Field and David J. Field entered into the Field Family Side Letter Agreement with Entercom, pursuant to which such shareholders agreed to certain restrictions on the transfer of Entercom Common Stock (with exceptions for certain estate planning transfers) for nine months after closing of the Transactions, and that such shareholders also agreed to automatically convert certain of their shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock into shares of Entercom Class A common stock upon the occurrence of certain events, subject to the terms and conditions of the Field Side Letter. For more information, see “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—Field Family Side Letter Agreement”;

 

192


Table of Contents
    the Merger Agreement’s provisions requiring Entercom to pay CBS a termination fee if the Merger Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances. For more information, see “The Merger Agreement—Termination of the Merger Agreement—Termination Fees”;

 

    the historical and then-current trading prices and volumes of the Entercom Common Stock and CBS Common Stock; and

 

    the other terms and conditions of the Transaction Agreements.

In addition, CBS considered a variety of risks and other potentially negative factors concerning the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other transaction agreements and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transactions. These factors included the following, which are not necessarily listed in order of relative importance:

 

    the possibility that the Transactions may not be completed on the terms or timeline currently contemplated or at all, including for reasons beyond the control of CBS, CBS Radio or Entercom;

 

    the possibility that the conditions to the Transactions may not be met, including for reasons beyond the control of CBS, CBS Radio or Entercom;

 

    the risk that failure to complete the Transactions could negatively affect the price of CBS Common Stock and CBS’s future business, financial condition and operating results;

 

    the possibility that the Transactions may not result in the anticipated tax treatment for CBS and CBS’s stockholders, including for reasons beyond the control of CBS, CBS Radio or Entercom;

 

    that the exchange offer may not be fully subscribed by CBS’s stockholders, which could result in CBS having to complete the Split-Off through a distribution of the unsubscribed shares of Radio Common Stock on a pro rata basis to the holders of outstanding shares of CBS Class A Common Stock and CBS Class B Common Stock;

 

    that the value of the Entercom Common Stock to be received in the Transactions could fluctuate, perhaps significantly, based on a variety of factors including general stock market conditions, the liquidity of Entercom Common Stock and the performance of Entercom’s business;

 

    the potential risk of diverting management focus and resources from operational matters and other strategic opportunities while working to implement the Transactions;

 

    the risk that CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom may be unable to retain key employees;

 

    the risk that the anticipated benefits of the Transactions might not be realized on the expected timeframe or at all;

 

    that Entercom will retain a class of high voting stock following the Transactions;

 

    the restrictions on the conduct of CBS Radio’s business during the period between execution of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Merger. For more information, see “The Merger Agreement—Conduct of Business Pending the Merger—Conduct of CBS Radio”;

 

    the risk that the Entercom shareholders may fail to approve the Entercom merger issuance proposal or the Entercom charter amendment proposal;

 

    the Merger Agreement’s provisions permitting Entercom, subject to certain terms and conditions, to terminate the Merger Agreement in order to enter into a superior proposal. For more information, see “The Merger Agreement—Termination of the Merger Agreement”;

 

    risks associated with any divestitures and/or other restrictions that the DOJ or FCC may require from Entercom and/or CBS Radio in connection with the consummation of the Transactions;

 

    the ability to complete any divestitures that the DOJ or FCC may require from Entercom and/or CBS Radio in connection with the consummation of the Transactions on the terms or timeline currently contemplated or at all;

 

193


Table of Contents
    the effect of divesting CBS Radio pursuant to the Transactions on CBS’s future earnings per share; and

 

    risks of the type and nature described under the section of this document entitled “Risk Factors” (or incorporated herein by reference).

CBS considered all of these factors as a whole and, on balance, concluded that they supported a favorable determination to approve the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other transaction agreements and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transactions. In view of the wide variety of factors considered by CBS in connection with its evaluation of the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other transaction agreements and the Transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transactions and the complexity of these matters, CBS did not consider it practical to, nor did it attempt to, quantify, rank or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors that it considered in reaching its decision. CBS evaluated the factors described above, among others, and decided to approve the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other transaction agreements and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transactions.

Interests of CBS’s and CBS Radio’s Directors and Executive Officers in the Transactions

As of [            ], 2017, CBS’s and CBS Radio’s directors and executive officers owned less than [            ] percent of the outstanding shares of CBS Common Ctock and less than [            ] percent of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock. All of the outstanding Radio Common Ctock is owned directly by CBS. Except as noted below, the directors and executive officers of CBS and CBS Radio will not receive an extra or special benefit that is not shared on a pro rata basis by all other CBS stockholders in connection with the Transactions.

Equity Awards

The executive officers of CBS Radio hold stock options and restricted stock units, all of which would receive the treatment described in the section of this document entitled “This Exchange Offer—Treatment of Specified CBS Compensatory Equity-Based Awards Held by Current CBS Radio Employees” in connection with the Transactions.

Executive Employment Agreement with Andre J. Fernandez

Andre J. Fernandez, CBS Radio’s President and Chief Executive Officer, is party to an employment agreement that provides, if his employment were terminated involuntarily without cause or he resigned for good reason within 24 months following a change in control of CBS Radio (such as the Transactions), he would be entitled to the following compensation and benefits: (a) an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) three multiplied by (ii) the sum of his base salary and target annual bonus opportunity; (b) continued medical and dental coverage for Mr. Fernandez and his eligible dependents for 36 months following his termination of employment (or, if earlier, until Mr. Fernandez becomes eligible for coverage from a third party); (c) continued life insurance coverage until December 31, 2020; and (d) vesting of his outstanding stock options and restricted stock units that are scheduled to vest within 36 months following his termination of employment, provided that any such awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions would vest based on target performance (or if necessary to ensure the deductibility of such awards under 162(m) of the Code, based on actual performance). Any vested options would remain exercisable until the later of (x) 36 months following Mr. Fernandez’s termination of employment and (y) the period provided under the original terms of the options, provided that in no event would the exercise period be extended beyond the original term of the applicable stock options.

Payment of the foregoing compensation and benefits is subject to Mr. Fernandez’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and compliance with certain restrictive covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation of employees, noninterference, protection of confidential information and CBS Radio’s ownership of work product.

 

194


Table of Contents

Executive Employment Agreement with Matthew Siegel

Matthew Siegel, CBS Radio’s Chief Financial Officer, is party to an employment agreement that provides, if his employment were terminated involuntarily without cause or he resigned for good reason, he would be entitled to the following compensation and benefits: (a) an amount in cash equal to the sum of 12 months of his base salary and his target annual bonus opportunity; (b) continued medical and dental coverage for Mr. Siegel and his eligible dependents for 12 months following his termination of employment (or, if earlier, until Mr. Siegel becomes eligible for coverage from a third party); and (c) vesting of his outstanding stock options and restricted stock units that are scheduled to vest within 15 months following his termination of employment, provided that any such awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions would vest based on target performance (or if necessary to ensure the deductibility of such awards under 162(m) of the Code, based on actual performance). Any vested options would remain exercisable until the later of (x) 15 months following Mr. Siegel’s termination of employment and (y) the period provided under the original terms of the options, provided that in no event would the exercise period be extended beyond the original term of the applicable stock options.

Payment of the foregoing compensation and benefits is subject to Mr. Siegel’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and compliance with certain restrictive covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation of employees, noninterference, protection of confidential information and CBS Radio’s ownership of work product

Executive Employment Agreement with Scott H. Herman

Mr. Herman, CBS Radio’s Chief Operating Officer, is party to a letter agreement that provides, if his employment were involuntarily terminated without cause, he would be entitled to (a) an amount in cash equal two weeks of base salary for each full year of service up to a maximum of 78 weeks (or, if greater, the amount that would be payable under CBS Radio’s severance policy), and (b) subsidized COBRA benefits for six months following his termination of employment (or, if earlier, until Mr. Herman becomes covered under another group health plan).

Payment of the foregoing compensation and benefits is subject to Mr. Herman’s execution of a release of claims.

Positions Following the Closing of the Merger

Immediately following the Merger, in accordance with the Merger Agreement, nine persons will serve on the Entercom board of directors, five from Entercom’s current board of directors and four new directors agreed upon by CBS, two of whom are affiliated with CBS:

 

David J. Field

  

Director; Chairman; Chief Executive Officer of Entercom

Joseph M. Field

   Director; Chairman Emeritus of Entercom

[            ]

  

[            ]

[            ]

  

[            ]

[            ]

  

[            ]

Leslie Moonves

   Director; Chairman of the Board, President and Chief     Executive Officer of CBS

Joseph R. Ianniello

   Director; Chief Operating Officer of CBS

[            ]

   [            ]

[            ]

   [            ]

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, Messrs. Moonves and Ianniello have agreed to execute and deliver an irrevocable letter of resignation from the Entercom Board of Directors effective upon the earlier of (a) six months after the closing of the Merger and (b) the day prior to the first annual meeting of Entercom following closing of the Merger.

 

195


Table of Contents

Following such resignations, the resulting vacancies on the Entercom board of directors will be addressed in accordance with Entercom’s bylaws. The executive officers of Entercom immediately following the consummation of the Merger will include David J. Field, who will continue as the Chief Executive Officer, Richard J. Schmaeling, who was recently appointed as Entercom’s Chief Financial Officer, effective April 18, 2017, and other officers that will be determined by Entercom after reasonable consultation with CBS prior to the closing of the Merger.

Interests of Entercom’s Directors and Executive Officers in the Transactions

Certain of Entercom’s executive officers and members of the Entercom board of directors have interests in the Merger that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of Entercom’s shareholders generally. The members of the Entercom board of directors were aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in reaching the determination to approve the terms of the Merger.

Immediately following the Merger, in accordance with the Merger Agreement, nine persons will serve on Entercom’s board of directors, five from Entercom’s current board of directors and four new directors agreed upon by CBS, two of whom are affiliated with CBS: David J. Field, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Entercom; Joseph M. Field, the Chairman Emeritus of the board of directors of Entercom; [            ], [            ]; [            ]; Leslie Moonves, the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of CBS; Joseph R. Ianniello, the Chief Operating Officer for CBS; [            ] and [            ]. In accordance with the Merger Agreement, Messrs. Moonves and Ianniello have agreed to execute and deliver an irrevocable letter of resignation from the Entercom board of directors effective the earlier of (a) six months after closing of the Merger and (b) the day prior to the first annual meeting of Entercom following closing of the Merger. Following such resignations, the resulting vacancies on the Entercom board of directors will be filled in accordance with Entercom’s bylaws.

The executive officers of Entercom following the consummation of the Merger will include David Field, who will continue as the Chief Executive Officer of Entercom, Richard Schmaeling as Chief Financial Officer and other officers that will be determined by Entercom after reasonable consultation with CBS.

Joseph Field, David Field and Richard Schmaeling are parties to employment agreements which provide certain benefits upon termination of their positions with Entercom including accelerated vesting on equity awards and for Messrs. J. Field and D. Field tax gross up benefits.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, if Joseph Field ceases to serve as Chairman of the board of directors of Entercom for any reason other than a removal from such position for cause (as defined in his agreement), all of Joseph Field’s stock-based rights shall become vested, exercisable and payable. Additionally, if his employment with Entercom is terminated for any reason, he and his spouse are entitled to medical insurance for the remainder of their lives. Further, to the extent it is determined that Joseph Field would be subject to any excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999 due to the payment of any benefits under the employment agreement including the accelerated vesting of the stock-based rights, he is also entitled to receive a tax gross-up payment in an amount such that, after payment by him of all taxes imposed by the gross-up payment, he would retain an amount of the gross-up payment equal to 2/3 of the tax imposed upon the accelerated rights.

Entercom previously entered into an employment agreement with David Field, as amended on April 22, 2016. The agreement provides that in the event David Field is terminated by Entercom without cause (as defined in the agreement) or he resigns for good reason (as defined in the agreement) during the period following execution of the Merger Agreement and ending two years following completion of the Merger then, subject to the execution of a release of claims against Entercom, all of David Field’s outstanding equity compensation awards will become fully vested and Entercom will pay him a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the sum of three years’ annual base salary and three times the highest annual bonus paid to him during the preceding three-year period. Entercom will also pay his COBRA premiums for continued health coverage, to the extent he elects such coverage, for a period of up to eighteen months. Additionally, should any of these payments become subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, Entercom will make an additional payment in an amount sufficient to place Mr. Field in the same after-tax position as if the excise tax had not been applied.

 

196


Table of Contents

On March 20, 2017, Entercom entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Schmaeling, to be effective April 18, 2017. The agreement provides that, shortly following the closing of the Merger, Mr. Schmaeling will receive a restricted stock unit grant for 50,000 shares which will vest 50% on the second anniversary of his employment commencement date and 25% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of his employment commencement date. Should Mr. Schmaeling’s employment be terminated by Entercom without cause (as defined in the agreement) or he resign for good reason (as defined in the agreement) on or prior to twelve months following the Merger, then he will vest in all outstanding equity compensation awards that vest solely on the basis of time as of the date of such termination of employment.

Pursuant to the terms of the Entercom Equity Compensation Plan, it is anticipated that the Compensation Committee will determine not to accelerate vesting or lapse restrictions of any equity awards outstanding as of the consummation of the Merger. As a result, except as provided in Messrs. J. Field, D. Field and Schmaeling’s employment agreements described above, none of Entercom’s named executive officers will have any accelerated vesting of their equity based compensation in connection with the Merger.

Accounting Treatment and Considerations

ASC 805, Business Combinations , requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. In applying the acquisition method, it is necessary to identify both the accounting acquiree and the accounting acquiror. In a business combination effected through an exchange of equity interests, such as the Merger, the entity that issues the equity interests is generally the acquiring entity. In this case Entercom is issuing the equity interests and will be the ongoing registrant of the combined entity. In identifying the acquiring entity in a combination effected through an exchange of equity interests, however, all pertinent facts and circumstances must be considered. Based on an evaluation of all facts and circumstances, management has determined that Entercom is the accounting acquiror in the Merger. This is based primarily on the considerations outlined below and a detailed analysis of the relevant GAAP guidance.

 

    The relative voting interests of Entercom after the Transactions and the existence of a large minority voting interest in the combined entity if no other owner or organized group of owners has a significant voting interest . In this case, holders of CBS Common Stock participating in the exchange offer (and pro rata distribution, if any) are expected to receive approximately 72% of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock on a fully diluted basis in the aggregate, when including CBS employees who held certain CBS stock-based compensation rights that will be converted into the right to receive Entercom Class A Common Stock, and approximately 58% of the voting interests in Entercom after the Transactions. However, this voting interest is expected to be widely dispersed, whereas Joseph M. Field and David J. Field are expected to have a large minority voting interest in the combined entity of approximately 25.0%. This is an indicator that Entercom is the accounting acquiror.

 

    The composition of the governing body of Entercom after the Transactions . In this case, immediately following the Merger, in accordance with the Merger Agreement, nine persons will serve on the Entercom board of directors, five from Entercom’s current board of directors and four new directors agreed upon by CBS, two of whom are affiliated with CBS:

 

David J. Field

   Director; Chairman; Chief Executive Officer of Entercom

Joseph M. Field

   Director; Chairman Emeritus of Entercom

[            ]

  

[            ]

[            ]

  

[            ]

[            ]

  

[            ]

Leslie Moonves

  

Director; Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of CBS

Joseph R. Ianniello

   Director; Chief Operating Officer of CBS

[            ]

   [            ]

[            ]

   [            ]

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, Messrs. Moonves and Ianniello have agreed to execute and deliver an irrevocable letter of resignation from the Entercom board of directors effective upon the earlier of (a) six months after the closing of the Merger and (b) the day prior to the first annual meeting of Entercom following closing of the Merger. Following such resignations, the resulting vacancies on

 

197


Table of Contents

the Entercom board of directors will be addressed in accordance with Entercom’s bylaws. This is an indicator that Entercom is the accounting acquiror.

 

    The composition of the senior management of Entercom after the Transactions . In this case, the executive officers of Entercom immediately following the consummation of the Merger will include David J. Field, who will continue as the Chief Executive Officer; Richard J. Schmaeling, who was recently appointed as Entercom’s Chief Financial Officer, effective April 18, 2017; and other officers who will be determined by Entercom. This is an indicator that Entercom is the accounting acquiror.

 

    Use of CBS Name and Trademarks . The Merger Agreement provides that Entercom may use the name “CBS Radio Inc.” until the Name Change Date, and after the Name Change Date, Entercom must remove “CBS” from the entity names of Entercom, CBS Radio and each of their respective subsidiaries subject to the CBS Brands License Agreements. Under the “CBS RADIO” Brands License Agreement, Entercom can use the name CBS RADIO as the name of the business, as part of entity names and use the CBS Eye Design for one year. This is an indicator that Entercom is the accounting acquiror. Management also considered that under another CBS Brands License Agreement, certain brands used by CBS for television stations may be used by Entercom for 20 years (i.e., WCBS and KCBS) and the remainder in perpetuity subject to the terms of the CBS Brands License Agreements. However, these are a small portion of the overall business and do not impact management’s accounting acquiror assessment.

Additionally, management considered the relative size of the combining entities. Although CBS Radio is larger than Entercom, management has concluded that the factors above outweigh the relative size of the combining entities and indicate that Entercom will control the combined entity.

Regulatory Approvals

Under the HSR Act, and the rules promulgated under the HSR Act by the Federal Trade Commission, the parties must file notification and report forms with the U.S. Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice and observe specified waiting period requirements before consummating the Merger. Entercom and CBS each filed the requisite notification and report forms with the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division on March 20, 2017.

Under the Communications Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the FCC, the consent of the FCC will be required for the Merger and the other Transactions. On March 20, 2017, Entercom and CBS jointly filed applications requesting FCC consent to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, including the Radio Reorganization, the Final Distribution and the Merger. These applications also included a request to transfer certain stations to a trust to complete the divestiture of such stations promptly following the Merger if not completed before the consummation of the Merger. The FCC granted its consent to the Transactions, including the Merger, on [            ], 2017.

Entercom and CBS have agreed to take certain actions to obtain approval of the Merger under the HSR Act and the consent of the FCC to the Merger, as described in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Conditions to the Merger.”

Federal Securities Law Consequences; Resale Restrictions

Entercom Class A Common Stock issued in the Merger will not be subject to any restrictions on transfer arising under the Securities Act, except for shares issued to any CBS shareholder who may be deemed to be an “affiliate” of CBS Radio for purposes of Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

In connection with the Final Distribution, CBS may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

No Appraisal or Dissenters’ Rights

None of Entercom, Merger Sub, CBS or CBS Radio stockholders will be entitled to exercise appraisal rights or to demand payment for their shares in connection with the Transactions.

 

198


Table of Contents

THE MERGER AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Merger Agreement, which summary is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Merger Agreement, which is incorporated by reference herein. Stockholders of CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom are urged to read the Merger Agreement in its entirety. This summary of the Merger Agreement has been included to provide CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom stockholders with information regarding its terms. The rights and obligations of the parties are governed by the express terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, which is incorporated by reference herein, and not by this summary or any other information included in this document. This summary of the Merger Agreement is not intended to provide any other factual information about Entercom, Merger Sub, CBS or CBS Radio following the consummation of the Merger. Information about Entercom, Merger Sub, CBS and CBS Radio can be found elsewhere in this document and in the documents incorporated by reference into this document. See also “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

The Merger

Under the Merger Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), at the effective time of the Merger, Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio. As a result of the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will terminate and CBS Radio will continue as the surviving corporation and as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom and will succeed to and assume all the rights, powers and privileges and be subject to all of the obligations of Merger Sub in accordance with the DGCL. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Merger Sub in effect as of the date of the effective time of the Merger will be the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the surviving corporation until amended in accordance with their provisions and applicable law.

Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, the officers and directors of CBS Radio immediately following the effective time of the Merger will be determined by Entercom after reasonable consultation with CBS prior to closing of the Merger.

Closing; Effective Time

Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, the closing of the Merger will take place at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the third business day after the date on which the conditions precedent to the Merger are satisfied or waived (other than those to be satisfied at closing), unless otherwise agreed upon by CBS and Entercom. CBS and Entercom expect that the closing of the Final Distribution will occur immediately prior to the Merger.

At the closing of the Merger, CBS and Entercom will cause to be filed a certificate of merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to effect the Merger. The Merger will become effective at the time of filing of such certificate of merger or at such later time as CBS, Entercom, CBS Radio and Merger Sub may agree and as is provided in the certificate of merger.

Merger Consideration

The Merger Agreement provides that, at the effective time of the Merger, each issued and outstanding share of Radio Common Stock (except shares of Radio Common Stock held by CBS Radio as treasury stock, which will be cancelled in accordance with the Merger Agreement) will be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares or a fraction of a share of Entercom Class A Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio. The exchange ratio in the Merger is 1.00. The exchange ratio and any other similarly dependent items will be adjusted to reflect fully the appropriate effect of any stock split, split-up, reverse stock split, stock dividend or distribution of Entercom Common Stock or Radio Common Stock, or securities convertible into any such securities, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other like change with respect to Entercom Common Stock or Radio Common Stock having a record date occurring on or after the date of the Merger.

 

199


Table of Contents

At the effective time, each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time will be automatically converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Radio Common Stock.

Pursuant to a true-up provision in the Merger Agreement, in the event that counsel to CBS would not otherwise be able to deliver the Distribution Tax Opinion because, immediately after the Merger, either (i) the percentage of the total combined value of all outstanding shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to be received by former CBS Radio shareholders with respect to Radio Common Stock that was not acquired directly or indirectly pursuant to the plan (or series of related transactions) which includes the Final Distribution (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code), other than Radio Common Stock actually acquired in the Final Distribution (“Qualified Radio Common Stock”), would be less than 50.25% (the “Value Threshold Percentage”) of the total combined value of all outstanding shares of capital stock of Entercom, or (ii) the percentage of the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to be received by former CBS Radio shareholders with respect to Qualified Radio Common Stock would be less than 50.25% (the “Voting Threshold Percentage”) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of Entercom (determined, in each case, without regard to any adjustment pursuant to the true-up provision), then (a) CBS will promptly provide notice to Entercom setting forth in reasonable detail the reasons the condition that CBS receive the Distribution Tax Opinion would be unable to be satisfied, (b) CBS will consider in good faith any comments provided by Entercom, (c) if, taking into account any adjustment pursuant to clause (d) below, the Value Threshold Percentage would not be met, the aggregate number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Radio Common Stock are converted will be increased such that the total combined value of the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to be received by former CBS Radio shareholders with respect to Qualified Radio Common Stock expressed as a percentage of the total combined value of all outstanding shares of capital stock of Entercom equals 50.25%, (d) if, taking into account any adjustment pursuant to clause (c) above, the Voting Threshold Percentage would not be met, the aggregate number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Radio Common Stock are converted will be increased such that the total combined voting power of the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to be received by former CBS Radio shareholders with respect to Qualified Radio Common Stock expressed as a percentage of the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of Entercom equals 50.25%, and (e) except if the condition that CBS receive the Distribution Tax Opinion would be unable to be satisfied because of a breach by Entercom of its obligations under the Merger Agreement the amount of the CBS Radio target working capital will be increased by an amount equal to the product of $14.40 multiplied by the number of additional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock required to be issued pursuant to the true-up provision.

No fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock will be issued in the Merger. All fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that a holder of shares of Radio Common Stock would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the Merger will be aggregated by the exchange offer agent, and the exchange offer agent will cause the whole shares obtained by such aggregation to be sold in the open market or otherwise as reasonably directed by CBS, and in no case later than ten business days after the effective time of the Merger. The exchange offer agent will make available the net proceeds of the sale, after deducting any required withholding taxes and brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes, on a pro rata basis, without interest, as soon as practicable following the Merger to the holders of Radio Common Stock that would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger.

The merger consideration and cash in lieu of fractional shares (if any) paid in connection with the Merger will be reduced by any applicable tax withholding.

Exchange of Per Share Merger Consideration

The Merger Agreement sets forth that, prior to the effective time, CBS will appoint a bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to Entercom as exchange offer agent for the Merger. Prior to or at the effective time,

 

200


Table of Contents

Entercom will deposit with the exchange offer agent, for the benefit of persons who received shares of Radio Common Stock in the Final Distribution and for distribution in accordance with the Merger Agreement, through the agent, certificates or evidence of shares in book-entry form representing the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock.

Under the terms of the Merger and at the effective time, all issued and outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock. Immediately thereafter, the exchange offer agent will distribute the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Radio Common Stock that were distributed in the Final Distribution have been converted pursuant to the Merger, which shares will be distributed on the same basis as the shares of Radio Common Stock were distributed in the Final Distribution and to the persons who received Radio Common Stock in the Final Distribution. Each person entitled to receive Radio Common Stock in the Final Distribution will be entitled to receive in respect of such shares of Radio Common Stock a certificate or book-entry authorization representing the number of whole shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to the Merger (and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock as described above under “—Merger Consideration”) (and any dividends or other distributions and other amounts as described below).

Treatment of Specified CBS Compensatory Equity-Based Awards Held by Current CBS Radio Employees

Stock Options. Each option to purchase shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and is held by an individual employed by CBS Radio, as of the effective time of the Merger, will be canceled and converted into an option to purchase, on the same terms and conditions, a number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole share) of (a) the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock subject to such option as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger multiplied by (b) the equity award adjustment ratio (as defined below), at an exercise price per share equal to the quotient (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) of (x) the per share exercise price for the CBS Class B Common Stock subject to such option as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger divided by (y) the equity award adjustment ratio.

Restricted Stock Units . Each restricted stock unit in respect of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and is held by an individual employed by CBS Radio, as of the effective time of the Merger, will be canceled and converted into a restricted stock unit, on the same terms and conditions, in respect of a number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock equal to the product (rounded up to the nearest whole share) of (a) the number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock subject to such restricted stock unit as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger multiplied by (b) the equity award adjustment ratio.

The “equity award adjustment ratio” is the quotient of (a) the volume-weighted average per-share closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the five trading days immediately prior to the date on which the effective time occurs, divided by (b) the volume-weighted average per-share closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the five trading days immediately following the date on which the effective time occurs.

Distributions With Respect to Shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock After the Effective Time of the Merger

No dividend or other distributions declared or made after the effective time of the Merger with respect to Entercom Class A Common Stock with a record date after the effective time of the Merger will be paid with respect to any shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that are not able to be distributed by the exchange offer agent promptly after the effective time of the Merger, whether due to a legal impediment to such distribution or otherwise. Subject to the effect of applicable laws, following the distribution of any such

 

201


Table of Contents

previously undistributed shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, the following amounts will be paid to the record holder of such shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, without interest:

 

    at the time of the distribution, the amount of cash payable in lieu of fractional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the amount of dividends or other distributions with a record date after the effective time of the Merger theretofore paid with respect to such whole shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock; and

 

    at the appropriate payment date, the amount of dividends or other distributions with a record date after the effective time of the Merger but prior to the distribution of such shares and a payment date subsequent to the distribution of such shares payable with respect to such whole shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock.

Entercom is required under the Merger Agreement to deposit all such amounts in the Exchange Fund (as defined below) with the exchange offer agent.

Termination of the Exchange Fund

Any portion of the amounts deposited with the exchange offer agent under the Merger Agreement (the “Exchange Fund”) that remains undistributed to the former holders of Radio Common Stock after the one-year anniversary of the effective time of the Merger will be delivered to Entercom upon demand, and any former holders of Radio Common Stock who have not received shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock as described above may thereafter look only to Entercom for payment of their claim for Entercom Class A Common Stock and any dividends, distributions or cash in lieu of fractional shares with respect to Entercom Class  A Common Stock (subject to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law).

Determination of Net Adjustment

Within two business days prior to the closing date, CBS will prepare and deliver to Entercom a report setting forth an estimate, prepared in good faith based on CBS Radio’s and CBS’s books and records and other information available at the time, of (i) the CBS Radio Indebtedness, and (ii) the calculation by CBS of the Initial Net Adjustment Amount (as defined below), if any, which will be prepared in a manner consistent in all respects with the sample adjustment statement, including the line items set forth therein, in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with the CBS Radio audited financial statements for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, in each case, subject to the adjustments set forth in the sample adjustment statement (the “Closing Statement”) together with any documentary materials used in the calculations; in the event of any inconsistencies between the sample adjustment statement and GAAP, the sample adjustment statement will prevail. If based on the Closing Statement, the Initial Net Adjustment Amount is a positive number, then immediately prior to the closing, CBS will contribute to CBS Radio an amount in cash equal to such Initial Net Adjustment Amount, and if it is a negative number, CBS Radio will distribute to CBS an amount in cash equal to the absolute value of such Initial Net Adjustment Amount. Notwithstanding anything therein to the contrary, in the event CBS Radio is required to incur indebtedness to make a payment to CBS pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence such amount will be excluded from the calculation of the CBS Radio Indebtedness as of the effective time.

Within seventy-five days after the closing date, Entercom will prepare and deliver to CBS a report that sets forth Entercom’s good faith calculation of (A) the CBS Radio Indebtedness, (B) the CBS Radio Working Capital, (C) the GL Adjustment and (D) the Final Net Adjustment Amount (as defined below), if any, which will be prepared in a manner consistent in all respects with the sample adjustment statement, including the line items set forth therein, and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with the CBS Radio audited financial statements for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, in each case, subject to the adjustments set forth in the sample adjustment statement (the “Radio Closing Report”); in the event of any inconsistencies between the sample adjustment statement and GAAP, the sample adjustment statement will prevail. CBS will provide reasonable assistance, including reasonably requested documentation, to Entercom in the preparation of the Radio Closing Report.

 

202


Table of Contents

Entercom will also deliver to CBS documentary materials and analyses used in the preparation of the Radio Closing Report reasonably requested by CBS. The amounts set forth in the Radio Closing Report will be determined in accordance with the sample adjustment statement and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with the CBS Radio audited financial statements for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, in each case, subject to the adjustments set forth in the sample adjustment statement; in the event of any inconsistencies between the sample adjustment statement and GAAP, the sample adjustment statement will prevail.

The Merger Agreement sets forth the procedures to be followed in the event that CBS disputes or does not agree with the Radio Closing Report prepared by Entercom.

If the Final Net Adjustment Amount as finally determined in accordance to the provisions above is a negative number, then within five business days following the final determination of the Final Net Adjustment Amount, CBS will pay to CBS Radio via wire transfer in immediately available funds an amount in cash equal to the absolute value of such Final Net Adjustment Amount. If the Final Net Adjustment Amount is a positive number, then within five business days following the final determination of the Final Net Adjustment Amount, CBS Radio will pay to CBS an amount in cash equal to such Final Net Adjustment Amount.

Under the Merger Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

    “CBS Radio Indebtedness” means other than to the extent included in the definition of CBS Radio Working Capital, the total amount of consolidated indebtedness of the Radio Group (as defined below) as of immediately prior to the effective time, net of any Financing Costs paid prior to the effective time and not appearing on the consolidated balance sheet of the Radio Group as of the effective time and excluding (a) indebtedness in respect of the Radio Financing solely to the extent used for the repayment of the Entercom Credit Agreement and (b) any indebtedness in respect of Financing Costs.

 

    “CBS Radio Working Capital” means other than to the extent included in the definition of CBS Radio Indebtedness, (a) the CBS Radio current assets, less (b) the CBS Radio current liabilities as of the open of business on the closing date, excluding indebtedness in respect of the Radio Financing (including any capitalized financing fees incurred in connection therewith). For purposes of the Merger Agreement, CBS Radio Working Capital will be calculated in accordance with the applicable definitions included therein in a manner consistent in all respects with the sample adjustment statement and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with the CBS Radio audited financial statements for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, in each case, subject to the adjustments set forth the sample adjustment statement. In the event of any inconsistencies between the sample adjustment statement and GAAP, the sample adjustment statement will prevail.

 

    “Final Net Adjustment Amount” means an amount, which may be positive or negative (and each component of which may be a positive or negative number), equal to the following:

 

    the GL Adjustment; plus

 

    the CBS Radio Working Capital as finally determined pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Merger Agreement minus the CBS Radio adjusted target working capital (the amount so calculated, the “Working Capital Adjustment”); minus

 

    the CBS Radio Indebtedness as finally determined pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Merger Agreement minus the estimated CBS Radio Indebtedness set forth in the Closing Statement, if any.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the absolute value of the Working Capital Adjustment is less than 5% of the CBS Radio target working capital, then the Working Capital Adjustment shall be deemed to be zero ($0.00) for purposes of calculating the Final Net Adjustment Amount.

 

203


Table of Contents
    “GL Adjustment” means certain specified obligations set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Radio Group (as defined below), as of immediately prior to the effective time, in an amount not to exceed $3 million, as finally determined pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Merger Agreement (provided, that any amounts under such code in excess of $3 million shall be deemed cancelled).

 

    “Initial Net Adjustment Amount” means an amount, which may be positive or negative, equal to the estimated CBS Radio Indebtedness set forth in the Closing Statement, minus $1,371,156,186.30.

Representations and Warranties

In the Merger Agreement, each of Entercom and Merger Sub have made representations and warranties to CBS and CBS Radio, and CBS has made representations and warranties to Entercom relating to CBS Radio. These representations and warranties relate to, among other things:

 

    due organization, good standing and qualification;

 

    capital stock and structure;

 

    corporate authority to enter into the Merger Agreement (and other Transaction Agreements) and no conflicts with or violations of governance documents, other obligations or laws;

 

    financial statements and absence of undisclosed liabilities;

 

    absence of certain changes or events;

 

    compliance with applicable laws;

 

    permits;

 

    CBS Radio and Entercom FCC licenses;

 

    accuracy of information supplied for use in this document and any other filing as required to be filed or furnished with the SEC, including a proxy statement, prospectus, the Entercom registration statement or the CBS Radio registration statement;

 

    environmental matters;

 

    tax matters;

 

    employee benefit plan and matters, ERISA prohibited transactions;

 

    labor matters;

 

    intellectual property matters;

 

    material contracts;

 

    payment of fees to brokers or finders in connection with the Merger Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements;

 

    board and stockholder approval;

 

    interests in real property;

 

    Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

    financing;

 

    insurance;

 

    litigation;

 

    related party transactions; and

 

    no other representations or warranties.

 

204


Table of Contents

Entercom and Merger Sub have also made representations and warranties to CBS and CBS Radio relating to the opinions of Entercom’s financial advisors, the required vote of Entercom shareholders on the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the absence of ownership by Entercom of any shares of CBS or Radio Common Stock, the absence of any shareholder rights plan, “poison pill,” anti-takeover plan or other similar device and the resolution by the Entercom board of directors to recommend that the shareholders of Entercom entitled to vote on the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Merger vote in favor of the approval for such issuance at the Entercom shareholders meeting (such recommendation, the “Entercom Recommendation”).

CBS also made representations and warranties to Entercom relating to the sufficiency of assets contributed to CBS Radio, the absence of ownership by CBS or CBS Radio of any shares of Entercom capital stock and the financing contemplated by the Commitment Letter. CBS has also made representations and warranties to Entercom regarding CBS’s authority to enter into the Merger Agreement, the absence of conflicts with or violations of governance documents, other obligations or laws and the payment of fees to brokers or finders in connection with the Merger Agreement, Separation Agreement and other Transaction Agreements.

Many of the representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement are subject to a “material adverse effect” standard, knowledge qualifications, or both, and none of the representations and warranties survive the effective time of the Merger.

Under the Merger Agreement, a material adverse effect means, with respect to CBS Radio or Entercom, as applicable, any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, (a) is, or is reasonably expected to be, materially adverse to the business assets, liabilities, results of operations or financial condition of CBS Radio or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Radio Group”) taken as a whole or Entercom or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Entercom Group”) taken as a whole. However, none of the following will be deemed in and of themselves, either alone or in combination, to constitute, nor will any of the following be taken into account (in either case, after giving effect to any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change, development or effect resulting therefrom) in determining whether there has been, or there would reasonably expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, a CBS Radio or Entercom material adverse effect:

 

    general economic conditions attributable to the United States or any foreign economy or financial or credit markets, or changes therein (including changes in prevailing interest rates, credit availability and liquidity, currency exchange rates, price levels or trading volumes in any securities markets);

 

    general political conditions or changes therein (including any changes arising out of acts of terrorism or war, weather conditions or other force majeure events);

 

    changes in, or events affecting, the industries in which any members of the Radio Group or CBS or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries other than any members of the Radio Group (collectively, the “CBS Group”) operate;

 

    any changes in applicable law or GAAP after February 2, 2017;

 

    any acts of God, including any earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, tsunami, or other natural disasters;

 

    the announcement of the execution of, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement (including the Radio Reorganization, the Final Distribution and the Merger) or the identity of the other parties thereto, including, in each case, with respect to employees, customers, distributors, suppliers, financing sources, landlords, licensors, or licensees; or

 

   

the failure by CBS, CBS Radio, or Entercom to meet any internal or other estimates, expectations, forecasts, plans, projections or budgets for any period (it being understood that the underlying cause of,

 

205


Table of Contents
 

or factors contributing to, such failure may be taken into account in determining whether a material adverse effect has occurred, unless such underlying cause or factor would otherwise be excepted by another clause of the definition); or

 

    (b) prevents or materially impairs or delays, or would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair or delay, the ability of the members of the CBS Group, Radio Group or Entercom Group to perform their respective obligations under the Transaction Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements.

Conduct of Business Pending Closing

Each of the parties has undertaken to perform customary covenants in the Merger Agreement that place restrictions on it and its subsidiaries until the earlier of the effective time of the Merger or termination of the Merger Agreement pursuant to its terms. In general, each of Entercom, CBS and CBS Radio agrees that prior to the effective time of the Merger, except to the extent required by law, consented to by the other party (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), disclosed in their respective disclosure letters, or as may be expressly permitted by the Merger Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, it and the members of the Entercom Group, CBS Group and the Radio Group, respectively, will conduct their businesses in the ordinary course consistent with past practice, and use their respective reasonable best efforts to (i) conduct its operations in compliance with all applicable laws to it or the conduct of its business, and (ii) preserve intact in all material respects the business organization of their businesses, including by keeping available the services of their respective employees and preserving the goodwill and current relationships of their respective members with customers, suppliers and other persons with the respective member has business relations.

In addition, Entercom has agreed that prior to the earlier of the effective time of the Merger or termination of the Merger Agreement pursuant to its terms, except to the extent required by law, disclosed in their respective disclosure letters, consented to by the other party (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed except as otherwise indicated in the Merger Agreement) or otherwise expressly permitted or contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, it will not take the following actions:

 

    declaring or paying dividends on or making other distributions in respect of any shares of its capital stock except for the declaration and payment of (i) regular quarterly cash dividends not in excess of (1) $0.125 per share of Entercom Class A Common Stock and (2) pursuant to the terms of the Entercom preferred stock; (ii) cash dividends or other distributions paid on or with respect to a class of capital stock all of which shares of capital stock of the applicable corporation are owned directly or indirectly by Entercom, provided, that, Entercom will be permitted, in its sole discretion, to declare and pay prior to the later of (1) September 1, 2017 and (2) the date which is the eleventh day following Entercom’s receipt of the exchange offer launch notice if such notice is received on or prior to August 20, 2017, a special cash dividend in an amount not to exceed $0.20 per share of Entercom Class A Common Stock;

 

    splitting, combining or reclassifying any capital stock or issuing or authorizing or proposing the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu or, or in substitution for, shares of its capital stock;

 

    except with respect to Entercom preferred stock and any deemed repurchase of Entercom RSU awards, redeeming, repurchasing or otherwise acquiring, or permitting any subsidiary to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its capital stock, except as required by the terms of the securities of any member of the Entercom Group outstanding on the date of the Merger Agreement or any securities issued after the date of the Merger Agreement not in violation of the Merger Agreement or as required by the terms of a benefit plan;

 

   

issuing, delivering or selling, or authorizing any shares of its capital stock of any class, any Entercom voting debt or any securities convertible into, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire, any such shares, Entercom voting debt or convertible securities, including additional options or other equity-based awards that could be converted into any option to acquire Entercom Common Stock, other than issuances by a wholly owned Entercom subsidiary of its capital stock to such subsidiary’s parent or

 

206


Table of Contents
 

another wholly owned Entercom subsidiary and the issuance of Entercom options and Entercom RSU awards covering up to 148,127 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to employees in the ordinary course of business;

 

    amending its charter, bylaws or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of any member of the Entercom Group;

 

    entering into a plan of consolidation, merger or reorganization with any person other than a wholly owned Entercom subsidiary;

 

    acquiring (including by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any interest in any person or any division thereof or any assets, other than (i) acquisitions for cash consideration of terrestrial radio stations (x) in the ordinary course of business and (y) in an amount not to exceed $50 million, in the aggregate (provided that (A) no such acquisitions would reasonably be expected to materially delay or impede the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements, (B) no such acquisitions will be permitted in a market in which a member of the Radio Group owns or operates (or pursuant to such acquisition would own or operate) a radio station or a member of the CBS Group owns or operates a television station and (C) no such acquisition will be consummated prior to the closing if such acquisition would require any consent, approval or other action of the FCC) and (ii) acquisitions for cash consideration of any interest in any Person or any division thereof or any assets other than terrestrial radio stations in an amount not to exceed $50 million, in the aggregate (provided that no such acquisitions would reasonably be expected to materially delay or impede the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements);

 

    except in the ordinary course of business, selling, leasing, licensing, disposing of or otherwise encumbering assets (including the capital stock of its subsidiaries), but excluding, inventory and obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or not in an amount exceeding $10 million in the aggregate;

 

    incurring any indebtedness or guarantee or otherwise becoming contingently liable for any indebtedness or issuing or selling any debt securities or warrants or rights to acquire any debt securities of any member of the Entercom Group or guaranteeing any debt securities of others or entering into any material lease (whether such lease is an operating or capital lease) or enter into any interest rate hedge, other than (i) liabilities or material leases entered into with unaffiliated third parties on arms-length terms incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) liabilities incurred under the Entercom Credit Agreement for working capital purposes or to fund actions that are otherwise permitted pursuant to section 7.1 of the Merger Agreement, and (iii) other liabilities not exceeding $5 million in the aggregate; provided, that, notwithstanding anything therein to the contrary, as of immediately prior to the Closing, the aggregate principal amount of Entercom indebtedness will not exceed $500 million;

 

    except in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, (i) granting any increase in the compensation of an current or former employee, director or other service provider of any member of the Entercom Group; (ii) paying or agreeing to pay to any current or former director, employee or other service provider of any member of the Entercom Group any bonus, incentive, pension, retirement allowance or other employee benefit not required or contemplated by any of the Entercom benefit plans; (iii) entering into any new, or amend any employment, severance or termination contract with any director or employee of any member of the Entercom Group; (iv) accelerating the vesting of, or the lapsing of restrictions with respect to, any equity-based or other incentive-based compensation; or (v) becoming obligated under any new pension plan, welfare plan, multiemployer plan, employee benefit plan, severance plan, benefit arrangement or similar plan or arrangement that was not in existence on February 2, 2017, or amending any Entercom benefit plan other than administrative amendments and amendments that do not have the effect of enhancing any benefits thereunder or increasing the cost of maintaining such plan;

 

207


Table of Contents
    establishing, adopting, entering into, terminating or amending any collective bargaining agreement, except, in each case, for renewals on market terms in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or, unless required by law, recognizing any union or other employee organization as the bargaining representative of any Entercom employees;

 

    authorizing, recommending, proposing or announcing an intention to adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution;

 

    making any material change in accounting methods in effect at the interim balance sheet date or changing its fiscal year;

 

    other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (i) making any change in any method of tax accounting or any annual tax accounting period; (ii) making, changing or rescinding any tax election; (iii) settling or compromising any tax liability or consenting to any claim or assessment relating to taxes; (iv) filing any amended tax return or claim for refund; (v) entering into any closing agreement relating to taxes; or (vi) waiving or extending the statute of limitations in respect of taxes; in each case, to the extent that doing so would reasonably be expected to result in a material incremental cost to the Entercom or any of its subsidiaries;

 

    except in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, settling or compromising any actions, suits, arbitrations or proceedings (including any employee grievances) or paying, discharging or satisfying any material claims, liabilities or obligations except (i) the payment, discharge or satisfaction (in accordance with their terms) of any such claims, liabilities or obligations reflected or reserved against in, or contemplated by Entercom’s financial statements or (ii) settlement or compromise of litigation if it does not involve a grant of injunctive relief and any amounts paid (including as reimbursement of legal fees and expenses) does not exceed $500,000 individually or $5 million in the aggregate;

 

    entering into or amending any agreement or arrangement with any affiliate of Entercom or any subsidiary of Entercom (other than with wholly owned subsidiaries of Entercom) on terms less favorable to Entercom or such subsidiary of Entercom, as the case may be, than could be reasonably expected to have been obtained with an unaffiliated third party on an arm’s-length basis;

 

    terminating or failing to use commercially reasonable efforts to renew any material contract or material lease, (ii) modifying, amending, waiving, releasing or assigning any material rights or claims thereunder, or (iii) entering into certain material contracts or material lease not consistent with past practice, in each case except in the ordinary course of business or as required by law; or

 

    agreeing or committing to do any of the foregoing actions.

In addition, each of CBS and CBS Radio has agreed that prior to the effective time of the Merger, except to the extent required by law, disclosed in their respective disclosure letters, consented to by the other party (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed except as otherwise indicated in the Merger Agreement) or otherwise expressly permitted or contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, CBS Radio will not (and will cause its subsidiaries not to) take the following actions:

 

   

declaring or paying any dividends on or making other distributions in respect of any shares of its capital stock (whether in cash, securities or property), except for the declaration and payment of cash dividends or distributions paid on or with respect to a class of capital stock all of which shares of capital stock of the applicable corporation are owned directly or indirectly by CBS Radio, (ii) splitting or reclassifying any of its capital stock or issuing or authorizing or proposing the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of, or in substitution for, shares of its capital stock or (iii) redeeming, repurchasing or otherwise acquiring, or permitting any CBS Radio subsidiary to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its capital stock (including any securities convertible or exchangeable into such capital stock), except as required by the terms of the securities of any member of the Radio Group outstanding on the date of the Merger Agreement or any securities of CBS Radio issued after

 

208


Table of Contents
 

such date not in violation of the Merger Agreement or as required by the terms of any CBS Radio benefit plan or any awards thereunder outstanding or granted thereunder in accordance with the Merger Agreement;

 

    issuing, delivering or selling, or authorizing any shares of capital stock, any debt with voting rights or any securities convertible into, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire, any such shares, debt with voting rights or convertible securities, including additional options or other equity-based awards that could be converted into any option to acquire Radio Common Stock, other than the issuances by any wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Radio to its parent or another wholly owned subsidiary and the issuance of CBS options and CBS RSU awards in the ordinary course of business up to the aggregate amount set forth in the CBS Disclosure Letter;

 

    amending the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of CBS Radio, other than an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of CBS Radio solely for the purpose of effecting the Stock Split;

 

    entering into a plan of consolidation, merger or reorganization with any person other than a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Radio;

 

    acquiring any interest in any person or any division thereof or any assets;

 

    except in the ordinary course of business, selling, leasing, licensing or otherwise encumbering or subjecting to any lien or otherwise disposing of or abandoning, or agreeing to sell, lease, license or otherwise encumber or subject to any lien or otherwise dispose of, any assets of the Radio Business (including capital stock of CBS Radio subsidiaries), except, in each case, sales, leases, licenses, encumbrances, abandonment or other dispositions or liens involving inventory and obsolete equipment, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

    other than the Radio Financing, incurring any indebtedness or guaranteeing or otherwise becoming contingently liable for any indebtedness or issuing or selling any debt securities or warrants or rights to acquire any debt securities or guaranteeing any debt securities of others or entering into any material lease or entering into any interest rate hedge, other than (1) liabilities incurred or material leases entered into with unaffiliated third parties on arms-length terms in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or (2) other liabilities not exceeding $5 million in the aggregate;

 

    except (i) in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, (ii) in connection with any action that applies uniformly to CBS Radio employees and other similarly situated employees of the CBS Group and for which the CBS Group will be solely obligated to pay or (iii) for any commitment for which the CBS Group will be solely obligated to pay, (A) granting any increases in the compensation of any current or former employee, director or other service provider of any member of the Radio Group; (B) paying or agreeing to pay to any current or former director, employee or other service provider of any member of the Radio Group any bonus, incentive, pension, retirement allowance or other employee benefit not required or contemplated by any of the CBS Radio benefit plans; (C) entering into any new, or amending any employment, severance or termination contract with any director or employee of any member of the Radio Group; (D) accelerating the vesting of, or the lapsing of restrictions with respect to, any equity-based or other incentive-based compensation; or (E) becoming obligated under any new pension plan, welfare plan, multiemployer plan, employee benefit plan, severance plan, benefit arrangement or similar plan or arrangement that was not in existence on the date of the Merger Agreement, or amending any CBS Radio benefit plan other than administrative amendments and amendments that do not have the effect of enhancing any benefits thereunder or increasing the cost of maintaining such plan;

 

    establishing, adopting, terminating, entering into or amending any collective bargaining agreement, except, in each case, for renewals on market terms in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or on terms consistent with the treatment of employees of any member of the CBS Group represented by the same union as the CBS Radio employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement;

 

209


Table of Contents
    other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (i) making any change (or filing any such change) in any method of tax accounting or any annual tax accounting period; (ii) making, changing or rescinding any tax election; (iii) settling or compromising any tax liability or consenting to any claim or assessment relating to taxes; (D) filing any amended tax return or claim for refund; (iv) entering into any closing agreement relating to taxes; or (v) waiving or extending the statute of limitations in respect of taxes; in each case, to the extent that doing so would reasonably be expected to result in a material incremental cost to Entercom or any of its subsidiaries (CBS will also comply, and cause its subsidiaries to comply, with this covenant);

 

    authorizing, recommending, proposing or announcing an intention to adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution;

 

    making any material change in accounting methods in effect at the interim balance sheet date or changing its fiscal year;

 

    except in the ordinary course of business, or as required by law, terminating or failing to use commercially reasonable efforts to renew any CBS Radio material contract or material CBS Radio lease or modifying, amending, waiving, releasing or assigning any material rights or claims thereunder or entering into any CBS Radio material contract or material CBS Radio lease not in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (in each case, other than an amendment to the CBS Radio existing credit agreement in furtherance of the Transactions);

 

    amending or modifying the Radio Reorganization or failing to implement the Radio Reorganization consistent with its step plan (as defined in the Separation Agreement) as agreed prior to the date of the Merger Agreement, or otherwise taking any action inconsistent with the step plan;

 

    entering into or amending any agreement or arrangement with any affiliate of any member of the Radio Group, other than with wholly owned CBS Radio subsidiaries, on terms less favorable to CBS Radio or such CBS Radio subsidiary, as the case may be, than could be reasonably expected to have been obtained with an unaffiliated third party on an arm’s length basis; or

 

    agreeing or committing to do any of the foregoing actions.

Notwithstanding anything in the Merger Agreement, from and after the date of thereof until the effective time, on one or more occasions, the members of the CBS Group will have the right to, and to cause their affiliates to, remove from any members of the Radio Group all cash and cash equivalents or funds from cash pools. Further, at any time prior to closing, the members of the CBS Group will have the right to, and to cause their affiliates to, (i) eliminate negative cash pool balances from any members of the Radio Group and (ii) facilitate the settling or elimination of intercompany accounts, in each case in the manner as determined by CBS in its sole discretion (including by means of declaring, setting aside or paying any dividend or distribution, purchasing or redeeming equity interests, creating or repaying intercompany debt, increasing or decreasing cash pool balances, or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the date of the Merger Agreement until the effective time of the Merger, at no time will there be less than $50 million in available capacity in the existing CBS Radio credit agreement for use for Restricted Payments.

Nothing contained in the Merger Agreement will give Entercom or Merger Sub, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of the CBS Group at any time. Prior to the effective time of the Merger, CBS and CBS Radio will exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, complete control and supervision over the operations of the Radio Group pursuant to the terms of their respective governing documents and applicable law.

Nothing contained in the Merger Agreement will give CBS, directly or indirectly, the right to control the Radio Group after the effective time.

 

210


Table of Contents

Tax Matters

The Merger Agreement is intended to constitute a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3 and the parties adopt it as such. Prior to the effective time of the Merger, and from time to time, each of CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cause each of the Internal Distributions and the Final Distribution to qualify as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code; and (ii) cause the Merger to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

Further, the Merger Agreement contains additional representations, warranties and covenants relating to the preservation of the tax-free status of each of the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution, and the Merger. Additional representations, warranties and covenants relating to the tax-free status of the Transactions are contained in the Tax Matters Agreement.

As of the date of the Merger Agreement, the rights and obligations of the members of the Radio Group and the members of the CBS Group pursuant to a tax matters agreement, entered into as of October 17, 2016, by and between CBS and CBS Radio, terminated, and neither any member of the CBS Group, on the one hand, nor any member of the Radio Group, on the other hand, has any rights or obligations to each other after in respect of such tax matters agreement.

SEC Filings

The parties agreed to cooperate and prepare, and Entercom will file with the SEC, the Entercom Registration Statement, including the proxy statement with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and Entercom will use its reasonable best efforts to have such proxy statement cleared by the SEC under the Exchange Act and the Entercom Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act, as promptly as reasonably practicable after such filings or at such other time as CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom may agree. The Entercom Registration Statement and the proxy statement will comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

Additionally, and as promptly as reasonably practicable following the date of the Merger Agreement, the parties will cooperate to prepare, and CBS Radio will file with the SEC, the Radio Registration Statement and CBS Radio will use its reasonable best efforts to have the Radio Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act, as promptly as practicable after such filings or at such other time as the parties may agree. The Radio Registration Statement will comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

Entercom is required under the terms of the Merger Agreement to mail its proxy statement to its shareholders as promptly as practicable after the SEC clears that proxy statement and, if required by the SEC, the registration statements described above are declared effective.

After the date (i) on which the Radio Registration Statement has been declared effective, and (ii) the earliest of the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 8.1 of the Merger Agreement (A) have been fulfilled, (B) are reasonably likely to be fulfilled at the effective time or (C) are or have been waived by the applicable party, CBS will “commence” (within the meaning of Rule 14d-2 of the Exchange Act) the Exchange Offer on a date determined by CBS in good faith, provided that if CBS determines in its good faith discretion to “commence” the exchange offer on or prior to August 20, 2017, CBS will provide Entercom with eleven calendar days prior written notice prior to commencing the exchange offer; CBS and CBS Radio will cooperate to prepare and CBS will file with the SEC, on a date determined by CBS in its sole discretion, a Schedule TO in connection with the commencement of the exchange offer.

 

211


Table of Contents

In connection with the SEC filings, each of CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom will use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cooperate with the other parties to prepare pro forma financial statements that comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and (ii) provide and make reasonably available upon reasonable notice the senior management employees of the other party to discuss the materials prepared and delivered.

Shareholders Meeting

The Merger Agreement provides that as promptly as practicable following the date on which the SEC clears the proxy statement and, if required by the SEC as a condition to the mailing of the proxy statement, the Entercom Registration Statement will have been declared effective, Entercom will call a meeting of its shareholders to be held as promptly as practicable for the purpose of voting upon Entercom shareholder approvals. Entercom will deliver to its shareholders the proxy statement in definitive form in connection with Entercom’s shareholders’ meeting at the time and in the manner provided by the applicable provisions of Pennsylvania law, the Exchange Act and the Entercom Articles and Entercom Bylaws and will conduct its shareholders’ meeting and the solicitation of proxies in connection therewith in compliance with such statutes.

Regulatory Matters; Efforts

The Merger Agreement provides that each party to the Merger Agreement will use reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing or causing to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under the Merger Agreement and applicable laws to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated thereby as soon as practicable but prior to the termination date, including preparing and filing as promptly as practicable all documentation to effect all necessary applications, notices, petitions, filings and tax ruling requests and to obtain as promptly as practicable all consents, waivers, licenses, orders, registrations, approvals, permits, rulings, authorizations and clearances necessary or advisable to be obtained from any third party or governmental authority in order to consummate the Radio Reorganization, the Final Distribution, the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Additionally, each party to the Merger Agreement has agreed to take all reasonable steps as may be necessary to obtain all required approvals (including Entercom providing a guarantee of CBS Radio’s obligations as reasonably necessary to obtain such approvals and using reasonable best efforts to defend through litigation on the merits any claim asserted in court by any party in order to avoid entry of, or to have vacated or terminated, any order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that would prevent or delay the consummation of the closing), and to take reasonable efforts to share information protected from disclosure under the attorney-client privilege, work product doctrine, joint defense privilege or any other privilege in a manner so as to preserve the applicable privilege. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, materials provided to the other party or its outside counsel may be redacted to (i) remove references concerning valuation or other confidential information as determined by such providing party in good faith, (ii) as necessary to comply with contractual arrangements, (iii) as necessary to address reasonable privilege concerns and (iv) taking all reasonable steps as may be necessary to effect the contribution at the effective time.

Each party to the Merger Agreement has also agreed to make (i) an appropriate filing of a notification and report form pursuant to the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated under the Merger Agreement as promptly as practicable, and in any event within thirty business days after the date of the Merger Agreement and (ii) all other necessary filings with other governmental authorities, including the FCC, relating to the Radio Reorganization, the Final Distribution, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and, in each case and in the case of any investigation or inquiry by a governmental authority, to supply as promptly as practicable any additional information and documentary material that may be requested pursuant to such applicable laws or by such authorities and to use reasonable best efforts to cause the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act and the receipt of the approvals under such other applicable laws or from such authorities before the termination date. Without limiting the foregoing, each of Entercom and Merger Sub, on the one hand, and CBS and CBS Radio, on the other hand, will, use its

 

212


Table of Contents

reasonable best efforts to (i) cooperate in all respects with each other in connection with any filing or submission and in connection with any investigation or other inquiry, including any proceeding initiated by a private party, (ii) promptly inform the other parties of any communication received by such party from, or given by such party to, the Antitrust Division of the DOJ, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the FCC or any other governmental authority and of any material communication received or given in connection with any proceeding by a private party, in each case regarding any of the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, and (iii) permit the other party to review in advance any written communication to be given by a party to, and consult with each other (A) in advance of any meeting or material telephone call with, and (B) in the preparation of any written submission to, the DOJ, the FTC, the FCC or any such other governmental authority or, in connection with any proceeding by a private party, with any other person, and to the extent permitted by the DOJ, the FTC, the FCC or such other applicable governmental authority or other person, give the other party the opportunity to attend and participate in such meetings and conferences. No party will take any action that would, or fail to take any action the failure of which to take would, reasonably be expected to have the effect of preventing or materially delaying the receipt of the approvals from governmental authorities.

Each party to the Merger Agreement agreed to file, or cause to be filed, and not withdraw, as promptly as practicable, but in any event no later than thirty (30) business days after February 2, 2017, applications requesting FCC consent to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements and all other necessary filings to obtain FCC consent that are required in connection with the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and any assignment or transfer of control of FCC licenses of CBS or Radio, as applicable. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties will use their reasonable best efforts to obtain FCC consent as promptly as practicable. To that end, each party to the Merger Agreement agreed to enter into and comply with, and cause the members of the Radio Group and the Entercom Group, as applicable, to enter into and comply with, a tolling, assignment and assumption or similar agreement with the FCC to provide for the extension of the statute of limitations for the FCC to determine or impose a forfeiture penalty against a radio station, the assumption of liabilities in connection with an assignment of license, or such other matters as the FCC may require, in connection with (i) any pending complaints that the radio station aired programming that contained obscene, indecent or profane material or (ii) any other enforcement matters against the radio station (a “Tolling Agreement”) if so requested by the FCC. The parties to the Merger Agreement will consult in good faith with each other prior to entry into any such Tolling Agreement. In addition, until such time as FCC consent shall have become a final order, the parties, as applicable, each shall oppose any petitions to deny or other objections filed with respect to the FCC applications to the extent such petition or objection relates to such party.

Furthermore, the Merger Agreement provides that the parties will use their reasonable best efforts to eliminate each and every impediment that may be asserted by any governmental authority or any other person so as to enable the parties to obtain the approvals and consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement as soon as practicable. In furtherance of the foregoing, Entercom and Merger Sub agreed to propose, negotiate, commit to and effect, by consent decree, order, agreements with governmental authorities or otherwise, commitments, conduct restrictions and/or the sale, hold separate, divestiture or disposition of any of its assets, properties or businesses or of the assets, properties or businesses to be transferred to the Entercom Group pursuant to the Merger Agreement as are required in order to (i) resolve expeditiously any objections any governmental authority may assert with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and to obtain any approval from any governmental authority and/or (ii) avoid the entry of, or to effect the dissolution of, any injunction, temporary restraining order or other order in any suit or proceeding, which would otherwise have the effect of materially delaying or preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; provided that any such commitments, conduct restrictions, sales, hold separates, divestitures or dispositions by the Radio Group shall be conditioned upon and become effective only from and after the closing. In addition, each of Entercom and Merger Sub shall use its reasonable best efforts to defend through litigation on the merits any claim asserted in court by any party in order to avoid entry of, or to have vacated or terminated, any order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that would prevent or delay the consummation of the closing.

 

213


Table of Contents

The parties agree and acknowledge that the “reasonable best efforts” standard will not require, or be construed to require, any party to propose, negotiate, commit to, effect or become subject to, by consent decree, hold separate order or otherwise, (i) any commitments or conduct restrictions on the Entercom Group or the Radio Group, or any requirements for the Entercom Group or Radio Group to sell, divest, hold separate or otherwise dispose of any of their assets, properties or businesses that would, individually or in the aggregate, be expected to account for a loss of more than $40 million EBITDA for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 or (ii) any commitments or conduct restrictions on the CBS Group (other than reasonable and customary transitional arrangements to facilitate divestitures), or any requirements for the CBS Group to sell, divest, hold separate or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, properties or businesses.

The parties to the Merger Agreement agreed to reasonably cooperate and consult with each other in good faith to jointly coordinate communications with any governmental authority and jointly develop strategy for responding to any investigation or other inquiry by any governmental authority and formulating proposals to any governmental authority related to the approvals or any other matter described above. To the extent that the parties are unable to reach agreement as to the strategy for responding to any investigation or other inquiry by any governmental authority or for formulating proposals to any governmental authority related to the approvals (collectively, the “Agreement Disputes”), any member of the CBS Group or the Radio Group, on the one hand, or the Entercom Group, on the other hand, involved in an Agreement Dispute may deliver a notice (an “Escalation Notice”) demanding an in-person meeting between the Chief Executive Officer of Entercom and the Chief Operating Officer of CBS (collectively, the “Party Designees”). If, on or before September 30, 2017, the Party Designees are not able to resolve the Agreement Dispute within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of the Escalation Notice (or such shorter time as is necessary to avoid immediate irreparable injury), then the Chief Executive Officer of Entercom shall make a good faith, reasonable determination as to the final determination with respect to such Agreement Dispute, taking into account (x) the impact of the proposed resolution of such Agreement Dispute on the value of the Entercom Group (including the Radio Group, following the closing) and (y) the impact of the proposed resolution of such Agreement Dispute on the ability of the parties to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement in as prompt a manner as practicable, with each such factor weighted equally. Following September 30, 2017, Agreement Disputes shall be resolved only with the joint agreement of the parties.

To the extent that any divestitures are required by any Governmental Authority in connection with the Transactions, Entercom will take the lead in negotiating definitive transaction agreements with respect to such divestitures; provided, that Entercom will (i) cooperate with CBS and CBS Radio in a commercially reasonable manner in developing and implementing a strategy and process for negotiating and consummating such divestitures, including considering in good faith any comments from CBS and CBS Radio, and (ii) consult with CBS and CBS Radio on a regular basis and in good faith in carrying out the foregoing strategy and process. Any such divestitures by the Radio Group shall be conditioned upon and become effective only from and after the closing.

No Solicitation

From and after the date of the Merger Agreement, Entercom will, and will cause each Entercom subsidiary and each of the directors, officers, employees and representatives of the Entercom Group to immediately cease and cause to be terminated any and all existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any person with respect to any Entercom Acquisition Proposal (as defined below) and will enforce and, except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, will not waive any provisions of, any confidentiality or standstill agreement (or any similar agreement) to which any member of the Entercom Group is a party relating to any such Entercom Acquisition Proposal; provided, that Entercom will be permitted to grant a waiver of any standstill agreement, in response to a bona fide unsolicited request (and to permit such request) for such waiver from the counterparty thereto, to permit an Entercom Acquisition Proposal to be made. Entercom will promptly request each person that has executed a confidentiality agreement in connection with its consideration of any Entercom Acquisition Proposal to return or destroy all confidential information furnished prior to the execution of the Merger

 

214


Table of Contents

Agreement to or for the benefit of such person by or on behalf of any member of the Entercom Group. Entercom will not, and will cause the Entercom subsidiaries and each of the directors, officers and employees of the Entercom Group not to, and will use its reasonable best efforts to cause its representatives not to, directly or indirectly:

 

    solicit, initiate or knowingly facilitate (including by way of furnishing information) or knowingly induce or encourage any inquiries or the making of any proposal or offer (including any proposal or offer to Entercom’s shareholders) that constitutes or would reasonably be expected to lead to an Entercom Acquisition Proposal, or

 

    enter into, continue or otherwise participate in any discussions or negotiations regarding, or furnish to any person any information with respect to, or cooperate in any way that would reasonably be expected to lead to, any Entercom Acquisition Proposal, except as provided in the Merger Agreement.

“Entercom Acquisition Proposal” means any proposal or offer with respect to any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase by a third person or group of persons (other than CBS, CBS Radio or their affiliates), in one transaction or a series of transactions, and whether through any merger, reorganization, consolidation, tender offer, self-tender, exchange offer, stock acquisition, asset acquisition, binding share exchange, business combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, joint venture or otherwise, of (a) assets or businesses of the Entercom Group that generate 20% or more of the net revenues or net income or that represent 20% or more of the total assets (based on fair market value) of the Entercom Group, taken as a whole, immediately prior to such transaction, or (b) beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Entercom Class B Common Stock), other equity securities or voting power of any shareholder of Entercom, any of the subsidiaries of Entercom or any resulting parent company of Entercom, in each case other than the Merger, the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and any transactions required to satisfy the obligations of the parties pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

Prior to obtaining the Entercom shareholder approvals, if Entercom receives a bona fide written Entercom Acquisition Proposal that did not result from a material breach of the restrictions described in the Merger Agreement and the Entercom board of directors determines, after consultation with outside legal counsel and a financial advisor of nationally recognized reputation, to be, or to be reasonably likely to lead to, an Entercom Superior Proposal, Entercom may furnish certain information pursuant to a confidentiality agreement and participate in discussions or negotiations with the person making the relevant Entercom Acquisition Proposal.

“Entercom Superior Proposal” means a bona fide written Entercom Acquisition Proposal that the Entercom board of directors concludes in good faith, after consultation with its financial advisors and outside legal counsel, taking into account all legal, financial, tax, regulatory, timing and other aspects of the proposal and the person making the proposal (including any break-up fees, expense reimbursement provisions and conditions to consummation) deemed relevant by the Entercom board of directors, (a) is more favorable, from a financial point of view, to the shareholders of Entercom than the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and (b) is reasonably capable of being completed on the terms proposed; provided that, for purposes of the definition of “Entercom Superior Proposal,” the term Entercom Acquisition Proposal will have the meaning assigned to such term in the Merger Agreement, except that the reference to “20% or more” in the definition of “Entercom Acquisition Proposal” will be deemed to be a reference to “50%.”

The Merger Agreement provides that Entercom will promptly, and in any event within twenty-four hours after receipt, notify CBS of the receipt by Entercom of an Entercom Acquisition Proposal and provide to CBS copies of any written materials evidencing such proposal, and Entercom must keep CBS reasonably informed of the status and material terms and conditions of any such Entercom Acquisition Proposal. Entercom must also promptly provide to CBS (and in any event within twenty-four hours) any material modification to the terms of any Entercom Acquisition Proposal and must notify CBS of any determination by the Entercom board of directors that an Entercom Acquisition Proposal constitutes an Entercom Superior Proposal. In addition,

 

215


Table of Contents

Entercom will, to the extent not already provided to CBS, provide CBS as promptly as practicable (and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours) with all information provided pursuant to Section 7.11(b)(i) of the Merger Agreement and all other information as is reasonably necessary to keep CBS reasonably currently informed of all written or material oral communications regarding, and the status of, any such acquisition proposal and any related discussions or negotiations.

Until the effective time or, if earlier, the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, neither the Entercom board of directors nor any committee thereof shall:

 

    (A) withdraw or qualify (or amend or modify in a manner adverse to CBS or CBS Radio in any material respect) or publicly propose to withdraw or qualify (or amend or modify in a manner adverse to CBS or CBS Radio in any material respect), the Entercom Recommendation or (B) recommend, adopt or approve, or propose publicly to recommend, adopt or approve, any Entercom Acquisition Proposal, including by, in the case of a tender or exchange offer, failing to promptly recommend rejection of such offer (any action described in this bullet being referred to as a “Change in Recommendation”); or

 

    approve or recommend, or publicly propose to approve or recommend, or allow Entercom or any of its affiliates to execute or enter into an agreement related to an Entercom Acquisition Proposal (an “Entercom Acquisition Agreement)” (A) constituting, or relating to, any Change in Recommendation or (B) requiring it (or that would require it) to abandon, terminate or fail to consummate the Merger or any other transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph or any provision of the Merger Agreement, at any time prior to obtaining the Entercom shareholder approvals, (x) solely in response to an Entercom Superior Proposal or an Intervening Event (as defined below), the Entercom board of directors may make a Change in Recommendation, (y) the Entercom board of directors may terminate the Merger Agreement if it substantially concurrently (in the case of receipt of an Entercom Superior Proposal) enters into an Entercom Acquisition Agreement or (z) the Entercom board of directors may terminate the Merger Agreement if it makes a Change in Recommendation solely in response to an Intervening Event, and in the case of each of (x), (y) and (z), as applicable, all of the following conditions are met:

 

    in the case of (A) an Entercom Superior Proposal, such Entercom Superior Proposal has been made and has not been withdrawn and, the Entercom board of directors has determined in good faith that such Entercom Superior Proposal continues to be an Entercom Superior Proposal or (B) an Intervening Event, such Intervening Event is continuing and the Entercom board of directors has determined in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, that, the failure to make a Change in Recommendation or terminate the Merger Agreement, would constitute a breach of its fiduciary duties under applicable Law;

 

    the Entercom shareholder approval has not been obtained;

 

   

Entercom has (A) provided to CBS and CBS Radio five (5) business days’ prior written notice (the “Entercom Notice Period”), which shall state expressly (x) that it has received an Entercom Superior Proposal or that an Intervening Event has occurred, (y) the material terms and conditions of the Entercom Superior Proposal (including the per share value of the consideration offered therein and the identity of the person or group of persons making the Entercom Superior Proposal) or the material facts and circumstances of such Intervening Event, and shall have contemporaneously provided a copy of the relevant proposed transaction agreements with the Person or group of Persons making such Entercom Superior Proposal and other material documents (it being understood and agreed that any amendment to the financial terms or any other material term of such Entercom Superior Proposal or any material change to the facts and circumstances of such Intervening Event shall require a new notice, provided that the Entercom Notice Period in connection with any such new notice shall be three (3) business days) and (z) that the Entercom board of directors intends to make a Change in Recommendation, terminate the Merger Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(e) or terminate the Merger Agreement and

 

216


Table of Contents
 

enter into an Entercom Acquisition Agreement, and specifying, in reasonable detail, the reasons therefor, and (B) prior to making a Change in Recommendation or terminating the Merger Agreement, as applicable, to the extent requested by CBS or CBS Radio, engaged in good faith negotiations with CBS and CBS Radio during the Entercom Notice Period to amend the Merger Agreement, and, after such negotiations and giving effect to any proposals made by CBS and CBS Radio, the Entercom board of directors again makes the determination described in the first bullet above; and

 

    Entercom shall have complied with Section 7.11 of the Merger Agreement in all material respects with respect to such Entercom Superior Proposal or Intervening Event.

“Intervening Event” means any material event, change, effect, development, state of facts, condition or occurrence that occurs or arises after the date of the Merger Agreement that (a) was not known, or reasonably foreseeable (or the material consequences were not known or reasonably foreseeable) to or by the Entercom board of directors as of or prior to the date of the Merger Agreement and did not result from a breach of any of the Transaction Agreements by Entercom or Merger Sub, and (b) does not involve or relate to the receipt, existence or terms of an Entercom Acquisition Proposal; provided, that (1) any change in the price or trading volume of the CBS Common Stock or Entercom Common Stock or (2) the failure by CBS, CBS Radio or Entercom to meet any internal or other estimates, expectations, forecasts, plans, projections or budgets for any period shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether an Intervening Event has occurred (provided that the underlying cause of, or factors contributing to, the changes or events described in clauses (1) and (2) may be taken into account in determining whether an Intervening Event has occurred).

Entercom will not, and will cause any Entercom subsidiary not to, enter into any contract with any person subsequent to the date of the Merger Agreement, and no member of the Entercom Group is party to any contract, in each case, that prohibits Entercom from complying with its obligations above. Nothing contained in the Merger Agreement will prohibit Entercom or the Entercom board of directors from (i) taking and disclosing to its shareholders a position contemplated by Rule 14d-9, Rule 14e-2(a) and Item 1012(a) of Regulation M-A promulgated under the Exchange Act or (ii) making any “stop look and listen” communication to its shareholders of the nature contemplated by Rule 14d-9 under the Exchange Act; provided that in no event will Entercom or the Entercom board of directors take, or agree or resolve to take, any action prohibited by the provisions above.

Financing

CBS and CBS Radio will use their respective reasonable best efforts to (i) cause CBS Radio to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing on the terms and conditions described in the Radio Commitment Letter and the related letter, including using reasonable best efforts to (A) maintain in effect the existing CBS Radio credit agreement and the Radio Commitment Letter and, if entered into prior to the closing, the definitive documentation with respect to the Radio Financing contemplated by the Radio Commitment Letter (such definitive documentation entered into at or prior to the closing, if any, the “Definitive Debt Agreements”), (B) negotiate and execute the Definitive Debt Agreements on terms and conditions contemplated by the Radio Commitment Letter and the related letter and, upon execution thereof, deliver a copy thereof to Entercom and (C) satisfy on a timely basis all conditions applicable to the members of the Radio Group in the Radio Commitment Letter and Definitive Debt Agreements that are within its control and comply with its obligations thereunder and (ii) obtain, as of the closing, any amendment, waiver or approval required under the existing CBS Radio credit agreement to permit the Transactions. Upon the satisfaction or waiver (to the extent permitted by applicable law) of all the conditions precedent set forth in the Separation Agreement, the Radio Commitment Letter and the Definitive Debt Agreements, CBS and CBS Radio will use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the financial institutions providing the Radio Financing to fund such Radio Financing.

CBS will not permit CBS Radio to, and CBS Radio will not, amend, replace, supplement or otherwise modify, or waive any of its rights under, the Radio Commitment Letter, the related letter, or the Definitive Debt Agreements, the existing CBS Radio credit agreement, the Radio existing indenture and/or substitute other debt financing for all or any portion of the Radio Financing from the same and/or alternative financing sources

 

217


Table of Contents

without the consent of Entercom (which consent may not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) if such amendment, modification or waiver meets certain characteristics set forth in the relevant section of the Merger Agreement. However, CBS and CBS Radio may amend or replace the Radio Commitment Letter or the related letter to (i) add lenders, arrangers, bookrunners, syndication agents, managers or similar entities who had not executed the Radio Commitment Letter as of the date of the Merger Agreement or (ii) implement or exercise any “flex” provisions provided in the related letter as in effect on such date and may, with the consent of Entercom, amend the existing CBS Radio credit agreement to facilitate the Transactions and the operations of its business following the closing date and pay customary fees in connection therewith.

If any portion of the Radio Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Radio Commitment Letter and related letter of the Definitive Debt Agreements, as applicable, CBS and CBS Radio will use their reasonable best efforts to arrange and obtain as promptly as practicable following the occurrence of such event alternative debt financing from alternative financing sources on terms not materially less favorable to CBS Radio and Entercom in the aggregate than those contained in the Radio Commitment Letter, in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and that is acceptable to Entercom (“Alternative Debt Financing”).

CBS and CBS Radio will give Entercom prompt notice of (i) (A) any material breach or default, or (B) any written notice received by them of any threatened breach, default, termination or repudiation, in each case by any party to the Radio Commitment Letter, Definitive Debt Agreements or the CBS Radio existing credit agreement, of which either becomes aware, or (ii) any termination or waiver, amendment or other modification of the Radio Commitment Letter, any Definitive Debt Agreement or the CBS Radio existing Credit Agreement. Upon Entercom’s request from time to time, CBS and/or Radio will keep Entercom reasonably informed in reasonable detail of the status of its effort to arrange the Radio Financing and will provide to Entercom copies of all definitive documents related to the Radio Financing and any amendment to, or waiver, modification or replacement of, the Radio Commitment Letter.

Prior to the closing, Entercom will and will cause its subsidiaries to use reasonable best efforts to, and will use its reasonable best efforts to cause their respective representatives to, provide to CBS and CBS Radio all cooperation reasonably requested by CBS Radio in connection with the arrangement, syndication, documentation, marketing and consummation of the Radio Financing and/or any amendment, waiver or approval required under the existing CBS Radio credit agreement to permit the Transactions, including taking certain actions set forth in the relevant section of the Merger Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no member of the Entercom Group will be required to pay any commitment or other similar fee or make any other payment or incur any other liability or provide or agree to provide any indemnity in connection with the Radio Financing prior to the effective time for which it has not received prior reimbursement, unless such action is contingent upon the closing and (ii) no obligation of any member of the Entercom Group or any of their representatives undertaken or under any certificate, document or instrument executed pursuant to the foregoing (other than representation and authorization letters) will be effective until the closing. Entercom consents to the reasonable use by CBS Radio of Entercom’s and Entercom subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Radio Financing; provided that such logos are used in a manner that is not intended to harm or disparage any member of the Entercom Group or the reputation or goodwill of any member of the Entercom Group.

For purposes of the foregoing description, “Radio Financing” includes any Alternative Debt Financing used to satisfy CBS Radio’s obligations under the Merger Agreement and references to “Radio Commitment Letter,” includes any commitments in respect of Alternative Debt Financing.

Employment and Benefits Matters

Entercom will provide to each CBS Radio employee, while employed by Entercom or its subsidiaries after the effective time: (i) for the period commencing on the effective time and ending on the first anniversary

 

218


Table of Contents

thereof, base compensation that is no less favorable to such CBS Radio employee than the base compensation provided to such CBS Radio employee immediately prior to the effective time; and (ii) until December 31, 2017, (1) a short-term incentive opportunity that is no less favorable than such CBS Radio employee’s short-term incentive opportunity in effect immediately prior to the effective time; and (2) employee benefits (excluding defined benefit pension plans and retiree medical plans) that are no less favorable in the aggregate than those provided to such CBS Radio employee immediately prior to the effective time.

During the period commencing on the effective time and ending on the first anniversary thereof, Entercom will provide to each employee of the members of the Entercom Group who continues to be so employed as of immediately prior to the effective time, while employed by Entercom or its subsidiaries after the effective time, base compensation that is no less favorable to such Entercom employee than the base compensation provided to such Entercom employee immediately prior to the effective time.

In terms of severance, the Merger Agreement provides that Entercom will provide to each CBS Radio employee whose employment is terminated by Entercom during the period commencing on the effective time and ending on the first anniversary thereof under circumstances that would have entitled such CBS Radio employee to severance benefits under the severance plan or policy of CBS Radio as in effect immediately prior to the effective time, severance benefits that are no less favorable than the severance benefits that would have been payable under the CBS Radio severance plan, determined without regard to any discretion of the applicable employer to reduce the severance benefits thereunder and based on full service credit for years of service with CBS and its affiliates (and predecessors) and without taking into account any reduction after the closing in compensation paid to such CBS Radio employee, subject to the delivery and effectiveness of a release of claims from the CBS Radio employee in favor of the Entercom Group, Radio Group and the CBS Group.

Furthermore, the Merger Agreement provides certain other employment and benefits covenants in respect to service credits for employees taking into consideration years of service, as well as covenants in respect to third-party beneficiary rights.

CBS Brands License Agreements

On or before the Separation, certain subsidiaries of CBS, CBS Radio and CBS Radio’s subsidiaries, as applicable, will enter into three agreements to license the use of certain intellectual property by CBS Radio after the Separation. Together, these three agreements are referred to in this document as the “CBS Brands License Agreements.” The terms of the Merger Agreement remain subject to the CBS Brands License Agreements, as described in the Merger Agreement. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions—CBS Brands License Agreements.”

The Merger Agreement provides that Entercom may use the name “CBS Radio Inc.” until the Name Change Date, and after the Name Change Date, Entercom must remove “CBS” from the entity names of Entercom, CBS Radio and each of their respective subsidiaries subject to the CBS Brands License Agreements. Under the “CBS RADIO” Brands License Agreement, Entercom can use the name CBS RADIO as the name of the business, as part of entity names and use the CBS Eye Design for one year. Under another CBS Brands License Agreement, certain brands used by CBS for television stations may be used by Entercom for 20 years (i.e., WCBS and KCBS) and the remainder in perpetuity subject to the terms of the CBS Brands License Agreements.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and one of the CBS Brands License Agreements, from the closing and until December 31, 2020, Entercom, CBS Radio and each of their respective subsidiaries may operate the CBS Sports Radio Network™ (and may continue to use the “CBS SPORTS RADIO” brand for that period, but must cease use of the CBS Eye Design within one year of the Separation.

 

219


Table of Contents

Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation of Employees

Pursuant to the terms under the Merger Agreement, CBS agrees that, from and after the effective time until the date that is eighteen months after the closing date, it will not, and will cause its subsidiaries not to, without the prior written consent of Entercom, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or hire any of the CBS Radio employees; provided, however, that (i) the placement of any general mass solicitation or advertising that is not targeted at CBS Radio employees, will not be considered a violation of the Merger Agreement; and (ii) this provision will not preclude CBS or its subsidiaries from soliciting or hiring any CBS Radio employee whose employment with Entercom or any Entercom subsidiary following the closing (including any CBS Radio subsidiary) has been terminated for cause by Entercom or such Entercom subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions above will not restrict activities between CBS and the CBS Radio employees prior to the closing date.

In terms of non-competition and in furtherance of the Merger and the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, CBS covenants and agrees that, from and after the effective time until the date that is two years after the closing date, it will not, and will cause the members of the CBS Group not to, directly or indirectly: (i) own or operate any broadcast radio station which is operated pursuant to a license, permit or other authorization issued by the FCC that serves any radio market in which any member of the Radio Group owns or operates a radio station as of the date of the Merger Agreement, or (ii) except to the extent, and solely to the extent, necessary for the distribution of audio programming as CBS Radio News Network, distribute audio programming for broadcasting over a group of affiliated terrestrial stations or by satellite, or through internet streaming audio content services in the United States.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing therein will prohibit:

 

    any member of the CBS Group from engaging in the businesses conducted by the CBS Group (excluding the business of the Radio Group) at the effective time;

 

    “CBS Local Digital Media” from distributing promotional clips, podcasts or short audio clips to an extent that is ancillary to its business as conducted at the effective time;

 

    any member of the CBS Group from directly or indirectly acquiring (in one transaction or a series of transactions, and whether through any merger, reorganization, consolidation, tender offer, self-tender; exchange offer, stock acquisition, asset acquisition, binding share exchange, business combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, joint venture or otherwise) any interest in a person or business engaged in a competitive business that generates 25% or less of its net revenues or net income on a consolidated basis; provided, that, such person may not use the name “CBS Radio”, or anything substantially similar, in connection with the activities that constitute the competitive business;

 

    any member of the CBS Group from owning less than or equal to 10% in the aggregate of any class of capital stock or other equity interest of any person engaged in a competitive business;

 

    any member of the CBS Group from performing their obligations under the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements; or

 

    any member of the CBS Group from distributing or producing podcasts or other audio programs through websites or internet streaming audio content services where such podcast or audio program is based on or ancillary to content produced or distributed by a member of the CBS Group.

Certain Other Covenants and Agreements

The Merger Agreement contains certain other covenants and agreements, including covenants (with certain exceptions specified in the Merger Agreement) relating to:

 

    listing of the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the NYSE;

 

    settlement or cancellation of intercompany accounts;

 

220


Table of Contents
    termination of intercompany agreements;

 

    access to information, disclosure of information and the confidentiality agreement;

 

    any press release or public announcement relating to the Transactions;

 

    steps required to be taken in connection with reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act;

 

    Radio Common Stock issuance and stock split of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock;

 

    the right to control or direct the other party’s business;

 

    the existence and applicability of any “fair price,” “moratorium,” “control share acquisition” or other form of antitakeover statute or regulation;

 

    agreements with respect to other Transaction Agreements;

 

    insurance, right to indemnification, advancement of expenses and exculpation;

 

    governance matters, Entercom’s board of directors and Entercom’s headquarters;

 

    shareholder litigation, the defense of any litigation brought by shareholders of CBS or CBS Radio against CBS or CBS Radio and/or any of their directors or officers relating to the Transactions;

 

    further actions to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable law to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements; and

 

    certain Entercom compensation matters.

Conditions to the Merger

The obligations of Entercom, CBS, Merger Sub and CBS Radio to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the effective time, of the following conditions:

 

    the consummation of the Radio Reorganization and the Final Distribution in accordance with the Separation Agreement and the Distribution Tax Opinion;

 

    the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act, and no burdensome restriction will have been imposed in connection therewith;

 

    the FCC Consent will have been obtained and will be in effect, in accordance with applicable law and the rules and regulations of the FCC, and such consent will contain no burdensome restriction;

 

    the effectiveness of the registration statements of Entercom and CBS Radio and the absence of any stop order or proceedings seeking a stop order with respect thereto;

 

    the receipt of all necessary permits and authorizations under state securities or “blue sky” laws, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act relating to the issuance and trading of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Merger;

 

    the approval for listing on the NYSE of the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock and such other shares required to be reserved for issuance pursuant to the Merger;

 

    the Entercom shareholder approval will have been obtained, in accordance with applicable law and the rules and regulations of the NYSE; and

 

    the absence of court orders or orders of other governmental authorities prohibiting the Radio Reorganization, the Final Distribution or the Merger.

The obligation of CBS and CBS Radio to consummate the Merger will be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the effective time of the following additional conditions:

 

221


Table of Contents
    the performance and compliance in all material respects by Entercom of all obligations and covenants required to be performed or complied with by it prior to the effective time of the Merger;

 

    the fundamental representations of Entercom will be true, correct and complete in all respects (other than for de minimis inaccuracies) as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the closing date as though made on and as of the closing date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty expressly speaks as of an earlier date, in which case, as of such earlier date);

 

    the truth, correctness and completeness of all representations and warranties of Entercom and Merger Sub set forth in the Merger Agreement (other than the Entercom fundamental representations) in all respects as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the closing date as though made on and as of the closing date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty expressly speaks as of an earlier date, in which case, as of such earlier date), without giving effect to any Entercom material adverse effect or materiality qualifications included therein, except where any failure of such representations and warranties to be true, correct and complete in all respects has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, an Entercom material adverse effect;

 

    the receipt by CBS of a certificate, dated as of the effective time of the Merger, of a senior officer of Entercom certifying the satisfaction by Entercom of the conditions described in the preceding bullet points; and

 

    the receipt by CBS and CBS Radio of a Merger Tax Opinion from CBS’s tax counsel, dated as of the closing date of the Merger.

The obligation of Entercom and Merger Sub to consummate the Merger will be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the effective time of the following additional conditions:

 

    the performance and compliance in all material respects by CBS and CBS Radio of all covenants required to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the effective time of the Merger, pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement;

 

    the fundamental representations of CBS will be true, correct and complete in all respects (other than for de minimis inaccuracies) as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the closing date as though made on and as of the closing date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty expressly speaks as of an earlier date, in which case, as of such earlier date);

 

    the truth, correctness and completeness of all representations and warranties of CBS and CBS Radio set forth in the Merger Agreement (other than the CBS fundamental representations) in all respects as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the closing date as though made on and as of the closing date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty expressly speaks as of an earlier date, in which case, as of such earlier date), without giving effect to any CBS Radio material adverse effect or materiality qualifications included therein, except where any failure of such representations and warranties to be true, correct and complete in all respects has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a CBS Radio material adverse effect;

 

    the receipt by Entercom of a certificate, dated as of the effective time of the Merger, of a senior officer of each of CBS and CBS Radio certifying the satisfaction by CBS and CBS Radio of the conditions described in the preceding bullet points;

 

    the receipt by Entercom of a Merger Tax Opinion from Entercom’s tax counsel, dated as of the closing date of the Merger, and copies of the Distribution Tax Opinion and a Merger Tax Opinion from CBS’s tax counsel;

 

    Entercom will have received at the closing a certification by CBS Radio that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(1)(i), dated within 30 days prior to the closing date and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Entercom along with written authorization for Entercom to deliver such notice form to the IRS on behalf of CBS Radio upon closing;

 

222


Table of Contents
    CBS Radio and CBS (or a subsidiary thereof) will have entered into each of the applicable Transaction Agreements, and to the extent applicable, performed the covenants to be performed thereunder prior to the effective time in all material respects, and each such agreement will be in full force and effect; and

 

    CBS Radio will have received the proceeds of the Radio Financing or the alternative debt financing in an aggregate amount no less than $500 million and such proceeds will be available for the repayment of Entercom’s existing indebtedness and cash collateralization of letters of credit outstanding under the Entercom Credit Agreement, plus any related fees and expenses.

Termination

The Merger Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated thereby may be abandoned prior to the effective time, whether before or after Entercom shareholder approvals have been obtained (unless otherwise specified therein):

 

    by the mutual written consent of CBS and Entercom;

 

    by either CBS or Entercom, upon written notice to the other party, if the effective time will not have occurred on or before November 2, 2017; provided that if the Merger has not been consummated by such date and the conditions set forth in Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(c) of the Merger Agreement have not been satisfied by such date, either CBS or Entercom may extend such date until May 2, 2018 by written notice to the other (such date, as may be so extended, the “Termination Date”); provided, however, that this right to terminate or extend the Merger Agreement will not be available to (i) any party whose failure to perform or observe in any material respect any covenant, obligation or other agreement contained in the Merger Agreement has been the primary cause of, or has resulted in, the failure of the effective time to occur on or before the Termination Date and (ii) CBS on or after November 3, 2017 in the event that the conditions set forth in Section 8.1(b), Section 8.1(c), Section 8.1(e) and Section 8.1(f) have been satisfied on or prior to the Termination Date;

 

    by either CBS or Entercom, upon written notice to the other party, if, at the Entercom shareholders meeting (including any adjournment, continuation or postponement thereof), or the Entercom shareholder approvals will not have been obtained;

 

    by Entercom, upon written notice to CBS, if there has been a breach or failure to perform by either CBS or CBS Radio of any of their respective representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in the Merger Agreement or the Separation Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the Radio Reorganization, the Distributions or the closing), which breach or failure to perform (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.3 of the Merger Agreement and (ii) cannot be cured by the Termination Date, or, if capable of being cured in such time frame, shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days (or such lesser time remaining prior to the Termination Date) of the date Entercom gives CBS notice of such breach or failure to perform;

 

    by Entercom, upon written notice to CBS, at any time prior to the receipt of the Entercom shareholder approvals, in order to enter into an acquisition agreement with respect to an Entercom Superior Proposal; provided, however, that Entercom may not terminate the Merger Agreement in this way unless the payment required by Section 9.3 of the Merger Agreement is made in full to CBS or its designee concurrently with the occurrence of such termination and the entry into such Entercom acquisition agreement with respect to such Entercom Superior Proposal, and in the event that such Entercom acquisition agreement is not concurrently entered into and such payment is not concurrently made, such termination will be null and void;

 

   

by CBS, upon written notice to Entercom, if there has been a breach or failure to perform by Entercom in any respect any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in the Merger Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the closing), which breach or failure to perform (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 of the Merger Agreement and (ii) cannot be cured by the Termination Date, or, if capable of being cured in such time

 

223


Table of Contents
 

frame, shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days (or such lesser time remaining prior to the Termination Date) of the date CBS gives Entercom notice of such breach or failure to perform;

 

    by CBS, upon written notice to Entercom, if the Entercom board of directors will have effected a Change in Recommendation;

 

    by either CBS or Entercom, upon written notice to the other party, if (i) any governmental authority will have issued any order permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Transactions, and such order will have become final and nonappealable, (ii) the FCC will have denied the FCC application with respect to any material CBS Radio FCC license or Entercom FCC license or (iii) any governmental authority will have issued any order that imposes any burdensome restriction in connection with the Transactions; provided, however, no party may terminate the Merger Agreement in this way if such party’s failure to comply with the requirements and obligations set forth in Section 7.9 of the Merger Agreement is the primary cause of such action or inaction;

 

    by either CBS or Entercom, except as provided for in, or contemplated by the termination right described in the immediately preceding bullet, if any law permanently restrains, enjoins or makes illegal the consummation of the Transactions, and such law becomes effective (and final and nonappealable); or

 

    by either CBS or Entercom, upon written notice to the other party, at any time prior to the receipt of the Entercom shareholder approvals, if the Entercom board of directors makes a Change in Recommendation solely in response to an Intervening Event; provided, however, that (i) Entercom may not terminate the Merger Agreement in this way unless the payment required by Section 9.3 of the Merger Agreement is made in full to CBS or its designee concurrently with the occurrence of such termination and (ii) if the Merger Agreement is terminated by CBS in this way, Entercom must make the payment required by Section 9.3 of the Merger Agreement.

Effect of Termination

In the event of termination of the Merger Agreement pursuant to termination rights detailed above, the terminating party will give notice to the other parties, specifying the provision or provisions pursuant to which such termination is made, and the Merger Agreement will become void, and will terminate, and there will be no liability under the Merger Agreement on the part of any party or their respective representatives or the financing sources other than Entercom to the extent set forth below; provided that nothing in the Merger Agreement will relieve any party of liability for fraud committed prior to such termination or willful and material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in the Merger Agreement or the Separation Agreement prior to such termination.

Termination Fee Payable in Certain Circumstances

The Merger Agreement provides that, upon termination of the Merger Agreement under the following circumstances, Entercom will be required to pay a termination fee of $30 million (the “Entercom Termination Fee”):

 

    If an Entercom Acquisition Proposal has been publicly announced or otherwise made public known and not withdrawn, and (ii) thereafter the Merger Agreement is terminated (a) by CBS or Entercom if the Merger is not consummated by the Termination Date (if the Entercom shareholder approvals have not been obtained) or (b) by CBS or Entercom if the Entercom shareholder approvals have not been obtained or (c) by CBS if Entercom has committed a material and uncured breach of its covenants set forth in the Merger Agreement, and (iii) within twelve months after such termination of the Merger Agreement, Entercom enters into an acquisition agreement with respect to an Entercom Acquisition Proposal or consummates an Entercom Acquisition Proposal;

 

    If the Merger Agreement is terminated by CBS as a result of the board of directors of Entercom having effected a Change of Recommendation prior to receipt of the Entercom shareholder approvals;

 

224


Table of Contents
    If the Merger Agreement is terminated by Entercom as a result of the board of directors of Entercom having effected a Change of Recommendation prior to receipt of the Entercom shareholder approvals solely in response to an Intervening Event; or

 

    If the Merger Agreement is terminated by Entercom prior to the receipt of the Entercom shareholder approvals in order to enter into an acquisition agreement with respect to an Entercom Superior Proposal.

In the event that Entercom fails to pay when due the Entercom Termination Fee required pursuant to the provisions above, such Entercom Termination Fee will accrue interest for the period commencing on the date such Entercom Termination Fee became past due, at a rate equal to the prime lending rate prevailing during such period as published in The Wall Street Journal, calculated on a daily basis until the date of actual payment. In addition, if Entercom fails to pay the Entercom Termination Fee when due, Entercom will also pay to CBS all of CBS’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with efforts to collect such amounts.

Specific Performance

If there is any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Merger Agreement or any of the other Transaction Agreements, the party who is, or is to be, aggrieved will have the right to specific performance of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or such other Transaction Agreement and injunctive or other equitable relief in respect of its rights under the Merger Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity.

Additional Obligations

In the event the Merger Agreement is terminated, none of Entercom, any of its affiliates or the board of directors of Entercom may submit any transaction or agreement constituting an Entercom Acquisition Proposal or acquisition agreement to Entercom’s shareholders for approval at a shareholder meeting convened prior to the twelve-month anniversary of the termination of the Merger Agreement, unless the Merger Agreement is terminated (a) pursuant to Section 9.1(a) of the Merger Agreement or (b) by CBS or Entercom (as applicable) (i) pursuant to Section 9.1(b) of the Merger Agreement, unless (A) Entercom’s failure to perform or observe in any material respect any covenant, obligation or other agreement contained in the Merger Agreement was the primary cause of, or resulted in, the failure of conditions set forth in Sections 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(c) of the Merger Agreement to be satisfied or (B) an Entercom Acquisition Proposal was publicly announced or otherwise made publicly known and not withdrawn prior to such termination, (ii) pursuant to Section 9.1(d) of the Merger Agreement, (iii) pursuant to Section 9.1(h) of the Merger Agreement, unless Entercom’s failure to comply with Section 7.9 of the Merger Agreement is the primary cause of the action or inaction permitting termination pursuant to Section 9.1(h) of the Merger Agreement, or (iv) pursuant to Section 9.1(i) of the Merger Agreement, unless Entercom’s failure to comply with Section 7.9 of the Merger Agreement is the primary cause of the action or inaction permitting termination pursuant to Section 9.1(i).

Expenses

Except as specified elsewhere in the Merger Agreement, whether or not the Merger is consummated, all expenses incurred in connection with the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby will be paid by the party incurring such expenses, except (i) filing fees, printing and mailing expenses incurred in connection with this registration statement, Entercom’s registration statement and Entercom’s proxy statement, (ii) filing fees paid to governmental authorities with respect to the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement pursuant to the HSR Act and to obtain FCC consent, each of which shall be shared equally by Entercom and CBS Radio and (iii) if the Merger is not consummated, all Financing Costs shall be shared equally

 

225


Table of Contents

by Entercom and Radio; provided, that, (a) in the event the Merger Agreement is terminated by CBS or Entercom pursuant to Section 9.1(c) or Section 9.1(j), by CBS pursuant to Section 9.1(f) or Section 9.1(g) or by Entercom pursuant to Section 9.1(e), Entercom shall reimburse CBS Radio for any Financing Costs incurred (provided that any amounts paid by Entercom pursuant to this paragraph will reduce the amount of the Termination Fee to be paid by Entercom, if applicable) and (b) in the event the Merger Agreement is terminated by Entercom pursuant to Section 9.1(d), CBS Radio shall not be reimbursed by Entercom for any Financing Costs incurred if the Merger is not consummated.

 

226


Table of Contents

THE SEPARATION AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Separation Agreement. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the Separation Agreement, which is incorporated by reference in this document. Stockholders of CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom are urged to read the Separation Agreement in its entirety. This summary of the Separation Agreement has been included to provide CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom shareholders with information regarding its terms. The rights and obligations of the parties are governed by the express terms and conditions of the Separation Agreement and not by this summary or any other information included in this document. It is not intended to provide any other factual information about Entercom, Merger Sub, CBS or CBS Radio. Information about Entercom, Merger Sub, CBS and CBS Radio can be found elsewhere in this document and in the documents incorporated by reference into this document. See also “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

Overview

The Separation Agreement provides for the Separation of CBS Radio from CBS. Among other things, the Separation Agreement sets forth when and how CBS will separate CBS Radio from the other businesses of CBS. The Separation Agreement also includes actions and procedures by which CBS and CBS Radio will carry out the Radio Reorganization and the Final Distribution through the exchange offer. The matters addressed by the Separation Agreement include, without limitation, the matters described below.

Radio Reorganization

The Separation Agreement provides that, on or prior to the Final Distribution Date, and subject to its terms and conditions:

 

    First Distribution: CBS Broadcasting will distribute all of the outstanding equity of CBS Radio to Westinghouse.

 

    Second Distribution: Westinghouse will distribute all of the equity of CBS Radio to CBS.

 

    Stock Split: Subsequently, CBS Radio will effect the Stock Split.

Additionally, the Separation Agreement provides that the parties must obtain the consent of the FCC prior to effectuating the First Distribution, Second Distribution, the Final Distribution and any other transaction that would result in a change in control of CBS Radio.

Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the obligation of CBS to effect the Radio Reorganization will be subject to the fulfillment or waiver by CBS of the following conditions:

 

    CBS will have received the Distribution Tax Opinion, opining that each of the Internal Distributions and the Final Distribution will qualify as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code;

 

    CBS and CBS Radio will have received any necessary permits and authorizations under state securities or “blue sky” laws of the United States, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in connection with the Final Distribution and such permits and authorizations will be in effect; and

 

    certain conditions in the Merger Agreement to each party’s respective obligations to effect the Merger have been, or will be, fulfilled or waived.

The Final Distribution

The Separation Agreement provides that, subject to its terms and conditions and following the consummation of the Radio Reorganization, on the date for the Final Distribution, CBS will:

 

   

Consummate an offer to exchange all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock for shares of CBS Class B Common Stock then outstanding. CBS in its sole discretion, but subject to its obligations

 

227


Table of Contents
 

under the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, will determine the terms of the exchange offer, including the number of shares of Radio Common Stock that will be offered for each validly tendered share of CBS Class B Common Stock, the period during which such exchange offer will remain open, the procedures for the tender and exchange of shares and all other terms and conditions of the exchange offer.

 

    In the event that the holders of CBS Class B Common Stock subscribe for less than all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock in the exchange offer, CBS will distribute the remaining outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock on a pro-rata basis to holders of CBS Common Stock through the Clean-Up Spin-Off. The Divesture Committee of the board of directors of CBS will establish a record date for the Clean-Up Spin-Off and CBS will consummate the Clean-Up Spin-Off on the Final Distribution Date immediately following the consummation of the exchange offer. The terms and conditions of any Clean-Up Spin-Off will be determined by CBS, in its sole discretion, and will comply with all applicable laws and regulations of the NYSE.

The Separation Agreement provides that each holder of CBS Class B Common Stock may elect in the exchange offer to exchange a number of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock held by such CBS stockholder for shares of Radio Common Stock in such quantities, at such an exchange ratio and subject to such other terms and conditions as may be determined by CBS in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement. In the event of a Clean-Up Spin-Off, each record holder will be entitled to receive for each share of CBS Common Stock held by such record holder after the consummation of the exchange offer a number of shares of Radio Common Stock equal to the total number of unsubscribed shares, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of shares of CBS Common Stock held by such record holder after consummation of the exchange offer and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of CBS Common Stock outstanding on the Final Distribution Date.

Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the obligation of CBS to effect the Final Distribution will be subject to the fulfillment or waiver by CBS of the following conditions:

 

    the Radio Reorganization will have been consummated;

 

    CBS will have received the Distribution Tax Opinion (if this condition is waived, CBS may be required to pay to Entercom a tax opinion waiver penalty calculated pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement);

 

    CBS and CBS Radio will have received any necessary permits and authorizations under state securities or “blue sky” laws of the United States, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in connection with the Final Distribution and such permits and authorizations will be in effect;

 

    CBS and CBS Radio will have prepared and delivered to the holders of record of CBS Common Stock such information concerning CBS Radio, its business, operations and management, the Final Distribution and such other matters as CBS will reasonably determine and as may otherwise be required by applicable law; and

 

    certain conditions in the Merger Agreement to each party’s respective obligations to effect the Merger have been, or will be, fulfilled or waived.

The Separation Agreement provides that if the condition that the Distribution Tax Opinion be delivered is waived by CBS, then unless such condition cannot be met solely as a result of one or more events, facts or circumstances that are not within the control of CBS, CBS shall pay to Entercom the Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty no later than the fifth business day after the Closing. The “Tax Opinion Waiver Penalty” means a dollar amount equal to the product of (a) the sum of (i) the number of shares of CBS Common Stock subject to CBS options held by CBS Radio employees immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and (ii) the number of CBS RSU awards held by a CBS Radio employee outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, multiplied by (b) the Tax Opinion Waiver Ratio Impact, multiplied by (c) the volume-weighted average per share closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days

 

228


Table of Contents

beginning 15 trading days prior to the date CBS publicly discloses that it has waived the condition regarding the Distribution Tax Opinion (the “Tax Opinion Waiver Date”), as listed on the NYSE (the “Entercom Unaffected Stock Value”). The “Tax Opinion Waiver Ratio Impact” means an amount equal to the greater of (a) (i) the quotient obtained by dividing the (A) volume-weighted average per-share closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock on the five trading days immediately prior to the date of the consummation of the Merger, as listed on the NYSE by (B) volume-weighted average per-share closing price of Entercom Class A Common Stock on the five trading days immediately following the date of the consummation of the Merger, as listed on the NYSE minus (ii) (A) the volume-weighted average per-share closing price of CBS Class B Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days beginning 15 trading days prior to the Tax Opinion Waiver Date, as listed on the NYSE, divided by (B) the Entercom Unaffected Stock Value, or (b) zero.

Pursuant to the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement, prior to the date of Final Distribution, CBS will be permitted, in its sole discretion (but subject to its obligations under the Merger Agreement), to direct and control the efforts of the Radio Group in connection with the Radio Reorganization, Final Distribution and Merger, and CBS Radio will take, or cause the members of the Radio Group to take, all actions directed by CBS to facilitate the Radio Reorganization, Final Distribution and Merger as directed by CBS. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, CBS Radio will, and will cause the members of the Radio Group to, take the following actions:

 

    cooperate with CBS in preparing and filing with the SEC (A) the registration under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act of Radio New Common Stock in the exchange offer and Clean-Up Spin-Off, (B) the Schedule TO and other filings pursuant to Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act that CBS reasonably determines are necessary or desirable, (C) any amendments or supplements to the CBS Radio registration statement and the Schedule TO as may be required by applicable law, and (D) any requisite no-action letters which CBS determines are necessary or desirable to effectuate the Radio Reorganization, Final Distribution and Merger;

 

    participate in meetings, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions, management presentation sessions, and “road shows” in connection with the Radio Reorganization, Final Distribution and Merger (including any marketing efforts);

 

    use reasonable best efforts to furnish to any dealer manager or other similar agent participating in the Final Distribution (A) “cold comfort” letters from independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters as are customary for a underwritten public offering (including with respect to events subsequent to the date of financial statements included in any offering document) and (B) opinions and negative assurance letters of counsel in customary form and covering such matters as may be reasonably requested; and

 

    furnish all historical and forward-looking financial and other pertinent financial and other information that is available to CBS Radio and is reasonably required in connection with the Radio Reorganization, Final Distribution and Merger.

The Separation Agreements provides for the following actions to be taken by the parties prior to the Final Distribution:

 

    CBS and CBS Radio will prepare and mail to the holders of CBS Common Stock, such information concerning CBS Radio, its business, operations and management, the Final Distribution and such other matters as CBS will determine and as may otherwise be required by applicable law. CBS and CBS Radio will prepare, and CBS Radio will, to the extent required under applicable law, file with the SEC any such documentation and any requisite no-action letters which CBS determines are necessary or desirable to effectuate the Final Distribution, and CBS and CBS Radio will each use its reasonable best efforts to obtain all necessary approvals from the SEC with respect thereto as soon as practicable;

 

    CBS and CBS Radio will take all such actions as CBS reasonably determines to be necessary or appropriate under the securities or “blue sky” laws of the United States in connection with the Final Distribution and the Radio Reorganization;

 

   

Effective as of the Final Distribution Date, CBS Radio, on behalf of itself and each other member of the Radio Group, on the one hand, and CBS, on behalf of itself and each other member of the CBS

 

229


Table of Contents
 

Group, on the other hand, will terminate all contracts between or among CBS Radio or any member of the Radio Group, on the one hand, and CBS or any member of the CBS Group, on the other hand. This provision will not apply to (i) the Transaction Agreements; (ii) any of the contracts listed on the applicable schedules to the Merger Agreement or leases between CBS and CBS Radio; and (iii) certain written agreements common to both CBS and CBS Radio (the “Common Agreements”);

 

    Prior to February 2, 2017, CBS and CBS Radio will have taken actions to separate the CBS Business from CBS Radio, and to convey, assign or otherwise transfer to the CBS Group the assets, rights, liabilities and other items relating to the CBS business, and to convey, assign or otherwise transfer to the Radio Group the assets, rights, liabilities and other items relating to CBS Radio;

 

    CBS and CBS Radio will use their commercially reasonable efforts to identify any assets, rights, liabilities and other items primarily relating to the CBS Business held by the Radio Group and any assets, rights, liabilities and other items primarily relating to CBS Radio held by the CBS Group (the “Misplaced Assets and Liabilities”); and

 

    CBS will notify CBS Radio and Entercom in writing, and CBS Radio will notify CBS and Entercom in writing, of any Misplaced Assets and Liabilities. Upon receipt of Entercom’s written consent (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), CBS and CBS Radio will execute and deliver, and will cause the applicable members of its group to execute and deliver, to the appropriate party and the applicable members of its group, such other instruments of transfer, conveyance, assignment, substitution and confirmation and take such action as reasonably necessary or desirable in order to more effectively transfer, convey and assign to the appropriate party and the members of its group and confirm the receiving party’s and the members of its group’s title to any Misplaced Assets and Liabilities, to put the receiving party and the members of its group in actual possession and operating control and to permit the receiving party and the members of its group to exercise all rights with respect thereto.

The Separation Agreement provides for the following actions to be taken by the parties following the Final Distribution:

 

    Each party, at the request of the other party, will execute and deliver such other instruments of transfer, conveyance, assignment, substitution and confirmation and take such action as the requesting party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to more effectively transfer, convey and assign to the requesting party and confirm the requesting party’s title to all of the assets, rights and other items contemplated to be transferred to the requesting party pursuant to the Transaction Agreements;

 

    Each party, at the request of the other party, will execute and deliver to the requesting party all instruments, assumptions, novations, undertakings, substitutions or other documents and take such other action as the requesting party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to have the other party fully and unconditionally assume and discharge the liabilities contemplated to be assumed by the other party under the Transaction Agreements;

 

    Each party, at the request of the other party, will execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Separation Agreement; and

 

    Following the date of Final Distribution, in the event a party identifies any Misplaced Assets or Liabilities in its possession, such party agrees to promptly provide the other Party with written notice of such identification, which notice will include a reasonable description of the Misplaced Asset or Liability and its relationship to CBS Radio or CBS business, as applicable.

Covenants

The Separation Agreement addresses additional obligations of CBS, Entercom and CBS Radio relating to, among others, the exchange of information, financial information obligations, conflicts of interest for

 

230


Table of Contents

representation in litigation, ownership of information and copyright, record retention, insurance matters, indemnifications relating to Common Agreements and the confidential nature of information. Certain obligations and covenants are described below:

Financial and Other Information

Entercom and CBS Radio will provide to CBS, shortly after the end of the quarter in which the date of Final Distribution occurs, electronic submissions of CBS Radio’s year-to-date consolidated income statement and cash flows and CBS Radio’s consolidated balance sheet, in each case as of the date of Final Distribution.

Until the completion of each Party’s audit for the fiscal year in which the Final Distribution Date occurs, each of CBS, Entercom and CBS Radio will cooperate to the extent requested by the other party in the preparation of the other party’s public earnings releases, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, any current reports on Form 8-K and any other proxy, information and registration statements, reports, notices, prospectuses and any other filings made or information furnished by CBS or Entercom with the SEC, any national securities exchange or made publicly available. Further, CBS and CBS Radio agree to provide to each other reasonable assistance and access to its properties, books and records, other information and personnel, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other party’s requests.

To the extent it relates to a pre-Final Distribution period, the parties will take the following actions:

 

    Each party will authorize its auditors to make available to the other party’s auditors both the personnel who performed or are performing the annual audit of the authorizing party and work papers related to the annual audit of the authorizing party, in all cases within a reasonable time prior to the date of the other party’s auditors opinion, so that the other party’s auditors are able to perform the procedures they consider necessary to take responsibility for the work of the authorizing party’s auditors as it relates to the other party’s auditors report on the other party’s statements, all within sufficient time to enable the other party to meet its timetable for the printing, filing and public dissemination of the other party’s annual audited financial statements.

 

    Each party will provide the other party’s internal auditors access to its and their its subsidiaries’ books and records so that the other party may conduct reasonable audits relating to the financial statements provided by such party pursuant hereto as well as to the internal accounting controls and operations of such party and its subsidiaries.

 

    (A) Each party will give the other party as much prior notice as is reasonably practical of any proposed determination of, or any changes in, its accounting estimates or accounting principles from those in effect on February 2, 2017; and (B) each party will consult with the other party and, the request of either party, such Party’s Auditors with respect to the matters described in clause (A).

 

    Each party will give the other party prompt notice of any amendments or restatements of accounting statements with respect to pre-Final Distribution Date periods, and will provide the other party with access as promptly as possible such that the other party will be able to meet its financial reporting requirements.

In the event that CBS Radio, CBS or Entercom is the subject of any SEC comment, review or investigation (formal or informal) relating to a period prior to the Final Distribution Date, such party will notify the other party promptly and give the other party a reasonable opportunity to be involved in responding to such comment, review or investigation. CBS will approve the final response to any such comment, review or investigation to the extent related to the Radio Group’s business or operations for a period prior to the Final Distribution Date (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

In the event that CBS Radio is the accounting acquiror in the Merger, and during the period from the Final Distribution Date through the second fiscal year after the fiscal year in which the Final Distribution Date occurs,

 

231


Table of Contents

Entercom contemplates a material change in accounting principle, policy or estimate, or Entercom receives a claim or request for information from a regulatory agency or if Entercom is subject to a legal claim or dispute relating to the Radio Group, Entercom will notify CBS immediately and give CBS a reasonable opportunity to be involved in responding to such claim, inquiry, dispute or request.

Finally, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, other than in contribution or indemnification of a claim by a third party or governmental authority, neither party will be liable for any losses incurred by the other party in the event that any information exchanged or provided pursuant to the Separation Agreement that is an estimate or forecast, or that is based on an estimate or forecast, is found to be inaccurate in the absence of willful misconduct by the providing person.

Litigation Matters

Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement and in respect to litigation matters, the parties agree that their communications before the Final Distribution Date regarding anticipated, threatened, pending, or completed litigation, claims, government or regulatory inquiries, proceedings, or investigations, or internal investigations reflect joint defense and common interest communications, and thus are confidential and protected by the attorney-client privilege, work product doctrine, joint defense privilege, and any other applicable privileges.

Further, the parties will cooperate with each other in good faith in, and provide each other with prompt notice of, any anticipated, threatened, or pending litigation, claims, government or regulatory inquiries, proceedings, or investigations, or internal investigations arising out of or relating to CBS Radio or the prior relationship (whether such litigation, claims, inquiries, proceedings, or investigations arise before or after the Final Distribution Date).

On and after the Final Distribution Date, the parties agree that, with respect to all actions against any member of any of all three Groups relating to events that took place before, on or after the Final Distribution Date, as between the parties, such actions will be controlled by:

 

    CBS, if such action relates solely to the CBS Business; (as the CBS Business is conducted after the Final Distribution Date);

 

    CBS Radio and Entercom, if such action relates solely to the business of CBS Radio (as such business is conducted after the Final Distribution Date) or the business of Entercom Group (as such business (excluding CBS Radio for such purpose) is conducted before or after the Final Distribution Date); and

 

    Except as set forth in the Merger Agreement, CBS and CBS Radio (including Entercom after the Final Distribution Date) jointly, if (A) members of their respective Groups jointly operate or operated at the relevant time the business to which such action relates, (B) an action arises from or relates to the Schedule TO, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the Entercom Registration Statement or the Radio Registration Statement, or any other document filed with any governmental authority at or prior to the Final Distribution Date by CBS, CBS Radio or Entercom in connection with the Radio Reorganization, Final Distribution or Merger, or (C) an action is brought by any person against CBS Radio, CBS and/or Entercom with respect to the Radio Reorganization, Final Distribution or Merger.

Intellectual Property Matters

Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement and in respect to intellectual property matters, the parties agree that, after the Final Distribution Date, the Radio Group has no ownership or other right, title or interest in or to the CBS Brands and the only rights the Radio Group has in the CBS Brands are pursuant to the CBS Brands License Agreements. With respect to any works created for or in connection with the business and operations of “CBS Local Digital Media” prior to the Final Distribution Date or after such date during the term of the Joint Digital Services Agreement, the parties agree that:

 

   

The Non-Content Assets of CBS Local Digital Media: (A) created solely by or for CBS Radio or the business of the Radio Group will be owned by CBS Radio; (B) created solely by or for a CBS Group

 

232


Table of Contents
 

entity will be owned by CBS Broadcasting; or (C) created jointly by or for CBS Radio or the business of the Radio Group and any CBS Group entity will be owned by CBS Broadcasting.

 

    To the extent CBS Broadcasting owns any right, title or interest in CBS Radio’s digital works, CBS Broadcasting will assign all of its right, title and interest in or to the Radio Digital Works to CBS Radio. To the extent CBS Radio owns any right, title or interest in CBS’s digital works or the digital works created jointly by or for CBS and CBS Radio, CBS Radio assigns all of its right, title and interest in or to the works to CBS Broadcasting.

 

    Any Joint Digital Work, and any assignment made pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, will be subject to the license set forth in of the Separation Agreement and mentioned below.

 

    Each of the parties will, for its own digital works, exercise its sole discretion with respect to the registration of intellectual property rights (including copyright and trademarks registration) and the enforcement of such rights.

 

    CBS grants, and will cause any other member of the CBS Group to grant, CBS Radio and its current and future affiliates a non-exclusive, perpetual, royalty-free license to use and exploit certain intellectual property rights owned by CBS and its subsidiaries (including certain digital works) solely in connection with the businesses of CBS Radio and its current and future affiliates that are consistent with the conduct of the business of CBS Radio as conducted prior to the Final Distribution Date and only to the extent such rights were used in the business of CBS Radio.

The Separation Agreement provides that, subject to the terms of the Joint Digital Services Agreement, CBS Radio will grant to CBS a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use and exploit CBS Radio content solely for use on the CBS Local Portals during the term of the Joint Digital Services Agreement and solely to the extent necessary for the purposes of providing CBS Services (as defined in the Joint Digital Services Agreement).

Ownership; Hand-Over

In terms of ownership of rights and title to content by the parties, the Separation Agreement provides:

 

    CBS News Content: The parties acknowledge and agree that, as between CBS Broadcasting and CBS Radio, CBS Broadcasting owns all rights, title and interests, including but not limited to all copyrights and rights of copyright, in and to CBS’s News content and all materials containing CBS News content, throughout the world in perpetuity in any and all media now known or hereafter developed.

 

    CBS Radio Content: The parties acknowledge and agree that, as between CBS Broadcasting and CBS Radio, CBS Radio owns all rights, title and interests, including but not limited to all copyrights and rights of copyright, in and to the CBS Radio Content and all materials containing CBS Radio Content, throughout the world in perpetuity in any and all media now known or hereafter developed.

 

    Hand-Over: If, from time to time, either party has a good faith reason to believe that any materials it owns are in the possession or control of the other party, the party owning the materials may request hand-over in a written notice describing the requested materials in detail.

Insurance Matters

As provided in the Separation Agreement, from and after the Final Distribution Date, (i) CBS Radio will cease to have access to CBS’s insurance policies with respect to events, acts, occurrences, happenings, injuries, and conduct commencing or taking place solely after the Final Distribution Date; and (ii) CBS Radio will continue to have access to the CBS Insurance Policies with respect to events, acts, occurrences, happenings, injuries, and conduct commencing or taking place before the Final Distribution Date, as well as any events, acts, occurrences, happenings, injuries, conduct, or claims after the Final Distribution Date that are related or inter-related to events, acts, occurrences, happenings, injuries, conduct, or claims commencing or taking place prior to the Final Distribution Date.

 

233


Table of Contents

CBS Radio will be responsible at all times after the Distribution Date for securing and maintaining on its own behalf all insurance that it desires or is required to secure and maintain with respect to events, acts, occurrences, happenings, and conduct commencing or taking place solely after the Final Distribution Date, which will, in any event, include any insurance of the types under which CBS Radio was covered prior to the Final Distribution Date through insurance issued to CBS, including, but without limitation, directors and officers liability insurance, general liability insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, crime insurance, fiduciary insurance, errors and omissions insurance, employment practices insurance, business travel accident insurance, and property insurance.

CBS will, at the reasonable request of CBS Radio, take all steps reasonably necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any instruments, to cooperate with and to assist CBS Radio in its pursuit of any claims properly being asserted by or on behalf of CBS Radio or its affiliates under the CBS Insurance Policies in accordance with the foregoing. In the understanding that CBS will not be required to incur any out-of-pocket costs, waive any rights or incur any liabilities in connection therewith, except to the extent that such costs are advanced or reimbursed, or such liabilities are assumed, by CBS Radio or Entercom.

Except as otherwise contemplated in the Separation Agreement after the Final Distribution Date, each member of the CBS Group, Radio Group and Entercom Group will share such information as is reasonably necessary in order to permit the other to manage and conduct its insurance matters in an orderly fashion and pursue claims for insurance coverage under the CBS Insurance Policies in accordance with its terms.

With respect to liabilities of CBS Radio, CBS Radio losses, insured liabilities of CBS Radio, and insured CBS Radio losses, the members of the Radio Group will have the right, responsibility and authority for claims administration and financial administration of claims that relate to or affect CBS Radio under the CBS Insurance Policies and for presentation and pursuit of claims for insurance coverage under the CBS Insurance Policies.

Except as otherwise provided for in the Separation Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, the members of the Radio Group (including Entercom Group) will assume responsibility for, and will pay to the appropriate insurance carriers or otherwise, any premiums, retrospectively rated premiums, defense costs, indemnity payments, deductibles, retentions, amounts payable by a CBS captive insurer, or other charges under the CBS Insurance Policies whenever arising, that will become due and payable under the terms and conditions of any applicable CBS Insurance Policy in respect of any liabilities, losses, claims, actions or occurrences, whenever arising or becoming known, to the extent such insurance charges involve or relate to any of the assets, businesses, operations or liabilities of CBS Radio, whether the same relate to the period prior to, on or after the Final Distribution Date, but only to the extent such insurance charges arise from, and are attributable to, claims asserted by or on behalf of CBS Radio under the CBS Insurance Policies.

In terms of insurance proceeds, the Separation Agreements provides that the members of the CBS Group (i) will, at all times until paid to a member of the Radio Group, hold insurance proceeds received for or with respect to insured liabilities of CBS Radio or insured losses of CBS Radio in trust for the benefit of CBS Radio; and (ii) will promptly remit such insurance proceeds to CBS Radio.

Common Agreements

In respect to the assignment of each of the Common Agreements, the Separation Agreement provides that the parties (including Entercom) will use reasonable best efforts to cooperate to assign, at or prior to the Final Distribution Date, in relevant part to the applicable member(s) of the applicable Group, or appropriately amend or novate prior to or at the Final Distribution Date, each Common Agreement, so that each party or the member of its Group will be entitled to the rights and benefits, and will assume the related portion of any liabilities, inuring to its respective businesses to the same extent received and borne as of immediately prior to the date of such assignment, amendment or novation, with respect to such Common Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, CBS will only be required to seek or obtain any consent with respect to a Common Agreement (i) that is either

 

234


Table of Contents

(A) specified on the relevant schedule of the Separation Agreement or (B) otherwise requested by CBS Radio or Entercom after the Final Distribution Date and the failure to obtain such consent would result in the loss of a material monetary benefit by CBS Radio or would otherwise materially adversely affect CBS Radio, and (ii) if and only if receipt of such consent is necessary for the Radio Group to have all material rights and benefits under such Common Agreement.

If the assignment, novation or amendment of any Common Agreement as described above is not consummated prior to or at the Final Distribution Date, then to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

    The person retaining any such Common Agreement will hold the portion of such Common Agreement to which the other party is entitled in trust for the use and benefit and burden of the person entitled thereto until the consummation of the assignment, novation or amendment;

 

    The person retaining any such Common Agreement will, with respect to such Common Agreement, use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and implement mutually acceptable arrangements to place the person entitled to receive its portion of the benefits or liabilities of such Common Agreement, insofar as reasonably possible, in substantially the same position as if such Common Agreement had been separated as contemplated by the Separation Agreement; and

 

    CBS will allocate to CBS Radio and its affiliates the applicable pro rata portion of amounts received from and amounts payable to third parties under any Common Agreement until such Common Agreement is separated pursuant to the provisions above.

Release; Indemnification

Indemnification by CBS Radio

From and after the Final Distribution Date, CBS Radio (and Entercom after the Final Distribution Date) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless CBS and its past, present or future subsidiaries and affiliates and any of their past, present or future representatives, heirs, executors and any of their successors and assigns against any and all losses, arising out of or relating to:

 

    the Radio Liabilities, including, after the Final Distribution Date, the failure of CBS Radio or any other member of the Radio Group or any other person to pay, perform, fulfill, discharge and, to the extent applicable, comply with, in due course and in full, any such liabilities;

 

    any breach by CBS Radio or any other member of the Radio Group of any obligations to be performed by such party pursuant to the Separation Agreement subsequent to the Final Distribution Date; or

 

    Assumed Liabilities, including, the failure of CBS Radio or any other member of the Radio Group or any other person to pay, perform, fulfill, discharge and, to the extent applicable, comply with, in due course and in full, any such liabilities.

Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

    “Radio Liabilities” means any and all liabilities (other than the Excluded Liabilities, but including the Assumed Liabilities) relating to or arising out of all assets, businesses and operations conducted, operated, managed or owned, in whole or in part, by CBS Radio, whether presently in existence or arising before or after February 2, 2017; and

 

    “Assumed Liabilities” means:

 

    any costs, fees and expenses actually incurred prior to or as of the earlier of (i) Closing or (ii) the termination of the Merger Agreement by the Entercom Group, CBS Group or Radio Group (other than costs, fees and expenses of third party advisors (including legal counsel) to the CBS Group or Radio Group) to the extent incurred in connection with the Radio Financing or an amendment or waiver to the Radio Credit Agreement to expressly permit the Transactions, other than, in each case, any claims for indemnification made against the CBS Group or the Radio Group (the “Financing Costs”);

 

235


Table of Contents
    the Radio Financing;

 

    all liabilities the to the extent relating to (i) any public filings in connection with the Radio Reorganization, the Final Distribution or the Merger (the “SEC Filings”) or other public filings made by Entercom (including CBS Radio after the Distribution Date) (other than with respect to any information provided by CBS (or, before the Distribution Date, by CBS Radio) specifically for inclusion therein) or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information provided by Entercom specifically for inclusion in (x) the SEC Filings or (y) any public filings made by CBS following the Distribution Date; and

 

    any amounts included in the determination of the Final Net Adjustment Amount as finally determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement.

Indemnification by CBS

Subject to certain limitations, caps and conditions as set forth in the Separation Agreement, CBS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless CBS Radio and its past, present or future subsidiaries and affiliates and any of their past, present or future representatives, heirs and any of their executors, successors and assigns against any and all losses, as incurred, arising out of or relating to:

 

    Excluded Liabilities, including, the failure of CBS or any other member of the CBS Group or any other person to pay, perform, fulfill, discharge and, to the extent applicable, comply with, in due course and in full, any such liabilities;

 

    any breach by CBS or any other member of the CBS Group of any obligations to be performed by such party pursuant to the Separation Agreement subsequent to the Final Distribution Date;

 

    any material breach of certain representations and warranties set forth in the Merger Agreement regarding the sufficiency of the assets held by the Radio Group to conduct the business of CBS Radio;

 

    any SEC Filings or other public filings made by CBS (other than with respect to any information provided by Entercom specifically for inclusion therein);

 

    any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements not misleading, with respect to all information provided by CBS; or CBS Radio specifically for inclusion in (A) an SEC Filing or (B) any public filings made by Entercom following the Final Distribution Date; or

 

    any actual remaining lease payments or any other contractual payments that were part of the restructurings conducted by the Radio Group or the CBS Group with respect to the business CBS Radio prior to January 1, 2017.

The “Excluded Liabilities” means, other than any Assumed Liabilities:

 

    all liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of, or resulting from businesses and operations conducted, operated, managed or owned, in whole or in part, by the CBS Business;

 

    all costs, fees and expenses of third parties (including any legal, investment banking or other advisory costs or expenses, but other than any Financing Costs) incurred by or on behalf of any member of the Radio Group at or prior to the Distribution Date to the extent incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, the Merger Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;

 

    all agreements, obligations and liabilities of any member of the CBS Group expressly set forth under any Transaction Agreement;

 

236


Table of Contents
    all liabilities (except for those assumed by CBS Radio) to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from claims made by or on behalf of holders of any CBS securities (including debt securities), in their capacities as such, whether made under any applicable corporate, securities or other laws, or by or on behalf of any governmental authority under any applicable securities laws to the extent relating to any CBS securities (including debt securities); and

 

    any and all liabilities to the extent arising out of or relating to the occurrence or existence of (a) any release of hazardous materials prior to the Distribution Date; (b) the use, generation, storage, disposal, handling, treatment, recycling, shipment, transportation (or arrangement for any of the foregoing) prior to the Distribution Date of any hazardous materials; or (c) any actual or alleged violation of any environmental law or any environmental permit which occurred prior to the Distribution Date (such liabilities, the “Excluded Environmental Liabilities”).

Any claim for indemnification by CBS regarding the sufficiency of assets representation in the Merger Agreement must be made (or notice must have been provided to CBS of such claim) prior to the one year anniversary of the Closing. CBS’s indemnification obligations with respect to a breach of the sufficiency of assets representation in the Merger Agreement or regarding any Excluded Environmental Liabilities will be limited as follows:

 

    no indemnification will be made by CBS with respect to any claim (including any losses) until the aggregate amount of all such losses for which indemnification may be sought hereunder exceeds $500,000 (the “Deductible”), at which point the radio indemnitees will be entitled to indemnification for all such losses;

 

    only individual claims or series of related claims involving losses in excess of $50,000 shall be included in the Deductible or be counted for determining the amount of losses to be indemnified to the Radio Indemnitees; and

 

    in no event shall such indemnity obligations exceed, in the aggregate, $40 million.

The amount which any indemnifying party is required to pay to any indemnified party pursuant to the Separation Agreement will be reduced (including, but not limited to, retroactively) by any recovery, judgment, settlement or other amounts actually recovered, including insurance proceeds, by such indemnified party with respect to such liabilities.

The Separation Agreement provides the indemnification procedure that is required to be followed by CBS and CBS Radio, and that is applicable to any indemnity granted pursuant to the Separation Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (other than those related to the Tax Matters Agreement).

Matters Relating to Employees

The Separation Agreement provides that, as of the Final Distribution Date, the CBS Group will assume or retain, as applicable, and the CBS Group agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full (A) all liabilities under all CBS benefit plans with respect to all CBS employees, former CBS employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, (B) all liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all CBS employees, former CBS employees, and other service providers, in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any member of the CBS Group, and (C) any other liabilities expressly assigned to CBS under the Separation Agreement, in each case, whether arising before, on or after the Final Distribution Date. All assets held in trust to fund the CBS benefit plans and all insurance policies funding the benefits plans of CBS will be assets of the CBS Group, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in the Separation Agreement.

The Separation Agreement provides that, as of the Final Distribution Date, the Radio Group will assume or retain, as applicable, and the Radio Group agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full, (A) all liabilities under all CBS Radio benefit plans, (B) all liabilities with respect to the employment or

 

237


Table of Contents

termination of employment of all CBS Radio employees, former CBS Radio employees, and other service providers, in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any member of the Radio Group, and (C) any other liabilities expressly assigned to any member of the Radio Group under the Separation Agreement, in each case, whether arising before, on or after the Final Distribution Date. All assets held in trust to fund the CBS Radio benefit plans and all insurance policies funding the benefits plans of CBS Radio will be assets of the Radio Group, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in the Separation Agreement.

The Separation Agreement provides that, with respect to former CBS Radio employees whose employment with the CBS Group or the Radio Group was terminated prior to January 1, 2017, the CBS Group shall retain liabilities in respect of (a) cash severance payable following the applicable termination of employment (whether in a lump sum or in the form of base salary continuation), (b) incentive compensation that was earned but unpaid as of the applicable termination of employment and (c) continuation of benefits under the CBS health and welfare plans following the applicable termination of employment.

Furthermore, the Separation Agreement addresses additional obligations and provisions of CBS, Entercom and CBS Radio relating to employee matters including, among others, the benefits plans of CBS and CBS Radio, assignment and transfer of employees, regulatory compliance, defined benefit and contribution pension plans, collective bargaining agreements, equity-based and cash-based compensation, health and welfare plans, worker’s compensation liabilities, severance and employment agreements.

 

238


Table of Contents

OTHER AGREEMENTS AND OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Entercom, CBS, CBS Radio and Merger Sub or their respective subsidiaries, in each case as applicable, have entered into or, before the consummation of the Transactions, will enter into, certain other agreements relating to the Transactions and various interim and ongoing relationships between CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom. The material terms of these agreements are summarized below. Together, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Joint Digital Services Agreement and the Trademark License Agreements are referred to in this document as the “Ancillary Agreements.” The Ancillary Agreements together with the Voting Agreement, the Voting Side Letter, Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement are referred to in this document as the “Transaction Agreements.”

Tax Matters Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom will enter into a Tax Matters Agreement that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities, and obligations with respect to taxes, including taxes arising in the ordinary course of business, and taxes, if any, incurred as a result of any failure of any of the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Tax Matters Agreement will also set forth the respective obligations of the parties with respect to the filing of tax returns, the administration of tax contests and assistance and cooperation on tax matters. This summary is qualified by reference to the complete text of the form of the Tax Matters Agreement, which is incorporated by reference and is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this document is a part.

In general, the Tax Matters Agreement will govern the rights and obligations of CBS, on the one hand, and CBS Radio and Entercom, on the other hand, after the Final Distribution (or, in the case of Entercom, the Merger) with respect to taxes for both periods prior to and following the Final Distribution. Under the Tax Matters Agreement, CBS generally will be responsible for income and non-income taxes (including income and non-income taxes attributable to CBS Radio) for periods prior to the Final Distribution, and CBS Radio and Entercom will be responsible for all income and non-income taxes attributable to CBS Radio for periods after the Final Distribution. In certain circumstances and subject to certain conditions, CBS Radio and Entercom will be responsible for certain taxes resulting from the Transactions. Furthermore, each party will be responsible for any taxes imposed on CBS that arise from the failure of any of the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger to qualify as tax-free transactions to the extent that such failure to qualify is attributable to certain actions (described below) taken by such party.

The Tax Matters Agreement will further provide that CBS Radio and Entercom will indemnify CBS for (i) all taxes for which CBS Radio and Entercom are responsible as described above, (ii) all taxes incurred by CBS or any subsidiary of CBS by reason of the breach by CBS Radio or Entercom of any of their respective representations, warranties or covenants under the Tax Matters Agreement (and certain other Transaction Agreements) that causes any of the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger to fail to qualify as tax free and (iii) any costs and expenses related to the foregoing (including reasonable legal fees and expenses). CBS will indemnify CBS Radio and Entercom for (i) all taxes for which CBS is responsible as described above, (ii) all taxes incurred by CBS Radio, Entercom, or any subsidiary of CBS Radio or Entercom by reason of a breach by CBS of any of its representations, warranties or covenants under the Tax Matters Agreement (and certain other Transaction Agreements) that causes any of the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger to fail to qualify as tax free and (iii) any costs and expenses related to the foregoing (including reasonable legal fees and expenses).

In addition, the Tax Matters Agreement generally will prohibit CBS Radio, Entercom, and their affiliates from taking certain actions that could cause any of the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger to fail to qualify as tax-free transactions. In particular, for a two-year period following the Final Distribution Date, except as described below, CBS Radio and Entercom may not:

 

   

enter into any transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement) as a result of which one or more persons would acquire (directly or indirectly) stock comprising 50% or

 

239


Table of Contents
 

more of the vote or value of CBS Radio or Entercom (taking into account the stock of CBS Radio acquired pursuant to the Merger);

 

    redeem or repurchase any stock or stock rights, other than in certain open-market transactions;

 

    amend its certificate of incorporation or take any other action affecting the relative voting rights of its capital stock;

 

    merge or consolidate with any other person (other than pursuant to the Merger or mergers or consolidations that do not result in CBS Radio ceasing to exist as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

    take any other action that would, when combined with any other direct or indirect changes in ownership of CBS Radio and Entercom capital stock (including pursuant to the Merger), have the effect of causing one or more persons to acquire stock comprising 50% or more of the vote or value of CBS Radio or Entercom, or would reasonably be expected to result in a failure to preserve the tax-free status of the Transactions;

 

    cause CBS Radio to liquidate;

 

    cause CBS Radio to discontinue the active conduct of certain of its businesses; or

 

    sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets (including stock of subsidiaries) of certain of CBS Radio’s business beyond certain thresholds (subject to exceptions for, among other things, ordinary course dispositions and repayments or prepayments of CBS Radio debt).

If CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) intends to take any such restricted action, CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) will be required to cooperate with CBS in obtaining an IRS ruling or an unqualified tax opinion satisfactory to CBS in its reasonable discretion to the effect that such action will not affect the status of any of the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution or the Merger as tax-free transactions, unless CBS waives such requirement. However, if CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) takes any of the actions above and such actions result in tax-related losses to CBS, then CBS Radio (or Entercom, if applicable) generally will be required to indemnify CBS for such losses, without regard to whether CBS has given CBS Radio and/or Entercom prior consent. In the event CBS does not receive a tax opinion from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz concluding at a comfort level of “should” or higher that each of the Internal Distributions and the Final Distribution qualifies as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code or takes or fails to take, or permits any of its affiliates to take or fail to take, any action solely as a result of which (together with other actions or failures to act by CBS and its affiliates) either of the Internal Distributions and/or the Final Distribution would reasonably be expected to fail to qualify as tax-free transactions, then the restrictions set forth above shall not apply.

The Tax Matters Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor to any of the parties of the Tax Matters Agreement to the same extent as if such successor had been an original party to the Tax Matters Agreement.

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, CBS and Entercom will enter into the Transition Services Agreement, which will provide that CBS will provide certain services to Entercom in support of CBS Radio and Entercom will provide certain limited services to CBS. CBS and Entercom anticipate that charges for such services will generally be on a cost basis based on the transfer pricing or other internal cost allocation utilized by CBS for services provided prior to the Separation. The recipient of services will pay fees resulting from its engagement of a third-party service provider in connection with any services thereunder. However, for services provided by CBS to CBS Radio in the first year following the Merger only, Entercom will have a credit of $7,500,000, which credit will be applied to the first $7,500,000 of charges invoiced by CBS under the Transition Services Agreement.

 

240


Table of Contents

Under the Transition Services Agreement, transition services are to be provided for certain periods set forth in the schedules thereto (not to exceed twenty-four months following the consummation of the Transactions). The services will generally relate to legal, finance, information technology, insurance and employment services.

The parties have a limited right to (i) extend the provision of services past the agreed termination date of such services, for an increased cost, and (ii) to request new services from the other party during the term of the Transition Services Agreement, subject to agreement from the providing party. The parties will agree to certain customary confidentiality and data protection measures. The provider of services under the Transition Services Agreement will agree to indemnify the recipient of such services against liabilities arising out of the services if such liabilities are incurred due to the provider’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct or provider’s breach of the Transition Services Agreement. The recipient of services provided under the Transition Services Agreement will agree to indemnify the provider of such services for liabilities incurred by the provider except in the case of provider’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct or provider’s breach of the Transition Services Agreement. The Transition Services Agreement will commence upon the closing of the Merger and terminate on the last date on which either party thereto is obligated to provide any service to the other party in accordance with the Transition Services Agreement or by mutual written agreement but in no event later than twenty-four months after the commencement of the agreement. In the event there is a change of control event at Entercom, either party to the agreement may terminate the agreement in its entirety or from time to time with respect to an individual service upon twenty days’ written notice. The recipient of a given service under the Transition Services Agreement, upon sixty days’ written notice to the provider of such service, may terminate the agreement with respect to the entirety of that service (so long as the recipient pays the provider for certain expenses incurred to terminate such service). The recipient of such service may also terminate the agreement with respect to such service if the provider has failed to perform any of its material obligations under the agreement with respect to such service and such failure continues for twenty days after the receipt of that provider of written notice of such failure from the recipient. The agreement also provides for the limitation of liability or responsibility to fulfill any obligations (other than a payment obligations) in the event of a force majeure event, as set forth in greater detail in the agreement.

Joint Digital Services Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, CBS and Entercom will enter into the Joint Digital Services Agreement, pursuant to which CBS Local Digital Media will continue to operate the digital presences for CBS Radio’s Sports and News Stations and CBS TV Stations. The Joint Digital Services Agreement represents a collaborative arrangement between CBS and Entercom, providing for the sharing of revenues, costs and content, in connection with the operation of the CBS Local Websites, as described below.

As operated prior to the Merger, all of Sports and News Stations have a digital presence on the 23 CBS Local Websites that CBS Local Digital Media operates for CBS Radio’s Sports and News Stations and the CBS TV Stations. Each of these market-focused local websites provided extensive locally focused news, sports and traffic and weather information utilizing the text, video and audio content produced by CBS Radio’s Sports and News Stations and the CBS TV Stations in that market. Advertisements displayed on these websites were sold by both CBS Radio’s employees and CBS TV Stations employees. CBS Radio earned revenues for advertising sold by CBS Radio employees and costs associated with the operation and maintenance of the CBS Local Websites were allocated between CBS Radio and CBS in proportion to their respective earned revenue.

During the term of the Joint Digital Services Agreement, which will become effective immediately upon closing of the Merger, (i) advertisements displayed on the CBS Local Websites will be sold by Entercom and CBS and (ii) Entercom will earn revenues for advertising sold by Entercom, and CBS will earn revenues for advertising sold by CBS.

Following the consummation of the Merger, the Joint Digital Services Agreement will provide that Entercom will be allocated costs for the operation of the CBS Local Websites equal to a percentage of the

 

241


Table of Contents

advertising sold by Entercom on the CBS Local Websites. This allocated cost is subject to a minimum guaranteed amount payable by Entercom to CBS that approximates, and is designed to maintain, the costs historically allocated to CBS Radio by CBS in connection with the operation of the CBS Local Websites, prior to the Merger. On or after July 1, 2018, upon the earlier of (i) the launch of Entercom’s own independent websites (each a “Radio Website”) for each of the Sports and News Stations and (ii) January 1, 2019 (such earlier time is referred to herein as the “Radio Website Transition Time”), the costs allocated to Entercom will remain equal to a percentage of the advertising sold by Entercom on the CBS Local Websites, but will no longer be subject to a minimum guaranteed amount.

Until the Radio Website Transition Time, the Joint Digital Services Agreement will require CBS to maintain the digital presences of the Sports and News Stations on the CBS Local Websites. Following the Radio Website Transition Time, CBS may remove the Sports and News Stations from the CBS Local Websites, but must give Entercom 45 days’ written notice prior to removing a station that has not yet launched a Radio Website. Under the Joint Digital Services Agreement, Entercom may sell advertisements and earn revenue on the CBS Local Websites through the earlier of (i) two years after the date of the Separation and (ii) December 31, 2019 (such earlier date, the “JDSA Termination Date”), regardless of whether the Sports and News Stations are on the CBS Local Websites. Until the Radio Website Transition Time, Entercom will also continue to provide text, video and certain audio content produced by the Sports and News Stations to CBS on an exclusive basis for publication on the CBS Local Websites (other than use by Entercom on Radio Websites). Following the Radio Website Transition Time, such content may be provided to CBS on a non-exclusive basis until the termination of the Joint Digital Services Agreement.

Unless Entercom and CBS agree otherwise, Entercom’s access to the CBS Local Websites will terminate on, and Entercom will no longer provide content to the CBS Local Websites as of, the first day after the JDSA Termination Date, at which time the Joint Digital Services Agreement will terminate.

The parties have a limited right (i) to extend the provision of services past the agreed termination date of such digital services, for an increased cost, and (ii) to request new services from the other party during the term of the Joint Digital Services Agreement, subject to agreement from the providing party. The parties will agree to certain customary confidentiality and data protection measures. The provider of digital services under the Joint Digital Services Agreement will agree to indemnify the recipient of such services against liabilities arising out of the services if such liabilities are incurred due to the provider’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct or provider’s breach of the Joint Digital Services Agreement. The recipient of services provided under the Joint Digital Services Agreement will agree to indemnify the provider of such services for liabilities incurred by the provider except in the case of provider’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct or provider’s breach of the Joint Digital Services Agreement. The Joint Digital Services Agreement will commence upon the closing of the Merger and terminate on the last date on which either party thereto is obligated to provide any service to the other party in accordance with the Joint Digital Services Agreement or by mutual written agreement but in no event later than twenty-four months after the commencement of the agreement. The recipient of a given service under the Transition Services Agreement, upon sixty days’ written notice to the provider of such service, may terminate the agreement with respect to the entirety of that service (so long as the recipient pays the provider for certain expenses incurred to terminate such service). The recipient of such service may also terminate the agreement with respect to such service if the provider has failed to perform any of its material obligations under the agreement with respect to such service and such failure continues for twenty days after the receipt of that provider of written notice of such failure from the recipient. The agreement also provides for the limitation of liability or responsibility to fulfill any obligations (other than a payment obligations) in the event of a force majeure event, as set forth in greater detail in the agreement. The obligations of Entercom with respect to payment to CBS of fees set forth on the schedules to the Joint Digital Services Agreement will survive any termination of the agreement.

Voting Agreement

In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement on February 2, 2017, Entercom and Joseph M. Field, who is the controlling shareholder of Entercom, executed the Voting Agreement. The shareholders party to

 

242


Table of Contents

the Voting Agreement agreed that, at every meeting of the shareholders of Entercom and on every action or approval by written consent by the shareholders of Entercom, to vote or cause the holder of record to vote the Entercom Class B Common Stock owned by such shareholder (or acquired thereafter):

 

    in favor of

 

    the Merger and in favor of the adoption and approval of the Merger Agreement;

 

    the approval for the issuance of additional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Merger Agreement; and

 

    the approval of any amendments to the Entercom Articles of Incorporation to provide that the board of directors of Entercom will be classified, effective as of the closing of the Merger;

 

    against

 

    any proposal that would reasonably be expected to result in any condition to the consummation of (a) the Merger or the conditions set forth Merger Agreement as conditions to the closing thereof not being fulfilled or (b) any transaction contemplated by any Transaction Agreement not being fulfilled; and

 

    any merger or agreement constituting a proposal to acquire Entercom, other than the Transactions (as set forth in greater detail in the Merger Agreement).

Mr. Field also agreed not to tender any Entercom Class B Common Stock owned by him (or acquired thereafter) into or otherwise transfer such shares in favor of any alternative proposal to acquire Entercom, other than the Transactions (as set forth in greater detail in the Merger Agreement).

The parties to the Voting Agreement agreed that, in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Voting Agreement, an aggrieved party to the Voting Agreement will have the right of specific performance with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Voting Agreement. The Voting Agreement will terminate at the closing of the Merger or by mutual written consent of the parties thereto, provided that such consent is approved by the majority of Entercom’s independent directors. The Voting Agreement will also terminate upon the termination of the Merger Agreement, provided that the restrictions on voting, tendering and transferring shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock will survive one year after the termination of the Merger Agreement, subject to certain exceptions regarding the cause of such termination.

Field Family Side Letter Agreement

In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement on February 2, 2017, Entercom, Joseph M. Field, Marie Field and David Field, each a shareholder of Entercom, entered into the Field Family Side Letter Agreement. The shareholders to the Field Family Side Letter Agreement agreed to convert, or cause to be converted, at closing of the Merger, an aggregate of 3,152,333 shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock to Entercom Class A Common Stock in accordance with the provisions for voluntary conversion in the Entercom Articles. As a result of these conversions, the collective voting power of such shareholders will be decreased by 28,370,997 votes. Each shareholder also agreed to restrictions on transfer (with exceptions for certain estate planning transfers) of any Entercom Common Stock for a period of nine months after the closing of the Merger.

The shareholder parties to the Field Family Side Letter Agreement also agreed to convert all of their respective shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock to Entercom Class A Common Stock if the beneficial ownership of the members of such shareholders and their estates collectively drops below 3 million shares of Entercom Common Stock at any time. In such an event, the shareholder parties to the Field Family Side Letter Agreement agreed to the automatic conversion of all of their respective shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock to Entercom Class A Common Stock (such event, a “Conversion Event”). Furthermore, the Entercom Articles provide that only shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock that are voted by Joseph M. Field or David

 

243


Table of Contents

Field are entitled to receive ten votes per share, and upon the occurrence of a Conversion Event, Joseph M. Field and David J. Field each agreed not to accept any shareholder’s proxy (or give effect to any existing proxy) to vote such shareholder’s Entercom Class B Common Stock.

The individuals party to the Field Family Side Letter Agreement also agreed not to accept preferential treatment over other shareholders of Entercom owning the same class as such individual in any change of control of Entercom after the closing of the Merger. The Field Family Side Letter Agreement will only be effective at the closing of the Merger and may be terminated upon termination of the Merger Agreement, upon conversion of all outstanding Entercom Class B Common Stock and by the written consent of the parties, provided that such consent is approved by the majority of Entercom’s independent directors.

Advertising Side Letter Agreement

In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement on February 2, 2017, Entercom and CBS executed the Advertising Side Letter Agreement. Entercom and CBS agreed that they will enter into one or more agreements pursuant to which, during the first three years following the closing of the Merger, CBS will purchase from Entercom certain advertising and other services to be agreed to by the parties valued at no less than $8 million per year, calculated in good faith and in the ordinary course consistent with Entercom’s and CBS’s past practices. The Advertising Side Letter Agreement terminates three years after the closing of the Merger Agreement.

CBS Brands License Agreements

On or before the Separation, certain subsidiaries of CBS, CBS Radio and CBS Radio’s subsidiaries, as applicable, will enter into three agreements to license the use of certain intellectual property by CBS Radio after the Separation (together, the “CBS Brands License Agreements”).

Trademark License Agreement (CBS RADIO Brand)

Pursuant to the Trademark License Agreement (CBS RADIO Brand), to be executed by and between CBS Broadcasting, as the licensor, and CBS Radio, as the licensee, CBS Radio will have the non-exclusive right to continue to use the CBS RADIO brand, the CBS Eye Design and related domain names for one year after the Separation. Nothing in the license agreement will give CBS Radio any ownership right in the licensed property. The license permits use of the CBS RADIO brand only in the United States, but CBS Broadcasting will acknowledge that permitted uses of the license that are directed to users in the United States but that are also accessible outside of the United States are not considered a breach of this agreement. CBS Radio will also agree to certain customary restrictions on the use of the licensed property, including the commitment not to dilute or materially weaken the strength of the licensed property, act in a way that may injure, denigrate or devalue the licensed property or use the property for obscene or offensive uses. CBS Radio will not be permitted to use the licensed property in any audio-visual content, except as is used by CBS Radio as of February 2, 2016. CBS Broadcasting will have a limited right to update the guidelines restricting the use of the property licensed under the agreement. CBS Radio will also agree to use reasonable efforts to reduce its usage of the licensed property over the course of the term, which is to be one year from the closing of the Merger. CBS will agree not to use or license the trademark CBS RADIO for the operation of a terrestrial radio network in the United States for four years following the Separation Date.

Subject to certain exceptions, the agreement or any part of it is assignable with the prior written consent of CBS Broadcasting (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld). Written consent is not to be required for the assignment in an acquisition of CBS Radio by any entity that is both engaged in the business of radio broadcasting or of audio streaming in the United States and not engaged in the business of television broadcasting in the United States (a “Radio Entity”). CBS Radio will need only to provide notice to CBS Broadcasting to assign the agreement or any part of it to a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Radio. In any assignment, CBS Radio will be required to provide a guarantee to CBS Broadcasting for liability for the use of the licensed property.

 

244


Table of Contents

The agreement will terminate automatically if CBS Radio or any permitted sublicensee becomes insolvent, if CBS Radio ceases use of the licensed property and if CBS Radio is acquired by any entity other than a Radio Entity without CBS consent. Either party will be able to terminate the agreement if the other party fails to comply with material obligations under the agreement on multiple occasions, if the other party receives written notice that it is in default of the agreement and fails to cure such default or if CBS Radio attempts to register for ownership of any licensed property.

Trademark License Agreement (TV Station Brands)

Pursuant to the Trademark License Agreement (TV Station Brands), to be executed by and between CBS Broadcasting, CBS Mass Media Corporation and other subsidiaries of CBS (together, the “Licensors”), CBS Radio and certain subsidiaries of CBS Radio, as the licensees, CBS Radio will have the right to continue to use certain licensed trademarks and related property to operate various CBS Radio stations, subject to the terms and conditions of this license agreement. Nothing in the license agreement will give any licensee any ownership right in the licensed property. The Licensors will agree not to use or license any licensed property in connection with the operation of a terrestrial radio network or with any audio or written identifier that indicates that the licensed property is being used in connection with a terrestrial radio network, but that this prohibition does not apply to the trademarks CBS and CBS RADIO NEWS.

The agreement will identify certain trademarks and related property owned and used by CBS that each licensed radio station may continue to use in connection with its operations, so long as the licensee identifies the trademark as being used in connection with a radio station and not as a stand-alone use (except for additional de minimis uses of the trademarks alone). Permitted uses of the licensed property include the use of such property in simultaneous audio streams of such radio stations on audio-only media and narrowly limited video uses and continued use as the call letters used by radio stations owned by the CBS Radio and certain of its subsidiaries. The agreement will not permit the trademarks to be used in any audio-visual content including news, sports, weather, traffic reporting or other videos or video services, except for narrow uses specified in the agreement. CBS Radio will agree to certain customary restrictions on the use of the property licensed pursuant to the agreement, including the commitment not to dilute or materially weaken the strength of the licensed property, act in a way that may injure, denigrate or devalue the licensed property or use the property for obscene or offensive uses. The Licensors will have a qualified right to update the guidelines restricting the use of the property licensed under the agreement.

Subject to certain exceptions, the agreement or any part of it is assignable with the prior written consent of the Licensors (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld). In any such assignment, the licensee will be required to provide a guarantee to the licensor for liability in connection with the use of the licensed property, and the licensees will be required to notify the Licensors of any assignment. Written consent will not to be required in the event that the licensees assigns the agreement to a Radio Entity (except with respect to licensed property consisting in whole or in part of the WCBS or KCBS trademarks) or to Entercom or one or more of its subsidiaries, so long as Entercom and its subsidiaries are not engaged in the business of television broadcasting in the United States, in either case subject to the licensee providing written notice to the Licensors.

The term of the license will be twenty years for licensed property consisting in whole or in part of WCBS and KCBS, and perpetual for the other licensed property under the agreement. The agreement will terminate automatically if CBS Radio or any permitted sublicensee becomes insolvent, if any licensee ceases use of the licensed property and if Entercom or its subsidiary is acquired and fails to give the necessary prior written notice. Any party will be able to terminate the agreement if the other party fails to comply with material obligations under the agreement on multiple occasions, if the party receives written notice that it is in default of the agreement and fails to cure such default or if any licensee attempts to register for ownership any licensed property. If any licensee changes the format of a licensed station, the agreement will automatically terminate with respect to such station.

 

245


Table of Contents

Trademark License Agreement (CBS SPORTS RADIO Brand)

Pursuant to the Trademark License Agreement (CBS SPORTS RADIO Brand), to be executed by and between CBS Broadcasting, as licensor, CSTV Networks, Inc. d/b/a CBS Sports Network, on the one hand, and CBS Sports Radio Network Inc. and CBS Radio, on the other hand as the licensees, the licensees will have the right to continue to use the CBS SPORTS RADIO trademark in connection with the CBS Sports Radio Network and certain marketing and promotional uses. The licensed property includes certain domain names related to CBS Sports and for one year, the use of the Eye Design. Nothing in the license agreement will give any licensee any ownership right in the licensed property. The agreement will provide for use of the licensed property only in the United States and Canada. The licensed property may be used for branding of certain radio stations and their related domain names, as were in use at the Separation, so long as the radio station broadcasts CBS SPORTS RADIO Network programming twenty-four hours a day and seven days a week (each, a “Licensed CBS SPORTS RADIO Station”). The licensees will agree to certain customary restrictions on the use of the property licensed pursuant to the agreement, including the commitment not to dilute or materially weaken the strength of the licensed property, act in a way that may injure, denigrate or devalue the licensed property or use the property for obscene or offensive uses. If any Licensed CBS SPORTS RADIO Station changes its format, the agreement will automatically terminate with respect to such station, subject to certain exceptions. CBS Broadcasting will agree not to use the licensed property for the operation of a terrestrial or Internet broadcasting or streaming network in the United States or Canada during the term of the agreement, but that this prohibition does not apply to the trademarks CBS and CBS SPORTS RADIO.

Subject to certain exceptions, the agreement is only assignable with the prior written consent of the Licensors (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld). In any such assignment, the licensee will be required to provide a guarantee to the licensor for liability in connection with the use of the licensed property. Only written notice will be required for assignment of the agreement to Entercom or one or more of its subsidiaries, so long as the assignee is not engaged in the business of television broadcasting in the United States.

The term of the agreement will expire on December 31, 2020. The parties will agree to include a ninety day period of good faith, exclusive negotiations concerning whether to extend the term beyond 2020. The entire agreement will terminate automatically if Entercom, CBS Sports Radio Network Inc. or any permitted sublicensee becomes insolvent. After December 31, 2019, the agreement will terminate automatically with respect to CBS Sports Radio Network Inc. if Entercom ceases using the licensed property to identify the sports programming business or ceases using the property licensed to identify a licensed radio station. The agreement will also terminate automatically if there is an acquisition of Entercom or CBS Sports Radio Network Inc. without the prior written consent of CBS Broadcasting (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld). Any party will be able to terminate the agreement if a party fails to comply with material obligations under the agreement on multiple occasions, if the party receives written notice that it is in default of the agreement and fails to cure such default or if any licensee attempts to register for ownership any licensed property.

Other Related Party Transactions

CBS . Prior to the consummation of the Merger, CBS Radio was an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS. CBS provides CBS Radio with certain services, such as insurance and support for technology systems, and also provides benefits to CBS Radio’s employees, including medical, dental, life and disability insurance, participation in a 401(k) savings plan and certain post-employment benefits. Effective January 1, 2017, CBS Radio’s employees began participating in employee benefit plans maintained by CBS Radio, although certain of CBS Radio’s employees may continue to be entitled to benefits under certain CBS defined benefit pension plans. For more information on the allocation of the charges for services and benefits provided to CBS Radio by CBS, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for CBS Radio— Related Parties.” In connection with the Separation, CBS Radio entered into the agreements above to govern CBS Radio’s relationship with CBS during the period between the completion of the Separation and the Merger and to complete the separation of CBS Radio from CBS.

 

246


Table of Contents

In addition, CBS Radio historically participated in CBS’s centralized cash management system. Under this system, on a daily basis, any excess cash CBS Radio generated was automatically transferred to CBS and any additional daily cash flow needs were funded by CBS. As such, CBS benefited from the positive cash flow CBS Radio generated and CBS also provided CBS Radio with sufficient daily liquidity to fund its ongoing cash needs. As a result, CBS Radio has historically required minimal cash on hand. On October 17, 2016, at the time of the CBS Radio’s debt borrowing, CBS Radio’s participation in CBS’s centralized cash management system ceased and as a result, transactions with CBS subsequent to October 17, 2016 are settled in cash. At December 31, 2016, amounts due to CBS were $32.8 million. On March 31, 2017, CBS Radio paid to CBS a dividend of $30 million, representing CBS Radio’s excess cash on hand.

CBS manages its long-term debt obligations based on the needs of its entire portfolio of businesses. Long-term debt of CBS and related interest expense are not allocated to CBS Radio as none of CBS’s debt is directly attributable to CBS Radio.

In connection with its debt borrowing, CBS Radio incurred $1.460 billion of indebtedness, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1.432 billion after deducting bank fees, discounts and commissions and other expenses payable by CBS Radio incurred in connection therewith. CBS Radio distributed to its parent, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, approximately $1.426 billion, which is an amount equal to the net proceeds of the CBS Radio Borrowing, prior to deducting expenses payable by CBS Radio, less $10 million which remained with CBS Radio to use for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs.

CBS Radio also generates revenues from sales to various subsidiaries and joint ventures of CBS. Total revenues from these transactions were $14.8 million, $8.4 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Collaborative Arrangement. CBS Local Digital Media operates the CBS Local Websites, which combine local radio and television content within markets where both CBS Radio and CBS TV Stations operate. In connection with this arrangement, advertisements displayed on these websites are sold by both CBS Radio employees and CBS TV Stations employees. CBS Radio earns revenues for advertising sales generated by its employees, and costs associated with the operation and maintenance of the CBS Local Websites are allocated between CBS Radio and CBS TV Stations in proportion to the respective earned revenue. After the consummation of the Merger, the parties intend that the Joint Digital Services Agreement will formalize and modify this existing collaborative arrangement. See “—Joint Digital Services Agreement.”

Other Related Parties. Viacom Inc. is controlled by National Amusements, the controlling stockholder of CBS. CBS Radio recognized revenues of $4.3 million, $2.9 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the sale of advertising spots to subsidiaries of Viacom Inc. CBS Radio is involved in other transactions with related parties that have not been material in any of the periods presented.

 

247


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF ENTERCOM CAPITAL STOCK

The rights of Entercom shareholders are governed by Pennsylvania law, the Entercom Articles and Entercom’s Amended & Restated Bylaws (the “Entercom Bylaws”). For information on how to obtain a copy of the Entercom Articles and the Entercom Bylaws, see “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

The following description of Entercom’s capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the complete text of the Entercom Articles and the Entercom Bylaws.

Common Stock

The Entercom Articles authorize the issuance of up to 350 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. There are three classes of common stock. The Entercom Articles authorize the issuance of up to 200 million shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock, 75 million shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock and 50 million shares of Entercom Class C Common Stock. As of March 10, 2017, there were 40,576,916 shares of Entercom Common Stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Holders of Entercom Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes for each share held of record at such times as the shares are voted by a management shareholder (Joseph M. Field and David Field) in his own right in person or by proxy or pursuant to a qualified voting agreement; at all other times the holders of Entercom Class B Common Stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Pursuant to the terms of the Field Family Side Letter Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Conversion Event, Joseph M. Field and David Field will convert their respective beneficially owned shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock to Entercom Class A Common Stock and will not vote any other shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock, eliminating the right of holders of Entercom Class B Common Stock to receive ten votes for each such share. The holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock and Entercom Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class with respect to all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except (a) with respect to the election of directors, (b) with respect to any going private transaction, and (c) as otherwise provided by law. With respect to the election of directors, the holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock and Entercom Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class, have the right to vote on the election or removal of all directors of Entercom, other than the Class A directors and the directors, if any, who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of preferred stock. With respect to the election of Class A directors, the holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock are entitled by class vote, exclusive of all other shareholders, to elect two directors of Entercom with each share of Entercom Class A Common Stock entitling the holder thereof to one vote per share; each Class A director elected by holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock must be an independent director and the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to vote on at least one Class A director at each annual meeting. With respect to a vote on a going private transaction in which the management shareholders will remain shareholders after such transaction, the holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock and Entercom Class B Common Stock will vote as a single class, with each share of Entercom Class A Common Stock and Entercom Class B Common Stock entitled to one vote. The Entercom Class C Common Stock will not be entitled to vote, except as required by law.

In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement on February 2, 2017, Entercom, Joseph M. Field, Marie Field and David Field, each a shareholder of Entercom, entered into the Field Family Side Letter Agreement. The shareholders to the Field Family Side Letter Agreement agreed to convert, or cause to be converted, at closing of the Merger, an aggregate of 3,152,333 shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock to Entercom Class A Common Stock in accordance with the provisions for voluntary conversion in the Entercom Articles. As a result of these conversions, the collective voting power of such shareholders will be decreased by 28,370,997 votes. Each shareholder also agreed to restrictions on transfer (with exceptions for certain estate planning transfers) of any Entercom Common Stock for a period of nine months after the closing of the Merger.

 

248


Table of Contents

Holders of Entercom Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors to the board of directors of Entercom. Except as set out below or as otherwise provided by law, any action to be taken by the shareholders may be taken by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of shares of Entercom Common Stock entitled to vote thereon.

Holders of Entercom Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors of Entercom. In the event of Entercom’s liquidation or dissolution, holders of Entercom Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in any of Entercom’s assets remaining after payment of liabilities and any amounts due to holders of any preferred stock. Holders of Entercom Common Stock have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to the common stock. The outstanding shares of Entercom Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

Entercom has adopted and maintains equity incentive and stock purchase plans pursuant to which Entercom is authorized to issue stock, stock options and other types of equity-based compensation to employees, directors, consultants and other persons who provide services to Entercom. As of April 7, 2017, Entercom had outstanding awards to acquire 1,985,613 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock under the Entercom Equity Compensation Plan and no options to acquire shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock under the Entercom 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Entercom has reserved 1,384,283 additional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock for future issuances under the Entercom Equity Compensation and 953,245 additional shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock for future issuances under the Entercom 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Preferred Stock

The Entercom Articles authorize the board of directors of Entercom to provide for the issuance of up to 25 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, from time to time, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares in such series and fix the designations, voting rights, preferences, and special rights of Entercom’s preferred stock to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. As of April 7, 2017, there were 11 shares of Entercom preferred stock designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding. Entercom has no plans or arrangements to issue any additional shares of Entercom preferred stock.

The rights of the holders of Entercom Common Stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. Entercom’s board of directors may authorize the issuance of Entercom preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Entercom Common Stock. The issuance of any Entercom preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Entercom and may adversely affect the market price of Entercom Common Stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of Entercom Common Stock.

Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Entercom Articles and the Entercom Bylaws

The Entercom Articles and the Entercom Bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of Entercom’s board of directors, including the following:

 

    Number of Directors; Removal of Directors; Director Vacancies. The number of directors constituting Entercom’s board of directors may be set by resolution of its board of directors. In addition, the Entercom Bylaws provide that directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders entitled to vote thereon. The Entercom Bylaws authorize the board of directors to fill vacant directorships. These provisions prevent a shareholder from increasing the size of, and make it more difficult for a shareholder to change the composition of, Entercom’s board of directors and gain control of Entercom’s board of directors by filling any resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

 

249


Table of Contents
    Classified Board of Directors . Entercom does not currently have a classified board of directors. However, holders of Entercom Common Stock, voting as a single class, will vote on the adoption of a classified board of directors at the special meeting of shareholders of Entercom to, among other things, approve the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in connection with the Merger. If approved, the amendment to Entercom’s Articles of Incorporation will divide the Entercom board of directors into three classes, with the directors in each class serving staggered three-year terms. If the Voting Agreement is in effect at the time of the special meeting of shareholders of Entercom, such proposal is expected to be approved, with effect from the consummation of the Merger.

 

    Dual-Class Voting. Holders of Entercom Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes for each share held of record at such times as the shares are voted by a management shareholder in his own right in person or by proxy or pursuant to a qualified voting agreement. All other classes of Entercom Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record. In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement on February 2, 2017, Entercom, Joseph M. Field, Marie Field and David Field, each a shareholder of Entercom, entered into the Field Family Side Letter Agreement. The shareholders to the Field Family Side Letter Agreement agreed to convert, or cause to be converted, at closing of the Merger, an aggregate of 3,152,333 shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock to Entercom Class A Common Stock in accordance with the provisions for voluntary conversion in the Entercom Articles. As a result of these conversions, the collective voting power of such shareholders will be decreased by 28,370,997 votes. Each shareholder also agreed to restrictions on transfer (with exceptions for certain estate planning transfers) of any Entercom Common Stock for a period of nine months after the closing of the Merger.

 

    Shareholder Action; Special Meeting of Shareholders. The Entercom Articles provide that Entercom’s shareholders may take action without a meeting only by unanimous written consent. Entercom’s shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors. The Entercom Bylaws further provide that special meetings of Entercom’s shareholders may be called only at the direction of the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer of Entercom, any three members of the board of directors or by resolution of the board of directors. However, if there are two vacancies in the offices for the Class A directors, then the holders of 50% of the Entercom Class A Common Stock outstanding have the right to call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Class A directors to fill such vacancies). These provisions may effectively preclude a shareholder or group of shareholders from acting by written consent or calling a special meeting to replace members of Entercom’s board of directors, instead requiring that any such action be taken at Entercom’s annual meeting.

 

    Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations. The Entercom Bylaws provide advance notice procedures for shareholders seeking to bring business before Entercom’s annual meeting of shareholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at Entercom’s annual meeting of shareholders. The Entercom Bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude Entercom’s shareholders from bringing matters before Entercom’s annual meeting of shareholders or from making nominations for directors at Entercom’s annual meeting of shareholders.

 

    Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock . Entercom’s board of directors has the authority, without further action by the shareholders, to issue up to 25 million shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by Entercom’s board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables Entercom’s board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of Entercom by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

 

250


Table of Contents

In addition to those provisions of the Entercom Articles and Entercom Bylaws, Entercom is also subject to certain provisions of Pennsylvania law that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of Entercom, including the following:

 

    The duties of the directors of Entercom under Pennsylvania law do not require them to regard the interests of any constituency of Entercom, including its shareholders, as a dominant or controlling interest or factor both in the context of ordinary business decisions and also in the context of a change in control.

 

    Subchapter G of Chapter 25 of the Pennsylvania law provides that voting shares (“control shares”) of a publicly traded corporation that upon acquisition of voting power by an acquiring person would result in a “control-share acquisition” shall not have any voting rights unless a resolution approved by a vote of shareholders restores voting power to the control shares in accordance with the procedures set forth in Subchapter G. A “control-share acquisition” occurs when a person acquires at least 20% of the voting power of the corporation (or 33.33% or 50% of such voting power if the previous threshold has already been attained).

 

    Subchapter H of Chapter 25 of the Pennsylvania law provides that any profit realized by any person or group who is or was a controlling person or group with respect to a publicly-traded corporation from the disposition of any equity security of the registered corporation to any person shall belong to and be recoverable by the corporation if the profit is realized within 18 months after the person obtained controlling person status. A “controlling person or group” is any person or group who has acquired, offered to acquire or publicly disclosed or caused to be disclosed the intention of acquiring voting power over voting shares of the publicly-traded corporation that would entitle the holder thereof to cast at least 20% of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors.

Listing

Entercom Class A Common Stock trades on the NYSE under the trading symbol “ETM.”

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent and register for the Entercom Common Stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

251


Table of Contents

OWNERSHIP OF ENTERCOM COMMON STOCK

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 10, 2017, regarding the beneficial ownership of Entercom Common Stock by:

(i) each person known by Entercom to beneficially own more than 5 percent of any class of Entercom Common Stock; (ii) each of Entercom’s directors and named executive officers; and (iii) all of Entercom’s directors and named executive officers as a group. Each shareholder possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares listed, unless otherwise noted. Shares of Entercom Common Stock subject to options currently exercisable or that are exercisable within sixty days are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage of outstanding shares of the person holding these options but are not deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage of any other person.

 

     Entercom Common Stock  
     Class A (1)     Class B (2)     Percentages  

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned (3)
     Percent of
Class
    Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned (3)
     Percent of
Class
    Total
Economic
Interest  (3)
    Total
Voting
Power  (3)
 

Joseph M. Field (4)

     1,364,165        4.1     6,148,282        85.4     18.5     61.1

David J. Field (5)

     3,298,520        9.8     749,250        10.4     9.9     11.0

Stephen F. Fisher (6)

     489,435        1.5     —          —         1.2     *  

Louise C. Kramer (7)

     366,067        1.1     —          —         *       *  

Andrew P. Sutor, IV

     47,381        *       —          —         *       *  

Eugene D. Levin (8)

     92,396        *       —          —         *       *  

David J. Berkman (9)

     54,061        *       —          —         *       *  

Joel Hollander

     23,885        *       —          —         *       *  

Mark R. LaNeve

     22,432        *       —          —         *       *  

David Levy

     15,484        *       —          —         *       *  

All Directors and Executive Officers as a group (ten persons)

     5,773,826        17.2     6,897,532        95.8     30.9     73.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (10)

     4,128,879        12.4     —          —         10.2     4.2

Rubicon Advisor LLC (11)

     2,632,363        7.9     —          —         6.5     2.7

Edwin R. Boynton, as trustee (12)

     2,285,287        6.8     —          —         5.6     2.3

Martin L. Garcia (13)

     2,132,091        6.5     —          —         5.3     2.2

BlackRock, Inc. (14)

     1,988,781        6.0     —          —         4.9     2.0

 

* Less than one percent.
(1) For the purpose of calculating the percentage of Entercom Class A Common Stock held by each shareholder, the total number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock outstanding does not include the shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock. The number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock includes all outstanding restricted stock and shares that may be acquired within sixty days through the exercise of options.
(2) The Entercom Class A Common Stock and the Entercom Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Each share of Entercom Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Entercom Class B Common Stock is entitled to ten votes, except: (a) any share not voted by either Joseph M. Field or David J. Field is entitled to one vote; (b) the holders of Entercom Class A Common Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two Directors; (c) each share of Entercom Class B Common Stock is entitled to one vote with respect to any “going private” transactions under the Exchange Act; and (d) as required by law. The shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock are convertible in whole or in part, at the option of the holder, subject to certain conditions, into the same number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock.

 

252


Table of Contents
(3) With respect to Entercom Class A Common Stock: (i) the number of shares beneficially owned and the percentage of economic ownership are based on 33,379,384 shares (which includes 1,667,924 shares that are either unvested restricted stock or vested but deferred shares of restricted stock); and (ii) the percentage of voting power is based on 31,711,460 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock (which excludes 1,667,924 shares that are either unvested restricted stock or vested but deferred shares of restricted stock, neither of which have the right to vote). With respect to Entercom Class B Common Stock, the number of shares beneficially owned, the percentage of economic ownership and the percentage of voting ownership are based on 7,197,532 shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock outstanding. The number of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock listed for each individual includes all outstanding restricted stock and shares that may be acquired within sixty days of March 10, 2017 through the exercise of options.
(4) Includes with respect to Entercom Class A Common Stock: (a) 6,000 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that may be acquired through the exercise of options; and (b) 21,578 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held of record by Joseph M. Field as trustee of a trust for the benefit of his sister-in-law. In addition, these shares include: (x) 75,000 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock deemed to be beneficially owned by Joseph M. Field as a director and officer of the Joseph and Marie Field Foundation; and (y) 50,000 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock deemed to be beneficially owned by Joseph M. Field as a director and officer of the Joseph and Marie Field Family Environmental Foundation. Mr. Field, however, disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock owned by these two foundations. These shares also include 330,000 shares of Entercom Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Field’s spouse. The address of this shareholder is 401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004.
(5) Includes with respect to Entercom Class A Common Stock: (a) 140,000 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock that may be acquired through the exercise of options; (b) 438,876 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held of record by David J. Field as co-trustee of a trust for the benefit of David J. Field and his children; and (c) 921,572 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held of record by David J. Field as co-trustee of two trusts for the benefit of the descendants of David J. Field and his sister, respectively. The address of this shareholder is 401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004.
(6) Includes 10,000 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options.
(7) Includes 5,387 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options.
(8) Includes 16,750 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options.
(9) Includes 2,000 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options.
(10) The address of this shareholder is 270 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(11) The address of this shareholder is 380 Lexington Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10168.
(12) Includes: (a) 438,876 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held of record by Edwin R. Boynton as co-trustee of a trust for the benefit of David J. Field, (b) 498,286 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held of record by Edwin R. Boynton as co-trustee of a trust for the benefit of the descendants of David J. Field; (c) 1,036,436 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held of record by Edwin R. Boynton as co-trustee of two trusts for the benefit of the sister of David J. Field and her descendants; (d) 155,594 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held of record by Edwin R. Boynton as trustee of a trust for the benefit of David J. Field; and (e) 156,095 shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock held of record by Edwin R. Boynton as trustee of a trust for the benefit of the sister of David J. Field. The address of this shareholder is Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, Attn: Edwin R. Boynton, 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.
(13) The address of this shareholder is 1700 S. MacDill Avenue, Suite 240, Tampa, FL 33629.
(14) The address of this shareholder is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.

 

253


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF CBS COMMON STOCK AND ENTERCOM COMMON STOCK

CBS is a Delaware corporation subject to the provisions of the DGCL. Entercom is a Pennsylvania corporation subject to the provisions of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law (“Pennsylvania law”). Holders of CBS Common Stock, whose rights are currently governed by CBS’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “CBS Charter”), CBS’s Bylaws, as amended and restated (the “CBS Bylaws”) and DGCL, will, with respect to the shares validly tendered and exchanged immediately following the exchange offer, become shareholders of Entercom and their rights will be governed by the Entercom Articles, the Entercom Bylaws and Pennsylvania law.

The following description summarizes the material differences between the rights associated with CBS Common Stock and Entercom Common Stock that may affect holders of CBS Class B Common Stock whose shares are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and who will obtain shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger, but does not purport to be a complete statement of all of those differences or a complete description of the specific provisions referred to in this summary. The identification of specific differences is not intended to indicate that other equally or more significant differences do not exist. The following description is qualified in its entirety by, and CBS stockholders should read carefully the relevant provisions of, DGCL, Pennsylvania law, the CBS Charter, the CBS Bylaws, the Entercom Articles and the Entercom Bylaws. The CBS Charter has been publicly filed with the SEC as exhibit 3.A to CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2005 and the CBS Bylaws have been publicly filed with the SEC as (a) exhibit 3.B to CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2005 and (b) exhibit 3.B to CBS’s filing on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2007, respectively. The Entercom Bylaws have been publicly filed with the SEC as (a) exhibit 3.02 to Entercom’s filing on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2002 and (b) exhibit 3.02 to Entercom’s filing on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009, respectively. See also “Description of Entercom Capital Stock.”

Authorized Capital Stock

The following table sets forth the authorized and issued capital stock of CBS and Entercom as of [            ], 2017 without giving effect to the exchange offer.

 

Class of Security

   Authorized      Outstanding  

CBS:

     

Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

     5,375,000,000        [                    

Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share

     25,000,000        [                    

Entercom:

     

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

     325,000,000        [                    

Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share

     25,000,000        [                    

 

254


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

Voting Rights    The stockholders of CBS Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share held. The stockholders of CBS Class B Common Stock are not entitled to vote. The holders of CBS Common Stock do not have the right of cumulative voting in elections of directors.    The shareholders of Entercom Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. The shareholders of Entercom Class B Common Stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, on most matters, at such times as the shares are voted by a management shareholder in his own right in person, or by proxy or pursuant to a Qualified Voting Agreement (as defined in the Entercom Articles); at all other times the holders of Entercom Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. Entercom Class A Common Stock and Entercom Class B Common Stock vote together as one class with respect to all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders except (a) as otherwise provided by law; and (b) the shareholders of Entercom Class B Common Stock are not entitled to vote on the election of the two Class A directors. The shareholders of Entercom Class B Common Stock are entitled to 1 vote per share with respect to any going private transaction where a management shareholder will remain a shareholder upon consummation of the transaction. The shareholders of Entercom Class C Common Stock are not entitled to vote. The holders of Entercom Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock    The CBS Charter provides that CBS’s board of directors is authorized to determine the rights, powers, preferences, and the relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions, including concerning voting. or consent, redemption, dissolution or the distribution of assets, conversion or exchange of any series of preferred stock of    The Entercom Articles provide that Entercom’s board of directors is authorized to fix and determine the designations, voting rights, preferences, and special rights of Entercom’s preferred stock to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

255


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

   CBS. CBS will not issue any preferred stock that, in the aggregate with all other outstanding shares of preferred stock, have the ability to elect a number of directors constituting a majority of the board of directors unless the issuance of such preferred stock will have been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock.   
Number and Classification of Board of Directors    The CBS Charter sets the number of board members at not less than 3 nor more than 20. The exact number is fixed by a majority vote of the directors in office. CBS does not have a classified board of directors. The current number of board members is 13.    The Entercom Bylaws set the number of board members at not less than 5 nor more than 20. In the election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes from each class or group of classes, if any, entitled to elect directors separately up to the number of directors to be elected by the class or group of classes will be elected. Entercom does not have a classified board of directors, but intends to adopt a classified board of directors at the special meeting of shareholders called in connection to the Merger. The current number of members of the board of directors of Entercom is 6. The Merger Agreement provides that in connection with the Merger, Entercom will increase the size of its board of directors by three members. David Field will serve as Chairman of the Entercom board, and Joseph Field will serve as Chairman Emeritus. The remaining seven directors will consist of three individuals currently on the Entercom board, two of whom will be the Class A directors, and four newly agreed-upon directors, two of whom are affiliated with CBS. The two directors who are affiliated with CBS will each execute and deliver an irrevocable letter of resignation effective upon the earlier of (a) 6 months after Closing; and (b) the

 

256


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

      day prior to the first annual meeting of Entercom following Closing.
Removal of Directors    Under the CBS Charter and the CBS Bylaws, directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the stockholders of a majority of the voting power entitled to vote. However, any director may be removed from office by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors, at any time prior to the expiration of his term of office, as provided by law, in the event a director is in breach of any agreement between such director and CBS relating to such director’s service as a director or employee of CBS.    Under the Entercom Bylaws, directors may be removed from office by the shareholders only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of a majority of shareholders entitled to vote thereon. The board of directors may declare vacant the office of a director who has been judicially declared of unsound mind or convicted of an offense punishable by imprisonment for more than one year.
Vacancies on the Board of Directors    The CBS Bylaws provide that vacancies on the CBS board of directors, if occurring prior to the expiration of the term of office in which the vacancy occurs, will be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.    The Entercom Bylaws provide that any vacancies on the Entercom board of directors can be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Entercom board of directors, or by a sole remaining director. However, a vacancy in the position of Class A director may only be filled by the sole remaining Class A director, and if both Class A director positions are vacant, then only the holders of the Class A common stock may fill such vacancies.
Special Meetings    The CBS Bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, by the Chairman of the board of directors, the Vice Chair of the board of directors, or the Chief Executive Officer. Only matters referred to in the notice of the special meeting, and those which are incidental or germane to such matters, may be discussed.    The Entercom Articles provide that special meetings of Entercom’s shareholders may be called only at the direction of the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer of Entercom, any three members of the board of directors or by resolution of the board of directors. However, if there are two vacancies in the offices for the Class A directors, then the

 

257


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

      holders of 50% of the Class A common stock outstanding will have the right to call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Class A directors to fill such vacancies.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent    The CBS Bylaws provide that CBS stockholders may act by written consent without a meeting.    Pennsylvania law provides that shareholders may act by written consent without a meeting only if the consent is unanimous.
Quorum of Stockholders    Under the CBS Bylaws, at least a majority of the votes which all stockholders are entitled to cast on a matter, represented in person or by proxy, constitutes a quorum, unless otherwise required by law or by the CBS Charter.    Under the Entercom Bylaws, at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast on a matter, represented in person or by proxy, constitutes a quorum.
Advance Notice Procedures for a Stockholder Proposal or Director Nomination    For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must give timely notice in proper written form to the Secretary of CBS and any such proposed business, other than the nomination of persons for election to the board of directors, must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be sent and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of CBS not later than the close of business on the 90 th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day, prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; however, in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days earlier or more than 60 days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so sent and received no earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such annual    A proposal to be considered at Entercom’s annual meeting may be made by any shareholder only if written notice of such shareholder’s intent to present a proposal at the meeting is given by the shareholder and received by the Secretary of Entercom. Each shareholder proposal must comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or pursuant to any successor act or regulation). Notice of a proposal must be delivered to the Secretary of Entercom by the earlier of (a) 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders or (b) 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the mailing of Entercom’s proxy statement for the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. In lieu of delivery to the Secretary of Entercom, notice may be mailed to the Secretary of Entercom by certified mail, return receipt requested, but must be deemed to have been given only upon actual receipt by the Secretary of

 

258


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

   meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by CBS. In no event may the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder notice. To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth in writing (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the complete text of any resolutions proposed for consideration or any amendment to any CBS document intended to be presented at the meeting), the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as    Entercom. Notice of the proposal must be in writing and will contain or be accompanied by the name and residence of such shareholder, the proposal and a representation that the shareholder is a holder of Entercom’s voting stock and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to vote in favor of the proposal.

 

259


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

   they appear on CBS’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of CBS which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of CBS entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination and (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends to solicit proxies in support of such nomination or proposal, including whether such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of CBS’s voting shares required under applicable law to adopt and/or carry out the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of CBS’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees. CBS may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require in order to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of CBS.   
Amendment of Articles of Incorporation    DGCL provides that a corporation may amend its certificate of incorporation upon the adoption of a resolution setting forth the proposed amendment by the board of directors of a corporation and thereafter by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the    Pennsylvania law provides that a corporation may amend its articles following the adoption by the board of directors of a resolution proposing the amendment. The proposed amendment must then be submitted to a vote of the shareholders. The affirmative vote

 

260


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

   outstanding stock entitled to vote and a majority of the outstanding stock of each class entitled to vote as a separate class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for a different vote of the stockholders. The CBS Charter does not specify a voting power requirement different than required by DGCL to approve amendments to the CBS Charter.    of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and a majority of the votes cast by each class entitled to vote as a separate class, at a meeting at which a quorum is present is required to approve such an amendment.
Amendment of Bylaws    The CBS Bylaws can be amended or repealed by action of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, except as otherwise provided by law, in the articles of incorporation, or in the bylaws. However, any bylaws adopted, amended, altered, changed or repealed by the board of directors or the stockholders of CBS may be amended, altered, changed or repealed by the stockholders of CBS. The affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of CBS then entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class, is required for the stockholders of CBS to amend, alter, change, repeal or adopt any bylaws of CBS).    The Entercom Bylaws can be amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted, either (a) by vote of the shareholders at any duly organized annual or special meeting of shareholders, or (b) with respect to those matters that are not by statute committed expressly to the shareholders and regardless of whether the shareholders have previously adopted or approved the bylaw being amended or repealed, by vote of a majority of the board of directors in office at any regular or special meeting. Any change in the Entercom Bylaws takes effect when adopted unless otherwise provided in the resolution effecting the change.
Dividends    Under the CBS Charter, board of directors has the authority to determine the quarterly dividend rate. CBS has paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends since October 1, 2003. A quarterly dividend of $0.18 was paid on January 1, 2017 and April 1, 2017.   

Under the Entercom Articles, the board of directors has the authority to determine the quarterly dividend rate. On each of May 25, 2016, August 15, 2016, November 7, 2016 and February 8, 2017, Entercom’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $0.075 per share. The dividends were paid on June 15, 2016, September 15, 2016, December 15, 2016 and March 15, 2017, respectively.

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Entercom has agreed

 

261


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

      not to pay a quarterly dividend of greater than $0.125 per share until after the consummation of the Merger. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of Entercom’s board of directors. The declaration of any cash dividends, and the amount thereof, will depend on many factors, including Entercom’s financial condition, capital requirements, funds from operations, the dividend taxation level, Entercom’s stock price, future business prospects, and any other factors, as Entercom’s board of directors may deem relevant.
Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers    To the fullest extent permitted by DGCL, the CBS Charter eliminates the liability of a director for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to CBS or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. As permitted by DGCL, the CBS Bylaws provide that (a) CBS is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, subject to limited exceptions, (b) CBS is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by DGCL, subject to limited exceptions and (c) the rights conferred in the CBS Bylaws are not exclusive.    The Entercom Articles allow for the elimination or limitation of the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Pennsylvania law. The Entercom Bylaws further allow for the indemnification for all directors and officers of Entercom who are involved in any manner in any threatened, pending or completed proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of Entercom against any expenses and liability actually and in good faith paid by such person in connection with such proceeding.
Stockholders’ Rights of Dissent and Appraisal    Under DGCL, a stockholder of a Delaware corporation generally    Under Pennsylvania law, a shareholder of a Pennsylvania

 

262


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

  

has appraisal rights in connection with certain mergers or consolidations in which the corporation is participating, subject to specified procedural requirements. DGCL does not confer appraisal rights, however, if the corporation’s stock is either (a) listed on a national securities exchange, or (b) held of record by more than 2,000 holders.

 

Even if a corporation’s stock meets these requirements, DGCL still provides appraisal rights if stockholders of the corporation are required to accept for their stock in certain mergers or consolidations anything other than (a) shares of stock of the corporation surviving or resulting from such merger or consolidation, or depository receipts in respect thereof, (b) shares of stock of any other corporation, or depository receipts in respect thereof, which shares of stock (or depository receipts in respect thereof) or depository receipts at the effective time of the merger or consolidation will be either listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 holders, (c) cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts described in the foregoing or (d) any combination of (a)-(c).

  

corporation generally has appraisal rights in connection with certain mergers or consolidations in which the corporation is participating, subject to specified procedural requirements. Pennsylvania law does not confer appraisal rights, however, if the corporation’s stock is either (a) listed on a national securities exchange, or (b) held of record by more than 2,000 holders.

 

Even if a corporation’s stock meets these requirements, Pennsylvania law still provides appraisal rights in the case of (a) shares of any preferred or special class or series unless the articles, the plan or the terms of the transaction entitle all shareholders of the class or series to vote thereon and require for the adoption of the plan or the effectuation of the transaction the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders of the class or series or (b) shares of any preferred or special class or series receiving special treatment under the articles, the plan or the terms of the transaction without requiring for the adoption of the plan by such preferred or special class or series.

Anti-Takeover   

CBS is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers.

 

In general, the statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” (each as defined in the DGCL) for a period of three years after the date that the person became an interested

   For a description of the various antitakeover effects under Pennsylvania law, please see the section below entitled “—Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Entercom Articles, the Entercom Bylaws and Pennsylvania Law.”

 

263


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RIGHT

  

CBS

  

ENTERCOM

  

stockholder, subject to exceptions, unless the business combination is approved by the corporation’s board of directors in a prescribed manner or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved by the corporation’s board of directors and the corporation’s disinterested stockholders in a prescribed manner.

 

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder.

 

Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

 

These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of CBS without further action by the stockholders.

  

Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Entercom Articles, the Entercom Bylaws and Pennsylvania Law

Provisions of the Entercom Articles and the Entercom Bylaws could make the acquisition of Entercom and the removal of incumbent directors more difficult. For a description of these provisions, see “Description of Entercom Capital Stock—Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Entercom Articles and the Entercom Bylaws.”

In addition to those provisions of the Entercom Articles and Entercom Bylaws, Entercom is also subject to certain provisions of Pennsylvania law that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of Entercom, including the following:

 

    The duties of the directors of Entercom under Pennsylvania law do not require them to regard the interests of any constituency of Entercom, including its shareholders, as a dominant or controlling interest or factor both in the context of ordinary business decisions and also in the context of a change in control.

 

   

Subchapter G of Chapter 25 of the Pennsylvania law provides that voting shares (“control shares”) of a publicly-traded corporation that upon acquisition of voting power by an acquiring person would result in a “control-share acquisition” shall not have any voting rights unless a resolution approved by a vote of shareholders restores voting power to the control shares in accordance with the procedures set forth in Subchapter G. A “control-share acquisition” occurs when a person acquires at least 20% of the

 

264


Table of Contents
 

voting power of the corporation (or 33.33% or 50% of such voting power if the previous threshold has already been attained).

Subchapter H of Chapter 25 of the Pennsylvania law provides that any profit realized by any person or group who is or was a controlling person or group with respect to a publicly-traded corporation from the disposition of any equity security of the registered corporation to any person shall belong to and be recoverable by the corporation if the profit is realized within 18 months after the person obtained controlling person status. A “controlling person or group” is any person or group who has acquired, offered to acquire or publicly disclosed or caused to be disclosed the intention of acquiring voting power over voting shares of the publicly-traded corporation that would entitle the holder thereof to cast at least 20% of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Entercom, CBS and CBS Radio or their respective subsidiaries, in each case as applicable, have entered into or, before the consummation of the Transactions, will enter into, ancillary agreements relating to the Transactions and various interim and ongoing relationships between Entercom, CBS and CBS Radio. See “Other Agreements and Other Related Party Transactions.”

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Radio Common Stock offered hereby with respect to the Transactions are being passed upon for CBS Radio by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz. Certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the Internal Distributions, the Final Distribution and the Merger are being passed upon for CBS by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz. The validity of the shares of Entercom Common Stock offered hereby with respect to the Transactions are being passed upon for Entercom by Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP. Certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the Merger are being passed upon for Entercom by Latham & Watkins LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of CBS Radio Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 included in this Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) of CBS Corporation incorporated in this Registration Statement by reference to the CBS annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) of Entercom Communications Corp. incorporated in this Registration Statement by reference to the Entercom annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

265


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

CBS Radio has filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 and Form S-1 under the Securities Act, of which this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange forms a part, to register with the SEC the shares of Radio Common Stock to be delivered in the exchange offer to stockholders whose shares of CBS Class B Common Stock are accepted for exchange. CBS will also file a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO with the SEC with respect to the exchange offer. This Prospectus—Offer to Exchange constitutes CBS’s offer to exchange, in addition to being a prospectus of CBS Radio.

Entercom will file a proxy statement that relates to the Special Meeting of Entercom shareholders to, among other things, approve the issuance of shares of Entercom Class A Common Stock in the Merger. In addition, Entercom has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-4 to register the issuance of Entercom Class A Common Stock that will be issued in the Merger.

This document does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, the exhibits to the registration statement or the Schedule TO, selected portions of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information pertaining to CBS and CBS Radio, reference is made to the registration statement and its exhibits.

Statements contained in this document or in any document incorporated by reference into this document as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to within this document or other documents that are incorporated herein by reference are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of the applicable contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each statement in this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange regarding a contract or other document is qualified in all respects by such contract or other document.

The SEC allows certain information to be “incorporated by reference” into this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange, except for any information superseded or modified by information contained directly in this document or in any document subsequently filed by CBS or Entercom that is also incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference. This Prospectus—Offer to Exchange incorporates by reference the documents set forth below that CBS or Entercom has filed with the SEC and any future filings by CBS or Entercom under sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from the date of this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange to the date that shares are accepted pursuant to the exchange offer (or the date that the exchange offer is terminated), except, in any such case, for any information therein which has been furnished rather than filed, which will not be incorporated herein. Subsequent filings with the SEC will automatically modify and supersede information in this document. These documents contain important information about CBS, Entercom and their respective business and financial condition:

CBS:

 

    CBS’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016;

 

    CBS’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 7, 2017;

 

    CBS’s current reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 2, 2017 (Item 8.01 disclosure) and February 2, 2017 (Item 1.01 and Item 8.01 disclosures); and

 

    the description of the CBS Class B common stock contained in CBS’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A filed on November 23, 2005.

Entercom:

 

    Entercom’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016;

 

    Entercom’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 17, 2017;

 

    Entercom’s current reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 3, 2017, February 28, 2017, and March 22, 2017; and

 

    the description of Entercom’s common stock contained in Entercom’s registration statement on Form 8-A, declared effective by the SEC on September 15, 1998.

 

266


Table of Contents

You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement filed by CBS Radio at the offices of the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and prospectus and other information regarding registrants, such as CBS and Entercom, that file electronically with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference rooms and the SEC’s website. You can also find additional information about CBS at www.cbscorporation.com and about Entercom at www.entercom.com. Information available on www.cbscorporation.com and www.entercom.com is not incorporated herein by reference.

CBS’s documents incorporated by reference (other than exhibits or portions of exhibits not specifically incorporated by reference herein) are available without charge upon request to the information agent, [            ], located at [            ], or at telephone number ([            ] (for banks and brokers) and [            ] (for all other callers). Entercom’s documents incorporated by reference (other than exhibits or portions of exhibits not specifically incorporated by reference herein) are available without charge upon request to [            ]. In order to ensure timely delivery, any request should be submitted no later than [            ], 2017.

CBS, CBS Radio and Entercom have not authorized anyone to give any information or make any representation about the exchange offer that is different from, or in addition to, that contained in this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange or in any of the materials that are incorporated by reference into this Prospectus—Offer to Exchange. Therefore, if anyone does give you information of this sort, you should not rely on it. If you are in a jurisdiction where offers to exchange or sell, or solicitations of offers to exchange or purchase, the securities offered by this document are unlawful, or if you are a person to whom it is unlawful to direct these types of activities, then the offer presented in this document does not extend to you. The information contained or incorporated by reference in this document speaks only as of the date of this document or the incorporated document unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies.

Indicative exchange ratios will be made available at www.[            ].com by 4:30 p.m., New York City time, on each day during the exchange offer period prior to the Valuation Dates, calculated as though that day were the expiration date of the exchange offer. The final exchange ratio will be available both by contacting the information agent at the toll-free number provided on the back cover of the prospectus, by press release issued by CBS and at www.[            ].com by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the last trading day prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. On the first two Valuation Dates, when the per share values of shares of CBS Class B Common Stock and Entercom Class A Common Stock are calculated for the purposes of the exchange offer, the website will show the indicative exchange ratios based on indicative calculated per share values which will equal (i) on the first Valuation Date, the daily VWAP of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock for that day; and (ii) on the second Valuation Date, the simple arithmetic mean of the daily VWAPs of CBS Class B Common Stock and the Entercom Class A Common Stock for the first and second Valuation Dates. The website will not provide an indicative exchange ratio on the third Valuation Date. The final exchange ratio (as well as whether the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of CBS Class B Common Stock tendered will be in effect) will be announced by press release and be available on the website by 8:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day (currently expected to be [            ], 2017) immediately preceding the expiration date of the exchange offer (currently expected to be [            ], 2017).

 

267


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page(s)  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-3  

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity/Invested Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Financial Statement Schedule:

  

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     F-29  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholder of CBS Radio Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on Page F-1 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CBS Radio Inc. at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial statements and financial statement schedule in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial statements schedule are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 12, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Revenues

   $ 1,221.6     $ 1,230.6     $ 1,303.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

      

Operating

     397.7       421.6       408.1  

Selling, general and administrative

     497.4       501.4       509.2  

Depreciation

     26.1       28.5       30.8  

Restructuring charges (Note 6)

     8.6       36.5       7.0  

Goodwill impairment charges (Note 5)

     530.1       —         48.6  

FCC licenses impairment charges (Note 5)

     322.7       482.9       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     1,782.6       1,470.9       1,003.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (561.0     (240.3     299.3  

Interest expense

     (16.8     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (577.8     (240.3     299.3  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes (Note 10)

     25.4       103.8       (122.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

     (552.4     (136.5     176.5  

Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax (Note 3)

     —         3.8       1.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (552.4   $ (132.7   $ 178.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per basic and diluted share:

      

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (7,891,429   $ (1,950,000   $ 2,521,429  

Net income from discontinued operations

   $ —       $ 54,286     $ 21,429  

Net income (loss)

   $ (7,891,429   $ (1,895,714   $ 2,542,857  

Weighted average number of basic and diluted common shares outstanding

     70       70       70  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions)

 

     At December 31,  
     2016     2015  

ASSETS

    

Current Assets:

    

Cash

   $ 24.3     $ 5.8  

Receivables, less allowances of $6.9 (2016) and $5.0 (2015)

     244.2       275.0  

Prepaid expenses

     22.3       25.0  

Other current assets

     13.8       13.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     304.6       318.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net (Note 4)

     145.3       151.9  

FCC licenses (Note 5)

     2,545.4       2,868.1  

Goodwill (Note 5)

     1,331.8       1,861.9  

Other assets

     4.1       7.5  

Assets held for sale (Note 3)

     —         8.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 4,331.2     $ 5,216.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY/INVESTED EQUITY

    

Current Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 34.0     $ 32.2  

Accrued expenses

     37.2       27.7  

Accrued compensation

     20.7       10.4  

Accrued restructuring (Note 6)

     8.4       20.3  

Due to CBS (Note 7)

     32.8       —    

Other current liabilities

     15.6       15.3  

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)

     10.6       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     159.3       105.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt (Note 8)

     1,334.7       —    

Deferred income tax liabilities, net (Note 10)

     918.2       1,056.8  

Other liabilities

     58.6       59.7  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

    

Stockholder’s equity/Invested equity:

    

Series 1 common stock, par value $.01 per share; 500 shares authorized; 20 shares issued

Series 2 common stock, par value $.01 per share; 500 shares authorized; 50 shares issued

     —         —    

Additional paid-in-capital

     2,543.0       —    

Accumulated deficit

     (682.6     —    

Invested equity

     —         3,994.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholder’s equity/Invested equity

     1,860.4       3,994.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity/Invested Equity

   $ 4,331.2     $ 5,216.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY/INVESTED EQUITY

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

    Shares of
Common Stock
    Common Stock
($0.01 per
share par
value)
    Additional
Paid-In Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Invested
Capital
    Total
Stockholder’s
Equity/
Invested Equity
 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

    —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,392.0     $ 4,392.0  

Net income

    —         —         —         —         178.0       178.0  

Net distribution to CBS

    —         —         —         —         (209.8     (209.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

    —         —         —         —         4,360.2       4,360.2  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         (132.7     (132.7

Net distribution to CBS

    —         —         —         —         (182.3     (182.3

Transfer of entities to CBS

    —         —         —         —         (51.1     (51.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

    —         —         —         —         3,994.1       3,994.1  

Net income (loss)

    —         —         —         (682.6     130.2       (552.4

Net contribution from (distribution to) CBS

    —         —         12.4       —         (167.8     (155.4

Conversion to stockholder’s equity

    70       —         3,956.5       —         (3,956.5     —    

Distribution of debt proceeds to CBS

    —         —         (1,425.9     —         —         (1,425.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

    70     $ —       $ 2,543.0     $ (682.6   $ —       $ 1,860.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Operating Activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (552.4   $ (132.7   $ 178.0  

Less: Net income from discontinued operations

     —         3.8       1.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

     (552.4     (136.5     176.5  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash flow provided by operating activities from continuing operations:

      

Depreciation

     26.1       28.5       30.8  

Impairment charges

     852.8       482.9       48.6  

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

     (127.2     (177.8     21.3  

Stock-based compensation expense

     12.2       17.1       16.6  

Change in assets and liabilities, net of investing and financing activities

      

Decrease (increase) in receivables

     30.8       (4.4     (5.8

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1.9       (4.4     (4.7

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

     18.9       8.9       2.2  

Increase (decrease) in income taxes

     21.2       —         (7.6

Other, net

     (1.8     (1.5     (1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided by operating activities from continuing operations

     282.5       212.8       276.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided by operating activities from discontinued operations

     —         7.6       4.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided by operating activities

     282.5       220.4       281.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

      

Capital expenditures

     (17.0     (21.5     (26.7

Acquisitions

     —         (2.5     (25.4

Proceeds from dispositions

     8.0       2.6       3.1  

Proceeds from sale of investment

     3.8       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities from continuing operations

     (5.2     (21.4     (49.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities from discontinued operations

     —         (.2     (.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for investing activities

     (5.2     (21.6     (49.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

      

Proceeds from debt borrowings

     1,451.9       —         —    

Distribution of net debt proceeds to CBS

     (1,425.9     —         —    

Repayment of debt borrowings

     (110.0     —         —    

Net cash distribution to CBS

     (174.8     (199.0     (230.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used for financing activities

     (258.8     (199.0     (230.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     18.5       (.2     1.8  

Cash at beginning of year

     5.8       6.0       4.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

   $ 24.3     $ 5.8     $ 6.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for income taxes from continuing operations (Note 10)

   $ 80.6     $ 74.0     $ 109.1  

Cash paid for interest

   $ 8.2     $ —       $ —    

Noncash investing and financing activity:

      

Radio station swap (Note 3)

   $ —       $ —       $ 262.0  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Note 1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business— CBS Radio Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “CBS Radio” or the “Company”) is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS Corporation (“CBS”). The Company is a large-market focused, multi-platform national media company with a local footprint of 117 radio stations and digital properties in 26 radio markets, including all of the top 10 radio markets and 19 of the top 25 radio markets. The Company manages its business through one segment, radio broadcasting.

On February 2, 2017, CBS entered into an agreement with Entercom Communications Corp. to combine the Company with Entercom in a merger (the “Merger”) to be effected through a Reverse Morris Trust transaction, which is expected to be tax-free to CBS and its stockholders (except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares). In connection with this transaction, CBS intends to split-off the Company through an exchange offer, in which CBS stockholders may elect to exchange shares of CBS Class B Common Stock for shares of CBS Radio, which will then be immediately converted into shares of Entercom common stock at the time of the Merger. This transaction is subject to approval by Entercom stockholders, certain regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. CBS expects to complete the transaction during the second half of 2017.

Basis of Presentation— The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented on a “carve-out” basis from CBS’s consolidated financial statements based on the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of CBS Radio. The consolidated financial statements include allocations of certain corporate expenses and transactions with CBS (See Note 7). In addition, the Company’s income tax provision and related tax accounts are presented as if these amounts were calculated on a separate tax return basis. Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used in preparation of the underlying consolidated financial statements are reasonable. However, the consolidated financial statements herein do not necessarily reflect what the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows would have been if the Company had been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Other comprehensive income was minimal for all periods presented.

Assets held for sale— In March 2016, the Company completed the sale of KFWB(AM) in Los Angeles for $8.0 million, for which an agreement was reached during 2015. As a result, the assets associated with this radio station, which primarily consist of a Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) license, have been classified as held for sale on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2015.

Discontinued operations— CBS Radio Inc.’s legal entity structure historically included ownership of several entities that were not part of the Company’s radio operations. In preparation for the separation of its radio business, CBS completed several reorganization transactions during 2015 which resulted in all of the Company’s non-radio businesses being distributed to another wholly owned subsidiary of CBS. These non-radio businesses have been presented as discontinued operations in these consolidated financial statements (See Note 3).

Stockholder’s equity/invested equity— On September 30, 2016, CBS completed certain reorganization transactions resulting in all of the entities comprising CBS’s radio businesses being consolidated under CBS Radio Inc. These transactions were treated as a reorganization of entities under common control and as a result, all prior periods were adjusted to reflect the reorganization, including the 70 shares of CBS Radio common stock owned by CBS.

Net income (loss) per common share —As a result of the reorganization transactions described above, the Company presents basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (“EPS”) for all periods presented. Basic and

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

diluted EPS is based upon net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The Company had 70 basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding for each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates— The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Cash— The Company historically had minimal cash on hand because it participated in CBS’s centralized cash management system. Under this system, on a daily basis, any excess cash the Company generated was automatically transferred to CBS and any additional daily cash flow needs were funded by CBS. Intercompany transfers and funding between the Company and CBS were classified as financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. On October 17, 2016, at the time of the Company’s debt borrowings (See Note 8), the Company’s participation in CBS’s centralized cash management system ceased.

Receivables— Receivables consist primarily of trade receivables from customers, net of advertising agency commissions, and are stated net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on historical bad debt experience, the aging of accounts receivable, industry trends and economic indicators, as well as recent payment history for specific customers. Credit evaluations are performed on the Company’s customers and in the opinion of management, credit risk is limited due to the large number of customers.

Property and Equipment— Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Buildings and building improvements

  10 to 40 years

Broadcasting equipment

  3 to 12 years

Furniture, equipment and other

  3 to 10 years

Leasehold improvements

  Over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of asset, up to a maximum of 10 years

Maintenance and repair costs that maintain property and equipment in their original operating condition are charged to expense as incurred. Improvements or additions that extend the useful life of the assets are capitalized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets— The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the forecasted undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by these assets, which is the estimated fair value, to their net carrying value. The amount of impairment loss, if any, will generally be measured by the difference between the net carrying value and the estimated fair value of the asset.

Investments— At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had investments of $.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively, which are included in “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company evaluates

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

its investments for impairment loss by comparing the estimated fair value of the investment to the balance sheet carrying amount, and considers other factors, as appropriate, when determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in fair value has occurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets— Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, which consist of FCC broadcasting licenses, are not amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying value (See Note 5).

The Company’s radio stations operate under renewable broadcasting licenses that are generally granted by the FCC for a term of eight years. A station may continue to operate beyond the expiration date of its license if a timely filed license application is pending. Petitions to deny license renewals can be filed by interested parties, including members of the public. The FCC is required to renew a broadcast station license if it finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity. Historically, FCC licenses have been renewed, and accordingly, management considers these licenses to have indefinite lives.

Revenue Recognition— The Company’s primary source of revenue is the sale of advertising to local and national advertisers across multiple platforms, including traditional radio and on its local websites. Advertising revenue is recognized in the period during which the advertising is broadcast or displayed. Advertising revenues are reported net of agency commissions, which are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue. Agency commissions were $132.7 million, $128.9 million and $139.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Other revenues, including from events, are recognized when the related service is provided and syndication revenue is recognized when the program is made available.

Revenues derived from a single sales contract that contains multiple products and services are allocated based on the relative fair value of each delivered item and recognized in accordance with the applicable revenue recognition criteria for the specific unit of accounting.

Barter Transactions— The Company provides advertising time in exchange for certain goods and services. The value of such exchanges is initially reported as an asset and liability on the balance sheet, and reported in revenues when the advertising spot is broadcast and in operating or selling, general and administrative expenses when the goods or services are utilized. These transactions are recorded at the estimated fair value of the advertising time exchanged, or if more readily determinable, the fair value of the goods or services received. Barter revenue was $23.9 million, $23.8 million and $27.4 million and barter expense was $25.3 million, $24.6 million and $24.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Collaborative Arrangements— The Company operates market-focused local websites with CBS’s television stations (“CBS TV Stations”), which combine local radio and television content within markets where both CBS Radio and CBS TV Stations operate. In connection with this arrangement, advertisements displayed on these websites are sold by both employees of CBS Radio and those of CBS TV Stations. CBS Radio recognizes revenues for advertising sales earned by its employees. Costs associated with the operation and maintenance of these websites are allocated to CBS Radio and CBS TV Stations in proportion to their respective revenues earned. At the time of the Merger, CBS and Entercom are expected to enter into an agreement to govern this arrangement, which is expected to continue after the Merger.

Advertising— Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled $43.3 million, $37.2 million and $39.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Interest— Costs associated with the issuance of debt, as well as debt discounts, are recorded as interest over the term of its related debt.

Income Taxes— Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. For tax positions taken in a previously filed tax return or expected to be taken in a future tax return, the Company evaluates each position to determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is subject to a measurement assessment to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the appropriate reserve to establish, if any. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold a tax reserve is established and no benefit is recognized. A number of years may elapse before a tax return containing tax matters for which a reserve has been established is audited and finally resolved.

The Company’s income tax accounts as presented herein are calculated on a separate tax return basis, even though the Company’s operating results are included in the consolidated federal, and certain state and local income tax returns of CBS. CBS manages its tax position for the benefit of the entire portfolio of its businesses and, as such, the assumptions, methodologies and calculations made for purposes of determining the Company’s tax provision, taxes paid and related tax accounts in the consolidated financial statements herein may differ from those made by CBS and, in addition, are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that the Company would have followed as a separate stand-alone company.

Stock-based Compensation— CBS provides equity incentive plans under which stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) were issued to certain employees of the Company. The cost of such equity instruments are measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The cost is recognized over the vesting period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (See Note 9).

Subsequent Events— The financial statements of the Company are derived from the financial statements of CBS, which issued its annual financial statements on February 17, 2017. Accordingly, management has evaluated transactions for consideration as subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure in the annual financial statements through February 17, 2017. Additionally, management has evaluated transactions that have occurred through the date of issuance of these financial statements, April 12, 2017, for purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance which requires management to evaluate, for each interim and annual reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued. If management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt, disclosures are required in the financial statements, including any plans that will alleviate the substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement Period Adjustments

During the first quarter of 2016, the Company adopted amended FASB guidance which eliminates the requirement to retrospectively account for adjustments to provisional amounts recognized in a business combination when new information is obtained during the measurement period about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. Under the amended guidance, the acquiror will be required to recognize such adjustments in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are identified. Such adjustments also include the effect on earnings from any changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects resulting from the change to provisional amounts, as if the change occurred at the acquisition date. The amendments also require disclosure or separate presentation on the face of the statement of operations of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items

During the first quarter of 2016, the Company adopted amended FASB guidance which eliminates the concept of extraordinary items. This guidance removes the requirement to assess whether an event or transaction is both unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence and to separately present any such items on the statement of operations after income from continuing operations. Rather, such items will either be presented as a separate component of income from continuing operations or disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period

During the first quarter of 2016, the Company adopted FASB guidance on the accounting for stock-based compensation when the terms of an award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. Under this guidance, such performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. The Company should begin recognizing compensation cost in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved, for the cumulative amount of compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent Pronouncements

Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB issued amended guidance to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment. This guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Under the amended guidance, a goodwill impairment charge will now be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for any impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017.

Clarifying the Definition of a Business

In January 2017, the FASB issued amended guidance on the accounting for business combinations which clarifies the definition of a business and assists entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. Under this guidance, when substantially all of the fair value of gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single asset (or group of similar assets), the assets acquired would not represent a business. In addition, in order to be considered a business, an acquisition would have to include at a minimum an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create an output. The amended guidance also narrows the definition of outputs by more closely aligning it with how outputs are described in FASB guidance for revenue recognition. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted.

Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory

In October 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance on the accounting for income taxes, which eliminates the exception in existing guidance which defers the recognition of the tax effects of intra-entity asset transfers other than inventory until the transferred asset is sold to a third party. Rather, the amended guidance requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

In August 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance which clarifies how certain cash receipts and cash payments should be presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new guidance is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted.

Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

In March 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions. Under this amended guidance, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies will be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement in the period in which the awards vest or are exercised. In the statement of cash flows, excess tax benefits will be classified with other income tax cash flows in operating activities. The amended guidance also gives the option to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur and increases the threshold for awards that are partially settled in cash to qualify for equity classification. The Company expects that the adoption of this guidance will introduce volatility into its income tax provision. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016.

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance on the accounting for leases, which supersedes previous lease guidance. Under this guidance, for all leases with terms in excess of one year, including operating leases, the Company will be required to recognize on its balance sheet a lease liability and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The new guidance retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases and the classification criteria is substantially similar to previous guidance. Additionally, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee have not significantly changed. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance, which is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance on the recognition of revenues which provides a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers and supersedes most existing revenue recognition guidance. The main principle under this guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue at the amount it expects to be entitled to in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance, which is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016.

 

Note 3. Acquisitions and Dispositions

CBS Radio Inc.’s legal entity structure historically included ownership of several entities that were not part of the Company’s radio operations. In preparation for the separation of its radio business, CBS completed several reorganization transactions during 2015 which resulted in all of the Company’s non-radio businesses being distributed to another wholly owned subsidiary of CBS. These non-radio businesses have been presented as discontinued operations in these consolidated financial statements.

The following table sets forth details of net income from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2015              2014      

Revenues

   $ 28.1      $ 33.0  

Costs and expenses

     (21.2      (29.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     6.9        3.2  

Provision for income taxes

     (3.1      (1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 3.8      $ 1.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In March 2016, the Company completed the sale of KFWB(AM) in Los Angeles for $8.0 million. This station was previously assigned to a divestiture trust, to which CBS was a beneficiary, as a result of the FCC’s radio-television cross-ownership rule, which limits the common ownership of radio and television stations in the same market. This radio station sale brings the Company into compliance with this cross-ownership rule. The assets associated with this station, which primarily consist of an FCC license, have been classified as held for sale on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2015. During 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $39.6 million to reduce the carrying value of the FCC license attributable to this radio station to its fair value. The fair value reflects the transaction price, which is categorized as a Level 2 input according to the three-level fair value hierarchy established by the FASB, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

In December 2014, in connection with its focus on its major market presence, the Company completed a radio station swap with Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. through which the Company exchanged 13 of its radio stations in Tampa and Charlotte as well as one radio station in Philadelphia, for two radio stations in Philadelphia and three radio stations in Miami. In connection with the radio station swap, the Company recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $48.6 million to reduce the carrying value of the goodwill allocated to the disposed stations to its fair value. The inputs used to determine the fair value are categorized as Level 3 inputs. The fair value of the transaction of approximately $262 million was determined based on a valuation of comparable assets in the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

same geographic markets. The purchase price was allocated based on the fair value of the assets acquired, primarily reflecting goodwill of $89.5 million, of which $7.2 million is deductible for tax purposes, and FCC licenses of $164.2 million.

In July 2014, to complement its digital offerings, the Company acquired Eventful, Inc., a leading digital media company in the events discovery, communication and personalization business. The purchase price of $28.3 million was allocated based on the fair value of the assets acquired, which primarily includes goodwill of $20.2 million and deferred tax assets of $7.0 million. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

These acquisitions did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for any of the years presented.

 

Note 4. Property and Equipment

 

     At December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Land

   $ 46.1      $ 45.8  

Buildings

     41.1        40.3  

Broadcasting equipment

     120.0        115.6  

Furniture, equipment and other

     74.9        74.9  

Leasehold improvements

     71.9        72.2  

Construction in progress

     18.2        13.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     372.2        361.8  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (226.9      (209.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 145.3      $ 151.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $26.1 million in 2016, $28.5 million in 2015 and $30.8 million in 2014. At December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 the Company had accruals for unpaid property and equipment additions of $5.9 million, $3.2 million and $10.2 million, respectively.

 

Note 5. Goodwill and FCC Licenses

The Company performs a fair-value based impairment test of goodwill and FCC licenses annually during the fourth quarter and also between annual tests if an event occurs or if circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit or the aggregate fair value of FCC licenses in a radio market below their respective carrying value. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which for the Company is one level below its operating segment. FCC licenses are tested for impairment at the geographic market level. The Company considers each geographic market, which is comprised of all of the Company’s radio stations within that geographic market, to be a single unit of accounting because the FCC licenses at this level represent their highest and best use.

FCC Licenses

For 2016, the Company performed a quantitative impairment test of FCC licenses in all of its markets. This impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the FCC licenses by geographic market with their respective

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

carrying values. The estimated fair value of each FCC license is computed using the Greenfield Discounted Cash Flow Method (“Greenfield Method”), which attempts to isolate the income that is attributable to the license alone. The Greenfield Method is based upon modeling a hypothetical start-up station and building it up to a normalized operation that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose other assets have essentially been added as part of the build-up process. The Greenfield Method adds the present value of the estimated annual cash flows of the start-up station over a projection period to the residual value at the end of the projection period. The annual cash flows over the projection period include assumptions for overall advertising revenues in the relevant geographic market, the start-up station’s operating costs and capital expenditures, and a three-year build-up period for the start-up station to reach a normalized state of operations, which reflects the point at which it achieves an average market share. The overall market advertising revenue in the subject market is estimated based on recent industry projections. Operating costs and capital expenditures are estimated based on both industry and internal data. The residual value is calculated using a perpetual nominal growth rate, which is based on projected long-range inflation in the U.S. and long-term industry projections and for 2016 was 1.0% for each radio station. The discount rate is determined based on the average of the weighted average cost of capital of comparable entities and for 2016 was 8.50% for each radio station.

For 2016, the Company concluded that the estimated fair values of the FCC licenses in 23 radio markets were lower than their respective carrying values. Accordingly, the Company recognized a pretax noncash impairment charge of $322.7 million related to FCC licenses in these markets. For the remaining two radio markets, the Company concluded that the estimated fair values of FCC licenses in each market exceeded their respective carrying values and therefore no impairment charge was necessary.

For 2015, the Company recognized a pretax noncash impairment charge of $482.9 million to reduce the carrying value of FCC licenses in 18 markets to their fair value. The charge included $39.6 million to reduce the book value of KFWB(AM) in Los Angeles to its fair value. KFWB(AM) was classified as held for sale at December 31, 2015 (See Note 3).

Goodwill

For 2016, the Company performed a quantitative goodwill impairment test for each of its three reporting units. The first step of the goodwill impairment test examines whether the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the second step of the test compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of its goodwill to determine the amount of impairment charge, if any. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is computed based upon the present value of future cash flows (“Discounted Cash Flow Method”), which is compared to the traded values of comparable businesses (“Market Comparable Method”). The Discounted Cash Flow Method and Market Comparable Method resulted in similar estimated fair values. The Discounted Cash Flow Method includes the Company’s assumptions for growth rates, operating margins and capital expenditures for the projection period plus the residual value of the business at the end of the projection period. The estimated growth rates, operating margins and capital expenditures for the projection period are based on the Company’s internal forecasts of future performance as well as historical trends. The residual value is estimated based on a perpetual nominal growth rate, which is based on projected long-range inflation and long-term industry projections, and for 2016 was 1.5% for each of the Company’s reporting units. The discount rate is determined based on the average of the weighted average cost of capital of comparable entities and for 2016 was 8.75% for each of the Company’s reporting units. The Company concluded that the estimated fair value of each of the three reporting units was below their respective carrying values, after the above-mentioned FCC licenses impairment charge, and as a result the Company performed the second step of the goodwill impairment test for each reporting unit. Under step two of the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

goodwill impairment test, the Company performed a hypothetical purchase price allocation for each reporting unit to determine the implied fair value of goodwill, which was then compared to the carrying amount of goodwill. For 2016, the Company recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $530.1 million.

The impairments were the result of an increase in the discount rate caused by a change in the risk profile of CBS Radio, as it is expected to participate in a market transaction imminently. The 2016 discount rate included a higher small company stock premium than the rate used in 2015 reflecting the weighted average cost of capital profile of CBS Radio as a standalone entity, whereas the discount rate for 2015 was based on the weighted average cost of capital profile of CBS. The impairments were also caused by declines in the radio market resulting in lower cash flow projections, as well as management’s expectation of the transaction value of the Merger with Entercom. This estimated transaction value was derived by multiplying the historical trading multiples of Entercom and other similar companies by the total estimated earnings of the combined company.

Entercom’s stock price is one indicator in management’s assessment of the fair value of CBS Radio. A decline in Entercom’s stock price could indicate that the fair value of CBS Radio is lower than its carrying value and could result in an impairment in a future period.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the change in the book value of goodwill was as follows:

 

     Balance at
December 31,
2015
     Impairment      Balance at
December 31,
2016
 

Goodwill

   $ 15,788.8      $ —        $ 15,788.8  

Accumulated impairment losses

     (13,926.9      (530.1      (14,457.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill, net of impairment

   $ 1,861.9      $ (530.1    $ 1,331.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no changes in the book value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Note 6. Restructuring Charges

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, in continued efforts to reduce its cost structure, the Company initiated restructuring activities, primarily for the reorganization of certain operations. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $8.6 million, reflecting $5.2 million of severance costs and $3.4 million of costs associated with exiting contractual obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $36.5 million, reflecting $24.7 million of severance costs and $11.8 million of costs associated with exiting contractual obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $7.0 million, reflecting $5.9 million of severance costs and $1.1 million of costs associated with exiting contractual obligations. As of December 31, 2016, the cumulative settlements for the 2016, 2015 and 2014 restructuring charges were $38.0 million, of which $28.8 million was for the severance costs and $9.2 million related to costs associated with exiting contractual obligations. The Company expects to substantially utilize its restructuring reserves by the end of 2018.

 

2014 Charges

   $ 7.0  

2014 Settlements

     (2.8
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     4.2  

2015 Charges

     36.5  

2015 Settlements

     (16.8
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     23.9  

2016 Charges

     8.6  

2016 Settlements

     (18.4
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 14.1  
  

 

 

 

 

Note 7. Related Party Transactions

CBS provides the Company with certain services, such as insurance and support for technology systems, and also provides benefits to the Company’s employees, including medical, dental, life and disability insurance, participation in a 401(k) savings plan and certain postemployment benefits. Charges for these services and benefits are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on the specific identification of costs, assets and liabilities. These financial statements also include allocations of centralized corporate expenses from CBS for services, such as tax, internal audit, cash management and other services. These expenses were determined based on various allocation methods, including factors such as headcount, time and effort spent on matters relating to the Company, and the number of CBS operating entities benefiting from such services. Charges for these services and benefits provided by CBS have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and totaled $82.5 million, $84.1 million and $76.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used to allocate these expenses are reasonable. However, the Company’s expenses as a stand-alone company may be different from those reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company historically participated in CBS’s centralized cash management system. Under this system, on a daily basis, any excess cash the Company generated was automatically transferred to CBS and any additional daily cash flow needs were funded by CBS. As such, CBS benefited from the positive cash flows the Company generated and CBS also provided the Company with sufficient daily liquidity to fund its ongoing cash needs. As a result, the Company has historically required minimal cash on hand. In conjunction therewith, the intercompany transactions between the Company and CBS have been considered to be effectively settled in cash

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

in these financial statements. The net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions, in addition to cash transfers to and from CBS, are reflected in “Net cash distribution to CBS” on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and “Net distribution to CBS” on the Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity/Invested Equity. The amounts on these financial statement line items differ due to noncash transactions, such as stock-based compensation expense. On October 17, 2016, at the time of the Company’s debt borrowings (see Note 8), the Company’s participation in CBS’s centralized cash management system ceased and as a result, transactions with CBS subsequent to October 17, 2016 are settled in cash. At December 31, 2016, amounts due to CBS were $32.8 million. On March 31, 2017, CBS Radio paid to CBS a dividend of $30 million, representing CBS Radio’s excess cash on hand.

In October 2016, as a result of the Company’s debt borrowings, the Company incurred indebtedness of $1.460 billion, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1.432 billion after deducting bank fees, discounts and commissions, and other expenses payable by the Company incurred in connection therewith. The Company distributed to its parent, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, approximately $1.426 billion, which is an amount equal to the net proceeds of the borrowings, prior to deducting expenses payable by the Company, less $10 million which remained with the Company to use for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs.

CBS manages its long-term debt obligations based on the needs of its entire portfolio of businesses. Long-term debt of CBS and related interest expense are not allocated to the Company as none of CBS’s debt is directly attributable to the Company.

The Company also generates revenues from sales to various subsidiaries and joint ventures of CBS. The Company’s total revenues from these transactions were $14.8 million, $8.4 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Viacom Inc. is controlled by National Amusements, Inc., the controlling stockholder of CBS. The Company recognized revenues of $4.3 million, $2.9 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the sale of advertising spots to subsidiaries of Viacom Inc.

The Company is involved in other transactions with related parties that have not been material in any of the periods presented.

 

Note 8. Long-Term Debt

The following table sets forth the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2016. The Company did not have any long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2015.

 

     At
December 31, 2016
 

Term Loan, due 2023, net of discount

   $ 954.9  

7.250% Senior Notes due 2024

     400.0  

Revolving Credit Facility

     10.0  

Deferred financing costs

     (19.6
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 1,345.3  
  

 

 

 

On October 17, 2016, the Company entered into a five-year $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility due October 2021 (the “Radio Revolving Credit Facility”) and a $1.06 billion senior secured term loan credit facility due October 2023 (the “Radio Term Loan”) pursuant to a credit agreement among CBS Radio, the

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

guarantors named therein, the lenders named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of March 3, 2017 (the “Radio Credit Agreement”). On October 17, 2016, the Company borrowed the full amount of the Radio Term Loan. The Radio Revolving Credit Facility is used for general corporate purposes, including the issuance of letters of credit, and ongoing cash needs. Also on October 17, 2016, the Company issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 7.250% senior notes due November 2024 (the “Senior Notes”) pursuant to an indenture dated as of October 17, 2016 among CBS Radio, the guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, (the “Radio Notes Indenture”). The Senior Notes were offered within the United States to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, with no registration rights, and outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

As a result of the borrowings under the Radio Term Loan and the issuance of the Senior Notes described above (collectively, the “CBS Radio Borrowing”), the Company incurred indebtedness of $1.460 billion, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1.432 billion after deducting bank fees, discounts and commissions, and other expenses payable by the Company incurred in connection therewith. The Company distributed to its parent, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, approximately $1.426 billion, which is an amount equal to the net proceeds of the CBS Radio Borrowing, prior to deducting expenses payable by the Company, less $10 million which remained with the Company to use for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs. During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company prepaid $100 million of the Radio Term Loan, leaving $960 million outstanding at December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016, the total outstanding borrowing under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility was $10 million, and the remaining availability under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility, net of outstanding letters of credit, was approximately $239 million.

The Radio Term Loan requires the Company to make quarterly principal payments at an annual rate of 1% of the initial principal amount of $1.06 billion. Subject to certain exceptions (including in certain cases, reinvestment rights), the Radio Term Loan also requires the Company to prepay certain amounts outstanding thereunder with the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, certain casualty events and certain issuances of debt. Each fiscal year beginning in 2018 the Company will be required to make a prepayment of the Radio Term Loan equal to 50% of its excess cash flow (as described below), subject to certain step-downs based on its consolidated net secured leverage ratio (which is defined in the Radio Credit Agreement and reflects the ratio of (i) its consolidated secured debt (less up to $150 million of cash and cash equivalents) to (ii) its consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Radio Credit Agreement)) (the “Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio”). Excess cash flow is defined in the Radio Credit Agreement and reflects net cash flow from operating activities, less payments for capital expenditures, investments (including acquisitions), the reduction of debt, and dividends and other restricted payments (“Excess Cash Flow”). The Company may prepay additional amounts under the Radio Term Loan from time to time. If a prepayment of the Radio Term Loan is made on or prior to October 17, 2017, as a result of certain refinancing or repricing transactions, the Company will be required to pay a fee equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the obligation so refinanced or repriced.

The Radio Term Loan bears interest at a per annum rate equal to 3.50% plus the greater of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and 1.00%. The interest rate on the Radio Term Loan was 4.50% per annum as of December 31, 2016. Borrowing rates under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility are based on LIBOR or a base rate plus a margin based on the Company’s Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio. The interest rate on the $10 million borrowing under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility was 5.75% per annum at December 31, 2016. Interest on the Radio Term Loan and Radio Revolving Credit Facility is payable at the end of each interest period, but in no event less frequently than quarterly. A commitment fee will be paid based on the amount of unused commitments under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility. The Radio Credit Agreement contains certain

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

customary affirmative and negative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods). The occurrence of an event of default under the Radio Credit Agreement could result in the termination of the commitments under the Radio Revolving Credit Facility and the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under the Radio Credit Agreement and could cause a cross-default that could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness, including the full principal amount of the Senior Notes. The terms of the Radio Revolving Credit Facility require the Company to maintain a maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio of 4.00 to 1.00, with a temporary increase to 4.50 to 1.00 in connection with certain permitted acquisitions.

Interest on the Senior Notes is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on May 1, 2017. The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time, or from time to time, on or after November 1, 2019, at a premium that decreases over time, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Prior to such dates, the Company may redeem some or all of such notes subject to payment of a customary make-whole premium. In addition, prior to November 1, 2019, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings. In the event of a change of control accompanied by a rating decline (each as defined in the Radio Notes Indenture) with respect to the Senior Notes, the holders of the Senior Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of such notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable repurchase date.

The Radio Notes Indenture contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods). The occurrence of an event of default under the Radio Notes Indenture could result in the acceleration of the full principal amount of the Senior Notes and could cause a cross-default that could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness, including all outstanding borrowings under the Radio Credit Agreement.

All obligations under the Radio Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company’s material existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. All obligations under the Radio Credit Agreement, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the Company’s assets and the assets of the guarantors under the Radio Credit Agreement, including all of the capital stock of the guarantors and certain other subsidiaries under the Radio Credit Agreement. The Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries that guarantees the Radio Credit Agreement.

Upon certain events of default, the collateral agent will be entitled to exercise the rights afforded to a secured party under, and subject to the limitations of, applicable law (including applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law), including, but not limited to, receiving dividends or other distributions on, exercising voting and consensual rights and powers with respect to, and/or registering in its own name as pledgee any pledged capital stock.

In connection with the agreement between CBS and Entercom Communications Corp. to combine the Company with Entercom in a merger, in February 2017, the Company entered into a commitment letter with the lenders named therein, pursuant to which the lenders committed to provide, subject to customary closing conditions, up to $500 million of senior secured term loans as an additional tranche of term loans under the Radio Credit Agreement (the “Radio Financing”), the proceeds of which may be used to refinance certain existing indebtedness of Entercom, to redeem Entercom’s preferred stock and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the Merger. The Company expects to consummate and obtain the Radio Financing substantially simultaneously with the closing of the Merger.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

In connection with the Radio Financing for the Merger, on March 3, 2017, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Radio Credit Agreement, pursuant to which CBS Radio, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders and L/C issuers party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, amended the Radio Credit Agreement to, among other things, create a tranche of Term B-1 Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500 million (the “Term B-1 Loans”). The Term B-1 Loans are expected to be funded on the closing date of the Merger, subject to customary conditions.

The Term B-1 Loans will be governed by the Radio Credit Agreement and will have terms substantially identical to the Radio Term Loan, except as described in this paragraph. The Term B-1 Loans will mature on the date that is seven years after the closing date of the Merger. The Term B-1 Loans will require the Company to make quarterly principal payments at an annual rate of 1% of the initial principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans, beginning with the first full fiscal quarter ending after the closing of the Merger. If a prepayment of the Term B-1 Loans is made on or prior to the date that is six months following the closing date of the Merger as a result of certain refinancing or repricing transactions, the Company will be required to pay a fee equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the obligation so refinanced or repriced. The Term B-1 Loans are expected to bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 2.75% plus LIBOR. Interest on the Term B-1 Loans will be payable at the end of each interest period, but in no event less frequently than quarterly.

At December 31, 2016, the fair value of the Radio Term Loan and Senior Notes, which is estimated based on quoted market prices for similar liabilities (Level 2) and includes accrued interest, was $1.40 billion.

At December 31, 2016, the Company’s scheduled maturities of long-term debt at face value were as follows:

 

       2017        2018        2019        2020        2021        2022 and
thereafter
 

Long-term debt

     $ 10.6        $ 10.6        $ 10.6        $ 10.6        $ 20.6        $ 1,307.0  

 

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation

Certain of the Company’s employees were granted awards of stock options and RSUs for CBS Class B Common Stock under the CBS equity incentive plans. These awards include an annual grant to certain management employees as well as annual grants under the CBS Fund the Future Program to substantially all of the Company’s employees.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

RSUs

   $   11.7      $   14.4      $   14.8  

Stock options

     .5        2.7        1.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense, before income taxes

     12.2        17.1        16.6  

Related tax benefit

     (4.8      (6.7      (6.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

   $ 7.4      $ 10.4      $ 10.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

RSUs

Compensation expense for RSUs is determined based upon the market price of the CBS shares underlying the awards on the date of grant and expensed over the vesting period, which is generally a three- to four-year service

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

period. For certain RSU awards the number of shares an employee earns is based on the outcome of performance conditions. Compensation expense is recorded based on the probable outcome of the performance condition. Forfeitures for RSUs are estimated on the date of grant based on historical forfeiture rates. On an annual basis, adjustments are made to compensation expense based on actual forfeitures and the forfeiture rates are revised as necessary.

The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs was $49.69, $59.73 and $64.50 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The total market value of RSUs that vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $12.9 million, $25.5 million and $36.7 million, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2016 was $18.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

The following table summarizes the activity of CBS RSUs issued to employees of the Company.

 

     RSUs      Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2015

     562,310      $ 54.90  

Granted

     338,665      $ 49.69  

Vested

     (263,851    $ 50.03  

Forfeited

     (86,600    $ 55.50  

Net transfers out

     (40,590    $ 52.84  
  

 

 

    

Non-vested at December 31, 2016

     509,934      $ 54.02  
  

 

 

    

Stock Options

Stock options vest over a four-year service period and expire eight years from the date of grant. Forfeitures are estimated on the date of grant based on historical forfeiture rates. On an annual basis, adjustments are made to compensation expense based on actual forfeitures and the forfeiture rates are revised as necessary.

The weighted average fair value of stock options as of the grant date was $13.07, $15.86 and $18.23 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Compensation expense for stock options is determined based on the grant date fair value of the award using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Expected dividend yield

     1.28     1.25     1.25

Expected stock price volatility

     32.12     31.14     33.06

Risk-free interest rate

     1.47     1.60     1.60

Expected term of options (years)

     5.00       5.00       5.00  

The expected stock price volatility is determined using a weighted average of historical volatility for CBS Class B Common Stock and implied volatility of publicly traded options to purchase CBS Class B Common Stock. Given the existence of an actively traded market for CBS options, the Company was able to derive implied volatility using publicly traded options to purchase CBS Class B Common Stock that were trading near the grant date of the employee stock options at a similar exercise price and a remaining term of greater than one year.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

The risk-free interest rate is based on a U.S. Treasury rate in effect on the date of grant with a term equal to the expected term. The expected term is determined based on historical employee exercise and the post-vesting terminations behavior. The expected dividend yield represents the future expectation of the dividend yield based on current rates and historical patterns of dividend changes.

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards at December 31, 2016 was $1.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.

The following table summarizes the activity of CBS stock options issued to employees of the Company.

 

     Stock
Options
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     451,254      $ 46.95  

Granted

     90,873      $ 49.08  

Exercised

     (82,796    $ 35.59  

Forfeited or Expired

     (50,096    $ 57.05  

Transfers out

     (44,247    $ 55.25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

     364,988      $ 47.66  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

     248,117      $ 44.83  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes other information relating to stock option exercises during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Cash paid to CBS by employees of the Company for stock option exercises

   $ 2.9      $ 6.5      $ 4.9  

Tax benefit of stock option exercises

   $ .6      $ 3.5      $ 4.5  

Intrinsic value of stock option exercises

   $ 1.6      $ 8.8      $ 11.3  

The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable stock options to purchase CBS Class B Common Stock under the CBS equity incentive plans at December 31, 2016.

 

     Outstanding          Exercisable

Range of Exercise Price

   Number of
Options
  

Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)

  

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

         Number of
Options
  

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

$20 to $29.99

   90,132    2.43    $24.92      90,132    $24.92

$40 to $49.99

   117,269    5.59    $44.47      56,458    $43.21

$50 to $59.99

   44,388    2.27    $59.54      35,827    $59.54

$60 to $69.99

   113,199    4.87    $64.41      65,700    $65.52
  

 

          

 

  
   364,988            248,117   
  

 

          

 

  

At December 31, 2016 stock options outstanding have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.18 years and the total intrinsic value for “in-the-money” options, based on the closing stock price of CBS Class B Common Stock of $63.62, was $6.0 million. At December 31, 2016 stock options exercisable have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.93 years and the total intrinsic value for “in-the-money” exercisable options was $4.8 million.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Note 10. Income Taxes

The Company’s operating results have been included in consolidated federal, and certain state and local income tax returns filed by CBS. The income tax expense reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, net deferred tax liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and income tax payments reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows have been prepared as if these amounts were calculated on a separate tax return basis for the Company. Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used to determine these tax amounts are reasonable. However, the consolidated financial statements herein may not necessarily reflect the Company’s income tax expense or tax payments in the future, or what its tax amounts would have been if the Company had been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Cash paid for income taxes was assumed to be $80.6 million, $74.0 million and $109.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 82.3      $ 60.9      $ 82.2  

State and local

     19.5        13.1        19.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     101.8        74.0        101.5  

Deferred

     (127.2      (177.8      21.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

   $ (25.4    $ (103.8    $ 122.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, included in discontinued operations was an income tax provision of $3.1 million and $1.7 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The difference between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and the (benefit) provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Taxes on income at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (202.2    $ (84.6    $ 104.8  

State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     (5.7      (20.0      6.9  

Impairment charges

     182.6        —          8.9  

Other, net

     (.1      .8        2.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

   $ (25.4    $ (103.8    $ 122.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

The following is a summary of the components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities:

 

     At December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Reserves and other accrued liabilities

   $ 11.3      $ 13.3  

Postretirement and other employee compensation

     14.2        4.0  

Tax credit and loss carryforwards

     19.5        19.3  

Investments

     .4        3.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     45.4        40.5  

Valuation allowance

     (13.6      (16.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets, net

     31.8        23.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Property and equipment

     (1.5      (3.0

FCC licenses and goodwill

     (948.5      (1,077.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (950.0      (1,080.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities, net

   $ (918.2    $ (1,056.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal, state and local jurisdictions of approximately $16.6 million, which expire in 2035.

The 2016 and 2015 deferred income tax assets were reduced by a valuation allowance of $13.6 million and $16.7 million, respectively, principally relating to income tax benefits of capital losses which are not expected to be realized.

The following table sets forth the change in the reserve for uncertain tax positions, excluding related accrued interest and penalties.

 

At January 1, 2014

   $ 8.6  

Additions for current year tax positions

     .7  

Reductions for prior year tax positions

     (2.0

Cash settlements

     (4.7
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

     2.6  
  

 

 

 

Additions for current year tax positions

     .6  

Additions for prior year tax positions

     .1  
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     3.3  
  

 

 

 

Additions for current year tax positions

     .7  

Statute of limitations lapses

     (.2
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

   $ 3.8  
  

 

 

 

The reserve for uncertain tax positions of $3.8 million at December 31, 2016 includes $2.5 million which would affect the Company’s effective income tax rate if and when recognized in future years.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalty charges related to the reserve for uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized interest and penalty charges of $.1 million, $.2 million and $.1 million, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has recorded liabilities for accrued interest and penalties of $.5 million and $.4 million, respectively on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Although the Company’s income taxes are presented on a separate tax return basis, its operating results are included in the consolidated federal and certain state and local tax filings of CBS. Various tax years are currently under examination by state and local tax authorities and 2013 through 2015 remain open with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRS is expected to commence its examination of these years during 2017. With respect to open tax years in all jurisdictions, the Company currently believes that it is reasonably possible that the reserve for uncertain tax positions will change within the next twelve months; however, as it is difficult to predict the final outcome of any particular tax matter, an estimate of any related impact to the reserve for uncertain tax positions cannot currently be determined.

 

Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company’s commitments not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets primarily consist of operating lease arrangements, talent contracts, purchase obligations and programming rights, mainly for sports programming. These arrangements result from the Company’s normal course of business and represent obligations that are payable over several years.

The Company has long-term noncancellable operating lease commitments for office space and equipment, which expire at various dates.

At December 31, 2016, minimum rental payments under noncancellable operating leases with terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

     Operating
Leases
 

2017

   $ 29.7  

2018

     28.9  

2019

     28.1  

2020

     26.1  

2021

     24.4  

2022 and thereafter

     112.3  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 249.5  
  

 

 

 

Future minimum operating lease payments have been reduced by future minimum sublease income of $7.1 million. Rent expense was $35.4 million, $36.2 million and $33.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company’s commitments for programming rights, talent contracts and purchase obligations in excess of one year are as follows:

 

     Programming
Rights
     Talent
Contracts
     Purchase
Obligations
     Total  

2017

   $ 34.7      $ 26.7      $ 2.4      $ 63.8  

2018

     35.3        19.4        1.7        56.4  

2019

     33.8        5.4        .7        39.9  

2020

     30.9        .5        .6        32.0  

2021

     26.8        —          .5        27.3  

2022 and thereafter

     33.7        —          —          33.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments

   $ 195.2      $ 52.0      $ 5.9      $ 253.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Legal Matters

On an ongoing basis, the Company vigorously defends itself in numerous lawsuits and proceedings and responds to various investigations and inquiries from federal, state and local authorities (collectively, “litigation”). Litigation may be brought against the Company without merit, is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict. However, based on its understanding and evaluation of the relevant facts and circumstances, the Company believes that the litigation to which it is a party is not likely to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Various independent record companies that claim to own the rights to several hundred sound recordings created prior to February 15, 1972 (the “Pre-1972 Recordings”) have sued several radio broadcasters (including CBS Radio) for allegedly infringing their exclusive right of public performance in certain states. In August 2015, CBS Radio was named as a defendant in two separate putative class action lawsuits filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California and the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York for common law copyright infringement as well as related state law claims. In May 2016, the California court dismissed the California case against CBS Radio. In June 2016, the plaintiff record companies appealed this judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. In March 2017, the New York federal court dismissed the New York case with prejudice. The California case seeks unspecified damages. An adverse decision in the California case could impede CBS Radio’s ability to broadcast or stream the Pre-1972 Recordings and/or increase its royalty payments. CBS Radio intends to vigorously defend itself in the California case.

In June 2016, a purported class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against CBS Radio Inc. alleging violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”). The complaint alleges a putative nationwide class of persons who received nonemergency text messages on their cellphones on or after June 7, 2012 from or on behalf of CBS Radio via an automated telephone dialing system or an artificial or prerecorded voice without the persons’ prior express consent and seeks $500 for each text message that violates the TCPA, $1,500 for each text message that constitutes a knowing or willful violation of the TCPA and an injunction prohibiting future TCPA violations by CBS Radio. In September 2016, CBS Radio filed a motion to dismiss the case. In October 2016, the plaintiff filed an opposition to the motion to dismiss. In October 2016, CBS Radio filed a notice of constitutional challenge with the court and served it on the U.S. Attorney General (the “USAG”). In February 2017, the USAG filed a notice of intervention with the court and submitted a brief in support of the constitutionality of the TCPA. CBS Radio intends to vigorously defend itself in this case.

The Company is not yet able to determine what effect these lawsuits will have, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Note 12. Employee Benefits

Defined Benefit Plans

Certain employees of the Company participate in qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans sponsored by CBS, which also include participants from other CBS operating entities. For purposes of these financial statements, the Company accounts for these plans as multiemployer benefit plans. Accordingly, the Company did not record an asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets to recognize the funded status of these plans.

In addition, the Company has historically sponsored a qualified defined benefit pension plan covering certain of its employees. The assets of this plan consist entirely of the plan’s interest in a master trust which invests the assets of this plan as well as several other defined benefit plans sponsored by CBS. During 2016, the Company transferred to CBS the total assets of the Company’s qualified pension plan of $4.5 million, and CBS became the sponsor of the plan. The majority of participants in the pension plan are retired or former employees of the Company and the plan is closed to new entrants. All participants are fully vested and will continue to receive benefits under the plan. As of December 31, 2015, this plan had total assets of $4.9 million and a projected benefit obligation of $.7 million. At December 31, 2015, this plan was overfunded by $4.2 million and such amount was recognized in “Other Assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Costs associated with all pension and other postretirement benefits provided to the Company’s employees totaled $1.8 million, $.9 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Multiemployer Pension

The Company contributes to multiemployer plans that provide pension benefits to certain employees under collective bargaining agreements. Contributions to these plans were $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $2.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Based on the Company’s contributions to each individual multiemployer plan relative to the total contributions of all participating employers in such plan, no multiemployer plan was deemed to be individually significant to the Company.

Defined Contribution Plans

CBS sponsors defined contribution plans for the benefit of substantially all of the Company’s employees meeting eligibility requirements. Employer contributions to such plans for the Company’s employees were $9.3 million, $11.1 million and $11.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CBS RADIO

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (Tabular dollars in millions)

 

Col. A

  Col. B     Col. C     Col. D     Col. E  

Description

  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
    Balance
Acquired
through
Acquisitions
    Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
    Charged to
Other
Accounts
    Deductions     Balance at
End of Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

           

Year ended December 31, 2016

  $ 5.0     $ —       $ 6.3     $ —       $ 4.4     $ 6.9  

Year ended December 31, 2015

  $ 3.6     $ —       $ 4.6     $ —       $ 3.2     $ 5.0  

Year ended December 31, 2014

  $ 6.6     $ —       $ (.1   $ —       $ 2.9     $ 3.6  

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets:

           

Year ended December 31, 2016

  $ 16.7     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 3.1     $ 13.6  

Year ended December 31, 2015

  $ 17.4     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ .7     $ 16.7  

Year ended December 31, 2014

  $ 16.2     $ 1.2     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 17.4  

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ANNEX A-1

Annex A-1: Fairness Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

[Logo]

February 2, 2017

Board of Directors

Entercom Communications Corp

401 City Avenue

Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004

Members of the Board:

We understand that CBS Corporation (the “Parent”), CBS Radio Inc. (the “Company”), Entercom Communications Corp (the “Acquiror”) and Constitution Merger Sub Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Acquiror (“Merger Sub”), propose to enter into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, substantially in the form of the draft dated February 1, 2017 (the “Merger Agreement”), which provides, among other things, for the merger (the “Merger”) of Merger Sub with and into the Company following the Distributions and the Stock Split (each as defined in the Merger Agreement). Pursuant to the Merger, the Company will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Acquiror, and each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Company Common Stock”) at the effective time of the Merger, other than shares held in treasury, will be converted into the right to receive one share (the “Exchange Ratio”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Acquiror (the “Acquiror Class A Common Stock”). The terms and conditions of the Merger are more fully set forth in the Merger Agreement.

You have asked for our opinion as to whether the Exchange Ratio pursuant to the Merger Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to the Acquiror.

For purposes of the opinion set forth herein, we have:

 

    Reviewed certain publicly available financial statements and other business and financial information of the Company and the Acquiror, respectively;

 

    Reviewed certain internal financial statements and other financial and operating data concerning the Company and the Acquiror, respectively;

 

    Reviewed certain financial projections prepared by the management of the Acquiror relating to the Company and the Acquiror, respectively;

 

    Reviewed information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, prepared by the management of the Acquiror;

 

    Discussed the past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of the Acquiror, including information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, with senior executives of the Acquiror;

 

    Discussed the past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of the Company with executives of the Parent;

 

    Reviewed the pro forma impact of the Merger on the Acquiror’s earnings per share, cash flow, consolidated capitalization and certain financial ratios;

 

    Reviewed the reported prices and trading activity for the Acquiror Class A Common Stock;

 

A-1-1


Table of Contents
    Compared the financial performance of the Company and the Acquiror and the prices and trading activity of the Acquiror Class A Common Stock with that of certain other publicly-traded companies comparable with the Company and the Acquiror, respectively, and their securities;

 

    Reviewed the financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of certain comparable acquisition transactions;

 

    Participated in certain discussions and negotiations among representatives of the Parent and the Acquiror and their financial and legal advisors;

 

    Reviewed the Merger Agreement, the commitment letter from certain lenders dated February 2, 2017 (the “Commitment Letter”) and certain related documents; and

 

    Performed such other analyses, reviewed such other information and considered such other factors as we have deemed appropriate.

We have assumed and relied upon, without independent verification, the accuracy and completeness of the information that was publicly available or supplied or otherwise made available to us by the Parent, the Company and the Acquiror, and formed a substantial basis for this opinion. With respect to the financial projections, including information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, we have assumed that they have been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments of the management of the Acquiror of the future financial performance of the Company and the Acquiror. At the Acquiror’s direction, our analysis relating to the business and financial prospects of the Company and the Acquiror for purposes of this opinion has been made on the basis of the financial projections. We have been advised by the Acquiror, and have assumed, with the Acquiror’s consent, that the financial projections are reasonable bases upon which to evaluate the business and financial prospects of the Company and the Acquiror, respectively. We express no view as to the financial projections or the assumptions on which they were based. In addition, we have assumed that the Merger will be consummated in accordance with the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement without any waiver, amendment or delay of any terms or conditions, including, among other things, that the Merger will be treated as a tax-free reorganization, pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that the Acquiror and the Company will obtain financing in accordance with the terms set forth in the Commitment Letter, and that the definitive Merger Agreement will not differ in any material respect from the draft thereof furnished to us. Morgan Stanley has assumed that in connection with the receipt of all the necessary governmental, regulatory or other approvals and consents required for the proposed Merger, no delays, limitations, conditions or restrictions will be imposed that would have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits expected to be derived in the proposed Merger. We have relied upon, without independent verification, the assessment by the managements of the Company and the Acquiror of: (i) the strategic, financial and other benefits expected to result from the Merger; (ii) the timing and risks associated with the integration of the Company and the Acquiror; (iii) their ability to retain key employees of the Company and the Acquiror, respectively and (iv) the validity of, and risks associated with, the Company and the Acquiror’s existing and future technologies, intellectual property, products, services and business models. In arriving at our opinion, we were not authorized to solicit, and did not solicit, interest from any party with respect to the acquisition, business combination or other extraordinary transaction, involving the Acquiror. Our opinion is limited to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the Exchange Ratio to the Acquiror and does not address the relative merits of the Merger as compared to any other alternative business transaction, or other alternatives, or whether or not such alternatives could be achieved or are available, nor does it address the underlying business decision of the Acquiror to enter into the Merger Agreement. We do not express any view on, and this opinion does not address, any other term or aspect of the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or any term or aspect of any other agreement or instrument contemplated by the Merger Agreement or entered into or amended in connection therewith. Morgan Stanley also expresses no opinion as to the relative fairness of any portion of the consideration to holders of any series of common or preferred stock of the Acquiror. We are not legal, tax or regulatory advisors. We are financial advisors only and have relied upon, without independent verification, the assessment of the Acquiror, the Parent and the Company and their legal, tax, or regulatory advisors with respect to legal, tax, or regulatory matters. We express no opinion with respect to the fairness of the

 

A-1-2


Table of Contents

amount or nature of the compensation to any of the Parent’s or Company’s officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, whether relative to the Exchange Ratio or otherwise. We have not made any independent valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities of the Company or the Acquiror or any other entity or business, nor have we been furnished with any such valuations or appraisals. Our opinion is necessarily based on financial, economic, market and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof. Events occurring after the date hereof may affect this opinion and the assumptions used in preparing it, and we do not assume any obligation to update, revise or reaffirm this opinion.

We have acted as financial advisor to the Board of Directors of the Acquiror in connection with this transaction and will receive a fee for our services, (i) a substantial portion of which is contingent upon the closing of the Merger and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and, (ii) a portion of which is contingent upon the rendering of this financial opinion. In addition, at the Acquiror’s request, we anticipate that we and certain of our affiliates will arrange and/or provide certain financings or refinancings to the Company and the Acquiror in connection with the Merger for which we would receive customary compensation from the Company and the Acquiror. In the two years prior to the date hereof, we have provided financial advisory and financing services for the Parent and have received fees in connection with such services of between $1 and $2 million and have provided financing services for the Acquiror and have received fees in connection with such services of less than $1 million. Morgan Stanley may also seek to provide financial advisory and financing services to the Acquiror and the Parent and their respective affiliates in the future and would expect to receive fees for the rendering of these services.

Please note that Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm engaged in the securities, investment management and individual wealth management businesses. Our securities business is engaged in securities underwriting, trading and brokerage activities, foreign exchange, commodities and derivatives trading, prime brokerage, as well as providing investment banking, financing and financial advisory services. Morgan Stanley, its affiliates, directors and officers may at any time invest on a principal basis or manage funds that invest, hold long or short positions, finance positions, and may trade or otherwise structure and effect transactions, for their own account or the accounts of its customers, in debt or equity securities or loans of the Acquiror, the Parent, or any other company, or any currency or commodity, that may be involved in this transaction, or any related derivative instrument.

This opinion has been approved by a committee of Morgan Stanley investment banking and other professionals in accordance with our customary practice. This opinion is for the information of the Board of Directors of the Acquiror and may not be used for any other purpose or disclosed without our prior written consent, except as provided in Morgan Stanley’s engagement letter with Acquiror and that a copy of this opinion may be included in its entirety in any filing the Acquiror is required to make with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this transaction if such inclusion is required by applicable law. In addition, this opinion does not in any manner address the prices at which the Acquiror Class A Common Stock will trade following consummation of the Merger or at any time and Morgan Stanley expresses no opinion or recommendation as to how the stockholders of the Acquiror should vote at the stockholders’ meeting to be held in connection with the Merger.

Based on and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion on the date hereof that the Exchange Ratio pursuant to the Merger Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to the Acquiror.

Very truly yours,

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

By: /s/ Christopher Bartlett

Christopher Bartlett

Managing Director

 

A-1-3


Table of Contents

ANNEX A-2

Annex A-2: Fairness Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC

 

A-2-1


Table of Contents

[Logo]

    

 

Centerview Partners LLC

31 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

 

February 2, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

The Board of Directors

Entercom Communications Corp.

401 City Avenue

Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004

  

The Board of Directors:

You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to Entercom Communications Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation (“Entercom”), of the Exchange Ratio (as defined below) provided for pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger proposed to be entered into (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among CBS Corporation (“CBS”), CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CBS (“Radio”), Entercom, and Constitution Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provides that Merger Sub will be merged with and into Radio (the “Merger”), as a result of which Radio will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom and each issued and outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Radio Common Stock”) immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (other than shares held by Radio as treasury stock) will be converted into the right to receive 1.000 (the “Exchange Ratio”) share of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Entercom Class A Common Stock”). The Exchange Ratio is subject to certain adjustments (as to which we express no opinion) as set forth more fully in the Merger Agreement.

Prior to the effective time of the Merger, pursuant to a Master Separation Agreement proposed to be entered into between CBS and Radio (the “Separation Agreement” and, together with the Merger Agreement and the Side Letter (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the “Agreements”):

 

    certain subsidiaries of CBS will consummate a series of distributions (the “Internal Distributions”) of all of the outstanding equity of Radio that will result in Radio being a direct wholly owned subsidiary of CBS, and Radio will effect a stock split (together with the Internal Distributions, the “Radio Reorganization”), in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement;

 

    CBS will consummate an offer to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) all of the outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock for shares of Class B Common Stock of CBS, par value $0.001 per share (the “CBS Class B Common Stock”) then outstanding on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement; and

 

    in the event that holders of CBS Class B Common Stock subscribe for less than all of the shares of Radio Common Stock in the Exchange Offer, CBS will distribute the remaining outstanding shares of Radio Common Stock on a pro rata basis to holders of CBS Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock of CBS, par value $0.001 per share (the “CBS Class A Common Stock” and together with the CBS Class B Common Stock, the “CBS Common Stock”) whose shares of CBS Common Stock remain outstanding after consummation of the Exchange Offer, so that CBS will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having distributed all of the Radio Common Stock to its stockholders (the “Clean-Up Spin-Off”), considering, for the purposes of calculating the pro rata distribution of Radio Common Stock pursuant to any Clean-Up Spin-Off, the CBS Class A Common Stock and CBS Class B Common Stock as a single class (collectively, the “Final Distribution” and together with the Internal Distributions, the “Distributions”), in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement.

 

A-2-2


Table of Contents

The Merger, the Radio Reorganization, the Exchange Offer and the Distributions, collectively with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are referred to herein as the “Transaction.” The summary of the Transaction set forth above is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Agreements. The terms and conditions of the Transaction are more fully set forth in the Agreements.

We have acted as financial advisor to the Board of Directors of Entercom in connection with the Transaction. We will receive a fee for our services in connection with the Transaction, all of which is payable upon the rendering of this opinion. In addition, Entercom has agreed to reimburse certain of our expenses arising, and indemnify us against certain liabilities that may arise, out of our engagement.

We are a securities firm engaged directly and through affiliates and related persons in a number of investment banking, financial advisory and merchant banking activities. In the past two years, we have not (except for our current engagement) been engaged to provide financial advisory or other services to Entercom, and we have not received any compensation from Entercom during such period. In the past two years, we have not been engaged to provide financial advisory or other services to CBS or Radio, and we have not received any compensation from CBS or Radio during such period. We may provide financial advisory and other services to or with respect to Entercom, CBS or their respective affiliates in the future, for which we may receive compensation. Certain (i) of our and our affiliates’ directors, officers, members and employees, or family members of such persons, (ii) of our affiliates or related investment funds and (iii) investment funds or other persons in which any of the foregoing may have financial interests or with which they may co-invest, may at any time acquire, hold, sell or trade, in debt, equity and other securities or financial instruments (including derivatives, bank loans or other obligations) of, or investments in, Entercom, CBS or any of their respective affiliates, or any other party that may be involved in the Transaction.

In connection with this opinion, we have reviewed, among other things: (i) drafts of the Agreements, each dated February 1, 2017 (the “Draft Agreements”); (ii) Annual Reports on Form 10-K of Entercom for the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and Annual Reports on Form 10-K of CBS for the years ended years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013; (iii) Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Radio and amendments thereto filed prior to the date of this opinion; (iv) certain interim reports to stockholders and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q of Entercom and CBS; (v) certain publicly available research analyst reports for Entercom and CBS; (vi) certain other communications from Entercom and CBS to their respective stockholders; (vii) certain internal information relating to the business, operations, earnings, cash flow, assets, liabilities and prospects of Entercom, including certain financial forecasts, analyses and projections relating to Entercom prepared by management of Entercom and furnished to us by Entercom for purposes of our analysis (the “Entercom Forecasts”) (collectively, the “Entercom Internal Data”); (viii) certain internal information relating to the business, operations, earnings, cash flow, assets, liabilities and prospects of Radio prepared by management of CBS and Radio and made available to us by Entercom for purposes of our analysis (collectively, the “Radio Internal Data”); (ix) certain financial forecasts, analyses and projections relating to Radio prepared by management of Entercom and furnished to us by Entercom for purposes of our analysis (the “Radio Forecasts”) and (x) and certain tax and other cost savings and operating synergies projected by the management of Entercom to result from the Transaction furnished to us by Entercom for purposes of our analysis (the “Synergies”). We have participated in discussions with members of the senior management and representatives of Entercom, CBS and Radio regarding their assessment of Entercom Internal Data, the Radio Internal Data, the Radio Forecasts and the Synergies, as appropriate, and the strategic rationale for the Transaction. In addition, we reviewed publicly available financial and stock market data, including valuation multiples, for certain companies, the securities of which are publicly traded, in lines of business that we deemed relevant, and compared that data with similar data for Entercom and Radio. We also compared certain of the proposed financial terms of the Transaction with the financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of certain other transactions that we deemed relevant and conducted such other financial studies and analyses and took into account such other information as we deemed appropriate.

 

A-2-3


Table of Contents

We have assumed, without independent verification or any responsibility therefor, the accuracy and completeness of the financial, legal, regulatory, tax, accounting and other information supplied to, discussed with, or reviewed by us for purposes of this opinion and have, with your consent, relied upon such information as being complete and accurate. In that regard, we have assumed, at your direction, that the Entercom Internal Data (including, without limitation, the Entercom Forecasts), the Radio Forecasts and the Synergies have been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments of the management of Entercom as to the matters covered thereby and that the Radio Internal Data have been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments of the management of CBS and Radio as to the matters covered thereby, and we have relied, at your direction, on the Entercom Internal Data (including, without limitation, the Entercom Forecasts), the Radio Internal Data, the Radio Forecasts and the Synergies for purposes of our analysis and this opinion. We express no view or opinion as to the Entercom Internal Data (including, without limitation, the Entercom Forecasts), the Radio Internal Data, and the Radio Forecasts, the Synergies or the assumptions on which they are based. In addition, at your direction, we have not made any independent evaluation or appraisal of any of the assets or liabilities (contingent, derivative, off-balance-sheet or otherwise) of Entercom, CBS, Radio or any other person, nor have we been furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal, and we have not been asked to conduct, and did not conduct, a physical inspection of the properties or assets of Entercom, CBS, Radio or any other person. We have assumed, at your direction, that (i) the final executed Agreements will not differ in any respect material to our analysis or this opinion from the Draft Agreements reviewed by us, (ii) the representations and warranties made by the parties in the Agreements and related agreements are and will be true and correct in all respects material to our analysis and this opinion, (iii) there will be no Exchange Ratio, working capital or other adjustments or payments by any party pursuant to any indemnification or similar obligations under the Agreements, in each case that are material to our analysis or this opinion and (iv) the debt financing to be incurred by Radio in connection with the Transaction will be obtained on terms no less favorable to Entercom and Radio than the terms set forth in the January 29, 2017, draft Radio Commitment Letter (as defined in the Merger Agreement). We have also assumed, at your direction, that the Transaction will be consummated on the terms set forth in the Agreements and in accordance with all applicable laws and other relevant documents or requirements, without delay or the waiver, modification or amendment of any term, condition or agreement, the effect of which would be material to our analysis or this opinion and that, in the course of obtaining the necessary governmental, regulatory and other approvals, consents, releases and waivers for the Transaction, no delay, limitation, restriction, condition or other change, including any divestiture requirements or amendments or modifications, will be imposed, the effect of which would be material to our analysis or this opinion. We have further assumed, at your direction, that the Merger will qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. We have not evaluated and do not express any opinion as to the solvency or fair value of Entercom, CBS, Radio or any other person, or the ability of Entercom, CBS, Radio or any other person to pay its respective obligations when they come due, or as to the impact of the Transaction on such matters, under any state, federal or other laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar matters. We are not legal, regulatory, tax or accounting advisors, and we express no opinion as to any legal, regulatory, tax or accounting matters.

We express no view as to, and our opinion does not address, Entercom’s underlying business decision to proceed with or effect the Transaction, or the relative merits of the Transaction as compared to any alternative business strategies or transactions that might be available to Entercom or in which Entercom might engage. This opinion is limited to and addresses only the fairness, from a financial point of view, as of the date hereof, to Entercom of the Exchange Ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement. We have not been asked to, nor do we express any view on, and our opinion does not address, any other term or aspect of the Agreements or the Transaction, including, without limitation, the structure or form of the Transaction, the Radio Reorganization, the Exchange Offer or the Distributions, or any other agreements or arrangements contemplated by the Agreements or entered into in connection with or otherwise contemplated by the Transaction, including, without limitation, the fairness of the Transaction or any other term or aspect of the Transaction to, or any consideration to be received in connection therewith by, or the impact of the Transaction on, the holders of any class of securities, creditors or other constituencies of Entercom or any other party. We express no opinion as to the relative fairness

 

A-2-4


Table of Contents

of any portion of the consideration to holders of any series of common or preferred stock of Entercom. In addition, we express no view or opinion as to the fairness (financial or otherwise) of the amount, nature or any other aspect of any compensation to be paid or payable to any of the officers, directors or employees of Entercom or any party, or class of such persons in connection with the Transaction, whether relative to the Exchange Ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement or otherwise. Our opinion, as expressed herein, relates to the relative values of Entercom and Radio. Our opinion is necessarily based on financial, economic, monetary, currency, market and other conditions and circumstances as in effect on, and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof, and we do not have any obligation or responsibility to update, revise or reaffirm this opinion based on circumstances, developments or events occurring after the date hereof. We express no view or opinion as to what the value of Shares actually will be when issued pursuant to the Transaction or the prices at which Entercom Class A Common Stock (or other securities of Radio, CBS, Entercom or any other entity) will trade or otherwise be transferable at any time, including following the announcement or consummation of the Transaction. Our opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder of Entercom or any other person as to how such stockholder or other person should vote with respect to the Merger or otherwise act with respect to the Transaction or any other matter.

Our financial advisory services and the opinion expressed herein are provided for the information and assistance of the Board of Directors of Entercom (in their capacity as directors and not in any other capacity) in connection with and for purposes of its consideration of the Transaction. The issuance of this opinion was approved by the Centerview Partners LLC Fairness Opinion Committee.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, including the various assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, and qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion, as of the date hereof, that the Exchange Ratio provided for pursuant to the Merger Agreement is fair, from a financial point of view, to Entercom.

 

  Very truly yours,
  /s/    Centerview Partners LLC
  CENTERVIEW PARTNERS LLC

 

A-2-5


Table of Contents

 

 

THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS:

[              ]

Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to the information agent at the address and telephone numbers listed above. Additional copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal and other tender offer materials may be obtained from the information agent as set forth above. You may also contact your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the offer.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AGENT FOR THIS OFFER IS:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

By Mail:   By Hand or Overnight Courier:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Shareowner Services

Voluntary Corporate Actions

P.O. Box 64858

St. Paul, Minnesota 55164-0854

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Shareowner Services

Voluntary Corporate Actions

1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101

Mendota Heights, Minnesota 55120

The letter of transmittal and any other required documents should be sent or delivered by each stockholder or broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to the exchange offer agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., at one of its addresses set forth above. Notices of Guaranteed Delivery and Notices of Withdrawal may be sent to the exchange offer agent by facsimile transmission at (866) 734-9952.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Entercom is incorporated in Pennsylvania. Sections 1741 and 1742 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988 (the “PBCL”) provide that a business corporation may indemnify directors and officers against liabilities and expenses they may incur as such in connection with any threatened, pending or completed civil, administrative or investigative proceeding, provided that the particular person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In general, the power to indemnify under these sections does not exist in the case of actions against a director or officer by or in the right of the corporation if the person otherwise entitled to indemnification shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless it is judicially determined that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for specified expenses. Section 1743 of the PBCL provides that a business corporation is required to indemnify directors and officers against expenses they may incur in defending actions against them in such capacities if they are successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of such actions.

Section 1746 of the PBCL provides that the indemnification provisions above are not exclusive of the right to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, except in circumstances where the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted willful misconduct or recklessness.

Section 1747 of the PBCL permits a business corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a representative of another corporation or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Chapter 17, Subchapter D of the PBCL.

Section 1713 of the PBCL permits the shareholders of a business corporation to adopt a bylaw provision relieving a director (but not an officer) of personal liability for monetary damages except where (i) the director has breached the applicable standard of care, and (ii) such conduct constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness. This section also provides that a director may not be relieved of liability for the payment of taxes pursuant to any federal, state or local law or of responsibility under a criminal statute.

Entercom’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as further amended, provide that Entercom shall indemnify any officer or director who was, is, or is threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an officer or director of Entercom, to the fullest extent permitted under the PBCL.

The Amended and Restated Bylaws of Entercom provide for the advancement of expenses to an indemnified party upon receipt of an undertaking by the party to repay those amounts if it is finally determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification. The Bylaws of Entercom authorize Entercom to take steps to ensure that all persons entitled to indemnification are properly indemnified, including, if the Board of Directors of Entercom so determines, purchasing and maintaining insurance.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules.

The Financial Statement schedule, “Valuation and Qualifying Accounts,” is included as part of this registration statement immediately following the signature page.

 

  (c) Reports, Opinions and Appraisals.

None.

Item 22. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

  (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of Entercom Communication Corp.’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of any employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(5) that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

 

(6)

that every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(7) to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

(8) that each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(9) to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Bala Cynwyd, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on April 12, 2017.

 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP.
By:   /s/ DAVID J. FIELD
 

David J. Field

President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each person whose signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints David J. Field and Andrew P. Sutor, IV, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead in any and all capacities to sign on such person’s behalf, individually and in each capacity stated below, any and all amendments (including pre- and post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements relating to the same offering of securities as the registration statement that are filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ JOSEPH M. FIELD

Joseph M. Field

  

Chairman and Director

  April 12, 2017

/s/ DAVID J. FIELD

David J. Field

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 12, 2017

/s/ STEPHEN F. FISHER

Stephen F. Fisher

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  April 12, 2017

/s/ EUGENE D. LEVIN

Eugene D. Levin

  

Vice President, Treasurer and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  April 12, 2017

/s/ DAVID J. BERKMAN

David J. Berkman

  

Director

  April 12, 2017

/s/ JOEL HOLLANDER

Joel Hollander

  

Director

  April 12, 2017

/s/ MARK R. LANEVE

Mark R. LaNeve

  

Director

  April 12, 2017

/s/ DAVID LEVY

David Levy

  

Director

  April 12, 2017


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  2.1+    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 2, 2017, by and among CBS Corporation, CBS Radio Inc., Entercom Communications Corp. and Constitution Merger Sub Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
  2.2+    Master Separation Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2017, by and between CBS Corporation and CBS Radio Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.1 to Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
  3.1+    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Entercom Communications Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to Entercom’s Amendment to Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed on January 27, 1999 (File No. 333-61381), Exhibit 3.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on December 21, 2007 and Exhibit 3.02 to Entercom’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, as filed on August 5, 2009)
  3.2+    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Entercom Communications Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2008)
  3.3+    Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Entercom Communications Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Entercom Communications Corp.
  4.2    Indenture for Senior Notes, dated as of October 17, 2016, by and among CBS Radio, the guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee
  5.1*    Opinion of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP as to the shares of common stock to be issued by Entercom Communications Corp.
  8.1*    Opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz as to certain tax matters
  8.2*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to certain tax matters
10.1+    Form of Transition Services Agreement, by and between CBS Corporation and Entercom Communications Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
10.2+    Form of Joint Digital Services Agreement, by and between CBS Corporation and Entercom Communications Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 2.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
10.3+    Form of CBS Brands License Agreement, by and between CBS Broadcasting Inc. and CBS Radio Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B-1 to Exhibit 2.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
10.4+    Form of CBS Brands License Agreement, by and among CBS Broadcasting Inc. and CBS Mass Media Corporation, CBS Radio Inc. and Certain Subsidiaries of CBS Radio Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B-2 to Exhibit 2.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
10.5+    Form of CBS Brands License Agreement, by and among CBS Broadcasting Inc., CSTV Networks, Inc. d/b/a CBS Sports Network, CBS Sports Radio Network Inc. and CBS Radio Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B-3 to Exhibit 2.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
10.6+    Voting Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2017, by and among Entercom Communications Corp. and the shareholders of Entercom Communications Corp. included therein. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit I to Exhibit 2.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)


Table of Contents
10.7    Advertising Side Letter Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2017, by and among CBS Corporation and Entercom Communications Corp.
10.8+    Field Family Side Letter Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2017, by and among Entercom Communications Corp. and the shareholders of Entercom Communications Corp. included therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit H to Exhibit 2.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017)
10.9    Credit Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2016, by and among CBS Radio Inc., the guarantors named therein, the lenders and L/C issuers named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent
10.10    Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 3, 2017, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2016, by and among CBS Radio Inc., the guarantors named therein, the lenders and L/C issuers named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent
21.1+    Subsidiaries of Entercom Communications Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.01 to Entercom’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed on February 28, 2017)
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP relating to CBS Radio Inc.
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP relating to CBS Corporation
23.3    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP relating to Entercom Communications Corp.
23.4*    Consent of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.5*    Consent of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (included in Exhibit 8.1)
23.6*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2)
23.7    Consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
23.8    Consent of Centerview Partners LLC
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement)
99.1*    Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2*    Form of Exchange and Transmittal Information Booklet
99.3*    Form of Letter to Clients for use by Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
99.4*    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
99.5*    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery for CBS Class B Common Stock
99.6*    Form of Notice of Withdrawal of CBS Class B Common Stock
99.7*    Form of Letter to CBS 401(k) Plan Participants
99.8*    Form of Letter to CBS Radio 401(k) Plan Participants
99.9*    Commitment Letter, dated February 2, 2017, among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and CBS Radio Inc.
99.10    Consent of Leslie Moonves with respect to the registration statement on Form S-4 of Entercom Communications Corp.
99.11    Consent of Joseph R. Ianniello with respect to the registration statement on Form S-4 of Entercom Communications Corp.

 

* To be filed in an amendment.
+ Incorporated by reference.

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

CBS RADIO INC.,

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

INDENTURE

Dated as of October 17, 2016

7.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2024


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE      1  

Section 1.01.

  

Definitions.

     1  

Section 1.02.

  

Other Definitions.

     33  

Section 1.03.

  

[Reserved].

     34  

Section 1.04.

  

Rules of Construction.

     34  

Section 1.05.

  

Acts of Holders.

     35  
ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES      36  

Section 2.01.

  

Form and Dating; Terms.

     36  

Section 2.02.

  

Execution and Authentication.

     38  

Section 2.03.

  

Registrar and Paying Agent.

     38  

Section 2.04.

  

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

     39  

Section 2.05.

  

Holder Lists.

     39  

Section 2.06.

  

Transfer and Exchange.

     39  

Section 2.07.

  

Replacement Notes.

     51  

Section 2.08.

  

Outstanding Notes.

     51  

Section 2.09.

  

Treasury Notes.

     52  

Section 2.10.

  

Temporary Notes.

     52  

Section 2.11.

  

Cancellation.

     52  

Section 2.12.

  

Defaulted Interest.

     52  

Section 2.13.

  

CUSIP/ISIN Numbers.

     53  
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION      53  

Section 3.01.

  

Notices to Trustee.

     53  

Section 3.02.

  

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

     53  

Section 3.03.

  

Notice of Purchase or Redemption.

     54  

Section 3.04.

  

Effect of Notice of Redemption.

     55  

Section 3.05.

  

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

     55  

Section 3.06.

  

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

     55  

Section 3.07.

  

Optional Redemption.

     56  

Section 3.08.

  

Mandatory Redemption.

     56  

Section 3.09.

  

Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

     56  
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS      58  

Section 4.01.

  

Payment of Notes.

     58  

Section 4.02.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency.

     58  

Section 4.03.

  

Reports and Other Information.

     59  

Section 4.04.

  

Compliance Certificate.

     60  

Section 4.05.

  

Taxes.

     61  

Section 4.06.

  

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

     61  

Section 4.07.

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments.

     61  

Section 4.08.

  

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

     67  

Section 4.09.

  

Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

     68  

 

i


Section 4.10.

  

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

     69  

Section 4.11.

  

Asset Sales.

     74  

Section 4.12.

  

Transactions with Affiliates.

     77  

Section 4.13.

  

Liens.

     79  

Section 4.14.

  

Existence.

     80  

Section 4.15.

  

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

     80  

Section 4.16.

  

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.

     82  

Section 4.17.

  

Suspension of Certain Covenants.

     83  

Section 4.18.

  

Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

     84  

Section 4.19.

  

Limitations on Business Activities.

     84  
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS      85  

Section 5.01.

  

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

     85  

Section 5.02.

  

Successor Corporation Substituted.

     87  
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES      87  

Section 6.01.

  

Events of Default.

     87  

Section 6.02.

  

Acceleration.

     89  

Section 6.03.

  

Other Remedies.

     90  

Section 6.04.

  

Waiver of Defaults.

     90  

Section 6.05.

  

Control by Majority.

     90  

Section 6.06.

  

Limitation on Suits.

     90  

Section 6.07.

  

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

     91  

Section 6.08.

  

Collection Suit by Trustee.

     91  

Section 6.09.

  

Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

     91  

Section 6.10.

  

Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

     91  

Section 6.11.

  

Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

     92  

Section 6.12.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     92  

Section 6.13.

  

Priorities.

     92  

Section 6.14.

  

Undertaking for Costs.

     93  
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE      93  

Section 7.01.

  

Duties of Trustee.

     93  

Section 7.02.

  

Rights of Trustee.

     94  

Section 7.03.

  

Individual Rights of Trustee.

     95  

Section 7.04.

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer.

     96  

Section 7.05.

  

Notice of Defaults.

     96  

Section 7.06.

  

[Reserved].

     96  

Section 7.07.

  

Compensation and Indemnity.

     96  

Section 7.08.

  

Replacement of Trustee.

     97  

Section 7.09.

  

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     98  

Section 7.10.

  

Eligibility; Disqualification.

     98  
ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE      98  

Section 8.01.

  

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     98  

Section 8.02.

  

Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

     99  

 

ii


Section 8.03.

  

Covenant Defeasance.

     99  

Section 8.04.

  

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

     100  

Section 8.05.

  

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

     101  

Section 8.06.

  

Repayment to Issuer.

     102  

Section 8.07.

  

Reinstatement.

     102  
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER      102  

Section 9.01.

  

Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

     102  

Section 9.02.

  

With Consent of Holders of Notes.

     103  

Section 9.03.

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents.

     104  

Section 9.04.

  

Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

     105  

Section 9.05.

  

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     105  

Section 9.06.

  

Payment for Consent.

     105  
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES      106  

Section 10.01.

  

Guarantee.

     106  

Section 10.02.

  

Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability.

     107  

Section 10.03.

  

Execution and Delivery.

     108  

Section 10.04.

  

Subrogation.

     108  

Section 10.05.

  

Benefits Acknowledged.

     108  

Section 10.06.

  

Release of Guarantees.

     108  
ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE      109  

Section 11.01.

  

Satisfaction and Discharge.

     109  

Section 11.02.

  

Application of Trust Money.

     110  
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS      110  

Section 12.01.

  

Notices.

     110  

Section 12.02.

  

[Reserved].

     112  

Section 12.03.

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

     112  

Section 12.04.

  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

     112  

Section 12.05.

  

Rules by Trustee and Agents.

     113  

Section 12.06.

  

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

     113  

Section 12.07.

  

Governing Law.

     113  

Section 12.08.

  

Waiver of Jury Trial.

     113  

Section 12.09.

  

Force Majeure.

     113  

Section 12.10.

  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

     113  

Section 12.11.

  

Successors.

     113  

Section 12.12.

  

Severability.

     114  

Section 12.13.

  

Counterpart Originals.

     114  

Section 12.14.

  

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     114  

Section 12.15.

  

U.S.A. Patriot Act.

     114  

 

iii


EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A    Form of Note
EXHIBIT B    Form of Certificate of Transfer
EXHIBIT C    Form of Certificate of Exchange
EXHIBIT D    Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Subsidiary Guarantors

 

iv


INDENTURE, dated as of October 17, 2016, among CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.250% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Initial Notes ”); and

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions.

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.10 hereof.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause


the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date; and

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at November 1, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Paragraph 5 on the reverse side of the Note attached as Exhibit A hereto), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Note through November 1, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the applicable Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note.

The Issuer shall determine the Applicable Premium.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or damaged, obsolete or worn out equipment or other assets, or assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable opinion of the Issuer, in each case in the ordinary course of business or any disposition or transfer of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of (1) the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof; or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture or (2) any

 

2


Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent that such disposition is made to a Person who either (A) is the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor or (B) becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) not to exceed $5.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures on assets or dispositions of assets required by law, governmental regulation or any order of any court, administrative agency or regulatory body;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(k) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business (other than exclusive, world-wide licenses that are longer than three years);

(l) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(m) the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(n) the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

3


(o) an issuance of Equity Interests pursuant to benefit plans, employment agreements, equity plans, stock subscription or shareholder agreements, stock ownership plans and other similar plans, polices, contracts or arrangements established in the ordinary course of business or approved by the Issuer in good faith;

(p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(q) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(r) any financing transaction (excluding by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; and

(s) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures and, to the extent any joint venture constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, the property of such joint venture, so long as the aggregate fair market value (determined, with respect to each such disposition, as of the time of such disposition) of all such dispositions does not exceed $10.0 million.

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the total obligations of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

4


Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) euro, or any national currency of any member state of the European Union;

(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; or

(c) Great Britain pounds;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and dollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

5


(9) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA—(or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and

(10) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (9) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

CBS Corporation ” means CBS Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act or any successor provision), other than a Permitted Holder, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (directly or through the acquisition of voting power of Voting Stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer);

(3) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office; or

(4) the approval of any plan or proposal for the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer.

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer shall not itself be considered a “ Person ” or “ group ” for purposes of clause (2) above; provided that no “ Person ” or “ group ” other than a Permitted Holder beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent company.

 

6


Change of Control Repurchase Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Decline.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (e) imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt and (f) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (w) interest on any Pre-IPO Note, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus

(3) whether or not treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP, all cash dividends or other distributions accrued (excluding dividends payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer) on any series of Disqualified Stock or any series of Preferred Stock during such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication:

 

7


(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including expenses relating to (a) severance and relocation costs, (b) any rebranding or corporate name change or (c) uninsured storm or other weather-related damage in excess of $5.0 million for any single weather event) shall be excluded,

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,

(6) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded, and

(8) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring

 

8


merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded.

Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

(1) the Consolidated Total Net Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to

(2) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the period for which the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations and consolidations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to a business (as such term is used in Regulation S-X Rule 11-01), a company, a segment, an operating division or unit or line of business that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP (except as set forth in the last sentence of the following paragraph) assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations and consolidations had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, in each case with respect to a business (as such term is used in Regulation S-X Rule 11-01), a company, a segment, an operating division or unit or line of business that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger and consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect reasonably identifiable and factually supportable operating expense reductions and other

 

9


operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any action taken or expected to be taken within 12 months after the date of any acquisition, amalgamation or merger; provided , that no such amounts shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.

Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Net Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by a Lien as of such date, to (2) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date, in each case with pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Net Debt and EBITDA consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio”.

Consolidated Total Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the aggregate principal amount of any Pre-IPO Notes), Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt, less up to $100 million of cash and Cash Equivalents (which are not Restricted Cash) that would be stated on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.01 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing

 

10


arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities, receivables financing or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other Indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.10 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Custodian ” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “ Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note ” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the fair market value of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration and the basis of such valuation.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy

 

11


applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of any such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , however , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, non-U.S. franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any fees, expenses or charges related to the IPO, any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities and the other Transactions; plus

(e) the amount of any (i) restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions, mergers or consolidations after the Issue Date and (ii) other non-recurring charges in an amount of up to $5 million in any 12 month period, including any non-ordinary course legal expenses; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, including asset impairments, any write offs or write downs and non-cash compensation expenses recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding

 

12


from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”; plus

(i) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

(j) the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within 12 months of the date of any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or other action being given pro forma effect (which will be added to EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) all steps have been taken for realizing such cost savings, (y) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Issuer) and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies added back pursuant to this clause (j) in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters shall not exceed 10% of EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks);

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

13


(a) any net loss or gain resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Financial Accounting Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus, as applicable;

(b) any net loss or gain resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) the IPO;

(2) public offerings with respect to any of the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(3) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(4) Refunding Capital Stock.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

14


(1) direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or

 

15


similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) all Attributable Debt and all Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(4) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person (other than Liens on Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries), whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided , for purposes hereof the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of the Indebtedness so secured and the fair market value of the assets of the first person securing such Indebtedness;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) deferred or prepaid revenues, or (c) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Initial Purchasers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (the “ Representatives ”) and the other Initial Purchasers represented by such Representatives.

 

16


interest ” in respect of the Notes, unless the context otherwise requires, means interest, if any.

Interest Payment Date ” means May 1 and November 1 of each year to stated maturity.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, and in each such case with a “stable” or better outlook.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, deposits, advances to customers and suppliers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” and Section 4.07 hereof:

(1) “ Investments ” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “ Investment ” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

17


(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash or Cash Equivalents (or in assets other than cash which have been sold or otherwise disposed of for cash or Cash Equivalents) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

IPO ” means the underwritten initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-1 initially filed by the Issuer with the SEC on July 8, 2016, as amended from time to time.

Issue Date ” means October 17, 2016.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under this Indenture, “Issuer” means the Board of Directors of the Issuer (or a duly appointed committee thereof) when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $25.0 million.

Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by Officers of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or similar agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds and the fair market value of any Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and

 

18


the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.11(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction, any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes ” means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, including without limitation the Initial Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “ Notes ” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued hereafter.

Obligations ” means with respect to any item of Indebtedness, any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing such Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated October 7, 2016, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretaries of the Issuer.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

19


Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, as applicable.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.11 hereof.

Permitted Holder ” means (i) CBS Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates, (ii) National Amusements, Inc. or any of its controlled Affiliates and (iii) Redstone Family Members, in each case from the Issue Date until such time as such Person beneficially owns less than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (it being understood that if any such Person subsequently acquires any Voting Stock of the Issuer it shall not, at such time, constitute a “Permitted Holder”).

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(2) any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor; and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person,

provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents (including Designated Non-Cash Consideration) and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension,

 

20


modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may only be increased as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or

(c) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of Section 4.10(b) hereof;

(8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(9) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10 hereof;

(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (6), (8), (9) and (11) of Section 4.12(b) hereof);

(11) Investments consisting of (x) purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, services or equipment, or other similar assets or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business or (y) the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(13) Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any Person that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer

 

21


are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” or any repurchases in connection therewith;

(14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors and employees not in excess of $5.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses, payroll expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer;

(16) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an Unrestricted Subsidiary, a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (or Person who becomes a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary as a result of such Investment) or a joint venture engaged in a Similar Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(17) any Investment in any Subsidiary or joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(18) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; and

(19) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of Permitted Non-Cash Consideration, provided that (A) the aggregate fair market value of such Permitted Non-Cash Consideration so received during the term of this Indenture shall not exceed $100.0 million and (B) such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Issuer at the time provided and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax, and other social security laws or similar legislation or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or

 

22


import duties or for the payment of rent, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (including letters of credit issued in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof and including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety bonds or bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness or other covenants, conditions, restrictions and minor defects or irregularities in title (“ Other Encumbrances ”), in each case which Liens and Other Encumbrances do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (17) of Section 4.10(b) hereof; provided that (x) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) extend only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any replacements, additions and accessions thereto and any income or profits thereof, and (y) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) extend only to the assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary;

 

23


provided , further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations related to interest, the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) (a) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of real property and intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business and, (b) with respect to any leasehold interest held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the terms of the leases granting such leasehold interest and the rights of lessors thereunder and any Lien granted by any lessor, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets granted in connection with any Receivables Facility; provided , that the aggregate outstanding principal amount under such Receivables Facility, when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount under all other Receivables Facilities then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (17), shall not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.00% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

 

24


(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and this clause (18); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and this clause (18) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, and accrued and unpaid interest related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing Obligations in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not in excess of the greater of (x) $125.0 million and (y) 2.50% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 (as applicable) of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to customary depositary terms encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.10 hereof ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable and customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) banker’s liens, Liens that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off and other similar Liens, in each case (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness

 

25


or (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(28) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(29) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(30) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to irrevocably satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture;

(31) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(32) Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

(33) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any Permitted Investment.

For purposes of this definition, the term “ Indebtedness ” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.

Permitted Non-Cash Consideration ” means non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the lease, other disposition or provision of advertising time or other goods and services provided by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to customers in the ordinary course of business.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Pre-IPO Note ” means any intercompany debt (i) owed by the Issuer to CBS Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (that is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer), (ii) incurred within three Business Days prior to the IPO, or, if earlier, on the date of pricing of the securities to be issued in the IPO, (iii) having a maturity no earlier than 91 days after maturity of the Notes, with mandatory prepayment using the net proceeds of the IPO, (iv) that by its terms is

 

26


subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Notes, and (v) that is designated as such by the Issuer.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

QIB ” means a “ qualified institutional buyer ” as defined in Rule 144A.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Rating Category ” means (a) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); (b) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and (c) the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency selected by the Issuer. In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within Rating Categories ((i) + and – for S&P; (ii) 1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s; and (iii) the equivalent gradations for another Rating Agency selected by the Issuer) shall be taken into account (e.g., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, or from BB- to B+, will constitute a decrease of one gradation).

Rating Date ” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (a) a Change of Control or (b) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Issuer to effect a Change of Control.

Rating Decline ” with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to occur if, within 90 days after public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by either of the Rating Agencies with respect to a Rating Category), the rating of the Notes by each Rating Agency shall be decreased by one or more gradations to or within a Rating Category (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories) as compared to the rating of the Notes on the Rating Date.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

27


Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer formed for the sole purpose of, and that engages only in the purchase and sale of accounts receivable under one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Record Date ” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means April 15 or October 15 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Redstone Family Members includes only the following persons: (i) Mr. Sumner Redstone; (ii) the estate of Mr. Redstone; (iii) each descendant of Mr. Redstone or spouse or former spouse of Mr. Redstone and their respective estates, guardians, conservators or committees; (iv) any spouse or former spouse of Mr. Redstone; (v) each Family Controlled Entity (as defined below); and (vi) the trustees, in their respective capacities as such, of each Family Controlled Trust (as defined below). The term “Family Controlled Entity” means: (i) any not-for-profit corporation if more than 50% of its board of directors is composed of Redstone Family Members; (ii) any other corporation if more than 50% of the value of its outstanding equity is owned by Redstone Family Members; (iii) any partnership if more than 50% of the value of its partnership interests is owned by Redstone Family Members; and (iv) any limited liability or similar company if more than 50% of the value of the company is owned by Redstone Family Members. The term “Family Controlled Trust” includes certain trusts existing on October 7, 2016 and any other trusts the primary beneficiaries of which are Redstone Family Members, spouses of Redstone Family Members and/or charitable organizations, provided that if the trust is a wholly charitable trust, more than 50% of the trustees of such trust consist of Redstone Family Members.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

 

28


Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(iii) hereof.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Cash ” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to the Issuer, except for such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10 hereof and that is secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “ Restricted Subsidiary .”

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

29


Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any direct or indirect arrangement providing for the leasing or licensing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred for value by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing or licensing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. For the avoidance of doubt, Attributable Debt will be considered to be secured by the asset that is the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the credit facilities under the credit agreement to be entered into in connection with the Transactions by and among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.10 hereof).

Separation ” means the disposition of all of the Capital Stock of the Issuer beneficially owned by CBS Corporation, in one or more transactions, as described in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “The Separation.”

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “ significant subsidiary ” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity.

 

30


Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Total Assets ” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date, with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “ Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio .”

Transactions ” means (a)(i) the issuance and sale of the Notes, (ii) the entering into of the Senior Credit Facilities and (iii) the borrowing of the term loan thereunder, (b) the issuance, dividend and/or distribution of the Pre-IPO Note and any repayment thereof, (c) the consummation of the IPO, (d) the transfer of a portion of the aggregate proceeds (which may be substantially all of the net proceeds) of the Notes, the term loan under the Senior Credit Facilities and the IPO by the Issuer to, directly or indirectly, CBS Corporation, (e) the Separation, in each case as described in the Offering Memorandum and (f) in connection with the Separation, entry into and consummation of the transactions contemplated under a master separation agreement, a tax matters agreement, a transition services agreement, a joint digital services agreement, intellectual property license agreements and a registration rights agreement, in each case as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become

 

31


publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 1, 2019; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to November 1, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trustee ” Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “ Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note ” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless, as of the time of designation, such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

(1) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

(2) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary except for Liens described in clause (28) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

 

32


The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio test described in Section 4.10(a) hereof; or

(2) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to such ratio immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or scheduled redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term    Defined
in Section

“Acceptable Commitment”

   4.11

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.12

“Applicable Law”

   12.15

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.11

“Authentication Order”

   2.02

 

33


“Change of Control Offer”

   4.15

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.15

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.15

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.17

“DTC”

   2.03

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.11

“incur”, “incurrence”

   4.10

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Note Register”

   2.03

“Offer Amount”

   3.09

“Offer Period”

   3.09

“Paying Agent”

   2.03

“Purchase Date”

   3.09

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.10

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.07

“Registrar”

   2.03

“Restricted Payments”

   4.07

“Reversion Date”

   4.17

“Successor Company”

   5.01

“Successor Person”

   5.01

“Suspended Covenant”

   4.17

“Suspension Period”

   4.17

“Tax Group”

   4.07

Section 1.03. [Reserved].

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) references to “ shall ” and “ will ” are intended to have the same meaning;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

34


(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “ Article, ” “ Section ” or “ clause ” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(i) the words “ herein, ” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; and

(j) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “ consolidated ” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

Section 1.05. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Issuer may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of

 

35


any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Form and Dating; Terms.

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of the Trustee’s authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule

 

36


of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee as Custodian, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Upon the expiry of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of a Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the corresponding Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.11 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.15 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the other Notes (including any Initial Notes or other Additional Notes) and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as such Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.10 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

 

37


(e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer of the Issuer shall execute the Notes by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, the State of New York where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New York where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time (“ Note Register ”) and shall make payments on and facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of the Issuer. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “ Registrar ” includes any co-registrar. The term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent and (ii) the Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer may change the Paying Agents or the Registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a Paying Agent or a

 

38


Registrar. All Agents appointed under this Indenture shall be appointed pursuant to agency agreements among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Agent, as applicable.

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Issuer shall require the Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or one of its respective Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or one of its respective Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05. Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor. A beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be exchangeable for a Definitive Note if (A) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or (B) in the case of any Global Note, there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note and the Depositary has requested the issuance of Definitive Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered

 

39


in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes pursuant to this clause (b). Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial

 

40


interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one

 

41


or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note Prohibited . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes . Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes only pursuant to this clause (c).

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (A) or (B) of Section 2.06(a) hereof, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the

 

42


Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (A) or (B) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (A) or (B) of Section 2.06(a)

 

43


hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests . Restricted Definitive Notes shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes only pursuant to this clause (d).

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, or

 

44


(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order

 

45


in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Definitive Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes only pursuant to this clause (e). Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

46


and, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR

 

47


FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(g) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

 

48


OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes.

 

49


(iii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but Holders shall pay all taxes due on transfer (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.11, 4.15, and 9.04 hereof).

(iv) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption.

(v) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(vi) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed, (B) to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

(vii) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(viii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(ix) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(x) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

50


(xi) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(xii) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses (including the expenses of the Trustee) in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

51


Section 2.09. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.11. Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in accordance with its customary procedures. Certification of the disposal of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its written request. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders of Notes on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee (and the Trustee) in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee, an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee, for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than ten (10) days prior to the related payment date for such

 

52


defaulted interest. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of such special record date promptly, and in any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer or the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.13. CUSIP/ISIN Numbers.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers, as applicable, (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or ISIN numbers, as applicable, in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN Code numbers, as applicable. Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as any existing Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with such existing Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five (5) Business Days before notice of redemption is mailed or caused to be mailed to the applicable Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If the Issuer is redeeming or purchasing pursuant to Section 4.11 or 4.15 hereof less than all of the Notes at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (b) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed or repurchased in part. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

 

53


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03. Notice of Purchase or Redemption.

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, notices of purchase or redemption at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof.

The notice shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be purchased or redeemed and shall state:

(a) the purchase or redemption date;

(b) the purchase or redemption price;

(c) if any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, the Issuer will issue a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for purchase or redemption are being redeemed;

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, as applicable, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i) any condition to such redemption.

 

54


At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of purchase or redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Paragraph 5(c) and 5(e) of the applicable Note). The notice, if mailed or electronically delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

Prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing

 

55


the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

The Notes may be redeemed, at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.

The Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, such Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, or deliver electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and Agents. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

 

56


(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.11 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “ Option of Holder to Elect Purchase ” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receive, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased (a) on a pro rata basis based on the amount (determined as set forth above) of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered or (b) by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC; provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be repurchased in part; and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

 

57


(f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided , that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.11 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes.

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of 12:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Issuer shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.03 hereof (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

58


The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency required under Section 2.03 hereof. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03. Reports and Other Information.

Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC (and make available (without exhibits), without cost, to (i) Holders of the Notes, upon their request, and (ii) the Trustee, within 15 days after it files such reports and information with the SEC, to the extent not publicly available on the SEC’s EDGAR system or the Issuer’s public website, provided , however , that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine whether such filing or any other filing described below has occurred) from and after the Issue Date,

(1) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

(2) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer, for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; and

(3) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 8-K, after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer shall post such reports on the Issuer’s public website within 15 days after the time it would have been required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Issuer (i) by the posting of such reports or the information required to be set forth therein on the Issuer’s public website (which may include a press release of the Issuer), (ii) by the filing with the SEC of a shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial

 

59


information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act or (iii) with respect to its reporting obligations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, by including in the registration statement referred to in the definition of “IPO” quarterly or annual updates, as applicable, to the applicable disclosures set forth therein and without otherwise satisfying the requirements of Form 10-K or 10-Q; provided that, except as set forth in the immediately preceding clause with respect to scope of disclosure, this paragraph shall not supersede or in any manner suspend or delay the Issuer’s reporting obligations, or the time periods required therefor, set forth above.

In the event that the rules and regulations of the SEC (including Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X) permit (or if such rules and regulations do not apply, would permit if such rules and regulations did apply) the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations under this covenant by furnishing financial information and reports relating to such parent, provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent and any of its subsidiaries other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other Subsidiaries of the Issuer on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer agrees that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from, with respect to the Issuer, the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred and is continuing, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

(b) The Issuer shall, within ten (10) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

60


Section 4.05. Taxes.

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) (1) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(A) dividends or distributions payable by the Issuer in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of:

 

61


(A) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of Section 4.10(b) hereof; or

(B) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (and not rescinded or refunded) after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1) and (9) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) (i) 100% of EBITDA of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, minus

(ii) the product of:

(x) 1.4; and

(y) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Issuer for the same period (taken as one accounting period); plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of:

(i) Equity Interests of the Issuer but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from (A) the IPO and (B) the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or

 

62


consultants of the Issuer after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

(ii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Issuer;

provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (x) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (y) Equity Interests, Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or (z) Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary); plus

(d) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment (in either case except to the extent any such amount has already been included in the calculation of EBITDA); plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if such fair market value exceeds $50.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor) at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment; plus

(f) $150.0 million.

(b) Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer, or of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership

 

63


plan or any trust established by the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) (collectively, the “ Refunding Capital Stock ”);

(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent incurrence of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over for one additional calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date,

 

64


to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur (i) upon exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, stock appreciation rights or warrants or (ii) for purposes of satisfying any required tax withholding obligation upon the exercise or vesting of a grant or award that was granted or awarded to an employee;

(6) any other Restricted Payment so long as, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00;

(7) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(8) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions;

(9) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Section 4.11 and Section 4.15 hereof; provided that prior to any such repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(10) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, in each case, permitted under this Indenture;

(11) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

65


(12) for any taxable period in which the taxable income of the Issuer and/or any of its Subsidiaries is included in a consolidated, combined or similar income tax group of which a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer is the common parent (a “ Tax Group ”), an amount not to exceed the tax liabilities that the Issuer and the applicable Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, would have been required to pay in respect of such taxable income if such entities were a standalone group of corporations separate from such Tax Group (it being understood and agreed that, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary pays any portion of such tax liabilities directly to any taxing authority, a Restricted Payment in duplication of such amount shall not be permitted to be made pursuant to this clause (12)), provided , that, from and after the execution of the tax matters agreement referred to in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” and while such tax matters agreement remains in effect, payments in respect of any taxes pursuant to this clause (12) shall not exceed the amounts required to be paid in respect of such taxes pursuant to such tax matters agreement;

(13) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with the covenant described under Section 4.10 hereof;

(14) payments of cash, or dividends, distributions or advances by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

(15) mandatory redemptions or repurchases of Disqualified Stock the issuance of which itself constituted a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment otherwise permissible hereunder; and

(16) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $25.0 million;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6) or (11), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “ Unrestricted Subsidiary .” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “ Investment .” Such designation shall be permitted only if an Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether as a Restricted Payment or a Permitted Investment, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the covenants set forth in this Indenture.

 

66


Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date or pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations;

(2) (i) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees and (ii) any agreement governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described under Section 4.10 herein; provided , that the provisions relating to restrictions of the type described in clauses (1) through (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof contained in such agreement, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive than the provisions contained in the Senior Credit Facilities, or in this Indenture, in each case as in effect when initially executed;

(3) purchase money obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case permitted to be incurred under the Indenture, that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired or leased;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

 

67


(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer, that impose restrictions solely on the assets to be sold;

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof and Section 4.13 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture, including the interests therein;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses or sub-licenses and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(13) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility; provided that such restrictions apply only to the applicable Receivables Subsidiary.

Section 4.09. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.  

Each of the Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantees the Senior Credit Facilities shall initially Guarantee the Notes. If after the Issue Date any other Restricted Subsidiary guarantees the Senior Credit Facilities or any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1) hereof, then such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture to this Indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto within 10 Business Days of the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary first guarantees such

 

68


Indebtedness. If at any time no such Indebtedness is outstanding, the Notes shall be required to be guaranteed by the then-existing Subsidiary Guarantors and, additionally, any other Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary and constitutes a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer.

Section 4.10. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently, or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 5.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided further , however , that Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance, more than an aggregate of $200.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries is outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) and clause (17) of Section 4.10(b) hereof.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.10(a) hereof shall not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof); provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under this clause (1) does not exceed at any one time $1,610 million;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes);

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.10(b));

 

69


(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred or issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance any such Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding under this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 1.50% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar facilities issued or entered into in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits, property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, holdback, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness (other than such as may arise from ordinary course intercompany cash management obligations) owing by the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee, as applicable; and provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in such Preferred Stock being beneficially owned by a Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

 

70


(9) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk, commodity pricing risk or any combination thereof;

(10) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.00% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(12) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance:

(a) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued as permitted under Section 4.10(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3) and (13) of this Section 4.10(b), or

(b) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued to so refund or refinance the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) of this Section 4.10(b)(12),

including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), accrued interest, defeasance costs and reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu, as the case may be, to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(C) shall not include:

 

71


(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclause (A) of this clause (12) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities;

(13) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

(a) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) hereof, or

(b) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(14) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of notice of its incurrence;

(15) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(16) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.16 hereof;

 

72


(17) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (17) and under Section 4.10(a) hereof, does not exceed $200.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(18) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

(21) any Pre-IPO Notes.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (20) of Section 4.10(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will divide and/or classify on the date of incurrence and may later redivide and/or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.10(b) hereof or in Section 4.10(a) hereof; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) and will not later be reclassified. In determining whether Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, pro forma effect shall not be given to Indebtedness incurred substantially simultaneously under any of clauses (1) through (20) above.

(d) Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, of the same class, and accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.10. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.10.

 

73


(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first incurred (whichever is lower), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.10, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.10 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

(g) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.

(h) For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Section 4.11. Asset Sales.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to

 

74


the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Contingent Obligations and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished by the transferee in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) and for which the Issuer and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been released,

(B) any notes or other obligations or securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

(C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding (but less the amount of any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale or conversion of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, up to the lesser of (a) the amount of the cash and Cash Equivalents so received (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (b) the initial amount of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration) not to exceed $150.0 million, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being determined in good faith by the Issuer and measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

(A) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and, if the Obligations repaid are revolving credit Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(B) Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and, if the Obligations repaid are revolving credit Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

75


(C) Obligations under the Notes (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, if applicable); provided that if such Net Proceeds are applied to other Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the Senior Credit Facilities or other Secured Indebtedness) then the Issuer shall (i) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes (x) as provided under Section 3.07 hereof or (y) through open market purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) make an offer (in accordance with Section 4.11(c) hereof) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the principal amount of Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under clause (i); or

(D) Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) to (A) make an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) acquire properties (other than working capital), (C) make capital expenditures or (D) acquire other assets (other than working capital) that, in the case of each of clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D), either (x) are used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”); provided further that if any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds; or

(3) any combination of the foregoing.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.11(b) hereof will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as

 

76


may be provided for or permitted by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture.

(d) The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by electronically delivering or mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

(e) To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate amount (determined as above) of Notes and the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased (a) on a pro rata basis based on the amount (determined as set forth above) of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered or (b) by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be repurchased in part. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(f) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(g) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

Section 4.12. Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

77


(2) any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million is approved by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; and

(3) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $75.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.

(b) Section 4.12(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of, or in connection with, such transaction, so long as neither such entity nor the selling entity was an Affiliate of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to such transaction);

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and Permitted Investments;

(3) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements and agreements provided on behalf of, or entered into with, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date and, if described in the Offering Memorandum, any agreement or arrangement entered into in connection with the IPO or the Separation, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, or as described in the Offering Memorandum, as applicable, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and any transaction contemplated thereby as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(5) the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;

(6) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary than might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(7) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer;

 

78


(8) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(9) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, benefit plans, equity plans, stock option and stock ownership plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, directors or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith;

(10) transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivered to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (1) of Section 4.12(a) hereof;

(12) the issuances of securities or other payments, loans (or cancellation of loans) awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, benefit plans, equity plans, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(13) any contribution to the capital of the Issuer (other than in consideration of Disqualified Stock); and

(14) the provision to Unrestricted Subsidiaries of cash management, accounting and other overhead services in the ordinary course of business undertaken in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Indenture.

Section 4.13. Liens.

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.

The foregoing shall not apply to (A) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees, (B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any

 

79


letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof, and (C) Liens securing Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof; provided , that (i) at the time of any Incurrence of such Pari Passu Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect thereto (in a manner consistent with the calculation of the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio) under this clause (C), the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than 3.75 to 1.00, or (ii) such Pari Passu Indebtedness is incurred to refinance Indebtedness previously incurred pursuant to this clause (C).

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.13.

Section 4.14. Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its existence, and the existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if (a) the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the failure to preserve such right, license or franchise, or such existence, is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, or electronic delivery if the Notes are held at DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

80


(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will, subject to clause (7) of this Section 4.15(a), be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or electronically delivered (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control Repurchase Event notice, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(6) that if the Holders tender less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(7) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as the Change of Control shall occur, or that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that the Issuer shall determine that such condition will not be satisfied by the Change of Control Payment Date or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed; and

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.15, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

81


(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Repurchase Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(d) Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to Section 4.15(c) will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding unless transferred to the Issuer.

(e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes that remain outstanding to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

(f) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.15, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.15 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

Section 4.16. Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Restricted Subsidiary, within 20 days of such guarantee, executes and delivers a supplemental

 

82


indenture to this Indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

(1) if the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee is subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee is subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(2) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee.

provided that this Section 4.16 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to become a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Section 4.17. Suspension of Certain Covenants.

(a) During any period of time that: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, Section 4.12 hereof, clauses (1)(a) and (2) of Section 4.18 hereof, Section 4.19 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof (the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

(b) If on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The period of time beginning on the day of a Covenant Suspension Event and ending on a Reversion Date is referred to herein as a “ Suspension Period ”.

(c) On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.10(a) or Section 4.10(b) hereof (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued

 

83


pursuant to Section 4.10(a) or (b) hereof, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.10(b)(3) hereof. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof will be made as though Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a) hereof. No Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Suspension Period the Issuer shall not designate any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be Unrestricted Subsidiaries unless the Issuer would have been permitted to designate such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if a Suspension Period had not been in effect for any period, and, following the Reversion Date, such designation shall be deemed to have created an Investment or Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.07(c) hereof at the time of such designation. For purposes of Section 4.11 hereof, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount shall be reset to zero.

(d) The Issuer shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any such occurrence under this Section 4.17.

Section 4.18. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided , that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (x) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under Section 4.10 hereof and (y) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Notes under Section 4.13 hereof; and

(2) the transfer of assets in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.11 hereof.

Section 4.19. Limitations on Business Activities.

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Similar Businesses, except as would not be material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

84


ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(a) The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to whom such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership (including a limited partnership), trust, limited liability company or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or commonwealth thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(A) the Successor Company or the Issuer, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) hereof, or

(B) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company or the Issuer, as applicable, and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) if the Issuer is not the Successor Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

85


The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and, except in the case of a lease, the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or wind up into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in a state or commonwealth of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor, no Subsidiary Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any such Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (A) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state or commonwealth thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor or another Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) if such Subsidiary Guarantor or another Subsidiary Guarantor is not the Successor Person, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

(2) the disposition is considered an Asset Sale and complies with Section 4.11 hereof.

 

86


In the case of clause (1) above of this Section 5.01(b), the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee and, except in the case of a lease, such Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may merge with or into or wind up into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Issuer.

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Issuer and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the assets of the Issuer (except in the case of a lease), that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01. Events of Default.

(a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events with respect to the Notes:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

(3) failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of this Section 6.01(a)) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed

 

87


by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(i) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more;

(5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, or in the event such judgment is not covered in full by insurance (subject to customary deductibles), an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(v) fails generally to pay its debts as they become due.

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

88


(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary; or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, in each case other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

(b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Section 6.02. Acceleration.

(a) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest with respect to the Notes shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

 

89


Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

Subject to the duties of the Trustee as provided for in Article 7, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04. Waiver of Defaults.

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05. Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes may direct in writing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing with respect to the Notes;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

90


(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation of the Trustee and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, in each case as set forth in Section 7.07 hereof.

Section 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or

 

91


in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Subsidiary Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.13. Priorities.

If the Trustee or any Agent collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, the Agents, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or any Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

92


(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Subsidiary Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred (and has not been cured), the Trustee shall, in the exercise of its power, use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculation or other facts stated therein).

 

93


(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) Subject to this Article 7, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holder or Holders of the Notes unless such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificates or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

94


(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(k) The Trustee may request that the Issuer delivers a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof.

 

95


Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

Section 7.06. [Reserved].

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it (as evidenced in an invoice from the Trustee) in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses

 

96


of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if its assumes such the Trustee’s defense and, in the Trustee’s reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence.

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a receiver, custodian or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

97


If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

98


Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees and to have cured all then existing Events of Default with respect to the Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “ outstanding ” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture including that of the Subsidiary Guarantors and to have cured all then existing Events of Default with respect to the Notes (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture;

(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) the provisions of this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 (other than the existence of the Issuer (subject to Section 5.01 hereof)), 4.16, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “ outstanding ” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “ outstanding ” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable,

 

99


may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(B) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon, such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

100


(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit with respect to the Notes;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or others; and

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor acting as Paying Agent), the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

101


Section 8.06. Repayment to Issuer.

Anything in this Article 8 or Article 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly deliver or pay to the Issuer upon request any money or Government Securities held by it in accordance with this Article 8 or Article 11 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or discharge in accordance with Article 11 hereof.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or any Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or the Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

 

102


(4) to provide the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(8) [reserved];

(9) to add a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture or to secure the Obligations hereunder;

(10) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “ Description of Notes ” section of the Offering Memorandum as described in an Officer’s Certificate; or

(11) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any Note, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Sections 2.08 and 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “ outstanding ” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

The consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

 

103


After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall deliver electronically or mail to the Holders of the Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.11 and Section 4.15 hereof);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions as it relates to Notes;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the terms of the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note

 

104


or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the earlier of the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective and the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite principal amount of Notes has been obtained.

Section 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.03 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions. No Opinion of Counsel will be required by the immediately preceding sentence for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture.

Section 9.06. Payment for Consent.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions

 

105


of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01. Guarantee.

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder: (a) the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in this Indenture; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

 

106


Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. Any Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Each payment to be made by a Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

Section 10.02. Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the

 

107


obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.16 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04. Subrogation.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 10.05. Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.06. Release of Guarantees.

A Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee upon:

(1) (A) any direct or indirect sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Subsidiary

 

108


Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner not in violation of the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of this Indenture; and

(2) the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall evidence such release by a supplemental indenture or other instrument which may be executed by the Trustee without the consent of any Holder.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to the Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore

 

109


delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(B) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(C) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

Section 11.02. Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor acting as the Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01. Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee or any Paying Agent to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or via facsimile, or

 

110


mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested) or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

CBS Radio Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas, Fl. 44

New York, New York 10020

Attention: General Counsel

If to the Trustee:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street, 16th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC60-1630

New York, New York 10005

Attention:  Trust and Agency Services

                  Client Services Manager – CBS Radio Inc.

Facsimile: (732) 578-4635

With a copy to:

Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

100 Plaza One

6th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07311-3901

The Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee or any Paying Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail (or in the case of Notes in global form, on the date the notice is sent pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary); on the date electronically sent if electronically delivered or faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and on the first date of which publication is made, if given by publication; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

111


If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.02. [Reserved].

Section 12.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (except in connection with the original issuance of the Notes), the Issuer, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee (except as set forth in Section 9.05 hereof):

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 12.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof) shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (which examination or investigation, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

112


Section 12.05. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.06. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.07. Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 12.08. Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 12.09. Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the reasonable control of the Trustee (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility).

Section 12.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.11. Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee or any Agent in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All

 

113


agreements of each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

Section 12.12. Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.13. Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture and signature pages for all purposes.

Section 12.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 12.15. U.S.A. Patriot Act.

In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including, without limitation, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, including Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act of the United States (“ Applicable Law ”), the Trustee and Agents are required to obtain, verify, record and update certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee and Agents. Accordingly, each of the parties agree to provide to the Trustee and Agents, upon their request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee and Agents to comply with Applicable Law.

[Signatures on following page]

 

114


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

CBS Radio Inc., as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO ANNAPOLIS HOLDINGS INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:  
CBS RADIO ANNAPOLIS LLC, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO EAST HOLDINGS CORPORATION, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO EAST INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


CBS RADIO HOLDINGS CORP. OF ORLANDO, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO INC. OF ATLANTA, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO INC. OF BOSTON, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO INC. OF DETROIT, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO INC. OF ILLINOIS, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


CBS RADIO INC. OF LOS ANGELES, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO INC. OF MARYLAND, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO INC. OF MICHIGAN, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO INC. OF NORTHERN CALIFORNIA, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO INC. OF WASHINGTON, D.C., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


CBS RADIO KMVQ-FM INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO MEDIA CORPORATION, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO OF CHICAGO LLC, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO SERVICES INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO STATIONS INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


CBS RADIO TEXAS INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO TOWER INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS RADIO WPGC(AM) INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS SPORTS RADIO NETWORK INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
EVENTFUL, INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


INFINITY BROADCASTING CORPORATION, as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:   DEUTSCHE BANK NATIONAL TRUST COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Anme Jaghatspanyan

  Name:   Anme Jaghatspanyan
  Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Wanda Camacho

  Name:   Wanda Camacho
  Title:   Vice President

[ Signature Page to the Indenture ]


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP   [            ]
ISIN   [            ]

[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

$         ]

7.250% Senior Notes due 2024

 

No.    [$        ]

CBS RADIO INC.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of

Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                      United States Dollars] on November 1, 2024.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

CBS RADIO INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: October 17, 2016

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

A-4


[Back of Note]

7.250% Senior Notes due 2024

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. CBS RADIO INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.250% per annum from October 17, 2016 1 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). The first Interest Payment Date shall be May 1, 2017. 2 Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. At maturity, the Issuer will pay accrued and unpaid interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360- day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change the Paying Agents or the Registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Issuer, may act as a Paying Agent or Registrar.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among CBS Radio Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named

 

1   With respect to the initial Notes.
2  

With respect to the initial Notes.

 

A-5


therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 7.250% Senior Notes due 2024. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.10 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b) and 5(c) hereof, the Issuer will not be entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to November 1, 2019.

(b) At any time prior to November 1, 2019 the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon notice as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the redemption date, plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(c) Until November 1, 2019, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 107.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 60 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to such Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to completion of the related Equity Offering.

(d) On and after November 1, 2019, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

A-6


Year

   Percentage  

2019

     105.438

2020

     103.625

2021

     101.813

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. In addition, any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a debt or equity financing, acquisition or other transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived (including to a date later than 60 days after the date on which such notice was mailed or delivered electronically), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Issuer’s discretion if in the good faith judgment of the Issuer any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived.

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held at DTC, more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Issuer shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with 4.15 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within ten (10) Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25 million, the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary shall commence an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to

 

A-7


purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for or permitted by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate amount of Notes and the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased (a) on a pro rata basis based on the amount (determined as set forth above) of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered or (b) by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company; provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be repurchased in part. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders shall pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer is not required to issue, transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the mailing or electronic delivery of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the

 

A-8


Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within ten (10) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE 2024 NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

15. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

CBS Radio Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas, Fl. 44

New York, New York 10020

Attention: General Counsel

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:   

 

   (Insert assignee’ legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                         to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:  

 

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

[    ] Section 4.10            [    ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$             .

 

Date:  

 

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

 

Date:

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $         . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount
     Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
     Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
     Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or Note
Custodian
 
           
           
           

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

CBS Radio Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas, Fl. 44

New York, New York 10020

Attention: General Counsel

DB Services Americas, Inc.

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256 USA

Attention: Transfer Dept.

Email: dwac.processing@db.com

With copy:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

100 Plaza One – 6th floor

MSJCY03-0699

Jersey City, New Jersey 07311

Fax: 732-578-4635

 

  Re: 7.250% Senior Notes due 2024

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among CBS Radio Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

(the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “ qualified institutional buyer ” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions.

 

B-1


2. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. [    ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

a) [    ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

b) [    ] such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

c) [    ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

a) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture

 

B-2


and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

b) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

c) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

/s/

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:  

 

 

B-3


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

5. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

a) [    ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) [    ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP/ISIN:    ), or

 

  (ii) [    ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP/ISIN:    ), or

b) [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note.

6. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

a) [    ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) [    ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP/ISIN:    ), or

 

  (ii) [    ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP/ISIN:    ), or

 

  (iii) [    ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP/ISIN:    ); or

b) [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

c) [    ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

CBS Radio Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas, Fl. 44

New York, New York 10020

Attention: General Counsel

DB Services Americas, Inc.

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

MS JCK01-0218

Jacksonville, FL 32256

By Facsimile:

615-866-3889

Attention: Reorganization Unit

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

800-735-7777

 

  Re: 7.250% Senior Notes due 2024

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among CBS Radio Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

(the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be

 

C-2


subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [    ] 144A Global Note [    ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated .

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

/s/

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                     , among                                         (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 17, 2016, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Subsidiary Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest and premium on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

D-1


(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) [Reserved] .

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) To the extent that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary makes a payment under its Guarantee, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of

 

D-2


such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “ voidable preference ”, “ fraudulent transfer ” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) [Reserved] .

(5) Releases . The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

 

D-3


(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture and signature pages for all purposes.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 

D-4


(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-5

Exhibit 10.7

SIDE LETTER AGREEMENT

This Side Letter Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 2, 2017 by and between Entercom Communications Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation (“ Entercom ”) and CBS Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ CBS ”). Unless otherwise noted, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, it is proposed the Entercom and CBS enter into, concurrently with this Agreement, an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, by and among CBS, CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of CBS (“ Radio ”), Entercom and Constitution Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom (“ Merger Sub ”);

WHEREAS, the Merger Agreement provides for, among other things, the merger of Merger Sub with and into Radio (the “ Merger ”), with Radio surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom; and

WHEREAS, Entercom and CBS desire to document certain aspects of their relationship following the Effective Time of the Merger.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, agreements and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which the parties acknowledge, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Certain Post Effective Time Agreements . CBS and Entercom hereby agree that, CBS and Entercom shall enter into one or more agreements (the “ Post-Closing Agreements ”) pursuant to which, during the first three (3) years following the Effective Time, CBS shall purchase from Entercom, and Entercom shall provide to CBS, certain advertising and other services to be agreed to by the parties (the “ Services ”) valued at no less than $8 million per year, calculated in the ordinary course consistent with Entercom’s and CBS’s past practices, determined in good faith.    

2. Cooperation . Prior to the Effective Time, CBS and Entercom agree to create a committee in a size to be mutually agreed, consisting of an equal number of representatives from each party, to conduct regular meetings at which the parties will work together in good faith to identify mutually beneficial practices and opportunities.

3. Performance . Each of the Parties shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be performed all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any Affiliate of such Party.

4. Successors and Assignment . Except for any assignment by CBS or Entercom to its successor (whether by operation of law or otherwise), this Agreement may not be assigned by any party (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the express written consent of the other party (which consent may be granted or withheld in such party’s sole discretion). Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the


benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns. For the purposes of this Agreement, a “successor” shall include any entity that is a legal successor to either party as a result of a sale or acquisition of such party, whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or sale of all or substantially all of such party’s assets or stock.    

5. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 5 ):

 

If to CBS:   
  CBS Corporation
  51 West 52nd Street
  New York, NY 10019
  Fax:    212-975-4215
  Attention:    General Counsel
  with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
  Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
  51 West 52nd Street
  New York, NY 10019
  Fax:    (212) 403-2000
  Attention:    David E. Shapiro, Esq.
     Marshall P. Shaffer, Esq.
  If to Entercom:
  Entercom Communications Corp.
  401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809
  Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
  Fax:    (610) 660-5662
  Attention:    Andrew P. Sutor, IV, Senior Vice President and General Counsel
  Latham & Watkins LLP
  330 N. Wabash Ave., Suite 2800
  Chicago, IL 60611
  Fax:    (312) 993-9767
  Attention:    Zachary A. Judd
     Mark D. Gerstein

6. Severability . If any term or other provision (or part thereof) of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced under any Law or as a matter of public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this

 

2


Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the documents referenced herein (including the Merger Agreement and any Transaction Agreements) constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior written and oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any matters specifically and expressly governed by the Merger Agreement or one of the Transaction Agreements, the terms of the Merger Agreement or such Transaction Agreement, as applicable, shall govern.    

8. Parties in Interest . This Agreement is binding upon and is for the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement is not made for the benefit of any Person not a Party hereto, and no Person other than the Parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns will acquire or have any benefit, right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

9. Governing Law ; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . All disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, negotiation, validity, enforceability or performance of this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its rules of conflict of laws which would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Delaware state or federal court in any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, negotiation, validity, enforceability or performance of this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute, claim or controversy may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal court. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such Action. The parties hereto further agree, to the extent permitted by law, that any final and nonappealable judgment against any of them in any dispute, claim or controversy contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES (SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW) TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY OF THEM AGAINST THE OTHER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ADMINISTRATION THEREOF OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN. NO PARTY HERETO SHALL SEEK A JURY TRIAL IN ANY LAWSUIT, PROCEEDING, COUNTERCLAIM OR ANY OTHER LITIGATION PROCEDURE BASED UPON, OR ARISING OUT OF, THIS

 

3


AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENTS OR THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO. NO PARTY HERETO WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT OR INSTRUMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS SECTION 9 . NO PARTY HERETO HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9 WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES.

10. Amendment . No provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified except by a written instrument making specific reference to this Agreement signed by CBS and Entercom.

11. Termination . This Agreement will terminate without further action three years after the Effective Time or upon termination of the Merger Agreement. If terminated, no Party will have any liability of any kind to the other Party or any other Person on account of this Agreement.

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by each Party in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or portable document format (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Entercom and CBS Corporation have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Entercom Communications Corp.
By:  

/s/ Andrew P. Sutor

  Name:   Andrew P. Sutor
  Title:   Senior Vice President
CBS Corporation
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Entercom and CBS Corporation have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Entercom Communications Corp.
By:  

 

  Name:   Andrew P. Sutor
  Title:   Senior Vice President
CBS Corporation
By:  

/s/ Bryon Rubin

  Name:   Bryon Rubin
  Title:   EVP Corp Development

 

5

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of October 17, 2016

among

CBS RADIO INC.,

as the Borrower,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer,

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

and

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

as Joint Lead Arrangers

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

as Joint Book Runners

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

as Co-Syndication Agents

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

as Co-Documentation Agents

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions and Accounting Terms

     1  
 

Section 1.01.

 

Defined Terms.

     1  
 

Section 1.02.

 

Other Interpretive Provisions.

     57  
 

Section 1.03.

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP.

     58  
 

Section 1.04.

 

Rounding.

     58  
 

Section 1.05.

 

References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

     59  
 

Section 1.06.

 

Times of Day.

     59  
 

Section 1.07.

 

Timing of Payment of Performance.

     59  
 

Section 1.08.

 

Pro Forma and Other Calculations.

     59  
 

Section 1.09.

 

Letter of Credit Amounts.

     60  

ARTICLE II The Commitments and Credit Extensions

     61  
 

Section 2.01.

 

The Loans.

     61  
 

Section 2.02.

 

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

     61  
 

Section 2.03.

 

Letters of Credit.

     63  
 

Section 2.04.

 

Swing Line Loans.

     74  
 

Section 2.05.

 

Prepayments.

     77  
 

Section 2.06.

 

Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

     80  
 

Section 2.07.

 

Repayment of Loans.

     81  
 

Section 2.08.

 

Interest.

     81  
 

Section 2.09.

 

Fees.

     82  
 

Section 2.10.

 

Computation of Interest and Fees.

     83  
 

Section 2.11.

 

Evidence of Indebtedness.

     83  
 

Section 2.12.

 

Payments Generally.

     84  
 

Section 2.13.

 

Sharing of Payments.

     86  
 

Section 2.14.

 

Incremental Credit Extensions.

     87  
 

Section 2.15.

 

Refinancing Amendments.

     89  
 

Section 2.16.

 

Extension Offers.

     90  
 

Section 2.17.

 

Defaulting Lenders.

     92  

ARTICLE III Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

     93  
 

Section 3.01.

 

Taxes.

     93  
 

Section 3.02.

 

Illegality.

     96  
 

Section 3.03.

 

Inability to Determine Rates.

     97  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
  Section 3.04.  

Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans.

     97  
  Section 3.05.  

Funding Losses.

     99  
  Section 3.06.  

Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation.

     99  
  Section 3.07.  

Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances.

     101  
  Section 3.08.  

Survival.

     101  

ARTICLE IV Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

     101  
  Section 4.01.  

Conditions to the Initial Credit Extensions.

     101  
  Section 4.02.  

Conditions to All Credit Extensions after the Closing Date.

     104  

ARTICLE V Representations and Warranties

     105  
  Section 5.01.  

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws.

     105  
  Section 5.02.  

Authorization; No Contravention.

     105  
  Section 5.03.  

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.

     105  
  Section 5.04.  

Binding Effect.

     106  
  Section 5.05.  

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

     106  
  Section 5.06.  

Litigation.

     106  
  Section 5.07.  

FCC Licenses and Matters.

     106  
  Section 5.08.  

Ownership of Property; Liens.

     108  
  Section 5.09.  

Environmental Compliance.

     108  
  Section 5.10.  

Taxes.

     109  
  Section 5.11.  

ERISA Compliance.

     109  
  Section 5.12.  

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests.

     109  
  Section 5.13.  

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

     110  
  Section 5.14.  

Disclosure.

     110  
  Section 5.15.  

OFAC, Patriot Act and Anti-Terrorism Laws.

     110  
  Section 5.16.  

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

     111  
  Section 5.17.  

Solvency.

     111  
  Section 5.18.  

FCPA.

     111  
  Section 5.19.  

Security Documents.

     112  
  Section 5.20.  

Use of Proceeds.

     112  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  

ARTICLE VI Affirmative Covenants

     113  
 

Section 6.01.

 

Financial Statements.

     113  
 

Section 6.02.

 

Certificates; Other Information.

     114  
 

Section 6.03.

 

Notices.

     116  
 

Section 6.04.

 

Payment of Taxes.

     116  
 

Section 6.05.

 

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

     116  
 

Section 6.06.

 

Maintenance of Properties.

     117  
 

Section 6.07.

 

Maintenance of Insurance.

     117  
 

Section 6.08.

 

Compliance with Laws.

     117  
 

Section 6.09.

 

Books and Records.

     117  
 

Section 6.10.

 

Inspection Rights.

     117  
 

Section 6.11.

 

Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors.

     118  
 

Section 6.12.

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws.

     120  
 

Section 6.13.

 

Post-Closing Conditions and Further Assurances.

     120  
 

Section 6.14.

 

Designation of Subsidiaries.

     122  
 

Section 6.15.

 

Administration of Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts.

     122  
 

Section 6.16.

 

Use of Proceeds.

     123  
 

Section 6.17.

 

Maintenance of Ratings.

     123  
 

Section 6.18.

 

Lender Calls.

     123  
 

Section 6.19.

 

FCC Matters.

     123  
 

Section 6.20.

 

Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

     123  

ARTICLE VII Negative Covenants

     124  
 

Section 7.01.

 

Liens.

     124  
 

Section 7.02.

 

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

     128  
 

Section 7.03.

 

Fundamental Changes.

     133  
 

Section 7.04.

 

Dispositions.

     135  
 

Section 7.05.

 

Restricted Payments.

     137  
 

Section 7.06.

 

Investments.

     141  
 

Section 7.07.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.

     141  
 

Section 7.08.

 

Burdensome Agreements.

     143  

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
 

Section 7.09.

 

Financial Covenant.

     144  
 

Section 7.10.

 

Accounting Changes.

     145  
 

Section 7.11.

 

Change in Nature of Business.

     145  
 

Section 7.12.

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transactions.

     145  
 

Section 7.13.

 

No Violation of Anti-Corruption Laws or Sanctions.

     145  
ARTICLE VIII Events Of Default and Remedies      146  
 

Section 8.01.

 

Events of Default.

     146  
 

Section 8.02.

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default.

     148  
 

Section 8.03.

 

Application of Funds.

     149  
ARTICLE IX Administrative Agent and Other Agents      150  
 

Section 9.01.

 

Appointment and Authority.

     150  
 

Section 9.02.

 

Delegation of Duties.

     151  
 

Section 9.03.

 

Exculpatory Provisions.

     151  
 

Section 9.04.

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent.

     152  
 

Section 9.05.

 

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.

     152  
 

Section 9.06.

 

Rights as a Lender.

     152  
 

Section 9.07.

 

Resignation of Administrative Agent.

     153  
 

Section 9.08.

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

     154  
 

Section 9.09.

 

Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

     154  
 

Section 9.10.

 

No Other Duties, Etc.

     156  
 

Section 9.11.

 

Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements.

     156  
 

Section 9.12.

 

Withholding Tax.

     156  
ARTICLE X Miscellaneous      157  
 

Section 10.01.

 

Amendments, Etc.

     157  
 

Section 10.02.

 

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

     159  
 

Section 10.03.

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement.

     161  
 

Section 10.04.

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

     162  
 

Section 10.05.

 

Payments Set Aside.

     164  
 

Section 10.06.

 

Successors and Assigns.

     165  
 

Section 10.07.

 

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.

     170  

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
 

Section 10.08.

 

Setoff.

     171  
 

Section 10.09.

 

Interest Rate Limitation.

     172  
 

Section 10.10.

 

Counterparts; Effectiveness.

     172  
 

Section 10.11.

 

Integration.

     172  
 

Section 10.12.

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties.

     173  
 

Section 10.13.

 

Replacement of Lenders.

     173  
 

Section 10.14.

 

Severability.

     174  
 

Section 10.15.

 

GOVERNING LAW.

     174  
 

Section 10.16.

 

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

     175  
 

Section 10.17.

 

Binding Effect.

     175  
 

Section 10.18.

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

     175  
 

Section 10.19.

 

Lender Action.

     176  
 

Section 10.20.

 

USA Patriot Act.

     176  
 

Section 10.21.

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

     177  
 

Section 10.22.

 

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.

     177  
ARTICLE XI Guarantee      178  
 

Section 11.01.

 

The Guarantee.

     178  
 

Section 11.02.

 

Obligations Unconditional.

     178  
 

Section 11.03.

 

Reinstatement.

     179  
 

Section 11.04.

 

Subrogation; Subordination.

     180  
 

Section 11.05.

 

Remedies.

     180  
 

Section 11.06.

 

Instrument for the Payment of Money.

     180  
 

Section 11.07.

 

Continuing Guarantee.

     180  
 

Section 11.08.

 

General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations.

     180  
 

Section 11.09.

 

Release of Guarantors.

     181  
 

Section 11.10.

 

Right of Contribution.

     181  
 

Section 11.11.

 

Subject to Intercreditor Agreement.

     181  
 

Section 11.12.

  Keepwell.      182  

 

v


SCHEDULES

 

1.01A

  

Commitments

1.01B

  

Letter of Credit Commitments

1.01C

  

Excluded Accounts

1.01D

  

Existing Investments

5.07(a)

  

Stations and FCC Licenses

5.08

  

Exceptions to Ownership of Property

5.09(b)

  

Environmental Matters

5.12

  

Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments

6.13(a)

  

Mortgaged Property

6.13(c)

  

Other Post-Closing Matters

6.15

  

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

7.01(b)

  

Existing Liens

7.02(b)

  

Existing Indebtedness

7.07

  

Existing Transactions with Affiliates

7.08

  

Burdensome Agreements

10.02

  

Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

 

EXHIBITS

 

Form of

 

A

  

Committed Loan Notice

B

  

Swing Line Loan Notice

C-1

  

Term Note

C-2

  

Revolving Credit Note

C-3

  

Swing Line Note

D

  

Compliance Certificate

E

  

Assignment and Assumption

F

  

Security Agreement

G-1

  

Perfection Certificate

G-2

  

Perfection Certificate Supplement

H

  

Subordinated Intercompany Note

I-1

  

Intercreditor Agreement

I-2

  

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement

J-1

  

United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)

J-2

  

United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships)

J-3

  

United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships)

J-4

  

United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships)

K

  

Solvency Certificate

 

vi


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 17, 2016 among CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation, as borrower (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party hereto from time to time, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“ JPM ”), as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Borrower has requested that (i) on the Closing Date, the Term Lenders lend to the Borrower Term Loans in an initial principal amount of $1.06 billion in order to finance the Closing Date Transactions and to finance costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith and (ii) from time to time, the Revolving Credit Lenders make Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans to the Borrower and the L/C Issuers issue for the account of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries Letters of Credit.

The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and the L/C Issuers have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Accounting Terms

Section 1.01. Defined Terms .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Accounting Opinion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a) .

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition ” means the purchase or acquisition in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of (a) Equity Interests of any other Person (other than an existing Subsidiary of the Borrower) such that such other Person becomes a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower or (b) all or substantially all of the property of another


Person or all or substantially all of the property comprising a division, business unit or line of business of another Person (in each case other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower), whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with such other Person. “ Acquire ” has a meaning correlative thereto.

Additional Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

Additional Refinancing Lender ” means, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that, in any case, is not an existing Lender and that agrees to provide any portion of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.15 ; provided , that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the extent that any such consent would be required from the Administrative Agent under Section 10.06(b)(iii)(B) for an assignment of Loans to such Additional Refinancing Lender, solely to the extent such consent would be required for any assignment to such Lender.

Additional Revolving Borrower Joinder ” means the joinder hereto by any Loan Party, as an additional joint and several Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility, pursuant to a joinder agreement among the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and such Loan Party in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Administrative Agent ” means JPM, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter agreement, dated the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(c) .

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Co-Syndication Agents.

 

2


Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

All-In Yield ” means, at any time, with respect to any Term Loan or other Indebtedness, the weighted average yield to stated maturity of such Term Loan or other Indebtedness based on the interest rate or rates applicable thereto and giving effect to all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to the Lenders or other creditors advancing such Term Loan or other Indebtedness with respect thereto (but not arrangement or underwriting fees paid to an arranger for their account) and to any interest rate “floor” (with original issue discount and upfront fees, which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of original issue discount, being equated to interest margins in a manner consistent with generally accepted financial practice based on an assumed four-year life to maturity); provided , that with respect to calculating the All-In Yield of Incremental Term Loans pursuant to the proviso in Section 2.14(b)(v) , if the Eurodollar Rate in respect of the Incremental Term Loans referenced in Section 2.14(b)(v) includes an interest rate “floor” greater than the interest rate “floor” applicable to the then-outstanding Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to interest rate for purposes of determining whether an increase to the interest rate margins applicable to such Term Loans shall be required pursuant to the proviso in Section 2.14(b)(v) , in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent.

Alternative Currency ” means Canadian Dollars or any other lawful currency which is freely convertible into Dollars and is freely traded and available in the London interbank eurocurrency market with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer.

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all Laws applicable to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery, money laundering or corruption, including, without limitation, the FCPA.

Anti-Terrorism Order ” means that certain Executive Order 13224, issued on September 23, 2001.

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Credit Commitments represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. If the Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Applicable Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Applicable Rate .”

Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to:

(a) with respect to Term Loans, 3.50% in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans and 2.50% in the case of Base Rate Loans.

(b) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Letter of Credit fees, (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01 , (A) for Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.00%, (B) for Base Rate Loans, 2.00%, (C) for Letter of Credit Fees, 3.00% and (D) for

 

3


unused commitment fees, 0.50% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum , based upon the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a) :

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing Level   

Consolidated

Net Secured
Leverage Ratio

   Eurodollar Rate
and Letter of
Credit Fees
    Base Rate     Unused
Commitment
Fee Rate
 

1

   £  1.50:1.00      2.25     1.25     0.375

2

   > 1.50:1.00 and £ 2.00:1.00      2.50     1.50     0.375

3

   > 2.00:1.00 and £  2.50:1.00      2.75     1.75     0.50

4

   > 2.50:1.00      3.00     2.00     0.50

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) ; provided , that the highest Pricing Level shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply up to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

In the event that any Compliance Certificate is shown by the Administrative Agent to be inaccurate (whether as a result of an inaccuracy in the financial statements on which such Compliance Certificate is based, a mistake in calculating the applicable Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio or otherwise) at any time that this Agreement is in effect and any Loans or Commitments are outstanding such that the Applicable Rate for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) should have been higher than the Applicable Rate applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower shall promptly (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter) deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period; (ii) the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the corrected Compliance Certificate (but in no event shall the Lenders owe any amounts to the Borrower); and (iii) the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent promptly (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days after the date such corrected Compliance Certificate is delivered) any additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Rate for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any nonpayment of such interest as a result of any such inaccuracy shall not constitute a Default (whether retroactively or otherwise), and no such amounts shall be deemed overdue (and no amounts shall accrue interest at the Default Rate), at any time prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days following the date such corrected Compliance Certificate is delivered. The Borrower’s Obligations under this

 

4


paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuers and (ii) the Revolving Credit Lenders, and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the relevant Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a) , the Revolving Credit Lenders.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (or any other registered broker-dealer wholly-owned by Bank of America Corporation to which all or substantially all of Bank of America Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ investment banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement), in their capacities as lead arrangers and/or lead bookrunners.

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b)(iii) , and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by any electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date of determination, in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the present value of the total obligations of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of each of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

 

5


Available Amount ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) (i) $150 million plus (ii) the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount plus (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received by the Borrower since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (i) Equity Interests of the Borrower, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received from the IPO and (ii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Borrower ( provided , however , that this clause (ii) shall not include the proceeds of (x) Equity Interests, Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower or (y) Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock) plus (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Borrower following the Closing Date (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary) plus (d) to the extent (i) not already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment and (ii) not already reflected in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, the proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during the period from and including the day immediately following the Closing Date through and including such time in connection with cash returns, cash profits, cash distributions and similar cash amounts, including cash principal repayments of loans, in each case received in respect of any Investment made after the Closing Date pursuant to clause (r) of the definition of “ Permitted Investment ” (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of such Investment); provided , that each usage of the Available Amount pursuant to Section 7.05(a) or clause (r) of the definition of “ Permitted Investment ” shall result in a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the Available Amount.

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing Law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by JPM as its prime rate, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an Interest Period of one (1) month plus 1.00%; provided , that for purposes of this clause (c) , the Base Rate with respect to Term Loans will be deemed not to be less than 2.00%. The prime rate is a rate set by JPM based upon various factors including JPM’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by JPM shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

 

6


Borrower ” means, collectively, (a) the “Borrower” as defined in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement ( provided , that when used in the context of determining fair market value of an asset or liability under this Agreement, “ Borrower ” will mean the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower (or a duly appointed committee thereof) when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $25 million) and (b) in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility only, such other Loan Parties, on a joint and several basis with the Borrower, as may be requested by the Borrower (as defined in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement) upon at least ten (10) business days’ notice to the Administrative Agent; provided , that, in respect of each Person that becomes a Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to this clause (b) , (i) such Loan Party shall have executed an Additional Revolving Borrower Joinder, (ii) such Loan Party shall have provided (or caused to be provided) such legal opinions and other documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (or any Revolving Credit Lender) and consistent with the documentation delivered under Section 4.01 with respect to the Borrower on the Closing Date (including any additional information that may be necessary to comply with “know your customer” and other applicable laws and regulations), (iii) such Person shall thereafter comply with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Borrower, and (iv) the funding of Loans to such Loan Party by any Revolving Credit Lender shall not violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Revolving Credit Lender.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02 .

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing, or a Term Borrowing, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state of New York; provided that if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, all amounts which are set forth on the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower for such period as “capital expenditures” in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means:

(a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

7


Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g) .

Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at JPM (or another commercial bank selected in compliance with Section 9.09 ) in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g) .

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(a) United States dollars;

(b) (A) euro, or any national currency of any member state of the European Union; or (B) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and dollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above;

(f) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within twenty four (24) months after the date of creation thereof;

(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within twenty four (24) months after the date of creation thereof;

 

8


(h) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(i) Investments with average maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and

(j) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (i) above).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (a) and (b) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CBS Corporation ” means CBS Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as subsequently amended.

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

CFC Holdco ” means a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of equity of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “ Change in Law ,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

9


Change of Control ” means any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than a Permitted Holder, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (directly or through the acquisition of voting power of Voting Stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower);

(c) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower (together with any new members thereof whose election by such board of directors (or equivalent body) or whose nomination for election by holders of Capital Stock of the Borrower was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors (or equivalent body) then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors (or equivalent body) then in office;

(d) the approval of any plan or proposal for the winding up or liquidation of the Borrower; or

(e) a “change of control” (or similar event) shall occur under the Senior Notes Indenture or any Indebtedness for borrowed money or any Disqualified Stock, in each case incurred by any Loan Party as permitted under Section 7.02 with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount.

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower shall not itself be considered a “Person” or “group” for purposes of clause (b) above; provided, that (i) no “Person” or “group” other than a Permitted Holder beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent company and (ii) such parent company does not own any material assets other than the Equity Interests in the Borrower or a direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower.

Class ” means (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Revolving Credit Lenders or Term Lenders, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Revolving Credit Commitments or Term Commitments, and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans.

 

10


Closing Date ” means the date on which the conditions precedents set forth in Section 4.01 are satisfied or duly waived.

Closing Date Transactions ” means, collectively (a) the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date, (b) the Debt Proceeds Transfer, and (c) the payment of Closing Date Transaction Expenses.

Closing Date Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the Closing Date Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement, all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” as defined in any other Collateral Document and any other assets a Lien in which is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to any Collateral Documents.

Collateral Agent ” means JPM, in its capacity as collateral agent or pledgee in its own name under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each of the Mortgages, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Control Agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.11 or Section 6.13 , and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment ” means a Term Commitment or a Revolving Credit Commitment of any Class or of multiple Classes, as the context may require.

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Communications Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.07(b) .

Communications Laws ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.07(b) .

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

Consolidated Current Assets ” means, at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total

 

11


current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” means, at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) without duplication of clause (a) above, all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans to the extent otherwise included therein.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by:

(A) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, federal, state, non-U.S. franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(B) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; plus

(C) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(D) any fees, expenses or charges related to the IPO, any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes or under the Loan Documents, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Senior Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, and (iii) the other Transactions; plus

(E) the amount of any (i) restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with Acquisitions, mergers or consolidations after the Closing Date and (ii) other non-recurring charges in an amount of up to $5 million in any 12 month period, including any non-ordinary course legal expenses; plus

(F) any other non-cash charges, including asset impairments, any write offs or write downs and non-cash compensation expenses recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar

 

12


rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided , that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(G) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(H) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ; plus

(I) any costs or expense incurred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the Available Amount; plus

(J) the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within twelve (12) months of the date of any Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, merger, consolidation or other action being given pro forma effect (which will be added to Consolidated EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) all steps have been taken for realizing such cost savings, (y) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies added back pursuant to this clause (J) in any Test Period shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks);

(b) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

(c) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(A) any net loss or gain, respectively, resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Financial Accounting Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus , as applicable, and

 

13


(B) any net loss or gain, respectively, resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (iii) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (iv) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (v) imputed interest with respect to Attributable Indebtedness, and (vi) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (w) interest on any Subordinated Intercompany Note, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ); plus

(b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus

(c) whether or not treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP, all cash dividends or other distributions accrued (excluding dividends payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower) on any series of Disqualified Stock or any series of Preferred Stock during such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication:

(a) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including expenses relating to (i) severance and relocation costs, (ii) any rebranding or corporate name change or (iii) uninsured storm or other weather-related damage, in excess of $5 million for any single weather event) shall be excluded;

(b) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

 

14


(c) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(d) any after-tax effect of gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded;

(e) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period;

(f) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided, that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(g) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(h) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any Acquisition, Investment, Disposition, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded.

Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Net Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period.

Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Net Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period.

 

15


Consolidated Total Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness under the Subordinated Intercompany Note), Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, less up to $150 million of cash and Cash Equivalents (which are not Restricted Cash) that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Loan Parties as of such date of determination; provided that for purposes of determining the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio in connection with the incurrence of any Incremental Facilities incurred pursuant to Section 2.14 or any Permitted Debt Offerings incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(20) only, the cash proceeds of such Incremental Facilities and/or Permitted Debt Offering shall not be deemed to be included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, as of any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(b) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Affiliate .”

Control Agreements ” means, collectively, the Deposit Account Control Agreements and the Securities Account Control Agreements.

Co-Documentation Agents ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (or any other registered broker-dealer wholly-owned by Bank of America Corporation to which all or substantially all of Bank of America Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ investment banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement), as co-documentation agents.

 

16


Co-Syndication Agents ” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as co-syndication agents.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any (a) Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt, (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (d) Indebtedness incurred hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Loans or Commitments hereunder, or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided, that (i) such exchanging, extending, renewing, replacing, repurchasing, retiring or refinancing Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premium) and penalties thereon plus reasonable upfront fees and OID on such exchanging, extending, renewing, replacing, repurchasing, retiring or refinancing Indebtedness, plus other reasonable and customary fees and expenses in connection with such exchange, modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, repurchase, retirement or extension; (ii) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, substantially concurrently with the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained; and (iii) any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (x) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not shorter than ninety one (91) days after the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the applicable Refinanced Debt and (y) has a final scheduled maturity date that is no earlier than ninety one (91) days after the final scheduled maturity date of the applicable Refinanced Debt.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for the Excess Cash Flow Periods ended on or prior to such date.

Debt Proceeds Transfer ” means one or more distributions by the Borrower of the net proceeds of the Term Loans and the Senior Notes ( less $10 million to be retained by the Borrower for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs) to an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of CBS Corporation.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(vi) .

 

17


Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum ; provided, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum , in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless subsequently cured, unless such Lender notifies Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default or breach of a representation, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or subsequently cured, (c) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or generally under agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (d) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or such L/C Issuer that it will comply with its funding obligations ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (d) upon receipt of such confirmation by the Administrative Agent and any such L/C Issuer), or (e) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action or (iv) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding, appointment or action; provided , that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue (1) of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority or (2) an Undisclosed Administration.

Deposit Account ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Article 9 of the UCC.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” means a deposit account control agreement to be executed by the Collateral Agent, the applicable Loan Party and each institution maintaining a Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account) for the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in each case as required by and in accordance with the terms of Section 6.15 .

Designated Jurisdiction ” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.

 

18


Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, setting forth the fair market value of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and the basis of such valuation.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means:

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

(b) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 7.02 ), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date ninety one (91) days after the earlier of the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance of such Capital Stock or the date the Loans are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of any such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided further , however , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” of any amount expressed, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in Dollars, such amount, and (b) in any Alternative Currency, means the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the applicable L/C Issuer or, in the absence of such determination, the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the spot rate (determined as of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

 

19


Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority, any Governmental Authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee ” means and includes a commercial bank, an insurance company, a finance company, a financial institution, any Fund or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act) but in any event excluding (x) the Borrower and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, (y) natural persons and (z) any Defaulting Lender.

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Environment ” means indoor air, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface, subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws ” means the common law and any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, Laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the Environment or, to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health and safety or to the transportation, handling, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials into the Environment.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation and remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of or noncompliance with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, recycling, shipment or disposal (or arrangement for any of the foregoing) of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment, (e) any investigatory, remedial, natural resource, response, removal or corrective obligation or measure required by any Environmental Law, (f) any claim (including but not limited to property damage and personal injury) by any third party relating to any Hazardous Materials, or (g) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

20


Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(a) the IPO;

(b) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(c) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

(d) Refunding Capital Stock.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) with respect to any Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) a withdrawal by a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA by the PBGC, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

21


Eurodollar Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the greater of (i) 0.00% per annum and (ii) the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”), or a successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be reasonably designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the greater of (i) 0.00% per annum and (ii) the rate per annum equal to LIBOR, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time determined two (2) Business Days prior to such date for U.S. Dollar deposits with a term of one (1) month commencing that day;

provided, that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection herewith, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that the Eurodollar Rate with respect to Term Loans that bear interest at a rate based on clause (a) of this definition will be deemed not to be less than 1.00% per annum .

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the excess, if any, of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus

(ii) the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period, plus

(iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the disposition of property by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(v) the amount by which Tax expense deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period exceeds Taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash (including, without duplication, any amounts paid in cash pursuant to Section 7.05(k) ) or

 

22


cash Tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in such period,

over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(ii) the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such Capital Expenditures (other than under the Revolving Credit Facility) and any such Capital Expenditures financed with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount), plus

(iii) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Funded Debt (including the Loans and any Capitalized Leases) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility (including the Revolving Credit Facility) to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) (excluding any such principal payments that are financed with other Indebtedness or satisfied with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount or the issuance of any Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), plus

(iv) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period, plus

(v) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain on the disposition of property by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(vi) the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of professional fees that have not been deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(vii) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are made in connection with the prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(viii) the amount of Taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash (including, without duplication, any amounts paid in cash pursuant to Section 7.05(k) ) or cash Tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of Tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus

 

23


(ix) the aggregate cash consideration paid by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of Acquisitions, acquisitions of intellectual property (to the extent not constituting Capital Expenditures or accounted for in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income) and Permitted Investments pursuant to clause (l) or (s) of the definition thereof, in each case, (A) to the extent such expenditures are permitted under this Agreement and (B) excluding the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditures (other than under the Revolving Credit Facility) and any such expenditures financed with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount or the issuance of any Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, plus

(x) the amount of Restricted Payments during such period by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to Section 7.05(e) and/or Section 7.05(l) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(xi) cash costs incurred during such period and excluded from the definition of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (a) or (h) thereof, in each case to the extent not netted from or otherwise financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, a Disposition or the issuance of Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Excess Cash Flow Period ” means each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Account ” means a Deposit Account or Securities Account (a) that is used for the sole purpose of making payroll and withholding tax payments related thereto and other employee wage and benefit payments and accrued and unpaid employee compensation (including salaries, wages, benefits and expense reimbursements), (b) that is used for paying taxes, including sales taxes, (c) that is used as an escrow account or as a fiduciary or trust account, (d) that is a zero balance Deposit Account, (e) with an average monthly balance of less than $100,000, not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time for all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts that are Excluded Accounts pursuant to this clause (e) , or (f) that is listed on Schedule 1.01C .

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary; (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law, or by Contractual Obligations existing on the Closing Date (or, in the case of any future Acquisition, as of the closing date of such Acquisition, so long as such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such Acquisition), from guaranteeing the Obligations or would require the approval, consent, license or authorization of any Governmental Authority in order to guarantee the Obligations (unless such approval, consent, license or authorization has been received); (d) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained

 

24


by the Lenders therefrom; (e) any Receivables Subsidiary; (f) any Foreign Subsidiary; (g) any Unrestricted Subsidiary; and (h) any CFC Holdco.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason not to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to or on account of a Recipient, (a) any Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or profits, franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized or having its principal office or applicable Lending Office in the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment except to the extent that such Tax is imposed as a result of a Change in Law after the time (i) such Lender becomes a party hereto or acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to the Borrower’s request under Section 10.13 ) or (ii) such Lender designates a new Lending Office, except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from a Loan Party with respect to such Taxes pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (c) ; (c) any Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(d) ; and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Executive Order ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.15 .

Extended Revolving Credit Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Extended Term Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Extending Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Extension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Extension Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Facility ” means the Term Loans, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Sublimit or the Letter of Credit Sublimit, as the context may require.

 

25


FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date hereof (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any current or future Treasury regulations or official administrative interpretations thereof.

FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission (or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the Federal Communications Commission).

FCC Licenses ” means such FCC licenses, permits, authorizations and certificates issued by the FCC to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any license under Part 73 of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations) as are necessary to own and operate the Stations (collectively, together with all extensions, additions and renewals thereto or thereof).

FCPA ” means Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the greater of (i) 0.00% per annum and (ii) the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided, that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to JPM on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Financial Covenant Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(b) .

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary with respect to employees employed outside the United States (other than benefit plans, programs or agreements that are mandated by applicable Laws).

Foreign Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary or (ii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in the preceding clause (i) .

 

26


FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to any Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of outstanding Swing Line Loans made by such Swing Line Lender other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to Non-Defaulting Lenders.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

Funded Debt ” means, as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans and any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time, subject to Section 1.03 .

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, county, provincial or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(g) .

Guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01 .

Guarantors ” means (a) the Subsidiaries of the Borrower party hereto as of the Closing Date and those Restricted Subsidiaries that issue a Guarantee of the Obligations after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.11 , in each case (i) other than any Foreign Subsidiary or any CFC Holdco and/or (ii) until released in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to obligations and liabilities owing by any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) in respect of Secured Hedge Agreements or Treasury Services Agreements, the Borrower.

 

27


Guaranty ” means, collectively, the guaranty of the Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous, carcinogenic or toxic substances, wastes or pollutants, contaminants, chemicals (whether solids, liquids or gases), including petroleum or petroleum distillates or by-products and other hydrocarbons, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, lead-based paint, radon gas, mold, infectious or medical wastes that are subject to regulation, control or remediation under any Environmental Law, or the Release or exposure to which could give rise to liability under, applicable Environmental Law.

Hedge Bank ” means any Person that is the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, an Arranger, or a Lender on the Closing Date or at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement or a Treasury Services Agreement, as applicable, in its capacity as a party thereto, and (other than a Person already party hereto as a Lender) delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement reasonably satisfactory to it agreeing to be bound by Sections 9.09 and 10.05 as if it were a Lender.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Honor Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that individually has assets (after intercompany eliminations) equal to or less than 2.50% of Total Assets and annual revenues equal to or less than 2.50% of Total Revenues, in each case as determined as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) ; provided , that such Immaterial Subsidiaries shall collectively account for 5.00% or less of Total Assets and 5.00% or less of Total Revenues.

Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

Incremental Facility ” means any Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increase.

Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money;

 

28


(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(iii) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and (z) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

(iv) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) all Attributable Indebtedness and all Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (a) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, any Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (a) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person (other than Liens on Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries securing, respectively, Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries), whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided , for purposes hereof the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of the Indebtedness so secured and the fair market value of the assets of the first person securing such Indebtedness;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) deferred or prepaid revenues and (c) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) .

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) above, Other Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04 .

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

29


Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07 .

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iv)(E) .

Intercreditor Agreement ” means a first lien intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 hereto, among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for any Additional First Lien Secured Parties (as defined therein) (which agreement in such form or with immaterial changes thereto the Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into) together with any material changes thereto in light of prevailing market conditions, which material changes shall be posted to the Lenders not less than five (5) Business Days before execution thereof and, if the Required Lenders shall not have objected to such changes within five (5) Business Days after posting, then the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have agreed that the Administrative Agent’s entry into such intercreditor agreement (with such changes) is reasonable and to have consented to such intercreditor agreement (with such changes) and to the Administrative Agent’s execution thereof.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three (3) months, the respective dates that fall every three (3) months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates, and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one (1), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, twelve (12) months or one (1) week thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided , that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, and in each such case with a “stable” or better outlook.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

 

30


(a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(b) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(c) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(d) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, deposits, advances to customers and suppliers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person, Acquisitions, and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” and Section 7.06 :

(a) “ Investments ” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “ Investment ” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(A) the Borrower’s direct or indirect “ Investment ” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(B) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, without giving effect to subsequent changes in value but reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

31


IP Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.16 .

IPO ” means the underwritten initial public offering of common stock of the Borrower (including the issuance of shares of common stock of the Borrower pursuant to the option to purchase granted to the underwriters in connection with the IPO) pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-1 initially filed by the Borrower with the SEC on July 8, 2016, as amended from time to time.

IPO Proceeds Transfers ” means one or more payments by the Borrower of the net proceeds of the IPO to the direct parent company of the Borrower, which is an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of CBS Corporation, in repayment of the Subordinated Intercompany Note.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by any L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

JPM ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been timely reimbursed or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03(c) .

L/C Commitment ” means, with respect to any L/C Issuer, the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit that such L/C Issuer has committed, in writing, to provide subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The L/C Commitments of the L/C Issuers as of the Closing Date are as set forth on Schedule 1.01B .

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means (a) each Person identified on Schedule 1.01B and (b) any other Lender that becomes an L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(k) or 10.06(h) following the Closing Date, in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and, in the case of clause (b) , subject to such Lender’s acceptance of such appointment. Any reference to “L/C Issuer” herein shall be to the applicable L/C Issuer, as appropriate.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.

 

32


Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans, any Other Term Loans, any Extended Term Loan, any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment and any Revolving Commitment Increase, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer and a Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “ Lender .”

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, such office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $15 million and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Eurodollar Rate .”

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or similar agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

 

33


Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Collateral Documents, (d) the Intercreditor Agreement (if any), (e) the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if any), (f) the Administrative Agent Fee Letter and (g) amendments of and joinders to any Loan Documents that are deemed pursuant to their terms to be Loan Documents for purposes hereof.

Loan Extension Agreement ” means an agreement among the Borrower and one or more Extending Lenders implementing the terms of any applicable Extension Offer pursuant to Section 2.16 .

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Margin Stock ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.13(a) .

Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Swap Contract .”

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (c) the material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under (i) this Agreement or the Security Agreement or (ii) the Loan Documents taken as a whole, or (d) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of any Loan Document.

Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary ” means any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary of the Borrower that has assets (after intercompany eliminations) in excess of $50 million or annual revenues in excess of $50 million, in each case as determined as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) .

Material Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Maturity Date ” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans, October 17, 2023 and (b) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, October 17, 2021; provided, that if either such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately succeeding such day.

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount ” means, at any date of determination, a principal amount of not greater than (a) $250 million plus (b) an unlimited amount, so long as on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of any Incremental Facility or any Permitted Debt Offering (and after giving effect to any Acquisition consummated concurrently therewith and calculated as if any Revolving Commitment Increase were fully drawn on the closing date thereof), the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 3.25 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 , provided , that the principal amount of any Incremental Facilities incurred pursuant to Section 2.14 or any Permitted Debt Offerings incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(20) , in each case, shall reduce the amount in clause (a) on a dollar-for-dollar basis until reduced to zero.

 

34


Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.09 .

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09 .

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Mortgage ” means any deed of trust, trust deed, hypothec or mortgage made by any Loan Party in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent with such terms and provisions as may be required by the applicable Laws of the relevant jurisdiction, including, without limitation, any such deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs or mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 6.11 and 6.13 , in each case, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified.

Mortgaged Property ” means the Real Properties listed on Schedule 6.13(a) and any other Real Property (other than any leasehold interests) for which a Loan Party is required to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority Lien pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any Disposition or Casualty Event, 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, required debt payments and required payments of other obligations relating to the applicable asset to the extent such debt or obligations are secured by a Lien permitted hereunder (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents and Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) on such asset, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) Taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, and (iii) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such

 

35


Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided , that, if the Borrower intends to use any portion of such proceeds to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or to make Permitted Acquisitions or any acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of, or all the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) in, a Person or division or line of business of a Person (or any subsequent investment made in a Person, division or line of business previously acquired), in each case within twelve (12) months of such receipt, such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not, within twelve (12) months of such receipt, so used or contractually committed to be so used (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such twelve (12) month period but within such twelve (12) month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within the later of such twelve (12) month period and one hundred and eighty (180) days from the entry into such Contractual Obligation, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso); and

(b) with respect to any Indebtedness, 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Indebtedness, net of all taxes and fees (including investment banking fees), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such issuance or sale.

For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to the Borrower or any Affiliate shall be disregarded.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-Extension Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

Note ” means a Term Note, a Revolving Credit Note or a Swing Line Note, as the context may require.

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” means all (a) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding and (b) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Treasury Services Agreement, excluding, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) , with respect to any Guarantor at any time, any Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (i) the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of

 

36


Credit fees, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party or Subsidiary under any Loan Document and (ii) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary in accordance with this Agreement.

obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

OFAC ” means the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended or any of the foreign asset control regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V).

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate, charter or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(i) .

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, other than any connection arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Loan Documents.

Other Encumbrances ” has the meaning specified in clause (5) of Section 7.01 .

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b) .

Other Term Loan Commitments ” means one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder to fund Other Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” means one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

 

37


Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the outstanding amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d) .

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(d) .

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit G-1 hereto or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.

Perfection Certificate Supplement ” means a certificate supplement in the form of Exhibit G-2 hereto or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Investment permitted under clause (c) or clause (t) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets, cash and Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Sections 2.05(b) and 7.04 .

Permitted Debt Offering ” means any issuance of senior secured or junior secured or unsecured Indebtedness by any Loan Party after the Closing Date through an incurrence of term loans or through a public offering or private issuance of debt securities under Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, or otherwise; provided that, (a) such Indebtedness may be

 

38


secured by a first priority Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien securing the Obligations (other than any Permitted Debt Offering Indebtedness incurred in the form of term loans, which shall not be secured by a first priority Lien on the Collateral), or may be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Obligations or may be unsecured; (b) such Indebtedness is not secured by any collateral other than the Collateral securing the Obligations; (c) such Indebtedness does not mature on or prior to the Latest Maturity Date of, or have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than, the Term Loans; (d) the covenants (excluding the Borrower’s ability to make Restricted Payments) and events of default in respect of such Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are substantially similar, or more favorable to the Loan Parties than, those governing the Senior Notes or are otherwise not more restrictive to the Loan Parties in the aggregate than those set forth in this Agreement (it being understood to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any Permitted Debt Offering, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Facility); (e) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the issuing Loan Party delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the issuing Loan Party has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements; and (f) none of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than the Loan Parties) is a guarantor or borrower under such Permitted Debt Offering. Any debt securities (including registered debt securities) issued by any Loan Party in exchange for any Indebtedness issued in connection with a Permitted Debt Offering in accordance with the terms of a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of such Permitted Debt Offering Indebtedness shall also be considered a Permitted Debt Offering.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) CBS Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates, (ii) National Amusements, Inc. or any of its controlled Affiliates and (iii) Redstone Family Members, in each case from the Closing Date until such time as such Person beneficially owns less than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (it being understood that if any such Person subsequently acquires any Voting Stock of the Borrower it shall not, at such time, constitute a “Permitted Holder”).

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) any Investment in the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(b) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

(c) any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and a Guarantor, or such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets (or all or substantially all of the property comprising a division, business unit or line of

 

39


business of such Person) to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or any other Loan Party; provided :

(i) no Event of Default shall exist either immediately before or after such purchase or acquisition; and

(ii) Section 6.11 shall be complied with respect to such newly acquired Restricted Subsidiary and property;

and any Investment held by such Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and Guarantor; provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(d) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents (including Designated Non-Cash Consideration) and received in connection with a Disposition made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 7.04 or any other disposition of assets not constituting a Disposition;

(e) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date, in each case, as set forth on Schedule 1.01D or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date; provided , that the amount of any such Investment may only be increased as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date;

(f) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;

(ii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or

(iii) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates of the Borrower;

(g) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 7.02(b)(9) ;

(h) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower; provided, however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.05(a) ;

(i) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02 ;

 

40


(j) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (2) , (6) , (8) and (9) thereof);

(k) Investments consisting of (x) purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, services or equipment, or other similar assets or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business or (y) the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(l) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an Unrestricted Subsidiary, a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (or a Person who becomes a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary as a result of such Investment) or a joint venture engaged in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (l) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $200 million and (y) 4% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(m) Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any Person that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(b)(19) or any repurchases in connection therewith;

(n) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors and employees not in excess of $5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(o) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses, payroll expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower;

(p) any Investment in any Subsidiary or joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(q) any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of Permitted Non-Cash Consideration, provided that (x) the aggregate fair market value of such Permitted Non-Cash Consideration so received during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $100 million and (y) such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Borrower at the time provided and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;

(r) any other Investment in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount at the time of such Investment;

(s) other Investments (including Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and other Persons that do not become Loan Parties) having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (s)

 

41


that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $200 million and (y) 4% of Total Assets;

(t) additional Acquisitions of a Person (or all or a substantial portion of the property comprising a division, business unit or line of business of a Person) that is engaged in a Similar Business; provided , that:

(i) no Default shall exist either immediately before or after such Acquisition;

(ii) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets (or all or a substantial portion of the property comprising a division, business unit or line of business of such Person) to, or is liquidated into, a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) Section 6.11 shall be complied with respect to such newly acquired Restricted Subsidiary and property; and

(iv) on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.0 to 1.0; and

(u) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt ” means any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of second lien (or other junior lien) secured notes or second lien (or other junior lien) secured loans; provided, that (a) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (b) such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (c) a Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, and (d) such Indebtedness meets the Permitted Other Debt Conditions. Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens ” has the definition assigned to such term in Section 7.01 .

Permitted Non-Cash Consideration ” means non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the lease, other disposition or provision of advertising time or other goods and services provided by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to customers in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Other Debt Conditions ” means that such applicable debt (a) does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (other than

 

42


customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default), in each case prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (b) is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, (c) to the extent secured, the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), and (d) in regard to any Refinancing Notes, the other terms and conditions (excluding pricing and optional prepayment or redemption terms and restrictions on the Borrower’s ability to make Restricted Payments) are substantially identical to or (taken as a whole) less favorable to the investors providing such Refinancing Notes than the those applicable to the Term Loans being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest final maturity date of the Term Loans and it being understood that the terms contained in the Senior Notes Indenture satisfy the requirements of this clause (d) ); provided, that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness and drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this clause (d) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirements.

Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt ” means any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes; provided, that (a) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (b) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, (c) such Indebtedness, (i) unless incurred as a term loan under this Agreement, does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default), in each case prior to the date that is the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, and (ii) if incurred as a term loan under this Agreement, does not mature earlier than, or have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than, the applicable Refinanced Debt, (d) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is not incurred hereunder) are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (e) to the extent such Indebtedness is not incurred hereunder, a Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of an Intercreditor Agreement with the Administrative Agent and (f) such Indebtedness, if consisting of Refinancing Notes, satisfies clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Other Debt Conditions. Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of

 

43


senior unsecured notes or loans; provided, that (a) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and (b) meets the Permitted Other Debt Conditions.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA established or maintained by any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02 .

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prepayment Premium ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a)(iii) .

Pro Forma Basis ” and “ Pro Forma Compliance ” mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder, that such test or covenant shall have been calculated in accordance with Section 1.08 .

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time; provided, that if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments of Loans and other Obligations made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Projections ” means financial projections of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries through 2021 following the Closing Date, which will be prepared on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Closing Date Transactions and will include, without limitation, consolidated income statements (with Consolidated EBITDA clearly noted) and a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the Closing Date, all of which will be in form and substance and at levels reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers.

Public Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02 .

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Guarantor that, at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, has total assets exceeding $10 million and constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” with respect to such Swap Obligation at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

44


Quarterly Financial Statements ” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Facilities publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Ratio ” means each of (a) the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio, (b) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio and (c) the Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio.

Ratio Calculation Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.08(b) .

Real Property ” means, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased, licensed or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower formed for the sole purpose of, and that engages only in, the purchase and sale of accounts receivables under one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Recipient ” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender and any L/C Issuer, as applicable.

Redstone Family Members ” includes only the following Persons: (i) Mr. Sumner Redstone; (ii) the estate of Mr. Redstone; (iii) each descendant of Mr. Redstone or spouse or former spouse of Mr. Redstone and their respective estates, guardians, conservators or committees; (iv) any spouse or former spouse of Mr. Redstone; (v) each Family Controlled Entity (as defined below); and (vi) the trustees, in their respective capacities as such, of each Family Controlled Trust (as defined below). The term “ Family Controlled Entity ” means: (i) any not-for-profit corporation if more than 50% of its board of directors is composed of Redstone Family Members; (ii) any

 

45


other corporation if more than 50% of the value of its outstanding equity is owned by Redstone Family Members; (iii) any partnership if more than 50% of the value of its partnership interests is owned by Redstone Family Members; and (iv) any limited liability or similar company if more than 50% of the value of the company is owned by Redstone Family Members. The term “ Family Controlled Trust ” includes certain trusts existing on the Closing Date and any other trusts the primary beneficiaries of which are Redstone Family Members, spouses of Redstone Family Members and/or charitable organizations, provided that if the trust is a wholly charitable trust, more than 50% of the trustees of such trust consist of Redstone Family Members.

Refinanced Debt ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness .”

Refinancing Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent, and (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.15 , and provided , that the Indebtedness pursuant to any such Refinancing Amendment (i) does not mature earlier than, or have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than, the applicable Refinanced Debt and (ii) is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(b) .

Refinancing Notes ” means Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the form of notes rather than loans.

Refinancing Series ” means all Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same yield (taking into account any applicable interest rate margin, original issue discount, up-front fees and any LIBOR “floor”) and amortization schedule (if any).

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05(c) .

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(c) .

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ” means, with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i) .

 

46


Reinvestment Event ” means any Disposition or Casualty Event in respect of which the Borrower has exercised its reinvestment rights pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(i) .

Rejection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(vi) .

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided, that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would be or become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Representative ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Repricing Transaction ” means any prepayment (including by way of any repricing, refinancing, replacement or conversion) of all or a portion of the initial Term Loans with proceeds from the incurrence by the Borrower of any new indebtedness having an All-In Yield that is less than the All-In Yield of the initial Term Loans (excluding any prepayments, repricings or refinancings in connection with a Change of Control) (as such comparable yields are determined in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices), including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the All-In Yield of the initial Term Loans.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, continuation or conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Class Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders of a Class having more than 50% of the sum of (a) the Total Outstandings (with, in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility, the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) of all Lenders of such Class and (b) the aggregate unused Commitments of all

 

47


Lenders of such Class; provided, that the unused Commitment and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender of such Class shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Class Lenders.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments, and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided, that the unused Term Commitment and unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Required ECF Percentage ” means, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, 50%; provided , that (a) if the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but greater than 2.00 to 1.00, such percentage shall be 25%, and (b) if the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, such percentage shall be 0%.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II , any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Cash ” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to the Borrower, except for such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement and that is secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents.

Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05 .

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “ Restricted Subsidiary .”

Retained Percentage ” means, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Required ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

 

48


Revaluation Date ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (a) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (b) each date of an amendment or extension of any such Letter of Credit and (c) each date of any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(d) .

“Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and Class and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders of such Class pursuant to Section 2.01(b) .

“Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b) , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01A under the caption “ Revolving Credit Commitment ” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $250 million on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the amount of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the amount of the L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

Revolving Credit Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b) .

Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender to the Borrower.

Revolving Extension Offers ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a) .

S&P ” means S&P Global Ratings, a business unit of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

49


Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing or licensing by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred for value by such Person to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing or licensing.

Same Day Funds ” means immediately available funds.

Sanction ” or “ Sanctions ” means (a) any sanctions administered or enforced by any Governmental Authority of the United States (including the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and the U.S. Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other applicable sanctions authority and (b) any applicable requirement of Law relating to terrorism or money laundering.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 hereto (which agreement in such form or with immaterial changes thereto the Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into) together with any material changes thereto in light of prevailing market conditions, which material changes shall be posted to the Lenders not less than five (5) Business Days before execution thereof and, if the Required Lenders shall not have objected to such changes within five (5) Business Days after posting, then the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have agreed that the Administrative Agent’s entry into such intercreditor agreement (with such changes) is reasonable and to have consented to such intercreditor agreement (with such changes) and to the Administrative Agent’s execution thereof.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article VII that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. For the avoidance of doubt, Attributable Indebtedness will be considered to be secured by the asset that is the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.02 .

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means a securities account control agreement to be executed by the Collateral Agent, the applicable Loan Party and each institution maintaining a securities account for the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in each case as required by and in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iii) .

 

50


Senior Notes ” means $400 million in an aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 7.250% senior unsecured notes due 2024.

Senior Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture for the Senior Notes, dated as of October 17, 2016, between the Borrower, as issuer, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, and the other entities from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement.

Separation ” means the disposition of any or all of the Capital Stock of the Borrower held by CBS Corporation and its applicable Subsidiaries in one or a series of transactions, including by way of the IPO and by way of a tax-free split-off or tax-free spin-off, pursuant to which CBS Corporation will (a) offer its stockholders the option to exchange their shares of CBS Corporation’s common stock for shares of the Borrower’s common stock in an exchange offer or exchange offers, (b) distribute the Borrower’s common stock held by CBS Corporation and its applicable Subsidiaries on a pro rata basis to CBS Corporation’s shareholders whose CBS Corporation common stock remains outstanding after any exchanges are consummated, and/or (c) otherwise dispose of the Borrower’s Capital Stock.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, complimentary, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on the sum of its debts and other liabilities, including contingent liabilities; (c) such Person has not incurred debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (d) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(g) .

Specified Transaction ” means, with respect to any period, any Acquisition, Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation (as “Restricted” or “Unrestricted”), merger, amalgamation, consolidation, Incremental Term Loan or Revolving Commitment Increase or any other transaction that by the terms of this Agreement requires “ Pro Forma Compliance ” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a “ Pro Forma Basis .”

Stations ” means those broadcast radio stations identified on Schedule 5.07(a) , together with any broadcast radio station acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition.

 

51


Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:

(a) any Indebtedness of the Borrower which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations; and

(b) any Indebtedness of a Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranty of such Guarantor.

Subordinated Intercompany Note ” means any subordinated promissory note evidencing any intercompany debt (i) owed by the Borrower to CBS Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (that is not the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower), (ii) incurred within three (3) Business Days prior to the IPO, or, if earlier, on the date of pricing of the securities to be issued in the IPO, (iii) having a maturity no earlier than 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date, with mandatory prepayment using the net proceeds of the IPO, (iv) that by its terms is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (v) that is designated as such by the Borrower, which promissory note shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, or such other form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(a) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(i) more than 50% of the voting interests or general partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise; and

(ii) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Successor Company ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(d) .

Survey ” means a survey of any Real Property subject to a Mortgage (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Real Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six (6) months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six (6) months prior to such date of delivery any material change to such Real Property, improvements or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Real Property has been granted or become

 

52


effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Real Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than thirty (30) days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the subject Real Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the title company, (iv) compliant with the American Land Title Association requirements as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey including a survey endorsement, and (v) sufficient for the title company to issue a Title Policy, or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Swap ” means any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate swaps and options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ) , including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap.

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Facility ” means the swing line loan facility made available by the Swing Line Lenders pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Lender ” means JPM, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans or any successor or additional swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a) .

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

53


Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Swing Line Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Swing Line Lender resulting from the Swing Line Loans.

Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $5 million and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Commitments.

Taxes ” means any present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax and penalties applicable thereto.

Tax Group ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(k) .

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Type and currency and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders.

Term Commitmen t” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01A under the caption “ Term Commitment ” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The initial aggregate amount of the Term Commitments as of the Closing Date is $1.06 billion.

Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Commitment or a Term Loan at such time.

Term Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) .

Term Loan Standstill Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(b) .

Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by such Term Lender.

Term Extension Offers ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a) .

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended.

Threshold Amount ” means $35 million (or the equivalent thereof in any foreign currency).

 

54


Title Policy ” means a fully paid American Land Title Association form of policy of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) insuring the Lien of a Mortgage as a valid subsisting first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) on the mortgaged property and fixtures described therein in the amount equal to no more than the fair market value of such mortgaged property and fixtures, issued by a title company reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent which shall (a) to the extent necessary, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent; (b) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law (i.e., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount); (c) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit, doing business, non-imputation, public road access, survey, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot, revolving credit and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions, provided that, where the cost of a zoning endorsement is excessive in light of nature of the transaction the Administrative Agent shall reasonably consider the Borrower’s requests to waive such zoning endorsement and to provide a zoning opinion, report or other letter in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (d) affirmatively insure against loss arising out from or contain no exceptions to title other than Permitted Liens.

Total Assets ” means total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 as may be expressly stated without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Closing Date, with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.08 .

Total Revenues ” means total revenues of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent statement of income or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 , with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.08 .

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Transactions ” means (a)(i) the issuance and sale of the Senior Notes, (ii) the entering into of the Loan Documents and (iii) the borrowing of Term Loans under this Agreement, (b) the issuance, dividend and/or distribution of the Subordinated Intercompany Note and any repayment thereof, (c) the consummation of the IPO, (d) the transfer of a portion of the aggregate proceeds (which may be substantially all of the net proceeds) of the Senior Notes, the Term Loans and the IPO by the Borrower to, directly or indirectly, CBS Corporation, (e) the Separation and (f) in connection with the Separation, entry into and consummation of the transactions contemplated under a master separation agreement, a tax matters agreement, a transition services agreement, a joint digital services agreement, intellectual property license

 

55


agreements and a registration rights agreement, in each case as disclosed in the offering memorandum for the Senior Notes.

Transfers ” means a collective reference to the Debt Proceeds Transfers and the IPO Proceeds Transfers.

Treasury Services Agreement ” means any agreement between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank relating to commercial credit or debit card, merchant card, or purchasing card programs (including non-card e-payables services), or treasury, depository, or cash management services (including automatic clearing house transfer of funds, overdraft, controlled disbursement, electronic funds transfer, lockbox, stop payment, return item and wire transfer services).

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

U.S. Lender ” means any Lender that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Undisclosed Administration ” means in relation to a Lender the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(d) .

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Borrower, pursuant to Section 6.14 ); and

(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries are Restricted Subsidiaries.

USA Patriot Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15 .

 

56


Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors (or equivalent body) or other governing body of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or scheduled redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (b) the sum of all such payments; provided, that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Refinanced Debt or any Indebtedness that is being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, the effects of any amortization or prepayments made on such Indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension shall be disregarded.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares required to be held by foreign nationals) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any U.S. federal withholding Tax, any other applicable withholding agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Section 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions .

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder “and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(d) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(e) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

57


(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(g) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 1.03. Accounting Terms; GAAP .

(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with GAAP, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of this Agreement (including in determining compliance with any test or covenant contained herein) with respect to (i) any Test Period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the applicable Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such Test Period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis and (ii) any Test Period with respect to which testing is based on a Specified Transaction happening after the end of such Test Period, the applicable Ratio shall be calculated as if such Specified Transaction had taken place on the first day of such Test Period.

(c) If the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP (or in the application thereof) occurring after the Closing Date on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then the compliance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with such provision shall be determined on the basis of GAAP as in effect (and as applied) immediately before the relevant change became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such provision is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders. Until such notice is withdrawn or the relevant provision is so amended, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement setting forth a reconciliation between calculations made with respect to the relevant provision before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, in no event shall a lease obligation that does not constitute a Capitalized Lease Obligation under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof be treated as a Capitalized Lease Obligation for any purpose hereof.

Section 1.04. Rounding .

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).

 

58


Section 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by the Loan Documents, and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

Section 1.06. Times of Day .

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.07. Timing of Payment of Performance .

When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Section 1.08. Pro Forma and Other Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, financial ratios and tests, including the Ratios, shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.08 ; provided , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b) , (c) , (d) or (e) of this Section 1.08 , when calculating any Ratio for purposes of (i) the definition of “ Applicable Rate ” and (ii)  Section 7.09 (other than for the purpose of determining Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.09 ), the events described in this Section 1.08 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) In the event that the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the Test Period for which any Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the applicable Ratio is made (the “ Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the applicable Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period; provided , however , that, for purposes of any pro forma calculation of the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 7.02(a) , the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described under Section 7.02(b) .

(c) For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, Acquisitions, Dispositions, mergers, amalgamations and consolidations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to a business (as such term is used in

 

59


Regulation S-X Rule 11-01 under the Securities Act), a company, a segment, an operating division or unit or line of business that the Borrower, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP (except as set forth in the last sentence of clause (d) below) assuming that all such Investments, Acquisitions, Dispositions, mergers, amalgamations and consolidations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom, subject to any limitations set forth in clause (a)(J) of the definition thereof, to the extent applicable) had occurred on the first day of the Test Period. If since the beginning of such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, merger, amalgamation and consolidation, in each case with respect to a business (as such term is used in Regulation S-X Rule 11-01 under the Securities Act), a company, a segment, an operating division or unit or line of business that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.08 , then the applicable Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, merger and consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.

(d) For purposes of making the computation referred to above, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower as set forth in an officer’s certificate, to reflect reasonably identifiable and factually supportable operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any action taken or expected to be taken within twelve (12) months after the date of any Acquisition, amalgamation or merger (subject to any limitations set forth in clause (a)(J) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, to the extent applicable); provided , that no such amounts shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such period.

(e) For purposes of calculation of any Ratio, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the applicable Test Period.

Section 1.09. Letter of Credit Amounts .

Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit

 

60


after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

Section 2.01. The Loans .

(a) The Term Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on a pro rata basis on the Closing Date, Loans denominated in Dollars in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Term Lender’s Term Commitment. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower from its applicable Lending Office (each such loan, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day until the Business Day preceding the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided , that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; and provided , further , that on the Closing Date, any Revolving Credit Borrowings shall be limited to not more than $10 million solely to fund Closing Date Transaction Expenses and other expenses relating to the Transactions. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b) , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b) . Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

Section 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (i) 2:00 p.m. (A) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) one (1) Business Day before the requested date of any Term Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Loans, or (ii) 10:00 a.m. on the requested date of any Revolving Credit Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Except as provided in Section 2.14(a) , each

 

61


Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $5 million, or a whole multiple of $1 million, in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c) , 2.04(c) , 2.14(a) or the last sentence of this paragraph, each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing, a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.02(a) . In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice; provided , that each such Appropriate Lender may, at its option, make its Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Appropriate Lender to make such Loan; provided , further , that any exercise of such option shall not affect in any manner the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are Swing Line Loans or L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first , to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowing, second , to the payment in full of any such Swing Line Loans, and third , to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith.

 

62


During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the JPM prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than twelve (12) Interest Periods in effect.

(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

Section 2.03. Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment . (i) Subject to Section 4.02 and all of the other terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the date that is thirty (30) days prior to the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, or in the sole discretion of such L/C Issuer in an Alternative Currency, for the account of the Borrower ( provided , that any Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) , and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit and (B) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03 ; provided, that no L/C Issuer shall be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (x) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, (y) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit or (z) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency would exceed $5 million; provided , that in the event Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch is an L/C Issuer, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch shall only be obligated to issue standby Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

 

63


(ii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve (12) months after the date of issuance or last extension;

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless (1) each Appropriate Lender (in its sole discretion) has approved of such expiration date or (2) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of such requested Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer;

(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws binding upon such L/C Issuer;

(E) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;

(F) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(G) the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(H) any Revolving Credit Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which such L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion; or

 

64


(I) after giving effect to such issuance, (1) the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer would exceed such L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment or (2) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in any Alternative Currency would exceed $5 million in the aggregate.

(iii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(iv) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “ Administrative Agent ” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit . (i) Subject to Section 4.02 , each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer during the period specified in Section 2.03(a) (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; and (e) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request (which may include the form of the requested Letter of Credit). In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to each L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as such L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(i) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in

 

65


writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the relevant L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the relevant L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the relevant L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices; provided , that each L/C Issuer may, at its option, issue such Letter of Credit or enter into such amendment, as the case may be, by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such L/C Issuer to issue such Letter of Credit or enter into such amendment, as the case may be; provided , further , that any exercise of such option by such L/C Issuer shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay or perform its Obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit or such amendment, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to (regardless of whether the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 have been satisfied), purchase from the relevant L/C Issuer without recourse or warranty a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(ii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided, that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve (12) month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve (12) month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date (unless each Appropriate Lender (in its sole discretion) has approved a later expiry date); provided, that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its extended form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)(ii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied; provided , further , that the relevant L/C Issuer may permit any such extension to an expiry date later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date if the

 

66


Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer (it being understood and agreed that, in such case, the obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders to reimburse any drawing under such Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms hereof following the Letter of Credit Expiration Date shall terminate as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all of the Revolving Credit Lenders (in their sole discretion) have approved such later expiry date).

(iii) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations . (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately following any payment by an L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit with notice to the Borrower (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent (or directly to such L/C Issuer with a written notice to the Administrative Agent) in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing in (x) with respect to any Letter of Credit issued in Dollars, in Dollars or (y) with respect to any Letter of Credit issued in an Alternative Currency, in such Alternative Currency (or if requested by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Dollar Equivalent thereof in Dollars). If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ) , and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided, that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Revolving Credit Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available in Dollars (which in the case of any Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be based on the Dollar Equivalent of the Unreimbursed Amount thereof) (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 4:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed

 

67


to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .

(iv) Until a Revolving Credit Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, (C) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any Letter of Credit or any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of a Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (D) failure of the beneficiary to comply fully with conditions required in order to demand payment under a Letter of Credit; or (E) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including without limitation, any of the events specified in Section 2.03(e); provided, that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , then, without limiting the other provisions of this agreement, such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period

 

68


from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the applicable L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations. (i) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute.   The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that any Loan Party may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in

 

69


connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of the Loan Documents;

(vi) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the applicable L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against such L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuers.   Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than all documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Related Parties nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower from pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the

 

70


L/C Issuers, any Related Parties, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e) ; provided, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of all documents specified in the Letter of Credit strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit, in each case, as determined in a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03(f) , the Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against any L/C Issuer for any liability arising out of the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such L/C Issuer, as determined in a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(g) Cash Collateral.   (i) If an L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing that has not been repaid and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 to a Revolving Credit Borrowing cannot then be met, (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit for any reason remains outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn (and arrangements that are reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer have not otherwise been made), (iii) if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, require the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02 , (iv) if, after the issuance of any Letter of Credit, any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (v) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs and is continuing, then the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of (A) the applicable L/C Borrowing, in the case of the preceding clause (i), (B) all L/C Obligations, in the case of the preceding clauses (ii), (iii) and (v), or (C) such L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender that has not been re-allocated to Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with Section 2.17(a) in the case of the preceding clause (iv) , and shall do so not later than 4:00 p.m., on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (i) through (iv) , (1) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 noon, or (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (v) , the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C

 

71


Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Credit Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at the Administrative Agent and may be invested in readily available Cash Equivalents. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the deposit accounts at the Administrative Agent as aforesaid, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees.   The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit outstanding pursuant to this Agreement equal to the Applicable Rate times the Dollar Equivalent of the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09 . Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in arrears in U.S. Dollars on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers. The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary equal to 0.125% of the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09 . Such fronting fees shall be due and payable in arrears on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account with respect to each Letter of Credit issued to the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof the customary issuance, presentation, drawing, amendment, transfer and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time

 

72


to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

(j) Conflict with Issuer Documents.   Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(k) Addition of an L/C Issuer.   A Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Revolving Credit Lender and such agreement shall specify such additional L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional L/C Issuer.

(l) Applicability of ISP ; Limitation of Liability . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP and, as to all matters not covered thereby, the laws of the State of New York shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable L/C Issuer shall not be responsible to the Borrower (or any other Person) for, and such L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of such L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where such L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

(m) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuers hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledge that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of any such Subsidiary inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the business of such Subsidiaries.

(n) Reporting of Letter of Credit Information . At any time that any Revolving Credit Lender other than the Person serving as the Administrative Agent is an L/C Issuer, then (i) on the last Business Day of each calendar month, (ii) on each date that a Letter of Credit is amended, terminated or otherwise expires, (iii) on each date that an L/C Credit Extension occurs with respect to any Letter of Credit, and (iv) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer (or, in the case of part (ii), (iii) or (iv), the applicable L/C Issuer) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a report setting forth in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent information (including any reimbursement, Cash Collateral, or termination in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer) with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer that is outstanding hereunder, including any auto-renewal or termination of auto-renewal provisions in such Letter of Credit. No failure on the part of any L/C Issuer to provide such information pursuant to this Section 2.03(n) shall limit the obligation

 

73


of the Borrower or any Revolving Credit Lender hereunder with respect to its reimbursement and participation obligations, respectively, pursuant to this Section 2.03 .

(o) Deemed Issuance . Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Section 2.03 , the Borrower may designate letters of credit not otherwise constituting Letters of Credit hereunder issued by any L/C Issuer to be Letters of Credit hereunder by written notice to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent. Following such designation, such letter of credit shall be deemed to be a Letter of Credit hereunder for all purposes and any fees relating to such letter of credit shall be payable as set forth herein (in substitution for any fees set forth in the applicable letter of credit reimbursement agreements or applications relating to such letters of credit).

Section 2.04. Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line.   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04 , may in its sole discretion, make loans to the Borrower (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Swing Line Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided , that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender (other than the relevant Swing Line Lender), plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; provided , further , that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan; provided , further , that the Swing Line Lender shall be under no obligation to make Swing Line Loans at any time if any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless such Defaulting Lender’s participation in the Swing Line Loan would be reallocated, in full, to Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with Section 2.17(a) . Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.04 . Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the relevant Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must

 

74


be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the relevant Swing Line Lender of any Swing Line Loan Notice (by telephone or in writing), such Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the relevant Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to the funding of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing such Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the relevant Swing Line Lender will, not later than 4:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans . (A) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorize such Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . The relevant Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 4:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan, as applicable, to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(i) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with this Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the relevant Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by such Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(ii) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by the Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the

 

75


time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (ii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) (but not to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations.   (i) At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the relevant Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, such Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by such Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of a Swing Line Lender.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender.   The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan, Eurodollar Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

 

76


(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

Section 2.05. Prepayments .

(a) Optional. (i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time elect to voluntarily prepay Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty (except as provided in clause (iii) below); provided, that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5 million or a whole multiple of $1 million in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class (or Classes) and Type (or Types) of Loans and the order of Borrowing (or Borrowings) to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein; provided, that the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under this Section 2.05(a) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing or other repayment of all of the Facility or other transaction, which refinancing or transaction shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(i) , the Borrower may in its sole discretion select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares. Partial prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(i) shall be applied to the remaining scheduled amortization installments of the Term Loans required under Section 2.07(a) as directed by the Borrower.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, elect to voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided , that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(iii) In the event that, on or prior to the date that is twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, the Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of Term Loans in

 

77


connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Term Lender, (I) in the case of clause (x) , a prepayment premium of 1% of the amount of the Term Loans being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y) , a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment that have been repriced (in each case, the “ Prepayment Premium ”).

(b) Mandatory .

(i) If (1) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 7.04 (excluding dispositions permitted by Section 7.04(m) , (s) (to the extent the proceeds thereof are received by Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) and (t) ) or (2) any Casualty Event occurs, that results in the realization or receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds in excess of $5 million, the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds an aggregate amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received; provided, that if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) is required to offer to repurchase Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided, that the portion of such Net Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such Net Proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) shall be reduced accordingly; provided, further, that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, further, that no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) with respect to such portion of such Net Proceeds that the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary shall have reinvested or entered into a binding commitment to reinvest or otherwise determined to reinvest (as set forth in a notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to be delivered on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of receipt of the applicable

 

78


Net Proceeds), in each case in accordance with the definition of “ Net Proceeds ” and within the timeframe contemplated thereby.

(ii) If any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Closing Date (other than, in the case of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, Indebtedness not prohibited under Section 7.02 , other than Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness), the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt by such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

(iii) If for any reason the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at any time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall promptly prepay or cause to be promptly prepaid Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(iv) If, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, then not later than ten (10) Business Days after the date on which the Borrower is required to deliver annual financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Required ECF Percentage multiplied by the amount of Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period minus (B) to the extent not financed with the proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness having a maturity of more than twelve (12) months from the date of incurrence thereof and not previously deducted pursuant to this clause (B) in any prior period, the amount of any optional prepayments of principal made by the Borrower during such Excess Cash Flow Period of (1) Term Loans ( provided , that with respect to any prepayment of Term Loans below the par value thereof, the aggregate amount of such prepayment for purposes of this clause shall be the amount of the Borrower’s cash payment in respect of such prepayment) and (2) the Revolving Credit Loans (to the extent Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of, and at the time of, such prepayments).

(v) Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares ( provided, that any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class (or Classes) of Refinanced Debt), subject to clause (vi) of this Section 2.05(b) . Partial prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied to the remaining scheduled amortization installments of the Term Loans required under Section 2.07(a) (other than the repayment to be made on the Maturity Date for the Term Loans) on a pro rata basis.

(vi) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Loans (and/or Cash Collateralization of L/C Obligations) required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 2.05(b) promptly, and in no event more than three (3) Business Days, following the event giving rise to

 

79


such mandatory prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of the Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the prepayment. Each Term Lender may reject all or a portion of its Pro Rata Share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) , (ii) and (iv) of this Section 2.05(b) by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed date of such prepayment. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Term Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans. Any Declined Proceeds remaining thereafter may be retained by the Borrower and/or applied for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

(vii) Funding Losses, Etc.   All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05 . Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05(b) , so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05(b) , other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b) . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b) .

Section 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Optional.   The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to terminate the Revolving Credit Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit; provided, that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5 million or any whole multiple of $1 million in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not elect to terminate or reduce (A) the Revolving Credit Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings would exceed the Revolving Credit Facility, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the

 

80


Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or (C) the Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(b) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06 . Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 10.13 ). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

Section 2.07. Repayment of Loans .

(a) Term Loans.   The Borrower shall repay the Term Loans in consecutive quarterly installments on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (or, in the case of the last installment, the Maturity Date for the Term Loans), commencing on March 31, 2017, each of which installments shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans on the Closing Date; provided , that with respect to the installment payable on the Maturity Date for the Term Loans, such installment shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans outstanding on such date. Each such repayment shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders.

(b) Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate principal amount of all of the Borrower’s Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.

(c) Swing Line Loans . The Borrower shall repay the aggregate principal amount of its Swing Line Loans on the earlier to occur of (i) the date five (5) Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility.

Section 2.08. Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b) , (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans.

 

81


(b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

Section 2.09. Fees .

In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(h) and (i) :

(a) Commitment Fee.   The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate multiplied by the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and (B) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations; provided, that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrower prior to such time; and provided, further , that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fee on the Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. For the avoidance of doubt, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Aggregate Commitments for purposes of determining the commitment fee.

 

82


(b) Other Fees.   The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in the Administrative Agent Fee Letter in the amounts and at the times so specified therein. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

Section 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees .

All computations of (a) interest for Base Rate Loans determined by reference to clause (b) of the definition of “Base Rate” and (b) the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.09(a) shall, in each case, be made on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty five (365) days (or three hundred and sixty six (366) days in a leap year), and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided, that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a) , each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

 

83


Section 2.12. Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 3:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 3:00 p.m., shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) (i) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or an L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made

 

84


such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Appropriate Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuers, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Appropriate Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuers, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this clause (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.03 . If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

 

85


Section 2.13. Sharing of Payments .

Subject to Section 2.05(b)(vi) , if any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Parties at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be; provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender, and including any Revolving Credit Loans made by Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders pursuant to Section 2.14(d) ), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.17 , or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

 

86


Section 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) The Borrower may, at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request (i) one or more additional tranches of term loans (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”) or (ii) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of any Facility (each such increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”); provided, that upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto), (A) no Default or Event of Default shall exist and (B) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.09 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 . Each tranche of Incremental Term Loans and each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25 million ( provided, that such amount may be less than $25 million if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans and the Revolving Commitment Increases (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, those established in respect of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.16 ) shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount.

(b) Any Revolving Commitment Increase shall be on the same terms and pursuant to the same documentation applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility (including the maturity date in respect thereof but excluding up-front commitment or similar fees); provided, the Applicable Rate with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility may be increased if necessary to be consistent with that required by the lenders providing the Revolving Commitment Increase. The Incremental Term Loans (i) shall have the same guarantees as, and rank pari passu or junior in right of payment and of security with, the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans ( provided , that any junior Liens on the Collateral incurred pursuant to any such Incremental Term Loans shall be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date with respect to the Term Loans, (iii) shall not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans, (iv) shall be entitled to share in mandatory and voluntary prepayments on a ratable (or less than ratable, but in no event greater than ratable) basis with the Term Loans, and (v) shall bear interest at rates and be entitled to upfront fees as shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable new Lenders; provided, however, that if the All-In Yield for any Incremental Term Loans shall exceed the All-In Yield with respect to the then-outstanding Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the interest rate margins applicable to such Term Loans shall be increased so that such excess shall be only 50 basis points. The Incremental Term Loans shall otherwise be on terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower; provided that, to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with the Term Facility (except to the extent permitted by clauses (i) through (v) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any Incremental Facility, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Term Loans) and subject to clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the amortization schedule (if any) applicable to the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the lenders thereof.

 

87


(c) Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”); provided, that the Administrative Agent, each Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such Revolving Commitment Increases if such consent would be required under Section 10.06(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases shall become Commitments (or in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Credit Lender, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment shall, without the consent of the Agents or the Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to effect the provisions of this Section 2.14 , including without limitation to incorporate the applicable lenders in respect of Incremental Term Loans as “Lenders”, and the Incremental Term Loans as “Loans” and/or “Term Loans”, for all applicable purposes hereunder, including the definition of Required Lenders and to establish any tranche of Incremental Term Loans as an independent Class or Facility, as applicable. The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to such further conditions as the Borrower and the applicable Lenders and Additional Lenders shall agree. The Borrower may use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases, unless it so agrees.

(d) Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14 , (a) each Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Revolving Commitment Increase (each a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ”), and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (b) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Credit Loans under the applicable Facility outstanding, such Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans to be made by the Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders to the extent and such that the percentage of the aggregate outstanding

 

88


Revolving Credit Loans held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment (reflecting such increase in Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05 . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14 or in Article IV or otherwise in this Agreement, so long as no Event of Default has occurred pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or (f) , the lenders providing any Incremental Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Acquisition may agree to modify the conditionality with respect to such Incremental Term Loans such that the Permitted Acquisition may be consummated on a “certain funds” basis.

(f) The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to, if requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date (conformed as appropriate, including to reflect any Incremental Term Loans provided on a “certain funds” basis) and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that such Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Credit Increase is provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents.

(g) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

Section 2.15. Refinancing Amendments .

(a) On one or more occasions after the Closing Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement, in the form of Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments, pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not require compliance with Section 7.09 for any incurrence of Other Term Loans) and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date (conformed as appropriate) and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents.

(b) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.15(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) $25 million or (y) an integral

 

89


multiple of $5 million in excess thereof, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree in its discretion.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto, including without limitation to incorporate the applicable lenders in respect of Other Term Loans as “Lenders”, and the Other Term Loans as “Loans” and/or “Term Loans”, for all applicable purposes hereunder, including the definition of Required Lenders and to establish any tranche of Other Term Loans an independent Class or Facility, as applicable, and (ii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.15 , and the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment, which shall not, for the avoidance of doubt be subject to Section 10.01 .

Section 2.16. Extension Offers .

(a) Pursuant to one or more offers made from time to time by the Borrower to all Term Lenders of a particular Class by notice to the Administrative Agent, on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding Term Loans of such Class) and on the same terms (“ Term Extension Offers ”), the Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate transactions with individual Term Lenders from time to time to extend the maturity date of such Lender’s Term Loans and to otherwise modify the terms of such Lender’s Term Loans pursuant to the terms of the relevant Term Extension Offer (including increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans and/or modifying the amortization schedule (if any) in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans); provided , that it is understood and agreed that no Term Lender will have any obligation to accept or commit to any such Term Extension Offer. Pursuant to one or more offers made from time to time by the Borrower to all Revolving Credit Lenders by notice to the Administrative Agent, on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Commitments) and on the same terms (“ Revolving Extension Offers ” and, together with Term Extension Offers, “ Extension Offers ”), the Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate transactions with individual Revolving Credit Lenders from time to time to extend the maturity date of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments and to otherwise modify the terms of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Revolving Extension Offer (including increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments); provided , that it is understood and agreed that no Revolving Credit Lender will have any obligation to accept or commit to any such Revolving Extension Offer. For the avoidance of doubt, the reference to “on the same terms” in the preceding sentences shall mean, (i) when comparing Term Extension Offers, that the Term Loans are offered to be extended for the same amount of time and that the interest rate changes and fees payable in respect thereto are the same and (ii) when comparing Revolving Extension Offers, that the Revolving Credit Commitments are offered to be extended for the same amount of time and that the interest rate changes and fees payable in respect thereto are the same. Any such extension (an “ Extension ”) agreed to between the Borrower and any such Lender (an “ Extending Lender ”) will be established under this Agreement by

 

90


implementing an additional tranche of term loans (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not count as an Incremental Term Loan for purposes of calculating the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount) for such Lender, if such Lender is extending an existing Term Loan (such extended Term Loan, an “ Extended Term Loan ”)) or a Revolving Credit Commitment subject to the applicable Extension (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not count as a Revolving Credit Increase for purposes of calculating the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount) for such Lender, if such Lender is extending an existing Revolving Credit Commitment (such extended Revolving Credit Commitment, an “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitment ”).

(b) The Borrower and each Extending Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Loan Extension Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of such Extending Lender. Each Loan Extension Agreement shall specify the terms of the applicable Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments; provided, that (i) except as to interest rates, fees, amortization, final maturity date, collateral arrangements and voluntary and mandatory prepayment arrangements (which shall, subject to clauses (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the Borrower and set forth in the Extension Offer), the Extended Term Loans shall have (x) the same terms as the Term Loans, or (y) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Maturity Date for the Term Loans, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans and (iv) except as to interest rates, fees, final maturity, collateral arrangements, voluntary and mandatory prepayment arrangements and commitment reduction arrangements (which may provide for Extended Revolving Credit Commitments to share less than ratably relative to non-Extended Revolving Credit Commitments), any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment shall be a Revolving Credit Commitment with the same terms as the existing Revolving Credit Commitments, and funded and repaid ratably with such existing Revolving Credit Commitments. Upon the effectiveness of any Loan Extension Agreement, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments evidenced thereby and other changes necessary to preserve the intent of this Agreement without the consent of any other Lender and without regard to Section 10.01, including without limitation to incorporate the Extending Lenders as “Lenders”, and the Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments as “Loans” and/or “Term Loans” and/or Commitments, for all applicable purposes hereunder, including the definition of Required Lenders and to establish any tranche of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments as an independent Class or Facility, as applicable. Any such deemed amendment may, at the Borrower or the Administrative Agent’s request, be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(c) Upon the effectiveness of any such Extension, the applicable Extending Lender’s Term Loan will be automatically designated an Extended Term Loan and/or such Extending Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment will be automatically designated an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment. For the avoidance of doubt, the commitments and obligations of any Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer can only be extended pursuant to an Extension or otherwise with such Person’s consent.

 

91


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including this Section 2.16 ), (i) no Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment; provided, that the aggregate amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment for any new Class of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments made in connection with any Extension Offer shall be at least $25 million, (ii) any Extending Lender may extend all or any portion of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to one or more Extension Offers (subject to applicable proration in the case of over participation) (including the extension of any Extended Term Loan and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment), (iii) there shall be no condition to any Extension of any Loan or Revolving Credit Commitment at any time or from time to time other than notice to the Administrative Agent of such Extension and the terms of the Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment implemented thereby, (iv) the interest rate limitations referred to in the proviso to clause (e) of Section 2.14(b) shall not be implicated by any Extension and (v) all Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(e) Each extension shall be consummated pursuant to procedures set forth in the associated Extension Offer; provided, that the Borrower shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent prior to making any Extension Offer to establish reasonable procedures with respect to mechanical provisions relating to such Extension, including timing, rounding and other adjustments.

Section 2.17. Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of a Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment. Subject to Section 10.22 , no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(b) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans . If the reallocation described in Section 2.17(a) cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to the Borrower hereunder or under law, (x) first , prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lenders’ Fronting Exposure and (y) second , Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(g) .

 

92


(c) New Swing Line Loans/Letters of Credit . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan and (ii) no L/C Issuer shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

(d) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer agree in writing that a Revolving Credit Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of the other Revolving Credit Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held pro rata by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the Revolving Credit Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.17(a) ), whereupon such Revolving Credit Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE III

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

Section 3.01. Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by any Loan Party to or for the account of any Recipient under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Law. If any Withholding Agent shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any such payment, (i) the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deductions, (ii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall pay the full amount so deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws, (iii) as soon as practicable after the date of such payment, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent the original or a copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, a copy of the tax return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (iv) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01(a) ), the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made.

(b) In addition, the Borrower and Guarantors agree to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, mortgage recording or similar Taxes which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery,

 

93


performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, excluding any such Taxes imposed as a result of an assignment by a Lender (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 10.13 ) that are Other Connection Taxes (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) The Borrower and each Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, for (i) the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01 ) payable by such Recipient, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Status of Lenders . Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by any Laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Loan Document. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by any Laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Each Lender shall, whenever any such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 3.01(d) ) becomes obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(1) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding;

(2) Each Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the Borrower or Administrative Agent) on or before the date on which it becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:

 

94


(A) two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or any successor form) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor form),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) two (2) properly completed and duly executed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 (any such certificate, a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (B) two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or any successor form), or

(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2 or Exhibit J-3, IRS Form W-9, IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) and/or any other required information, certification or documentation from each beneficial owner, as applicable ( provided , that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a United States Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-4 on behalf of such direct or indirect partner (or partners));

(3) Any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United States federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law (including the Treasury Regulations) to permit any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(4) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code)

 

95


and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For purposes of this clause (4) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement and any intergovernmental agreement or similar agreement intended to facilitate compliance with, or otherwise related to FATCA.

(e) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.01 shall use its reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office if such a change would reduce any such additional amounts in the future and would not, in the sole good faith determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

(f) If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith that it has received a refund in respect of any Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it pursuant to this Section 3.01 , it shall promptly remit to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made or additional amounts paid under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Recipient (including any Taxes imposed with respect to such refund) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that such indemnifying party, upon the request of such Recipient, agrees to promptly repay to such Recipient the amount paid over to it pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 3.01(f) ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority), in the event such Recipient is required to repay such refund to the relevant Governmental Authority. This Section 3.01(f) shall not be construed to require any Lender or Agent to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, the term “ Lender ” shall, for purposes of this Section 3.01 , include any Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer.

Section 3.02. Illegality .

If any Lender determines in good faith in its reasonable discretion that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base

 

96


Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

Section 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates .

If in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) the Administrative Agent determines that (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan or (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (b) the Required Lenders determine that for any reason the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

Section 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

 

97


(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(d) ) or any L/C Issuer;

(ii) subject any Lender or any L/C Issuer to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or such L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for (i) Indemnified Taxes indemnifiable under Section 3.01 and (ii) Excluded Taxes); or

(iii) impose on any Lender or any L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or, in the case of clause (ii) above, any Loan), or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender or such L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered, to the extent such compensation is sought from similarly situated Borrower.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or any L/C Issuer determines in good faith in its reasonable discretion that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then, to the extent such compensation is sought from similarly situated borrowers, the Borrower, upon request of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or an L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or

 

98


its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clauses (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan; provided the Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

Section 3.05. Funding Losses .

Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan;

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurodollar Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 ;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

Section 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .

(a) Except with respect to any requests for compensation or indemnification under Section 3.01 (requests for which shall be governed by Section 3.01(c)), any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

 

99


(b) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to Section 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or any L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation; provided, that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such one hundred and eighty (180) day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.04 , the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans, or, if applicable, to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided, that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue any Eurodollar Rate Loan, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.06(b) hereof, such Lender’s applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans (or, if such conversion is not possible, repaid) on the last day (or days) of the then current Interest Period (or Interest Periods) for such Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02 , on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

(i) to the extent that such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

(ii) all Loans that would otherwise be made or continued from one Interest Period to another by such Lender as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans (if possible), and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

(d) If any Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of any of such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurodollar Rate Loans made by other Lenders under the applicable Facility are outstanding, if applicable, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day (or days) of the next succeeding Interest Period (or Interest Periods) for such outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurodollar Rate Loans under such Facility and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis,

 

100


and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments for the applicable Facility.

Section 3.07. Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, any L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender or such L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or any L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .

Section 3.08. Survival .

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, resignation of the Administrative Agent and any assignment of rights by, or replacement of, a Lender or L/C Issuer.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

Section 4.01. Conditions to the Initial Credit Extensions .

The obligation of each L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party (to the extent a Loan Party is party thereto), each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement;

 

101


(ii) an original Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) executed counterparts of the Administrative Agent Fee Letter;

(iv) a security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto (together with each security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 , in each case as amended, the “ Security Agreement ”), duly executed by each Loan Party, together with:

(A) except to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.13(c) , certificates and instruments, if any, representing the applicable Collateral referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers or instruments of transfer executed in blank,

(B) financing statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Security Agreement,

(C) copies of UCC, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy searches and pending lawsuit searches, or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents (together with copies of such financing statements and documents) that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that are required by the Perfection Certificate or that the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Collateral Documents (other than Permitted Liens),

(D) a Perfection Certificate duly executed by each of the Loan Parties,

(E) a Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement and Trademark Security Agreement (as each such term is defined in the Security Agreement and to the extent applicable) (together with each other intellectual property security agreement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 , in each case as amended or supplemented, the “ Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”), duly executed by each applicable Loan Party, together with evidence that all action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Intellectual Property Security Agreement has been taken, and

(F) Control Agreements, duly executed by the Collateral Agent, each applicable Loan Party and each applicable depository bank or securities intermediary, with respect to all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

102


maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date (other than Excluded Accounts);

(v) such certifications of resolutions or other action and incumbency certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;

(vi) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed;

(vii) a favorable opinion of each of (A) Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, counsel to the Loan Parties, and (B) Lerman Senter PLLC, FCC counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers;

(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied;

(ix) (A) the Audited Financial Statements; (B) the Quarterly Financial Statements; and (C) the Projections;

(x) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Closing Date Transactions, from the Borrower’s Vice President and Assistant Secretary, substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto;

(xi) to the extent required by Section 6.07 , (A) proof of insurance policies (including flood insurance, if applicable) and any endorsements thereto and (B) evidence that all such insurance policies name the Collateral Agent as additional insured (in the case of liability insurance and property insurance) or loss payee (solely in the case of property insurance), as applicable; and

(xii) a funds flow memorandum executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(b) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, each of the Agents and the Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities with respect to the Loan Parties reasonably requested by such Agent or Lender at least ten (10) days prior to such date under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act;

(c) (i) all fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid; (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid and (iii) all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent shall have been paid, to the extent invoiced;

 

103


(d) the Arrangers shall be reasonably satisfied (i) that all necessary regulatory, governmental and corporate approvals and consents have been received and (ii) with the outstanding indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the Closing Date;

(e) the Arrangers shall have received public ratings for the Facilities from each of S&P and Moody’s, and a public corporate credit rating and a public corporate family rating in respect of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Closing Date Transactions from each of S&P and Moody’s; and

(f) since December 31, 2015, there shall not have occurred any event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.03(e) , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 4.02. Conditions to All Credit Extensions after the Closing Date .

Following the Closing Date, the obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension (except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date); provided, that, to the extent that such representations and warranties are qualified by materiality, material adverse effect or similar language, they shall be true and correct in all respects.

(b) No Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the relevant Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.02 or in Section 2.14 , so long as no Event of Default has occurred pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or (f) , the lenders providing

 

104


any Incremental Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Acquisition may agree to modify the conditionality with respect to such Incremental Term Loans such that the Permitted Acquisition may be consummated on a “certain funds” basis.

ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that:

Section 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws .

Each Loan Party (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business as currently conducted and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all Laws, orders, writs and injunctions and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) , (c) , (d) or (e) , to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention .

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Closing Date Transactions, (a) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (c) do not and will not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01) (x) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject or (y) any agreement to which such Person is a party; or (iii) violate any material Law; except with respect to any conflict, breach, violation or contravention referred to in clause (ii) or (iii) , to the extent that such conflict, breach, violation or contravention would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Closing Date Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, or (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof), except for (i) filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full

 

105


force and effect (or, with respect to consummation of the Transactions, will be duly obtained, taken, given or made and will be in full force and effect, in each case within the time period required to be so obtained, taken, given or made) and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04. Binding Effect .

This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is a party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity, (b) the need for filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and (c) the effect of foreign Laws, rules and regulations as they relate to pledges of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries (other than those pledges made under the Laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary).

Section 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements and the Quarterly Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, (i) except as otherwise expressly noted therein and (ii) subject, in the case of the Quarterly Financial Statements, to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.06. Litigation .

There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (other than actions, suits, proceedings and claims in connection with the Transactions) that either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.07. FCC Licenses and Matters .

(a) The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries hold the FCC Licenses, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Schedule 5.07(a) hereto contains a list showing each Station and the holder of the FCC License for each Station as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, each FCC License set forth on Schedule 5.07(a) is valid and in full force and effect and the FCC has renewed each such FCC License for a full license term.

 

106


(b) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no condition imposed by the FCC as part of any FCC License, other than conditions either set forth on the face thereof as issued by the FCC, contained in the rules and regulations of the FCC or the Communications Act of 1934 (as amended, the “ Communications Act ”), or applicable generally to stations of the type, nature, class or location of the Station in question. Each Station has been and is being operated in accordance with the terms, conditions and requirements of the FCC Licenses applicable to it and the rules, orders, regulations, and other applicable requirements of the FCC and the Communications Act (including, without limitation, the FCC’s rules, regulations and published policies relating to the operation of transmitting and studio equipment) (collectively, the “ Communications Laws ”), except where the failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) No proceedings are pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, are threatened which may result in the revocation, modification, non-renewal or suspension of any of the FCC Licenses, the denial of any pending applications, the issuance of any cease and desist order or the imposition of any fines, forfeitures or other administrative actions by the FCC with respect to any Station or its operations, other than any matters which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and proceedings affecting the radio broadcasting industry in general.

(d) All reports, applications and other documents required to be filed by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with the FCC with respect to the Stations and the Closing Date Transactions have been timely filed, and all such reports, applications and documents are true, correct and complete in all respects, except where the failure to make such timely filing or any inaccuracy therein would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has knowledge of any matters that would reasonably be expected to result in the suspension or revocation of or the refusal to renew any of the FCC Licenses for the Stations or the imposition on the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any material fines or forfeitures by the FCC, or which would reasonably be expected to result in the suspension, revocation, rescission, reversal or materially adverse modification of any Station’s authorization to operate as currently authorized under the rules and regulations of the FCC and the Communications Act.

(e) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has knowledge of any matters that would reasonably be expected to result in (i) the suspension or revocation of or the refusal to renew any of the FCC Licenses, (ii) the imposition on the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any material fines or forfeitures by the FCC, or (iii) the suspension, revocation, rescission, reversal or modification of any Station’s authorization to operate as authorized as of the date this representation is made under the rules and regulations of the FCC and the Communications Act, in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) There are no unsatisfied or otherwise outstanding citations or other notices issued by the FCC with respect to any Station or its operations that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

107


Section 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens .

Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good, sufficient and record title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all Real Property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except (i) as set forth on Schedule 5.08 , (ii) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes, (iii) Permitted Liens and (iv) where the failure to so have would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09. Environmental Compliance .

(a) There are no claims, actions, suits, or proceedings against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries alleging liability or responsibility for violation of, or otherwise relating to, any Environmental Law, and there is no Environmental Liability, that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Real Property currently owned, leased, licensed, or operated by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09(b) or except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the Real Property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no and never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any Real Property currently owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to its knowledge, on any Real Property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any Real Property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of by any Person on any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and Hazardous Materials have not otherwise been released, discharged or disposed of by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries at any other location.

(d) The Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries does not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, which violations, remedial actions and liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any Real Property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan

 

108


Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner that would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under or relating to any Environmental Law.

Section 5.10. Taxes .

Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries has filed all Tax returns required to be filed, and has paid all Taxes required to be paid by it, that are due and payable, except those Taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP.

Section 5.11. ERISA Compliance .

(a) Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (ii) none of any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iii) none of any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that would reasonably be expected to be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(b) , as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The Foreign Plans of the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the requirements of any Law applicable in the jurisdiction in which the relevant Foreign Plan is maintained, in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.12. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests .

As of the Closing Date (after giving effect to any part of the Transactions that is consummated on or prior to the Closing Date), no Loan Party has any material Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests owned by the Loan Parties in such material Subsidiaries have been validly issued and are fully paid and all Equity Interests owned by a Loan Party in such material Subsidiaries are owned free and clear of all Liens except (a) those created under the Collateral Documents; and (b) any Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01 . As of the Closing Date, Schedules 1(a) and 9(a) and 9(b) to the Perfection

 

109


Certificate (a) set forth the name and jurisdiction of each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Loan Party and (b) set forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any Subsidiary thereof in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership.

Section 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged in, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB (“ Margin Stock ”)), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or any purpose that violates Regulation U.

(b) None of the Loan Parties or any of the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 5.14. Disclosure .

The reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information (other than as set forth below and other than information of a general economic or industry nature) (a) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Transactions and the negotiation of this Agreement, when taken as a whole, do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading, and (b) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when taken as a whole, are true and correct in all material respects; provided, that, with respect to projected financial information and pro forma financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.

Section 5.15. OFAC, Patriot Act and Anti-Terrorism Laws .

(a) None of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of the Borrower’s directors or officers, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any employees or agents of the Borrower or any directors, officers, employees or agents of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, is a Person that is, or is owned 50% or more, individually or in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, or controlled by Persons that are, (i) the subject of Sanctions, (ii) in violation of any applicable requirement of Law relating to Sanctions, or (iii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, currently including (as of the Closing Date) Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria.

(b) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and

 

110


Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (as amended, the “ USA Patriot Act ”), and OFAC.

(c) None of the Loan Parties (i) is a blocked person described in Section 1.1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, is in violation of the Anti-Terrorism Order.

Section 5.16. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries owns, licenses or possesses the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, technology, software, know-how database rights, design rights and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are used or held for use in connection with and reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to so own, license or possess the right to use any such IP Rights would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No IP Rights and, to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, no advertising, product, process, method, substance, part or other material, in each case used by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted infringes upon any rights held by any other Person except for such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the IP Rights, is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

As of the Closing Date, (i) each Loan Party owns each copyright, patent or trademark listed in Schedule 13(a) or 13(b) to the Perfection Certificate and (ii) all registrations listed in Schedule 13(a) or 13(b) to the Perfection Certificate are valid and in full force and effect, except, in each case, to the extent failure to own or possess such right to use or of such registrations to be valid and in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.17. Solvency .

On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Closing Date Transactions, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis taken as a whole, are Solvent.

Section 5.18. FCPA .

No Loan Party, none of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries acting in his/her capacity as such, has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such Persons of the FCPA, including making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance

 

111


with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

Section 5.19. Security Documents .

(a) Security Agreement.   The Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent intended to be created thereby and (i) when financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate and (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by the Security Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect)), the Liens created by the Collateral Documents shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in (to the extent intended to be created thereby), all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing financing statements or taking possession or control, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) PTO Filing; Copyright Office Filing . In addition to the actions taken pursuant to Section 5.19(a)(i) , when the Security Agreement or a short form thereof (including any Intellectual Property Security Agreement) is properly filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, the Liens created by such Security Agreement (or Intellectual Property Security Agreement) shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors (to the extent intended to be created thereby) in Patents (as defined in the Security Agreement) and Trademarks (as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or Copyrights (as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered or applied-for Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights acquired by the grantors thereof after the Closing Date).

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein (including this Section 5.19 ) or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party makes any representation or warranty as to the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest (other than with respect to those pledges and security interests made under the Laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary) in any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender with respect thereto, under foreign Law.

Section 5.20. Use of Proceeds .

(a) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Term Loans solely for the following purposes: (i) for the Debt Proceeds Transfer; (ii) to make Investments, Acquisitions and Restricted Payments, in each case, to the extent permitted hereunder; and/or (iii) to fund

 

112


working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Closing Date Transaction Expenses and other expenses relating to the Transactions.

(b) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans solely to fund working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on or after the Closing Date.

(c) No proceeds of the Loans will be used in violation of OFAC or the other Sanctions by (i) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) to the Borrower’s knowledge as of the time of the applicable Loan, any other Person.

ARTICLE VI

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable remains unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (and not Cash Collateralized), each of the Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to:

Section 6.01. Financial Statements .

(a) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, within one-hundred and five (105) days after the end of such fiscal year) beginning with the 2016 fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than any qualification that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (i) an upcoming maturity date of the Revolving Facility within one year from the date of such opinion or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period) (an “ Accounting Opinion ”); and

(b) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2016, within sixty (60) days after the end of such fiscal quarter), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding

 

113


fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing the Borrower’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided, that, to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a) , such materials are accompanied by an Accounting Opinion. The information delivery requirements set forth in this Section 6.01 for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Borrower by (i) the posting of such information on the Borrower’s public website (which may include a press release of the Borrower), (ii) the filing with the SEC of a shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such information or (iii) by including in the registration statement for the IPO quarterly or annual updates, as applicable, containing the applicable required information.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and Sections 6.02 (a), (b) and (c) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website (including without limitation the EDGAR website of the SEC), if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).

In the event that the rules and regulations of the SEC (including Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X) permit (or if such rules and regulations do not apply, would permit if such rules and regulations did apply) the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis, the Borrower may satisfy its obligations under this covenant by furnishing financial information and reports relating to such parent, provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent and any of its subsidiaries other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

Section 6.02. Certificates; Other Information .

Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and (b) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

114


(b) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower or any Subsidiary files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(c) together with each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) in connection with financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , a report setting forth the information required by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report; and

(d) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Loan Parties hereby agree that so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”.

 

115


Section 6.03. Notices .

(a) Promptly after a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party has obtained knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent of (i) the occurrence of any Default; (ii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; and (iii) any matter (including in regard to any court suit or action) that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each notice pursuant to this clause (a) shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Loan Parties have taken and propose to take with respect thereto and shall be made available to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent promptly after a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party has obtained knowledge of the issuance, filing or receipt thereof, (A) copies of any order or notice of the FCC or any other Governmental Authority which designates any FCC License for a Station, or any application therefor, for a hearing before an administrative law judge or which refuses renewal or extension thereof, or revokes or suspends the authority of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to operate a full-power broadcast radio station, (B) any citation, notice of violation or order to show cause issued by the FCC or other Governmental Authority or any complaint filed by or with the FCC or other Governmental Authority, or any petition to deny or other objection to any application, in each case with respect to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (C) a copy of any notice or application to the FCC by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requesting authority to cease broadcasting on any broadcast radio station for any period in excess of thirty (30) days.

Section 6.04. Payment of Taxes .

Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it (including in its capacity as withholding agent) or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, (a) to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP.

Section 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc.

(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence except (x) in a transaction permitted by Section 7.03 or 7.04 and (y) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Restricted Subsidiary and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except (i) to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 7.03 or 7.04 or clause (y) of this Section 6.05 .

 

116


Section 6.06. Maintenance of Properties .

Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its Real Property and tangible properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted, and (b) make all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice and in the normal conduct of its business.

Section 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance .

Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons. Subject to Section 6.13(a) , all such insurance policies of the Loan Parties shall name the Collateral Agent as additional insured (in the case of liability insurance and property insurance) or loss payee (solely in the case of property insurance), as applicable. With respect to each parcel of Real Property that is subject to a Mortgage, obtain flood insurance in such total amount (no greater than the value of the property) as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any improvements on such Real Property are located is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with Flood Insurance Laws and the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Insurance Laws.

Section 6.08. Compliance with Laws .

Comply in all respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.09. Books and Records .

Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and which reflect all material financial transactions and matters involving the business of the Loan Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Section 6.10. Inspection Rights .

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its

 

117


affairs, finances and accounts with its senior officers, and independent public accountants, all at reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, (a) unless an Event of Default exists, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year, (b) if an Event of Default exists and an individual Lender elects to exercise rights under this Section 6.10 , (x) such Lender shall coordinate with the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any other Lender electing to exercise such rights and shall share the results of such inspection with the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders and (y) the number of visits and expense associated with such individual Lender inspections must be reasonable, and (c) the Borrower shall have the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants.

Section 6.11. Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors .

(a) Subject to this Section 6.11 and Section 6.13(d) , with respect to any property acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party that is intended to be subject to the Lien created by any of the Collateral Documents but is not so subject, promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after the acquisition thereof (or, with respect to intellectual property, in any event on a quarterly basis) (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent such amendments or supplements to the relevant Collateral Documents or such other documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to grant to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties, a Lien on such property subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens; and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to cause such Lien to be duly perfected within the United States to the extent required by such Collateral Document in accordance with all applicable Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions within the United States as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of the Collateral Documents on such after-acquired properties.

(b) With respect to any Person that is or becomes a Subsidiary of a Loan Party after the Closing Date or ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after the later of (I) the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (II) the date the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent financial statements by which it is determined that such Person ceased to be an Excluded Subsidiary (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary directly owned by such Loan Party, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder (or holders) of such Equity Interests, and all intercompany notes owing from such Subsidiary to any Loan Party together with instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party (in each case, with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent applicable and permitted under foreign laws, rules or regulations) or, if necessary to perfect a Lien under applicable Law, by means of an applicable Collateral Document, to create a Lien on such Equity Interests and intercompany

 

118


notes in favor of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and (ii) cause any such Subsidiary (A) to execute a joinder agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or such comparable documentation to become a Guarantor and a joinder agreement to the applicable Collateral Documents (including the Security Agreement), substantially in the form annexed thereto, and (B) to take all other actions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to cause the Lien created by the applicable Collateral Documents (including the Security Agreement) to be duly perfected within the United States to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions within the United States as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the Equity Interests required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent, or on which a Lien is required to be created, pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 6.11(b) shall not include any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary by reason of clause (e) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary, (2) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor or otherwise take the actions specified in clause (ii) of this Section 6.11(b) , (3) no more than (A) 66% of the total voting power of all outstanding voting stock and (B) 100% of the Equity Interests not constituting voting stock of any CFC or CFC Holdco (except that any such Equity Interests constituting “stock entitled to vote” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) shall be treated as voting stock for purposes of this Section 6.11(b) ) shall be required to be pledged and (4) no Equity Interests in any Person held by a Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

(c) Each Loan Party shall grant to the Collateral Agent, within ninety (90) days of the acquisition thereof (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), a security interest in and Mortgage on each parcel of Real Property owned in fee by such Loan Party as is acquired by such Loan Party after the Closing Date and that, together with any improvements thereon, individually has a fair market value of at least $5 million as additional security for the Obligations (unless the subject property is subject to a Lien pursuant to Section 7.01(6) ). Such Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and shall constitute valid and enforceable perfected Liens subject only to Permitted Liens. The Mortgages or instruments related thereto shall be duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by Law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent required to be granted pursuant to the Mortgages and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in full. Such Loan Party shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of any existing Mortgage or new Mortgage against such after-acquired Real Property (including, to the extent so required, a Title Policy, a Survey, local counsel opinion (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent), a Phase I environmental assessment, and a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination, together with a notice executed by such Loan Party about special flood hazard area status, if applicable, in respect of such Mortgage), and, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, an appraisal (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) with respect to such Real Property.

 

119


(d) The foregoing clauses (a) through (c) shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of a Title Policy or Survey with respect to, particular assets if and for so long as (i) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing, the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining a Title Policy or Survey in respect of such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (ii) such asset constitutes an Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement). In addition, the foregoing will not require actions under this Section 6.11 by a Person if and to the extent that such action would (a) go beyond the corporate or other powers of the Person concerned (and then only as such corporate or other power cannot be modified or excluded to allow such action); or (b) unavoidably result in material issues of director’s personal liability, breach of fiduciary duty or criminal liability. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance or surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.11 or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth herein, in the Collateral Documents and, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Collateral Agent and the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.11 or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that Guarantees the Senior Notes shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it Guarantees the Senior Notes.

Section 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws .

Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its Real Property to comply, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and timely renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) to the extent the Loan Parties are required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any affected Real Property, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

Section 6.13. Post-Closing Conditions and Further Assurances .

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (subject to extension by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), deliver to the Collateral Agent the following items: (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable

 

120


in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the Indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by such Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the property at the time such Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value), (ii) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, a Survey for which all necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, (iii) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, a title search dated contemporaneous with the delivery of such Mortgage conducted by a nationally recognized title insurance company (or agent therefor) which reflects that such Mortgaged Property is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Liens, (iv) a Title Policy in respect of such Mortgage and Mortgaged Property naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, (v) customary legal opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent as to such matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, (vi) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property on which any “building” (as defined in the Flood Insurance Laws) is located, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, together with a notice executed by such Loan Party about special flood hazard area status, if applicable, and evidence of flood insurance to the extent required under Section 6.07 , and (vii) Phase I environmental site assessments as to the properties described in the Mortgages, in form and substance and from professional firms reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

(b) Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral or any payments or fees relating thereto, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents. If the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders reasonably determine that they are required by applicable Law to have appraisals prepared in respect of any Mortgaged Property, the Borrower shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent in obtaining appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA and are otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

(c) Within the applicable time periods specified in Schedule 6.13(c) , deliver to the Collateral Agent each document or other deliverable set forth in Schedule 6.13(c) in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

121


Section 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries .

(a) After the Closing Date, the Borrower may designate any of its Subsidiaries (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, as of the time of designation, owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided, that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.09 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and, provided, further, that (i) such designation complies with Section 7.06 ; and (ii) each Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender of such Indebtedness has recourse to any of the assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to be designated).

(b) The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that, immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.09 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 ; provided , further , that any Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary and any Liens encumbering its property existing as of the time of such designation shall be deemed incurred or established, as applicable at such time.

(c) Any such designation by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 6.14 shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provision. The Borrower shall not be permitted to designate any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is not designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or equivalent term) in the documentation relating to any other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in excess of the Threshold Amount (to the extent permissible under such Indebtedness).

Section 6.15. Administration of Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts .

Take all actions necessary to establish the Collateral Agent’s control (within the meaning of the UCC) at all times over each of the Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) set forth in Schedule 6.15 , which Schedule sets forth all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date (other than Excluded Accounts). Each Loan Party shall be the sole account holder (or a joint account holder with one or more other Loan Parties) of each of its Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts and, subject to the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, shall not allow any other Person (other than the Collateral Agent) to have control over a Deposit Account or Securities Account or any deposits or financial assets therein. The

 

122


Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any opening or closing of a Deposit Account or a Securities Account by any Loan Party (other than any Excluded Accounts).

Section 6.16. Use of Proceeds .

Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (including any issued Letters of Credit) solely for the purposes described in Section 5.20 and not in contravention of any Law (including Anti-Corruption Laws, the Sanctions and OFAC) or of any Loan Document.

Section 6.17. Maintenance of Ratings .

Use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) cause each Facility to be continuously rated (but not any specific rating) by S&P and Moody’s and (b) maintain a public corporate rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not any specific rating) from Moody’s, in each case for the Borrower.

Section 6.18. Lender Calls .

Commencing after the one year anniversary of the Closing Date, at the request of the Administrative Agent or of the Required Lenders and upon reasonable prior notice, hold a quarterly conference call (at a location and time selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) with all Lenders who choose to attend such conference call, at which conference call the financial results of the previous fiscal year or each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of the current fiscal year, as applicable, and the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be reviewed; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirement set forth in this Section 6.18 may be satisfied with a public earnings call; provided , further , that in no event shall any such call be required to take place prior to forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower and ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, as applicable; provided, further , that the Borrower shall in no event be required to hold more than four (4) such calls during any fiscal year.

Section 6.19. FCC Matters .

At all times maintain the FCC Licenses and all other licenses, permits, permissions and other authorizations used or necessary to operate the Stations as operated from time to time by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.20. Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .

Implement and maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance by such Loan Party, its respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Anti-Corruptions Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

123


ARTICLE VII

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding:

Section 7.01. Liens .

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures any obligation or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, other than the following (“ Permitted Liens ”):

(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax, and other social security laws or similar legislation, or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (including letters of credit issued in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof and including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety bonds or bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

124


(5) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of Real Property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness or other covenants, conditions, restrictions and minor defects or irregularities in title (“ Other Encumbrances ”), in each case which Liens and Other Encumbrances do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) of Section 7.02(b) ; provided , that such Liens extend only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any replacements, additions or accessions thereto and any income or profits therefrom;

(7) Liens existing on the Closing Date listed on Schedule 7.01(b) ;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under Section 7.02 ;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations related to interest, the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Agreement, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) (a) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of real property and intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business and (b) with respect to any leasehold interest held by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the terms of the leases granting such leasehold interest and the rights of lessors thereunder and any

 

125


Lien granted by any lessor, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Loan Parties;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ;

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6) , (7) , (8) , (9) , this (18) , (28) and (35) ; provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien ( plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6) , (7) , (8) , (9) , this (18) , (28) and (35) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, and accrued and unpaid interest related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations which do not exceed $100 million in aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 (as applicable) of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to customary depositary terms

 

126


encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 ; provided , that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable and customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) banker’s liens, Liens that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off and other similar Liens, in each case (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(28) Liens on Collateral securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(20) and 7.02(b)(21) , in each case so long as such Indebtedness is subject to an Intercreditor Agreement (or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement in the case of Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt and such other Indebtedness pursuant to such sections as shall be intended to be secured on a second-lien basis);

(29) Liens on the Equity Interest of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(30) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(31) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to irrevocably satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided , that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Agreement;

(32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(33) Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(34) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any Investment permitted under this Agreement;

 

127


(35) additional Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 , so long as (A) both before and after giving effect to the granting of such Liens and the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (B) on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 ; provided , that any Liens on the Collateral incurred pursuant to this clause (35) shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement or a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and

(36) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 .

For purposes of this Section 7.01 , the term “ Indebtedness ” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness. Without limitation of any other terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7.01 , any Permitted Liens on the Collateral securing (x) any Indebtedness for borrowed money not incurred under the Loan Documents or (y) any other Indebtedness or other Contractual Obligations in an amount in excess of $10 million (other than Indebtedness incurred under the Loan Documents) shall, in each case, be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement or a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Section 7.02. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently, or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Borrower will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Borrower may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, so long as (A) both before and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (B) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would not have been greater than 5.00 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided, further , however , that Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 7.02(a) if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance, more than $150 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph and clause (16) of Section 7.02(b) in the aggregate.

(b) The provisions of Section 7.02(a) hereof shall not apply to:

 

128


(1) Indebtedness of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents;

(2) the incurrence by a Loan Party of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes (including any guarantee thereof);

(3) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) ) listed on Schedule 7.02(b) ;

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred or issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance any such Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding under this clause (4) , does not exceed the greater of (x) $50 million and (y) 1.0% of the Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar facilities issued or entered into in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, holdback, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Borrower to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that (i) any such Indebtedness (other than such as may arise from ordinary course intercompany cash management obligations) owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (ii) any such Indebtedness (other than such as may arise from ordinary course intercompany cash management obligations) owing by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Guarantor is pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents to the extent required thereby; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any

 

129


other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7) ;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in such Preferred Stock being beneficially owned by a Person other than the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8) ;

(9) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 7.02 , exchange rate risk, commodity pricing risk or any combination thereof;

(10) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) , does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $75 million and (y) 1.5% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(12) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued under clause (a) of this Section 7.02 and clauses (2) , (3) , this clause (12) , and clauses (13) and (20) of this Section 7.02(b) , including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), accrued interest, defeasance costs and reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) (i) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, and (ii) has a final scheduled maturity date that is no earlier than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced;

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is

 

130


subordinated or pari passu , as the case may be, to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and

(C) shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor;

(13) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Borrower or another Loan Party incurred to finance an Acquisition or (y) Persons that are Acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or another Loan Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that, after giving effect to such Acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

(A) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 7.02(a) , or

(B) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(14) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business, provided , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of notice of its incurrence;

(15) (A) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement and, in the case of the guarantee by a Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, only to the extent that the related Investment is permitted, or (B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower;

(16) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (16) and Section 7.02(a) , does not exceed $150 million at any one time outstanding;

(17) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Indebtedness issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or

 

131


former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower permitted under Section 7.05(e) ;

(19) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Receivables Facility; provided , that the aggregate outstanding principal amount under such Receivables Facility, when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount under all other Receivables Facilities then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (19) , shall not exceed $75 million;

(20) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Offering so long as, at the time of the incurrence thereof, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Incremental Facilities at such time (calculated as if any Incremental Revolving Increase were fully drawn), does not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount;

(21) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(22) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business; and

(23) Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Subordinated Intercompany Note; provided , that such Indebtedness shall be paid in full, and the Subordinated Intercompany Note shall be satisfied and discharged, within five (5) Business Days after the date of consummation of the IPO.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.02 , in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (22) of Section 7.02(b) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(a) hereof, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will divide and/or classify on the date of incurrence and may later redivide and/or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or such paragraph.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, of the same class, and accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 7.02 . Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 7.02 .

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness

 

132


denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed (whichever is lower), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided , that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 7.02 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.02 , the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of such Loan Party, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the applicable Loan Party.

For the purposes of this Agreement, (a) Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and (b) Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Section 7.03. Fundamental Changes .

Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with (i) the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided , that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person; or (ii) one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary under this clause (a)(ii) , a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve into its parent if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best

 

133


interest of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a whole and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then the transferee must be the Borrower or a Guarantor; and

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided , that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”) is not the Borrower, (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or commonwealth thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its Guarantee and its pledges and other obligations under the Collateral Documents shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, including, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, by executing amendments or supplements to the Security Agreement, any Mortgage and any other Collateral Documents, and (D) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) an officer’s certificate stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement and (ii) such other certificates and other documentation as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Guarantor may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided , that (i) such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Successor Company is not such Guarantor, (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or commonwealth thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (C) such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Agreement;

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.05 ; provided , that any such merger or consolidation

 

134


involving the Borrower or any Guarantor shall be subject to the conditions set forth in clauses (d) and (e) above, respectively; and

(g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may consummate a merger, dissolution, liquidation or consolidation, in each case, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of, or all of the Equity Interests of, such Restricted Subsidiary permitted pursuant to clause (t) of Section 7.04 .

Section 7.04. Dispositions .

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any Disposition, except:

(a) any disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or damaged, obsolete or worn out equipment or other assets, or assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or any disposition or transfer of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Restricted Subsidiary in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 (other than clause (g) thereof);

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 7.05 or any Permitted Investment;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) not to exceed $5 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any transfer from a Loan Party shall be to another Loan Party;

(f) to the extent qualifying for non-recognition under Section 1031 of the Code, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures on assets or Dispositions of assets required by Law, governmental regulation or any Governmental Authority;

 

135


(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ;

(k) any financing transaction (excluding by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date;

(l) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business (other than exclusive, world-wide licenses that are longer than three (3) years);

(m) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(n) the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business which, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower, are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(o) an issuance of Equity Interests pursuant to benefit plans, employment agreements, equity plans, stock subscription or shareholder agreements, stock ownership plans and other similar plans, policies, contracts or arrangements established in the ordinary course of business or approved by the Borrower in good faith;

(p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(q) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(r) the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Agreement;

(s) Dispositions of Investments in and the property of joint ventures (to the extent any such joint venture constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary) so long as the aggregate fair market value (determined, with respect to each such Disposition, as of the time of such Disposition) of all such Dispositions does not exceed $5 million; and

(t) Dispositions (including by way of any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) with respect to which (1) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Disposition at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , that the amount of:

 

136


(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished by the transferee in connection with the transactions relating to such Disposition) and for which the Borrower and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released,

(ii) any notes or other obligations or securities received by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the receipt thereof, and

(iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding (but less the amount of any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale or conversion of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, up to the lesser of (a) the amount of the cash and Cash Equivalents so received (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (b) the initial amount of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration) not to exceed $150 million, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being determined in good faith by the Borrower and measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall, in each case, be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Section 7.05. Restricted Payments .

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than (x) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower, or (y) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; (ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation; (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than the payment, redemption,

 

137


repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of: (x) Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(b)(7) ; or (y) Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), except as follows:

(a) so long as (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 would not have been greater than 5.00 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis, Restricted Payments, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 7.05(a) , in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount;

(b) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

(c) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower, or of Subordinated Indebtedness of any Loan Party, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) (collectively, the “ Refunding Capital Stock ”);

(d) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance of, new Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 7.02 so long as:

(i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(ii) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

 

138


(iii) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(iv) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(e) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this Section 7.05(e) do not exceed in any calendar year $25 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over for one additional calendar year); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments or to the making of any Permitted Investment (pursuant to clause (r) of the definition thereof) by virtue of the Available Amount; plus

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; less

(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.05(e) ;

and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 7.05 or any other provision of this Agreement;

(f) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur (i) upon exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, stock appreciation rights or warrants or (ii) for purposes of satisfying any required tax withholding obligation upon the exercise or vesting of a grant or award that was granted or awarded to an employee;

(g) any other Restricted Payment, so long as (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00;

 

139


(h) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(i) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

(j) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(k) for any taxable period in which the taxable income of the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries is included in a consolidated, combined or similar income tax group of which a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower is the common parent (a “ Tax Group ”), an amount not to exceed the tax liabilities that the Borrower and the applicable Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, would have been required to pay in respect of such taxable income if such entities were a standalone group of corporations separate from such Tax Group (it being understood and agreed that, if the Borrower or any Subsidiary pays any portion of such tax liabilities directly to any taxing authority, a Restricted Payment in duplication of such amount shall not be permitted to be made pursuant to this clause (k) ); provided , that, from and after the execution of the tax matters agreement in connection with the Transactions or the effectiveness of this Agreement, and while such tax matters agreement remains in effect, payments in respect of any taxes pursuant to this clause (k) shall not exceed the amounts required to be paid in respect of such taxes pursuant to such tax matters agreement;

(l) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with Section 7.02 ;

(m) any Restricted Payment to fund the Transfers, so long as any Restricted Payments relating thereto are made in connection with or in anticipation of the Separation, so long as the Borrower is pursuing the Separation in good faith;

(n) any Restricted Payment to fund the Transactions (including the Transfers) to the extent funded with the proceeds of the IPO, so long as any Restricted Payments relating thereto are made in connection with or in anticipation of the Separation, so long as the Borrower is pursuing the Separation in good faith;

(o) payments of cash, or dividends, distributions or advances by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

 

140


(p) mandatory redemptions or repurchases of Disqualified Stock the issuance of which itself constituted a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment otherwise permissible hereunder; and

(q) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $25 million.

Section 7.06. Investments .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make an Investment other than any Permitted Investment.

The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary other than as permitted pursuant to Section 6.14 . For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “ Investment .” Such designation will be permitted only if an Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time, pursuant to the definition of “ Permitted Investments ,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an “ Unrestricted Subsidiary .”

Section 7.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25 million unless: (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by such Person with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; (ii) any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50 million is approved by a majority of the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower; and (iii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $75 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Borrower or any other Loan Party (or any Person that becomes a Loan Party as a result of, or in connection with, such transaction, so long as neither such Person nor the selling entity was an Affiliate of the Borrower or any other Loan Party prior to such transaction);

 

141


(2) Restricted Payments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.05 and Investments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.06 ;

(3) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements and agreements provided on behalf of, or entered into with, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) any agreement or arrangement (i) as in effect as of the Closing Date or (ii) anticipated to be entered into in connection with the Separation and/or the Initial Public Offering, in each case, as set forth on Schedule 7.07 , or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and any transaction contemplated thereby, as determined in good faith by the Borrower;

(5) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;

(6) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement which are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries than might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(7) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower;

(8) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ;

(9) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees, directors or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, benefit plans, equity plans, stock option and stock ownership plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, directors or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Borrower in good faith;

(10) transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) transactions with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, has obtained a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 7.07(a)(i) ;

 

142


(12) the issuances of securities or other payments, loans (or cancellation of loans) awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, benefit plans, equity plans, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower in good faith;

(13) any contribution to the capital of the Borrower (other than in consideration of Disqualified Stock); and

(14) the provision to Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of cash management, accounting and other overhead services in the ordinary course of business undertaken in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Agreement.

Section 7.08. Burdensome Agreements .

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions (i) in effect on the Closing Date or in the Senior Notes Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof) or (ii) to the extent not in effect on the Closing Date, set forth on Schedule 7.08 hereto or in any other agreement governing Indebtedness permitted hereunder to the extent not materially more restrictive for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than one or both of the Loan Documents and/or the Senior Notes Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof);

(b) the Loan Documents;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) above on the property so acquired or leased;

(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

143


(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Borrower, that impose restrictions solely on the assets to be sold;

(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date under Section 7.02 ;

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture, including the interests therein;

(k) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses or sub-licenses and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1) , (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

Section 7.09. Financial Covenant .

As long as any Revolving Credit Commitment remains outstanding, the Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period to be higher than 4.00 to 1.00 (such ratio, the “ Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio ”); provided , that in the event the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary makes a Permitted Acquisition in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that causes, on a Pro Forma Basis

 

144


after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition (and any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith), the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.75 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, the Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio will be increased to 4.50 to 1.00 during the one year period following the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition (it being understood and agreed that any additional Permitted Acquisition consummated during such one year period shall not extend such period for any additional time).

The provisions of this Section 7.09 are for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders only and the Required Class Lenders for the Revolving Credit Facility may amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 7.09 or the defined terms used for purposes of this Section 7.09 (but solely for such purposes) or waive any Default resulting from a breach of this Section 7.09 without the consent of any Lenders other than such Required Class Lenders in accordance with the provisions of clause (v) of the second proviso of Section 10.01 .

Section 7.10. Accounting Changes .

The Borrower shall not make any change in its fiscal year; provided , however , that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year without the consent of any Lender.

Section 7.11. Change in Nature of Business .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any Similar Business.

Section 7.12. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions .

The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided , that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if (a) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under Section 7.02 , and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Obligations pursuant to Section 7.01 , and (b) the transfer of assets in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by Section 7.04(d) or (t) and the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Section 2.05(b) .

Section 7.13. No Violation of Anti-Corruption Laws or Sanctions .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (including any issued Letters of Credit) (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to such Person in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption

 

145


Laws, (b) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions or (c) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE VIII

Events Of Default and Remedies

Section 8.01. Events of Default .

Any of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) Non-Payment.   Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or (iii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.01 , 6.03(a)(i) or 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower), Section 6.16 , or Article VII ; provided , that a Default as a result of a breach of Section 7.09 (a “ Financial Covenant Event of Default ”) shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to any Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Extended Term Loans unless and until the Revolving Credit Lenders have declared all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable and all outstanding Revolving Credit Commitments to be immediately terminated, in each case in accordance with this Agreement (the “ Term Loan Standstill Period ”); or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days following the earlier of (i) the date a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and (ii) the date on which written notice thereof is delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower in accordance with Section 10.02(a)(i) ; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . The Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (including any outstanding letters of credit thereunder, but other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (ii) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs that would constitute a default under such Indebtedness (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts), the effect of which default is to cause, or

 

146


to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made or require cash collateralization thereof, prior to its stated maturity; provided , that this clause (e)(ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party or any Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Loan Party or Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any Loan Party or Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or any Loan Party or any Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary becomes unable or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) Judgments; Attachments . (i) There is entered against any Loan Party or any Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not disputed coverage) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or (ii) in respect of an obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is otherwise issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Loan Parties and any Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.03 or 7.04 ) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document or the validity or priority of a Lien as required by the Collateral Documents on a material portion of the Collateral; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of

 

147


the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(i) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

(j) Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof, including any Collateral Document delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 or 6.13 , shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction not prohibited under this Agreement) cease to create a valid and perfected Lien on and security interest in, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents, any material portion of the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens, (i) except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and (ii) except for any failure due to foreign Laws, rules and regulations as they relate to pledges of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries (other than pledges made under Laws of the applicable jurisdiction of formation of such Foreign Subsidiary); or

(k) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Loan Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) with respect to any Foreign Plan, a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable Law or plan terms, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(l) FCC . The FCC issues one or more final, non-appealable orders that revoke, suspend or impair the authority to operate under any one or more FCC Licenses for any Station of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 8.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default .

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions (or, to the extent such Event of Default solely comprises a Financial Covenant Event of Default, prior to the expiration of the Term Loan Standstill Period, at the request of the Required Class Lenders with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility only, and in such case only with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, Swing Line Loans, and any Letters of Credit):

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

 

148


(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

provided , that upon the entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Section 8.03. Application of Funds .

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law):

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Treasury Services Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings (including to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit), and any breakage, termination or other payments under Treasury Services Agreements or Secured

 

149


Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Borrower that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, as directed by the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c) , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, as directed by the Borrower.

ARTICLE IX

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

Section 9.01. Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints JPM to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacity as a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and such L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent, and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article X (including Section 10.04(c) ), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

 

150


Section 9.02. Delegation of Duties .

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Section 9.03. Exculpatory Provisions .

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided , that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02 ), in each case in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by the final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or an L/C Issuer; and

(e) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or

 

151


therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.04. Reliance by Administrative Agent .

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and reasonably believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or an L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 9.05. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .

Each Lender and L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 9.06. Rights as a Lender .

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or

 

152


other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 9.07. Resignation of Administrative Agent .

The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided , that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuers directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by JPM as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

153


Section 9.08. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .

In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts to the extent due to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i) , 2.09 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any L/C Issuer or in any such proceeding.

Section 9.09. Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

Each of the Lenders (including in its capacity as a potential Hedge Bank) and each L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Collateral Agent:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements, except as to amounts that are due and payable thereunder for which the Administrative Agent has received a written notice from the applicable Hedge Bank) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C

 

154


Issuer), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) that constitutes “Excluded Assets” (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement), (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 10.01 , (v) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (b) below, or (vi) upon the terms of the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), or any other intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant hereto.

(b) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty (i) if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder, or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (ii) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements, except as to amounts that are due and payable thereunder for which the Administrative Agent has received a written notice from the applicable Hedge Bank) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer); and

(c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(6) (but solely in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (4) of Section 7.02(b) ).

Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.09 . The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Borrower such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of any item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.09 .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in compliance with the terms and provisions of Section 7.04 hereof, any portion of the Collateral is sold or otherwise transferred to a Person or Persons, none of which is a Loan Party, then (i) such portion of the Collateral shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released from the Lien of the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document and (ii) if the aggregate fair market value of the portion of the Collateral so sold or otherwise transferred exceeds $5 million, the Borrower will promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a notice of the consummation of such sale or other transfer, certifying that such sale was made in compliance with Section 7.04 hereof.

The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as applicable, to enter into any Intercreditor Agreement, any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement and the Lenders

 

155


acknowledge that any such intercreditor agreement shall be binding upon the Lenders. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as applicable, agree, upon the request of the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense, to negotiate in good faith and enter into any Intercreditor Agreement, any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement.

Section 9.10. No Other Duties, Etc .

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the “syndication agents,” “documentation agents,” “joint bookrunners” or “joint lead arrangers” listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder.

Section 9.11. Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements .

No Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.03 , the Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Hedge Bank, as the case may be.

Section 9.12. Withholding Tax .

To the extent required by any applicable Laws (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Loan Document an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 3.01 , each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any

 

156


other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.12 . The agreements in this Section 9.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “ Lender ” shall, for purposes of this Section 9.12 , include any Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer.

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

Section 10.01. Amendments, Etc.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and such Loan Party, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender holding such Commitment (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent or of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce or forgive the amount of, any scheduled payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or 2.08 without the written consent of each Lender holding the applicable Obligation (it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest);

(c) reduce or forgive the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (or change the timing of payments of such fees or other amounts) without the written consent of each Lender holding such Loan or L/C Borrowing or to whom such fee or other amount is owed; provided , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “ Default Rate ” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) subject to the third paragraph of this Section 10.01 , change any provision of this Section 10.01 , the definition of “ Required Lenders ” or “ Pro Rata Share ” or Section 2.06(b) , 2.13 , 8.03 or 10.06 (with respect to assignments by the Borrower), without the written consent of each Lender;

(e) change any provision specifying the number of Lenders or portion of the Loans or Commitments required to take any action under the Loan Documents, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

157


(f) change the definition of “ Required Class Lenders ” without the written consent of each Lender in the affected Class;

(g) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.03 or 7.04 , release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;

(h) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.03 or 7.04 , release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees, without the written consent of each Lender;

(i) without the written consent of the Required Class Lenders, adversely affect the rights of a Class in respect of payments or Collateral in a manner different to the effect of such amendment, waiver or consent on any other Class; or

(j) without the written consent of Lenders holding at least a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 4.02 if the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver is that the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be required to fund Revolving Credit Loans when such Lenders would otherwise not be required to do so pursuant to the terms hereof;

and provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by a Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) Section 10.06(g) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) no amendment, waiver or consent shall be made to modify Section 7.09 or any definition related thereto (as any such definition is used for purposes of Section 7.09 ) or waive any Default or Event of Default resulting from a failure to perform or observe the requirements of Section 7.09 without the written consent of the Required Class Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility; provided , however , that the waivers described in this clause (v) shall not require the consent of any Lenders other than the Required Class Lenders under such Facility; and provided , further , that (A) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to enter into an amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency in any Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders and (B) guarantees and collateral security documents and related documents executed by the Loan Parties in connection with this Agreement may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or waived without the consent of any Lender if such amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement, supplement or waiver is delivered in order to (1) comply with local law or advice of local counsel, (2) cure ambiguities, omissions,

 

158


mistakes, defects or inconsistencies or (3) cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that (i) the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended, (ii) the maturity date of any Loan held by such Lender may not be extended and (iii) the principal or interest in respect of any Loans held by such Lenders shall not be reduced or forgiven, in each case without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended to adjust the borrowing mechanics related to Swing Line Loans with only the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the applicable Swing Line Lender (or Swing Lien Lenders) and the Borrower so long as the Obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders and, if applicable, any other Swing Line Lender are not affected thereby. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended as set forth in Section 2.14 , Section 2.15 and Section 2.16 .

If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of such Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 ; provided , that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

Section 10.02. Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing (including by electronic communication) and shall be delivered as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and

 

159


(ii) if to any Lender or L/C Issuer, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender or L/C Issuer on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (b) below shall be effective as provided in such clause (b) .

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided , that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided , that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the

 

160


Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each Lender and L/C Issuer may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by the Agents, L/C Issuer and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Person as determined in a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, may be recorded by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

Section 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement .

No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under

 

161


any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuers; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) , (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

Section 10.04. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated); (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by an L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder; and (iii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any

 

162


workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; provided that reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel shall be limited to (x) one primary counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and, if reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, local or specialist counsel and (y) one additional counsel for the Lenders (unless there is an actual or perceived conflict of interest that requires separate representation for any Lender, in which case those Lenders similarly affected shall, as a whole, be entitled to one separate counsel) and, to the extent reasonably necessary, local or specialist counsel.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, each Agent, each Arranger and each L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit); (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or emanating from any property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided , that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (A) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (B) any material breach of the obligations of such Indemnitee under the Loan Documents, or (y) any proceeding that does not involve an act or omission by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and that is brought by an Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than disputes involving claims against any Agent in its capacity as such).

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clause (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, and without relieving the Borrower of its obligation to do so, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such

 

163


Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided , that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent or any L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent or any L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(e) .

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in clause (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined in a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) days after demand therefor.

(f) Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

Section 10.05. Payments Set Aside .

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, to the fullest extent possible under provisions of applicable Law, be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred; and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

 

164


Section 10.06. Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (other than as permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 ), neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(b) ; (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(d) ; or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.06(f) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(g) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than (i) the parties hereto, (ii) their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, (iii) Participants to the extent provided in clause (d) of this Section and, (iv) to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment (or Commitments) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.06(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided , that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment under any Facility and the Loans at the time owing to it under such Facility or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in clause (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5 million, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, or $1 million, in the case of any assignment in respect of Term Loans, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents; provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of

 

165


its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under each applicable Facility, except that this clause (ii) shall not (A) apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans or (B) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations under one Facility on a non- pro rata basis relative to its rights and obligations under another Facility;

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by clause (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided , that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (1) any Term Commitment or Revolving Credit Commitment (and associated Revolving Credit Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of the applicable Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender or (2) any Term Loan to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(C) the consent of the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment, an Affiliate of such a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such a Lender.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender

 

166


hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B) , or (C) to a natural person.

(vi) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and subject to the obligations and limitations of) Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 and 10.04 with respect to amounts payable thereunder and accruing for such Lender’s benefit but not paid prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(d) .

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender

 

167


hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender (with respect to its own interests only), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any L/C Issuer, sell participations to any Eligible Assignee (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided , that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections and Section 10.13 and the Participant’s compliance with Section 3.01(d) ) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ) . The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided , that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of the Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Loans or other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results in a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

 

168


(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time, without consent or notice, pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided , that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Special Purpose Funding Vehicles . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided , that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan; (ii) any grant of such an option to any SPC shall not constitute a novation, if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof, and in no event shall any Granting Lender be released from its obligations hereunder. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) each SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections and Section 10.13 ) to the same extent as if it were a Granting Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b) ; provided , that an SPC shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the SPC granted to such SPC, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable; and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee in the amount of $3,500 (which processing fee may be waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the related Granting Lender; and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(h) Resignation as L/C Issuer after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time any L/C Issuer assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 10.06(b) , such L/C Issuer may, subject to the remainder of this paragraph, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the

 

169


Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of such L/C Issuer. If any L/C Issuer resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit

(i) Resignation as Swing Line Lender after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time JPM assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 10.06(b) , JPM may, subject to the remainder of this paragraph, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of JPM as Swing Line Lender. If JPM resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) . Upon the appointment of a successor Swing Line Lender, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swing Line Lender.

Section 10.07. Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and that the disclosing party shall be liable for the failure of any such Persons to adhere to the requirements of this Section 10.07 ); (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners); (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or

 

170


Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations; or (iii) any credit insurance provider relating to the Borrower and its obligations hereunder, (g) with the consent of the Borrower; (h) on a confidential basis to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder; (i) on a confidential basis to the Rating Agencies or any other rating agency; and (j) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower that is not itself, to the knowledge of such Person, in breach of a confidentiality obligation to the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the disclosure of such Information.

For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be; (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws. In addition, the Administrative Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 10.08. Setoff .

In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now

 

171


or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender under this Section 10.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and such Lender may have.

Section 10.09. Interest Rate Limitation .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest; (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof; and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

Section 10.10. Counterparts; Effectiveness .

This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier or email pdf of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier or email pdf be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier or email pdf. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

Section 10.11. Integration .

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided, that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with

 

172


this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

Section 10.12. Survival of Representations and Warranties .

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

Section 10.13. Replacement of Lenders .

If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, if any Lender shall fail to consent to any amendment or waiver requested by the Borrower in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 10.01 or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b) ;

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances and, other than in the case of a Defaulting Lender, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, any premium thereon (assuming for this purpose that the Loans of such Lender were being prepaid) from the assignee and any amounts payable by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.01 , 3.04 or 3.05 from the Borrower (it being understood that the Assignment and Assumption relating to such assignment shall provide that any interest and fees that accrued prior to the effective date of the assignment shall be for the account of the replaced Lender and such amounts that accrue on and after the effective date of the assignment shall be for the account of the replacement Lender);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

 

173


(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each Lender agrees that, if the Borrower elects to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 10.13 , it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence the assignment and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if Notes have been issued in respect of such Lender’s Loans) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided, that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower elects to replace a Lender in connection with a Repricing Transaction, such Lender shall be entitled to the Prepayment Premium paid in accordance with Section 2.05(a)(iii) .

Section 10.14. Severability .

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.14 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 10.15. GOVERNING LAW .

THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICTS PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OR ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY SUCH COURT, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH LOAN

 

174


PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN TELECOPIER) IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 10.16. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY .

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 10.17. Binding Effect .

This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, the Swing Line Lenders and L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 10.06 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.03 .

Section 10.18. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its

 

175


Affiliates’ understanding, that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, the other Loan Parties their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) each of the Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties are capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, the other Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person; and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers nor the Lenders have any obligation to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers nor the Lenders have any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties hereby waive and release any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 10.19. Lender Action .

Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, or exercise any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 10.19 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

Section 10.20. USA Patriot Act .

Each Lender that is subject to the USA Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of each Loan Party and other information regarding each Loan Party that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall, promptly

 

176


following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

Section 10.21. Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents .

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 10.22. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any of the parties hereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

177


ARTICLE XI

Guarantee

Section 11.01. The Guarantee .

Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally with the other Guarantors guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest (including any interest that would accrue but for the provisions of (i) the Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code and (ii) any other Debtor Relief Laws) on the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes held by each Lender of, the Borrower (other than such Guarantor), and all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Loan Party under any Loan Document or any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Treasury Services Agreement, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof, excluding, with respect to any Guarantor at any time, Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that if the Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 11.01 shall not require or result in the application of any amount received from any Loan Party to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party.

Section 11.02. Obligations Unconditional .

The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 11.01 shall constitute a guaranty of payment (and not merely a guaranty of collection) and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

178


(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(d) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, an L/C Issuer or any Lender or Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected;

(e) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.09 ; or

(f) the expiration of any statute of limitations.

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrower and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other Person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrower or against any other Person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

Section 11.03. Reinstatement .

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article XI shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any

 

179


holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

Section 11.04. Subrogation; Subordination .

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 11.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 11.05. Remedies .

The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 8.02 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 8.02 ) for purposes of Section 11.01 , notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 11.01 .

Section 11.06. Instrument for the Payment of Money .

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article XI constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

Section 11.07. Continuing Guarantee .

The guarantee in this Article XI is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

Section 11.08. General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations .

In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 11.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 11.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect

 

180


to the right of contribution established in Section 11.10 ) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

Section 11.09. Release of Guarantors .

If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, any portion of the Equity Interests or all or substantially all property of any Guarantor is sold or otherwise transferred to a Person or Persons, none of which is a Loan Party, or if any Guarantor shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise not be required to remain a Guarantor hereunder, then such Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, designation or other circumstance, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Section 10.04 hereof) and its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it (and all security interests actually granted in such Collateral) pursuant to any Collateral Document and, in the case of a sale of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of such Guarantor, the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents shall be automatically released, and, so long as the Borrower shall have provided the Agents such certifications or documents as any Agent shall reasonably request, the Collateral Agent shall take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this sentence.

Section 11.10. Right of Contribution .

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 11.04 . The provisions of this Section 11.10 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lenders and the Lenders, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lenders and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

Section 11.11. Subject to Intercreditor Agreement .

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents are expressly subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) and any other intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant hereto and (ii) the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) and any other intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant hereto is subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) and such other intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant hereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) or any other such intercreditor and terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) or such other intercreditor agreement, as applicable, shall govern.

 

181


Section 11.12. Keepwell .

Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Guarantor to honor all of its obligations under this Guaranty in respect of Swap Obligations ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 11.12 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section   11.12 , or otherwise under this Guaranty, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 11.12 shall remain in full force and effect until the release of this Guaranty under Section 9.09(b)(ii) . Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 11.12 constitute, and this Section 11.12 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

182


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

CBS R ADIO I NC ., as the Borrower
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO A NNAPOLIS H OLDINGS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO A NNAPOLIS LLC., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO E AST H OLDINGS C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO E AST I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO H OLDINGS C ORP . OF O RLANDO , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


CBS R ADIO I NC . OF A TLANTA , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF B OSTON , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF D ETROIT , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF I LLINOIS , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF L OS A NGELES , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF M ARYLAND , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF M ICHIGAN , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


CBS R ADIO I NC . O F N ORTHERN C ALIFORNIA , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO I NC . O F W ASHINGTON , D.C., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO KMVQ-FM I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO M EDIA C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO OF C HICAGO LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO S ERVICES I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


CBS R ADIO S TATIONS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO T EXAS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO T OWER I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS R ADIO WPGC (AM) I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
CBS S PORTS R ADIO N ETWORK I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
E VENTFUL , I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President
I NFINITY B ROADCASTING C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Andre J. Fernandez

  Name:   Andre J. Fernandez
  Title:   President

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, a Lender, the Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:  

/s/ Donatus O. Anusionwu

  Name:   Donatus O. Anusionwu
  Title:   Vice President

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:  

/s/ Peter Cucchiara

  Name:   Peter Cucchiara
  Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Marcus M. Tarkington

  Name:   Marcus M. Tarkington
  Title:   Director

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:  

/s/ Robert F. Parr

  Name:   Robert F. Parr
  Title:   Managing Director

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Josh Rosenthal

  Name:   Josh Rosenthal
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Kieran Mahon

  Name:   Kieran Mahon
  Title:   Director

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Vipul Dhadda

  Name:   Vipul Dhadda
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Karim Rahimtoola

  Name:   Karim Rahimtoola
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Colin A. Pierce

  Name:   Colin A. Pierce
  Title:   Associate

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Alfonse Simone

  Name:   Alfonse Simone
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


BNP PARIBAS SA., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Nicole Rodriguez

  Name:   Nicole Rodriguez
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Gregoire Poussard

  Name:   Gregoire Poussard
  Title:   Vice President

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Seth Caudill

  Name:   Seth Caudill
  Title:   Vice President

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Annie Dorval

  Name:   Annie Dorval
  Title:   Authorize Signatory

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of March 3, 2017 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2016 (the “ Credit Agreement ”; the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment, the “ Amended Credit Agreement ”), by and among CBS RADIO INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), each of the GUARANTORS party thereto, the LENDERS and L/C ISSUERS party thereto and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Amendment of the Credit Agreement and Exhibits . The Credit Agreement is, effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below), hereby amended to (i) delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and (ii) attach the exhibit attached hereto as Exhibit B as Exhibit L to the Amended Credit Agreement.

SECTION 2. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (such date and time of effectiveness, the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”) that each of the conditions precedent set forth below shall have been satisfied:

(a) The Administrative Agent and each of the Arrangers shall have received executed counterparts hereof from each of the Loan Parties and the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders;

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received (for the ratable account of each Term Lender that delivers an executed signature page to this Amendment on or prior to March 2, 2017) from the Borrower a consent fee equal to 0.10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans of such Lender immediately prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date; and

(c) The Borrower shall have paid, or concurrently herewith shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the applicable Arrangers (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement), to the extent invoiced, their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Amendment.

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties . In order to induce the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants to each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that, as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, both before and after giving effect to this Amendment:

(a) no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(b) the representations and warranties of each Loan Party contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date (except, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct as of such earlier date); provided, that, to the extent that such representations and warranties are qualified by materiality, material adverse effect or similar language, they are true and correct in all respects.


SECTION 4. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents . On and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the Notes and each of the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Amended Credit Agreement. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or any Agent under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents. Each of the Loan Parties hereby consents to the Amendment and reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party after giving effect to the Amendment. This Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 5. Applicable Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(A) THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICTS PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

(B) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

SECTION 6. Headings . The Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.

SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart hereof.

 

-2-


[Signature pages to follow]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

CBS R ADIO I NC ., as the Borrower
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO A NNAPOLIS H OLDINGS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO A NNAPOLIS LLC., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO E AST H OLDINGS C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO E AST I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO H OLDINGS C ORP . OF O RLANDO , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF A TLANTA , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]


CBS R ADIO I NC . OF B OSTON , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF D ETROIT , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF I LLINOIS , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF L OS A NGELES , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF M ARYLAND , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF M ICHIGAN , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF N ORTHERN C ALIFORNIA , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]


CBS R ADIO I NC . OF W ASHINGTON , D.C., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO KMVQ-FM I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO M EDIA C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO OF C HICAGO LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO S ERVICES I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO S TATIONS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO T EXAS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]


CBS R ADIO T OWER I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS R ADIO WPGC (AM) Inc., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
CBS S PORTS R ADIO N ETWORK I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
E VENTFUL , I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer
I NFINITY B ROADCASTING C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ James Morrison

  Name:   James Morrison
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Tina Ruyter

  Name:   Tina Ruyter
  Title:  

Executive Director

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]


[The consents of the consenting Lenders are on file with the Administrative Agent.]


EXHIBIT A

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of October 17, 2016

among

CBS RADIO INC.,

as the Borrower,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer,

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

and

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

as Joint Lead Arrangers

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

as Joint Book Runners

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

as Co-Syndication Agents

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

as Co-Documentation Agents

 

 

 

 

 


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER &

SMITH INCORPORATED, WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, JPMORGAN CHASE

BANK, N.A., CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., and DEUTSCHE BANK

SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners for the Term B-1 Loans

 

 

 

 

BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP., SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, U.S.

BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC, and SG AMERICAS

SECURITIES, LLC,

as Co-Managers for the Term B-1 Loans

 

2


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions and Accounting Terms

 

Section 1.01.

  Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.02.

  Other Interpretive Provisions      52 55  

Section 1.03.

  Accounting Terms; GAAP      53 56  

Section 1.04.

  Rounding      54 57  

Section 1.05.

  References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.      54 57  

Section 1.06.

  Times of Day      54 57  

Section 1.07.

  Timing of Payment of Performance      54 57  

Section 1.08.

  Pro Forma and Other Calculations      54 57  

Section 1.09.

  Letter of Credit Amounts      55 59  

ARTICLE II

 

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

 

Section 2.01.

  The Loans      56 59  

Section 2.02.

  Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans      56 60  

Section 2.03.

  Letters of Credit      58 61  

Section 2.04.

  Swing Line Loans      67 71  

Section 2.05.

  Prepayments      69 73  

Section 2.06.

  Termination or Reduction of Commitments      73 77  

Section 2.07.

  Repayment of Loans      73 77  

Section 2.08.

  Interest      73 78  

Section 2.09.

  Fees      74 78  

Section 2.10.

  Computation of Interest and Fees      75 79  

Section 2.11.

  Evidence of Indebtedness      75 79  

Section 2.12.

  Payments Generally      75 80  

Section 2.13.

  Sharing of Payments      77 82  

Section 2.14.

  Incremental Credit Extensions      78 82  

Section 2.15.

  Refinancing Amendments      80 85  

Section 2.16.

  Extension Offers      81 86  

Section 2.17.

  Defaulting Lenders      83 87  

ARTICLE III

 

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

 

Section 3.01.

  Taxes      84 88  

Section 3.02.

  Illegality      86 91  

Section 3.03.

  Inability to Determine Rates      87 92  

Section 3.04.

  Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans      87 92  

Section 3.05.

  Funding Losses      89 93  

Section 3.06.

  Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation      89 94  

Section 3.07.

  Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances      90 95  

Section 3.08.

  Survival      90 95  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

 

Section 4.01.

  Conditions to the Initial Credit Extensions      91 95  

Section 4.02.

  Conditions to All Credit Extensions after the Closing Date      93 98  

ARTICLE V

 

Representations and Warranties

 

Section 5.01.

  Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws      94 101  

Section 5.02.

  Authorization; No Contravention      94 101  

Section 5.03.

  Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      94 102  

Section 5.04.

  Binding Effect      95 102  

Section 5.05.

  Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      95 102  

Section 5.06.

  Litigation      95 102  

Section 5.07.

  FCC Licenses and Matters      95 102  

Section 5.08.

  Ownership of Property; Liens      96 104  

Section 5.09.

  Environmental Compliance      96 104  

Section 5.10.

  Taxes      97 104  

Section 5.11.

  ERISA Compliance      97 105  

Section 5.12.

  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      98 105  

Section 5.13.

  Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      98 105  

Section 5.14.

  Disclosure      98 105  

Section 5.15.

  OFAC, Patriot Act and Anti-Terrorism Laws      99 106  

Section 5.16.

  Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.      99 106  

Section 5.17.

  Solvency      99 107  

Section 5.18.

  FCPA      99 107  

Section 5.19.

  Security Documents      100 107  

Section 5.20.

  Use of Proceeds      100 108  

ARTICLE VI

 

Affirmative Covenants

 

Section 6.01.

  Financial Statements      101 108  

Section 6.02.

  Certificates; Other Information      102 110  

Section 6.03.

  Notices      103 111  

Section 6.04.

  Payment of Taxes      104 111  

Section 6.05.

  Preservation of Existence, Etc.      104 111  

Section 6.06.

  Maintenance of Properties      104 111  

Section 6.07.

  Maintenance of Insurance      104 112  

Section 6.08.

  Compliance with Laws      104 112  

Section 6.09.

  Books and Records      105 112  

Section 6.10.

  Inspection Rights      105 112  

Section 6.11.

  Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors      105 113  

Section 6.12.

  Compliance with Environmental Laws      107 115  

Section 6.13.

  Post-Closing Conditions and Further Assurances      107 115  

Section 6.14.

  Designation of Subsidiaries      108 116  

Section 6.15.

  Administration of Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts      109 116  

Section 6.16.

  Use of Proceeds      109 117  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section 6.17.

  Maintenance of Ratings      109 117  

Section 6.18.

  Lender Calls      109 117  

Section 6.19.

  FCC Matters      110 117  

Section 6.20.

  Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      110 117  

ARTICLE VII

 

Negative Covenants

 

Section 7.01.

  Liens      110 118  

Section 7.02.

  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      114 122  

Section 7.03.

  Fundamental Changes      119 126  

Section 7.04.

  Dispositions      120 128  

Section 7.05.

  Restricted Payments      122 130  

Section 7.06.

  Investments      125 133  

Section 7.07.

  Transactions with Affiliates      126 133  

Section 7.08.

  Burdensome Agreements      127 135  

Section 7.09.

  Financial Covenant      129 136  

Section 7.10.

  Accounting Changes      129 137  

Section 7.11.

  Change in Nature of Business      129 137  

Section 7.12.

  Sale and Lease-Back Transactions      129 137  

Section 7.13.

  No Violation of Anti-Corruption Laws or Sanctions      130 137  

ARTICLE VIII

 

Events Of Default and Remedies

 

Section 8.01.

  Events of Default      130 138  

Section 8.02.

  Remedies Upon Event of Default      132 140  

Section 8.03.

  Application of Funds      133 141  

ARTICLE IX

 

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

 

Section 9.01.

  Appointment and Authority      134 142  

Section 9.02.

  Delegation of Duties      134 142  

Section 9.03.

  Exculpatory Provisions      135 142  

Section 9.04.

  Reliance by Administrative Agent      135 143  

Section 9.05.

  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders      136 143  

Section 9.06.

  Rights as a Lender      136 144  

Section 9.07.

  Resignation of Administrative Agent      136 144  

Section 9.08.

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim      137 145  

Section 9.09.

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      138 145  

Section 9.10.

  No Other Duties, Etc.      139 147  

Section 9.11.

  Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements      139 147  

Section 9.12.

  Withholding Tax      139 147  

ARTICLE X

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 10.01.

  Amendments, Etc.      140 148  

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section 10.02.

  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications      142 150  

Section 10.03.

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement      144 152  

Section 10.04.

  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      14 5 152  

Section 10.05.

  Payments Set Aside      146 154  

Section 10.06.

  Successors and Assigns      147 154  

Section 10.07.

  Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality      151 159  

Section 10.08.

  Setoff      152 160  

Section 10.09.

  Interest Rate Limitation      153 160  

Section 10.10.

  Counterparts; Effectiveness      153 161  

Section 10.11.

  Integration      153 161  

Section 10.12.

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      154 161  

Section 10.13.

  Replacement of Lenders      154 161  

Section 10.14.

  Severability      155 162  

Section 10.15.

  GOVERNING LAW      155 163  

Section 10.16.

  WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY      156 163  

Section 10.17.

  Binding Effect      156 163  

Section 10.18.

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      156 164  

Section 10.19.

  Lender Action      157 164  

Section 10.20.

  USA Patriot Act      157 164  

Section 10.21.

  Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      157 165  

Section 10.22.

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      157 165  

ARTICLE XI

 

Guarantee

 

Section 11.01.

  The Guarantee      158 165  

Section 11.02.

  Obligations Unconditional      158 166  

Section 11.03.

  Reinstatement      159 167  

Section 11.04.

  Subrogation; Subordination      160 167  

Section 11.05.

  Remedies      160 167  

Section 11.06.

  Instrument for the Payment of Money      160 168  

Section 11.07.

  Continuing Guarantee      160 168  

Section 11.08.

  General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations      160 168  

Section 11.09.

  Release of Guarantors      160 168  

Section 11.10.

  Right of Contribution      161 168  

Section 11.11.

  Subject to Intercreditor Agreement      161 169  

Section 11.12.

  Keepwell      161 169  

 

iv


SCHEDULES

 

  1.01A    Commitments
  1.01B    Letter of Credit Commitments
  1.01C    Excluded Accounts
  1.01D    Existing Investments
  5.07(a)    Stations and FCC Licenses
  5.08    Exceptions to Ownership of Property
  5.09(b)    Environmental Matters
  5.12    Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
  6.13(a)    Mortgaged Property
  6.13(c)    Other Post-Closing Matters
  6.15    Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts
  7.01(b)    Existing Liens
  7.02(b)    Existing Indebtedness
  7.07    Existing Transactions with Affiliates
  7.08    Burdensome Agreements
  10.02    Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

 

Form of   
  A    Committed Loan Notice
  B    Swing Line Loan Notice
  C-1    Term B Note
  C-2    Revolving Credit Note
  C-3    Swing Line Note
  D    Compliance Certificate
  E    Assignment and Assumption
  F    Security Agreement
  G-1    Perfection Certificate
  G-2    Perfection Certificate Supplement
  H    Subordinated Intercompany Note
  I-1    Intercreditor Agreement
  I-2    Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement
  J-1    United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)
  J-2    United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships)
  J-3    United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships)
  J-4    United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships)
  K    Solvency Certificate
  L    Term B-1 Solvency Certificate

 

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 17, 2016 among CBS Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation, as borrower (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party hereto from time to time, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“ JPM ”), as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Borrower has requested that (i) on the Closing Date, the Term B Lenders lend to the Borrower Term B Loans in an initial principal amount of $1.06 billion in order to finance the Closing Date Transactions and to finance costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith and (ii) from time to time, the Revolving Credit Lenders make Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans to the Borrower and the L/C Issuers issue for the account of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries Letters of Credit.

The Borrower has requested that on the ETM Acquisition Closing Date, the Term B-1 Lenders lend to the Borrower the Term B-1 Loans in an initial principal amount of up to $500 million in order to finance the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions and to finance costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith.

The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and the L/C Issuers have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Accounting Terms

Section 1.01. Defined Terms .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Accounting Opinion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a) .

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition ” means the purchase or acquisition in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of (a) Equity Interests of any other Person (other than an existing Subsidiary of the Borrower) such that such other Person becomes a direct or indirect


Subsidiary of the Borrower or (b) all or substantially all of the property of another Person or all or substantially all of the property comprising a division, business unit or line of business of another Person (in each case other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower), whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with such other Person. “ Acquire ” has a meaning correlative thereto.

Additional Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

Additional Refinancing Lender ” means, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that, in any case, is not an existing Lender and that agrees to provide any portion of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.15 ; provided , that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the extent that any such consent would be required from the Administrative Agent under Section 10.06(b)(iii)(B) for an assignment of Loans to such Additional Refinancing Lender, solely to the extent such consent would be required for any assignment to such Lender.

Additional Revolving Borrower Joinder ” means the joinder hereto by any Loan Party, as an additional joint and several Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility, pursuant to a joinder agreement among the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and such Loan Party in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Administrative Agent ” means JPM, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter agreement, dated the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(c) .

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Co-Syndication Agents.

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

2


All-In Yield ” means, at any time, with respect to any Term Loan or other Indebtedness, the weighted average yield to stated maturity of such Term Loan or other Indebtedness based on the interest rate or rates applicable thereto and giving effect to all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to the Lenders or other creditors advancing such Term Loan or other Indebtedness with respect thereto (but not arrangement or underwriting fees paid to an arranger for their account) and to any interest rate “floor” (with original issue discount and upfront fees, which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of original issue discount, being equated to interest margins in a manner consistent with generally accepted financial practice based on an assumed four-year life to maturity); provided , that with respect to calculating the All-In Yield of Incremental Term Loans pursuant to the proviso in Section 2.14(b)(v) , if the Eurodollar Rate in respect of the Incremental Term Loans referenced in Section 2.14(b)(v) includes an interest rate “floor” greater than the interest rate “floor” applicable to the any series of then-outstanding Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to interest rate for purposes of determining whether an increase to the interest rate margins applicable to such series of Term Loans shall be required pursuant to the proviso in Section 2.14(b)(v) , in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent.

Alternative Currency ” means Canadian Dollars or any other lawful currency which is freely convertible into Dollars and is freely traded and available in the London interbank eurocurrency market with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer.

Amendment No. 1 ” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2017, by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Amendment No. 1.

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all Laws applicable to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery, money laundering or corruption, including, without limitation, the FCPA.

Anti-Terrorism Order ” means that certain Executive Order 13224, issued on September 23, 2001.

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Credit Commitments represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. If the Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Applicable Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Applicable Rate .”

Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to:

(a)  (i) with respect to Term B Loans, 3.50% in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans and 2.50% in the case of Base Rate Loans and (ii) with respect to Term B-1 Loans, in the case of both Eurodollar Rate Loans and Base Rate Loans, the applicable percentages set forth in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement .

(b) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Letter of Credit fees, (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01 , (A) for Eurodollar Rate

 

3


unused commitment fees, 0.50% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum , based upon the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a) :

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing
Level
   Consolidated Net
Secured Leverage
Ratio
  Eurodollar Rate
and Letter of
Credit Fees
    Base Rate     Unused
Commitment Fee
Rate
 

1

   £  1.50:1.00     2.25     1.25     0.375

2

   > 1.50:1.00 and
£ 2.00:1.00
    2.50     1.50     0.375

3

   > 2.00:1.00 and
£ 2.50:1.00
    2.75     1.75     0.50

4

   > 2.50:1.00     3.00     2.00     0.50

 

4


Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) ; provided , that the highest Pricing Level shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply up to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

In the event that any Compliance Certificate is shown by the Administrative Agent to be inaccurate (whether as a result of an inaccuracy in the financial statements on which such Compliance Certificate is based, a mistake in calculating the applicable Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio or otherwise) at any time that this Agreement is in effect and any Loans or Commitments are outstanding such that the Applicable Rate for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) should have been higher than the Applicable Rate applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower shall promptly (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter) deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period; (ii) the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the corrected Compliance Certificate (but in no event shall the Lenders owe any amounts to the Borrower); and (iii) the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent promptly (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days after the date such corrected Compliance Certificate is delivered) any additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Rate for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any nonpayment of such interest as a result of any such inaccuracy shall not constitute a Default (whether retroactively or otherwise), and no such amounts shall be deemed overdue (and no amounts shall accrue interest at the Default Rate), at any time prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days following the date such corrected Compliance Certificate is delivered. The Borrower’s Obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuers and (ii) the Revolving Credit Lenders, and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the relevant Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a) , the Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

5


Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ” means , (a)  J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (or any other registered broker-dealer wholly-owned by Bank of America Corporation to which all or substantially all of Bank of America Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ investment banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement), in their capacities as lead arrangers and/or lead bookrunners and (b) with respect to Amendment No. 1 and the Term B-1 Loans, (i) Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (or any other registered broker-dealer wholly-owned by Bank of America Corporation to which all or substantially all of Bank of America Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ investment banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement), Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in their capacities as lead arrangers and lead bookrunners and (ii) BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, U.S. Bank National Association, TD Securities (USA) LLC and SG Americas Securities, LLC, in their capacities as co-managers .

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b)(iii) , and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by any electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date of determination, in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the present value of the total obligations of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of each of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

Available Amount ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) (i) $150 million plus (ii) the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount plus (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received by the Borrower since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (i) Equity

 

6


Interests of the Borrower, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received from the IPO and (ii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Borrower ( provided , however , that this clause (ii)  shall not include the proceeds of (x) Equity Interests, Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower or (y) Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock) plus (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Borrower following the Closing Date (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary) plus (d) to the extent (i) not already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment and (ii) not already reflected in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, the proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during the period from and including the day immediately following the Closing Date through and including such time in connection with cash returns, cash profits, cash distributions and similar cash amounts, including cash principal repayments of loans, in each case received in respect of any Investment made after the Closing Date pursuant to clause (r) of the definition of “ Permitted Investment ” (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of such Investment); provided , that each usage of the Available Amount pursuant to Section 7.05(a) or clause (r) of the definition of “ Permitted Investment ” shall result in a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the Available Amount.

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing Law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds NYFRB Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by JPM as its prime rate, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an Interest Period of one (1) month plus 1.00%; provided , that for purposes of this clause (c) , (i) the Base Rate with respect to Term B Loans will be deemed not to be less than 2.00% and (ii) if specified in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement, the Base Rate with respect to Term B-1 Loans will be deemed not to be less than the percentage specified in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement . The prime rate is a rate set by JPM based upon various factors including JPM’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by JPM shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” means, collectively, (a) the “Borrower” as defined in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement ( provided , that when used in the context of determining fair market value of an asset or liability under this Agreement, “ Borrower ” will mean the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower (or a duly appointed committee thereof) when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $25 million) and (b) in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility only, such other Loan Parties, on a joint and several basis with the Borrower, as may be requested by the Borrower (as defined in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement) upon at least ten (10) business days’ notice to the Administrative Agent; provided , that, in respect of each Person that becomes a Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to this clause (b) , (i) such Loan Party shall have executed an Additional Revolving Borrower

 

7


Joinder, (ii) such Loan Party shall have provided (or caused to be provided) such legal opinions and other documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (or any Revolving Credit Lender) and consistent with the documentation delivered under Section 4.01 with respect to the Borrower on the Closing Date (including any additional information that may be necessary to comply with “know your customer” and other applicable laws and regulations), (iii) such Person shall thereafter comply with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Borrower, and (iv) the funding of Loans to such Loan Party by any Revolving Credit Lender shall not violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Revolving Credit Lender.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02 .

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing, or a Term Borrowing, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state of New York; provided that if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, all amounts which are set forth on the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower for such period as “capital expenditures” in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means:

(a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g) .

Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at JPM (or another commercial bank selected in compliance with Section 9.09 ) in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

8


Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g) .

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(a) United States dollars;

(b) (A) euro, or any national currency of any member state of the European Union; or (B) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and dollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c)  and (d) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d)  above;

(f) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within twenty four (24) months after the date of creation thereof;

(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within twenty four (24) months after the date of creation thereof;

(h) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(i) Investments with average maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and

(j) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a)  through (i) above).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (a)  and (b) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (a)  and (b) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

9


Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CBS Corporation ” means CBS Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as subsequently amended.

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

CFC Holdco ” means a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of equity of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “ Change in Law ,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control ” means any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than a Permitted Holder, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (directly or through the acquisition of voting power of Voting Stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower);

(c) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower (together with any new members thereof whose election by such board of directors (or equivalent

 

10


body) or whose nomination for election by holders of Capital Stock of the Borrower was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors (or equivalent body) then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors (or equivalent body) then in office;

(d) the approval of any plan or proposal for the winding up or liquidation of the Borrower; or

(e) a “change of control” (or similar event) shall occur under the Senior Notes Indenture or any Indebtedness for borrowed money or any Disqualified Stock, in each case incurred by any Loan Party as permitted under Section 7.02 with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount.

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower shall not itself be considered a “Person” or “group” for purposes of clause (b)  above; provided , that (i) no “Person” or “group” other than a Permitted Holder beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent company and (ii) such parent company does not own any material assets other than the Equity Interests in the Borrower or a direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, it is understood and agreed that the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions shall not constitute a Change of Control so long as no Person or group (as determined pursuant to clause (b) above) has beneficial ownership (as determined pursuant to clause (b) above) of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Entercom immediately after the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions.

Class ” means (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Revolving Credit Lenders or Term Lenders , Term B Lenders, Term B-1 Lenders or Lenders in respect of any other series of Term Loans , (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Revolving Credit Commitments or , Term B Commitments, Term B-1 Commitments or Commitments in respect of any other series of Term Loans, and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans or , Term B Loans, Term B-1 Loans or any other series of Term Loans .

Closing Date ” means the date on which the conditions precedents set forth in Section 4.01 are satisfied or duly waived.

Closing Date Transactions ” means, collectively (a) the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date, (b) the Debt Proceeds Transfer, and (c) the payment of Closing Date Transaction Expenses.

Closing Date Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the Closing Date Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement, all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” as defined in any other Collateral Document and any other assets a Lien in which is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to any Collateral Documents.

 

11


Collateral Agent ” means JPM, in its capacity as collateral agent or pledgee in its own name under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each of the Mortgages, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Control Agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.11 or Section 6.13 , and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment ” means a Term Commitment or a Revolving Credit Commitment of any Class or of multiple Classes, as the context may require.

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Communications Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.07(b) .

Communications Laws ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.07(b) .

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

Consolidated Current Assets ” means, at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” means, at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) without duplication of clause (a) above, all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans to the extent otherwise included therein.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by:

(A) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, federal, state, non-U.S. franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

12


(B) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; plus

(C) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(D) any fees, expenses or charges related to the IPO, any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i)  such fees, expenses or charges related to (i)  the offering of the Senior Notes or under the Loan Documents, including Amendment No. 1, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Senior Notes , and (iii) the other Transactions and the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions , in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income , and (iii) the other Transactions ; plus

(E) the amount of any (i) restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with Acquisitions, mergers or consolidations after the Closing Date and (ii) other non-recurring charges in an amount of up to $5 million in any 12 month period, including any non-ordinary course legal expenses; plus

(F) any other non-cash charges, including asset impairments, any write offs or write downs and non-cash compensation expenses recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided , that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(G) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(H) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ; plus

(I) any costs or expense incurred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the Available Amount; plus

(J) the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within twelve (12) months of the date of any Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, merger, consolidation or other action being given pro forma effect (which will be added to Consolidated EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) all steps have been taken or are expected to be taken within twelve (12) months of the date of such Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, merger, consolidation or other action for realizing such cost savings, (y) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies added back pursuant to this clause (J)  in any Test Period shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks);

 

13


(b) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

(c) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(A) any net loss or gain, respectively, resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Financial Accounting Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus , as applicable, and

(B) any net loss or gain, respectively, resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (iii) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (iv) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (v) imputed interest with respect to Attributable Indebtedness, and (vi) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (w) interest on any Subordinated Intercompany Note, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ); plus

 

14


(b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus

(c) whether or not treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP, all cash dividends or other distributions accrued (excluding dividends payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower) on any series of Disqualified Stock or any series of Preferred Stock during such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication:

(a) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including expenses relating to (i) severance and relocation costs, (ii) any rebranding or corporate name change or (iii) uninsured storm or other weather-related damage, in excess of $5 million for any single weather event) shall be excluded;

(b) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(c) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(d) any after-tax effect of gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded;

(e) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period;

(f) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

 

15


(g) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(h) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any Acquisition, Investment, Disposition, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded.

Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Net Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period.

Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Net Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period.

Consolidated Total Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness under the Subordinated Intercompany Note), Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, less up to $150 million of cash and Cash Equivalents (which are not Restricted Cash) that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Loan Parties as of such date of determination; provided that for purposes of determining the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio in connection with the incurrence of any Incremental Facilities incurred pursuant to Section 2.14 or any Permitted Debt Offerings incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(20) only, the cash proceeds of such Incremental Facilities and/or Permitted Debt Offering shall not be deemed to be included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, as of any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(b) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

16


Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Affiliate .”

Control Agreements ” means, collectively, the Deposit Account Control Agreements and the Securities Account Control Agreements.

Co-Documentation Agents ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (or any other registered broker-dealer wholly-owned by Bank of America Corporation to which all or substantially all of Bank of America Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ investment banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement), as co-documentation agents.

Co-Syndication Agents ” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as co-syndication agents.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any (a) Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt, (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (d) Indebtedness incurred hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Loans or Commitments hereunder, or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided , that (i) such exchanging, extending, renewing, replacing, repurchasing, retiring or refinancing Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premium) and penalties thereon plus reasonable upfront fees and OID on such exchanging, extending, renewing, replacing, repurchasing, retiring or refinancing Indebtedness, plus other reasonable and customary fees and expenses in connection with such exchange, modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, repurchase, retirement or extension; (ii) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, substantially concurrently with the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained; and (iii) any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (x) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not shorter than ninety one (91) days after the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the applicable Refinanced Debt and (y) has a final scheduled maturity date that is no earlier than ninety one (91) days after the final scheduled maturity date of the applicable Refinanced Debt.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for the Excess Cash Flow Periods ended on or prior to such date.

 

17


Debt Proceeds Transfer ” means one or more distributions by the Borrower of the net proceeds of the Term B Loans and the Senior Notes ( less $10 million to be retained by the Borrower for general corporate purposes and ongoing cash needs) to an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of CBS Corporation.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(vi) .

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum ; provided , that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum , in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless subsequently cured, unless such Lender notifies Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default or breach of a representation, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or subsequently cured, (c) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or generally under agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (d) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or such L/C Issuer that it will comply with its funding obligations ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (d)  upon receipt of such confirmation by the Administrative Agent and any such L/C Issuer), or (e) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action or (iv) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding, appointment or action; provided , that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue (1) of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority or (2) an Undisclosed Administration.

Deposit Account ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Article 9 of the UCC.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” means a deposit account control agreement to be executed by the Collateral Agent, the applicable Loan Party and each institution maintaining a Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account) for the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in each case as required by and in accordance with the terms of Section 6.15 .

 

18


Designated Jurisdiction ” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, setting forth the fair market value of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and the basis of such valuation.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means:

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(b) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 7.02 ), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date ninety one (91) days after the earlier of the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance of such Capital Stock or the date the Loans are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of any such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , however , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” of any amount expressed, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in Dollars, such amount, and (b) in any Alternative Currency, means the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the applicable L/C Issuer or, in the absence of such determination, the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the spot rate (determined as of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

19


EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority, any Governmental Authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee ” means and includes a commercial bank, an insurance company, a finance company, a financial institution, any Fund or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act) but in any event excluding (x) the Borrower and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, (y) natural persons and (z) any Defaulting Lender.

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Entercom ” means Entercom Communications Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation and any successor thereto.

Environment ” means indoor air, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface, subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws ” means the common law and any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, Laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the Environment or, to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health and safety or to the transportation, handling, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials into the Environment.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation and remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of or noncompliance with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, recycling, shipment or disposal (or arrangement for any of the foregoing) of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment, (e) any investigatory, remedial, natural resource, response, removal or corrective obligation or measure required by any Environmental Law, (f) any claim (including but not limited to property damage and personal injury) by any third party relating to any Hazardous Materials, or (g) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

20


Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(a) the IPO;

(b) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(c) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

(d) Refunding Capital Stock.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) with respect to any Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) a withdrawal by a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA by the PBGC, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan.

ETM Acquisition ” means the merger of Constitution Merger Sub Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entercom, with and into the Borrower, with the Borrower surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Entercom, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the ETM Acquisition Agreement.

ETM Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of February 2, 2017, by and among CBS Corporation, the Borrower, Entercom and Constitution Merger Sub Corp.

ETM Acquisition Closing Date ” means the date of the consummation of the ETM Acquisition.

ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions ” means (i) the ETM Acquisition, (ii) the ETM Contribution, (iii) the ETM Distributions, (iv) the ETM Refinancing and (v) the redemption or other retirement of the preferred stock, par value $0.01, per share, of Entercom.

 

21


ETM Contribution ” means the contribution by Entercom of all of the Equity Interests in Entercom Radio, LLC to the Borrower on the ETM Acquisition Closing Date, immediately following the ETM Acquisition, in accordance with the ETM Acquisition Agreement.

ETM Distributions ” means the “Distributions” pursuant to and as defined in the ETM Acquisition Agreement.

ETM Refinancing ” means the date of repayment of all outstanding amounts under that certain credit agreement, dated as of November 1, 2016, by and among Entercom, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other parties signatory thereto, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the termination of all commitments thereunder and the release of security interests therefor.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Eurodollar Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the greater of (i) 0.00% per annum and (ii) the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”), or a successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be reasonably designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the greater of (i) 0.00% per annum and (ii) the rate per annum equal to LIBOR, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time determined two (2) Business Days prior to such date for U.S. Dollar deposits with a term of one (1) month commencing that day;

provided , that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection herewith, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that (i)  the Eurodollar Rate with respect to Term B Loans that bear interest at a rate based on clause (a)  of this definition will be deemed not to be less than 1.00% per annum and (ii) the Eurodollar Rate with respect to Term B-1 Loans that bear interest at a rate based on clause (a) of this definition will be deemed not to be less than a percentage, if any, to be set forth in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement .

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the excess, if any, of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus

 

22


(ii) the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period ; provided, that, for the fiscal year of the Borrower in which the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions occur, decreases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without giving effect to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions , plus

(iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the disposition of property by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(v) the amount by which Tax expense deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period exceeds Taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash (including, without duplication, any amounts paid in cash pursuant to Section 7.05(k) ) or cash Tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in such period, plus

(vi) the amount of any decrease in Consolidated Net Income as a result of the exclusion set forth in clause (c) of the definition thereof.

over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(ii) the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such Capital Expenditures (other than under the Revolving Credit Facility) and any such Capital Expenditures financed with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount), plus

(iii) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Funded Debt (including the Loans and any Capitalized Leases) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility (including the Revolving Credit Facility) to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) (excluding any such principal payments that are financed with other Indebtedness or satisfied with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount or the issuance of any Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), plus

(iv) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period ; provided, that, for the fiscal year of the Borrower in which the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions occur, increases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without giving effect to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions , plus

 

23


(v) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain on the disposition of property by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(vi) the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of professional fees that have not been deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(vii) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are made in connection with the prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(viii) the amount of Taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash (including, without duplication, any amounts paid in cash pursuant to Section 7.05(k) ) or cash Tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of Tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(ix) the aggregate cash consideration paid by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of Acquisitions, acquisitions of intellectual property (to the extent not constituting Capital Expenditures or accounted for in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income) and Permitted Investments pursuant to clause (l)  or (s) of the definition thereof, in each case, (A) to the extent such expenditures are permitted under this Agreement and (B) excluding the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditures (other than under the Revolving Credit Facility) and any such expenditures financed with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount or the issuance of any Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, plus

(x) the amount of Restricted Payments during such period by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to Section 7.05(e) and/or Section 7.05(l) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(xi) cash costs incurred during such period and excluded from the definition of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (a)  or (h) thereof, in each case to the extent not netted from or otherwise financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, a Disposition or the issuance of Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary . , plus

(xii) the amount of any increase in Consolidated Net Income as a result of the exclusion set forth in clause (c) of the definition thereof

Excess Cash Flow Period ” means each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017.

 

24


Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Account ” means a Deposit Account or Securities Account (a) that is used for the sole purpose of making payroll and withholding tax payments related thereto and other employee wage and benefit payments and accrued and unpaid employee compensation (including salaries, wages, benefits and expense reimbursements), (b) that is used for paying taxes, including sales taxes, (c) that is used as an escrow account or as a fiduciary or trust account, (d) that is a zero balance Deposit Account, (e) with an average monthly balance of less than $100,000, not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time for all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts that are Excluded Accounts pursuant to this clause (e) , or (f) that is listed on Schedule 1.01C .

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary; (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law, or by Contractual Obligations existing on the Closing Date (or, in the case of any future Acquisition, as of the closing date of such Acquisition, so long as such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such Acquisition), from guaranteeing the Obligations or would require the approval, consent, license or authorization of any Governmental Authority in order to guarantee the Obligations (unless such approval, consent, license or authorization has been received); (d) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; (e) any Receivables Subsidiary; (f) any Foreign Subsidiary; (g) any Unrestricted Subsidiary; and (h) any CFC Holdco.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason not to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to or on account of a Recipient, (a) any Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or profits, franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized or having its principal office or applicable Lending Office in the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment except to the extent that such Tax is imposed as a result of a Change in Law after the time (i) such Lender becomes a party hereto or acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to the Borrower’s request under Section 10.13) or (ii) such Lender designates a new Lending Office, except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from a Loan Party with respect to such Taxes pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (c) ; (c) any Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(d) ; and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

 

25


Executive Order ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.15 .

Extended Revolving Credit Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Extended Term Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Extending Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Extension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Extension Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16 .

Facility ” means the any series of Term Loans, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Sublimit or the Letter of Credit Sublimit, as the context may require.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date hereof (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any current or future Treasury regulations or official administrative interpretations thereof.

FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission (or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the Federal Communications Commission).

FCC Licenses ” means such FCC licenses, permits, authorizations and certificates issued by the FCC to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any license under Part 73 of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations) as are necessary to own and operate the Stations (collectively, together with all extensions, additions and renewals thereto or thereof).

FCPA ” means Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Federal Funds Rate means, for any day, the greater of (i) 0.00% per annum and (ii) the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided , that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to JPM on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent. Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as the NYFRB shall set forth on its public website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the federal funds effective rate, provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Field Family Members ” includes only the following Persons: (i) Joseph M. Field and David J. Field and their immediate families, including their wives, their children and grandchildren, the spouses of

 

26


their children and their grandchildren, or trusts created for the benefit of any of, or the estates of, the foregoing and (ii) Persons controlled by the Persons described in the foregoing clause (i) by virtue of their beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the weighted voting power of the Equity Interests of such Persons.

Financial Covenant Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(b) .

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary with respect to employees employed outside the United States (other than benefit plans, programs or agreements that are mandated by applicable Laws).

Foreign Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary or (ii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in the preceding clause (i) .

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to any Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of outstanding Swing Line Loans made by such Swing Line Lender other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to Non-Defaulting Lenders.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

Funded Debt ” means, as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans and any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time, subject to Section 1.03 .

 

27


Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, county, provincial or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(g) .

Guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01 .

Guarantors ” means (a) the Subsidiaries of the Borrower party hereto as of the Closing Date and those Restricted Subsidiaries that issue a Guarantee of the Obligations after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.11 , in each case (i) other than any Foreign Subsidiary or any CFC Holdco and/or (ii) until released in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to obligations and liabilities owing by any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) in respect of Secured Hedge Agreements or Treasury Services Agreements, the Borrower.

Guaranty ” means, collectively, the guaranty of the Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous, carcinogenic or toxic substances, wastes or pollutants, contaminants, chemicals (whether solids, liquids or gases), including petroleum or petroleum distillates or by-products and other hydrocarbons, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, lead-based paint, radon gas, mold, infectious or medical wastes that are subject to regulation, control or remediation under any Environmental Law, or the Release or exposure to which could give rise to liability under, applicable Environmental Law.

Hedge Bank ” means any Person that is the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, an Arranger, or a Lender on the Closing Date or at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement or a Treasury Services Agreement, as applicable, in its capacity as a party thereto, and (other than a Person already party hereto as a Lender) delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement reasonably satisfactory to it agreeing to be bound by Sections 9.09 and 10.05 as if it were a Lender.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Honor Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that individually has assets (after intercompany eliminations) equal to or less than 2.50% of Total Assets and annual revenues equal to or less than 2.50% of Total Revenues, in each case as determined as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) ; provided , that such Immaterial Subsidiaries shall collectively account for 5.00% or less of Total Assets and 5.00% or less of Total Revenues.

 

28


Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

Incremental Facility ” means any Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increase.

Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money;

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(iii) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and (z) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

(iv) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) all Attributable Indebtedness and all Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (a)  of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, any Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (a)  of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person (other than Liens on Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries securing, respectively, Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries), whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided , for purposes hereof the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of the Indebtedness so secured and the fair market value of the assets of the first person securing such Indebtedness;

 

29


provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) deferred or prepaid revenues and (c) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) .

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a)  above, Other Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04 .

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07 .

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iv)(E) .

Intercreditor Agreement ” means a first lien intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 hereto, among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for any Additional First Lien Secured Parties (as defined therein) (which agreement in such form or with immaterial changes thereto the Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into) together with any material changes thereto in light of prevailing market conditions, which material changes shall be posted to the Lenders not less than five (5) Business Days before execution thereof and, if the Required Lenders shall not have objected to such changes within five (5) Business Days after posting, then the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have agreed that the Administrative Agent’s entry into such intercreditor agreement (with such changes) is reasonable and to have consented to such intercreditor agreement (with such changes) and to the Administrative Agent’s execution thereof.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three (3) months, the respective dates that fall every three (3) months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates, and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one (1), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, twelve (12) months or one (1) week thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided , that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

 

30


Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, and in each such case with a “stable” or better outlook.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(b) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(c) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(d) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, deposits, advances to customers and suppliers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person, Acquisitions, and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” and Section 7.06 :

(a) “ Investments ” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “ Investment ” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(A) the Borrower’s direct or indirect “ Investment ” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(B) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

 

31


The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, without giving effect to subsequent changes in value but reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

IP Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.16 .

IPO ” means the underwritten initial public offering of common stock of the Borrower (including the issuance of shares of common stock of the Borrower pursuant to the option to purchase granted to the underwriters in connection with the IPO) pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-1 initially filed by the Borrower with the SEC on July 8, 2016, as amended from time to time.

IPO Proceeds Transfers ” means one or more payments by the Borrower of the net proceeds of the IPO to the direct parent company of the Borrower, which is an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of CBS Corporation, in repayment of the Subordinated Intercompany Note.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by any L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

JPM ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been timely reimbursed or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03(c) .

L/C Commitment ” means, with respect to any L/C Issuer, the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit that such L/C Issuer has committed, in writing, to provide subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The L/C Commitments of the L/C Issuers as of the Closing Date are as set forth on Schedule 1.01B .

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means (a) each Person identified on Schedule 1.01B and (b) any other Lender that becomes an L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(k) or 10.06(h) following the Closing Date, in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and, in the case of clause (b) , subject to such Lender’s acceptance of such appointment. Any reference to “L/C Issuer” herein shall be to the applicable L/C Issuer, as appropriate.

 

32


L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.

Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans, any Other Term Loans, any Extended Term Loan, any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment and any Revolving Commitment Increase, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

LCA Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.08(f).

LCA Test Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.08(f).

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer and a Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “ Lender .”

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, such office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $15 million and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Eurodollar Rate .”

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or similar agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided , that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

33


Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any Permitted Acquisition by the Borrower or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Collateral Documents, (d) the Intercreditor Agreement (if any), (e) the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if any), (f) the Administrative Agent Fee Letter and (g) , (g) Amendment No. 1, (h) upon the effectiveness thereof, the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement and (i) any other amendments of and joinders to any Loan Documents that are deemed pursuant to their terms to be Loan Documents for purposes hereof.

Loan Extension Agreement ” means an agreement among the Borrower and one or more Extending Lenders implementing the terms of any applicable Extension Offer pursuant to Section 2.16 .

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Margin Stock ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.13(a) .

Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Swap Contract .”

Master Separation Agreement ” means that certain Separation Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2017, by and among CBS Corporation and the Borrower.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (c) the material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under (i) this Agreement or the Security Agreement or (ii) the Loan Documents taken as a whole, or (d) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of any Loan Document.

Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary ” means any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary of the Borrower that has assets (after intercompany eliminations) in excess of $50 million or annual revenues in excess of $50 million, in each case as determined as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) .

Material Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Maturity Date ” means (a) with respect to the Term B Loans, October 17, 2023 and 2023, (b) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, October 17, 2021 and (c) with respect to the Term B-1 Loans, as set forth in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement (which shall in no event be prior to October 17, 2023) ; provided , that if either such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately succeeding such day.

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount ” means, at any date of determination, a principal amount of not greater than (a) $250 million plus (b) an unlimited amount, so long as on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of any Incremental Facility or any Permitted Debt Offering (and after giving effect to any Acquisition consummated concurrently therewith and calculated as if any

 

34


Revolving Commitment Increase were fully drawn on the closing date thereof), the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 3.25 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 , provided , that the principal amount of any Incremental Facilities incurred pursuant to Section 2.14 or any Permitted Debt Offerings incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(20) , in each case, shall reduce the amount in clause (a)  on a dollar-for-dollar basis until reduced to zero.

Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.09 .

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09 .

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Mortgage ” means any deed of trust, trust deed, hypothec or mortgage made by any Loan Party in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent with such terms and provisions as may be required by the applicable Laws of the relevant jurisdiction, including, without limitation, any such deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs or mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 6.11 and 6.13 , in each case, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified.

Mortgaged Property ” means the Real Properties listed on Schedule 6.13(a) and any other Real Property (other than any leasehold interests) for which a Loan Party is required to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority Lien pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any Disposition or Casualty Event, 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, required debt payments and required payments of other obligations relating to the applicable asset to the extent such debt or obligations are secured by a Lien permitted hereunder (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents and Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) on such asset, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) Taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, and (iii) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i)  above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by the

 

35


Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided , that, if the Borrower intends to use any portion of such proceeds (other than proceeds of Dispositions in connection with obtaining regulatory approval for the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions) to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or to make Permitted Acquisitions or any acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of, or all the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) in, a Person or division or line of business of a Person (or any subsequent investment made in a Person, division or line of business previously acquired), in each case within twelve (12) months of such receipt, such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not, within twelve (12) months of such receipt, so used or contractually committed to be so used (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such twelve (12) month period but within such twelve (12) month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within the later of such twelve (12) month period and one hundred and eighty (180) days from the entry into such Contractual Obligation, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso) ; provided further that, if the Borrower intends to use any portion of such proceeds of Dispositions in connection with obtaining regulatory approval for the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or to make Permitted Acquisitions or any acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of, or all the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) in, a Person or division or line of business of a Person (or any subsequent investment made in a Person, division or line of business previously acquired), in each case within eighteen (18) months of such receipt, such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not, within eighteen (18) months of such receipt, so used or contractually committed to be so used (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such eighteen (18) month period but within such eighteen (18) month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within the later of such eighteen (18) month period and one hundred and eighty (180) days from the entry into such Contractual Obligation, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso) ; and

(b) with respect to any Indebtedness, 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Indebtedness, net of all taxes and fees (including investment banking fees), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such issuance or sale.

For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to the Borrower or any Affiliate shall be disregarded.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-Extension Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

 

36


Note ” means a Term B Note, Term B-1 Note, a Revolving Credit Note or a Swing Line Note, as the context may require.

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

NYFRB ” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

NYFRB Rate ” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a Federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided , further , that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Obligations ” means all (a) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding and (b) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Treasury Services Agreement, excluding, in the case of clauses (a)  and (b) , with respect to any Guarantor at any time, any Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (i) the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit fees, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party or Subsidiary under any Loan Document and (ii) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary in accordance with this Agreement.

obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

OFAC ” means the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended or any of the foreign asset control regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V).

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate, charter or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement,

 

37


instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(i) .

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, other than any connection arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Loan Documents.

Other Encumbrances ” has the meaning specified in clause (5)  of Section 7.01 .

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b) .

Other Term Loan Commitments ” means one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder to fund Other Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” means one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the outstanding amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Overnight Bank Funding Rate ” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on its public website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the NYFRB shall commence to publish such composite rate).

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d) .

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(d) .

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

38


Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit G-1 hereto or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.

Perfection Certificate Supplement ” means a certificate supplement in the form of Exhibit G-2 hereto or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Investment permitted under clause (c)  or clause (t)  of the definition of Permitted Investments.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets, cash and Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Sections 2.05(b) and 7.04 .

Permitted Debt Offering ” means any issuance of senior secured or junior secured or unsecured Indebtedness by any Loan Party after the Closing Date through an incurrence of term loans or through a public offering or private issuance of debt securities under Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, or otherwise; provided that, (a) such Indebtedness may be secured by a first priority Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien securing the Obligations (other than any Permitted Debt Offering Indebtedness incurred in the form of term loans, which shall not be secured by a first priority Lien on the Collateral), or may be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Obligations or may be unsecured; (b) such Indebtedness is not secured by any collateral other than the Collateral securing the Obligations; (c) such Indebtedness does not mature on or prior to the Latest Maturity Date of, at the time of incurrence thereof or have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than, the any then outstanding Class of Term Loans; (d) the covenants (excluding the Borrower’s ability to make Restricted Payments) and events of default in respect of such Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are substantially similar, or more favorable to the Loan Parties than, those governing the Senior Notes or are otherwise not more restrictive to the Loan Parties in the aggregate than those set forth in this Agreement (it being understood to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any Permitted Debt Offering, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Facility); (e) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the issuing Loan Party delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the issuing Loan Party has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements; and (f) none of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than the Loan Parties) is a guarantor or borrower under such Permitted Debt Offering. Any debt securities (including registered debt securities) issued by any Loan Party in exchange for any Indebtedness issued in connection with a Permitted Debt Offering in accordance with the terms of a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of such Permitted Debt Offering Indebtedness shall also be considered a Permitted Debt Offering.

 

39


Permitted Holders ” means (a) (i) CBS Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates, (ii) National Amusements, Inc. or any of its controlled Affiliates and (iii) Redstone Family Members, in each case from the Closing Date until such time as such Person beneficially owns less than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (it being understood that if any such Person subsequently acquires any Voting Stock of the Borrower it shall not, at such time, constitute a “Permitted Holder”) and (b) from and after the ETM Acquisition Closing Date, (i) Entercom or any of its controlled Affiliates and (ii) Field Family Members .

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) any Investment in the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(b) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

(c) any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and a Guarantor, or such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets (or all or substantially all of the property comprising a division, business unit or line of business of such Person) to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or any other Loan Party; provided :

(i) no Event of Default shall exist either immediately before or after such purchase or acquisition; and

(ii) Section 6.11 shall be complied with respect to such newly acquired Restricted Subsidiary and property;

and any Investment held by such Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and Guarantor; provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(d) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents (including Designated Non-Cash Consideration) and received in connection with a Disposition made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 7.04 or any other disposition of assets not constituting a Disposition;

(e) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date, in each case, as set forth on Schedule 1.01D or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date; provided , that the amount of any such Investment may only be increased as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date;

(f) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;

 

40


(ii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or

(iii) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates of the Borrower;

(g) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 7.02(b)(9) ;

(h) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.05(a) ;

(i) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02 ;

(j) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (2) , (6) , (8) and (9)  thereof);

(k) Investments consisting of (x) purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, services or equipment, or other similar assets or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business or (y) the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(l) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an Unrestricted Subsidiary, a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (or a Person who becomes a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary as a result of such Investment) or a joint venture engaged in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (l)  that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $200 million and (y) 4% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(m) Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any Person that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(b)(19) or any repurchases in connection therewith;

(n) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors and employees not in excess of $5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(o) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses, payroll expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower;

(p) any Investment in any Subsidiary or joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

41


(q) any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of Permitted Non-Cash Consideration, provided that (x) the aggregate fair market value of such Permitted Non-Cash Consideration so received during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $100 million and (y) such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Borrower at the time provided and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;

(r) any other Investment in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount at the time of such Investment;

(s) other Investments (including Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and other Persons that do not become Loan Parties) having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (s)  that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $200 million and (y) 4% of Total Assets;

(t) additional Acquisitions of a Person (or all or a substantial portion of the property comprising a division, business unit or line of business of a Person) that is engaged in a Similar Business; provided , that:

(i) no Default shall exist either immediately before or after such Acquisition;

(ii) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets (or all or a substantial portion of the property comprising a division, business unit or line of business of such Person) to, or is liquidated into, a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) Section 6.11 shall be complied with respect to such newly acquired Restricted Subsidiary and property; and

(iv) on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.0 to 1.0; and

(u) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt ” means any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of second lien (or other junior lien) secured notes or second lien (or other junior lien) secured loans; provided , that (a) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (b) such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (c) a Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, and (d) such Indebtedness meets the Permitted Other Debt Conditions. Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens ” has the definition assigned to such term in Section 7.01 .

 

42


Permitted Non-Cash Consideration ” means non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the lease, other disposition or provision of advertising time or other goods and services provided by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to customers in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Other Debt Conditions ” means that such applicable debt (a) does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default), in each case prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (b) is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, (c) to the extent secured, the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), and (d) in regard to any Refinancing Notes, the other terms and conditions (excluding pricing and optional prepayment or redemption terms and restrictions on the Borrower’s ability to make Restricted Payments) are substantially identical to or (taken as a whole) less favorable to the investors providing such Refinancing Notes than the those applicable to the Term Loans being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest final maturity date of the Term Loans Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such debt and it being understood that the terms contained in the Senior Notes Indenture satisfy the requirements of this clause (d) ); provided , that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness and drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this clause (d) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirements.

Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt ” means any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes; provided , that (a) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (b) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, (c) such Indebtedness, (i) unless incurred as a term loan under this Agreement, does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default), in each case prior to the date that is the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, and (ii) if incurred as a term loan under this Agreement, does not mature earlier than, or have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than, the applicable Refinanced Debt, (d) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is not incurred hereunder) are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (e) to the extent such Indebtedness is not incurred hereunder, a Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of an Intercreditor Agreement with the Administrative Agent and (f) such Indebtedness, if consisting of Refinancing Notes, satisfies clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Other Debt Conditions. Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided , that (a) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and (b) meets the Permitted Other Debt Conditions.

 

43


Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA established or maintained by any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02 .

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

“Prepayment Premium” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a)(iii) .

Pro Forma Basis ” and “ Pro Forma Compliance ” mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder, that such test or covenant shall have been calculated in accordance with Section 1.08 .

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time; provided , that if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments of Loans and other Obligations made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Projections ” means financial projections of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries through 2021 following the Closing Date, which will be prepared on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Closing Date Transactions and will include, without limitation, consolidated income statements (with Consolidated EBITDA clearly noted) and a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the Closing Date, all of which will be in form and substance and at levels reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers.

Public Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02 .

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Guarantor that, at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, has total assets exceeding $10 million and constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” with respect to such Swap Obligation at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Quarterly Financial Statements ” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016.

 

44


Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Facilities publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Ratio ” means each of (a) the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio, (b) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio and (c) the Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio.

Ratio Calculation Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.08(b) .

Real Property ” means, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased, licensed or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower formed for the sole purpose of, and that engages only in, the purchase and sale of accounts receivables under one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Recipient ” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender and any L/C Issuer, as applicable.

Redstone Family Members ” includes only the following Persons: (i) Mr. Sumner Redstone; (ii) the estate of Mr. Redstone; (iii) each descendant of Mr. Redstone or spouse or former spouse of Mr. Redstone and their respective estates, guardians, conservators or committees; (iv) any spouse or former spouse of Mr. Redstone; (v) each Family Controlled Entity (as defined below); and (vi) the trustees, in their respective capacities as such, of each Family Controlled Trust (as defined below). The term “ Family Controlled Entity ” means: (i) any not-for-profit corporation if more than 50% of its board of directors is composed of Redstone Family Members; (ii) any other corporation if more than 50% of the value of its outstanding equity is owned by Redstone Family Members; (iii) any partnership if more than 50% of the value of its partnership interests is owned by Redstone Family Members; and (iv) any limited liability or similar company if more than 50% of the value of the company is owned by Redstone Family Members. The term “ Family Controlled Trust ” includes certain trusts existing on the Closing Date and any other trusts the primary beneficiaries of which are Redstone Family Members, spouses of Redstone Family Members and/or charitable organizations, provided that if the trust is a wholly charitable trust, more than 50% of the trustees of such trust consist of Redstone Family Members.

 

45


Refinanced Debt ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness .”

Refinancing Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent, and (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.15 , and provided , that the Indebtedness pursuant to any such Refinancing Amendment (i) does not mature earlier than, or have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than, the applicable Refinanced Debt and (ii) is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(b) .

Refinancing Notes ” means Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the form of notes rather than loans.

Refinancing Series ” means all Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same yield (taking into account any applicable interest rate margin, original issue discount, up-front fees and any LIBOR “floor”) and amortization schedule (if any).

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05(c) .

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(c) .

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ” means, with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i) .

Reinvestment Event ” means any Disposition or Casualty Event in respect of which the Borrower has exercised its reinvestment rights pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(i) .

Rejection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(vi) .

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided , that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would be or become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

46


Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Representative ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Repricing Transaction ” means (x) with respect to the Term B Loans, any prepayment (including by way of any repricing, refinancing, replacement or conversion) of all or a portion of the initial Term B Loans with proceeds from the incurrence by the Borrower of any new indebtedness having an All-In Yield that is less than the All-In Yield of the initial Term B Loans (excluding any prepayments, repricings or refinancings in connection with a Change of Control) (as such comparable yields are determined in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices), including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the All-In Yield of the initial Term B Loans and (y) with respect to the Term B-1 Loans, any prepayment (including by way of any repricing, refinancing, replacement or conversion) of all or a portion of the Term B-1 Loans with proceeds from the incurrence by the Borrower of any new indebtedness having an All-In Yield that is less than the All-In Yield of the Term B-1 Loans (excluding any prepayments, repricings or refinancings in connection with a Change of Control) (as such comparable yields are determined in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices), including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the All-In Yield of the Term B-1 Loans.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, continuation or conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Class  Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders of a Class having more than 50% of the sum of (a) the Total Outstandings (with, in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility, the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) of all Lenders of such Class and (b) the aggregate unused Commitments of all Lenders of such Class; provided , that the unused Commitment and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender of such Class shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Class Lenders.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments, and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided , that the unused Term Commitment and unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

47


Required ECF Percentage ” means, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, 50%; provided , that (a) if the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but greater than 2.00 to 1.00, such percentage shall be 25%, and (b) if the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, such percentage shall be 0%.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II , any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Cash ” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to the Borrower, except for such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement and that is secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents.

Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05 .

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “ Restricted Subsidiary .”

Retained Percentage ” means, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Required ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

Revaluation Date ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (a) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (b) each date of an amendment or extension of any such Letter of Credit and (c) each date of any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(d) .

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and Class and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders of such Class pursuant to Section 2.01(b) .

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b) , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and

 

48


opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01A under the caption “ Revolving Credit Commitment ” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $250 million on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the amount of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the amount of the L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

Revolving Credit Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b) .

Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender to the Borrower.

Revolving Extension Offers ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a) .

S&P ” means S&P Global Ratings, a business unit of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing or licensing by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred for value by such Person to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing or licensing.

Same Day Funds ” means immediately available funds.

Sanction ” or “ Sanctions ” means (a) any sanctions administered or enforced by any Governmental Authority of the United States (including the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and the U.S. Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other applicable sanctions authority and (b) any applicable requirement of Law relating to terrorism or money laundering.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 hereto (which agreement in such form or with immaterial changes thereto the Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into) together with any material changes thereto in light of prevailing market conditions, which material changes shall be posted to the Lenders not less than five (5) Business Days before execution thereof and, if the Required Lenders shall not have objected to such changes within five (5) Business Days after posting, then the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have

 

49


agreed that the Administrative Agent’s entry into such intercreditor agreement (with such changes) is reasonable and to have consented to such intercreditor agreement (with such changes) and to the Administrative Agent’s execution thereof.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article VII that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. For the avoidance of doubt, Attributable Indebtedness will be considered to be secured by the asset that is the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.02 .

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means a securities account control agreement to be executed by the Collateral Agent, the applicable Loan Party and each institution maintaining a securities account for the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in each case as required by and in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iii) .

Senior Notes ” means $400 million in an aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 7.250% senior unsecured notes due 2024.

Senior Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture for the Senior Notes, dated as of October 17, 2016, between the Borrower, as issuer, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, and the other entities from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement.

Separation ” means the disposition of any or all of the Capital Stock of the Borrower held by CBS Corporation and its applicable Subsidiaries in one or a series of transactions, including by way of the IPO and by way of a tax-free split-off or tax-free spin-off, pursuant to which CBS Corporation will (a) offer its stockholders the option to exchange their shares of CBS Corporation’s common stock for shares of the Borrower’s common stock in an exchange offer or exchange offers, (b) distribute the Borrower’s common stock held by CBS Corporation and its applicable Subsidiaries on a pro rata basis to CBS Corporation’s shareholders whose CBS Corporation common stock remains outstanding after any exchanges are consummated, and/or (c) otherwise dispose of the Borrower’s Capital Stock.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, complimentary, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on the sum of its debts and other liabilities, including contingent liabilities; (c) such Person has not incurred

 

50


debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (d) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(g) .

Specified Transaction ” means, with respect to any period, any Acquisition, Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation (as “Restricted” or “Unrestricted”), merger, amalgamation, consolidation, Incremental Term Loan or Revolving Commitment Increase or any other transaction (including the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions) that by the terms of this Agreement requires “ Pro Forma Compliance ” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a “ Pro Forma Basis .”

Stations ” means those broadcast radio stations identified on Schedule 5.07(a) , together with any broadcast radio station acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:

(a) any Indebtedness of the Borrower which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations; and

(b) any Indebtedness of a Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranty of such Guarantor.

Subordinated Intercompany Note ” means any subordinated promissory note evidencing any intercompany debt (i) owed by the Borrower to CBS Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (that is not the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower), (ii) incurred within three (3) Business Days prior to the IPO, or, if earlier, on the date of pricing of the securities to be issued in the IPO, (iii) having a maturity no earlier than 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date, with mandatory prepayment using the net proceeds of the IPO, (iv) that by its terms is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (v) that is designated as such by the Borrower, which promissory note shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, or such other form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(a) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(i) more than 50% of the voting interests or general partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise; and

(ii) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

51


Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Successor Company ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(d) .

Survey ” means a survey of any Real Property subject to a Mortgage (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Real Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six (6) months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six (6) months prior to such date of delivery any material change to such Real Property, improvements or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Real Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Real Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than thirty (30) days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the subject Real Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the title company, (iv) compliant with the American Land Title Association requirements as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey including a survey endorsement, and (v) sufficient for the title company to issue a Title Policy, or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Swap ” means any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate swaps and options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ) , including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap.

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 .

 

52


Swing Line Facility ” means the swing line loan facility made available by the Swing Line Lenders pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Lender ” means JPM, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans or any successor or additional swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a) .

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Swing Line Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Swing Line Lender resulting from the Swing Line Loans.

Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $5 million and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Commitments.

Taxes ” means any present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax and penalties applicable thereto.

Tax Group ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(k) .

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Type and currency and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders.

Term B Commitmen t” means, as to each Term B Lender, its obligation to make a Term B Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01A under the caption “ Term Commitment ” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term B Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B Commitments as of the Closing Date is $1.06 billion.

Term B Lender ” means , at any time, any a Lender that has a Term with a Term B Commitment or a Term Loan at such time. holding Term B Loans.

Term B Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) .

Term B Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term B Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term B Lender resulting from the Term B Loans made by such Term B Lender.

Term B Prepayment Premium ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a)(iii).

 

53


Term B-1 Commitment ” means, as to each Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-1 Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(c) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-1 Commitments as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall be as set forth in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement but in no event shall it be in excess of $500 million.

Term B-1 Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement to this Agreement executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender with a Term B-1 Commitment (and which shall not require any further consent from any other Lender, Agent, Arranger or other Loan Party).

Term B-1 Lender ” means a Lender with a Term B-1 Commitment or holding Term B-1 Loans.

Term B-1 Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(c).

Term B-1 Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term B-1 Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form attached to the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term B-1 Lender resulting from the Term B-1 Loans made by such Term B-1 Lender.

Term B-1 Prepayment Premium ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a)(iv).

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Class, Type and currency and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period.

Term Commitment ” means the Term B Commitments, the Term B-1 Commitments and the obligation of any other Term Lender with respect to any other series of Term Loans to make a Term Loan of such series.

Term Lender ” means the Term B Lenders, the Term B-1 Lenders and each Lender holding Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans.

Term Loan ” means the Term B Loans, the Term B-1 Loans, the Incremental Term Loans of each series, the Extended Term Loans of each series and the Other Term Loans of each series, collectively.

Term Loan Standstill Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(b) .

Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by such Term Lender.

Term Extension Offers ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a) .

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended.

Threshold Amount ” means $35 million (or the equivalent thereof in any foreign currency).

 

54


Title Policy ” means a fully paid American Land Title Association form of policy of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) insuring the Lien of a Mortgage as a valid subsisting first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) on the mortgaged property and fixtures described therein in the amount equal to no more than the fair market value of such mortgaged property and fixtures, issued by a title company reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent which shall (a) to the extent necessary, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent; (b) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law (i.e., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount); (c) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit, doing business, non-imputation, public road access, survey, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot, revolving credit and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions, provided that, where the cost of a zoning endorsement is excessive in light of nature of the transaction the Administrative Agent shall reasonably consider the Borrower’s requests to waive such zoning endorsement and to provide a zoning opinion, report or other letter in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (d) affirmatively insure against loss arising out from or contain no exceptions to title other than Permitted Liens.

Total Assets ” means total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 as may be expressly stated without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Closing Date, with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.08 .

Total Revenues ” means total revenues of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent statement of income or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 , with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.08 .

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Transactions ” means (a)(i) the issuance and sale of the Senior Notes, (ii) the entering into of the Loan Documents and (iii) the borrowing of Term B Loans under this Agreement, (b) the issuance, dividend and/or distribution of the Subordinated Intercompany Note and any repayment thereof, (c) the consummation of the IPO, (d) the transfer of a portion of the aggregate proceeds (which may be substantially all of the net proceeds) of the Senior Notes, the Term B Loans and the IPO by the Borrower to, directly or indirectly, CBS Corporation, (e) the Separation and (f) in connection with the Separation, entry into and consummation of the transactions contemplated under a master separation agreement, a tax matters agreement, a transition services agreement, a joint digital services agreement, intellectual property license agreements and a registration rights agreement, in each case as disclosed in the offering memorandum for the Senior Notes.

Transfers ” means a collective reference to the Debt Proceeds Transfers and the IPO Proceeds Transfers.

Treasury Services Agreement ” means any agreement between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank relating to commercial credit or debit card, merchant card, or purchasing card programs (including non-card e-payables services), or treasury, depository, or cash management services (including automatic clearing house transfer of funds, overdraft, controlled disbursement, electronic funds transfer, lockbox, stop payment, return item and wire transfer services).

 

55


Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

U.S. Lender ” means any Lender that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Undisclosed Administration ” means in relation to a Lender the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(d) .

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Borrower, pursuant to Section 6.14 ); and

(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries are Restricted Subsidiaries.

USA Patriot Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15 .

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors (or equivalent body) or other governing body of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or scheduled redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (b) the sum of all such payments; provided , that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Refinanced Debt or any Indebtedness that is being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, the effects of any amortization or prepayments made on such Indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension shall be disregarded.

 

56


Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares required to be held by foreign nationals) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any U.S. federal withholding Tax, any other applicable withholding agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Section 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions .

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder “and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(d) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(e) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(g) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 1.03. Accounting Terms; GAAP .

(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with GAAP, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of this Agreement (including in determining compliance with any test or covenant contained herein) with respect to (i) any Test Period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the applicable Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such Test Period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis and (ii) any Test Period with respect to which testing is based on a Specified Transaction happening after the end of such Test Period, the applicable Ratio shall be calculated as if such Specified Transaction had taken place on the first day of such Test Period.

 

57


(c) If the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP (or in the application thereof) occurring after the Closing Date on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then the compliance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with such provision shall be determined on the basis of GAAP as in effect (and as applied) immediately before the relevant change became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such provision is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders. Until such notice is withdrawn or the relevant provision is so amended, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement setting forth a reconciliation between calculations made with respect to the relevant provision before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, in no event shall a lease obligation that does not constitute a Capitalized Lease Obligation under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof be treated as a Capitalized Lease Obligation for any purpose hereof.

Section 1.04. Rounding .

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).

Section 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by the Loan Documents, and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

Section 1.06. Times of Day .

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.07. Timing of Payment of Performance .

When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

58


Section 1.08. Pro Forma and Other Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, financial ratios and tests, including the Ratios, shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.08 ; provided , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b) , (c) , (d) or (e)  of this Section 1.08 , when calculating any Ratio for purposes of (i) the definition of “ Applicable Rate ” and (ii)  Section 7.09 (other than for the purpose of determining Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.09 ), the events described in this Section 1.08 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) In the event that the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the Test Period for which any Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the applicable Ratio is made (the “ Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the applicable Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period; provided , however , that, for purposes of any pro forma calculation of the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 7.02(a) , the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described under Section 7.02(b) .

(c) For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, Acquisitions, Dispositions, mergers, amalgamations and consolidations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to a business (as such term is used in Regulation S-X Rule 11-01 under the Securities Act), a company, a segment, an operating division or unit or line of business that the Borrower, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP (except as set forth in the last sentence of clause (d)  below) assuming that all such Investments, Acquisitions, Dispositions, mergers, amalgamations and consolidations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom (and, in the case of any pro forma calculation of Consolidated EBITDA , subject only to any limitations limitation set forth in clause (z) to the proviso to clause (a)(J) of the definition thereof of Consolidated EBITDA , to the extent applicable) had occurred on the first day of the Test Period. If since the beginning of such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, merger, amalgamation and consolidation, in each case with respect to a business (as such term is used in Regulation S-X Rule 11-01 under the Securities Act), a company, a segment, an operating division or unit or line of business that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.08 , then the applicable Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, merger and consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.

(d) For purposes of making the computation referred to above, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower as set forth in an officer’s certificate, to reflect reasonably identifiable and factually supportable operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any action taken or expected to be taken within twelve (12) months after the date of any Acquisition, amalgamation or merger ( and, in the case of any pro forma calculation of Consolidated EBITDA , subject only to any limitations the limitation set forth in clause (z) to the proviso to clause (a)(J) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, to the extent applicable); provided , that no such amounts shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such period.

 

59


(e) For purposes of calculation of any Ratio, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the applicable Test Period.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, when calculating any applicable ratio or determining other compliance with this Agreement (including the determination of compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom) in connection with a Specified Transaction undertaken in connection with the consummation of a Limited Condition Acquisition and the incurrence of any Indebtedness (and use of the proceeds thereof) in connection therewith, the date of determination of such ratio and determination of whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom or the date of determination of such other applicable covenant shall, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “ LCA Election ”), be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “ LCA Test Date ”) and if, after such ratios and other provisions are measured on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other Specified Transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness (including any Incremental Facility) and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the four consecutive fiscal quarter period being used to calculate such financial ratio ending prior to the LCA Test Date, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratios and provisions, such provisions shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if and after the Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, (x) if any of such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios and other provisions will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition and any related Specified Transaction and/or incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith are permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios and other provisions shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related Specified Transactions. If the Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio (specifically excluding the determination of the Applicable Rate and the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.09) or basket availability with respect to any other Specified Transaction on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated (I) on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated and (II) on a pro forma basis but without giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof).

Section 1.09. Letter of Credit Amounts.

Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto,

 

60


provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

Section 2.01. The Loans .

(a) The Term B Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term B Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on a pro rata basis on the Closing Date, Loans denominated in Dollars in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Term B Lender’s Term B Commitment. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term B Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower from its applicable Lending Office (each such loan, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day until the Business Day preceding the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided , that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; and provided , further , that on the Closing Date, any Revolving Credit Borrowings shall be limited to not more than $10 million solely to fund Closing Date Transaction Expenses and other expenses relating to the Transactions. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b) , prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b) . Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(c) The Term B-1 Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term B-1 Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on a pro rata basis on the ETM Acquisition Closing Date, Loans denominated in Dollars in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Term B-1 Lender’s Term B-1 Commitment. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(c) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term B-1 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. For the avoidance of doubt, Term B-1 Loans shall not constitute Incremental Term Loans.

Section 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (i) 2:00 p.m. (A) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) one (1) Business Day before the requested date of any Term Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Loans, or (ii) 10:00 a.m. on the requested date of any Revolving Credit Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by

 

61


delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Except as provided in Section 2.14(a) , each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $ 5 1  million, or a whole multiple of $1 million, in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c) , 2.04(c) , 2.14(a) or the last sentence of this paragraph, each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing, a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.02(a) . In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice; provided , that each such Appropriate Lender may, at its option, make its Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Appropriate Lender to make such Loan; provided , further , that any exercise of such option shall not affect in any manner the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 or, in the case of the Term B-1 Loans, Section 4.03 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are Swing Line Loans or L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first , to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowing, second , to the payment in full of any such Swing Line Loans, and third , to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive

 

62


in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the JPM prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than twelve (12) Interest Periods in effect.

(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

Section 2.03. Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment .

(i) Subject to Section 4.02 and all of the other terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the date that is thirty (30) days prior to the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, or in the sole discretion of such L/C Issuer in an Alternative Currency, for the account of the Borrower ( provided , that any Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) , and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit and (B) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03 ; provided , that no L/C Issuer shall be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (x) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, (y) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit or (z) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency would exceed $5 million; provided , that in the event Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch is an L/C Issuer, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch shall only be obligated to issue standby Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated

 

63


hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve (12) months after the date of issuance or last extension;

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless (1) each Appropriate Lender (in its sole discretion) has approved of such expiration date or (2) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of such requested Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer;

(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws binding upon such L/C Issuer;

(E) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;

(F) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(G) the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(H) any Revolving Credit Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which such L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion; or

(I) after giving effect to such issuance, (1) the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer would exceed such L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment or (2) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in any Alternative Currency would exceed $5 million in the aggregate.

(iii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(iv) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with

 

64


Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “ Administrative Agent ” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

(i) Subject to Section 4.02 , each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer during the period specified in Section 2.03(a) (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; and (e) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request (which may include the form of the requested Letter of Credit). In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to each L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as such L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the relevant L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the relevant L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the relevant L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices; provided , that each L/C Issuer may, at its option, issue such Letter of Credit or enter into such amendment, as the case may be, by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such L/C Issuer to issue such Letter of Credit or enter into such amendment, as the case may be; provided , further , that any exercise of such option by such L/C Issuer shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay or perform its Obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit or such amendment, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to (regardless of whether the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 have been satisfied), purchase from the relevant L/C Issuer without recourse or warranty a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

 

65


(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided , that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve (12) month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve (12) month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date (unless each Appropriate Lender (in its sole discretion) has approved a later expiry date); provided , that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its extended form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)(ii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied; provided , further , that the relevant L/C Issuer may permit any such extension to an expiry date later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date if the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer (it being understood and agreed that, in such case, the obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders to reimburse any drawing under such Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms hereof following the Letter of Credit Expiration Date shall terminate as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all of the Revolving Credit Lenders (in their sole discretion) have approved such later expiry date).

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately following any payment by an L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit with notice to the Borrower (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent (or directly to such L/C Issuer with a written notice to the Administrative Agent) in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing in (x) with respect to any Letter of Credit issued in Dollars, in Dollars or (y) with respect to any Letter of Credit issued in an Alternative Currency, in such Alternative Currency (or if requested by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Dollar Equivalent thereof in Dollars). If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent

 

66


shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ) , and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided , that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Revolving Credit Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available in Dollars (which in the case of any Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be based on the Dollar Equivalent of the Unreimbursed Amount thereof) (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 4:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .

(iv) Until a Revolving Credit Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, (C) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any Letter of Credit or any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of a Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (D) failure of the beneficiary to comply fully with conditions

 

67


required in order to demand payment under a Letter of Credit; or (E) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including without limitation, any of the events specified in Section 2.03(e); provided , that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , then, without limiting the other provisions of this agreement, such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the applicable L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (ii)  shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

68


(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that any Loan Party may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of the Loan Documents;

(vi) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the applicable L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against such L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuers. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than all documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Related Parties nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower from pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the

 

69


beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Related Parties, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e) ; provided , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of all documents specified in the Letter of Credit strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit, in each case, as determined in a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03(f) , the Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against any L/C Issuer for any liability arising out of the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such L/C Issuer, as determined in a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(g) Cash Collateral. (i) If an L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing that has not been repaid and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 to a Revolving Credit Borrowing cannot then be met, (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit for any reason remains outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn (and arrangements that are reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer have not otherwise been made), (iii) if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, require the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02 , (iv) if, after the issuance of any Letter of Credit, any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (v) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs and is continuing, then the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of (A) the applicable L/C Borrowing, in the case of the preceding clause (i), (B) all L/C Obligations, in the case of the preceding clauses (ii), (iii) and (v), or (C) such L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender that has not been re-allocated to Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with Section 2.17(a) in the case of the preceding clause (iv) , and shall do so not later than 4:00 p.m., on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (i)  through (iv) , (1) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 noon, or (2) if clause (1)  above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (v) , the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Credit Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at the Administrative Agent and may be invested in readily available Cash Equivalents. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) or

 

70


that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the deposit accounts at the Administrative Agent as aforesaid, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit outstanding pursuant to this Agreement equal to the Applicable Rate times the Dollar Equivalent of the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09 . Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in arrears in U.S. Dollars on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers. The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary equal to 0.125% of the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09 . Such fronting fees shall be due and payable in arrears on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account with respect to each Letter of Credit issued to the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof the customary issuance, presentation, drawing, amendment, transfer and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

(j) Conflict with Issuer Documents. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(k) Addition of an L/C Issuer. A Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Revolving Credit Lender and such agreement shall specify such additional L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional L/C Issuer.

(l) Applicability of ISP ; Limitation of Liability . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP and, as to

 

71


all matters not covered thereby, the laws of the State of New York shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable L/C Issuer shall not be responsible to the Borrower (or any other Person) for, and such L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of such L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where such L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

(m) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuers hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledge that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of any such Subsidiary inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the business of such Subsidiaries.

(n) Reporting of Letter of Credit Information . At any time that any Revolving Credit Lender other than the Person serving as the Administrative Agent is an L/C Issuer, then (i) on the last Business Day of each calendar month, (ii) on each date that a Letter of Credit is amended, terminated or otherwise expires, (iii) on each date that an L/C Credit Extension occurs with respect to any Letter of Credit, and (iv) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer (or, in the case of part (ii), (iii) or (iv), the applicable L/C Issuer) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a report setting forth in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent information (including any reimbursement, Cash Collateral, or termination in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer) with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer that is outstanding hereunder, including any auto-renewal or termination of auto-renewal provisions in such Letter of Credit. No failure on the part of any L/C Issuer to provide such information pursuant to this Section 2.03(n) shall limit the obligation of the Borrower or any Revolving Credit Lender hereunder with respect to its reimbursement and participation obligations, respectively, pursuant to this Section 2.03 .

(o) Deemed Issuance . Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Section 2.03 , the Borrower may designate letters of credit not otherwise constituting Letters of Credit hereunder issued by any L/C Issuer to be Letters of Credit hereunder by written notice to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent. Following such designation, such letter of credit shall be deemed to be a Letter of Credit hereunder for all purposes and any fees relating to such letter of credit shall be payable as set forth herein (in substitution for any fees set forth in the applicable letter of credit reimbursement agreements or applications relating to such letters of credit).

Section 2.04. Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04 , may in its sole discretion, make loans to the Borrower (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Swing Line Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided , that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the aggregate

 

72


Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender (other than the relevant Swing Line Lender), plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; provided , further , that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan; provided , further , that the Swing Line Lender shall be under no obligation to make Swing Line Loans at any time if any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless such Defaulting Lender’s participation in the Swing Line Loan would be reallocated, in full, to Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with Section 2.17(a) . Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.04 . Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the relevant Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the relevant Swing Line Lender of any Swing Line Loan Notice (by telephone or in writing), such Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the relevant Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to the funding of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing such Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the relevant Swing Line Lender will, not later than 4:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans . (A) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorize such Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . The relevant Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 4:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan, as applicable, to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(i) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with this Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the relevant Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by such Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

 

73


(ii) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by the Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (ii)  shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) (but not to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the relevant Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, such Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by such Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of a Swing Line Lender.

 

74


(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan, Eurodollar Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

Section 2.05. Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time elect to voluntarily prepay Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty (except as provided in clause (iii) below); provided , that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $ 5 1  million or a whole multiple of $1 million in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class (or Classes) and Type (or Types) of Loans and the order of Borrowing (or Borrowings) to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein; provided , that the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under this Section 2.05(a) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing or other repayment of all of the Facility or other transaction, which refinancing or transaction shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(i) , the Borrower may in its sole discretion select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares. Partial prepayments of the Term Loans of any Class   pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(i) shall be applied to the remaining scheduled amortization installments of the Term Loans of such Class  required under Section 2.07(a) as directed by the Borrower.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, elect to voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided , that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

 

75


(iii) In the event that, on or prior to the date that is twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, the Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of Term B Loans in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Term Lender, (I) in the case of clause (x) , a prepayment premium of 1% of the amount of the Term B Loans being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y) , a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment that have been repriced (in each case, the “ Term B Prepayment Premium ”).

(iv) In the event that, on or after the ETM Acquisition Closing Date and on or prior to the date specified in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement, the Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of Term B-1 Loans in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-1 Lender, the amounts set forth in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement (in each case, the “ Term B-1 Prepayment Premium ”).

(b) Mandatory .

(i) If (1) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 7.04 (excluding dispositions permitted by Section 7.04(m) , (s) (to the extent the proceeds thereof are received by Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) and (t) ) or (2) any Casualty Event occurs, that results in the realization or receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds in excess of $5 million, the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds an aggregate amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received; provided , that if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) is required to offer to repurchase Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided , that the portion of such Net Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such Net Proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) shall be reduced accordingly; provided , further , that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof; provided , further , that no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) with respect to such portion of such Net Proceeds that the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary shall have reinvested or entered into a binding commitment to reinvest or otherwise determined to reinvest (as set forth in a notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to be delivered on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of receipt of the applicable Net Proceeds), in each case in accordance with the definition of “ Net Proceeds ” and within the timeframe contemplated thereby.

 

76


(ii) If any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Closing Date (other than, in the case of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, Indebtedness not prohibited under Section 7.02 , other than Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness), the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt by such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

(iii) If for any reason the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at any time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall promptly prepay or cause to be promptly prepaid Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(iv) If, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, then not later than ten (10) Business Days after the date on which the Borrower is required to deliver annual financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Required ECF Percentage multiplied by the amount of Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period minus (B) to the extent not financed with the proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness having a maturity of more than twelve (12) months from the date of incurrence thereof and not previously deducted pursuant to this clause (B) in any prior period, the amount of any optional prepayments of principal made by the Borrower during such Excess Cash Flow Period of (1) Term Loans ( provided , that with respect to any prepayment of Term Loans below the par value thereof, the aggregate amount of such prepayment for purposes of this clause shall be the amount of the Borrower’s cash payment in respect of such prepayment) and (2) the Revolving Credit Loans (to the extent Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of, and at the time of, such prepayments).

(v) Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be paid to the Lenders applied on a pro rata basis to each then outstanding Class of Term Loans and shall be further applied within each Class of Term Loans to the Lenders of such Class of Term Loans in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares ( provided , that any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class (or Classes) of Refinanced Debt), subject to clause (vi) of this Section 2.05(b) . Partial prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied to the remaining scheduled amortization installments of the Term Loans required under Section 2.07(a) (other than the repayment to be made on the Maturity Date for the Term Loans) on a pro rata basis.

(vi) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Loans (and/or Cash Collateralization of L/C Obligations) required to be made pursuant to clauses (i)  through (iv) of this Section 2.05(b) promptly, and in no event more than three (3) Business Days, following the event giving rise to such mandatory prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of the Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the prepayment. Each Term Lender may reject all or a portion of its Pro Rata Share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the

 

77


Declined Proceeds ”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) , (ii) and (iv)  of this Section 2.05(b) by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed date of such prepayment. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Term Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans. Any Declined Proceeds remaining thereafter may be retained by the Borrower and/or applied for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

(vii) Funding Losses , Etc. All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05 . Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05(b) , so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05(b) , other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b) . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b) .

Section 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Optional. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to terminate the Revolving Credit Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit; provided , that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $ 5 1  million or any whole multiple of $1 million in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not elect to terminate or reduce (A) the Revolving Credit Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings would exceed the Revolving Credit Facility, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or (C) the Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(b) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06 . Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 10.13 ). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

 

78


Section 2.07. Repayment of Loans .

(a) Term Loans.

(i) The Borrower shall repay the Term B Loans in consecutive quarterly installments on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (or, in the case of the last installment, the Maturity Date for the Term B Loans), commencing on March 31, 2017, each of which installments shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Term B Loans on the Closing Date; provided , that with respect to the installment payable on the Maturity Date for the Term B Loans, such installment shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Term B Loans outstanding on such date. Each such repayment shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term B Lenders.

(ii) The Borrower shall repay the Term B-1 Loans in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement (which shall in no event exceed 1% per annum of the original principal amount thereof); provided , that with respect to the installment payable on the Maturity Date for the Term B-1 Loans, such installment shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans outstanding on such date. Each such repayment shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term B-1 Lenders.

(b) Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate principal amount of all of the Borrower’s Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.

(c) Swing Line Loans . The Borrower shall repay the aggregate principal amount of its Swing Line Loans on the earlier to occur of (i) the date five (5) Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility.

Section 2.08. Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b) , (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans.

(b)

(i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

79


(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

Section 2.09. Fees .

In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(h) and (i) :

(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate multiplied by the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and (B) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations; provided , that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrower prior to such time; and provided , further , that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fee on the Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. For the avoidance of doubt, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Aggregate Commitments for purposes of determining the commitment fee.

(b) Other Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in the Administrative Agent Fee Letter in the amounts and at the times so specified therein. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

Section 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees .

All computations of (a) interest for Base Rate Loans determined by reference to clause (b)  of the definition of “Base Rate” and (b) the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.09(a) shall, in each case, be made on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty five (365) days (or three hundred and sixty six

 

80


(366) days in a leap year), and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided , that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a) , each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.12. Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 3:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 3:00 p.m., shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

81


(c)

(i) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or an L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Appropriate Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuers, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Appropriate Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuers, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this clause (c)  shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not

 

82


joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.03 . If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

Section 2.13. Sharing of Payments .

Subject to Section 2.05(b)(vi) , if any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Parties at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be; provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender, and including any Revolving Credit Loans made by Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders pursuant to Section 2.14(d) ), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.17 , or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

 

83


Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

Section 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) The Borrower may, at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request (i) one or more additional tranches of term loans (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”) or (ii) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of any Facility (each such increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”); provided , that upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto), (A) no Default or Event of Default shall exist and (B) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.09 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 . Each tranche of Incremental Term Loans and each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25 million ( provided , that such amount may be less than $25 million if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence) ; provided that in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, if agreed to by the Lenders providing such Incremental Facility, the representations and warranties made by the Borrower shall be limited to customary “specified representations” and those representations of the seller or the target company (as applicable) included in the acquisition agreement related to such Limited Condition Acquisition that are material to the interests of the Lenders and that give the applicable parties the ability to terminate such acquisition agreement; (B) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or be caused by the Revolving Commitment Increase or incurrence of the Incremental Term Loan (provided that solely with respect to Incremental Term Loans incurred in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, to the extent the Lenders participating in such tranche of Incremental Term Loans agree, no Default shall exist at the time of the execution of the definitive documentation for such Limited Condition Acquisition and no Default under Section 8.01(a) or Event of Default under Sections 8.01(f) shall exist at the time such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated) and (C) subject to the terms of Section 1.08(f) in respect of Limited Condition Acquisitions, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.09 for the applicable Test Period (determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such incurrence of the Incremental Facility and any related prepayment of Indebtedness) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans and the Revolving Commitment Increases (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, those established in respect of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.16 ) shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount.

(b) Any Revolving Commitment Increase shall be on the same terms and pursuant to the same documentation applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility (including the maturity date in respect

 

84


thereof but excluding up-front commitment or similar fees); provided , the Applicable Rate with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility may be increased if necessary to be consistent with that required by the lenders providing the Revolving Commitment Increase. The Incremental Term Loans (i) shall have the same guarantees as, and rank pari passu or junior in right of payment and of security with, the Revolving Credit Loans and , the Term B Loans and the Term B-1 Loans ( provided , that any junior Liens on the Collateral incurred pursuant to any such Incremental Term Loans shall be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date with respect to the Term B Loans or Term B-1 Loans, (iii) shall not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans or Term B-1 Loans, (iv) shall be entitled to share in mandatory and voluntary prepayments on a ratable (or less than ratable, but in no event greater than ratable) basis with the Term B Loans or Term B-1 Loans, and (v) shall bear interest at rates and be entitled to upfront fees as shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable new Lenders; provided , however , that if the All-In Yield for any Incremental Term Loans shall exceed the All-In Yield with respect to the then-outstanding Term Term B Loans or Term B-1 Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the interest rate margins applicable to such Class of Term Loans shall be increased so that such excess shall be only 50 basis points. The Incremental Term Loans shall otherwise be on terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower; provided that, to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with the Term B Facility or Term B-1 Facility (except to the extent permitted by clauses (i)  through (v) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any Incremental Facility, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Term Loans) and subject to clauses (ii)  and (iii) above, the amortization schedule (if any) applicable to the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the lenders thereof.

(c) Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”); provided , that the Administrative Agent, each Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such Revolving Commitment Increases if such consent would be required under Section 10.06(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases shall become Commitments (or in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Credit Lender, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment shall, without the consent of the Agents or the Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to effect the provisions of this Section 2.14 , including without limitation to incorporate the applicable lenders in respect of Incremental Term Loans as “Lenders”, and the Incremental Term Loans as “Loans” and/or “Term Loans”, for all applicable purposes hereunder, including the definition of Required Lenders and to establish any tranche of Incremental Term Loans as an independent Class or Facility, as applicable (unless specified in the applicable Incremental Amendment to form an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans) . The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to such further conditions as the Borrower and the applicable Lenders and Additional Lenders shall agree. The Borrower may use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases, unless it so agrees.

 

85


(d) Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14 , (a) each Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Revolving Commitment Increase (each a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ”), and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (b) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Credit Loans under the applicable Facility outstanding, such Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans to be made by the Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders to the extent and such that the percentage of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Loans held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment (reflecting such increase in Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05 . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14 or in Article IV or otherwise in this Agreement, so long as no Event of Default has occurred pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or (f) , the lenders providing any Incremental Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Acquisition may agree to modify the conditionality with respect to such Incremental Term Loans such that the Permitted Acquisition may be consummated on a “certain funds” basis. [Reserved].

(f) The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to, if requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date (conformed as appropriate, including to reflect any Incremental Term Loans provided on a “certain funds” basis) and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that such Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Credit Increase is provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents.

(g) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

Section 2.15. Refinancing Amendments .

(a) On one or more occasions after the Closing Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans of any Class  then outstanding under this Agreement, in the form of Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments, pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of

 

86


each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not require compliance with Section 7.09 for any incurrence of Other Term Loans) and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date (conformed as appropriate) and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents.

(b) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.15(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) $25 million or (y) an integral multiple of $5 million in excess thereof, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree in its discretion.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto, including without limitation to incorporate the applicable lenders in respect of Other Term Loans as “Lenders”, and the Other Term Loans as “Loans” and/or “Term Loans”, for all applicable purposes hereunder, including the definition of Required Lenders and to establish any tranche of Other Term Loans an independent Class or Facility, as applicable, and (ii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.15 , and the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment, which shall not, for the avoidance of doubt be subject to Section 10.01 .

Section 2.16. Extension Offers .

(a) Pursuant to one or more offers made from time to time by the Borrower to all Term Lenders of a particular Class by notice to the Administrative Agent, on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding Term Loans of such Class) and on the same terms (“ Term Extension Offers ”), the Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate transactions with individual Term Lenders from time to time to extend the maturity date of such Lender’s Term Loans and to otherwise modify the terms of such Lender’s Term Loans pursuant to the terms of the relevant Term Extension Offer (including increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans and/or modifying the amortization schedule (if any) in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans); provided , that it is understood and agreed that no Term Lender will have any obligation to accept or commit to any such Term Extension Offer. Pursuant to one or more offers made from time to time by the Borrower to all Revolving Credit Lenders by notice to the Administrative Agent, on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Commitments) and on the same terms (“ Revolving Extension Offers ” and, together with Term Extension Offers, “ Extension Offers ”), the Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate transactions with individual Revolving Credit Lenders from time to time to extend the maturity date of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments and to otherwise modify the terms of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Revolving Extension Offer (including increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments); provided , that it is understood and agreed that no Revolving Credit Lender will have any obligation to accept or commit to any such Revolving Extension Offer. For the avoidance of doubt, the reference to “on the same terms” in the preceding sentences shall mean, (i) when comparing Term Extension Offers, that the Term Loans are offered to be extended for the same amount of time and that the interest rate changes and fees payable in respect thereto are the same and (ii) when comparing Revolving Extension Offers, that the Revolving Credit Commitments are offered to be

 

87


extended for the same amount of time and that the interest rate changes and fees payable in respect thereto are the same. Any such extension (an “ Extension ”) agreed to between the Borrower and any such Lender (an “ Extending Lender ”) will be established under this Agreement by implementing an additional tranche of term loans (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not count as an Incremental Term Loan for purposes of calculating the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount) for such Lender, if such Lender is extending an existing Term Loan (such extended Term Loan, an “ Extended Term Loan ”)) or a Revolving Credit Commitment subject to the applicable Extension (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not count as a Revolving Credit Increase for purposes of calculating the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount) for such Lender, if such Lender is extending an existing Revolving Credit Commitment (such extended Revolving Credit Commitment, an “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitment ”).

(b) The Borrower and each Extending Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Loan Extension Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of such Extending Lender. Each Loan Extension Agreement shall specify the terms of the applicable Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments; provided , that (i) except as to interest rates, fees, amortization, final maturity date, collateral arrangements and voluntary and mandatory prepayment arrangements (which shall, subject to clauses (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the Borrower and set forth in the Extension Offer), the Extended Term Loans shall have (x) the same terms as the Term B Loans or Term B-1 Loans, as applicable , or (y) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Maturity Date for the Term B Loans or Term B-1 Loans, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans or Term B-1 Loans and (iv) except as to interest rates, fees, final maturity, collateral arrangements, voluntary and mandatory prepayment arrangements and commitment reduction arrangements (which may provide for Extended Revolving Credit Commitments to share less than ratably relative to non-Extended Revolving Credit Commitments), any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment shall be a Revolving Credit Commitment with the same terms as the existing Revolving Credit Commitments, and funded and repaid ratably with such existing Revolving Credit Commitments. Upon the effectiveness of any Loan Extension Agreement, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments evidenced thereby and other changes necessary to preserve the intent of this Agreement without the consent of any other Lender and without regard to Section 10.01 , including without limitation to incorporate the Extending Lenders as “Lenders”, and the Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments as “Loans” and/or “Term Loans” and/or Commitments, for all applicable purposes hereunder, including the definition of Required Lenders and to establish any tranche of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments as an independent Class or Facility, as applicable. Any such deemed amendment may, at the Borrower or the Administrative Agent’s request, be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(c) Upon the effectiveness of any such Extension, the applicable Extending Lender’s Term Loan will be automatically designated an Extended Term Loan and/or such Extending Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment will be automatically designated an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment. For the avoidance of doubt, the commitments and obligations of any Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer can only be extended pursuant to an Extension or otherwise with such Person’s consent.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including this Section 2.16 ), (i) no Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment; provided , that the

 

88


aggregate amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment for any new Class of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments made in connection with any Extension Offer shall be at least $25 million, (ii) any Extending Lender may extend all or any portion of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to one or more Extension Offers (subject to applicable proration in the case of over participation) (including the extension of any Extended Term Loan and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment), (iii) there shall be no condition to any Extension of any Loan or Revolving Credit Commitment at any time or from time to time other than notice to the Administrative Agent of such Extension and the terms of the Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment implemented thereby, (iv) the interest rate limitations referred to in the proviso to clause (e)  of Section 2.14(b) shall not be implicated by any Extension and (v) all Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(e) Each extension shall be consummated pursuant to procedures set forth in the associated Extension Offer; provided , that the Borrower shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent prior to making any Extension Offer to establish reasonable procedures with respect to mechanical provisions relating to such Extension, including timing, rounding and other adjustments.

Section 2.17. Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of a Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment. Subject to Section 10.22 , no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(b) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans . If the reallocation described in Section 2.17(a) cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to the Borrower hereunder or under law, (x)  first , prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lenders’ Fronting Exposure and (y)  second , Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(g) .

(c) New Swing Line Loans/Letters of Credit . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan and (ii) no L/C Issuer shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

(d) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer agree in writing that a Revolving Credit Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements

 

89


with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of the other Revolving Credit Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held pro rata by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the Revolving Credit Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.17(a) ), whereupon such Revolving Credit Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE III

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

Section 3.01. Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by any Loan Party to or for the account of any Recipient under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Law. If any Withholding Agent shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any such payment, (i) the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deductions, (ii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall pay the full amount so deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws, (iii) as soon as practicable after the date of such payment, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent the original or a copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, a copy of the tax return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (iv) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01(a) ), the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made.

(b) In addition, the Borrower and Guarantors agree to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, mortgage recording or similar Taxes which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, excluding any such Taxes imposed as a result of an assignment by a Lender (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 10.13 ) that are Other Connection Taxes (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) The Borrower and each Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, for (i) the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01 ) payable by such Recipient, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Status of Lenders . Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by any Laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be

 

90


made to such Lender under any Loan Document. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by any Laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Each Lender shall, whenever any such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 3.01(d) ) becomes obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(1) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding;

(2) Each Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the Borrower or Administrative Agent) on or before the date on which it becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or any successor form) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor form),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) two (2) properly completed and duly executed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 (any such certificate, a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (B) two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or any successor form), or

(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2 or Exhibit J-3, IRS Form W-9, IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) and/or any other required information, certification or documentation from each beneficial owner, as applicable ( provided , that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a United States Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-4 on behalf of such direct or indirect partner (or partners));

 

91


(3) Any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), two (2) properly completed and duly executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United States federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law (including the Treasury Regulations) to permit any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(4) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For purposes of this clause (4) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement and any intergovernmental agreement or similar agreement intended to facilitate compliance with, or otherwise related to FATCA.

(e) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.01 shall use its reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office if such a change would reduce any such additional amounts in the future and would not, in the sole good faith determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

(f) If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith that it has received a refund in respect of any Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it pursuant to this Section 3.01 , it shall promptly remit to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made or additional amounts paid under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Recipient (including any Taxes imposed with respect to such refund) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided , that such indemnifying party, upon the request of such Recipient, agrees to promptly repay to such Recipient the amount paid over to it pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 3.01(f) ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority), in the event such Recipient is required to repay such refund to the relevant Governmental Authority. This Section 3.01(f) shall not be construed to require any Lender or Agent to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, the term “ Lender ” shall, for purposes of this Section 3.01 , include any Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer.

 

92


Section 3.02. Illegality .

If any Lender determines in good faith in its reasonable discretion that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

Section 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates .

If in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) the Administrative Agent determines that (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan or (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (b) the Required Lenders determine that for any reason the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

93


Section 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(d) ) or any L/C Issuer;

(ii) subject any Lender or any L/C Issuer to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or such L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for (i) Indemnified Taxes indemnifiable under Section 3.01 and (ii) Excluded Taxes); or

(iii) impose on any Lender or any L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or, in the case of clause (ii)  above, any Loan), or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender or such L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered, to the extent such compensation is sought from similarly situated Borrower.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or any L/C Issuer determines in good faith in its reasonable discretion that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then, to the extent such compensation is sought from similarly situated borrowers, the Borrower, upon request of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or an L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clauses (a)  or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan; provided the Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

 

94


Section 3.05. Funding Losses .

Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan;

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurodollar Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 ;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

Section 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .

(a) Except with respect to any requests for compensation or indemnification under Section 3.01 (requests for which shall be governed by Section 3.01(c)), any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to Section 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or any L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation; provided , that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such one hundred and eighty (180) day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.04 , the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans, or, if applicable, to

 

95


convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided , that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue any Eurodollar Rate Loan, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.06(b) hereof, such Lender’s applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans (or, if such conversion is not possible, repaid) on the last day (or days) of the then current Interest Period (or Interest Periods) for such Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02 , on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

(i) to the extent that such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

(ii) all Loans that would otherwise be made or continued from one Interest Period to another by such Lender as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans (if possible), and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

(d) If any Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of any of such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurodollar Rate Loans made by other Lenders under the applicable Facility are outstanding, if applicable, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day (or days) of the next succeeding Interest Period (or Interest Periods) for such outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurodollar Rate Loans under such Facility and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments for the applicable Facility.

Section 3.07. Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, any L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender or such L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or any L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .

 

96


Section 3.08. Survival .

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, resignation of the Administrative Agent and any assignment of rights by, or replacement of, a Lender or L/C Issuer.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

Section 4.01. Conditions to the Initial Credit Extensions .

The obligation of each L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party (to the extent a Loan Party is party thereto), each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement;

(ii) an original Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) executed counterparts of the Administrative Agent Fee Letter;

(iv) a security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto (together with each security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 , in each case as amended, the “ Security Agreement ”), duly executed by each Loan Party, together with:

(A) except to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.13(c) , certificates and instruments, if any, representing the applicable Collateral referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers or instruments of transfer executed in blank,

(B) financing statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Security Agreement,

(C) copies of UCC, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy searches and pending lawsuit searches, or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents (together with copies of such financing statements and documents) that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is

 

97


organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that are required by the Perfection Certificate or that the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Collateral Documents (other than Permitted Liens),

(D) a Perfection Certificate duly executed by each of the Loan Parties,

(E) a Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement and Trademark Security Agreement (as each such term is defined in the Security Agreement and to the extent applicable) (together with each other intellectual property security agreement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 , in each case as amended or supplemented, the “ Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”), duly executed by each applicable Loan Party, together with evidence that all action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Intellectual Property Security Agreement has been taken, and

(F) Control Agreements, duly executed by the Collateral Agent, each applicable Loan Party and each applicable depository bank or securities intermediary, with respect to all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date (other than Excluded Accounts);

(v) such certifications of resolutions or other action and incumbency certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;

(vi) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed;

(vii) a favorable opinion of each of (A) Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, counsel to the Loan Parties, and (B) Lerman Senter PLLC, FCC counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers;

(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied;

(ix) (A) the Audited Financial Statements; (B) the Quarterly Financial Statements; and (C) the Projections;

(x) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Closing Date Transactions, from the Borrower’s Vice President and Assistant Secretary, substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto;

(xi) to the extent required by Section 6.07 , (A) proof of insurance policies (including flood insurance, if applicable) and any endorsements thereto and (B) evidence that all such insurance policies name the Collateral Agent as additional insured (in the case of liability insurance and property insurance) or loss payee (solely in the case of property insurance), as applicable; and

(xii) a funds flow memorandum executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

98


(b) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, each of the Agents and the Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities with respect to the Loan Parties reasonably requested by such Agent or Lender at least ten (10) days prior to such date under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act;

(c) (i) all fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid; (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid and (iii) all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent shall have been paid, to the extent invoiced;

(d) the Arrangers shall be reasonably satisfied (i) that all necessary regulatory, governmental and corporate approvals and consents have been received and (ii) with the outstanding indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the Closing Date;

(e) the Arrangers shall have received public ratings for the Facilities from each of S&P and Moody’s, and a public corporate credit rating and a public corporate family rating in respect of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Closing Date Transactions from each of S&P and Moody’s; and

(f) since December 31, 2015, there shall not have occurred any event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.03(e) , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 4.02. Conditions to All Credit Extensions after the Closing Date .

Following the Closing Date, the obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than (i)  a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans , (ii) a Borrowing of Term B-1 Loans on the ETM Acquisition Closing Date and (iii) a Credit Extension of an Incremental Facility in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition ) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension (except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date); provided , that, to the extent that such representations and warranties are qualified by materiality, material adverse effect or similar language, they shall be true and correct in all respects.

(b) No Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the relevant Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

99


Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.02 or in Section 2.14 , so long as no Event of Default has occurred pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or (f) , the lenders providing any Incremental Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Acquisition may agree to modify the conditionality with respect to such Incremental Term Loans such that the Permitted Acquisition may be consummated on a “certain funds” basis.

Section 4.03. Conditions to the Initial Credit Extension of Term B-1 Loans.

The obligation of each Term B-1 Lender to make its initial Credit Extension of Term B-1 Loans hereunder on the ETM Acquisition Closing Date is subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) None of CBS Corporation, the Borrower or Entercom shall have waived, amended or provided any consent with respect to, any term of condition of the ETM Acquisition Agreement (including the exhibits thereto) in a manner that materially and adversely affects the interests of the Term B-1 Lenders in their capacities as such without the prior written consent of the Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) (it being understood and agreed that (1) any change in the Exchange Ratio (as defined in the ETM Acquisition Agreement) that is not in excess of 10% shall be deemed not to be adverse to the interests of the Term B-1 Lenders and (2) any modifications to any of the “Xerox provisions” shall be deemed to be adverse to the interests of the Term B-1 Lenders). The ETM Acquisition, the ETM Contribution and the ETM Distributions shall each have been, or shall substantially concurrently with the funding of the Term B-1 Loans be, consummated in accordance with the terms of the ETM Acquisition Agreement and the Master Separation Agreement.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the funding of the Term B-1 Loans, the ETM Refinancing shall have occurred.

(c) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party (to the extent party thereto), each dated the ETM Acquisition Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the ETM Acquisition Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement;

(ii) an original Term B-1 Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Term B-1 Lender requesting a Term B-1 Note at least three (3) Business Days prior to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date;

(iii) supplements to the Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement from Entercom Radio LLC, together with:

(A) certificates, if any, representing the Equity Interests of Entercom Radio LLC, accompanied by undated stock powers or instruments of transfer executed in blank,

 

100


(B) financing statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Collateral Documents, covering the Collateral of Entercom Radio LLC, and

(C) a Perfection Certificate duly executed by Entercom Radio LLC.

(E) such certifications of resolutions or other action and incumbency certificates of Responsible Officers of Entercom Radio, LLC as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Entercom Radio, LLC is a party or is to be a party;

(iv) such customary documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent or Goldman Sachs Bank USA may reasonably require to evidence that Entercom Radio, LLC is duly organized or formed;

(v) a favorable opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Goldman Sachs Bank USA;

(vi) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in clauses (f) and (g) below have been satisfied;

(vii) (a)(x) the audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of operations, invested equity and cash flow of the Borrower and (y) audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Entercom for the last three full fiscal years, in each case ended at least 90 days prior to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date and (b)(x) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and (y) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Entercom, in each case for each subsequent interim quarterly period ended at least 45 days prior to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date (excluding the fourth quarter of any fiscal year); and

(viii) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions, from the Borrower’s Chief Financial Officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto;

(d) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date, the Borrower shall have delivered all documentation and other information required by U.S. regulatory authorities with respect to the Loan Parties reasonably requested in writing by such Agent or Lender at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and anti-terrorist financing rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act;

 

101


(e) (i) all costs, fees, expenses (including reasonable and documented legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses) and other compensation and amounts otherwise payable to the Arrangers, the Term B-1 Lenders or any of their respective affiliates as shall have been agreed in writing by the Borrower and are required to be paid to the Arrangers or their respective affiliates on or before the ETM Acquisition Closing Date in connection with the Term B-1 Loans shall have been, or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Term B-1 Loans shall be, paid to the extent due and payable (in the case of expenses, to the extent invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date) and (ii) all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent shall have been paid, to the extent invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date;

(f) except as otherwise disclosed or identified in (i) the Acquiror SEC Documents (as defined in the ETM Acquisition Agreement) filed on or prior to February 2, 2017 (excluding any risk factor disclosure and disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer included in such Acquiror SEC Documents to the extent they are predictive, forward-looking or primarily cautionary in nature), or (ii) subject to Section 10.8(b) of the ETM Acquisition Agreement, the corresponding section of the Disclosure Letter delivered by CBS Corporation and the Borrower to the Arrangers on February 2, 2017, and except as expressly contemplated by the ETM Acquisition Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements (as defined in the ETM Acquisition Agreement), since December 31, 2016, there has not occurred any Acquiror Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the ETM Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 2, 2017).

(g) (i) Each of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 5.01(a) (limited to existence), Section 5.01(b)(ii), Section 5.02(a), Section 5.02(b), Section 5.02(c)(i) (limited to the entry into the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement, the borrowing of the Term B-1 Loans and the granting of Liens to secure the Term B-1Loans), Section 5.04, Section 5.13, Section 5.17(b), Section 5.19 (other than with respect to any Collateral (other than to the extent that a Lien on such Collateral may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code) that is not or cannot reasonably be provided or perfected on the ETM Acquisition Closing Date), Section 5.20(c) and the last sentence of Section 5.20(d) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the ETM Acquisition Closing Date (except that any such representation that is qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) and (ii) the representations and warranties made by Entercom in the ETM Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Term B-1 Lenders (in their capacities as such) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the ETM Acquisition Closing Date but only to the extent that CBS Corporation or the Borrower has the right (determined without regard to any notice requirement) to terminate its obligations under the ETM Acquisition Agreement or decline to consummate the ETM Acquisition as a result of the failure of such representation to be accurate.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.03(e), for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.03, each of the Term B-1 Lenders and the Administrative Agent that has signed the Term B-1 Joinder Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent and Goldman Sachs Bank USA shall have received notice in writing from such Lender prior to the proposed ETM Acquisition Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

102


ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that:

Section 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws .

Each Loan Party (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business as currently conducted and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all Laws, orders, writs and injunctions and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) , (c) , (d) or (e) , to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention .

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Closing Date Transactions, (a) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (c) do not and will not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01) (x) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject or (y) any agreement to which such Person is a party; or (iii) violate any material Law; except with respect to any conflict, breach, violation or contravention referred to in clause (ii)  or (iii) , to the extent that such conflict, breach, violation or contravention would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Closing Date Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, or (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof), except for (i) filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect (or, with respect to consummation of the Transactions, will be duly obtained, taken, given or made and will be in full force and effect, in each case within the time period required to be so obtained, taken, given or made) and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

103


Section 5.04. Binding Effect .

This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is a party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity, (b) the need for filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and (c) the effect of foreign Laws, rules and regulations as they relate to pledges of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries (other than those pledges made under the Laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary).

Section 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements and the Quarterly Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, (i) except as otherwise expressly noted therein and (ii) subject, in the case of the Quarterly Financial Statements, to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.06. Litigation .

There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (other than actions, suits, proceedings and claims in connection with the Transactions) that either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.07. FCC Licenses and Matters .

(a) The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries hold the FCC Licenses, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 5.07(a) hereto contains a list showing each Station and the holder of the FCC License for each Station as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, each FCC License set forth on Schedule 5.07(a) is valid and in full force and effect and the FCC has renewed each such FCC License for a full license term.

(b) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no condition imposed by the FCC as part of any FCC License, other than conditions either set forth on the face thereof as issued by the FCC, contained in the rules and regulations of the FCC or the Communications Act of 1934 (as amended, the “ Communications Act ”), or applicable generally to stations of the type, nature, class or location of the Station in question. Each Station has been and is being operated in accordance with the terms, conditions and requirements of the FCC Licenses applicable to it and the rules, orders, regulations, and other applicable requirements of the FCC and the Communications Act (including, without limitation, the FCC’s rules, regulations and published policies relating to the operation of transmitting and studio equipment) (collectively, the “ Communications Laws ”), except where the failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

104


(c) No proceedings are pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, are threatened which may result in the revocation, modification, non-renewal or suspension of any of the FCC Licenses, the denial of any pending applications, the issuance of any cease and desist order or the imposition of any fines, forfeitures or other administrative actions by the FCC with respect to any Station or its operations, other than any matters which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and proceedings affecting the radio broadcasting industry in general.

(d) All reports, applications and other documents required to be filed by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with the FCC with respect to the Stations and the Closing Date Transactions have been timely filed, and all such reports, applications and documents are true, correct and complete in all respects, except where the failure to make such timely filing or any inaccuracy therein would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has knowledge of any matters that would reasonably be expected to result in the suspension or revocation of or the refusal to renew any of the FCC Licenses for the Stations or the imposition on the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any material fines or forfeitures by the FCC, or which would reasonably be expected to result in the suspension, revocation, rescission, reversal or materially adverse modification of any Station’s authorization to operate as currently authorized under the rules and regulations of the FCC and the Communications Act.

(e) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has knowledge of any matters that would reasonably be expected to result in (i) the suspension or revocation of or the refusal to renew any of the FCC Licenses, (ii) the imposition on the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any material fines or forfeitures by the FCC, or (iii) the suspension, revocation, rescission, reversal or modification of any Station’s authorization to operate as authorized as of the date this representation is made under the rules and regulations of the FCC and the Communications Act, in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) There are no unsatisfied or otherwise outstanding citations or other notices issued by the FCC with respect to any Station or its operations that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens .

Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good, sufficient and record title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all Real Property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except (i) as set forth on Schedule 5.08 , (ii) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes, (iii) Permitted Liens and (iv) where the failure to so have would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09. Environmental Compliance .

(a) There are no claims, actions, suits, or proceedings against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries alleging liability or responsibility for violation of, or otherwise relating to, any Environmental Law, and there is no Environmental Liability, that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

105


(b) The Real Property currently owned, leased, licensed, or operated by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09(b) or except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the Real Property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no and never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any Real Property currently owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to its knowledge, on any Real Property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any Real Property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of by any Person on any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and Hazardous Materials have not otherwise been released, discharged or disposed of by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries at any other location.

(d) The Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries does not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, which violations, remedial actions and liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any Real Property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner that would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under or relating to any Environmental Law.

Section 5.10. Taxes .

Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries has filed all Tax returns required to be filed, and has paid all Taxes required to be paid by it, that are due and payable, except those Taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP.

Section 5.11. ERISA Compliance .

(a) Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (ii) none of any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred

 

106


which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iii) none of any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that would reasonably be expected to be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(b) , as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The Foreign Plans of the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the requirements of any Law applicable in the jurisdiction in which the relevant Foreign Plan is maintained, in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.12. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests .

As of the Closing Date (after giving effect to any part of the Transactions that is consummated on or prior to the Closing Date), no Loan Party has any material Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests owned by the Loan Parties in such material Subsidiaries have been validly issued and are fully paid and all Equity Interests owned by a Loan Party in such material Subsidiaries are owned free and clear of all Liens except (a) those created under the Collateral Documents; and (b) any Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01 . As of the Closing Date, Schedules 1(a) and 9(a) and 9(b) to the Perfection Certificate (a) set forth the name and jurisdiction of each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Loan Party and (b) set forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any Subsidiary thereof in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership.

Section 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged in, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB (“ Margin Stock ”)), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or any purpose that violates Regulation U.

(b) None of the Loan Parties or any of the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 5.14. Disclosure .

The reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information (other than as set forth below and other than information of a general economic or industry nature) (a) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Transactions and the negotiation of this Agreement, when taken as a whole, do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading, and (b) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when taken as a whole, are true and correct in all material respects; provided , that, with respect to projected financial information and pro forma financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.

 

107


Section 5.15. OFAC, Patriot Act and Anti-Terrorism Laws .

(a) None of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of the Borrower’s directors or officers, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any employees or agents of the Borrower or any directors, officers, employees or agents of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, is a Person that is, or is owned 50% or more, individually or in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, or controlled by Persons that are, (i) the subject of Sanctions, (ii) in violation of any applicable requirement of Law relating to Sanctions, or (iii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, currently including (as of the Closing Date) Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria.

(b) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (as amended, the “ USA Patriot Act ”), and OFAC.

(c) None of the Loan Parties (i) is a blocked person described in Section 1.1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, is in violation of the Anti-Terrorism Order.

Section 5.16. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc .

Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries owns, licenses or possesses the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, technology, software, know-how database rights, design rights and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are used or held for use in connection with and reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to so own, license or possess the right to use any such IP Rights would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No IP Rights and, to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, no advertising, product, process, method, substance, part or other material, in each case used by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted infringes upon any rights held by any other Person except for such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the IP Rights, is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

As of the Closing Date, (i) each Loan Party owns each copyright, patent or trademark listed in Schedule 13(a) or 13(b) to the Perfection Certificate and (ii) all registrations listed in Schedule 13(a) or 13(b) to the Perfection Certificate are valid and in full force and effect, except, in each case, to the extent failure to own or possess such right to use or of such registrations to be valid and in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.17. Solvency .

(a) On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Closing Date Transactions, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis taken as a whole, are Solvent.

(b) On the ETM Acquisition Closing Date after giving effect to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis taken as a whole, are Solvent.

 

108


Section 5.18. FCPA .

No Loan Party, none of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries acting in his/her capacity as such, has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such Persons of the FCPA, including making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

Section 5.19. Security Documents .

(a) Security Agreement. The Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent intended to be created thereby and (i) when financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate and (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by the Security Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect)), the Liens created by the Collateral Documents shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in (to the extent intended to be created thereby), all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing financing statements or taking possession or control, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) PTO Filing; Copyright Office Filing . In addition to the actions taken pursuant to Section 5.19(a)(i) , when the Security Agreement or a short form thereof (including any Intellectual Property Security Agreement) is properly filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, the Liens created by such Security Agreement (or Intellectual Property Security Agreement) shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors (to the extent intended to be created thereby) in Patents (as defined in the Security Agreement) and Trademarks (as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or Copyrights (as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered or applied-for Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights acquired by the grantors thereof after the Closing Date).

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein (including this Section 5.19 ) or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party makes any representation or warranty as to the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest (other than with respect to those pledges and security interests made under the Laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary) in any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender with respect thereto, under foreign Law.

 

109


Section 5.20. Use of Proceeds .

(a) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Term B Loans solely for the following purposes: (i) for the Debt Proceeds Transfer; (ii) to make Investments, Acquisitions and Restricted Payments, in each case, to the extent permitted hereunder; and/or (iii) to fund working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Closing Date Transaction Expenses and other expenses relating to the Transactions.

(b) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans solely to fund working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on or after the Closing Date.

(c) No proceeds of the Loans will be used in violation of OFAC or the other Sanctions by (i) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) to the Borrower’s knowledge as of the time of the applicable Loan, any other Person.

(d) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Term B-1 Loans solely to consummate the ETM Refinancing, to redeem or otherwise retire the preferred stock, par value $0.01, per share, of Entercom, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions and for general corporate purposes. No portion of the Term B-1 Loans will be used in violation of the FCPA or the Patriot Act.

ARTICLE VI

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable remains unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (and not Cash Collateralized), each of the Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to:

Section 6.01. Financial Statements .

(a) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, within one-hundred and five (105) days after the end of such fiscal year) beginning with the 2016 fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than any qualification that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (i) an upcoming maturity date of the Revolving Facility within one year from the date of such opinion or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period) (an “ Accounting Opinion ”); and

(b) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2016, within sixty (60) days

 

110


after the end of such fiscal quarter), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a)  and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing (i)  the Borrower’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided , that, to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a) , such materials are accompanied by an Accounting Opinion or (ii) following the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions (and for so long as Entercom owns 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower and does not have material operations other than those relating to the Borrower and the Borrower’s Subsidiaries), Entercom’s Form 10-K or 10-Q; provided that in the case of this clause (ii), (x) in the case of such information delivered in lieu of information required by Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by an Accounting Opinion with respect to Entercom or the Borrower and (y) such Form 10-K or 10-Q contains reasonably detailed information showing the differences between the accounts of Entercom and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand . The information delivery requirements set forth in this Section 6.01 for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Borrower by (i) the posting of such information on the Borrower’s public website (which may include a press release of the Borrower), (ii) the filing with the SEC of a shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such information or (iii) by including in the registration statement for the IPO or the ETM Acquisition quarterly or annual updates, as applicable, containing the applicable required information.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and Sections 6.02 (a) , (b) and (c)  may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website (including without limitation the EDGAR website of the SEC), if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).

In the event that the rules and regulations of the SEC (including Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X) permit (or if such rules and regulations do not apply, would permit if such rules and regulations did apply) the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis, the Borrower may satisfy its obligations under this covenant by furnishing financial information and reports relating to such parent, provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent and any of its subsidiaries other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

Section 6.02. Certificates; Other Information .

Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and (b) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

111


(b) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower or any Subsidiary files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(c) together with each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) in connection with financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , a report setting forth the information required by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report; and

(d) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Loan Parties hereby agree that so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”.

Section 6.03. Notices .

(a) Promptly after a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party has obtained knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent of (i) the occurrence of any Default; (ii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; and (iii) any matter (including in regard to any court suit or action) that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each notice pursuant to this clause (a)

 

112


shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Loan Parties have taken and propose to take with respect thereto and shall be made available to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent promptly after a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party has obtained knowledge of the issuance, filing or receipt thereof, (A) copies of any order or notice of the FCC or any other Governmental Authority which designates any FCC License for a Station, or any application therefor, for a hearing before an administrative law judge or which refuses renewal or extension thereof, or revokes or suspends the authority of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to operate a full-power broadcast radio station, (B) any citation, notice of violation or order to show cause issued by the FCC or other Governmental Authority or any complaint filed by or with the FCC or other Governmental Authority, or any petition to deny or other objection to any application, in each case with respect to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (C) a copy of any notice or application to the FCC by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requesting authority to cease broadcasting on any broadcast radio station for any period in excess of thirty (30) days.

Section 6.04. Payment of Taxes .

Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it (including in its capacity as withholding agent) or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, (a) to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP.

Section 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc .

(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence except (x) in a transaction permitted by Section 7.03 or 7.04 and (y) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Restricted Subsidiary and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except (i) to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 7.03 or 7.04 or clause (y)  of this Section 6.05 .

Section 6.06. Maintenance of Properties .

Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its Real Property and tangible properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted, and (b) make all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice and in the normal conduct of its business.

Section 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance .

Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons

 

113


engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons. Subject to Section 6.13(a) , all such insurance policies of the Loan Parties shall name the Collateral Agent as additional insured (in the case of liability insurance and property insurance) or loss payee (solely in the case of property insurance), as applicable. With respect to each parcel of Real Property that is subject to a Mortgage, obtain flood insurance in such total amount (no greater than the value of the property) as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any improvements on such Real Property are located is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with Flood Insurance Laws and the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Insurance Laws.

Section 6.08. Compliance with Laws .

Comply in all respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.09. Books and Records .

Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and which reflect all material financial transactions and matters involving the business of the Loan Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Section 6.10. Inspection Rights .

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its senior officers, and independent public accountants, all at reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , (a) unless an Event of Default exists, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year, (b) if an Event of Default exists and an individual Lender elects to exercise rights under this Section 6.10 , (x) such Lender shall coordinate with the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any other Lender electing to exercise such rights and shall share the results of such inspection with the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders and (y) the number of visits and expense associated with such individual Lender inspections must be reasonable, and (c) the Borrower shall have the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants.

Section 6.11. Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors .

(a) Subject to this Section 6.11 and Section 6.13(d) , with respect to any property acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party that is intended to be subject to the Lien created by any of the Collateral Documents but is not so subject, promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after the acquisition thereof (or, with respect to intellectual property, in any event on a quarterly basis) (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent such amendments or supplements to the relevant Collateral Documents or such

 

114


other documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to grant to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties, a Lien on such property subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens; and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to cause such Lien to be duly perfected within the United States to the extent required by such Collateral Document in accordance with all applicable Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions within the United States as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of the Collateral Documents on such after-acquired properties.

(b) With respect to any Person that is or becomes a Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) of a Loan Party after the Closing Date or ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after the later of (I) the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (II) the date the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent financial statements by which it is determined that such Person ceased to be an Excluded Subsidiary (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary directly owned by such Loan Party, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder (or holders) of such Equity Interests, and all intercompany notes owing from such Subsidiary to any Loan Party together with instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party (in each case, with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent applicable and permitted under foreign laws, rules or regulations) or, if necessary to perfect a Lien under applicable Law, by means of an applicable Collateral Document, to create a Lien on such Equity Interests and intercompany notes in favor of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and (ii) cause any such Subsidiary (A) to execute a joinder agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or such comparable documentation to become a Guarantor and a joinder agreement to the applicable Collateral Documents (including the Security Agreement), substantially in the form annexed thereto, and (B) to take all other actions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to cause the Lien created by the applicable Collateral Documents (including the Security Agreement) to be duly perfected within the United States to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions within the United States as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the Equity Interests required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent, or on which a Lien is required to be created, pursuant to clause (i)  of this Section 6.11(b) shall not include any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary by reason of clause (e)  of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary, (2) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor or otherwise take the actions specified in clause (ii)  of this Section 6.11(b) , (3) no more than (A) 66% of the total voting power of all outstanding voting stock and (B) 100% of the Equity Interests not constituting voting stock of any CFC or CFC Holdco (except that any such Equity Interests constituting “stock entitled to vote” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) shall be treated as voting stock for purposes of this Section 6.11(b) ) shall be required to be pledged and (4) no Equity Interests in any Person held by a Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

(c) Each Loan Party shall grant to the Collateral Agent, within ninety (90) days of the acquisition thereof (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), a security interest in and Mortgage on each parcel of Real Property owned in fee by such Loan Party as is acquired by such Loan Party after the Closing Date and that, together with any improvements thereon, individually has a fair market value of at least $ 5 10  million as additional security for the Obligations (unless the subject property is subject to a Lien pursuant to Section 7.01(6) ). Such Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the

 

115


Collateral Agent and shall constitute valid and enforceable perfected Liens subject only to Permitted Liens. The Mortgages or instruments related thereto shall be duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by Law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent required to be granted pursuant to the Mortgages and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in full. Such Loan Party shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of any existing Mortgage or new Mortgage against such after-acquired Real Property (including, to the extent so required, a Title Policy, a Survey, local counsel opinion (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent), a Phase I environmental assessment, and a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination, together with a notice executed by such Loan Party about special flood hazard area status, if applicable, in respect of such Mortgage), and, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, an appraisal (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) with respect to such Real Property.

(d) The foregoing clauses (a)  through (c) shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of a Title Policy or Survey with respect to, particular assets if and for so long as (i) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing, the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining a Title Policy or Survey in respect of such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (ii) such asset constitutes an Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement). In addition, the foregoing will not require actions under this Section 6.11 by a Person if and to the extent that such action would (a) go beyond the corporate or other powers of the Person concerned (and then only as such corporate or other power cannot be modified or excluded to allow such action); or (b) unavoidably result in material issues of director’s personal liability, breach of fiduciary duty or criminal liability. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance or surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.11 or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth herein, in the Collateral Documents and, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Collateral Agent and the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.11 or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that Guarantees the Senior Notes shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it Guarantees the Senior Notes.

Section 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws .

Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its Real Property to comply, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and timely renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) to the extent the Loan Parties are required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any affected Real Property, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

 

116


Section 6.13. Post-Closing Conditions and Further Assurances .

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (subject to extension by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), deliver to the Collateral Agent the following items: (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the Indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by such Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the property at the time such Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value), (ii) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, a Survey for which all necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, (iii) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, a title search dated contemporaneous with the delivery of such Mortgage conducted by a nationally recognized title insurance company (or agent therefor) which reflects that such Mortgaged Property is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Liens, (iv) a Title Policy in respect of such Mortgage and Mortgaged Property naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, (v) customary legal opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent as to such matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, (vi) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property on which any “building” (as defined in the Flood Insurance Laws) is located, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, together with a notice executed by such Loan Party about special flood hazard area status, if applicable, and evidence of flood insurance to the extent required under Section 6.07 , and (vii) Phase I environmental site assessments as to the properties described in the Mortgages, in form and substance and from professional firms reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

(b) Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral or any payments or fees relating thereto, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents. If the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders reasonably determine that they are required by applicable Law to have appraisals prepared in respect of any Mortgaged Property, the Borrower shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent in obtaining appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA and are otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

(c) Within the applicable time periods specified in Schedule 6.13(c) , deliver to the Collateral Agent each document or other deliverable set forth in Schedule 6.13(c) in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

117


Section 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries .

(a) After the Closing Date, the Borrower may designate any of its Subsidiaries (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, as of the time of designation, owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided , that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.09 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and, provided , further , that (i) such designation complies with Section 7.06 ; and (ii) each Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender of such Indebtedness has recourse to any of the assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to be designated).

(b) The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that, immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.09 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 ; provided , further , that any Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary and any Liens encumbering its property existing as of the time of such designation shall be deemed incurred or established, as applicable at such time.

(c) Any such designation by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 6.14 shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provision. The Borrower shall not be permitted to designate any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is not designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or equivalent term) in the documentation relating to any other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in excess of the Threshold Amount (to the extent permissible under such Indebtedness).

Section 6.15. Administration of Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts .

Take all actions necessary to establish the Collateral Agent’s control (within the meaning of the UCC) at all times over each of the Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) set forth in Schedule 6.15 , which Schedule sets forth all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date (other than Excluded Accounts). Each Loan Party shall be the sole account holder (or a joint account holder with one or more other Loan Parties) of each of its Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts and, subject to the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, shall not allow any other Person (other than the Collateral Agent) to have control over a Deposit Account or Securities Account or any deposits or financial assets therein. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any opening or closing of a Deposit Account or a Securities Account by any Loan Party (other than any Excluded Accounts).

Section 6.16. Use of Proceeds .

Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (including any issued Letters of Credit) solely for the purposes described in Section 5.20 and not in contravention of any Law (including Anti-Corruption Laws, the Sanctions and OFAC) or of any Loan Document.

 

118


Section 6.17. Maintenance of Ratings .

Use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) cause each Facility to be continuously rated (but not any specific rating) by S&P and Moody’s and (b) maintain a public corporate rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not any specific rating) from Moody’s, in each case for the Borrower.

Section 6.18. Lender Calls .

Commencing after the one year anniversary of the Closing Date, at the request of the Administrative Agent or of the Required Lenders and upon reasonable prior notice, hold a quarterly conference call (at a location and time selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) with all Lenders who choose to attend such conference call, at which conference call the financial results of the previous fiscal year or each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of the current fiscal year, as applicable, and the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be reviewed; provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirement set forth in this Section 6.18 may be satisfied with a public earnings call; provided , further , that in no event shall any such call be required to take place prior to forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower and ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, as applicable; provided , further , that the Borrower shall in no event be required to hold more than four (4) such calls during any fiscal year.

Section 6.19. FCC Matters .

At all times maintain the FCC Licenses and all other licenses, permits, permissions and other authorizations used or necessary to operate the Stations as operated from time to time by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.20. Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .

Implement and maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance by such Loan Party, its respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Anti-Corruptions Laws and applicable Sanctions.

ARTICLE VII

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding:

Section 7.01. Liens .

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures any obligation or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, other than the following (“ Permitted Liens ”):

(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax, and other social security laws or similar legislation, or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (including letters of credit issued in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof and including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

119


(2) Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety bonds or bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of Real Property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness or other covenants, conditions, restrictions and minor defects or irregularities in title (“ Other Encumbrances ”), in each case which Liens and Other Encumbrances do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4)  of Section 7.02(b) ; provided , that such Liens extend only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any replacements, additions or accessions thereto and any income or profits therefrom;

(7) Liens existing on the Closing Date listed on Schedule 7.01(b) ;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in

 

120


contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under Section 7.02 ;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations related to interest, the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Agreement, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) (a) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of real property and intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business and (b) with respect to any leasehold interest held by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the terms of the leases granting such leasehold interest and the rights of lessors thereunder and any Lien granted by any lessor, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Loan Parties;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ;

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6) , (7) , (8) , (9) , this (18) , (28) and (35) ; provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien ( plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the

 

121


Indebtedness described under clauses (6) , (7) , (8) , (9) , this (18) , (28) and (35)  at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, and accrued and unpaid interest related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations which do not exceed $100 million in aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 (as applicable) of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to customary depositary terms encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 ; provided , that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable and customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) banker’s liens, Liens that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off and other similar Liens, in each case (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(28) Liens on Collateral securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(20) and 7.02(b)(21) , in each case so long as such Indebtedness is subject to an Intercreditor Agreement (or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement in the case of Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt and such other Indebtedness pursuant to such sections as shall be intended to be secured on a second-lien basis);

 

122


(29) Liens on the Equity Interest of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(30) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(31) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to irrevocably satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided , that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Agreement;

(32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(33) Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(34) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any Investment permitted under this Agreement;

(35) additional Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 , so long as (A) both before and after giving effect to the granting of such Liens and the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (B) on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 ; provided , that any Liens on the Collateral incurred pursuant to this clause (35)  shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement or a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and

(36) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 .

For purposes of this Section 7.01 , the term “ Indebtedness ” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness. Without limitation of any other terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7.01 , any Permitted Liens on the Collateral securing (x) any Indebtedness for borrowed money not incurred under the Loan Documents or (y) any other Indebtedness or other Contractual Obligations in an amount in excess of $10 million (other than Indebtedness incurred under the Loan Documents) shall, in each case, be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement or a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Section 7.02. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently, or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ) with respect to any

 

123


Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Borrower will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Borrower may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, so long as (A) both before and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (B) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would not have been greater than 5.00 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided , further , however , that Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 7.02(a) if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance, more than $150 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph and clause (16)  of Section 7.02(b) in the aggregate.

(b) The provisions of Section 7.02(a) hereof shall not apply to:

(1) Indebtedness of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents;

(2) the incurrence by a Loan Party of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes (including any guarantee thereof);

(3) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1)  and (2) ) listed on Schedule 7.02(b) ;

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred or issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance any such Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding under this clause (4) , does not exceed the greater of (x) $50 million and (y) 1.0% of the Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar facilities issued or entered into in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, holdback, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of

 

124


any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Borrower to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that (i) any such Indebtedness (other than such as may arise from ordinary course intercompany cash management obligations) owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (ii) any such Indebtedness (other than such as may arise from ordinary course intercompany cash management obligations) owing by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Guarantor is pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents to the extent required thereby; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7) ;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in such Preferred Stock being beneficially owned by a Person other than the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8) ;

(9) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 7.02 , exchange rate risk, commodity pricing risk or any combination thereof;

(10) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) , does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $75 million and (y) 1.5% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(12) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued under clause (a)  of this Section 7.02 and clauses (2) , (3) , this clause (12) , and clauses (13)  and (20) of this Section 7.02(b) , including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), accrued interest, defeasance costs and reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) (i) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, and (ii) has a final scheduled maturity date that is no earlier than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced;

 

125


(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu , as the case may be, to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and

(C) shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor;

(13) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Borrower or another Loan Party incurred to finance an Acquisition or (y) Persons that are Acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or another Loan Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that, after giving effect to such Acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

(A) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 7.02(a) , or

(B) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(14) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business, provided , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of notice of its incurrence;

(15) (A) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement and, in the case of the guarantee by a Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, only to the extent that the related Investment is permitted, or (B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower;

(16) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (16)  and Section 7.02(a) , does not exceed $150 million at any one time outstanding;

 

126


(17) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Indebtedness issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower permitted under Section 7.05(e) ;

(19) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Receivables Facility; provided , that the aggregate outstanding principal amount under such Receivables Facility, when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount under all other Receivables Facilities then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (19) , shall not exceed $75 million;

(20) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Offering so long as, at the time of the incurrence thereof, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Incremental Facilities at such time (calculated as if any Incremental Revolving Increase were fully drawn), does not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount;

(21) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(22) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business; and

(23) Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Subordinated Intercompany Note; provided , that such Indebtedness shall be paid in full, and the Subordinated Intercompany Note shall be satisfied and discharged, within five (5) Business Days after the date of consummation of the IPO.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.02 , in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1)  through (22) of Section 7.02(b) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(a) hereof, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will divide and/or classify on the date of incurrence and may later redivide and/or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or such paragraph.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, of the same class, and accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 7.02 . Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 7.02 .

 

127


For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed (whichever is lower), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided , that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 7.02 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.02 , the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of such Loan Party, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the applicable Loan Party.

For the purposes of this Agreement, (a) Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and (b) Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Section 7.03. Fundamental Changes .

Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with (i) the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided , that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person; or (ii) one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary under this clause (a)(ii) , a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve into its parent if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a whole and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

 

128


(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then the transferee must be the Borrower or a Guarantor; and

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided , that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”) is not the Borrower, (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or commonwealth thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its Guarantee and its pledges and other obligations under the Collateral Documents shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, including, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, by executing amendments or supplements to the Security Agreement, any Mortgage and any other Collateral Documents, and (D) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) an officer’s certificate stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement and (ii) such other certificates and other documentation as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Guarantor may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided , that (i) such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Successor Company is not such Guarantor, (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or commonwealth thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (C) such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Agreement;

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.05 ; provided , that any such merger or consolidation involving the Borrower or any Guarantor shall be subject to the conditions set forth in clauses (d)  and (e) above, respectively; and

(g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may consummate a merger, dissolution, liquidation or consolidation, in each case, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of, or all of the Equity Interests of, such Restricted Subsidiary permitted pursuant to clause (t)  of Section 7.04 .

 

129


Section 7.04. Dispositions .

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any Disposition, except:

(a) any disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or damaged, obsolete or worn out equipment or other assets, or assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or any disposition or transfer of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Restricted Subsidiary in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 (other than clause (g)  thereof);

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 7.05 or any Permitted Investment;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) not to exceed $5 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any transfer from a Loan Party shall be to another Loan Party;

(f) to the extent qualifying for non-recognition under Section 1031 of the Code, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures on assets or Dispositions of assets required by Law, governmental regulation or any Governmental Authority;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ;

(k) any financing transaction (excluding by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date;

(l) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business (other than exclusive, world-wide licenses that are longer than three (3) years);

(m) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

130


(n) the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business which, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower, are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(o) an issuance of Equity Interests pursuant to benefit plans, employment agreements, equity plans, stock subscription or shareholder agreements, stock ownership plans and other similar plans, policies, contracts or arrangements established in the ordinary course of business or approved by the Borrower in good faith;

(p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(q) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(r) the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Agreement;

(s) Dispositions of Investments in and the property of joint ventures (to the extent any such joint venture constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary) so long as the aggregate fair market value (determined, with respect to each such Disposition, as of the time of such Disposition) of all such Dispositions does not exceed $5 million; and

(t) Dispositions (including by way of any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) with respect to which (1) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Disposition at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished by the transferee in connection with the transactions relating to such Disposition) and for which the Borrower and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released,

(ii) any notes or other obligations or securities received by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the receipt thereof, and

(iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value,

 

131


taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii)  that is at that time outstanding (but less the amount of any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale or conversion of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, up to the lesser of (a) the amount of the cash and Cash Equivalents so received (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (b) the initial amount of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration) not to exceed $150 million, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being determined in good faith by the Borrower and measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall, in each case, be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Section 7.05. Restricted Payments .

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than (x) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower, or (y) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; (ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation; (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of: (x) Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(b)(7) ; or (y) Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i)  through (iii) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), except as follows:

(a) so long as (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 would not have been greater than 5.00 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis, Restricted Payments, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 7.05(a) , in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount;

(b) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

(c) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower, or of Subordinated Indebtedness of any Loan Party, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) (collectively, the “ Refunding Capital Stock ”);

 

132


(d) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance of, new Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 7.02 so long as:

(i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(ii) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(iii) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(iv) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(e) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower (i) prior to the ETM Acquisition Closing Date, the Borrower and (ii) thereafter, the Borrower or Entercom held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or Entercom, as applicable, or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this Section 7.05(e) do not exceed in any calendar year $25 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over for one additional calendar year); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or Entercom, as applicable, to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower or Entercom, as applicable, or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments or to the making of any Permitted Investment (pursuant to clause (r) of the definition thereof) by virtue of the Available Amount; plus

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or Entercom, as applicable, or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; less

(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i)  and (ii) of this Section 7.05(e) ;

 

133


and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower , Entercom or any Restricted Subsidiary , as applicable, from members of management of the Borrower or Entercom, as applicable, or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or Entercom, as applicable, will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 7.05 or any other provision of this Agreement;

(f) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur (i) upon exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, stock appreciation rights or warrants or (ii) for purposes of satisfying any required tax withholding obligation upon the exercise or vesting of a grant or award that was granted or awarded to an employee;

(g) any other Restricted Payment, so long as (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00;

(h) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(i) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

(j) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(k) for any taxable period in which the taxable income of the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries is included in a consolidated, combined or similar income tax group of which a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower is the common parent (a “ Tax Group ”), an amount not to exceed the tax liabilities that the Borrower and the applicable Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, would have been required to pay in respect of such taxable income if such entities were a standalone group of corporations separate from such Tax Group (it being understood and agreed that, if the Borrower or any Subsidiary pays any portion of such tax liabilities directly to any taxing authority, a Restricted Payment in duplication of such amount shall not be permitted to be made pursuant to this clause (k) ); provided , that, from and after the execution of the tax matters agreement in connection with the Transactions or the effectiveness of this Agreement, and while such tax matters agreement remains in effect, payments in respect of any taxes pursuant to this clause (k)  shall not exceed the amounts required to be paid in respect of such taxes pursuant to such tax matters agreement;

(l) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with Section 7.02 ;

 

134


(m) any Restricted Payment to fund the Transfers, so long as any Restricted Payments relating thereto are made in connection with or in anticipation of the Separation, so long as the Borrower is pursuing the Separation in good faith;

(n) any Restricted Payment to fund the Transactions (including the Transfers) to the extent funded with the proceeds of the IPO, so long as any Restricted Payments relating thereto are made in connection with or in anticipation of the Separation, so long as the Borrower is pursuing the Separation in good faith;

(o) payments of cash, or dividends, distributions or advances by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

(p) mandatory redemptions or repurchases of Disqualified Stock the issuance of which itself constituted a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment otherwise permissible hereunder; and

(q) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $25 million ; and

(r) following consummation of the ETM Acquisition Closing Date Transactions, Restricted Payments to Entercom of amounts necessary to fund the payment by or reimbursement of Entercom of (i) its general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses in the ordinary course of business and (ii) expenses that are principally attributable to Entercom’s status as a public corporation and/or SEC registrant or to Entercom’s ownership of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and activities relating thereto, in either case, including any fees, costs or expenses of independent auditors and legal counsel to Entercom, fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence and customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to its directors, officers and employees .

Section 7.06. Investments .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make an Investment other than any Permitted Investment.

The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary other than as permitted pursuant to Section 6.14 . For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “ Investment .” Such designation will be permitted only if an Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time, pursuant to the definition of “ Permitted Investments ,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an “ Unrestricted Subsidiary .”

Section 7.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25 million unless: (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable

 

135


transaction by such Person with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; (ii) any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50 million is approved by a majority of the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower; and (iii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $75 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Borrower or any other Loan Party (or any Person that becomes a Loan Party as a result of, or in connection with, such transaction, so long as neither such Person nor the selling entity was an Affiliate of the Borrower or any other Loan Party prior to such transaction);

(2) Restricted Payments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.05 and Investments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.06 ;

(3) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements and agreements provided on behalf of, or entered into with, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) any agreement or arrangement (i) as in effect as of the Closing Date or (ii) anticipated to be entered into in connection with the Separation and/or the Initial Public Offering, in each case, as set forth on Schedule 7.07 , or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and any transaction contemplated thereby, as determined in good faith by the Borrower;

(5) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;

(6) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement which are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries than might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(7) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower;

(8) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) ;

(9) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees, directors or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, benefit plans, equity plans, stock option and stock ownership plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, directors or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Borrower in good faith;

 

136


(10) transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) transactions with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, has obtained a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 7.07(a)(i) ;

(12) the issuances of securities or other payments, loans (or cancellation of loans) awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, benefit plans, equity plans, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the Borrower in good faith;

(13) any contribution to the capital of the Borrower (other than in consideration of Disqualified Stock); and

(14) the provision to Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of cash management, accounting and other overhead services in the ordinary course of business undertaken in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Agreement.

Section 7.08. Burdensome Agreements .

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions (i) in effect on the Closing Date or in the Senior Notes Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof) or (ii) to the extent not in effect on the Closing Date, set forth on Schedule 7.08 hereto or in any other agreement governing Indebtedness permitted hereunder to the extent not materially more restrictive for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than one or both of the Loan Documents and/or the Senior Notes Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof);

(b) the Loan Documents;

 

137


(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (3)  above on the property so acquired or leased;

(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Borrower, that impose restrictions solely on the assets to be sold;

(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date under Section 7.02 ;

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture, including the interests therein;

(k) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses or sub-licenses and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1) , (2) and (3)  above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a)  through (k) above; provided , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(19) that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

Section 7.09. Financial Covenant .

As long as any Revolving Credit Commitment remains outstanding, the Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period to be higher than 4.00 to 1.00 (such ratio, the “ Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio ”); provided , that in the event the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary makes a Permitted Acquisition in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that causes, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition (and any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith), the Consolidated Net Secured

 

138


Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.75 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, the Maximum Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio will be increased to 4.50 to 1.00 during the one year period following the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition (it being understood and agreed that any additional Permitted Acquisition consummated during such one year period shall not extend such period for any additional time).

The provisions of this Section 7.09 are for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders only and the Required Class Lenders for the Revolving Credit Facility may amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 7.09 or the defined terms used for purposes of this Section 7.09 (but solely for such purposes) or waive any Default resulting from a breach of this Section 7.09 without the consent of any Lenders other than such Required Class Lenders in accordance with the provisions of clause (v)  of the second proviso of Section 10.01 .

Section 7.10. Accounting Changes .

The Borrower shall not make any change in its fiscal year; provided , however , that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year without the consent of any Lender.

Section 7.11. Change in Nature of Business .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any Similar Business.

Section 7.12. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions .

The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided , that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if (a) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under Section 7.02 , and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Obligations pursuant to Section 7.01 , and (b) the transfer of assets in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by Section 7.04(d) or (t) and the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Section 2.05(b) .

Section 7.13. No Violation of Anti-Corruption Laws or Sanctions .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (including any issued Letters of Credit) (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to such Person in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions or (c) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

139


ARTICLE VIII

Events Of Default and Remedies

Section 8.01. Events of Default .

Any of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or (iii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.01 , 6.03(a)(i) or 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower), Section 6.16 , or Article VII ; provided , that a Default as a result of a breach of Section 7.09 (a “ Financial Covenant Event of Default ”) shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to any Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Extended Term Loans unless and until the Revolving Credit Lenders have declared all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable and all outstanding Revolving Credit Commitments to be immediately terminated, in each case in accordance with this Agreement (the “ Term Loan Standstill Period ”); or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days following the earlier of (i) the date a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and (ii) the date on which written notice thereof is delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower in accordance with Section 10.02(a)(i) ; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . The Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (including any outstanding letters of credit thereunder, but other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (ii) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs that would constitute a default under such Indebtedness (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts), the effect of which default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made or require cash collateralization thereof, prior to its stated maturity; provided , that this clause (e)(ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

 

140


(f) Insolvency Proceedings , Etc . Any Loan Party or any Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Loan Party or Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any Loan Party or Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or any Loan Party or any Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary becomes unable or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) Judgments; Attachments . (i) There is entered against any Loan Party or any Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not disputed coverage) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or (ii) in respect of an obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is otherwise issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Loan Parties and any Material Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.03 or 7.04 ) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document or the validity or priority of a Lien as required by the Collateral Documents on a material portion of the Collateral; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(i) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

(j) Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof, including any Collateral Document delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 or 6.13 , shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction not prohibited under this Agreement) cease to create a valid and perfected Lien on and security interest in, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents, any material portion of the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens, (i) except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain

 

141


possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and (ii) except for any failure due to foreign Laws, rules and regulations as they relate to pledges of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries (other than pledges made under Laws of the applicable jurisdiction of formation of such Foreign Subsidiary); or

(k) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Loan Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) with respect to any Foreign Plan, a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable Law or plan terms, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(l) FCC . The FCC issues one or more final, non-appealable orders that revoke, suspend or impair the authority to operate under any one or more FCC Licenses for any Station of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 8.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default .

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions (or, to the extent such Event of Default solely comprises a Financial Covenant Event of Default, prior to the expiration of the Term Loan Standstill Period, at the request of the Required Class Lenders with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility only, and in such case only with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, Swing Line Loans, and any Letters of Credit):

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

provided , that upon the entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

142


Section 8.03. Application of Funds .

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law):

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Treasury Services Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings (including to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit), and any breakage, termination or other payments under Treasury Services Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Borrower that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, as directed by the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c) , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, as directed by the Borrower.

 

143


ARTICLE IX

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

Section 9.01. Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints JPM to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacity as a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and such L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent, and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article X (including Section 10.04(c) ), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

Section 9.02. Delegation of Duties .

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Section 9.03. Exculpatory Provisions .

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in

 

144


writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided , that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02 ), in each case in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by the final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or an L/C Issuer; and

(e) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.04. Reliance by Administrative Agent .

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and reasonably believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or an L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

145


Section 9.05. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .

Each Lender and L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 9.06. Rights as a Lender .

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 9.07. Resignation of Administrative Agent .

The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided , that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuers directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

146


Any resignation by JPM as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 9.08. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .

In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts to the extent due to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i) , 2.09 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any L/C Issuer or in any such proceeding.

Section 9.09. Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

Each of the Lenders (including in its capacity as a potential Hedge Bank) and each L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Collateral Agent:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and

 

147


payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements, except as to amounts that are due and payable thereunder for which the Administrative Agent has received a written notice from the applicable Hedge Bank) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) that constitutes “Excluded Assets” (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement), (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 10.01 , (v) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (b)  below, or (vi) upon the terms of the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), or any other intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant hereto.

(b) a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder, or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (ii) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements, except as to amounts that are due and payable thereunder for which the Administrative Agent has received a written notice from the applicable Hedge Bank) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer); and

(c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(6) (but solely in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (4)  of Section 7.02(b) ).

Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.09 . The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Borrower such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of any item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.09 .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in compliance with the terms and provisions of Section 7.04 hereof, any portion of the Collateral is sold or otherwise transferred to a Person or Persons, none of which is a Loan Party, then (i) such portion of the Collateral shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released from the Lien of the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document and (ii) if the aggregate fair market value of the portion of the Collateral so sold or otherwise transferred exceeds $5 million, the Borrower will promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a notice of the consummation of such sale or other transfer, certifying that such sale was made in compliance with Section 7.04 hereof.

The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as applicable, to enter into any Intercreditor Agreement, any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor

 

148


agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement and the Lenders acknowledge that any such intercreditor agreement shall be binding upon the Lenders. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as applicable, agree, upon the request of the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense, to negotiate in good faith and enter into any Intercreditor Agreement, any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement.

Section 9.10. No Other Duties, Etc .

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the “syndication agents,” “documentation agents,” “joint bookrunners , or “joint lead arrangers” or “co-managers” listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder.

Section 9.11. Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements .

No Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.03 , the Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Treasury Services Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Hedge Bank, as the case may be.

Section 9.12. Withholding Tax .

To the extent required by any applicable Laws (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Loan Document an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 3.01 , each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.12 . The agreements in this Section 9.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “ Lender ” shall, for purposes of this Section 9.12 , include any Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer.

 

149


ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

Section 10.01. Amendments, Etc .

Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and such Loan Party, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender holding such Commitment (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent or of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce or forgive the amount of, any scheduled payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or 2.08 without the written consent of each Lender holding the applicable Obligation (it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest);

(c) reduce or forgive the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii)  of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (or change the timing of payments of such fees or other amounts) without the written consent of each Lender holding such Loan or L/C Borrowing or to whom such fee or other amount is owed; provided , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “ Default Rate ” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) subject to the third paragraph of this Section 10.01 , change any provision of this Section 10.01 , the definition of “ Required Lenders ” or “ Pro Rata Share ” or Section 2.06(b) , 2.13 , 8.03 or 10.06 (with respect to assignments by the Borrower), without the written consent of each Lender;

(e) change any provision specifying the number of Lenders or portion of the Loans or Commitments required to take any action under the Loan Documents, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(f) change the definition of “ Required Class Lenders ” without the written consent of each Lender in the affected Class;

(g) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.03 or 7.04 , release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;

(h) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.03 or 7.04 , release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees, without the written consent of each Lender;

 

150


(i) without the written consent of the Required Class Lenders, adversely affect the rights of a Class in respect of payments or Collateral in a manner different to the effect of such amendment, waiver or consent on any other Class; or

(j) without the written consent of Lenders holding at least a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 4.02 if the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver is that the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be required to fund Revolving Credit Loans when such Lenders would otherwise not be required to do so pursuant to the terms hereof;

and provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by a Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) Section 10.06(g) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) no amendment, waiver or consent shall be made to modify Section 7.09 or any definition related thereto (as any such definition is used for purposes of Section 7.09 ) or waive any Default or Event of Default resulting from a failure to perform or observe the requirements of Section 7.09 without the written consent of the Required Class Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility; provided , however , that the waivers described in this clause (v)  shall not require the consent of any Lenders other than the Required Class Lenders under such Facility; and provided , further , that (A) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to enter into an amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency in any Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders and (B) guarantees and collateral security documents and related documents executed by the Loan Parties in connection with this Agreement , and this Agreement, may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or waived without the consent of any Lender if such amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement, supplement or waiver is delivered in order to (1) comply with local law or advice of local counsel, (2) cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes, defects or inconsistencies or (3) cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (4) add additional guarantors or Collateral .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that (i) the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended, (ii) the maturity date of any Loan held by such Lender may not be extended and (iii) the principal or interest in respect of any Loans held by such Lenders shall not be reduced or forgiven, in each case without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit

 

151


Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended to adjust the borrowing mechanics related to Swing Line Loans with only the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the applicable Swing Line Lender (or Swing Lien Lenders) and the Borrower so long as the Obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders and, if applicable, any other Swing Line Lender are not affected thereby. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended as set forth in Section 2.14 , Section 2.15 and Section 2.16 .

If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of such Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 ; provided , that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

Section 10.02. Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in clause (b)  below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing (including by electronic communication) and shall be delivered as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and

(ii) if to any Lender or L/C Issuer, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender or L/C Issuer on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (b)  below shall be effective as provided in such clause (b) .

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided , that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

152


Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided , that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i)  of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address , Etc . Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each Lender and L/C Issuer may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by the Agents , L/C Issuer and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall

 

153


indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Person as determined in a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, may be recorded by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

Section 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement .

No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuers; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) , (c) and (d)  of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

Section 10.04. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated); (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by an L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder; and (iii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket

 

154


expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; provided that reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel shall be limited to (x) one primary counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and, if reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, local or specialist counsel and (y) one additional counsel for the Lenders (unless there is an actual or perceived conflict of interest that requires separate representation for any Lender, in which case those Lenders similarly affected shall, as a whole, be entitled to one separate counsel) and, to the extent reasonably necessary, local or specialist counsel.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, each Agent, each Arranger and each L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit); (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or emanating from any property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided , that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (A) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (B) any material breach of the obligations of such Indemnitee under the Loan Documents, or (y) any proceeding that does not involve an act or omission by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and that is brought by an Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than disputes involving claims against any Agent in its capacity as such).

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clause (a)  or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, and without relieving the Borrower of its obligation to do so, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided , that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such

 

155


sub-agent), the Collateral Agent or any L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent or any L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (c)  are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(e) .

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in clause (b)  above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined in a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) days after demand therefor.

(f) Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

Section 10.05. Payments Set Aside .

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, to the fullest extent possible under provisions of applicable Law, be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred; and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

Section 10.06. Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (other than as permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 ), neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(b) ; (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(d) ; or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions

 

156


of Section 10.06(f) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(g) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than (i) the parties hereto, (ii) their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, (iii) Participants to the extent provided in clause (d)  of this Section and, (iv) to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment (or Commitments) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.06(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided , that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment under any Facility and the Loans at the time owing to it under such Facility or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in clause (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5 million, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, or $1 million, in the case of any assignment in respect of Term Loans, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or (f)  has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents; provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under each applicable Facility, except that this clause (ii)  shall not (A) apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans or (B) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations under one Facility on a non- pro rata basis relative to its rights and obligations under another Facility;

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by clause (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or (f)  has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided , that

 

157


the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (1) any Term Commitment or Revolving Credit Commitment (and associated Revolving Credit Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of the applicable Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender or (2) any Term Loan to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(C) the consent of the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment, an Affiliate of such a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such a Lender.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that (i)  the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment . and (ii) only one such processing and recordation shall be required in connection with concurrent assignments to or by more than one member of an Assignee Group. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B) , or (C)  to a natural person.

(vi) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

 

158


Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (c)  of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and subject to the obligations and limitations of) Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 and 10.04 with respect to amounts payable thereunder and accruing for such Lender’s benefit but not paid prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(d) .

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender (with respect to its own interests only), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any L/C Issuer, sell participations to any Eligible Assignee (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided , that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (e)  of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections and Section 10.13 and the Participant’s compliance with Section 3.01(d) ) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other

 

159


obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ) . The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided , that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of the Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Loans or other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results in a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time, without consent or notice, pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided , that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Special Purpose Funding Vehicles . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided , that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan; (ii) any grant of such an option to any SPC shall not constitute a novation, if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof, and in no event shall any Granting Lender be released from its obligations hereunder. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) each SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections and Section 10.13 ) to the same extent as if it were a Granting Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b) ; provided , that an SPC shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the SPC granted to such SPC, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable; and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee in the amount of $3,500 (which processing fee may be waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the related Granting Lender; and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

 

160


(h) Resignation as L/C Issuer after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time any L/C Issuer assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 10.06(b) , such L/C Issuer may, subject to the remainder of this paragraph, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of such L/C Issuer. If any L/C Issuer resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit

(i) Resignation as Swing Line Lender after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time JPM assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 10.06(b) , JPM may, subject to the remainder of this paragraph, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of JPM as Swing Line Lender. If JPM resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) . Upon the appointment of a successor Swing Line Lender, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swing Line Lender.

Section 10.07. Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and that the disclosing party shall be liable for the failure of any such Persons to adhere to the requirements of this Section 10.07 ); (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners); (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its

 

161


advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations; or (iii) any credit insurance provider relating to the Borrower and its obligations hereunder, (g) with the consent of the Borrower; (h) on a confidential basis to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder; (i) on a confidential basis to the Rating Agencies or any other rating agency; and (j) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower that is not itself, to the knowledge of such Person, in breach of a confidentiality obligation to the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the disclosure of such Information.

For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be; (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws. In addition, the Administrative Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 10.08. Setoff .

In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender under this Section 10.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and such Lender may have.

 

162


Section 10.09. Interest Rate Limitation .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest; (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof; and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

Section 10.10. Counterparts; Effectiveness .

This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier or email pdf of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier or email pdf be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided , that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier or email pdf. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

Section 10.11. Integration .

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided , that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

Section 10.12. Survival of Representations and Warranties .

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

 

163


Section 10.13. Replacement of Lenders .

If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, if any Lender shall fail to consent to any amendment or waiver requested by the Borrower in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 10.01 or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b) ;

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances and, other than in the case of a Defaulting Lender, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, any premium thereon (assuming for this purpose that the Loans of such Lender were being prepaid) from the assignee and any amounts payable by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.01 , 3.04 or 3.05 from the Borrower (it being understood that the Assignment and Assumption relating to such assignment shall provide that any interest and fees that accrued prior to the effective date of the assignment shall be for the account of the replaced Lender and such amounts that accrue on and after the effective date of the assignment shall be for the account of the replacement Lender);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each Lender agrees that, if the Borrower elects to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 10.13 , it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence the assignment and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if Notes have been issued in respect of such Lender’s Loans) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided , that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower elects to replace a Lender in connection with a Repricing Transaction, such Lender shall be entitled to the Term B Prepayment Premium paid in accordance with Section 2.05(a)(iii) and/or the Term B-1 Prepayment Premium paid in accordance with Section 2.05(a)(iv), as applicable .

 

164


Section 10.14. Severability .

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.14 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 10.15. GOVERNING LAW .

THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICTS PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OR ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY SUCH COURT, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS , WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN TELECOPIER) IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 10.16. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY .

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION,

 

165


SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 10.17. Binding Effect .

This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, the Swing Line Lenders and L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 10.06 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.03 .

Section 10.18. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, the other Loan Parties their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) each of the Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties are capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, the other Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person; and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers nor the Lenders have any obligation to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers nor the Lenders have any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties hereby waive and release any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 10.19. Lender Action .

Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, or exercise any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 10.19 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

 

166


Section 10.20. USA Patriot Act .

Each Lender that is subject to the USA Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of each Loan Party and other information regarding each Loan Party that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

Section 10.21. Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents .

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 10.22. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any of the parties hereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

167


ARTICLE XI

Guarantee

Section 11.01. The Guarantee .

Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally with the other Guarantors guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest (including any interest that would accrue but for the provisions of (i) the Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code and (ii) any other Debtor Relief Laws) on the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes held by each Lender of, the Borrower (other than such Guarantor), and all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Loan Party under any Loan Document or any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Treasury Services Agreement, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof, excluding, with respect to any Guarantor at any time, Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that if the Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 11.01 shall not require or result in the application of any amount received from any Loan Party to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party.

Section 11.02. Obligations Unconditional .

The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 11.01 shall constitute a guaranty of payment (and not merely a guaranty of collection) and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

 

168


(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(d) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, an L/C Issuer or any Lender or Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected;

(e) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.09 ; or

(f) the expiration of any statute of limitations.

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrower and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other Person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrower or against any other Person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

Section 11.03. Reinstatement .

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article XI shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

Section 11.04. Subrogation; Subordination .

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all

Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 11.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

169


Section 11.05. Remedies .

The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 8.02 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 8.02 ) for purposes of Section 11.01 , notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 11.01 .

Section 11.06. Instrument for the Payment of Money .

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article XI constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

Section 11.07. Continuing Guarantee .

The guarantee in this Article XI is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

Section 11.08. General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations .

In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 11.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 11.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 11.10 ) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

Section 11.09. Release of Guarantors .

If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, any portion of the Equity Interests or all or substantially all property of any Guarantor is sold or otherwise transferred to a Person or Persons, none of which is a Loan Party, or if any Guarantor shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise not be required to remain a Guarantor hereunder, then such Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, designation or other circumstance, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Section 10.04 hereof) and its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it (and all security interests actually granted in such Collateral) pursuant to any Collateral Document and, in the case of a sale of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of such Guarantor, the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents shall be automatically released, and, so long as the Borrower shall have provided the Agents such certifications or documents as any Agent shall reasonably request, the Collateral Agent shall take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this sentence.

 

170


Section 11.10. Right of Contribution .

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 11.04 . The provisions of this Section 11.10 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lenders and the Lenders, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lenders and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

Section 11.11. Subject to Intercreditor Agreement .

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents are expressly subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) and any other intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant hereto and (ii) the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) and any other intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant hereto is subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) and such other intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant hereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) or any other such intercreditor and terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect), the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if in effect) or such other intercreditor agreement, as applicable, shall govern.

Section 11.12. Keepwell .

Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Guarantor to honor all of its obligations under this Guaranty in respect of Swap Obligations ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 11.12 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 11.12 , or otherwise under this Guaranty, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 11.12 shall remain in full force and effect until the release of this Guaranty under Section 9.09(b)(ii) . Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 11.12 constitute, and this Section 11.12 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

171


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

CBS R ADIO I NC ., as the Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO A NNAPOLIS H OLDINGS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO A NNAPOLIS LLC., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO E AST H OLDINGS C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO E AST I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO H OLDINGS C ORP . OF O RLANDO , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF A TLANTA , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


CBS R ADIO I NC . OF B OSTON , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF D ETROIT , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF I LLINOIS , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF L OS A NGELES , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF M ARYLAND , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF M ICHIGAN , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF N ORTHERN C ALIFORNIA , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO I NC . OF W ASHINGTON , D.C., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


CBS R ADIO KMVQ-FM I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO M EDIA C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO OF C HICAGO LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO S ERVICES I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO S TATIONS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO T EXAS I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO T OWER I NC ., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CBS R ADIO WPGC (AM) Inc., as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]


CBS S PORTS R ADIO N ETWORK I NC ., as a Guarantor  
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  
E VENTFUL , I NC ., as a Guarantor  
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  
I NFINITY B ROADCASTING C ORPORATION , as a Guarantor  
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, a Lender, the Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer  
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  
    ,

as a Lender

 
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[C REDIT A GREEMENT ]

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Entercom Communications Corp. of our report dated April 12, 2017 relating to CBS Radio Inc.’s financial statements, and financial statement schedule, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 12, 2017

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Entercom Communications Corp. of our report dated February 17, 2017 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in CBS Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 12, 2017

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Entercom Communications Corp. of our report dated February 28, 2017 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Entercom Communications Corp., which appears in the Entercom Communications Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

April 12, 2017

Exhibit 23.7

CONSENT OF MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

Board of Directors

Entercom Communications Corp.

401 East City Avenue, Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004

Members of the Board:

We hereby consent to the inclusion of our opinion letter, dated February 2, 2017, to the Board of Directors of Entercom Communications Corp. (“Entercom”), as Annex A-1 to, and reference to such opinion letter under the headings “Background of the Transactions”, “Entercom’s Reasons for the Transactions”, “Summary—Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors—Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC”, and “The Transactions—Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors—Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC” in the prospectus relating to the proposed transaction involving Entercom and CBS Radio Inc., which prospectus forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Entercom (the “Registration Statement”). By giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “expert” as used in, or that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

April 12, 2017

Exhibit 23.8

Consent of Centerview Partners LLC

The Board of Directors

Entercom Communications Corp.

401 East City Avenue, Suite 809

Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004

The Board of Directors:

We hereby consent to the inclusion of our opinion letter, dated February 2, 2017, to the Board of Directors of Entercom Communications Corp. (“Entercom”), as Annex A-2 to, and reference to such opinion letter under the headings “Background of the Transactions”, “Entercom’s Reasons for the Transactions”, “Summary—Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors—Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC”, and “The Transactions—Opinions of Entercom’s Financial Advisors—Opinion of Centerview Partners LLC” in the prospectus relating to the proposed transaction involving Entercom and CBS Radio Inc., which prospectus forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Entercom (the “Registration Statement”). In giving such consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder nor do we hereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of the Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Centerview Partners LLC
CENTERVIEW PARTNERS LLC

April 12, 2017

Exhibit 99.10

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME DIRECTOR

I hereby consent to being named in this Registration Statement, and any amendments or supplements thereto, as a person who may become a director of Entercom Communications Corp.

 

/s/ Leslie Moonves

Leslie Moonves

Dated: April 12, 2017

Exhibit 99.11

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME DIRECTOR

I hereby consent to being named in this Registration Statement, and any amendments or supplements thereto, as a person who may become a director of Entercom Communications Corp.

 

/s/ Joseph R. Ianniello

Joseph R. Ianniello

Dated: April 12, 2017